Skip to main content

Full text of "Critical Word Index to Bhagavadgita"

See other formats


■UMHMHaiaiHfM 



TO 

THE GREAT MASTER OF YOGAS 

SRI KRSNA-VASUDEVA 

Whose Words of Wisdom 

Immortalized by 

THE EEVERED SAGE KRSNA DVAIPAYANA 

IN 

THE SONG DIVINE 

More Than Two Thousand Five Hundred Years Ago 

Have Been Serving Continuously As 

The Beacon-light to Struggling Humanity 

During the Arduous Voyage of Life 

THIS INTENSIVE STUDY OF THOSE WORDS 

IS 
REVERENTIALLY DEDICATED. 



Published by Rao Bahadur P. C. Divanji, M.A,, LL,M., Retired Judge, Advocate (O. S.), 

Prerana, Ghodbunder Road, Santacruz, Bombay 25. 

Printed by S. R* Sardesai, tt.A,, J.I..B,, at the Navin Samarth Vidyalaya's Samavth Bharat Press, 

41 Budhwar Peth, Poena 2. 

Ac*, ^^^"^l ' , 0mm 



PREFACE 

I am glad to be able at long last to place this volume before 
the learned public for use and evaluation. 

The difficulties in the way of my doing so were many and multi- 
farious and presented themselves at each stage since inquiries began 
to be made for getting the work printed and published at a reasonable 
cost. However by the grace of Him to whom this work has been 
dedicated they could all be surmounted one after another. 

I regret I am not able to offer copies of this ;work at a price which 
any and every student of the Bhagavadgita can afford to pay but my 
excuse is the enormous rise in the prices of the materials and the wages 
of the labourers employed in the printing presses during the years 
1943-45. 

I take this opportunity of publicly acknowledging my gratitude to 
the late Dr. V. S. Sukhtankar ph. d. for the practical advice which he 
had ungrudgingly and unassumingly given to me when I consulted him 
on two previous occasions and for having consented to favour me with 
a Foreword to this work when I met him in the first week of January 
1943 on the occasion of the Silver Jubilee of the Bhandarkar Oriental 
Research Institute, Poona. I sincerely regret that he suddenly passed 
away in that very month before completing his course of lectures on 
the Mahabharata at the end of which I was to have delivered, my 
manuscript to him for that purpose as he had desired. 

I am however glad and fortunate to have secured for the same 
purpose the good-will of Dr. S. M. Katre m.a., Ph.D., Director, Deccan 
College Post-graduate and Research Institute, Poona, who has already 
made his mark in the world of oriental research as the author of certain 
works on Indology and the principal editor of some commemoration 
volumes and three oriental research journals," the Oriental Literary 
Digest, the Deccan College Quarterly and the New Indian Antiquary. 
I thank him sincerely for having spared sufficient time to look into the 
manuscript carefully and to contribute the Foreword. I confess it has 
given me confidence in my new line of work. 

I am also thankful to Mahamahopadhyaya P. V. Kane m.a., ll.m.» 
and Professor H. D. Velankar m.a., for having spared time from 
their multifarious engagements for going through my manuscript and 
favouring me with their valuable opinions before I offered the work 
to the University of Bombay for publicatian on its behalf. Though 
that University could not see its way to accept that offer it showed its 
appreciation of my work by offering to give a grant of Rs. 500/- towards 
the costs of its publication, should I be prepared to publish it on my 
own. I thankfully accepted the offer and hereby publicly acknowledge 
that solid and encouraging financial assistance from it with thanks. 
I also acknowledge with thanks the assistance which two of my brother 
lawyers Messrs H. S. Desai and S. V, Desai, Advocates CO. SJ, 

3 



4 Critical Word-Index to the Bhagavadgftfi 

occasionally rendered to me in ascertaining the method of dissolution 
of some of the unusual compounds occurring in this work, lastly, 
I am thankful to Sir S. Radhakrishnan for going through the book and 
favouring me with his valuable opinion. 

Both the said learned scholars have remarked that the value of this 
work would have been greatly enhanced had I incorporated in it a 
comparative study of the diverse methods of interpretation of doubtful 
passages resorted to by the eminent ones amongst the commentators 
of this work, which has been looked upon as an authoritative treatise -on 
the correlation existing between the three ways of approach to the 
realisation of the truth contained in the Upanisad doctrine of the 
identity of the individual soul, Atman, with the cosmic soul, Brahman, 
namely Jnana, Upasana and Karma. While I agree that it is a very 
useful line of work which the higher students of the work would have 
appreciated but apart from the fact that, as pointed out by Prof. Velankar 
himself, it is a different line of study and therefore outside the ^ pur- 
view of a purely word-index. My aim in preparing this Index as it is, 
which contains references to the views of some commentators only 
so far as they were necessary in order to show which of two alternate 
readings was preferable, was to provide a reference-book for those, 
who having some knowledge of the language of the text and the subjects 
dealt wi:h therein, had a desire to form their own independent judg- 
ment as to the meanings of doubtful words and phrases and the purport 
of the work as a whole by the application of the universally-accepted 
canonsof interpretation. That had been my aim because my view is 
that it is only when one's mind is free from the traditional grooves 
that original ideas spring up therein and enable one to make some 
original contribution to the world's stock of knowledge by making an 
intensive and comparative study of that work. So much has already 
been written on the subject of the teaching of the Bhagavadgita from 
several philosophical and theological view-points that there is hardly 
any scope^ for making any substantive addition by making a synthetic 
and doctrinal study of the work. The field of analytical and historical 
study thereof is not yet sufficiently explored, and particularly not by us, 
Indians. The future of the Bhagavadgita study therefore lies for us 
in the direction of ascertaining the authorship, probable sources and 
date of the work, the place which can be legitimately assigned to it in 
the history of the Sanskrit language and literature and in that of the 
Indian philosophy and theology. I have by preparing a separate note on 
those subjects shown that direction. For that purpose I had to 
make a more intensive study of the work and compare its contents 
relating to different subjects with various other works dealing with the 
same subjects. I hope other scholars will make a similar use of this 
Word-Index for either checking and evaluating my own conclusions after 
I am able to publish them or applying their minds to other cognate pro- 
blems arising out of the words of this important and soul-elevating work. 

Prerana, Ghod bunder Road, ") 

Santacruz, Bombay 25. £ P, C DIVANJL 

Pated" 15th October 1945. 3 



FOREWORD 



IT is my good fortune to-day to introduce the present Critical 
Word-Index or Index-Verborum to the Bhagavadgtta to the world of 
scholars. The author of this index needs no introduction to scholars 
in India or outside : for during a very busy official life connected with 
the judicial department of the Government of Bombay, Rao Bahadur 
P. C. Divanji has maintained his scholarly contacts and personally con- 
tributed valuable research papers to several oriental journals of repute. 
He belongs to a generation which, despite the routine of official life, 
found sufficient leisure to devote himself seriously and whole-heartedly 
to intellectual pursuits and make definite contribution to Indology 
in general. 

The present index, as the author explains in his luminous In- 
troduction, is the outcome of several factors, the chief of which is the 
Review of Prof. KirfeVs Verse-Index to this 'crest-jewel 5 of Indian 
literature by the late Prof. Dr. V. S. Sukhtankar, which appeared in 
the Oriental Literary Digest, of which I was the Chief Editor then. 
After such correspondence and discussion Rao Bahadur Divanji, con- 
vinced of the need of a really critical Index-Verborum, despite the 
many existing word-indices, began collecting his material in all serious- 
ness, and this book which is being published now bears out in full 
the expectations that his friends had at the time when the work was 
first planned. It is much to be regretted that Dr. Sukhthakar who first 
gave concrete shape to Rao Bahadur Divanji* s unfulfilled perception 
of the need of such an index, is no longer with us to contribute this 
Foreword. His unrivalled knowledge of the Mahabharata Textual 
Criticism and long contact with its critical edition would have been 
sufficient guarantees for the real need of this Index which, in a sense, 
he initiated by his inspiring appeal to Indian Scholarship in that review. 
My only qualification for the task is that I was the Managing Editor 
of the Journal in which that review appeared, and was a close personal 
friend of the late Professor, associated with him very closely during 
the past seven years. I do so in the spirit of the Glta which has been 
referred to by the learned author in his Introduction. 

It will be noticed that in the preparation of this Index Rao Bahadur 
Divanji has kept the needs of philosophers, lexicographers and 
linguisticians before him. The author has sacrificed much of his time 
for the sake of the scholars of the Glta, and if there is any criticism, 
it is that he is far more conscientious and far more thorough than he 
has a right to be. The division ot word-units into primary, secondary, 
tertiary and quaternary, with the exact references under each head, 
and an index of words common to primary and the rest of the word- 
units, makes the work of the reader far easier than a mere lejdcographi- 

5 



6 Critical Word-Index to the Bhagavadgltd 

cal arrangement such as the one which I had suggested in my paper 
on a Thesaurus Linguae Sanskritae. 1 At a glance one finds the entire 
material before one-self, analysed and presented under the proper 
alphabetical order and the relevant section depending upon the position 
of the word-unit in the compound expression. Not only is it an 
Index-Verborum it is also a complete dictionary of the Glta for which 
critical material has been drawn from collations of several editions, 
giving the variae lectiones as far as they are available to scholars in 
printed editions and in the testimonies, in published commentaries of 
this work from the Bhasya of Sankara downwards. The learned compiler 
of this work has, besides, utilised most of the published critical 
studies on the text of the Bhagvadgltd. Thus, in a sense, this work 
represents the critical summation and evaluation of all the critical 
material on the text and interpretation of the Glta that is so far avail- 
able, presented in a very original manner. 

The Glta has a distinct place in the life of the nation ; witness, for 
example, its great moving force on three unique Indian personalities 
of the present centuries, Sri Aurobiiido Ghosh, Lokmanya Tilak and 
Mahatma Gandhi. The voice of Sri Krsna is still reverberating through 
the corridors of time and is powerful enough to change the destiny of 
men, bringing the light of the spirit and the transcendent knowledge 
to guide the future of mankind. The fiery words can still move inert 
nature to a final endeavour in: the up-rooting of the evil that exists in 
man. But cold analysis is required to dissect them into their proper 
components, for modern research requires a critical text devoid of 
conscious or unconscious emendations, changes, interpolations, etc. 
and a tool, not depending upon subjective judgment, for the final 
sifting of the material and sense. In this manner of speaking, the 
present attempt is unique in its character, and will enable the linguisti- 
cian, the comparative philosopher or a critical student of the text of the 
Gttd, to arrive at his goal with the least amount of trouble. The 
material has been so well presented that the Glta may now very well 
become its own interpreter, with no external aids. 

In conclusion all true scholars have to express their admiration for 
the patient and critical manner in which Rao Bahadur Divanji has 
digested his material and presented the same in a scientific manner, 
satisfying the highest exacting demands of modern scholarship. 

■m 

Deccan College Post-Graduate 

and Research Institute, Poona, [ ' S. M. K.ATRE. 



Dated 4th June 1943. 



'■] 



1. NIA. IV. pp. 271-84. 



Opinions 



The Bhagavadgitd has been the source of inspiration to millions of 
Indians for at least two thousand years. Numerous commentaries have 
been written during several centuries to elucidate its teaching. Several 
scholars have prepared indexes of the words of the Bhagavadgitd. Rao 
Bahadur P. C. Divanji has, however, prepared an Index of the words 
of the said work on a novel plan. He gives an Index of all the primary 
word-units in alphabetical order and treats the Vulgate and Kasmlr 
recensions separately with a comparative table of variant readings. 
Then in Part II he gives a similar treatment of the secondary and other 
word-units. Part III contains a common index of all the words treated 
of in Parts I and II, The compounds are dissolved according to the 
author's own ideas. He does not cite the dissolution of compounds 
given by the numerous commentators of the Bhagavadgitd. If he had 
done that the volume of the work would have increased enormously, 
though such a work would have been most useful to all interested in 
the study of the Gltd and in Indian philosophy and exegesis. Even as 
it is, the work prepared by Rao Bahadur Divanji is most valuable and 
deserves encouragement. He has been known to me for over forty 
years. He has been doing valuable work and has contributed numerous 
papers on subjects connected with Indology. He has translated a 
very difficult work on Vedanta viz., the Siddhantabindu of Madhusudana 
Saraswatl with a very scholarly Introduction and Notes for the Gaekwad 
Oriental Series. The present work shows great patience and industry 
and presents material in a form valuable to students of linguistics, 
philosophy and sociology. 

Bombay, dated 18th June 1943. , P. V. KANE. 



I have carefully read the Word-Index of the Bhagavadgitd which 
is prepared by Rao Bahadur P. C. Divanji, whose name is already well- 
known to orientalists through his papers and articles on various subjects 
connected with Sanskrit literature. He is specially interested in the 
Sankara Vedanta and had edited the Siddhantabindu of Madhusudan 
Saraswatl with a critical Introduction and English Translation in the 
G. O. Series. Naturally the Bhagavadgitd attracted his very serious 
attention and he very soon discovered the need of a Complete and 
Scientific Word-Index of that ail important work. The task of preparing 
such an index was extremely difficulty, dull and uninteresting and 
required an unusual degree of physical and mental energy. Yet 
even in his days of retirement from Government service, where he has 

7 



8 Critical Word-Index to the Bhagavadgita 

already proved his ability as indicated by his title, Rao Bahadur, he 
undertook and finished the task of preparing such an index. I really 
feel great admiration for Mr, Divanji's untiring energy and devotion 
to work. The present index of the primary and the other word- 
units in the Bhagavadgita presents all the material longed for by a 
research student of the work from a philosophical, linguistical, sociolo- 
gical and as a matter of fact, from every point of view. All compound 
words are separated and presented in their original form. The Index 
is divided into three parts : the first gives the primary word-units 
in an alphabetical order, the Vulgate and the Kashmir recensions being 
separately treated, with comparative tables of the variant readings in 
both ; Part II contains a similar treatment of the secondary and other 
word-units and Part III gives a Common Index of all the words 
treated in Parts I and II, The whole plan is carefully explained in 
the Introduction. 

The solution of the compounds in the primary and other word- 
units is given according to the author's own ideas ; perhaps it would 
have been better had the author given this accqrding to the different 
commentators that had tackled the book. But this naturally leads to 
the wider question of giving the different meanings assigned to the 
different words by the different commentators and this does not fall 
within the purview of the word-index. Such a dictionary prepared 
with the help of this Index would, I think, be a scholar's paradise and 
would, at a glance, lay bare the skill or otherwise of the given com- 
mentator of the Bhagavadgita. The publication of this Index will 
surely do honour to any publisher and I heartily congratulate the author 
on the excellent work that he has done in this Word- Index of the 
Bhagavadgita. v 

Wilson College, 14-6-1943. H. D. VELANKAR. 



I read through the pages of your Critical Word-Index to the 
Bhagavadgita, It is a work which will be of considerable value to all 
students of our sacred scriptures. 

Benares Hindu University, RADHAKRISHNAN. 

28-11-1945. 



CONTENTS. 



Paget 

INTRODUCTION 

Part L— PRIMARY WORD-UNITS. 

Section A.— Vulgate with Variants ... ... ••• 1-168 

,, B. — KaSmir Recension ... ... ...168-187 

C.— List of New Words in Section B 187-189 

Appendix I.— Critical Apparatus of Section A ... ... 189-193 

,, II.— Critical Apparatus of Section B ... ...193-223 

„ III.— Addenda to Section B ... ... ...224 

Part II. -SECONDARY, TERTIARY & QUATERNARY 
WORD-UNITS. 
Section A.— Secondary Word-Units. 

Sub-Section (<z)— Vulgate with Variants ... . . .- 225-297 

„ {b)-~ Kasmir Recension ... ... ... 297-306 

Section B.— Tertiary Word-Units. 

Sub-Section (a)— Vulgate with Variants ... ... 307-320 

,, {b)~- Kashmir Recension ... ...321-323 

Section C. — Quaternary Word-Units. 

Sub- Section (a)— Vulgate with Variants ... ...324-326 

,, • {b) — Kasmir Recension ... ... 326-327 

Section D.— Word-Units Common to all or any two of the 
preceding sections of this Part. 

Sub-Section (a)— Vulgate with Variants ... ... 327-331 

,, {£)— Kasmir Recension ... ...331 

Part III. -CONSOLIDATED INDEX OF THE PRIMARY 
AND SUBSIDIARY WORD-UNITS. 

Section A.— Vulgate with Variants ... ... ,..332-362 

B. — Kasmir Recension * ... ... ... 362-366 



» 15 


j j 


341 „ 


1 


,, 27 


it 


603 „ 


9 


„ 27 


)> 


605 ,, 


5 


„ 35 


> > 


797 „ 


2 


» 37 


> » 


841 „ 


5 


„ 50 


>> 


1120 „ 


5 


„ 50 


>? 


1141 „ 


2 


„ 54 


foot-note 


SJ 


3 



ADDENDA et CORRIGENDA. 

Part I A. 

At p. 4 in entry No,. 84 line 2 in place of Com. read Comp.' 

» sing. „ plu. 

"Lokah" „ "Lokat' 
,, the ,, an 

,, pro. nominal ,, pronominal 
„ fcfkm: ,, f^f^RTT:. 

part the sense The sense 

,, evplained ,, explained 
,, state) ,, state or way 

of departure) 

remove the brackets and for See" 
read "see. 

54 in entry No. 1214 line 19 in place of super- read super- 
numerary numerary 

55 „ 1244 „ 2 ,, Cit „ Cit-Cint 

56 ,, 1257 ,, 8 ,, Celajina- ,, Celajina- 

kusottarav kusotfaram 

56 ,, 1268 ,,3 ,, dastroys ,, destroys 

58 ,, 1295 „ 6 at the end add (see App. I. 1. ). 

59 „ 1335 ,, 1 in place of sing. read plu. 
68 ,, 1522 ,, 1 ,, ace. ,, ace. sing. 
80 „ 1815 „ 4 bet. "origin" and "or" insert "to". 
82 ,, 1857 ,, 5 in place of Brahma read Brahman. 
82 ,, 1875,, 6 „ (App. 1.2) n (App. I. 20). 
96 ,, 2209 „ 2 „ Han „ Ha. 
96 ,, 2209 „ 3 ,, (to destroy or destroy comple- 
tely) read (to shake off completely).. 

103 ,, 2345 ,, 5 after Upanisads add, or the 

Sarirahasutra of Badarayana. 
3 in place of hss read has 

1 „ ' nx^RH^ read *fapt% 

2 ,, " nora. ,, noun. 

3 ,, (Being) Sat ,, Sat (Being). 
10 



117 


j> 


2681 „ 


125 


>> 


2866 „ 


146 


59 


3361 ,, 


147 


> ) 


3396 „ 



ADDENDA et CORRIGENDA 



11 



Part 

At p. 



*> 

App. 
At p. 

At p. 

App. 
At p. 



IB.. 

170 in entry No. 21 line 1 in place of Norn. sing, of the neu. read 

Aec, sing, of the mas. 
177 „ 203 „ 4 ,, snwTRr: re ad *fhwRr: 

184 ,, 373 ,, 1 ,,*r^:Sl^^:readH^?!^fOT. 

I. 

191 between entries Nos. 19 and 20 insert the following :-— 
19a. 6.23 f5rf^rot%rRT ar^fan^ERn; Sankara, Anandagiri and 

Daivajfia Pandit. 
191 in entry No. 24 Col. 4 in place of {^m TTO m) read 



II. 

199 in entry No. 68 Col. 4 in place of «r% read 



204 in foot-note (12) „ 

204 „ (12) „ 

205 in entry No. 122 „ 
209 in foot-note 9 ,, 






Part 
At p. 



212 



II A. 



13 



^FtffTRTT^ ^F3R^ read 
sPFfl <* iN rwcTT^**! ^^ read 

- jrT - r -., T ,.-JS.. T .'y;fv rT .. T1 fs l ,„-..., -. , .. r . r „ , , 



225 in entry No. 6 line 1 in place of ( srsftfa T%*tl% read 

* (WSgfTfoTflRffi?. 



226 



„ 227 


21 ,, 1 


„ 228 


42 „ 1 


„ 230 


62 „ 1 


„ 231 


96 „ 3 


„ 233 


111 „ 2 


,» 234 


149 „ 1 


„ 241 


215 „ 3 


„ 243 


250 ,, 6 


„ 246 


278 ,, 5 


„ 247 


286 „ 18 


,, 247 


, 2S7 , , 2 


„ 247 


301 „ 1-2 


„ 248 


313 „ 3 



248 



318 



„ srffopfcraFrnftfa read 

,, rf«rt read cFrr. 

„ ' (*rftr) ,, {nm) 

«&«<<« „ «&«**:. 

„ ## n srrarrrct W |^, sn$r read 
„ QfTfrmrf ^ read (,) *IWW^, 



253 


M 


384 „ 4 


254 


l> 


390 „ 10 


254 


)> 


390 „ 16 


255 


»> 


413 „ 1 


256 


) J 


423 „ 2 



12 Critical Word-Index to the Bhagavad0t5 

„ 252 „ 366 „ 2-3 ,, 3rew*3jaTftw?l , ^f^ ^ f^mt: 

read 
[ gWWTJoiftfifo ,t7%^] 

HfT^f read STfmit 

cfer:*n%: „ (S) IrsrSTJ *T®T.\ 

„ 257 „ 433 „ 2-3 ,/f^TT' qsft (*), '**fV *TScfr ft»), 

'tor' ^r c*), r^ °f^rc (<*) srsfr, 

•^|^' ftis), ^sft, 'f^T' (<*) ^TS^T. 

„ 257 „ 453 „ 4 ,, §&rr read §*fwr: 

,,263 „ 527 „ 1 „ 'SW^*^),, 'S^WB* 

„ 264 „ 537 „ 1 „ ^tfarcp* „ URto^. 

264 ,, 544 „ 1 „ * %fci:^*sf „ f**T%: ^s**H . 

„ 265 • „ 558 „ 1 „ f«wr] „ fKWR]. 

„ 266 „ 573 „ 3 , , *rcf If wr>re; „ ^*i ft*rmm*r 

„ 267 „ 605 „ 2 „ ' as$?smi*r: „ m s<flnwr: . 

,,267 „ 605 „ 3 f$ wrrairat: „ ^vrnpnrti . 

M 268 „ 621 „ 1 „ WWJRTraL „ t^sRn^r^. 

„ 269 „ 626 „ 1 „ ~^TTT:- „ -%znm\ 

„ 271 „ 661 „ 1 „ (*)*Wtfc* „ (*)*Rtffc*. 

,,276 „ 724 „ 2 „ ^M l-[taf^raw: read ^f| I 

,,277 „ 747 „ 1 „ %?T««w^rrwra%« i read 

^mmift,h\mi^:frm*x 

,, 284 „ 855 ,, 1 ,, i *naFr*(W)read'*nwrc^ [w). 

,,294 ,, 1052 „ 3 „ [r%TfT^rcr¥2T:f: € ^rr?' read 

Part II C. 

At p. 325 in entry No. 17 „ 3 „ «T%^f%Trt^rFcTT read 

At p. 326 „ „ 1 „ 2 ,, fa%W$w??m read ftftfrraJOTr: . 

Part III A. 

At p. 350 in entry No. 866 line 1 ,, *rsr read *f . 



INTRODUCTION 

I. Necessity of a Critical Word -Tndex.— II. Primary W*rd-Units and the Critical 
Apparatus for them ; (a) Vulgate with Commentaries ; (b) KSSmlr Recension with 
Cdmmentaries and its Probable Genesis.— Ill Secondary, Tertiarv and Quaternary 
Word-Units.— IV.- Word-Units Common to Parts I and II.-V. Concluding Remarks. 

I, Necessity of a Critical Word-Index. 

It was as early as December 1931 that I had felt the necessity of an 
exhaustive word-index to the Bhagavadgita because I had to deliver a 
presidential address at a Gita-jayanti celebration at Bulsar where I then 
was and intended to speak therein on the repeated emphasis laid in 
that work on the relation between life and philosophy. I had felt the 
same necessity over again when in 1933 I drafted my Introduction 
to the critical edition of the Siddhantabindu published as No. 64 of the 
Gaekwad's Oriental Series, wherein I had traced the history of the 
Advaita doctrine from the Vedic times to the time of the author, the 
17th Century a. d. On none of those occasions, however, had I any 
idea as to the amount of necessity for the same felt by other students 
of the work. Nor did I then feel the urge to make an attempt to 
undertake that work myself because unless one feels that there is a 
chance of one's work being appreciated by those for whom it is meant, 
one does not think it worth his while to take It up. Such an urge came 
upon me only when in Dr. V. S. Sukhtankar's review of the Verse-Index 
of that work published by Dr. W. Kirfel of the University of Bonn 1 
I found a hope expressed that " some Indian scholars will wake up to 
the necessity of preparing at long last a complete index verborum of this 
crest-jewel of Indian literature, an index in which every occurrence of 
every inflected and uninflected word and every grammatical form will 
be separately indexed and cited as in Grassmann's Worterbuch to the 
Rgveda\ It was impressed on my mind again and with greater force 
when I read in Prof. R. D. Laddu's review of Arthur C. March's work 
entitled t( A Buddhist Bibliography" * t the prefatory remark that "the 
importance of a complete bibliography on a subject or an index 
verborum to a work can hardly be over-estimated by any one interested 
in the pursuit of research. The rapid growth that has been taking place 
in the literature relating to comparative philology, philosophy and 
religion to-day necessarily demands of a researchist complete upto- 
date bibliographies on his subjects as well as index verbora to the works 
within the purview of his study. Where there are none of the kind 
he has to compile them himself for his own use, which is, no doubt, 
a giddy task that takes away so much of his energy". I, therefore, 

1. OLD. II. 5, P . 82. 

2. Ibid III. 2, pp. 34-35. 



ii Critical Word-Index to the Bhagavadgitd 

resolved to'apply my time and energy to the task of preparing an 
Index-Verborum to the Bhagavadgitd, which has already taken its place 
in the literature of .the world and is, therefore, a work of more frequent 
reference to research scholars in all the civilised countries, than 
many others in the field of Sanskrit literature , 

When I did so, I hoped to be able to place before the public a 
complete index within about six month's time. But in course of 
time I was informed that there were already such indices in the 
field, namely, (1) that appended to the edition of the work in the 
Anandasram Sanskrit Series, (2) that in the Concordance of the Upanisads 
and the Bhagawadgita by Col. Jacob and (3) that prepared by Mahatma 
Gandhi and published by the Navajlvan Prakas*an Mandir, Ahmedabad 
as a separate booklet under the title Gltapadarthakosa. Some time 
was, therefore, taken up in obtaining copies of the said works and 
examining them. Having done so, I found that each of them had 
been based on some one edition of the work and had taken no note 
of the variae lectiones, of whose existence even in the case of the 
Vulgate there was ample evidence in the commentaries of the writers 
of the different schools beginning with £>ankaracarya, and of the 
simple words of which the compound words had been made up. 
Moreover all of them, having been prepared prior to a.d. 1930, when 
Dr. Schrader first brought a separate Ka£rmr recension to the notice 
of the world of Oriental scholars, could not naturally have taken 
any notice of the said recension. I -also found that the A. S. Series 
edition contained several mistakes, that Jacob's work contained the 
words of the Gita mixed up with those of the 66 Upanisads which he had 
consulted for comparison and contained no solutions of compounds 
and no list of words common to the simple and compound words 
and that the Ahmedabad Index was not likely to be useful to the 
scholars engaged in linguistic and historical researches because it did 
not contain an exhaustive mention of all the references in the case of 
certain words, did not contain a uniform order of arrangement through- 
out and did not take note of the simple words included in compound 
words and a list of the units common to the simple and compound 
words. I, therefore, concluded that there was sufficient scope for a 
carefully-planned, exhaustive and critical index such as I had in view. 

II. Primary Word'Units and the Critical Apparatus for them. 

An attempt has been made to make this such an index by the 
. , adoption of the following means and method. The 

,(«) Ihe Vulgate with * c _., , . __ , . ,, i i „« 

Commentaries? text °* "* e work as printed in the popular large- 

typed Nirnaya Sagar Press edition has been taken 
as the editio princeps for getting all the Primary Word-Units i.e. to say, 



* Introduction * '.*.••■: ifi 

the words, simple and compound, which have been employed by the 
learned author for the purpose of making up each stanza. These units 
are so called because they primarily catch the eye when the words 
joined by Sarhdhis are separated and put into prose-order. In order 
to illustrate this I take the stanza 4-27 which runs as follows : — 
^foftfp^r^rf^T sfTorpOTf^t mq\ \ wRm*m%m$ .§$& srMtfft h When 

subjected to the above double process it is reduced to the follow- 
ing form :~~^¥ *reffaf ? ^jf^f spiffs JTPn^rff&i* ^ STFT^tfW STPTORfiT- 
sftimf 5 sj^flr' U It can be seen from the figures placed over the 
units that the stanza contains 8 words of which the 2nd, 5th and Sth 
are simple while the remaining ones are compound words. Such 
Primary Word-Units are collected together and arranged in alphabetical 
order," bearing in mind not only their initial letters but also the 
subsequent ones occurring in them in order, and indexed in Part I. 
In the case of each such unit, the grammatical form in which it occurs 
in the text has been defined, its meaning or possible meanings given 
in brackets and the several places of its occurrence in the text specified 
by reference in each case to the number of the Adhyaya, printed in 
thick black types and that of the stanza in the ordinary ones. In 
arriving at these units, the introductory prose- remarks occurring at 
certain places in the work have been, but the colophons at the end 
of the Adhyayas have not been, taken to form part of the text because 
the former are the necessary portion of the episode in the Mahabharata, 
which the Gita is, but the latter being most probably emendations made 
for the first time either by a commentator or a copyist in order to 
give the readers an idea of the contents of each chapter by a single 
expression are not the same as given in all the editions with com- 
mentaries and therefore lack uniformity. Many of them are not 
sufficiently comprehensive also. 

In order to get the variants adopted or noticed by some of the 
commentators of the work, the additional editions made use of are :-— 
(1) the Jagad-hitecchu Press edition of A. D. 1886 containing the Bhasya 
of Sankara and the glosses of Anandagiri and Daivajna Pandit, (2) the 
Gujamti Press edition of 1912, and (3) the Gujarati Press edition of 1935,, 
the last two together containing the text and the commentaries of 
19 commentators including Sankara. The Primary Word-Units obtained 
from these variants have been given their proper places in the Index J 
the propriety or impropriety of the original and variant readings hag 
been discussed in the entries relating to them and a comparative 
table of such variants with the names of the commentators adopting 
them called the Critical Apparatus of Section A has been added at the 
end of this Part as Appendix I. ... .. . . 



iv Critical Word-lndesc to the Bhagamdgttd 

This Part contains another section, Section B, comprising an Index 
(ft) The Kgsmir Re- °^ t ^ ie var i ants occurring in the Kdsmlr Recension 
cension with Com- of the Bhagavadgitd, The Vulgate, which is com* 
SS^GeneSi !t * Pr °" mented u P on b y Sankara and others, contains 
700 stanzas as expressly mentioned by Sankara 
in the introductory part of his Bhasya. 1 Out of them 574 have been 
placed in the mouth of Sri Krsna, 83 in that of Arjuna, 42 in that of 
Sanjaya and 1 in that of Dhrtarastra. These stanzas are distributed 
in the different chapters in the following manner, namely ; — Sri Bhaga- 
van~ 2. 2-3,11-72; 3. 3-35, 37-43 ; 4.1-3,5-42; 5.2-29; 6.1-32, 
35-36, 40-47; 7.1-30; 8. 3-28; 9. 1-34; 10. 1-11, 19-42 ; 11. 5-8, 
32-34, 47-49, 52-55 ; 12. 2-20 ; 13. 2-34 ; 14. 1-20, 22-27 ; 15. 1-20 ; 
16. 1-24 ; 17. 2-28 ; 18. 2-72, i.e. to say, 64 + 40 + 41 + 28 + 42 + 30 +• 
26 + 34 + 35+14 + 19+33 + 26 + 20 + 24 + 27 + 71 = 574. — Arjuna— 
1.201-23,27^-46; 2. 4-8; 3.1-2,36; 4.4; 5.1; 6.33-34,37-39; 
8. 1-2 ; 10. 12-18 ; 11. 1-4, 15-31, 36-46 ; 12. 1 ; 13. 1 ; 14. 21 ; 17. 1 ; 
18. 1, 73, i.e. 21 + 5 + 3 + 1+1+5 + 2 + 7 + 32 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+2 
= 83.— Sanjaya-1. 2-20L 24-27£, 47 ; 2. 1, 9-10 ; 11. 9-14, 35, 50-51 ; 
18. 74-78, i. e. 25 + 3 + 9 + 5 =42. —Dhrtarastra— 1. 1. 

In A. D. 1917 one Hamsayogin of Madras published through the 
Buddha Dharma Manama ndala there for the first time a different 
version thereof in which the number of stanzas had been brought 
up to 745 in supposed conformity with a stanza ( 43-7 ), in the Bhisma- 
parvan of the Mahdbharata as edited in Bombay, and in some MSS. 
thereof procured from Northern India, to the effect that there were 
in the Gttd 745 stanzas made up as follows :— 620 coming from 
the mouth of Ke^ava ( instead of 574 ), 57 from that of Arjuna 
(instead of 83), 67 from that of Sanjaya (instead of 42) and 1 from that 
of Dhrtarastra. That version consisted of the work as divided into 26 
(instead of 18 chapters), in 24 of which there were uniformly 24 stanzas 
coming from the mouth of Sri Krsna and 39 of the stanzas in the 
Vulgate had been omitted and 84 new ones selected from the Udyoga, 
Anusdsana and Santi Parvans besides the BhUma, had been incorporated 
under the supposition that the text of the Bhagavadgitd as it originally 
existed could not have contained the former and must Have contained 
the latter. This hypothesis was not supported by any MS. evidence 

1. J. H. P. edition p. 4. That edition actually contains 699 stanzas only. This is 
found on comparison thereof with the N. S. P. and G. P. editions to be due to a differ- 
ence in the make-up of the stanzas 1 .26, 36 and 2,24, each of them having 3 instead of 
the usual 2 lines in an Anustubh as in the other editions and that of the stanza 2.25, 
which has one line only. The total number of lines in all the editions is thus the same. 
If this difference is ignored the number 700 of the stanzas in the Vulgate is found to 
have been made up thus :— 47 + 72 + 43 + 42 + 29 + 47 + 30 + 28 + 34 + 42 + 55-+ 20 + 34 
+ 27 + 20 + 24 + 28 + 78 = 700. 



Introduction ■•■■.- v 

or other data of a reliable character. It was, therefore, condemned 
as unauthoritative by Prof. Otto Schrader and M. Pritz, 1 

In 1930, however, the former brought out his edition of the KSinttr 
Recension of the Text of the Bhagavadglta through M. Kolhammar, 
Stuttgard, on the basis of (1) Abhinavagupta' s commentary published by 
the N. S. Press, Bombay in 1912 along with the text and other com- 
mentaries, (2) MS. No. 3271 at the India Office Library of the work with 
the commentary of Ramakantha alias Rarnakavi named Sarvatobhadra 
and (3) a birch-bark MS. of the bare text upto 8. 18, bearing 
No. 6763 D at the MSS. Library at the British Museum. This recension 
had no connection with the text as attempted to be re-constructed by 
Hamsayogin but had neverthless several other distinguishing features. 
, They were : — (1) Th^t it contained 14 complete and 4 half stanzas, of 
which there was no trace in the Vulgate; (2) that the number of the 
different readings which it contained was 282, and (3) that the stanzas 
numbered 2. 66-67 in the Vulgate did not form part of it. The birch- 
bark MS. had the Vulgate stanza 5. 19 not at its proper place and also 
not after 6. 9 as in the commentaries but that must obviously have 
been due to the inadvertance of its copyist. Moreover, the existence 
of the commentary of Abhinavagupta thereon and that of other 
previous ones referred to therein 2 showed that said recension had been 
recognised for several centuries in KaSrolr either as the only one known 
to the Fanclits there or as the only one acceptable to them as the 
authoritative one. Schrader thought that, such a recension must have 
been current in that province between the latter half of the 10th century 
when Ramakantha was believed to have flourished anc|, the 14th century 
when the Pratyabhijna school, to which Abhinavagupta belonged, is 
believed to have become extinct. 

The interest created by this publication led Pandit Laxman Raina 
Brahmachari of Srinagar to publish separately the text with the com- 
mentary of Abhinavagupta in A. D. 1933. Mr. S. N. Tadpatrikar of 
Poona was then inspired to collect together and study several MSS. of 
the work in the Sarada and Nagari scripts at the Bhandarkar Institute 
and to publish in a. d. 1934 a critical edition of the work as the, Pmt 

1. See Otto Schrader's paper thereon in the Garbs Festschrift Volume (192?) and that 
of M. Pritz in ZDMG,, 1930. Rajavaidya Jivarlm Kalidas of Gondal, K*thfov*# too 
has examined this edition and shown how the editor has re-written the GitS from hi* 
own imaginary stand-point [Sri Bhngavadgttd (Goridal, 1937) Introduction pp* Ifi-lTTf.' 

2. Dr. T. R. Chintamani has, in his Introduction to the Madras. Uniwfsity e4Moo 
of this recension with the commentary oi Rlmakantha named S#tva$obh®dm t stttyi&', 
(pp. xxxvii-xxxix) that prior to Abhinavagupta, 5 other persons, namely {1} V**&«p|«ik, 
the founder of the Trika Sajyism of Klsmlr and the author of the £ivtr$titra (Stfeoent. 
aj>.), (2) Anandavardhana, (3) Ramakantha, (4) Bhiskara, and (5) lAsakfka, had 
commented upon this recension of the Gitd. 

B. G. I, ii 



▼i Critical Word-Index to the BhagavadgttS 

Pratinidhi Series No. 1 wherein all the additional stanzas and lines dis- 
covered by Schrader and the variants discussed by him and many others 
besides them had been taken notice of. Further in 1937 Sastri Jivaram 
KSlidas of Gondal, Kathiavad, published a fresh edition of the KISrmY 
recension based on a single MS., which he said, he had chanced to 
secure from Surat. According to him that MS. is in the form of a Pothi, 
containing both the Gita and the Harwamia and is dated Sariivat 1235 
(a. D. 1178-79 ).' This is not a critical edition in the strict sense of 
that term, in that it does not contain any foot-notes as to any alternate 
readings in the Ka^mir recension. It nevertheless constitutes an 
additional edition of that recension inasmuch as (1) it is based on 
a MS. purporting to be the oldest one of that recension yet brought 
to light and that too obtained from an unimaginable source, 
(2) substantially agrees with those on which the previous editions 
had been based and (3) is preceded by an Introduction in which the 
question of the original extent of the work is considered with reference 
to the stanza 43-7 in the Bhismaparvan and with due regard to the 
previous attempts made by scholars to solve it and in which a con- 
clusion different from that of Schrader has seen recorded, it being that 
the Gita must have originally contained 745 stanzas, that the additional 
stanzas and half-stanzas included therein may have formed part of the 
missing 45 and that, therefore, the search for them must be continued. 
Lastly, Dr. Chintamani of Madras published in 1941 a scholarly 
edition of the work with the complete commentary of Rajanaka Rama- 
kavi alias Ramakantha named Sarvatobhadra as No. 14 of the Madras 
University Sanskrit Series. The manuscript material utilised by him 
for its press copy consisted of 5 MSS., one of which was the India 
Office MS. utilised by Dr. Schrader and the remaining four obtained 
from the Bhandarkar Institute, Poona, three of which were quite com- 
plete. Dr. Kunhan Raja states in his Foreword to it that while this 
edition was in the press, another of the same recension with the same 
commentary had been published from Poona in the Anandahama 
Sanskrit Series but that the former had the distinction .of having been 
preceded by a scholarly Introduction and followed by two Indices, one 
as to the Ardhas ( half-stanzas ) and the other as to the citations con- 
tained in the commentary, duly traced to their sources. So far as my 
present purpose is concerned it is distinguishable by the existence at 
the end of the Introduction of a Comparative Table of the readings 
adopted by Ramakavi and Abhinavagupta throughout the work and by 
Bhaskara upto 7, 16 and by a discussion therein as to the original 
extent of the work. 

1, According to Dr. Belvalkar (Bhagavadglta with the Commentary of Anandavar- 
dhana, p. 385) this Ms. itself is not of that year but is a copy of one of that year, made 
\n Strict 1544 (a.d. 1487-88). 



Introduction vii 

Each of these editors has brushed aside as unworthy of the serious 
attention of a scholar the clumsy attempt of Hamsayoj in of Madras to 
re-construct the Gita as per its contents described in the Bhipnaparvan. 
Nevertheless, owing to the alleged existence of three translations 
in Persian of a text of the Gita purporting to contain 745 stanzas, two 
of them in verse and one in prose, referred to by Pandit Mahesh 
Prasad of Benares in* his short paper on *' Arabl-Faraslmen Gita" 
published in the Bhagavadgitanka of the Hindi journal Kalyapa of the 
Gita Press, Gorakhpur, all of them except Mr. Tadpatrikar think it 
likely that a further more patient and thorough search may reveal the 
existence of a MS. of the work containing 745 stanzas and therefore 
do not confidently assert that the stanza in chapter 43 of the Bht$ma~ 
parvan above referred to, must be an interpolation and not based on 
the truth as to the original GUa having 745 stanzas. Mr. Tadpatrikar 
has, while differing from this view, cited that of the late Dr. Sukhtankar, 
till lately the learned General Editor of the Mahabharata? which is 
that Schrader's view that the original GUa must have contained the 
additional stanzas found in the KaSmir recension and that they must 
have been cut down to make up the pre-conceived number 700 is not 
supported by the MSS. from several centres at his command and 
that of Prof . Barnet that "the tradition" as to the Kasmlr recension 
"has been a little warped by editorial emendations and possibly also 
by some interpolations, and that whether inspite of these changes 
it is nearer to the original Gita is still not clear". He has also ex- 
pressed a hope that the question will be dealt with very exhaustively 
in the critical edition of the Bhismaparvan which is under preparation 
from MSS. collected at Poona from several provinces, particularly 
Bengal, where the Royal Asiatic Society has a fairly large collection 
of rare MSS. in the Sarada script of Kasmlr. 

It appeared from an announcement made by the late Dr. Sukhtankar 
at the Silver Jubilee Celebrations of the Institute in January 1943 that 
owing to a shortage of the required quality of paper and of funds it 
was uncertain when it would be possible to publish the BH$maparoan> 
although the press-copy thereof would be ready within a short period.* 
We had, however, a sufficient foretaste o f the probable result of the 

1. Introduction to Pant Pratinidhi Series No. 1, pp. 5-6. 

2. It had been announced in a publication of the Institute of 1945 that a special 
arrangement had been made for printing this Parvan as early as practicable. About 
8 days before this was sent to the Press, I learnt that a Fascicule of the Bhismaparvan 
was to be published on the ^sipaflcarol day this year along with a separate critical edition 
of the BhagavadgM, presumably prepared from the MSS. above noticed, Copfef 
thereof were not however available to the subscribers to the Critical Edition of the 
Mbh. till this was actually sent to the press. I could not, therefore, take any review 
thereof herein. 



viii Critical Word-Index to the. Bhagavadgttd 

collation of all the available, over 50, MSS. in the long article intituled 
"The So-called Ka^mir Recension of the Bhagvadgita" contributed by 
Dr. Belvalkar, who had been entrusted with the work of editing that 
Parvan, published at pp. 211-51 of the New Indian Antiquary Vol. II. 
Therein, the learned doctor, after considering at length the sources 
and grounds relied on by Prof. Schrader for his said thesis, summed up 
the result, which stated succinctly is that the So-called Kasmlr Recension 
of the Glta can at best be called a Kaimir Version of the Gita, that 
it could not have been current in that Province prior to the 8th 
century when Sankara lived, that it is not more authentic than that of 
Sankara and is therefore of secondary importance even when the 
additional stanzas and half-stanzas and the thirty odd cases of variants, 
which alone can stand the test of critical examination, are taken into 
consideration, that Schrader's conclusion is not, therefore, supported by 
them, that if it can be held to have been supported by them, we would 
have to admit the existence of two other recensions also, namely the 
'Bengali and the Malayalam, and that "we can accordingly conclude that, 
except for about a dozen minor variants, the form of the Bhagavadglta 
as preserved in the Bhasya of Sankaracarya is still the earliest and 
the most authentic form of the poem that we can reach on the basis 
of the available manuscript evidence" .' 

It is clear from the said article, 2 that the distinguishing feature 
which the learned doctor had in mind when he said that the text of 
the GitM current in Kas'mir can be called a version not a recension, 
was that whereas a version should mainly embody modifications taking 
place in the course of transmission in the game script from a common 
codex and would, therefore, have a provincial circulation, a recension 
should connote more deliberate and far-reaching alterations in the 
text, often changing the tone and emphasis and transcending the limits 
of a script or province. As to this the classification of the MSS. 
of the Mahabharata made by the late Dr. Sukhtankar in his Prologomena 
to the Critical edition of the Adiparvan reprinted at pp. 10-140 of the 
Critical Studies in "the Mahabharata and explained at pp. 17 and 97 
thereof, seems no doubt to lend some colour to that distinction. 
According to that classification the Great Epic has two regional 
recensions, the Northern and the Southern and whereas the former 
is sub-divided into the Kasmirl, Nepali, Bengali and other sub- 

1. NIA II. pp. 230-31 The learned doctor had, agreeably to this view, publis ned 
in 1941 an "Authorised text" of the Glta and stated in his Preface thereto that he was 
going t » edit the same work on behalf of the Benares University and to append thereto 
an exhaustive word-index in which would be included even the words forming part of 
the compound words occurring in the Git§. Inquiries made in April 1945 showed 
that he had not till then done so. 

£. Vide the foot-note at p. 214, 



Introduction ix 

recensions or versions, the latter is sub-divided into fhe Grantha, 
Telugu, Malayalam, and other sub-recensions or versions-. -Each set 
of sub^-recensions or versions has ; moreover several- groups- within it. 
Dr. Sukhtankar has repeatedly complained that the MSS. of» the dif- 
ferent versions, especially those of the Devanagari group, appeared to 
have been conflated, I. e. to say, compared and added to to such an 
extent as to make it totally impossible to arrive at a completely pure 
text of a single Parvan of the recension of the North or the South, let 
alone the whole of the Epic. It is thus clear that the task of an editor of 
a Parvan thereof is a very complex one, for he has to critically ascertain 
the contents of each group of MSS., stanza by stanza, which is by no 
means an easy task because no commentator has commented upon the 
pure text of any one racension." He has then to decide which stanzas 
thereout should form part of the Critical Edition, which should be 
inserted therein with a wavy line, indicating doubtfulness, and which 
should be relegated to the appendices. Lastly, below those inserted 
in the edition he has got to mention the different readings found in the 
classified groups of MSS. of the Parvan. The task of an editor of a 
critical edition of the Bhagavadgttd, is, on the other hand, comparatively 
simpler. That is so because we find almost the same text commented 
upon by the founders and followers of the diverse philosophical arid 
theological schools who lived from the end of the 8th century. There 
is not even ih the Kasmir recension any additional chapter or even a 
group of stanzas relating to any point not" touched in the Vulgate. 
A reference to the Critical Apparatus of Section A forming Appendix I 
to Part I of this volume will make it clear that the points of difference 
between the different commentators of all the provinces other than 
Kasmir, arise only from the methods of reading this or that quarter- 
stanza, except in the case of the supplementary initial stanza in 
Chapter XIII. And all-told the number of variants found in the 
19 commentaries does not go beyond 38, which considering the total 
number of words in Pt. I A, comes to less than 1%. Compared with 
this, there are more points of difference between three of the five 
commentators of the Kasmir text. Nevertheless all the MSS. thereof, 
whether written in the Devanagari or Sarada or any other script, agree 
substantially in the matter of points of distinction from the Vulgate 
and the additional stanzas and half stanzas, found interspersed in 
Chapters II, III, V, VI, IX, Xl, X1I1 and XVIII. There is also an 
agreement amongst them as to the omission of 2 stanzas from Chapter II, 
Therefore , whereas in the case of the MahabhUrata as a whole thei?e -jp 
undateable inferential evidence of two separate traditions, one current 
to the North of the Vindhya range and the other to the South of it, there 
is in that of the QUi t originally an episode in the BM^mpamm \m% 



x Critical Word-Index to the Bhagavadgltd 

looked upon as having a special independent importance from a time 
prior to sankara as is evident from his comments on III. 1-2 etc., 
dateable concrete evidence of two separate traditions, one current in 
the whole of India except Kaimlr and the other current in the latter 
only from about the middle of the 8th century to about the end of the 
17th, as shown by the date of the MS. on which Dr. Belvalkar's edition 
of Anandavardhana's Commentary is based. There is, therefore, no 
reason why the^ text as commented upon by the Pandits of Kasmir 
headed by Siddha Vasugupta should not be designated as the special 
recension of that province. Another great distinguishing feature of 
the Gita recensions is that none of them has any sub-recensions and, 
therefore, there is no possibility of there being any conflated sub-groups 
of any of them like those of the Mahabharata. That being so, both are 
available in their original purity. 

Nor is there anything in the etymology of the two terms which 
would militate against the application of the term recension thereout to 
the type of the work coming from that northernmost province of India. 
For, whereas the term version , derived from verto, to turn, means 
"a change or translation of a work from one language into another or 
from one script into another, which may be of the same or a different 
province'*, and the term recension, derived from recenseo, I review or 
examine , means "a fresh reckoning or re-consideration of a work" 
and therefore whereas the term version can be used with reference to 
even a translation or a transcript into another language, regardless of 
the fact whether or not variae lectionis have or have not crept into it, 
the term recension must be used with reference to a work, which, 
whether translated or transcribed or not, bears evident signs of having 
been subjected to a review or an examination and consequently con- 
tains emendations made with a view to correct some supposed errors 
or grammatical irregularities &c, or to supply some missing links, or 
contains conscious additions made with a view to heighten the effect 
of a statement or a series of statements with reference to a particular 
topic contained in the original text. The text of the G%t& as contained 
in the MSS. coming from the province of Kasmir, whether with or 
without a commentary, during a long period of several centuries, is 
distinguishable by both the said features. Therefore Dr. Schrader 
cannot be accused of having use made of unscientific terminology 
when in 1930 he published under the caption Kaimir Recension of the 
Bhagavadgitd his booklet based on a comparative study of the contents 
of the Vulgate and the text as found in the Kasmir MSS., available to 
him. It appears from his admissions in the Introduction to the edition 
of the text with the Commentary of Anandavardhana that even Dr. Bel- 
vaikar has now ceased to consider that nomenclature objectionable. 



Introduction j*f 

The mere existence of one provincial recension does not ipso facto 
exclude the possible existence of others. Dr. Belvalkar had, in Mi 
article in the NIA. above referred to, advanced an argument againtt 
the propriety of the title given by Dr, Schrader that there may come 
a time for the recognition of Bengali and Malayalam recensions of the 
Gita as well because the MSS. written in the scripts of those linguistic 
regions also exhibited peculiarities similar to those written in the 
Sarada script. However none has as yet come forward with such a 
claim and now the doctor himself admits that there is not such a 
uniform tradition behind the MSS. coming from Bengal and Malabar 
as there is behind those coming from Kas*mfr. 

But while admitting the existence of a separate Kas*mlr recension 
he does not admit that it has other than a second-rate importance and 
that it is anterior to the time of Sankara. He vehemently attacks in 
his said article in the NIA., Schrader' s view that there must have 
been two different recensions of the Gita prior to the Vulgate and the 
Kaimlr recension, one a longer and the other a shorter one, and has 
tried to make out that the 1% stanzas which according to Schrader con- 
stitute " coercive literary evidence " can be explained away on taking 
into consideration the stanzas contained in Gitasara No. 2, of which 
separate MSS. are in existence in the Institute's Library at Poona, 
According to him Gitasara No. 2 may have been included while com- 
puting the total number of stanzas in the work just as the Harivathia, 
though a Khilaparvan of the Mahabharata t is at times included amongst 
the Parvans thereof. 1 We are not concerned here with the way in 
which he makes up the total of 745 stanzas from the texts of the G%t& 
and the Gitas&ra together. Suffice it to say, that he draws attention 
to the fact that although Keshav Kashmirin has quoted the Gitamana 
stanza from the Bhismaparvan as current in KaSmir, he has com- 
mented only on just the 700 stanzas on which Sartkara has commented in 
his Bhasya and remarks:—" So too when Al'Beruni or when the Persian 
translators of the Gita gave the extent of the poem as 745 stanzas, we 
need not be surprised if their Gita is just the ordinary GitS of 700 stanzas 
— or if differing from it, the difference is due to the inclusion of the 
Gitasara into the Gita proper * * * * ". It is obvious from this that the 
learned Doctor had not made himself sure whether his conjecture was 
or was not borne out by the versions utilised by Al'Beruni or the 
Persian translators. It also appears from a foot-note and a statement 
in the previously-mentioned article that he hoped to consider in future 
the effect of the MS. of A. d. 1179 on which Sastri JfvarSm claimed to 
have based his edition and a hitherto unpublished commentary, which 



1, Aamrte of the BOW. Vol. XIX, pp. 335-48, 



"Mi Critical Word-Index to the Bhagavadgtta 

he says, he had chanced to secure.' The above is not, therefore, his 
final view and it is just possible that he may modify it. 2 On the other 
hand although there are some plausible grounds for the hypothesis that 
there may be in existence a recension of the Gita differing from, that 
commented' upon by Sankara and the other non-Ka^mirian commenta- 
tors who followed him, no MS. of a recension answering to the descrip- 
tion contained in Bhismaparvan 43*7 has yet come to light. There is, 
however, no reasonable ground for believing, as Sastri JIvaram 
has tried to establish by his fresh edition of the Gita published 
in 1941 of a Benares MS. of the work dated Sariivat 1665 (a. d. 
1608-09), 3 that the additional stanzas and half-stanzas found in the MSS. 
of the Kasmir recension are the survivors of those 45 which, if found, 
would go to make up the 745 spoken of in the Bhismaparvan, because 
the distribution of the stanzas in the Kasmir recension as put forth 
even by the Sastri does not tally with that given in the said Bhisma- 
parvan stanza. Therefore this much is certain that whether Dr. Belval- 
kar does or does not change his views 4 as to the original extent of the 
Gita as it may have existed prior to its being separated from the Maha- 
bharata, the existence of the KaSmir recension must be ascribed to 
some cause other than the existence of two such recensions prior to 
the time of Sankara as Schrader has postulated, i. e. to say, one as 
commented upon by Sankara, whether or not after some one had added 
29 stanzas thereto, and the other as containing 745 stanzas distributed 
amongst the speakers as described in the Bhismaparvan. 

What can that cause be? To me, it appears to be one of 
the following two, -namely :— (1) The MSS. before Sankara when 
he must have decided to write a Bhasya thereon must not have uni- 

1. NIA. II, p. 214, f n. 2. 

2. The unpublished Commentary of which a Ms. had been secured by 
Dr. Belvalkar . has been found to be that of Anandavardhana and to have been 
completed in a.d. 1680. The Doctor himself had, in 1941, edited that commentary 
tpgether with the text as approved by that commentator but it had not come to my notice 
till this Introduction was drafted. If appears from the Introduction thereto that he 
has modified his view considerably. 

3. 1 he learned Doctor characterised the Benares MS. of S*astri JIvaram as "A 
Fake Bhagavadglta MS." in his article hearing that caption which appeared at pp. 
21-31 of the Journal of the Jha Research Institute, Allahabad, Vol. I. Pt. I, published 
in November 1943. 

4. In the article referred to in the previous foot-note and also in his Introduction 
to his edition of the Gita with the commentary of Anandavardhana, which appears to 
have been published in 1941 but had not come to my notice till in April 1945 it was 
found included in the Bibliography appearing in the Poona Orientalibt Vol. 1%, 1-2, 
the said Doctor, admits that there is a separate Kasmir recension of the Gita but 
•till maiatains that it must be of a date later than that of S"ankara because it 
syttematically tries to normalize the archaic grammar and syntax of the current text. 



Introduction xiii 

formly contained any definite number of stanzas, i. e. to say, some 
may have contained a few less and some a few more than 700 stanzas. 
Having collated them he must have come to the conclusion that the 
700 which he had decided to comment upon must have been the only 
ones therein as handed down from the time when some previous 
commentator, such as the Vrttikara whom he refers to, took out this 
episode from the Mahabhdrata for the first time since Vyasa incorporated 
it therein, looking upon it as a work on philosophy having an in- 
dependent value of its own and for the guidance of his successors in 
the field of Gita exegetics noted down that number in the introductory 
part of his Bhasya. The MSS. which may have found their way into 
Kasmir may be of that class only which may have contained more 
than 700 stanzas and Vasugupta, the founder of the Trika school, having 
commented qpon the text as so made up, his followers RSmakantha, 
Bhaskara, Abhinavagupta, Anandavardhana and Lasakaka may have done 
so on believing that to be the correct text of the Gita, as well they might 
because it was the only one known to them. This is possible because 
it is a historical fact that Lalitaditya Muktaplda, who ruled over Kas*mlr 
from a. d. 724 to 760 i. e. till 28 years prior to the well-established 
date of the birth of Sankara, had extended his kingdom towards the 
south as far as Bengal in the East and Gujarat on the West and had to 
retrace his steps when his progress was checked near the bank of the 
Narmada and it is quite likely that while moving about outside Kalmlr 
he may have come in contact with several learned men and may, while 
returning to his own province, have taken with himself some of them 
and the MSS. of the standard works known to them, amongst which 
there must be those of the Gita.' 1 Unless this were so, we cannot 
account for the most patent fact that none of the KMrnlrian poets, 
dramatists, rhetoricians, philosophers and others, whose names are 
famous in the history of Sanskrit literature such as Rajasekhara, 
Bilhana, Ksemaraja, Bhaskara, Gauda Abhinanda and Abhinavagupta, 
dates from a time prior to the beginning of the 9th century A. d. In 
fact a Kasmfrian Pandit of modern times, Pandit Mukundaram Sastri 
has admitted in the Introduction to his edition of the IfaarapratytibM* 
jna-vimar$ini z that Kaimlr was a benighted province in the 8th aad 
9th centuries and most probably till then and a battle-ground for the 
teachers of various rival schools and sects, that the people residing 

1. Literary evidence of a MS. of the Yogavasitfha having been thus actually taken 
from Ayodhya to Kaimlr by Brahmatias called Siddhas because of their spiritual 
achievements, is contained in a stanza of the YogatiSsiffha of Gauda Abhinanda calls* 
Laghu Yogavaaistha, because it is much smaller as compared with that co«*«e»t«d 
upon by Anandabodha Yati, namely VI. 16.16 (N. S. P. edition, 1937, p. 835), 

2. KlSmir Series of Texts and Stodtet, Vol. XXII ( 1910 ), Introduction* 
pp. I to IV. , ' , 



xiv Critical Word-Indtx to the BhagavadgUd 

there were first put on the track of developing their intelligence on the 
right lines by the method of Upasana of Siva according to the Trika 
rites systematically defined for the first time in his &ivasutra by Siddha 
Vasugupta, who is now known to be also the first KaSmlrian com- 
mentator of the Bhagavadgita as known to the Ka^mirians of his time, 
and that those who had a philosophical turn of mind were organised 
into the Pratyabhijna school by Bhatta Somananda, the author of 
Bivadrsti. (2) Another probable cause of the existence of the Kasmir 
recension is that the MSS. of the Gita which may have reached Kasmir 
before the time of Vasugupta, the founder of the Trika sect of Saivism, 
wrote his commentary thereon, which is the earliest one known to have 
been written by a Kasmirian Pandit, may have contained just the same 
700 stanzas which Sankara has commented upon and distributed amongst 
the speakers in^the same manner as in his commentary, but with certain 
variations in readings. Afterwards some scribe, who may have copied 
out one of them before the time of the next commentator, may have 
added the stanzas and half-stanzas just to show off his learning, and 
since then the work as current in Kasmir may have been stamped 
with that peculiarity, besides that of the variations in readings, which 
now distinguishes that recension from the Vulgate. This too is 
probable because no MS. of Vasugupta's commentary has yet come 
to light. However, I believe that there is a greater probability on the 
side of the first reason because it is a general belief now that the text 
as k&own to Vasugupta was the same as that known to the later com- 
mentators and because none of the additional stanzas or half-stanzas 
has been composed in any of the larger metres in vogue from or after 
the 5th century a. d. 

Whatever the reason, the recension is there with the distinct stamp 
of the province impressed upon it by the fact of its having been com- 
mented upon by several writers of the* same school just as we have 
the Pippalada recension of the Atharvaveda peculiar to that province 
and also a distinct unpublished recension of the Yogavasiftha differing 
in extent and internal structure from that commented upon by Ananda- 
bodha Yati which has been published by the Nirnaya Sagar Press, 
Bombay. 1 A Word-Index to the BhagavadgltH claiming to be exhaustive 
cannot, therefore, afford to ignore it, especially so when so much 
importance as is before-mentioned is attached to it by eminent scholars. 
That is the reason why I have added a separate section in each Part 
of this work relating to the words occurring in the text according to 
that recension only. I have preferred to keep them in separate sections 
because the index to the Vulgate with its variants has itself become 

1. Vide my article on "MS. No. 8771 at the Sri Pratipasimha Public Library, 
Srfnagar'; in the Bharatiya ViiyS Vol. II, pp. 64-71. 



Introduction xv 

too complicate and there may be students who may not be interested 
in the Kagmir variants at all, for the additional stanzas and lines do not 
after all add anything to our knowledge of any of the branches of the 
subject dealt with in the Gita and a reference to the critical notes in 
entries Nos.2, 8, 9, 21, 23, 42, 69, 152, 156, 169, 210, 267, 367, 373, 
386, 387 etc. in Pt. I B will show that several of the variant readings 
are of doubtful value. 

In order to arrive at the most probable text as per that recension 
I have collated the four editions thereof above-mentioned, namely 
those of (1) Otto Schrader (1930) ; v2) S. N. Tadpatrikar (1934) ; <3)JIva~ 
ram Sastri (1937) and (4) T. R. Chintamani (1941) and have in Appendix II 
to Part I named Critical Apparatus of Section B, given a comparative 
table of the variations occurring in all of them and made mention in the 
foot-notes thereunder of the alternative or peculiar readings found in 
some of them only, indicating their sources by the initial letters of 
the names of the editors or commentators in whose editions or com- 
mentaries they are found. While ascertaining the /variants common to 
all the said editions I have not restricted myself to the readings 
adopted therein but have also made use of those given by the editors 
in their foot-notes. The names of the commentators of the Vulgate 
who were found to have adopted any of these variants, from some 
other sources of course, have also been mentioned in the Remarks- 
column of that Appendix, 

The words underlined in Col. 4 of that Appendix are the only ones 
brought over to the Index in Section B for being arranged in an alpha- 
betical order and treated exactly like those in Section A, Accordingly 
all the words occurring in the additional stanzas and half-stanzas and 
only such of those in the common ones as replace the corresponding 
portions in the Vulgate find place therein* The foot-notes under each 
Adhyaya therein bear a separate series of consecutive numbers. The 
introductory prose-remarks occurring in this recension have, as in the 
case of the Vulgate, been ignored while preparing the index in Section B» 

III. Secondary, Tertiary and Quaternary Word-Units. 

Part II of this Index contains alphabetical lists of what I have 
called Secondary, Tertiary and Quaternary Word-Units and a Compara- 
tive Table of the word-units common to all or any two of the said 
three kinds of word-units. 

The Secondary Word-Units are those which were obtained on 
dissolving the compound ones from amongst the Primary Word-Units 
indexed in Part I and on separating the component parts thereof. The 
method of dissolution adopted in the case of each such unit is set foirtli 



xvi Critical Word-Index£to the BhagavadgttS 

in the last column of Section A of this Part. The compound words 
from which they were taken out have been mentioned therein for ready 
reference. Several of the secondary units also being found to be 
compounds as shown in the last column of Section A within - brackets, 
they were again subjected to an analysis and the parts thus separated 
were arranged alphabetically and given in Section B of this Part as 
Tertiary Word-Units along with the Primary and Secondary Word-Units 
from which they were taken out. The same process being carried on 
further in thexase of such of the tertiary units as happened to be 
compound words, yielded Quaternary Word-Units. These have, there- 
fore, been alphabetically arranged and placed in Section C together 
with the relevant Tertiary, Secondary and Primary* Word-Units. In 
order to illustrate the operation of this process, let us revert to the 
stanza above given, namely 4.27. The 7th Primary Word-Unit therein 
is ^r5wm*rc*rc5Th This compound word will be found to have been 
resolved into its component parts in the last column of Pt. II, Sec. A (a) 
as against the word ^TTfT [No. 7 ]. The first dissolution yields the two 
words ^r^^RflsftT and *%&. These are, therefore, put in as Nos. 7 and 
154 amongst the Secondary Word-Units in Pt. II, Sec. A {a). The first 
word being again a compound word, is dissolved as shown in larger 
brackets in the last column above-mentioned and the words obtained 
are srrsFfSPW and *fnT, They are accordingly placed as Nos. 36 and 209 
amongst the Tertiary Word-Units in Pt. II, Sec. B (a). The first of 
these two words is again a compound word. When similarly dissolved 
it yields the words WFW^ and tf*HT as shown in smaller brackets within 
the ■ larger ones. They are, therefore, given places amongst the 
Quaternary Word-Units indexed in Part II, Sec. C (a) as Nos. 3 and 33. 
This Part contains an additional section, namely Section D. It has 
been added with a view to show at a glance which words are common 
to the preceding sections. . ' 

IV. Word-Units Common to Parts I and II. 

Now the simple primary units being most of them inflected words 
and the simple secondary, tertiary and quaternary ones being the basic 
forms of words only, it would not have been easy, if the Index had been 
placed before the public as it stood at the end of Part II, for a reader 
to get all the references to a given word at one place. Part III has 
accordingly been added to make that task easy by reducing to their 
basic forms all the simple primary units, i. e. to say, all the Primary 
Word-Units not taken notice of for the purpose of the analytical 
study comprised in Part II, re-arranging in an alphabetical order all 
such forms, which was rendered necessary by the fact of the same basic 
forms being common to several word-units not necessarily commencing ' 



Imtmdmtion * xvii 

with the same initial letters and mentioning by their side all the simple 
Primary Word-Units and the serial numbers of the Secondary, Tertiary 
and Quaternary Word-Units in which the same basic forms had been 
found. The. words occurring in the variant readings and the additional 
lines and stanzas in the Kasmlr Recension have been similarly dealt with ' 
in separate sections and sub-sections in those parts. 

V. Concluding Remarks. 

This Index was thus prepared on keeping before me an ideal to 
make it both exhaustive and critical so far as the text of the Bhagavad- 
gita as we have it now, was concerned. Laborious and tedious as this 
task may appear to be, it has been to me a labour of love, a pastime 
during my leisure-time, which has been ample since my retirement 
from service and an agreeable subject for the occupation of the mind 
about whose nature what Arjuna has stated and Sri Krsna has confirmed 
in Bhagavadgita 6. 33-36 is as much true to-day as it was in the far 
distant age in which those stanzas were composed. As the Lord has 
stated in 2. 47 my Adhikara lay in the Karma alone. I have done 
it to the best of my ability, taking as my beacon-light the spirit under- 
lying that stanza and have in all humility dedicated the fruit thereof 
to Him. 

Part I of the volume is complete by itself and I hope that aH 
those students of the Qita who prefer to study its wording without being 
influenced by the interpretation put upon it by the protagonists of the 
rival schools of philosophy and theology, will get sufficient help and 
guidance from it. Parts II and III are intended for the benefit of 
those who have the enthusiasm and patience to make a deeper study 
of the language of the work either for their personal edification or for 
purpose of solving some knotty problem relating to the view of the 
author on any point of philosophical interest, or to the history of Indian 
philosophy or of the Sanskrit language and literature as a whole or to the 
course of evolution of the Indian culture and civilisation generally. 
There is to my mind no doubt as to the usefulness of the BhagavadgWi 
for any of the above purposes, because it is the only work of the post- 
Vedic age which has been preserved in a pure form. Though one 
cannot say that it has preserved that form since its very composition, 
owing to the discovery of the statement in some MSS. of the Bhtstm- 
parvan as to its having contained 745 stanzas and of the Kasmir re- 
cension of the text, still there is no doubt as to the text as toown 
to the commentator Sankara (A.n. 788-820) having remained undebased 
except for the few minor variations shown in Appendix I to Part I ot 
this volume. Even the recension thereof found to have been commented 
upon by a series of K.agmirian Pandits commencing from S*ddha Vasu- 



xviii Critical Word-Index to the JShagavadgftd 

gupta of about the middle of the 8th century and therefore most 
probably a senior contemporary of Sankara, has virtually remained in 
the same form throughout. Though the latter contains considerable 
variations and additional lines and stanzas, the basic structure, the 
purport of the teaching and even the wording of the major and material 
portion of the work remain unaffected by its discovery. The Jfiana- 
karma-samuccaya doctrine which the Ka&mrian commentators believed 
to be the purport of the teaching of the Lord had been believed to be 
so even by the Vrttikara, a prior commentator whose views Sankara 
fights hard to refute. Manila! Nabhubhai in Gujrati and B. G. Tilak in 
Marathi had brought it out as its true purport, even though unaware 
of that recension. The Bhagavadgita is thus a land-mark in the history 
of the Sanskrit language and the Indian philosophical literature. True, 
this fact does not by itself solve any of the problems to which I have 
alluded. It does, however, enhance the value of the work as a reliable 
guide in their solution from other internal data evaluated in the light 
of the other authoritative works on the principles of the various systems 
discussed therein and this Word- Index will, I hope, render the task of 
the collection of such data easier than it would otherwise have been. 
It is also possible that it may suggest either some new problems or new 
methods of approach to the old ones and render assistance in their 
solution. If this work is found helpful in all or any of the above ways 
I will have the satisfaction of having spent my time, energy and money 
in a worthy cause. 



Santacruz, Bombay. •) 

[ P. C. DIVANJI. 

Dated 1st April 1943.* ) 



* Some minor alterations and additions were made subsequently in this Introduction 
in the light of new materials brought to my knowledge before it was sent to the Press. 



ABBREVIATIONS USED IN PART I 



AbL = Ablative. 
Ace. = Accusative. 
Adj. as Adjective. 
Adv. = Adverb. 
Aor. as Aorist. 
Atma.=Atmanepada. 
Caus. = Causal. 
Comm. = Commentators. 
Comp. a= Compound. 

,, when followed by the word 
'degree' = Comparative. 
Conj. = Conjugation. 
Conti. = Continuous. 
Dat. = Dative. 
Desi. = Desiderative. 
Edn. = Edition. 
Fem. = Feminine. 
Fut. ~ Future. 
Gen. = Genitive. 
G. P. = Gujarati Press. 
Imp. as Imperative. 
Imperf. = Imperfect. 
Ind. = Indeclinable. 



Inf. as Infinitive. 

Inst, as Instrumental. 

J. H. P. as Jagad-hitedhhu Press. 

Loc. = Locative. 

Neg. as Negative. 

Nom. = Nominative. 

Neu. = Neuter. 

Mas. a= Masculine. 

Mbh. s=Mahabbarata. 

Paras. = Parasmaipada. 

Pass. = Passive. 

Perf . ss Perfect. 

Peri. = Periphrastic. 

Pers. = Person. 

Plu.= Plural. 

Pot. = Potential. 

Pres. «= Present. 

Redup. as Reduplicated. 

Sing, as Singular. 

Super, as Superlative. 

Tat. =Tatpurusa. 

Voc. = Vocative. 



PART I 



PRIMARY WORD-UNITS 

Section A-VULGATE WITH VARIANTS 

(a) Words commencing with vowels 



1. «r^rk^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Akartr ( A non-doer ) 
4. 13 ; 13.29. 

2. sr«pf Nom. or ace. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Akarman (Inaction) 
4. 16, 18. e 

3. ^53%^ Nom. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Akarmakrt ( A non-doer 
of action) 3. 5. 

4. SFPfoT: Abl. or gen. sing, of 
the neu. comp. noun Akarman ( See 
No. 2) 3.'8; 4. 17. 

5. srtpffftr Loc. sing, of the neu. 
comp. noun Akarman (See No. 2) 
2. 47 ; 4. 18. 

6. sthjwJT^ Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Akalmasa 
( That which is devoid of blemish ) 
6.27. 

7. 3T3JR: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Akara (The letter of 
the alphabet pronounced as A, the 
first vowel) 10. 33. 

8. 3F$r?qh^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. pot. participial 
adj. Akarya used as a noun ( An act 
which should not be done ) 18. 31. 

9. sr^f&P^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Akirti- 
kara ( That which is likely to bring 
about infamy ) 2. 2. 

10. splftfif^ Ace. sing, of the fem. 
comp. noun Aklrti ( Infamy or loss 
of reputation ) 2. 34. 



11. sn$f§: Nom. sing, of the fem. 
comp. noun Aklrti (See No. 10) 
2.34. 

12. «rf#ff Imperf. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the Atma. 8th conj. UbhayapadI 
rootKr (To do) 1.1. 

13. 3TfW3^ Ace. sing, of the neu.* 
form -of the comp. adj. Akusala 
( Inauspicious ) 18. 10. 

14. •URifftw^AM. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Akrtabuddhitva 
(The quality or fact of not being 
possessed of a gifted intellect) 18. 16. 

15. sTf^FrFffr Nom* plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Akrtat- 
man used as a noun ( A person who 
is not possessed of a gifted soul) 
15. 11. 

16. «Tf$Nr Inst. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. past pass, parti- 
cipial noun Akrta (Abstension from 
action ) 3, 18. 

17. sr$^rffof: Ace. plu. of the mas. 
comp. noun. Akrtsnavid (One who 
does not know the whole truth) 3.29. 

18. srf&T: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Akriya (One 
who does not do the prescribed 
acts) 6. 1. 

19. *mtm Nom. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Akrodha (Absence of 
anger ) 16. 2. 

20. «T#?T:Nom. sing, of the mas, 
form of the comp. pot. participial 
adj. Akledya (That which cannot be 
rendered wet ) 2. 24. 



1 



«rs?«r^ 



Bhagawdgitd Word-Index Pt. I A 



srRawsn^ 



21. sragrarc*. Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Aksaya 
occurring in 5. 21. according to all 
the comm. in the G. P. edition 
of 1935. ( Indestructible ). (See No. 
23 also ). 

22. 3T§nr: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Aksaya ( See 
No. 21 ). 10. 33. 

23. srsn^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. past participial 
adj. Aksayya ( See No. 21 ) 5. 21. 
All the comm, in the G. P. edition 
of 1935 read here Aksayam for 
which see No. 21 supra. 

24. «rqrc8'g%«ratNom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Aksara - 
samudbhava (That which has the 
Aksara as its source) 3. 15. 

25. sr^R^Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Aksara used as a noun (The Indes- 
tructible One ) 8. 3, 11; 10.25; 
11.18,37; 12.1,3. 

26. ®Ul$V' Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Aksara used 
as a noun (See No. 25) 8. 21; 15. 16*. 

27. srSRWTi^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
noun Aksara (A letter of the alphabet) 
10.33. 

28. awratAbl. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp, adj. Aksara used 
as a noun (See No. 25) 15. 18. 

29. srtW^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Akhila (Whole or 
entire) 4. 33; 7.29; 15.12. 

30. 9r<nrarrej3. Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Agatasu used 
as a noun (One whose vital breath 
has left one's body) 2. 11, 

31. arffr: Nom. sing, of the mas.„ 
noun Agni ( Fire ) 4. 37 ; 8. 24 ; 
9. 16 ; 11. 39 ; 18. 48. 



32. wxt Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Agni ( See No. 31 ) 15. 12. 

33. a£r Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Agra (Commencement) 18. 37, 
38,39. 

34. arer^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Agha ( A sin ) 3. 13. 

35. «TOr?j: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Aghayus 
(One who leads a sinful life ) 3. 16. 

36. sr^n% Ace. plu. of the neu. 
noun Anga ( A limb or organ ) 2. 58. 

37. srsft^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Acara (Station- 
ary, static or immobile ) 13. 15. 

38. arwsrf^m. Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Acala- 
pratistha ( That which has been im- 
movably fixed ) 2. 70. 

39. arwa^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of |he comp. adj. Acala 
(Steady or motionless ) 6. 13 ? 12. 3. 

40. srw: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Acala (See 
No. 39 ) 2. 24 

« 41. STOTNom. sing, of the fern, 
form of the comp. adj. Acala (See 
No. 39) 2. 53. 

42. ar^mAcc. sing, of the fern, 
form of the comp. adj. Acala (See 
No. 39 ) 7. 21. 

43. w*&* Inst. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Acala ( See 
No. 39 ) 8. 10. 

44. sreiW^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. noun Acapala 
(Absence of fickleness ) 16. 2. 

45. sff^qr^rot Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp, adj. Acintya- 
rtipa (One whose form or appearance 
cannot be thought of ) 8. 9. 

46,nftw**Acc.Bing. of the neu. 
form of the comp. pot. participial 
adj. Acintya (Incapable of being 
thought of ) 12. 3. 



«rfa**r : 



Primary Word-Units 



«rtT: 



47. «rfa*?«sr: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. pot. participial 
adj. Acintya ( See No. 46 ) 2. 25. 

48. 3Tf^%rr Inst. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Acira used 
adverbially ( Before long ) 4. 39. ' 

49. sr^cT^r: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Acetas used as a 
noun (A person who is devoid of 
spiritual vision) 3. 32; 15. 11 ; 17. 6. 
This word is defined in 3. 32. 

50. 3T%sr: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. pot. participial 
adj. Acchedya ( Not capable of being 
cut into pieces ) 2. 24. 

51. arsgsr Voc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Acyuta used 
as a form of address ( One who was 
not dislodged from his position ; 
hence Visnu ) 1. 21 ; 11. 42 ; 18. 73. 

52. SFsra^ Adv. Ind. ( For ever or 
perpetually ) 16. 19. 

53. ^m^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Aja ( Unborn 
or beginningless ) at times used as 
a noun to designate Brahma. 2. 21 ; 
7. 25 ; 10. 3 t 12. 

54. «rer: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Aja (See No. 
53 ) 2. 20 ; 4. 6. 

55. aMMflT Inst. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Ajanat ( Not knowing or ignorant of) 
11. 41. 

56. arerr^Rf: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form pf the pres. participial adj. 
Ajanat ( See No. 55 ) 7. 24 ; 9. 11 ; 
13. 25. 

57. sr^r: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Ajnya (Ignor- 
ant ) 4. 40. 

58. srsrRsr^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Ajnanaja 



( Born of or arising out of ignorance) 
10. 11 ; 14. 8. 

59. sT^Tf^nftterr: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp, past 
pass, participial adj. Ajfianavimohita 
( One who is deluded or infatuated 
by ignorance ) 16. 15. 

60. ^mw^Acc. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Ajftanasambhuta (That 
which has arisen from ignorance) 

4. 42. 

61. «r^R*r**ft£: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Ajfianasammoha 
( Infatuation or delusion brought 
on by ignorance ) 18. 72. 

62. st^T^Nom, or ace. sing, of 
the neu. comp. noun Ajnana (Ignor- 
ance ) 5. 16; 13. 11: 14. 16, 17; 16. 4. 

63. sT^Tfr^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Ajfla used as 
a noun ( See No. 57 ) 3. i6, 

64. «r^rr%^ Inst. sing, of the neu. 
comp. noun Ajnana ( See No. 62 ) 

5. 15. 

65. STofratem, Ace. sing, of the 
comparative degree of the neu. 
form of the adj. Ami (An atom) 8. 9. 

66. *mt: Gen. sing, of the neu. 
noun Anu ( See No. 65 ) 8. 9. 

67. 9T?rfsrr%?i: Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Atattvar- 
thavat ( That which does not convey 
the correct notion ) 18. 22. 

68. ®rcrf*f?n Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Atan* 
drita ( Devoid of idleness ) 3. 23 f 

69. 3T?rcrw*r Dat. sing, of the mas, 
form of the adj. Atapaska used as a 
noun ( An irreligious man ) 18. 67. 

70. «Rr: Adv. Ind. (Hence or from 
this) 9. 24; 12. 8 ; 13. 11 ; 15. 18. 



W:?^ 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



srss^ffoi 



71. 3?cr:T^Adv. Ind. (Hereafter) 
2. 12. 

72. srf^T^f^r Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Tr with the prefix Ati 
( To swim across ) 13. 25. 

73. srfNfa^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Atinlca ( Too 
low )6. 11. 

74. sr^R 5 ^ Pass. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Ric with the prefix Ati 
( To surpass ) 2. 34. 

75. srilre^Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Vrt with the prefix Ati 
( To transcend ). 6. 44 ; 14. 21. 

76. ^fcTCWWtfteFT Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Ati- 
svapna&la ( One who is disposed to 
sleep too much ) 6. 16. 

77. srtffa: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Atlta ( One who has transcended a 
limit ) 14. 21 ; 15. 18. 

78. sr#si Ind. past participle of 
the root I with the prefix Ati ( To 
surpass) 14. 20. 

79. sftftf^'tfet, Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Atin- 
driya ( That which is incomprehen- 
sible to an organ of sense ) 6. 21. 

80. aT#* Adv. Ind. ( Exceedingly 
or too much ) 12. 20. 

81. 3T?1^mAcc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Atyadbhuta 
( Extremely wonderful ) 18. 77. 

82. WF^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Atyanta 
( Everlasting or endless ) 6. 28. 

83. 3c?*r4^Adv. Ind. (Exceeding- 
ly or excessively ) 7. 17. 

84. sR^mcTiGen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the com. pres. participial 
adj. Atyas"nat ( One who eats too 
much ) 6. 16. 



85. atfsrrfTHT^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Atyagin ( One who 
has not renounced the world ) 
18. 12. 

86. afr?f^f?f3[. Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Atyu- 
cchrita (Too much raised or uplifted) 
6. 11. 

87. «r?%fcT Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root I with the prefix Ati ( See 
No. 78 ) 8. 28. 

88. sre? Adv. Ind. (Here, at this 
place or in this connection ) 1. 4, 23 ; 
4. 16; 8. 2, 4,5; 10. 7; 18. 14. 

89. 3T«r Ind. copulative particle 
showing the commencement * of a 
literary work or of a new topic in 
such a work ; and ; also ) 1. 20, 26 ; 
2. 26, 33 ; 3. 36 ; 11.5,40; 12.9^11; 
18. 58. 

90. STOT Ind. adversative particle 
meaning ' or '. 6. 42 ; 10. 42 ; 11. 42. 

91. wft Ind. copulative particle 
(Also) 4. 35. 

92. st^F&ot^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Adaksina 
( Not accompanied by reverential 
gifts) 17.13. 

93. sr^f&T?^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Adambhitva (Ab- 
sence of hypocrisy ) 13. 7. 

94. 3TOT-' Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. pot. participial 
ad j . Adahya ( That which cannot be 
burnt off ) 2. 24. 

95. srsg'j^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Adrstapurva 
( That which one had never seen 
before ) 11. 45. 

96. srsrj^ffor Ace. plu. of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Adrstapurva 
(See No. 95)11.6. 



4 



sr^n^i% 



Primary Word-Units 



«r«7T?TSjPf^?r?^ 



97. a*^PT% Loc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Ade&tala ( At an 
improper place and time ) 17. 22. 

98. ST^H.Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Adbhuta ( Wonder- 
ful ) 11. 20 ; 18. 74, 76. 

99. «wr Adv. Ind. (To-day or 
now) 4. 3; 11. 7; 16. 13. 

100. srfrs: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Adroha ( Absence 
of malice ) 16. 3. 

101. sferNom. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Advestr (One who does 
not hate anybody ) 12. 13. 

102. srw^Acc. sing, of the fem. 
form of the adj. Adhama (Low) 16.20. 

103. wttfm Gen. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Adharma (Conduct 
which is against the dictates of 
religion ) 4. 7. 

104. srsnt^cc sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Adharma (See No. 103) 
18. 31, 32. 

105. sraif: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Adharma (See No. 103) 
1.40. 

106. TOrfftra*rat Abl. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Adharmabhibhava 
(Supervention of Adharma) 1. 41. " 

107. TO Adv. Ind. (Downwards) 

14.18; 15. 2 2 . 

108. srensrc^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Adhah- 
Sakha (The tree whose branches 
growdownwards) 15. 1. 

109. iffiRRR* Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comparative degree 
of the adj. Adhika ( More or exces- 
sive ). 12. 5. 

110. ^rf^^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Adhika (See No. 109) 
6.22. 



111. srf^: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Adhika (See No. 
109) 6. 46 3 . 

112. srf^Tf: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Adhikara (Qualification) 
2.47. 

113. sr^i^Ri Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the verb Gam-gacch with the pre- 
fix Adhi (To attain) 2. 64, 71 ; 4. 39; 
5.6,24; 6.15; 14.19; 18.49. 

114. arf^r%?tn^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Adhidaivata (The 
deity presiding over the metaphysical 
forces ) 8. 4. The term is defined 
there, 

115. srfa%P* Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Adhidaiva (The 
deity presiding over the metaphysi- 
cal forces) 8. 1. 

116. arf^njp^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Adhibmlta (The 
deity presiding over the primary 
elements) 8.1,4. The term is defined 
in 8. 4. 

117. stf^rg: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Adhiyajna (The 
deity presiding over sacrifices) 8.2,4, 
The term is defined in 8. 4. 

118. sif^iR*j,Nom. or ace. sing, 
of the neu. noun Adhifthana (A sub- 
stratum or receptacle) 3. 40 ; 18. 14. 

119. arBrro Ind. past participle 
of the root Stha-tisth'-with the prefix 
Adhi ( To preside over or control ). 
4.6; 15.9. 

120. wi#<n Inst. sing, of the mas. 
noun Adhyaksa (The supervisor) 9,10. 

121. *t«nwi%<Kn Inst. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj, Adhya- 
tmacetas (A mind devoted to the 
self) 3. 30. 

122. *rwnw*re&R*W9t Nom. sing, 
of the neu . comp. noun Adhyltma- 



*wiwrftar: 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



sftFtHTO-T: 



jnananityatva (The permanence of 
the knowledge of the self) 13. 11. 

123. 3*s*m*Tft?*rr : Norn. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Adhya- 
tmanitya(One who is permanently 
devoted to the self) 15. 5. 

124. ST^TSR-f^TT Nom. sing, of the 
fem. comp. noun Adhyatmavidya 
(The science relating to the know- 
ledge and realisation of the self ) 
10. 32. 

125. 3T^JRr£i%cn3C Ace. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Adhyatmasamjnita (That which is 
designated as the Adhyatma) 11. 1. 

126. sranSFr*?, Norn. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Adhyatma (That 
which relates to the self ) 7. 29 ; 
8. 1, 3. This word is defined in 8. 3. 

127. «C«*writ Fut. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root I with the prefix Adhi 
(To study) 18. 70. 

128. ^^. Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Adhruva 
(Inconstant or transient) 17. 18. 

129. *R* Voc sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Anagha used as a 
form of address (One who is devoid 
of sin) 3. 3; 14.6; 15.20. 

130. 3T*FcT Voc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp, adj. Ananta used 
as a form of address (He who is with- 
out an end) 11. 37. 

131. 3T?F<prrf^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Ananta- 
bahu (One who has innumerable 
hands) 11. 19. 

132. sWcTC^Adv. Ind. (Without 
delay, at once or immediately after) 
12. 12. 

133. ST5T«W7 Voc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Anantarupa 



used as a form of address (One who 
has innumerable forms) 11. 38. 

134. WFTOflj, Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Ananta- 
rupa ( See No. 133) 11. 16. 

135. 3H*rrf%5r^Acc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Anantavijaya (The 
name of the conch used by Yudhi- 
sthira) 1. 16. 

136. srps^ Voc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Ananta- 
vlrya used as a form of address (One 
who is possessed of inexhaustible 
strength) 11. 40., 

137. 3R'3*ft^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Ananta- 
virya (See No. 136) 11. 19. 

138. STfct*^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
or neu. form of the adj.- Ananta 
(See No. 130) 11.11,47. 

139. 3R*cT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Ananta ( The name of the 
thousand-hooded cobra on which 
Visnu is believed to rest at the end 
of the involution of the universe ) 
10. 29. 

140. SR*WT: Nom. plu. of the fem. 
form of the comp. adj. Ananta ( See 
No. 130)2. 41. 

141. «WT%aT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Ana- 
nyacetas (One whose mind is not 
diverted to any other object of 
devotion ) 8. 14. 

142. srsF^mrf Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Ananya- 
bhak (One who is not devoted to 
any other object of devotion) 9. 30. 

143. 3R**m*ra: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Ananya- 
manas ( One whose mind is not de- 
voted to any other object ) 9. 13. 



«R*W 



Primary Word-Units 



Wiifljw^ 



144. WTO Inst. sing, of the 
fern, form of the comp. adj. Ananya 
( That which has no other object in 
view) 8. 22; 11.54. 

145. 3T«n3rc Inst. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Ananya 
( See No. 144 ) 12. 6. 

146. arsFwifcT Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Ananyayoga ( The 
Yoga consisting of concentration on 
one ideal only ) 13. 10. 

147. SR5*rr: Norn. plu. of the mas- 
form of the comp. adj. Ananya ( See 
No. 144 ) 9. 22. 

148. «R^$r: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Ana- 
peksa ( One who has no longing for 
anything ) 12. 16. 

149. wftsp* Ind. past participle 
of the root Iks with the prefix Ap 
turned to convey a negative idea by 
adding the further prefix An (Without 
looking to or thinking of) 18. 25, 

150. WTfcpsw* Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Anabhisvanga 
(Absence of affection, love or attach- 
ment ) 13. 9. 

151. swf^rosrFT Ind. past participle 
of the 3rd conj. root Dha with the 
prefixes Abhi and Sam turned to 
convey a negative idea by adding 
the further prefix An ( Without hav- 
ing aimed at >17. 25. 

152. <aRf**3n£: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Anabhisneha (Want 
of affection ) 2. 57. 

* 153. wmt: Gen. dual of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Idam ( This ) 
2.16. 

154. «W^: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Anala ( Fire ) 7. 4. 

155. «R%5Tlnst. sing, of the mas. 
noun Anala ( See No. 154 ) 3. 39. 



156. *wrww*<Nom. sing, of the 
pres. participial adj. Anavalokayat 
(Without looking at) 6. 13. 

157. srtSTSR Acc.sing. of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Anavapta ( Not acquired) 3. 22. 

158. «R$RT: Gen. sing, of the pres. 
participial adj. Anasnat (Not eating) 
6. 16. 

159. 8RR^*8: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. pres. parti- 
cipial adj. Anasuyat ( Not being en- 
vious or jealous ) 3. 31. 

160. 3^35% Dat. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Anasuyu 
( One who does not become jealous ) 
9.1. 

161. 3R^ : Nom. sing, of the 
mas, form of the comp. adj. Anasuya 
( One who does not become jealous ) 
18. 71. 

162. 3R#$TC: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Anahamkara ( Ab- 
sence of egotism ) 13. 8. 

163. «R$«wft Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj . Anaham- 
vadin used as a noun ( One who is 
not egotistic ) 18. 26. 

164. w*wmt Gen. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Anatman ( A non- 
self) 6.6. 

165. s*5TTf% Nom, sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Anadi 
( Beginningless ) 13. 12. For the 
occurrence of this word there see the 
critical note in Entry No. 167 infra. 

166. sRTf^rrei; AbL sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Anaditva (The 
quality of being without a beginning) 
13.31. 

167. *wrffyn«t Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Anadi- 
mat (That which is without a begin- 



SRrf^fpsrFg^ (Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Pt. J^A 



srfste^ 



ning) 13.12. The expression of which 
this word forms a part in the vulgate 
is «Rfowtf %W. It means 'the Higher 
Brahma which is beginningless'. Here 
the word 'Anadimat' has the same 
meaning as the word ' Anadi ' and 
Sankara who gives the above inter- 
pretation says that the mat-pratyaya 
is redundant and serves only the pur- 
pose of making up the required num- 
ber of syllables in the line in which 
it occurs. He further notices an 
alternative interpretation according 
to which the words in the expression 
are Anadi, matparam and Brahma 
and the word matpara there is an adj. 
qualifying the word Brahma and 
means 'that of which Vasudeva is the 
Para Sakti' . He, however, rejects this 
interpretation saying that what is 
meant here is the pure Brahma which 
is explained in the very next line as 
being neither Sat nor Asat. Rama- 
nuja though adopting the latter way 
of separating the , parts, explains 
the expression to mean * the begin- 
ningless Brahma (i.e. the indivi- 
dual soul ) than whom I am higher ' . 
The rest of the description of the 
thing to be known given in this 
chapter shows that this is a very 
laboured and far-fetched interpreta- 
tion. 

168. SR^raTFan Ace. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Anadimadhyanta ( One who has no 
beginning, middle or end ) 11. 19. 

169. 3T5fR%n Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Anadi ( One^, 
who is beginningless ) 10. 3. 

170. 3Rn?t Ace. dual of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Anadi (See 
No. 169) 13. 19. 



171. sraTW* Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Ana- 
maya (Harmless or faultless) 2. 51 ; 
14. 6. 

172. srcrcwrra; Abl. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Anarambha (non- 
commencement) 3. 4. 

173. «RT%g^Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Anarya- 
justa (That which is not entertain- 
ed by an Arya or that which is enter- 
tained by an Anarya) 2. 2. • 

174. 3RT!f%^ Ace. sing, of the 
fern. comp. noun Anavrtti (Non- 
return) 8, 23, 26, 

175. SRlftpT: Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp, adj. Anasln 
(That which is not liable to destruc- 
tion) 2. 18. » 

176. 3Rn%3: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past partici- 
pial adj. Anas"rita (One who. is not 
dependent on another) 6. 1. 

177. stftto Nom. sing, of the 
mas, form of the comp. adj. Aniketa 
(One who has no fixed abode) 12. 19. 

178. arf*r^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past partici- 
pial adj. Anicchat (Unwilling) 3. 36. 

179. <3#??^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Anitya 
(Impermanent or transient) 9. 33. 

180. *lfafclT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Anitya 
(See 5 No. 179)2. 14. 

181. srftf^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. pot. partici- 
pial adj. Anirdesya ( That which can- 
not be referred to by speech) 12. 3. 

182. srfog^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Anista ( That 
which is not desirable ) 18. 12* 



arsfrarc^ 



Primary Word-Units 



srgsnf^!!^ 



183. srsftanc^ Norn. sing. of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Ani3- 
vara (Devoid of a Moral Ruler) 16. 8. 

184. argsrofc* The fern, noun 
Anukampa with the suffix Artharh 
having the sense of the dative case- 
termination (For the sake of compas- 
sion) 10. 11. 

185. jsTff^Rt^ Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Anucintayat (Contemplating or 
thinking over) 8.8. 

186. 3r«sfcre#cr Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Stha-tisth with the pre- 
fix Anu (To follow) 3. 31, 32. 

187. argrW^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Anuttama 
( That than which there is no better 
one ) 7. 24. 

188. sygxTOTH Ace. sing, of the 
f em. form of the comp. adj. Anut- 
tama (See No. 187)7. 18. 

189. *c«jf&**W«n: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Anu- 
dvignamanas (One whose mind is not 
perturbed) 2. 56. 

190. STftarsp^Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Anu- 
dvegakara (That which does not 
cause perturbation ) 17. 15. 

191. sig 1 *^^ Dat. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. noun Anu- 
pakarin ( One who does not confer 
or has not conferred an obligation ) 

"iSI-^P*;.**^.*.. 

of the root Drs-paSy with the prefix 
Anu ( To realise ) 13. 30; 14. 19. 

193. sriT^f^ Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Dri-pasy with the prefix 
Anu (See No. 192)15. 10. 

194. srfmn% Pres. 1st pers. sing. 
of the root M-pasy with the prefix 
Anu (See No". 192) 1.31. 



195. srgarTBm Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past participial 
adj. Anuprapanna ( One who has 
taken resort to ) 9. 21, 

196. sr*pF^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Anubandha (Conse- 
quence or end ") 18. 25. 

197. st«|3f5| Loc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Anubandha (See No. 196) 
18. 39. 

198. 3T3*F3rr Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Anumantr (One 
who expresses approval of another's 
act or silently acquiesces in it or 
actively shows one's sympathy to- 
wards it ) 13. 22. 

199. *rgTO% Pres. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Ranj with the prefix Anu 
( To be inspired with love ) 11. 36. 

200. sr*p^ Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Vrt with the prefix Anu 
(To follow) 3. 21. 

201. wg%i*% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Vrt with the prefix Anu 
(See No. 200) 3. 23; 4. 11. 

202. *3***& Cans. 3rd persuing, 
of the root Vrt with the prefix Anu 
( To cause to continue ) 3. 16. 

203. srgfosfoifc Pass. 3rd persuing, 
of the root Vidha with the prefix 
Anu ( To obey ; to follow ) 2. 67. 

204. ^3*TT#<5!R^Accu sing, of the 
mas. noun Anu^asitr (The Moral 
Governor of the World ) 8. 9. 

205. 3*3irf*r Perf. 1st pers. piu. 
of the root Sru with the prefix Anu 
(To hear traditionally) 1. 44. 

206. srg^f^r Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Sue with the prefix Anu 
( To repent or be sorry for) 2, 11. 

207. agsftfag**, Inf. of the root 
Sue with the prefix Anu ( See No, 
206)2.25. 



sr^ssrel' 



BhagawdgUa Word-Index Pt. I A 



sRfflt 



208. sr^ssrl* Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Safij with 'the prefix Anu 
(To cling or adhere to) 6. 4; 18. 10. 

209. *RSTOlTfo Nom. plu. of the 
neu. form of the past. pass, partici- 
pial adj. Anusantata (Extended) 15.2. 

210. 3WFTC Imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Smr with the prefix Anu 
( To recollect or recall to oneself ) 
8.7. 

211. i^WRC Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Anusmarat (Recollecting) 8. 13. 

212. 3RwHPot..3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Smr with the prefix Anu 
(See No. 210) 8. 9. 

213. sr%$f%^3rr*3T: N m. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj.Ane- 
kacittavibhranta (One whose mind 
has been ruffled owing to its being 
diverted to numerous objects) 16.16. 

214. sWJ3F*T*rwg;: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Anekajanmasamsiddha ( One who has 
become an adept after under- 
going numerous births ) 6. 45. 

215. ^ifcs^m^ Ace. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Anekadivyabharana (One whose body 
has been bedecked with numerous 
celestial ornaments ) 11. 10. 

216. sfSfarar Adv. Ind. (In nume- 
rous ways) 11. 13. 

217. *^PrT£f*sm*»9ffiL Ace. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Anekabahudaravaktranetra (One who 
has numerous hands, bellies, mouths 
and eyes) 11. 16. 

218. ^Ns^W^Acc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Aneka- 
vaktranayana ( One who has nume- 
rous mouths and eyes ) 11. 10. 

10 



219. 3T^SW°tet Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Arieka- 
varna ( One who has diverse co- 
lours) 11. 24. 

220. sT^Fi^ct^r*^ Ace. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Anekadbhutadarsana ( One who puts 
on diverse wonderful appearances ) 
11. 10. 

221. «rita Inst. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Idarh ( See No. 
153 ) 3. 10, 11; 9. 10; 11.8. 

222. ^Rr^-Loc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Antakala (The time of 
death) 2. 72; 8. 5. 

223. sfcRTcT^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Antagata ( Terminat- 
ed ) 7. 28. 

224. sRTC^Nom. or ace, sing, of 
the neu. noun Antara ( An interven- 
ing space or difference) 11.20; 13.34. 

225. 3FcrersfT*rr Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Antaratman ( The 
inner soul i. e. the heart ) 6. 47. 

226. *TOm*r: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Anta- 
rSrama ( One who finds himself at 
ease within himself ) 5. 24. 

227. sFcft Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Antara ( See No. 224 ) 5. 27. 

228. siFcrs^ffcr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Antar- 
jyoti ( One who has light within him- 
self ) 5. 24. 

229. «wj«C<Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Antavat ( That which 
is likely to terminate ) 7. 23. 

230. wwtr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Antavat (See 
No. 229 ) 2. 18. 

231. «r*?W*Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Anta ( The end ) 11. 16. 



3RT: 



Primary Word-Units 



ST'ISJTO; 



232. «F3: Nom, sing, of the mas. 
noun Anta ( See No. 231 ) 2. 16; 

10. 19, 20, 32, 40; 15. 3; Adv. Ind. 
(Inside) 13. 15. 

233. «RT:^t^^Acc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Antah- 
s^arlrastha (Residing inside the body) 
17.6. 

234. s^ct:^: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Antah- 
sukha (One who finds happiness 
within himself) 5. 24. 

235. 3F3r:**rifSt Nom. plu. of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Antah- 
stha ( Residing inside ) 8. 22. 

236. 9#<r% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Antika (Nearness or proximity) 
13. 15. 

237. ^ Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Anta ( See No. 231 ) 7. 19; 8. 6. 

238. sra^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Anna ( Food) 15. 14. 

239. srarcftrgr*. Nora - 8 * n g- of tnc 
mas. comp. noun Annasarhbhava 
( The origin or production of food ) 
3, 14. 

240. srsn^Abl. sing, of the neu. 
noun Anna ( See No. 238 ) 3. 14. 

241. sFq^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronoun or adj. Anya 
( Another or other ) 2. 31, 42; 7. 2, 7; 

11. 7; 16. 8. 

242. ar*^ Adv. Ind. ( Elsewhere ) 
3.9. 

243. 3F*r*n Adv. Ind. (Otherwise) 
13.11. 

244. ^^rW:Nom.plu.ofthe 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Anya- 
devatabhakta ( One who is devoted 
to any other deity ) 9. 23. 

245. «Fq^tTT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Anyadevata (An- 
other deity) 7. 20. This is an irregu- 
lar compound. 



246. «Rr*n Inst. sing, of the fern, 
form of the pronominal adj. Anya 
( Another ) 8. 26. 

247. SF*mAec. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronominal adj. Anya 
(See No. 246)14. 19. 

248. wm Nom. sing, of the mas, 
form of the pronominal adj. Anya 
(See No. 246)2.29*; 4. 31; 6. 39;' 

8. 20; 11. 43; 15. 17; 16. 15; 18. 69. 

249. %F%tf& Nom. plu. of the neu. 
form of the pronominal adj. Anya 
(See No. 246) 2. 22. 

250. WTT^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronominal adj. Anya 
(SeeNo.246)ll. 34. 

251. «Rn** Ace. sing, of the fern, 
form of the pronominal adj. Anya 
(See No. 246) 7. 5. 

252. 3**«n%*r Inst. sing", of the mas. 
comp. noun Anyaya used adverbi- 
ally (Unjustly) 16. 12. 

253. 3F% Nom. plu. of. the mas. 
form of the pronominal adj. Anya 
( See No. 246 ) 1. 9; 4. 26 2 ; 9. 15; 
13. 24, 25; 17. 4. 

254. a*%*C: Abl. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronominal adj. Anya 
( See No. 246 ) 13. 25. 

255. sFsnara: Imperf. 2nd pers. 
sing, of the root Sue with the prefix 
Anu (To become sorry for ) 2. 11. 

256. s#to? Imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the 6th conj. root Is-icch with the 
prefix Anu ( To seek for or desire ) 
2.49. 

257. «rf£srar: Nom. plu. of the past 
pass, participial adj. Anvita (Follow- 
ed by, joined to or accompanied by ) 

9. 23 ; 17. 1. 

258. ar<l^iTTg:Pot. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Nud with the prefix Apa 
( To remove or destroy ) 2. 8, 



n 



sttto; 



Bhagavadgtta Word-Index Pt. I A 



srrcr 



259. m*\ Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form and ace. sing, of the mas. form 
of the comp. adj. Apara (Later; 
another) 4. 4 ; 6. 22. In 4. 4 Rama- 
nuja reads Avaram ( See App. I. 14) 
in place of this word but it does 
not seem to fit in with the con- 
text, as it means 'lower.' If that 
reading is taken to be correct, the 
reference to 4. 4 would be required 
to be omitted from here and to be 
added in the entry as to that word. 

260. snrcWRTWjjn*. Nom. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. Apa- 
rasparasarhbhuta ( Come into exis- 
tence as the result of intercourse 
between the one (male) and the 
other (female) 16. 8. 

261. snw Nom. sing, of the fem. 
form of the comp. adj. Apara (See 
No. 259) 7. 5. 

262. 3Nrcrr%r: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Aparajita (Uncon- 
quered) 1. 17. 

263. srcrcff&i Nom. plu. of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Apara (See 
No. 259 ) 2. 22. 

264. WRT^Acc.plu. of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Apara (See 
No. 259) 16.14. 

265. 3T7%rS: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Apari- 
graha (One who does not accept 
gifts ) 6. 10. 

266. wrf^fcrr^ Ace. sing, of the 
fem. form of the comp. pot. partici- 
pial ad j . Aparimeya (Immeasureable) 
16.11. 

267. srcrfapSf Loc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. pot. pass, partici- 
pial adj. Apariharya (That which 
cannot be avoided ) 2. 27. 



263. w$. Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun or adj . Apara 
( Another or other) 4. 25 2 , 27, 28, 29, 
30; 13. 24; 18. 3. 

269. wmf^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Apar- 
yapta ( Incomplete; insufficient) 1.10. 

270. «nraT*R^N6m. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Apalayana (Not 
flying away from ) 18. 43. 

271. w^\% Imperf . 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Drd-pas'y ( To see ) 1. 26; 
11.13. 

272. sTTp&^n^Gen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Apa- 
hrtacetas ( One whose heart has been 
carried away ) 2. 44. 

273. sPTpTWHT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Apahr- 
tajniSna ( One whose knowledge has 
vanished ) 7. 15. 

274. wm&K Abl. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Apatra 
( One who is not a fit person for a 
gift) 17.22. 

275. sttr^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Apana ( The downward breath ) 
4.29. 

276 W% Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Apana ( See No. 275 ) 4. 29. 

277. Wf^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the past participialjadj. 
Apavrta ( Opened out ) 2. 32. 

P 278. W Adv. Ind.( Also, and, even 
or even though ) 1. 27, 35 2 , 38; 2. 5, 
8,16,29,31,34,40,59,60,72; 3.5, 
8, 20, 31, 33, 36; 4. 6 2 , 13, 15, 16, 17, 
20,22, 30, 36; 5. 4, 5, 7, 9, 11; 6. 9, 
22, 25, 31, 44 2 , 46, 47; 7. 3, 23, 30; 
8. 6; 9. 15, 23 2 , 25, 29, 30, 32 2 ; 
10.37, 39; 11. 2, 26, 29, 32, 34, 37, 39, 
41,42,43,52; 12. 1, 10 2 , 11; 13. 2, 
17, 19, 22, 23, 25, 31; 14. 2; 15. 8, 



12 



3T3«W|I%^ 



Primary Word-Units 



WTfsr^T 



10, 11, 18; 16. 7, 13, 14; 17.7, 10,12; 
18..6, 17, 19, 43, 44, 48, 56. 60, 71 2 . 

279. STSTOffo*. Ace. sing, of the 
fern. comp. noun. Apunaravrtti ( A 
state of the soul from which no re- 
version takes place) 5. 17. 

280. sr%5^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Apais\ma (The 
quality of not having the tendency 
to disclose the faults of others) 16.2. 

281. 3T<TfS^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Apohana ( Disappearance, 
extinction or removal) 15. 15. 

282. srsraro": Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Aprakasa ( Absence 
of light) 14. 13. 

283. smfcFrswrer: Nom.;sing. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Aprati- 
maprabhava ( One whose prowess is 
unparalleled ) 11. 43. 

284. srafcTS^ Ace. sing. of. the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Apratistha 
(Unstable i. e. not resting on any 
substantial foundation ) 16. 8. - 

285. STJTfcre; Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Apratistha 
(See No. 284) 6. 38. 

286. srarfoPTO Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. ApratiHra 
( One who does not retaliate ) 1. 46. 

287. srsr^PT Ind. past participle of 
the root Da with the prefix Pra turn- 
ed to convey a negative idea by fur- 
ther adding the' prefix A (Without 
having given ) 3. 12. 

288. 3ra$*re*r Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pot. participial 
adj . Aprameya ( That which cannot 
be established logically) 2. 18. 

289. srsft^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pot. participial adj. 
Aprameya ( See No. 288 ) 11. 17, 42. 



290. swfftr: Nom. sing, of the fem. 
comp. noun Apravrtti ( Absence of 
activity ) 14. 13. 

291. wrr*T Ind. past participle of 
the verb Ap with the prefix Pra 
turned to convey a negative idea by 
prefixing the letter A ( Without hav- 
ing acquired ) 6. 37; 9. 3 ; 16. 20. 

292. srftra^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Apriya ( Un- 
liked ; unpleasant ) 5. 20. 

293._sr^ Loc. plu. of the fem. 
noun Ap ( Water ) 7. 8. 

294. sptfsj^prc Inst. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Apha- 
laprepsu ( One who does not desire 
for a fruit) 18. 23. 

295. siWF&rffsrfSr: Inst. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Aphalakamksin ( One who does not 
expect a fruit) 17. 11, 17. 

296. a?I^r: Nom. plu, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Abuddhi 
( One who is wanting in intelligence 
or the faculty of right perception ) 
7. 24. 

297. «w?fhj, Imperf . 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Bru ( To speak ) 1. 2, 28 ; 
4.1. 

298. WflWSDat.sing. of the comp. 
noun Abhakta ( A non-devotee ) 
18. 67. 

299. ®W3R^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
comp. noun Abhaya( Want of fear) 
10. 4; 16. 1. 

300. am^ Imperf. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Bhu ( To be ) 1. 13. 

301. snrf^TT Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the future participial 
adj. Abhavitr (That which is not 
likely to be) 2. 20. Although the 
initial letter 'A' is not so apparent 
it must be deemed to have been in- 



13 



SWTWT: 



BhagamdgUS Word-Index Pt. I A 



snftrsfaw 



eluded by Samdhi in the final letter 
of the preceding word ' Bhutva ' as 
understood rightly by Sankara, the 
sentence not being intelligible with 
the positive verb Bhavita ( See App. 
I. 6) If the other reading is taken 
to be correct this entry would be 
required to be omitted. 

302. WTWRT: Gen. sing, of the 
pres. participial adj. Abhavayat (One 
who does not entertain a belief in an 
ideal or has no faith ) 2. 66. 

303. 3W3": Norn. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Abhava (Absence or 
non-existence ) 2. 16; 10. 4. 

304. swsra Imperf. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Bhas ( To speak ) 11. 14. 

305. a*teflwrar: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Abhikramanasa 
( The destruction of the beginning ) 
2.40. 

306. sr^HR'anrcc Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Abhijanavat 
( Of high or noble descent ) 16. 15. 

307. srftrsrmw Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Abhijata(Born, 
or born in a high or noble family ) 
16. 3, 4. 

308. srfasrrer: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Abhijata ( See 
No. 307)16. 5. 

309. *ufosrFn% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Jna with the prefix Abhi 
( To know ) 9. 24. 

310. scftnrwrflr Pres.3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Jna with the prefix Abhi 
(See No. 309) 4. 14; 7. 13, 25; 18. 55. 

31L'3(t^«rf^Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Jan-ja ( To be born or 
produced) 2. 62; 6. 41; 13.23. 

312. arfrm: Adv. Ind. ( All round; 
from ail sides ) 5. 26. 



313. srftrarerfa Fut. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Dha with the prefix 
Abhi (To state, say or narrate) 18.68. 

314. srfasfarlr Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Dha with the prefix Abhi 
(See No. 3i3) 13. 1; 1*7. 27; 18. 11. 

315. arftR^faPres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Nand with the prefix 
Abhi ( To rejoice at or exult over ) 
2.57. 

316. srftwfsr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, parti- 
cipial adj. Abhipravrtta (Become 
engaged in ) 4. 20. 

317. 3T?*W*fcr Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Bhu with the prefix Abhi 
(To overpower or predominate over) 
1.40. 

318. srfrn^r Ind. past participle, 
of the root Bhu with the prefix Abhi 
(See No. 317)14. 10. 

319. srfafTR: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Abhimana ( Pride ) 16. 4. 

320. arftrg^: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Abhimukha 
( Having one's face turned towards ) 
11. 28. 

321. TOSF3 Imp. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Raks with the prefix 
Abhi ( To protect from all sides ) 
1. 11. 

322. siftnRr: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Abhirata ( Devoted or attached com- 
pletely ) 18. 45. 

323. «rf^T3W#g Ace. plu. of the 
neu. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Abhivijvalat (Burning all oyer 
intensely ) 11. 28. 

324. srftr^WTT Ind. past participle 
of the root Dha with the prefixes 
Sam and Abhi ( To aim keenly at ) 
17. 12. 



14 



*ffo%rr 



Primary Word-Units 



w*$JUi 



325. srftrflar Nom. sing, of the 
fern, form of the past pass, parti-* 
cipial adj. Abhihita (Narrated) 2. 39. 

326. srw-fte: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Abhyadhika 
(Surpassing) 11. 43. 

327. W*?^ Ind. past participle of 
the root Arc with the prefix Abhi 
(To worship) 18. 46. 

328. vmigmt: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the adj. Abhya- 
suyaka (One who entertains jealousy) 
16. 18. 

^ 329. WT^f?* Pres. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Asuy with the prefix 
Abhi ( To become jealous of ) 18.67. 

330. sns^r^Fcr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Abhyasuyat (Becoming jealous 
of ) 3. 32. 

331. wr5«F3 Imperf. 3rd pers. 
plu. of root Han with the prefix 
Abhi ( To destroy completely) 1. 13. 

332. *3TWErr^r#rT5%«T Inst. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp, adj. 
Abhyasayogayukta [ That ( the mind ) 
which has been applied to the prac- 
tice of the Abhyasa-yoga ] 8. 8. 

333. 3f^*r*fm?r Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Abhyasayoga ( A 
gradual course of Yoga-exercise 
helpful in bringing the mind under 
one's control, for which see 6. 10-32) 
12. 0. 

334. aTwrrar^ Abl.sing. of the mas. 
noun Abhyasa (The same as Abhya- 
sa-yoga; see No. 333) 12. 12; 18. 36. 

335. 3rwrT% Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Abhyasa (See Nos. 333 and 
334)12.10. 

336. srsqrafc Inst. sing, of the mas. 
noun Abhyasa ( Abhyasa-yoga, for 
which See No. 333, or constant prac- 
tice ) 6. 35. 



337. sr^HR^Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Abhyutthana (Prevalence 
or predominance ) 4. 7. 

338. «W5?n; Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Amala (Pure) 14. 14. 

339. *raift&m Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Amanitva (Absence 
of egotism ) 13. 7. 

340. «tftr?rf%JPT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Amita- 
vikrama ( One whose strength is be- 
yond measure ) 11. 40, 

341. «r*ft Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Adas ( This ) 
11.21,26,28. 

342. «rg?l Adv. Ind. ( There or in 
the other world ) 6. 40. 

343. snpT: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Amti^ha 
( One who is not deluded ) 15. 5. 

344. snjcrerpr Dat. sing, of the 
neu. noun Amrtatva ( Immortality ) 
2.15/ 

345. snyror Gen. sing, of the neu. 
noun Amrta ( Immortality or nectar) 
14. 27. " 

346. sHJSR^Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Amrta ( See No. 345 ) 
9.19; 10.18; 13.12; 14.20. 

347. w&afcprai Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Amrtodbhava (Produced from the 
ocean ) 10. 27. 

348. sr^ro^Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Amrto- 
pama (Comparable to nectar) 1§. 
37, 38. 

349. 3$saN.Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Amedhya 
( That which is unfit for being made 
use of in a sacrifice ) 17. 10. 

350. sr*f%*rT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Ambuvega (A 
stream or current of water ) 11. 28. 



15 



3T**r*n 



BhagavadgM Word-Index Pt. I A 



sras^Trerq: 



351. srorori Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Ambhas (Water ) 5. 10. 

352. 3mrr% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Ambhas ( See No. 351 ) 2. 67. 

353. sfcff: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Ams*a ( A particle ) 15. 7. - 

354. $%m% Nom. sing, of the 
form of the adj. Arhiumat used as 
a noun ( One who has rays /. e. the 
sun ) 10. 21. 

355. *m?m Gen. sing, of the mas. 
comp. adj. Ayajna (One who does 
not perform any kind of sacrifices 1 ) 
4. 31. 

356. mfot Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Ayati ( One 
who does not make an effort ) 6. 37. 

357. «mnrac Adv. Ind. (As a 
thing really is not) 18. 31. 

358. s^%<| Loc. plu. of the neu. 
noun Ayana ( An entrance to an 
array of forces ) 1. 11. 

359. WrtT: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Aya^a (Infamy or ill- 
fame). 10. 5. 

360. «W^, Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Idarh (See 
No. 153 ) 2. 19, 20 2 , 24 3 , 25 3 , 30, 58 ; 
3. 9, 36; 4. 3, 31, 40; 6. 21, 33; 7. 25; 
8.19; 11.1; 13. 31 ; 15. 9; 17.3. 

361. s^?*r Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Ayukta ( One 
whose mind is not composed ) 2. 66 2 . 

362. 3T^: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Ayukta ( See 
no. 361) 5. 12; 18.28. 

363. swfera: Adv. formed from the 
comp. noun Ayoga (Neg. Tat. of 
Yoga ) by the addition of the suffix 
Tas, having the sense of the abl. 
case-termination ( Without having 
recourse to Yoga ) 5. 6. 

16 



364. ercfo Nom. sing, of the fern, 
comp. adj. Arati ( Absence of affec- 
tion) 13. 10. . . 

365. srrt^rt: Adv. formed from 
* the comp. noun Aragadvesa (Neg. 

Tat. of Ragadvesa ) by the addition 
of the suffix Tas, having the sense 
of the abl. case-termination (With- 
out being actuated by attachment 
or hatred) 18. 23. - 

366. arf^pF Voc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Arisudana (The de- 
stroyer of enemies ) 2. 4. 

367. «rr%* Inf. of the root Arc 
( To worship ) 7. 21 . 

368. 3T#T Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Arjuna ( The name of the'third 
Pandava and the principal hero on 
the Pandava side in the Mbh. War ) 
2.2,45; 3. 7; 4.5,9, 37; 6. 16, 
32,46; 7.16,26; 8.16,27; 9.19; 
10. 32, 39, 42; 11. 47, 54; 18. 9, 
34, 61. 

369. «r#n=C.Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Arjuna ( See No. 368) 11. 50. 

370. 3T#T: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Arjuna (See No. 368) 1. 21,* 
28, 47; 2. 4, 54; 3. 1, 36 ; 4.4; 5. 1 ; 
6. 33, 37; 8.1; 10.12; 11.1, 15, 36, 
51; 12.1; 14.21; 17. 1; 18.1, 73. 

371. wfamr^ Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Ar.tha- 
kama ( One desirous . of getting 
objects of enjoyment ) 2. 5. 

372. srsf^rqr^q-: Nom. sing, of 
the comp. noun Arthavyapasraya 
( Dependence upon an object-) 3. r 18. 

* Except J§ankara according to the G. P. 
edition no other commentator reads Arjuna 
uvaca between lines 1 andj-2 *of 1.- 21. 
(App. I. 2). It seems to beitautologous 
also in view of the statement Idamaha in 
line 1. 



s?«feNrart^ 



Primary Word-Units 



«r*rt¥*r 



373. sTsfshRTT^ Ace. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Arthasaficaya (A 
collection of objects ) 16. 12. 

374. wf: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Artha ( An object of sense- 
perception ) 2. 46 ; 3. 18. 

375. 3T?TT«ff Nom. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Artharthin (One who 
aims at a particular object ) 7. 16. 

376. 3$ Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Artha ( See No. 374 ) 2. 27 ; 

3. 34 ; (For the sake of) 1. 33. 

377. ^tn^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Arpana ( An act of dedication ) 

4. 24. 

378. sr'fart Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Aryaman ( The king of a class 
of the Pitrs ) 10. 29. 

379. srife Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Arh ( To be fit for or 
capable of ; should ; ought ) 2. 17. 

380. *#% Pres. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Arh (See* No. 379) 2. 
25,26,27,30,31; 3.20; 6.39; 10. 
16 ; 11. 44 ; 16. 24. 

381. srs?:Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj . Arha ( Fit for or 
capable of ) 1. 37. 

382. sres^r: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Alasa (Idle) 18. 28. 

383. ®mw&WL Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Aloluptva) The 
quality of non-greediness ) 16. 2. 

384. sr^qf^r: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Alpa- 
buddhi used as a noun ( One who 
has little intelligence ) 16. 9. 

385. ^mimm^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Alpa- 
medhas used as a noun ( One who has 
little intelligence ) 7. 23. 

386. 3TW3;Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Alpa ( Little or 
small ) 18. 22. 



387. «nm«3 imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Garn-gacch with the 
prefix Ava ( To know ) 10. 41. 

388. srsRRfnf Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Jfia with the prefix Ava 
( To look down upon ) 9. 11 . 

389. sr^W^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the past pass, parti- 
cipial adj. Avajnata (Despised or 
looked down upon ) 17. 22. 

390. 3Tsr%sf?r Paras, pres. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the Ubhayapadi root Stha- 
tisth with the prefix Ava ( To stand 
firm or remain unmoved ) 14. 23. 

391. «ra£te$[ Atma. pres. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Stha-tisth with 
the prefix Ava ( See No. 390) 6. 18. 

392. arw: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pot. participial adj. 
Avadhya ( Not liable to be killed ) 
2. 30. 

393. 9C«r/3tw«f$" : Inst. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Avanipalasangha 
( A group of kings ) 11. 26. 

394. ^TT^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj . Avara ( Inferior ) 

2. 49. See also the note in Entry 
No. 259 for the occurrence of this 
word in 4. 4. 

395. arara^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Avas"a (Not master 
of or inspite of oneself ) 9. 8, 

396. 3T3W: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj . Avasa (See No. 395) 

3. 5 ; 6. 44 ; 8. 19 ; 18. 60. 

397. 3*3"%^ Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Sis with the prefix Ava 
( To remain over ) 7. 2. 

398. ansre** Ind. past participle 
of the root Stambh with the prefix 
Ava (To depend upon or take the 
help of) 9. 8; 16.9. 

17 



*wrcrr*lhj 



Bhagavadglid Word-Index Pt. I A 



*Tf%«rr$r*r^ 



399. snrerr^ Pot. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the caus. form of the root Sad 
with the prefix Ava (To cause to 
sink or lower down ) 6; 5. 

400. STTOig^ Inf. of the root 
Stha-tisth with the prefix Ava ( To 
stand firm or stay at rest ) 1. 30. 

401. srsT^srcnst Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the past participial 
adj. Avasthita (Situated or posted) 
15. 11. 

402. «rml*lcr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past participial 
adj. Avasthita ( See No. 401 ) 9. 4 ; 
13. 32. 

403. srerf^rera; Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past participial adj. 
Avasthita (See No. 401 ) 1. 22, 27. 

404. srarf^rr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past participial adj. 
Avasthita (See No. 401) 1. 11, 33; 
2. 6 ; 11. 32. 

405. stwirsrrsf^ Mas. noun Avahasa 
with the suffix Artharh having the 
sense of the dat. case- termination 
(For the sake of mirth or fun) 
11. 42. 

406. ^rFsprc^K Ace. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Avacyavada (A 
view or argument which should not 
be given expression to) 2. 36. 

407. sr^ws^ Nom. sing, of the 
pot. pass, participial adj. Avaptavya 
( Fit to be acquired ) 3, 22. 

408. snrrcjjjs Inf. of the root Ap 
with the prefix Ava ( To acquire ) 
6. 36. 

409. aT«rofr% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Ap with the prefix Ava 
( See No, 408 ) 15. 8 ; 16. 23 ; 18. 56. 

410. %tWF*1 Ind. past participle of 
the root Ap with the prefix Ava 
(See No. 408) 3. 8. 

18 



411. 3W*l%Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Ap with the prefix Ava 
(See No. 408)12. 5. 

412. sn*TO«r Fut. 2nd pers. plu. 
of the root Ap with the prefix Ava 
(See No. 408) 3. 11. 

413. ^rr^r%Fut. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Ap with the prefix Ava 
( See No. 408 ) 2. 33, 38, 53 ; 12. 10. 

414. stressor Inst. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Avi- 
kampa ( That from which there is 
no deviation ) 10. 7. 

415. 3H%$r4: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. pot. partici- 
pial adj. Avikarya (That which is 
not capable of undergoing any 
changes) 2. 25. 

416. srfos^n*. Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. pot. partici- 
pial adj. Avijneya (That which is 
not capable of being known parti- 
cularly) 13. 15. 

417. sr%fa: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Avid vat 
used as a noun ( An unlettered per- 
son ) 3. 25. » 

418. ^TRfw^^ Adv. Ind. (Not 
in the prescribed form *. e> infor- 
mally ) 9. 23 ; 16. 17. 

419. srNW'cK Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. pres. parti- 
cipial adj. Avinasyat ( That which is 
indestructible ) 13. 27. 

420. 3Tl%*i% Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Avi- 
nasln (Not liable to destruction) 
2. 17. 

421. 3n%5m%5F^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Avi* 
nasm(SeeNo. 420)2. 21, 



arfW^rcr* 



Primary Word-Units 



w&tzfm^ 



422. srfrqfta Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Avi- 
pa^cit used as a noun ( One who is 
not learned or wise ) 2. 42, 

423. srf%*W^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Avi- 
bhakta (Undivided ) 13. 16 ; 18. 20. 

424. 3t%% Fut. 1st pers. sing, of 
the root Iks with the prefix Ava 
(To look at) 1.23. 

425. sr^r Ind. past participle of 
the root Iks with the prefix Ava 
(See No. 424)2. 31. 

426. srs^fSrasTrfa Nom. plu. of 
the neu. form * of the comp. adj. 
Avyaktanidhana ( That which meets 
with its end in the Avyakta, The 
Unmanifest ) 2. 28. 

427. wiwiif&rr Inst. sing, of the 
fern. comp. noun or of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Avyakta- 
murti (The form of the Avyakta, 
or he who has the Avyakta as his 
form ) 9. 4. 

428. srsq^fg^ Loc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Avyak- 
tasanjnaka ( That which is designated 
as the Avyakta) 8. 18. 

429. srs^rtK^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form, or nom. or ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Avyakta 
or such an adj. used as a noun 
(Unmanifest or The Unmanifest) 
7. 24 ; 12. 1, 3 ; 13. 5. 

430. 3TSTO: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Avyakta 
or such an adj. used as a noun 
(See No. 429) 2. 25; 8. 20, 21. 

431. w&mt Nom. sing, of the 
fern, form of the comp. adj. Avyakta 
(See No. 429)12. 5. 

432. srs&TCKT^ Abl. sing, of the 
mas. or neu. form of the comp. 



adj. Avyakta or such an adj. used 
as a noun ( See No. 429 ) 8. 18, 20. 

433. sr*3r?ST3fu% Nom. plu. of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Avyak- 
tadi ( That which was unmanifest in 
the beginning ) 2. 28. 

434. ^s^?RW^%cWr^; Gen. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Avyaktasaktacetas ( One whose mind 
is exclusively devoted to the 
Avyakta) 12. 5. 

435. srs^rftpsrrftoft Nom. sing, of the 
f em. form of the comp. adj. Avya- 
bhicarin ( Singular *. e. riot alloyed 
by the diversion of the mind to 
any other object ) 13. 10. 

436. 3T53rf$ran#RTT Inst. sing, of 
the fern, form of the comp. adj. 
Avyabhicarin ( See No. 435 ) 18. 33. 

437. s^ftrsr^T Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Avyabhicara used 
in an adverbial sense ( Singularly ) 
14. 26. 

438. w&mm Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Avyaya 
(That which is not destructible or 
eradicable) 2. 17 ; 14. 27. 

439. si3*nret Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Avyaya ( See 
No. 438) 2. 21; 4.1, 13; 7. 13,24, 
25 ; 9. 2, 13, 18 ; 11. 2, 4 ; 14. 5 ; 15. 
1,5; 18. 20, 56. 

440. srsspsr; Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Avyaya ( See 
No. 438) 11. 18; 13. 31 ; 15. 17. 

441. ^ssprmrr Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Avya- 
yatman ( One who is indestructible 
by nature ) 4. 6. 

442. vt&mst. Ace. sing, of the fem. 
form of the comp. adj. Avyaya ( See 
No. 438) 2. 34. 



19 



wwrerfft** 



Bhagavadgltd Word-Index Pt. I A 



vrsnptprs 



443. ^r^r^RRGen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Avya- 
vasayin ( One whose intellect is not 
steady *. e. one who is irresolute by 
nature) 2. 41. 

444. WW: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Asakta ( In- 
capable or unable ) 12. 11. 

445. STOWNom. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun A&ma (Absence of 
mental quietitude ) 14. 12. 

446. siW^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Asastra 
(Unarmed) 1. 46. 

447. STWrHET Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. A^anta 
(One whose mind is not at peace 
within himself ) 2. 66. 

448. srsrraa^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. As'as'- 
vata ( Impermanent or evanescent ) 
8.15. 

449. *WnaAri|<mAcc. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. As*astravihita ( That 
which is not prescribed by the 
Scriptures) 17. 5. 

450. 3T§n%rcrr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. A^uci- 
vrata ( One who has taken an unclean 
vow ) 16. 10. 

451. sigfa: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. A£uei ( One 
who is of unclean habits ) 18. 27. 

452. W&ft Loc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. A£uci (Un- 
clean) 16. 16. 

453. w$*n^Abl. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Asubha 
meaning ' inauspicious ', here used 
as a noun ( Sarhsara, the cycle of 
births and deaths ) 4. 16 ; 9. 1. 



454. argpn^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. A£ubha ( In- 
auspicious ; undesirable ) 16. 19. 

455. *$*& Dat. sing, of the mas. 
form of thedesi. comp. adj. A&isr&su 
( One who does not wish to listen, 
or to serve or "attend, or is not obe- 
dient or attentive ) 18. 67. 

456. *^N<r: Adv. Ind. (Com- 
pletely ; without leaving off any 
part) 6. 24,39'; 7.2; 18.11. 

457. audita Inst. sing, of the mas. 
form of the ad j . As'esa . used as an 
adverb (Completely; without leaving 
off any part ) 4. 35 ; 10. 16 ; 18. 
29, 63. 

458. swNlf^, Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. A£ocya 
( That which does not deserve to be 
sorry for) 2. 11. 

459. swrsr: Nom. sing", of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Asosya ( That 
which cannot be dried up ) 2. 24. 

460. srsr^Nom. 8 ing. of the mas. 
form' of the past participial adj. 
Asnat( Eating) 5. 8. 

461. 3TOFcf Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of 9th conj. root As (To eat or 
enjoy ) 9. 20. 

462. srertffr Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of 9th conj. root As (See No. 461 ) 
9. 26. 

463. srsnrffr Pres. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the 9th conj. root As 1 (See 
No. 461) 9. 27. 

464. sralf Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the 5th conj. root As* ( To attain ) 
3. 4 ; 5. 21 ; 6. 28 ; 13. 12 ; 14. 20. 

465. am^TR: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. pres. parti- 
cipial adj. ASraddadhat ( One who has 
no faith ) 4. 40. 



20 



«rsr^n*iT: 



Primary Word-Units 



sr^tf^i^ 



466. srsr^RT: Norn. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. pres. parti- 
cipial adj. ASraddadhat (See No. 465) 
9.3. 

467. 3T«rsg;sn Inst. sing, of the fem. 
comp. noun Asraddha ( Absence or 
want of faith ) 17. 28. 

468. srfpptfspifeijom, Ace. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj\ 
AsVupurnakuleksana ( One whose 
eyes have been filled up with tears 
and appear confused) 2. 1. 

469. srsrN^ Aor. 1st pers. sing. 
of the verb Srti ( To hear ) 18. 74. 

470. 3T^«T^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun AsVattha ( The Pippala tree ) 
15. 1,3. 

471. 9T^?«T*. Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Asvattha ( See No. 470 ) 10. 26. 

472. *W*rnTT Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Asvatthaman (The name 
of the son of Arjuna's preceptor 
Drona) 1. 8. 

473. WFfTO^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
noun ASva ( A horse ) 10. 27. 

474. srffcRT Ace. dual of the mas. 
noun A&vin, always used in the dual 
as Asvinau ( The joint name of the 
twin gods in the Vedic pantheon 
of 33 gods) 11.6,22. 

475. zmw Adv. Ind. (In eight 
ways ) 7. 4. 

476. aTOTBi%: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Asakta- 
buddhi. This word forms part of 
the expression «rcra5S%: W& ( One 
who is free from a sense of attach- , 
ment everywhere ) 18. 49. 

477. W?^ Nom. sing, of the 
ncu. form and ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Asakta 
(Unattached) 9. 9; 13. 14. 



478. «RW»: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Asakta ( See 
No. 477)3. 7, 19 2 , 25. 

479. srcr^T^ Nom. sing; of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Asak- 
tatman (One whose heart is not 
attached to anything ) 5. 21. 

480. «W%: Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Asakti ( Absence of attachment ) 
13.9. 

481. «rcnf*reW Inst. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Asangalastra (The 
weapon of non-association) 15. 3. 

482. WERT: Gen. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Asat used 
as a noun (A non-existing thing) 
2. 16. 

483. 3T?Tc^ Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Asat used as 
a noun ( See No. 482*) 9. 19 ; 13. 12 ; 
17.28. 

484. sW^f^R, Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Asatkrta 
(Not well-done) 17. 22. 

485. srs^fcr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Asatkrta 
(Not treated with due respect) 
11.42. 

486. sWcsr^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Asatya (Un- 
real or false ) 16, 8. 

487. ^ng^tSFi; Ace. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Asadgraha (False 
or unfounded prejudice ) 16. 10. 

488. «Rre«reerenp?Ti Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Asannyastasamkalpa [One who has 
not given up thoughts (of having 
objects of sense-enjoyment ) ] 6. 2. 

489. gmmqrat Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Asapatna 
(That for which there is no rival 
claimant) 2. 8. 



*r*R5?: 



Bhagavadglta Word-Index Pt. I A 



«rf%FT 



490. s**r*nf: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Asamartha ( Incapable of doing a 
thing ) 12. 10, 

491. sr&JjJ: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Asammudha 
(One who is not deluded or in- 
fatuated ) 5. 20 ; 10. 3 ; 15. 19. 

492. Wfeffc: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. corap. noun Asammoha ( Ab- 
sence of delusion ) 10. 4. 

493. sfsferarewt Inst. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Asam- 
yatatman ( One who has not acquired 
self-control) 6. 36. 

494. STCfcra^ Adv. Ind. ( Undoubt- 
edly) 6.35; 7. 1; 8. 7. In 8. 7 
Sankara according to the J. H. P. edi- 
tion reads Asamkayah ( App. I. 25 ). 
In that case the sentence would 
mean "There is no doubt that 
if ..., you will reach me", in- 
stead of "If. , you will no 

doubt reach me n . It can as well be 
taken as meaning " You will reach 
me absolved from all doubts." 

495. snsfapi: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Asamsaya (Absence 
of doubt) 8. 7 ; 18. 68. Reference 
to 8. 7 has been added here because 
according to the J. H. P. edition 
that is the reading in Saiikara's com- 
mentary. See also the note in 
the previous entry. 

496. srtfar Pres. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the 2nd conj. root As (To be) 
4. 3, 36; 8. 2; 10.17; 11. 38, 40, .42, 
43, 52, 53 ; 12. 10, 11 ; 16. 5 ; 18. 
64, 65. 

497. sr^Rt: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Asita ( The name of the Rsi 
whose family name was Devala) 
10. 13. 

22 



498. srfsr^ Loc. sing, of the comp. 
noun Asiddhi (Non-attainment of 
an object aimed at ) 4. 22. 

499. *f§^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Asukha 
( That which is devoid of happiness ) 
9.33. 

500. SRjgra^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Asrstan- 
na ( That in which no food has been 
distributed) 17. 13. 

501. «=r*flNom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Adas ( This ) 
11.26; 16.14. 

502. «n% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the verb As ( See No. 496 ) 2. 4Q, 42, 
66; 3.22; 4.31,40; 6.16; 7.7; 
8. 5 ; 9. 29 ; 10. 18, 19, 39, 40 ; 
11.43; 16.13, 15; 18.40. 

503. a^lj Imp. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the 2nd conj. root As ( See No. 496 ) 
2.47; 3.10; 11.31,39,40. 

504. srf^TC^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Asthira 
( Unsteady ) 6. 26. 

505. wn£%: Inst. plu. of the 
pronoun Asmadiya ( He who is ours 
or belongs to our side ) 11. 26. 

506. wrra^Gen. plu. of the first 
personal pronoun Asmad (I or we ) 
1. 7, 10. 

507. «wn^Abl. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Idam (See 
No. 153 ) 1. 39. 

508. WWi;Acc. plu. of the pro- 
noun Asmad ( See No. 506 ) 1. 36. 

509. src-jrrft: Inst. plu. of the pro- 
noun Asmad ( See No. 506 ) 1. 39. 

510. srfl*r Pres. 1st pers. sing, of 
the 2nd conj. root As ( See No. 496 ) 
7. 8, 9 2 , 10, IP ; 10. 21, 22 4 , 23 2 , 24, 
25 2 , 28 s , 29 2 , 30, 31 3 , 33, 36 3 , 37, 38 s ; 

11.32, 45, 51; 15. 18; 16. 15; 

18.55,73. 



«rwroa*5t 



Bhagavadglta Word- Index Pt. I A 



3TT?*T«T: 



531. *rmra^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the past participial adj. 
Akhyata ( Narrated ) 18. 63. 

532. wwrffc Imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Khya with the prefix A 
(To narrate) 11. 31.. 

533. smrsici; Pot. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Gam-gacch with the 
prefix A ( To come or fall into ) 
3.34. 

534. aTFrar: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Agata ( Come to or arrived at ) 4. 
10 ; 14. 2. 

535. WWTqrfsR': Nom. plu. of the 
mas, form of the comp. adj. Agama- 
payin ( That which comes and dis- 
appejars suddenly and hence is 
transient) 2. 14. 

536. «rr*ra: Gen. of the pres. 
participle Acarat (Doing or per- 
forming) 4. 23. 

537. srrw^T Pres. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Car with the prefix A 
(To do or work for) 3. 21 ; 16. 22. 

538. srre^Nom. sing, of the pres. 
participle Acarat (See No. 536) 3. 19. 

539. STTSTT! Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Acara ( Prescribed course 
of behaviour) 16. 7. 

540. wm$ Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Acarya ( A preceptor ) 1. 3. 

541. strstr^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Acarya ( See No. 540 ) 1. 2. 

542. »rr^T#j; Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Acarya ( See No. 540) 1. 26. 

543. snrarof: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Acarya ( See No. 540 ) 1. 34. 

544. 3rrsjT?rf<TT*rc3t Nom. sing, of 
the neu. comp. noun Acaryopasana 
( Adoration of one's preceptor ) 13. 7. 

545. 3rr**nj Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Ajya ( Ghee ; clarified butter ) 
9.16. 



546. &mt Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Adhya (Rich) 16. 15. 

547. armei^R: Ace. plu. of the 
mas. noun Atatayin ( An enemy who 
takes an offensive ) 1. 36. 

548. sm%s Imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Stha-tisth with the pre- 
fix A ( To be engaged in ) 4. 42. 

549. *xm Perf. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Bra or Ah ( To speak ) 
11.3. 

550. 3TT^reoulj;Abl. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Atmakarana having 
the sense of the dat. case-termina- 
tion ( For one's own sake or benefit ) 
3.13. 

551. 3H^T*i$r: Nom/ sing, of the 
mas.- form of the comp, adj. 
Atmatrpta (One who is satisfied 
within oneself ) 3. 17. 

552. STT^RT Inst. ".sing, of the pro- 
noun Atman (The 'self or oneself) 

2. 55; 3.43; 6. 5,6,20; 10. 15; 
13i 24,-28. The word Atman is not 
found used in this work in its 
strictly philosophical or spiritual 
sense. At some places it is found 
used in the sense of 'the heart', at 
some in that of 'the mind', at some 
even in the sense of ' the physi- 
cal body ' and at some in the 
popular sense of 'the empirical self 
which means 'the heart, mind, and 
the physical body taken together 
with the sense-organs'. The context 
in each:case;indicates: clearly which 
sense is intended to be conveyed . 

553. 3ffi*rFT Loc. sing, of the pro- 
noun Atman ( See No. 552) 2. 55;. 

3. 17 ; 4. 35, 38 ; 5. 21 ; 6. 18, 20, 
26,29; 13.24; 15. 11. . . j 

554. 3TI?*R: Gen. sing, of the pro- 
noun Atman (See No. 552) 4. 42 ; 



24 



srrwFrcStts 



Primary Word -Units 



STTcTTT 



5.16; 6. 5 2 , 6, 11, 19; 8. 12; 10. 

18,19; 16.21,22; 17.19; 18. 39. 
For the occurrence of this word in 
10. 19 see the note in Entry No. 565 
infra. 

555. onwm^S Loc. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Atmaparadeha 
( One's own and another's body ) 
16. 18. 

556. ^TcTTif^ren^ir^ Nom. sing. 
of the neu. form of the comp. 
adj. Atmabuddhiprasadaja (Result- 
ing from the favour of one's own 
intellect) 18. 37. 

557. 3rrcJT*rnre*r: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Atma- 
bhavastha ( Residing in the form of 
self-consciousness) 10. 11. 

558. 3rtWRT*RT Inst. sing, of the 
fern. comp. noun Atmamaya (One's 
own Maya i. e. power of manifesta- 
tion of oneself in a variety of forms ) 
4.6. 

559. snawtom* AM. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Atmayoga (One's 
own Yoga i. e. the AisVara-yoga ) 
11. 47. 

560. ^rsRTr%: Nom, sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Atmarati 
( One who entertains love for one's 
self as opposed to that for another 
individual ) 3. 17. 

561. snarsRTH Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Atmavat ( One 
who has acquired control over his 
heart) 4. 41. ^ 

562. «nwran&: Inst. plu. of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Atma- 
vasya (That which is under one's 
control ) 2. 64. 

563. *trw^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Atmavat ( See 
No. 561) 2. 45. 



564. ansrfaf&mf: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Atmavinigraha 
( Complete control over one's lower 
self) 13. 7; 17. 16. 

565. anwrflr^: Nom. plu. of the 
fern. comp. noun Atmavibhuti ( The 
objects in which one's self has 
become manifest ) 10. 16, 19. In 10. 
19 Ramanuja reads f^jffrisjflr: ^rr: 
for f&m *rm%?ro:. So far as sense 
is concerned the only difference 
between the readings is that while 
the manifestations are " celestial " 
according to the other commenta- 
tors, they are " auspicious " accord- 
ing to Ramanuja. The term vibhuti 
is spelt by him with a long I at the 
end. As to the possible changes in 
the entries if that reading is approv- 
ed see the note in the Entry as to 
the word ftwro. 

566. *narftsFtf$ Dat. sing, of the 
fem. comp. noun Atmavi^uddhi 
(Complete purification of oneself) 
6. 12. 

567. 3rT?*T3P$ Dat. sing, of the 
fem. comp. noun Atma&uddhi (Puri- 
fication of oneself) 5. 11. 

568. aTrc^wteT: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Atmasambhavita (One who has a 
preponderating sense of self-res- 
pect) 16. 17. 

569. w^^^rrmt Loc. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Atmasamyama- 
yogagni ( The fire of the Yoga con- 
sisting of self-control ) 4. 27. 

570. air?*^^^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Atma- 

samstha (Reposing within itself) 

6. 25. 

571. *n«*n Nom. sing, of the pro- 
noun Atraan ( See No. 552) 6. 5 2 , 6 s ; 

7. 18; 9. 5; 10.20; 13.32, 



25 



STFaPTR^ 



Bhagavadgtta Word-Index Ft. I A 



WFt|^ 



572. WSRT^-Acc. sing, of the pro 
noun Atman ( See No. 552 ) 3. 43 
4.7; 6. 5 2 ,10, 15, 20,28, 29; 9.34 
10.15; 11. 3, 4; 13. 24, 28, 29 
18.16,51. 

573. «ns?Mta Inst. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Atmaupamya ( The 
quality of looking upon others as 
similar to oneself) 6. 32. 

574. smqfaPCTt Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Atyantika ( The 
final or the highest or the best ) 6. 21 . 

575. srr^ Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Da with the prefix A 
( To give or bestow ) 5. 15. 

576. arr^f: Norn. sing, of the mas. 
noun Adar&t ( A mirror ) 3. 38. 

577. srr%$ Dat. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Adikartr ( The original 
Creator i. e. Brahma) 11. 37. 

578. sm^Rra^ Norn. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Adi- 
tyagata (Contained or inherent in the 
sun) 15. 12. 

579. srrf^rsrci; The mas." noun 
Aditya with the suffix Vat having the 
sense of likeness ( Like the sun ) 
5. 16. 

580. ^rn?<3Rot*3;Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Adi- 
tyavarna ( That which has the colour 
of the sun ) 8. 9. 

581. srTf^TFTr^ Gen. phi. of the 



584. srrf^T: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Adideva ( See 
No. 583)11.38. 

585 v «Ttf^Acc. sing, of the fem. 
noun Adi ( A beginning ) 11. 16. 

586. srrf^r Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Adi (See No. 585) 10. 2, 20, 
32; 15. 3. 

587. *rnft Loc. sing, of the fem. 
noun Adi ( See No. 585 ) 3. 41 ; 4. 4. 

588. *rr«P?rsRr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Adyan- 
tavat (Having a beginning and an 
end i. e. transient ) 5. 22. 

589. srr^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Adya (The first) 
8.28; 11. 31, 47; 15. 4. 

590. srra?^ Imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root'Dha with the prefix A 
( To concentrate or fix ) 12. 8. 

591. mwt Ind. past participle 
of the root Dha with the prefix A 
(See No. 590) 5. 10; 8. 12. 

592. snfaqnra; Ace. sing, of the 

neu. noun Adhipatya ( Supremacy ) 
2. 8. 

593. wrsr^Acc. sing, of the mas. 

form of the past participial adj. 

Apanna (Reduced to the position 
of) 7. 24. 

594. 3TPTW Nom, plu. of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Apanna ( See No. 593 ) 16. 20. 

595. sttt: Nom. plu. of the fem. 



mas. noun Aditya ( One of the Vedic noun Ap ( Water ) 2. 23, 70 ; 7. 4. 



gods represented by the sun having 
12 phases, each of which had a 
separate name given to it) 10. 21. 

.582. srn%W3; Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Aditya ( See No. 581 ) 11. 6. 

583. sm^fcr* Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Adideva (The first 
of the gods i. e. Hiranyagarbha ) 
10. 12. 



26 



596. 3TT1?f Ind. past participle of 
the root Pur with the prefix A ( To 
fill Hi. 30. 

597. srT^irTtn^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the conti. pres. partici- 
pial adj. Apuryamana (Being filled 
up ) 2. 70. 

598. srr^ Inf. of the root Ap 
( To acquire or obtain ) 5. 6 ; 12. 9. 



^rwfRffic, 



Primary Word-Units 



wpm 



599.*3Cr^TT^Pot. 1st pers. sing. 
of the root Ap ( See No. 598 ) 3. 2. 

600. srr^'^cT Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Ap ( See No. 598 ) 8. 15. 

601 . 3TOu% Pres. 3rd pers. sing* of 
the root Ap ( See No. 598 ) 2. 70 ; 
3. 19 ; 4. 21 ; 5. 12 ; 18. 47, 50. 

602. ^snW3RT^Abl. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Abrahmabhavana 
(From the abode of Brahma down- 
wards ) 8. 16. For the existence of 
this word there see the next entry. 

603. 3TTsrir3g^«TT^ Abl. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Abrahmabhuvana 
( From the region of Brahma down- 
wards ) 8. 16. Sri Venkatanatha and 
Purusottamaji read here "Abrahma- 
bhavanat" (App. I. 26). It cannot 
have any other meaning than the 
other word because it is followed 
by the word " Lokah". 

604. srr^Frni: Gen. plu. of the 
neu. noun Ayudha (A weapon) 
10. 28. 

605. ^:^RW^twi5^Pft^M«n: 
Nom. plu. of the mas. form of the 
pres. participial adj. Ayuhsattva- 
balaxogyasukhaprltivivardhana (That 
which conduces to the increase in 
the length of life, spirit, strength, 
health, happiness and affection) 17. 8. 

606. «rrw% Pres. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Rabh with the prefix A 
( To begin or commence ) 3. 7. 

607. «TRW!% Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Rabh with the prefix A 
(See No. 606)18. 25. 

608. ®trwt: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Arambha ( A beginning or 
commencement) 14. 12. 

609. srupjayt: Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the desi. participial 
adj. Aruruksu ( One who is desirous 
of rising higher ) 6. 3. 



610. srrsN^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Arjava (Straightforward- 
ness ) 13. 7 ; 16. 1 ; 17. 14 ; 18. 42. 

611. 3tt#: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj . Arta ( One who is 
afflicted with pain ) 7. 16. 

612. mimtt Gen. dual of the pro- 
noun Asmad ( See No. 506) 18, 70. 

613. STra^ Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Vrt with the prefix A 
(To return) 8. fe. 

614. «n*f&T: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Avartin ( One who 
is likely or liable to return ) 8. 16. 

615. wf^rlnd. past participle of 
the root Vis" with the prefix A ( To 
enter or penetrate) 15. 13, 17. 

616. srifaCT^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Avista ( One who is overpowered 
or possessed) 2.1. 

617. *rrfro Nom. sing, of the mat. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Avista ( See No. 616 ) 1. 28. 

618. srrpr^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Avrta (Enveloped or covered 
over) 3. 38, 39; 5. 15. 

619. 3*Tf?r: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Avrta ( See No. 618 ) 3. 38. 

620. STTf^fT Nom. sing, of the fern, 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Avrta ( See No. 618 ) 18. 32. 

621. ^rri^T: Nora. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Avrta ( See No. 618 ) 18. 48. 

622. ^TTffxni Ace. sing, of the fem. 
noun Avrtti ( Return or rebirth ) 
8. 23. 

623. «rn?T Ind. past participle of 
the root Vr with the prefix A ( To 
cover over*) 3.40 ; 13. 13 ; 14. 9. 



27 



«n**r 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



STT^fTS 



624. snt^ Ind. past participal of 
the causal form of the root Vi& with 
the prefix A ( To cause to enter or 
to be engrossed in ) 8. 10 ; 12. 2. 

625. srtfsR^Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Vr with the prefix A 
(See No. 623) 3. 38. 

626. srreTsrt^ AM. sing, of the mas. 
noun As'aya ( A receptacle or abode ) 

15. 8. 

627. wsncrrarsfl^: Inst. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Aslipas'as'ata (A 
hundred snares of expectations) 

16. 12. 

628. 3TT1 Adv. Ind. (Speedily) 
2. 65. 

629. «narfarac. Ace. s * n £' °* ^ e neu# 
form of the adj. AScaryavat (As 

wonderful or curious ) 2. 29 3 . 

630. srraqff&r Ace. plu. of the neu. 
noun A^carya ( Wonder or wonderful 
occurrence) 11, 6. 

631. 3TTsr%Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Sri" with the prefix A (To 
resort to or-take the support of) 1. 36. 

632. srrf^rcFRt, Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Asnta ( Having taken resort to 
or the support of) 9. 11. 

633. srtfW: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Asnta (See No. 632) 12. 11; 
15. -14. 

634. srtfW: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Asnta (See No. 632) 7. 15 ; 9. 13. 

635. m®m Ind. past pass, parti- 
ciple of the root Sri with the prefix 
A ( See No. 631 ) 7. 29 ; 16. 10 ; 
18. 59. 

636. arwrawmrar Peri. perf. 3rd 
pears . sing, of the root Svas with the 
prefix A (To console) 11. 50. 

28 



637. sTTSR^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Asana ( A seat ) 6. 11. 

638. WT^r Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Asana ( For the ordinary mean- 
ing see No. 637 ; here it seems to 
have the meaning 'a fixed posture' ) 
6. 12. 

639. sirsr^Perf. 1st pers. sing, of 
the 2nd conj. root As ( See No. 496 ) 
2. 12. 

640. srreTar Ind. past participle of 
the root Sad with the prefix A ( To 
go to or approach or resort to ) 9. 20. 

641. wtfftr Pot. 3rd. pers. sing, 
of the root As ( To sit ) 2. 54, 61 '• 

6. 14. 

642. arrcrfrn^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial adj. 
Asma from the 2nd conj. root As 
(See No. 496)9. 9. 

643. STRrfo: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Asma ( See No. 642 ) 14. 23. 

644. sn^foawrrqr Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Asura- 
niscaya ( One who makes a demoniac 
resolve ) 17. 6. 

645. srr^^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Asura (Demoniac) 

7. 15 ; 16. 6. 

646. ^T^t: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Asura (See No. 645 ) 
16. 6. 

647. srr^fr. Nom. plu. 'of the mas. 
form of the adj. Asura (See No. 645) 
16. 7. 

648. 3TR|?ftNom. sing. of.the:fem. 
form of the adj. Asura (See No. 645) 
16. 5. 

649. 3TT§#1| Loc. plu. of the fern, 
form of the adj. Asura ( See No. 645 ) 
16. 19. 



STTf*!^ 



Primary Word-Units 



%m 



650. ^TT^^Acc. sing, of the fern, 
form of theadj. Asura ( See No. 645 ) 
9. 12 ; 16. 4, feO: 

651. 3rn%**n^ Norn. sing, of the 
neu. noun Astikya ( The quality of 
having faith in the Scriptures) 18. 42. 

652. srr# Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root As (See No. 641) 3. 6; 5. 13. 

653. strsiw Ind. past participle of 
the root Stha with the prefix A ( To 
resort to or observe ) 7. 20. 

654. sriflsm: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Asthita (One who has 
resorted to or attained ) 5. 4 ; 6. 31 ; 
7. 18 ; 8. 12. 

655. 3TT$*im: Norn. plu. of the 
mas. form of the : past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Asthita (See No. 654 ) 3. 20. 

656. srr^ Perf. 3rd: pers. sing, of 
the root: Bru ;or Ah" ( See No. 549:) 
1. 21 ; 11. 35. 

657. 3HS% Loc, sing, of the mas. 
noun Ahava ( A battle]) 1. 31. 

658. mwvC' Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Ahara ( Diet or food ) 17. 7. 

659. m%W> Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Ahara:( See No. 658 ) 17. 8, 9. 

660. srrg: Perf. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Bru or :Ah (See No. 549) 
3. 42; 4. 19;; 8. 21; 10. 13; 14. 16; 
16. 8. 

661. snftlnd. interrogative parti- 
cle (Whether^ — or) 17. 1. 

662. ^nr^§r Dat. sing, of the mas. 
noun Iksvaku ( The first king of the 
Solar race) 4. 1. 

663. ^flft Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Ing (To change one's posi- 
tion at short intervals ; to flicker ) 
6. 19 ; 14. 23. 



664. ^s& Imp. 2nd pers.' sing.' of 
the root Is-icch (To -wish ..for or 
desire ) 12. 9. 

665. ^fcrjPres. 3rd persuing, of 
the root Is-icch ( See No. -664 ) 7. 21. 

666. ^s^rf: Nom. plu. of the^mas. 
form of the pres. participial .adj. 
Icchat (Wishing for or desiring) 
8.11. 

667. ^^T% Pres. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Is-icch OSee No. 664 ) 11. 
7 ; 18. 60, 63. 

668. %&&f Nom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Iccha ( A wish or desire ) 13. 6. 

669. ^T^rsr^f Inst. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Icchadvesasamuttha ( That which has 
arisen from desire and hatred ) 
7. 27. 

670. ^TW Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Is4cch (See No. 664) 

I. 35 ; 11. 3. 31, 46 ; 13. supernume- 
rary stanza (See App. I, 33) ; 18. 1. 

671. ^3*T% Pass. Atma. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the UbhayapadI root Yaj 
( To perform a sacrifice or to wor- 
ship ) 17. 11, 12. 

672. f3*qRTT Inst. sing, of the fern, 
noun Ijya (Performance of a sacrifice 
or worship) 11- 53. 

673. ^r**. Nom. sing, of the mas, 
form of the pronoun Itara (Another) 
3.21. 

674. ^: Adv. Ind. (From here or 
from this ) 7. 5 ; 14. 1. 

675. ^f% Adv. Ind. ( So or in this 
manner ) 1. 25, 44 ; 2. 9, 42 ; 3. 27, 
28 ; 4. 3, 4, 14, 16 ; 5.8,9; 6.2, 8, 
18, 36 ; 7. 4, 6, 12, 19 ; 8. 13, 21 ; 
9.6; 10. 8; 11. 4,21, 41*, 50; 13. I 2 , 

II, 18, 22; 14.5, 11, 23 ; 15. 17, 
20; 16. .11,15; 17. 2, 11, 16, 20, 

23, 24, 25, 26, 27 2 , 28; 18. 3 2 , 6, 8, 



29 



s^r^c 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



A, 



9, 11, 18, 32, 59, 63, 64, 70, 74. 
At some places this particle marks 
the end of a statement. 

676. %$H, Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Idarh ( See 
No. 153) 1. 10,21,28; 2. 1,2,10, 
17; 3.31,38; 7.2,5,7,13; 8. 22, 
28; 9. 1,2,4; 10. 42; 11. 19, 20 2 , 
41, 47, 49 2 , 51, 52; 12. 20; 13. 1; 
14. 2 ; 15. 20 ; 16. 13 s , 21 ; 18. 46, 
67, 68. 

677. ^?R^Adv. Ind. (Now) 11. 
51 ; 18. 36. 

678. ^STOflffa Ace. phi. .of the 
neu. comp. noun Indriyakarman 
( The function of an organ of sense ) 
4.27. 

679. ^f^nfarcT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Indriyagocara (An 
object of sense-perception ) 13. 5. 

680. ^%«wm^Acc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Indriyagrama ( The 
group of the organs of sense and 
action ) 6. 24 ; 12. 4. 

681. ^Fi£«resr Gen. sing, of the 
neu. noun Indriya (An organ of 
sense or action ) 3/ 34 2 . 

682. f%^u%f Loc. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Indriyagni (The 
fire of the organs of sense and 
action) 4. 26. 

683. $£$f*n«nra(, Gen. plu. of the 
neu. noun Indriya ( See No. 681 ) 
2. 8, 67 ; 10. 22. 

684. §rf%*rrfar Nom. or ace. plu. of 
the neu. noun Indriya ( See No. 681 ) 
2.58,60,61,68; 3. 7, 40, 41, 42; 
4. 26 ; 5. 9 ; 13. 5 ; 15. 7. 

685. f%«rr?W: Nom. sing, of the 
jnas. form of the comp. adj. Indriya- 
rarna ( One who feels repose in his 
senses ) 3. 16. 

30 



686. s^rraH Ace. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Indriyartha (An 
object of sense-perception ) 3. 6. 

687. ff^raf«r: Abl. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Indriyartha ( See 

. No. 686)2. 58, 68. 

688. 3^$§ Loc. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Indriyartha ( See 
No. 686 ) 5. 9; 6. 4 ; 13. 8. 

689. 3#3%«T: Abl. plu. of the neu. 
noun Indriya ( See No. 681 ) 3. 42. 

690. ^fM*: Inst. plu. of the neu. 
noun Indriya ( See No. 681 ) 2. 64; 
5.11. 

691. ^flT^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Idam ( See No. 
153) 1.28; 2. 33; 4. 1,2; 9. 8,33 ; 
13. 33; 16. 13; 17. 7; 18. 68, 70, 74, 
76. In 2. 33 the order of the words 
^# sr*^ seems to have been inverted 
in Sri Venkatanatha's commentary 
(See App. I. 8). 

692. f*TT#f Nom. plu. of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Idam ( See No. 
153 ) 18. 13. For the occurrence of 
this word there see App. I. 36. 

693. %m%Acc. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Idam ( See No. 
153 ) 10. 16; 18. 17. 

694. fffnscAcc. sing, of the fem. 
form of the pronoun Idarh ( See No. 
153 ) 2. 39, 42. 

695. ^FTT: Nom. plu. of the fem. 
form of the pronoun Idarh ( See No. 
153 ) 3. 24; 10. 6. 

696. 3$ Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Idarh ( See No ( . 
153) 1.33; 2. 12, 18; 3. 24. 

697. ^" Nom. dual of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Idarh ( See No. 
153 ) 15. 16. 



%** 



Primary Word-Units 



wmi 



698. 3TO**.Nom. sing, of the fern, 
form of the pronoun Idarh ( See No. 
153)7.4,5. 

699. fW Ind. particle employed 
for making a comparison or conjec- 
ture or expressing a doubt ( Like; as 
if) 1. 30; 2. 10,58,67; 3. 2 2 , 36; 
5. W, 6. 34, 38; 7. 7; 11. 44 2 ; 13. 16; 
15. 8; 18. 37, 38, 48. In 3. 2 Rama- 
nuja's reading is Vydmisrepaiva 
instead of Vydmiireneva (See App. 
1. 10). If that reading is taken to 
be correct the first reference to 
3. 2 must be omitted. 

* 700. ^rnr: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
noun Isu ( An arrow ) 2. 4. 

701. ^STOjpsNom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Istaka- 
madhuk (The yielder of the desired 
fruits ) 3. 10. 

702. ^CTCNom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Ista ( That which is 
desired ) 18. 12. 

703. ^ Norn. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Ista ( See No. 702) 
18. 64, 70. 

704. piMm^ Loc. plu. of the 
fem. comp. noun Istanistopapatti 
( The accrual of fruits which are 
desired and those which are not 
desired ) 13. 9. 

705. ^sr^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Ista ( See No. 702 ) 
3. 12. 

706. W- Norn. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Ista ( See No. 702 ) 
17.9. 

707. ^TT Ind. past participle of 
the root Yaj ( See No. 671 ) 9. 20. 

708. K Adv. Ind. (Here) % 5 2 , 
40, 41, 50; 3. 16, 18, 37; 4. 2, 12, 38; 
5. 19,23; 6. 40; 7. 2; 11. 7, 32; 
15.3; 16. 24; 17. 18,28, 



709. f$T% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Iks ( To see or look upon ) 
6. 29; 18. 20. 

710. t^tAcc. sing, of the pot. 
participial adj. Idya (Fit to be wor- 
shipped ) 11. 44. 

711. t^Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Idrs*a ( Such; of such 
aspect ) 11. 49. 

712. i^l^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. IdrSa ( See No. 711 ) 
2. 32; 6. 42, 

713. t^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun lia, ( The Lord ; The Moral 
Ruler of the World ) 11. 15, 44. 

714. t^W^ 1 Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun IsVarabbava ( Royal 
state ) 18. 43. 

715. f J ffti=cAcc. sing, of the mas. 
noun IsVara ( The Lord; the Moral 
Ruler of the World) 13. 28. 

716. i'Sti Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun IsVara (See No. 715) 4. 6; 
15.8,17; 16. 14; 18.61. 

717. t^ P^s. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Ih ( To aim at ) 7. 22. 

718. $F% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Ih ( See No. 717 ) 16. 12. 

719. Hrfi^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past participial adj. Ukta 
(Said) 11.1,41; 12.20; 13. 18; 
15. 20. 

720. 3*R: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Ukta (See No. 719) 1.24; 8. 21; 
13. 22. 

721. 3WsNom. plu. of the mas. 
form of past participial adj. Ukta 
(See No. 719) 2. 18. 



31 



gr^srr 



Bhagawdgttd WordJndex Pt. I A «*SfWf gqrfonfflt 



722. S^Tlnd. past participle of 
the root Vac (To speak) 1. 47; 
2. 9 2 ; 11.9,21,50. 

723. SETSOTrfoT: Norn. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Ugra- 
karman ( Doer of fierce or cruel 
deeds) 16. 9. 

724. «'«-<<?h: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Ugrarupa. 
( One who has a fierce countenance ) 
11.31. 

725. 33T3( Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Ugra (Fierce; 
frightful ; cruel) 11. 20. 

726. S5TT: Nom. plu. of the fern, 
form of the adj. Ugra ( See No. 725 ) 
11. 30. 

727. afb Inst. plu. of the neu. 
form of the adj. Ugra ( See No. 725 ) 
11.48. 

728. 3%: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Ucca (At a high 
pitch) 1.12. 

729. slNPTO"^ Ace. sing of the 
mas. noun Uccaihiravas ( The name 
of the horse of Indra ) 10. 27. 

730. 3f*OTJ, Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Ucchista ( That 
which has been left over after en- 
joyment or rejected or abandoned 
as useless ) 17. 10. 

731. sressfaor^ Ace. sing, of* the 
mas. form of the adj. Ucchosana 
( Drying up or withering ) 2. 8. 

732. ! 3" ! ©q% Pass. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Vac (See No. 722) 2. 25, 
48,55,56; 3.6,40; 6. 3 2 , 4, 8, 18 
8. 1, 3 ; 13. 12, 17, 20 2 ; 14. 25 
15. 16; 17. 14, 15, 16, 27, 28 
18. 23, 25, 26, 28. 

733. 3cT Ind. particle used to add 
emphasis or to express a guess (And; 
or) 1.40; 14. 9, 11.. 

32 



734. stJWffffc Pres. 3rd piers, sing, 
of the root 2PJ. with the prefix ^ 
( To walk or go out) 15. 8. 

735. ssurrp^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Utkrimat (Walking or going 
out) 15. 10. 

736. ^rRTR^t^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Uttamavid ( One 
who knows the best that is to be 
known ) 14. 14. 

737. StWTB; Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Uttama ( The best ) 
4. 3 ; 6. 27 ; 9. 2 ; 14. 1 ; 18. 6. 

738. SxTCT: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Uttama ( See 
No. 737)15. 17.18. 

739. Tfrml: Inst. plu. of the neu. 
comp. noun Uttamanga (The best 
of limbs i. e. the head ) 11. 27. 

740. ^TufN': Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Utta- 
maujas ( Of excellent valour ; 
here the specific name of a Pancala 
prince who along with Yu&hamanyu 
guarded the wheels of Arjuna's 
chariot and so a noun ) 1. 6. 

741. TcRTW^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Uttarayana ( The 
northern path ) 8. 24. 

742. srf^tS Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Stha-tisth with the prefix 
Ud(To get upj'2. 3, 37; 4. 42; 
11. 33. 

743. sf&TtrrNom. sing, of the fem. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Utthita (That which has arisen or 
come out) 11. 12. 

744. ^'Sraf^Trfo'lT^ Gen. plu. of . 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Utsannakuladharma ( One whose 
family traditions have lapsed ) 1. 44. 



3$rnpn*K 



Primary Word-Units 



*tT***f% 



745. sssrrapTPhi; The neu. noun 
Utsadana with the suffix Artharh 
having the sense of the dat. case- 
termination (For the sake of sup- 
pression ) 17, 19. 

746. 3"5srra*ir Pass. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the 6th conj. root Sad with the 
prefix Ud ( To sink down or to be 
languid) 1. 43. 

747. 3rf^%: Pot. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the 6th conj. root Sad with the 
prefix Ud ( See No. 746 ) 3. 24. 

748. yc<i*u#r Pres. 1st pers. sing. 
of the root Srj with the prefix Ud 
( To release or abandon ) 9. 19. 

749. Sc^T Ind. past participle 
of the root Srj with • the prefix Ud 
(See No. 748) 16.23; 17. 1. 

750. 3^1% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
comp. noun Udapana ( A receptacle 
of water ; a well } 2. 46. 

751. gr^rn: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Udara (Noble, 
magnanimous or worthy of praise) 
7. 18. 

752. s^wtof^ The pres. partici- 
pial adj. Udaslna with the affix 
Vat having the sense of likeness 
( Like one who is indifferent ) 9. 9 ; 
14. 23. 

753. ^raffo: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Udaslna ( Indifferent) 12. 16. 

754. ^rpt^. Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Udahrta (Said or designated as) 
13. 6 ; 17. 19, 22 ; 18. 22, 24, 39. 

755. &HW- Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past participial adj. 
Udahrta (See No. 754)15. 17. 

756. 3^rf3r Ind. past participle 
of the root Hr with the prefixes A 
and Ud ( To say or speak ) 17. 24. 

3 33 



757. tf^W Ind. past participle of 
the root Dis" with the prefix Ud ( To 
point or aim at) 17. 21. 

758. 3%m: Adv., Ind., made from 
the noun Uddesa by adding the 
suffix Tas ( Succinctly or princi- 
pally ) 10. 40. 

759. 3^fa Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Hr with prefix Ud (To 
draw out or raise up ) 6. 5. 

760. ^WZ' Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Udbhava ( Source of birth ; 
genesis ) 10. 34. 

761. sreraT: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial adj. 
Udyata (Has proceeded or is 
prepared) 1. 45. 

762. : &m®( Ind. past participle of 
the root Yam with the prefix Ud ( To 
lift up) 1. 20. 

763. =3^% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the 6th conj. root Vij with the 
prefix Ud (To be afflicted or grieved 
or to fear) 12. 15 2 . 

764. 3%3f?t. Pot. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the 6th conj. root Vij with the 
prefix Ud ( See No. 763 ) 5. 20. 

765. grf^FP^ Nom, sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participle 
Unmisat ( Opening one's eyes ) 5. 9. 

766. 3:T3lT*r% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Jan-ja with the prefix 
Upa ( To be produced ) 2. 62, 65 ; 
14. 11. 

767. gr«T3n^% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Jan-ja with the prefix 
Upa (See No. 766)14, 1. 

768. ^TH% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Hu with the prefix Upa 
( To offer as an oblation ) 4. 25. 

769. <PT%pn% Fut. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Dis* with the prefix Upa 
( To teach ) 4. 34. 



3TOT 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Ft. I A 



^*f^niws: 



770. ^T^ST Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Upadrstr (An onlooker) 13. 22. 

771. 3tn*R*T Imp. 2nd per9. sing. 
of the root Dhr with the prefix Upa 
(To comprehend or regard as ) 7. 6 ; 
9.6. 

772. WF&fc Pres. 3rd. pers. sing. 
of the root Pad with the prefix Upa 
(To become or befit ; to occur or 
happen ) 2. 3 ; 6. 39 ; 13. 18 ; 18. 7. 

773. WT^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Upapanna ( That which has come or 
arrived or has happened ) 2. 32. 

774. ^qfflTT Nom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Upama ( A simile ) 6. 19. 

775. ^FTT^cl Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Ya with the prefix Upa 
( To go to or reach ) 10. 10. 

776. =3TO^ Ace. sing, of the past 
participial adj. Uparata (One who 
has turned away ) 2. 35. 

777. 3WRfrPres. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Ram with the prefix Upa 
(To turn away from anything or 
particularly from the sense-objects ) 
6.20. 

778. ^fft^Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Ram with the prefix Upa 
(See No. 777)6.25. 

779. 'srq^wf^ Pass. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Labh with the prefix Upa 
(To acquire) 15. 3. * 

780. STfe"*^ Pass. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Lip with the prefix Upa 
( To besmear over ) 13. 32 2 . 

781. 3rrf%33r Ind. past participle of 
the root Vi^ with the prefix Upa 
(To sit) 6. 12. 

782. SJWTWT Ind. past participle 
of the root Gam-gacch with the pre- 
fixes Sam and Upa (To approach) 
1.2. 



783. ^l&f^Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Sev with the prefix Upa 
( To serve or worship ) 15. 9. 

784. ^Tf?«n^Pot. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Han with the prefix Upa 
(To destroy) 3. 24. 

785. STT3RT: Adv. Ind., formed 
from the noun Upaya by adding the 
suffix Tas ( By the employment of 
a remedy) 6. 36. 

786. 3"qfffNra; Imperf. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Vii with the prefix 
Upa (See No. 781) 1. 47. 

787. WTSTST: Nom. plu." of the 
mas. form of the past participial adj. 
Upasrita ( Depending upon or having 
resorted to ) 4. 10; 16. 11. 

788. ^fsrST Ind. past participle 
of the root Sri with the prefixes A 
and Upa ( To be dependent upon or 
to resort to ) 14. 2 ; 18. 57. 

789. ^Wm% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Upas ( To worship) 9. 14, 
15 ; 12. 2, 6 ; 13. 25. 

790. 3$cT: Nom. sing, of the past 
participial adj. Upeta (Possessed of) 
6.37. 

791. zftm-. Nom. plu. of the past 
participial adj. Upeta (See No. 
790 ) 12. 2. 

792. sftsr Ind. past participle of 
the root I with the prefix Upa ( To 
reach or go to ) 8. 15, 16. 

793. ^rqtcf Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root I with the prefix Upa ( See 
No. 792)6. 27; 8. 10,28. 

794. *fafe Fut. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root I with the prefix Upa 
(See No. 792)9. 28. 

795. 3"*wfarw. Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past parti- 
cipial adj. Ubhayavibhrasta (Thrown 
off or dislodged from both ) 6. 38. 



34 



SWft: 



Primary Word-Units 



3S<fH 



796. swft: Gen. dual of the pro- 
nominal adj. Ubhaya( Both) 1. 21, 
24, 27 ; 2. 10, 16 ; 5. 4. 

797. 3*$ Ace. dual of the neu-. 
form of the pro. nominal adj. Ubha 
( Both ) 2. 50. It is used only in the 
dual. 

798. sA Nom. or ace, dual of the 
mas. form of the pronominal adj. 
Ubha (See No. 797) 2. 19; 5. 2; 
13. 19. 

799. ^mt%Acc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Uraga (A serpent or snake) 
11. 15. 

800. "&&& Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Ulba ( A thin skin-bag contain- 
ing an embryo ) 3. 38. 

801. 3Wi Perf. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Vac ( See No. 722 ) 1.1, 2, 
21*, 24, 25, 28, 47 ; 2. I 2 , 2, 4, 9, 
10,11,54,55; 3.1, 3, 10, 36, 37; 
4.1,4,5; 5. 1.2; 6. 1,33, 35, 37, 
40; 7.1; 8.1,3; 9. 1 j 10. 1, 12, 
19 ;11.1,5 5 9, 15, -32, 35, 36, 47, 
50, 51, 52; 12. 1, 2; 13. 1; 14. 
1,21,22; 15. 1; 16. 1 ; 17.1, 23; 
18. 1, 2, 73, 74. 

802. 3t?rt Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Usanas ( The name of a Vedic 
Rsi, who was the fifth in descent 
from Bhrgu and was otherwise 
known as Sukra. In Pauranic mytho- 
logy he is represented as the 
preceptor of the Daitya King 
Hiranyakaslpu and also of his great 
grandson Bali. He is described as a 
Kavi ( See No. 947 infra ) 10. 37. 

803. 3:f^rr Ind. past participle 
of the root Vas ( To dwell ) 6. 41 . 

* For the occurrence of the remark con- 
taining this word between 1. 21/1 and 
1. 21/2 see App, I. 2 and the foot-note 
below p. 16 col. 2. 



804. ^MfW^ Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Orjita (Vigorous, 
distinguished or glorious ) 10, 41. 

805. 3^#J|<^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. "Ordhva- 
mula (That whose roots are up- 
wards ) 15. 1. 

806. 31^ Adv. Ind. (Thereafter 
or upwards) 12. 8 ; 14. 18 ; 15. 2. 

807. 3OTTT: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. tlsmapa used as a 
noun ( Lit. one who drinks the 
steam of hot food and hence a 
departed ancestor's soul) 11. 22. 

3? 

808. ^fCf Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Rk (The name of the oldest 
Veda containing prayers addressed 
to various deities ) 9. 17. 

809. ^^T% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the verb Rcch (To attain) 2. 72; 
5. 29. 

810. W%^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Rta ( True ) 10. 14. 

811. ^<S?TT^ Gen. plu. of the fem. 
noun Rtu ( A season) 10. 35. 

812. 3F# Adv. Ind. ( Without ) 
11.32. 

813. 3v§^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Rddha (Prosperous 
or rich) 2. 8. 

814. ^^T: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Rsi ( A sage ) 5. 25 ; 10. 13. 

815. %$¥%: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
noun Rsi ( See No. 814 } 13. 4. 

816. W&% Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Rsi (See No. 814)11. 15. 



35 



<?$?«r^ 



Bhagavadgiia Word-Index Pt. I A 



t^rfsf 



817. 1^5^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Ekatva ( Oneness ) 6. 31. 

818. "C^j^frr Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Ekatva ( See No. 817 ) 9. 15. 

819. *£P*T%: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Eka- 
bhakti ( One who is solely devoted 
to one object of devotion only) 7.17. 

820. *£$*n Inst. sing, of the fem. 
form of the adj. Eka ( One ) 8. 26. 

821. ^^r^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
or mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Ekastha ( Residing in 
one receptacle ) 11. 7, 13 ; 13. 30. 

822. ^J^ra; Loc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Eka ( See No. 820 ) 
18. 22. 

823. *£^Nom. or ace. sing, of the 
neu. and ace. sing, of the mas. form 
of the adj. Eka ( See No. 820 ) 3. 2 ; 
5. 1, 4, 5 ; 10. 25 ; 18. 20, 66 ; ( The 
one i. e. the inner organ) 13. 5. 
The word is used there as a pro- 
noun. 

824. m%: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Eka ( Alone ) 11. 42; 
(See No. 820)13. 33. 

825. *W Nom. sing, of the fem. 
form of the adj. Eka (Integrated) 
2.41. 

826. *&pF$t Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Ekakin ( By oneself 
or alone) 6. 10. 

827. W8eTC^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Ekaksara 
[ That which is represented or desig- 
nated by the one word ( Om ) ] 8. 13. 

828. ^rsr^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Ekagra( Con- 
centrated on one object only ) 6. 12. 



829. *5^pfal Inst. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Ekagra ( See 
No. 828)18. 72. 

830. W ? cR,Adv. Ind.( Invariably 
or always ) 6. 16. 

831. WStl Inst. sing, of the 
comp. noun Ekamsa (One particle 
or portion ) 10. 42. 

832. *&ft Inst. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Eka ( See No. 820 ) 
11. 20. 

833. ^ Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Eka ( See No. 820 ) 
18. 3. In plu. number the word 
means ' One group of men ' . 

834. 'OT. Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu . form of the pronoun Etad 
(This) 2. 3, 6 ; 3. 32 ; 4. 3, 4 ; 6. 26, 
39,42; 10. 14; 11. 3,35; 12. 11; 
13. supernumerary stanza (See 
App. 1.31), 1,6, 11, 18; 15. 20; 
16. 21 ; 17, 16, 26 ; 18. 63, 72, 75. In 
6. 39 Ramanuja and Vallabha read 
Evam instead of Etad ( App. I. 22 ). 
It is not, however, a happy word. 

835. ^sMfa Nom. plu. of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Eta- 
dyoni (That which has this as its 
source ) 7. 6. 

836. Icnfl": Gen. dual of the mas. 
form of the jfronoun Etad ( See No. 
834)5.1. 

837. <ScTW Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Etad ( See No. 
834)6.33. 

838. icrrfo Nom. plu. of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Etad ( See No. 
834)14.12, 13; 15.8; 18.6, 13. In 
18. 13 Sankara according to the J. H. 
P. edition reads Imani in place of 
Etani (App. I. 36). It is the nom. 
plu. of the neu. form of I dam which 
has the same meaning as Etad. If 



36 



W£ 



Primary Word-Units 



^ 



that reading is preferred the refer- 
ence to 18. 13 would be required to 
be omitted from here. 

839. "?cTT^ Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Etad ( See No. 
834) 1. 22, 25, 35, 36; 14. 20, 21 2 , 26. 

840. »prT^ Ace. sing, of the f em. 
form of the pronoun Etad ( See No. 
834)1. 3; 7. 14; 10.7; 16.9. 

841. ^T^Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj . Etavat ( So much 
or so far) 16. 11. This word forms 
part of the quarter-stanza *3ctT3rf^% 
f%f&3T: part the sense intended to be 
conveyed by it seems to be " They 
have concluded that so far (alone 
should all human effort extend). 

842. lf% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the 2nd conj . root I ( To go ) 4. 9 Z ; 
8.6; 11. 55. 

843. K<t Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form or nom. dual of the fern, form 
of the pronoun Etad ( See No. 834) 
1. 23, 38; 2. 15; 4. 30; 7. 18; 
8. 26, 27 ; 11. 33 ; 18. 15.' 

844. *d?r Inst. sing, of the mas. 
or neu. form of the pronoun Etad 
(See No. 834) 3. 39; 10.42. 

845. *?'Nt*3(. Gen. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Etad ( See No. 
834)1.10. 

846. *§fs Inst. plu. of the mas. or 
neu. form of the pronoun Etad J* See 
No. 834)1.43; 3.40; 16.22. 

847. *prifa Ace. plu. of the neu. 
noun Indhana (A piece of sacrificial 
fire-wood ) 4. 37. 

848. *&&{ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Etad ( See 
No. 834 ) 2. 19*, 21, 23 s , 25, 26, 29 3 ; 



3. 37, 41; 4. 42; 6.27; 11. 50; 
15. 3, ll 2 . 

849. *W*{ Ace. sing, of the fem. 
form of the pronoun Etad ( See No. 
834 ) 2. 72; 

850. *£f*T: Irregular inst. plu. of 
the mas. form of the pronoun Etad, 
the classical form being Etaifc. 
(See No. 834)7. 13; 18.40. 

851. W%: Abl. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Etad ( See No. 
834)3. 12; 7. 13. 

852. ^ Adv. Ind. A particle used 
to emphasize an idea expressed by the 
word which it follows, translated into 
English by the words 'only', 'itself 
'exactly', 'also' etc.1.1, 6, 8*, ll 2 , 13 

14, 19, 27, 30, 34, 36, 42 ; 2. 5, 6 
12 2 , 24, 28, 29 2 , 47, 55 ; 3.f, 4, 12, 17 2 
18, 20 2 , 21, 22; 4. 3, 11, 15, 20, 24 
25*, 36; 5. 8, 13, 15, 18, 19, 22, 23, 24 
27, 28 ; 6. 3, 5 2 , 6 2 , 16, 18, 20, 21 
24, 26, 40, 42, 44 ; 7. 4, 12*, 14, 18 3 
21, 22; 8. 4, 5,6, 7, 10, 18, 19, 23 
28 ; 9. 12, 16, 17, 19, 23, 24, 30, 34 
10.1,4,5,11,13,15,20,32,33, 38 
41 2 ; 11.8,22,25, 26,28,29, 33 2 , 35 
40,45, 46 2 , 49; 12. 4, 6, 8 2 , 13 
13. supernumerary stanza 2 (See 
App. I. 31), 4, 5, 8, 14, 15, 19 2 , 25 
29, 30; 14. 10, 13, 17 2 , 22, 23 

15. 4, 7, 9, 15 2 , 16 ; 16. 4, 6, 19, 20 
17. 2, 3, 6, 11, 12, 15, 18, 27 2 ; 18. 5 2 
8 2 ,9M4,19,29, 31, 35,42, 50, 62 
65, 68. 

*This reference would have to be omitted 
if the first reading given by Nflakantha and 
Madhusudana is correct ( See App. 1. 1 ). 

t If Ramanuja's reading in 3. 2 (Sec App. 
1. 10 ) is adopted, the figure 2 would be re- 
quired to be inserted before the figure 4 
here. See also the note in Entry No. 699, 



37 



m%*ii 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



wm, 



853. «OT; Adv. Ind. (In this 
manner) 1. 24, 47;*2. 9, 25, 38; 
3. 16, 43 ; 4. 2, 9, 15, 32 2 , 35 ; 6. 15, 
28; 9.21,28,34; 11.3,9; 12.1; 
13.23,25, 34; 15. 19; 18. 16. In 
6. 28, Ramamija, Anandatirtha and 
Jayatlrtha read Evam yunjan ( See 
App. I. 21 and the word %%$% infra) 
11. 53, 54. 

854. t£fw. Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Evamriipa 
(In this form) 11. 48. 

855. t£tfew: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Evam- 
vidha ( In this aspect or manner ) 
11. 53, 54. 

856. i^T: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Etad ( See No. 
834)3. 10, 37 2 , 40; 10.40; 18.59. 

857. <?<*T Nom. sing, of the fern. 
form of the pronoun Etad ( See No. 
834)2. 39, 72; 7. 14. 

858. q«n^ Irregular gen. plu. of 
the mas. form of the pronoun Etad 
(See No. 834), the classical form 
being Etesatn ( See No. 845 ) 1. 42. 

859. *$»rf<r Fut. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the 2nd conj. root I ( See No. 842 ) 
18. 68. 

860. *?afl% Fut. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the 2nd conj. root I ( See Np. 842 ) 
8. 7; 9. 34; 18.65. 

861. ^T^^qr Gen. sing, of the 
neu.'. form of the comp. adj. Aikan- 
tika(Of an absolute or permanent 
nature ) 14. 27. 

862. ^RcT*^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun AirEvata (The name of the 
elephant of Indra ) 10. 27. 

863. %sr^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
or neu. form of the adj. Aisvara 
( Majestic or grand ) 9 J.5; 11. 3, 8, 9. 



arc 

864. #sFSTT i ns t, sing, of the neu. 
noun Ojas ( Lustre ) 15. 13. 

865. sfiw: Ace. plu. of the fern, 
noun Osadhi ( A herb or plant ) 
15. 13. This seems to be the correct 
spelling of the word according to the 
comm. of Sankara and Anandagiri, 
though it is printed in most of the 
editions as Ausadhi. 

866. 3?T*^ A compound syllable 
made up of the letters A, U and M, 
used as a designation of Brahma or 
Isvara. It is called the Pranava. 

8. 13 ; 17. 23, 24. 

867. srf^TT: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Omkara ( The sound produced 
by the pronunciation of the syllable 
Om)9. 17. 

m 

868. srhw^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Ausadha (A medical herb) 

9. 16. 

869. sjjf^Ind. interrogative parti- 
cle ( Whether-or ) 6. 38 ; 18. 72 2 . 

870. $z*^^Tcg^T^wf^Tr%r: 

Nom. plu. of the mas. form of the 
comp. adj. Katvamlalavanatyusna- 
tiksnaruksavidahin (That which is 
either bitter, sour, saltish, extremely 
hot, pungent, dry or scorching) 
17. 9* 

871. ^m^ Nom. sing, of the in- 
terrogative pronoun Katarat ( Which 
of the two that have been men- 
tioned )2. 6. 

872. 3W5. Adv. Ind. (How or in 
which manner ) 1. 37, 39 ; 2. 4, 21 ; 
4. 4; 8. 2*; 10. 17; 14.21. 



38 



WT 



Primary Word-Units 



*m\ 



873. *&m Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Kath ( To say, tell, describe 
or narrate ) 10. 18. 

874. 3>«rq"?T:, Abl. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Kathayat (Describing) 18. 75. 

875. sewrr: Norn. plu. of the 
pres. participial adj. Kathayat (See 
No. 874)10. 9. 

"876. ^fW%Fut. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Kath (See No. 873) 2. 34. 

877. 3J3TT%aTnfsr Fut. 1st pers. sing. 
of the root Kath (See No. 873) 
10. 19. 

878. ^vzft Adv. Ind. (Ever or at 
any time whatever) 2. 47 ; 18. 67. 

879. 3^rf%3; Adv. Ind. (Ever or 
at. any time whatever ) 2. 20. 

880. 3v^<l: Norn. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kandarpa ( The god of love ) 
10. 28. 

881. 3»ffceiw: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kapi- 
dhvaja used as a noun (One on whose 
flag there is the emblem of a monkey 
i. e. Arjuna) 1. 20. 

882. 3»fte Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kapila*(The name of the sage 
who being the son of Kardama and 
Devahuti is believed to have pro- 
pounded the Samkhya doctrine) 

10. 26. 

883. sB+r^q^rgr Voc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kamala- 
patraksa used as a noun ( He who has 
eyes of the shape of lotus-leaves 
i, e. Sri Krsna ) 11. 2. 

884. ^fl^Wffll Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Kamalasanastha 
( One who is seated on a lotus-seat ) 

11. 15. 



885. ^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Kim ( Who or 
which ) 2. 21 2 . 

886. ^oi^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Karana (An instrument or 
an organ of action ) 18. 14, 18. 

887. qrffcarfa Fut. Paras. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Kr ( See No. 12 ) 

3. 33. 

888. spf^rfa Fut. Paras. 2nd pers. 
sing, of the root Kr (See No. 12) 
2. 33 ; 18. 60. 

889. *m*% Fut. Atma. 1st per». 
sing, of the root Kr (See No. 12) 
18. 73. 

890. wwm Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Karuna (Merciful) 
12. 13. 

891. 3*1% Pres. Paras. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Kr (See* No. 12) 

4. 20; 5. 10; 6. 1 ;' 13. 31. 

892. $rft% Pres. Paras. 1st pers. 
sing, of the root Kr ( See No. 12 } 

5. 8. 

893. *d&r Pres. Paras. 2nd pers. 
sing, of the root Kr (See No. 12) 
9. 27. ; 

894. 3Sof^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Karna (The name of the Kanma 
son of Kunti, the senior wife of 
Pandu)11.34. 

895. W» Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Karna ( See No. 894 ) 1. 8. 

896. ^^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
-form of the pot. participial adj. 

Kartavya (That which ought to be 
done ) 3. 22. 

897. 3S#s*nf$r Nom. plu. of the neu. 
form of the pot. participial adj. 
Kartavya ( See No. 896 ) 18. 6. 

898. ^flNom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kartr (A doer) 3. 24, 27; 
18.14,18,19,26,27,28. 



39 



*Rm*^ 



Bhagavadgita Word -Index Pt. I A 






899. ^gff^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kartr (See No. 898) 4. 13; 
14. 19 ; 18. 16. 

900. 9#3: Inf. of the root Kr. ( See 
No. 12)1.45; 2. 17; 3.20; 9. 2; 
12. 11 ; 16. 24 ; 18. 60. 

901. ^^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Kartrtva ( The quality of being 
an agent ; doership ) 5. 14. 

902. ?& Norn, or ace. "sing, of neu. 
noun Karman (An act; or action) 
2. 49 ; 3. 5, 8 2 , 9, 15, 19*, 24 ; 4. 9, 
15M6M8,21,23,33; 5.11; 6.1, 
3 ; 7. 29 ; 8. 1 ; 16. 24 ; 17. 27 ; 18. 3, 
8/9, 10, 15, 18, 19, 23, 24, 25, 43, 
44, 47. 48. The reference to 18. 43 
would be required to be omitted if 
the reading in that stanza adopted 
by Sankara and several other com- 
mentators ( See App. I. 38) is pre- 
ferred. 

903. «frftW Norn. sing, of the 
fern. comp. noun Karmacodana [The 
( source ofj) impulse, the driving 
power, to do an act ] 18. 18. 

904. ^CTfsn^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Karmaja 
( That which proceeds from action ) 
2.51. 

905. ^pNt Nom. sing, of the fem. 
form of the comp. adj. Karmaja (See 
No. 904)4. 12. 

906. ^ira;Acc. plu. of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Karmaja 
(See No. 904)4. 32. 

907. S*fri: Abl. or gen. sing, of 
the neu. noun Karman (See No. 902) 
3. 1,9; 4. 17 z ; 14.16; 18.7, 12. 

908. 3>*fair Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Karman ( See No. 902 ) 3. 20 ; 
18. 60. 



909. sprang Gen. plu. of the neu. 
noun Karman ( See No. 902) 3. 4; 
4. 12 ; 5. 1 ; 14. 12 ; 18. 2. 

910. 3j*?frr Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Karman ( See No. 902 ) 2. 47 ; 
3. 1,22,23,25; 4. 18, 20; 14. 9; 
17. 26 ; 18. 45. 

911. ws^smr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Karmaphalatyaga 
( Renunciation of the fruit of one's 
acts ) 12. 12. 

912. 3RW?2mft Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Karmaphalatyagin 
( One who renounces the fruit of 
one's acts) 18. 11. 

913. ^«E^>^f: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Karmaphalaprepsu ( One who longs 
for the fruit of one's acts ) 18. 27. 

914. *#fl5HH%T^Acc. sing, of the 
mas. comp.' noun Karmaphalasam- 
yoga ( A connection between an act 
and its fruit ) 5. 14. 

915. spfw|$J: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Karma- 
phalahetu ( One who has the acquisi- 
tion of the fruit of one's acts as 
a motive for doing them) 2. 47. 

916. WR5^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Karmaphala (The 
fruit of one's act ) 5. 12 ; 6. 1. 

917. OTfi^mf^Acc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Karmaphalasanga 
( Attachment to the fruit of an act ) 
4.20. 

918. 3#fi& Loc. sing, of the neu. 
comp. noun Karmaphala ( The fruit 
of an act ) 4. 14. 

919. spsNfsR: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Karma- 
bandhana (That in which acts are 
the cause of being bound to it ) 3. 9. 



40 



^Rf^WsTJ^ 



Primary Word-Units 



______ «v 



920. spstsF^rac Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Karmabandha ( The 
bondage resulting from acts ) 2. 39. 

921. 3af*Fsrl: Inst. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Karmabandhana 
( The 'bond resulting from acts ) 
9.28. 

922. ^afftr: Inst. plu. of the neu. 
noun Karman ( See No. 902 ) 3. 31 ; 
4. 14. 

923. waftfaT**, Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Karmayoga (The 
Yoga consisting of, or through, 
action ) 3. 7. 

924. %Mm\ Norn. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Karmayoga ( See 
No. 923)5. 2- 2 . 

925. 3af*?iTfrr Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Karmayoga ( See 
No. 923) 3. 3; 13.24. 

926. ^#3%^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Karmasangin ( One 
who is attached to action ) 3. 26. 

927. ^3TO%3 Loc. plu. of the mas. 
comp. noun Karmasangin ( See 
No.-926 ) 14. 15. 

928. ^s^fR Inst. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Karmasanga ( Attach- 
ment to action ) 14. 7. 

929. spf^ipR': Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Karma- 
samudbhava (That which owes its 
origin to action ) 3. 14. 

930. 3p*fsfar£: ;Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. adj. Karmasamgraha 
( Component parts of an act ) 18. 18. 

931. 3«M%?r: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of: the comp. adj. Karma- 
sanjnita"*[ That which is designated 
as the Karman_£action ) ] 8. 3. 

932. 5P#$rw*n^ Abl. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Karmasannyasa 



(Renunciation or abandonment of 
action ) 5. 2. 

933. *Pf|J Loc. plu. of the neu. 
noun Karman ( See No. 902 ) 2. 50 ; 
6. 4, 17 ; 9. 9. 

934. 3R*Tu%Nom. or ace. plu. of 
the neu. noun Karman (See No. 902) 
2. 48 ; 3. 27, 30 ; 4. 14, 41 ; 5. 10, 
14 ; 9. 9 ; 12. 6, 10 ; 13. 29 ; 18. 6, 
11,41. 

935. ^fg^«fft% Nom. plu. of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Kar- 
manubandhin ( That, which, is fol- 
lowed by or, which has in its train, 
action ) 15. 2. 

936. mkmt Abl. plu. of the mas. 
noun Karmin ( One who is devoted 
to a life of action ) 6. 46. 

937. 3$f^TTftr Ace. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Karmendriya (An 
organ of action ) 3. 6. 

938. 3$fMb Inst. plu. of the neu. 
comp. noun Karmendriya ( See 
No. 937) 3. 7. 

939. ^fcT Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Krs (To draw, pull 
or torment) 15. 7. 

940. 3>^F3: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the caus. pres. participial 
adj. Karsat (Drawing, pulling or 
tormenting ) 17. 6. 

941. SJ^RFT^Gen. plu. of the pres. 
participial adj. Kalayat (One who 
calculates or measures ) 10. 30. 

942. 3s&gr^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Kalevara ( Lit. An envelope ; 
hence the physical body which is the 
outer envelope of the soul ) 8. 5, 6. 

943. ^W8?% Loc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Kalpaksaya (The de- 
struction which takes place at the 
end of a Kalpa, a period of time 
consisting of 14 Manvantaras ) 9. 7. ' 



41 



spsqlt 



Bhagavadgm Word-Index Pt. I A msiwrmwmi: 



944. 3>«<T§ Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the verb Klrp ( To be fit or qualified 
for ) 3. 15 ; 14. 26 ; 18.53. 

945. %><m^ Loc. sing, of the fern, 
comp. noun Kalpadi [The com- 
mencement of a Kalpa (See No. 943)] 
9.7. 

946. ^STTOT^ Nom. sing, of the 
comp. noun Kalyanakrt (One who 
does a meritorious or an auspicious 
act ) 6. 40. 

947. SPW Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Kavi ( A genius ; a man with 
a great foresight ; a learned man ; 
one who knows the past, present and 
future ) 4. 16 ; 18. 2. 

948. 3J^r*i.Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kavi ( See No. 947; here, one 
who knows the past, present -and 
future ) 8. 9. 

949. $fa: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kavi ( See No. 947 ) 10. 37. 

950. spffan^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
noun Kavi (See No. 947) 10. 37. 

951. WTNom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Kim with the 
suffix Cana intended to give it an 
emphasis (Whatever) 3. 18; 6.2; 
7. 26; 8. 27. 

952. ^fst^Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Kim with the 
suffix Cit intended to give it an 
emphasis (Whatever) 2. 17, 29 2 ; 3. 5, 
18; 6. 40; 7. 3 2 ; 18.69. 

953. sppre^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Ka^mala ( A sinful or pro- 
hibited act ) 2. 2. 

954. 3Km^Abl. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Kim ( See No. 
885)11.37. 

955. Wnf%^Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Kirh with the 



suffix Cit denoting an emphasis 
(Whosesoever) 5. 15. 

956. 3>: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Kim ( See No. 
885)8.2; 11.31; 16.15. 

957. 3>T Nom. sing, of the fem. 
form of the pronoun Kim ( See No. 
885) 1. 36; 2. 28, 54; 17.1. 

958. 9Jrf$r% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Kamks (To desire for 
or look forward to ) 5. 3; 12.. 17; 
14. 22 ; 18. 54. 

959. «Pi^RT: Nom. plu. of the 
pres. participial adj. Kamksat (De- 
siring for or looking forword to ) 
4. 12. 

960. ^Iff^Rn^ Ace. sing, of the 
past participial adj. Kamksita (That 
which is desired for or looked 
forward to) 1. 33. 

961. <WS# Pres. 1st pers. sing, of 
the root Kamks ( See No. 958 ) 1. 32. 

962. 3JT*R3mr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kama- 
kama (One who desires for the things 
which are the objects of enjoy- 
ment) 9.21. 

963. ^swwri Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. . adj. Kama- 
kamin ( One who desires for the 
things which are the objects of enjoy- 
ment) 2. 70. 

964. WWRsT: The mas. comp. 
noun Kamakara with the suffix Tas 
having the sense of the abl. case- 
termination^ Prompted by the senti- 
ment of desire ) 16. 23, 

965. ^wto Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Kamakara (A 
prompting of the sentiment of de- 
sire ) 5. 12. 

966. ^^^Fircrrr: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Kamakrodhaparayana (One who gives 



42 



^^T^r^jrfjwnp* 



Primary Word-Units 



e^TTTqwrMiHr: 



oneself up to the sentiments of 
desire and anger i. e. one who is 
passionate ) 16. 12. 

967. *OT£t*fog*UFn^ Gen. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Kamakrodhaviyukta (One who is 
free from the sentiments of desire 
and anger) 5. 26. 

968. ^TSfftefrepr^Acc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kama- 
krodhodbhava (That which arises 
from the sentiments of desire and 
anger) 5. 23. 

969. spwr^Nom. sing, of the fern, 
comp. noun Kamadhuk ( She who 
yields the desired objects like milk ) 
10. 28. 

970. ^ffiWTra^ The mas. comp. 
noun Kamabhoga with the suffix 
Artham having the sense of the 
dat. case-termination (For the 
sake of enjoyment of the desired 
objects ) 16. 12. 

971. ^nwit| Loc. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Kamabhoga 
( Enjoyment of the desired objects ) 
16. 16. 

972. ^rwtpnre?rferar: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Kamaragabalanvita (Backed up by or 
invested with the strength derived 
from attachment towards the desired 
objects) 17. 5. f 

973. qnwsrrfWirr^ Nom. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Kamaragavivarjita 
( Devoid of attachment towards the 
objects of desire ) 7. 11. 

974. 3SHT^ni Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kama- 
rupa ( He who has the form or the 
nature of desire ) 3. 43. 



975. 3>T*reJN Inst. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kama- 
rQpa(SeeNo. 974)3. 39. 

976. 3W*rf¥ref^crT: Nom, plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Kamasamkalpa- 
varjita (Free from thoughts about 
the desired objects or from desires 
and thoughts about them ) 4. 19. 

977. otIsJ*^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Kama- 
haituka ( That which has for its mo- 
tive the fulfilment of a desire or 
that which has desire as its motive ) 
16. 8. 

978. 35T*m Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kama ( A longing or desire for 
the objects of enjoyment) 16. 10, 
18 ; 18. 53. 

979. *PTO: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kama (See No. 978) 2, 62; 
3. 37; 7. 11 ; 16.21. 

980. wmx^ Abl. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kama ( See No. 978 ) 2. 62. 

981. 3JWP7R: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kamat- 
man (One whose heart is full of 
i. e, who has identified oneself 
with desires ) 2. 43. 

982. Wtfmi Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Kama ( See No. 978)2, 55, 71; 
6. 24 ; 7. 22. 

983. wmx; Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Kama ( See No. 978 ) 2. 70. 

984. 3J#^r Inst. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kamepsu 
( One who longs for the fulfilment 
of desires ) 18. 24. 

985. sp$r: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
noun Kama ( See No. 978 ) 7. 20. 

986. ^OTtwrrmW: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the etfmp. adj. 



43 



^ 



Bhagamdgita Word-Index Pt. I A 3=T<??R^srR*TTH 



Kamopabhogaparama (One who is 
solely devoted to the enjoyment of 
the desired objects ) 16. 11. 

987. ^nj. Ace. sing, of the fern, 
form of the pronoun Kim ( See 
No. 885 ) 6. 37. 

988. 3JP3Tmr*j; Gen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Kamya (That 
which is done with a view to acquire 
a desired object) 18. 2. 

989. spwtwsmi; Abl. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Kayaklesa- 
bhaya ( Fear of physical pain ) 18. 8, 

990. sprefsreteffa^Acc. sm g- of the 
mas. comp. noun Kaya&rogriva (The 
trunk of the body, the head and the 
neck ) 6. 13. 

591. ^r^ Ace. sing, of the mas, 
noun Kaya (The physical body) 
11.44. 

992. 351%^ Inst. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kaya ( See No. 991 ) 5. 11. 

993. ^T^oi^Nom. and ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Karana ( Cause ) 6. 3 2 ; 
13.21. 

994. 3JR<nrf% Ace. plu. of the neu. 
noun Karana ( See No. 993 ) 18. 13. 

995. *PT^ Nom. sing, of the 
caus. pres. participial adj. Karayat 
( Causing a thing to be done ) 5. 13. 

996. ^r^l^nr^T^ww: Nom. 
sing, of the mas. form of the comp. 
adj . Karpanyadosopahatasvabhava 
( One whose nature is obscured by 
the blemish of helplessness ) 2. 7. 

997. 3n^H<Wtfc% Loc. sing, of 
the neu. comp. noun Karyakarana- 
kartrtva ( The doership of an effect 
and its cause ) 13. 20. The reading 
which Sankara considers prefera- 
ble and has adopted is qprfoVPP^. 
Therein the Karya means the 



physical body, the Kamya means 
the 10 organs of knowledge and 
action, and the mind, the intellect 
and egoism, and according to him it 
is their doership, the cause of their 
origin, that is meant here. 

998. $tf% Pass. Atma. 3rd pers. 
sing, of caus. form of the 8th conj. 
Ubhayapadi root Kr. (See No. 12 ) 
3.5. 

999. sBT^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pot. participial adj. 
Karya (That which ought to be 
done) 3. 19; 6. 1. 

Nom. or ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the same used as a noun 
( An act which ought to be done ) 
3. 17; 18.5,9, 31. 

1000. ^reraFfcwWt Loc. sing, 
of the fern. comp. noun Karya- 
karyavyavasthiti ( A division of acts 
into those which ought to be and 
those which ought not to be done ) 
16. 24. 

1001. *ET#U$ Ace. dual of the 
neu. comp. noun Kajryakarya (Those 
acts which ought to be and those 
which ought not to be done ) 18. 30. 

1002. *&V% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Karya ( An act which ought to 
be done ) 18. 22. 

1003. sfJT^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kala ( Time ) 8. 23. 

1004. $T^: Nom. sing, of the noun 
Kala (See No. 1003) 10. 30, 33; 
(The destructive aspect of Brahman) 
11.32. 

1005. ^T^w<5!Sff*tarf% Nom. plu. of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Kalanalasannibha (Similar to the fire 
which consumes the world at the 
time of a Pralaya ) 11. 25. 



TT 



wf$s 



Primary Word-Units 



f^STB 



1006. ^T% Loc. sing, .of the mas. 
noun Kala (See No. 1003) 8. 23; 
( The proper time ) 17. 20. 

1007. 3>T%*f Inst. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kala ( See No. 1003 ) 4. 2, 38. 

1008. spt% Loc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Kala ( See No. 1003 ) 8. 7, 27. 

1009. surfer: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Ka&rajan (The 
king of Kasi ) 1. 5. 

1010. OT^T: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Kasya (The king of Kasi ) 
1.17. 

1011. f%^T Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Kim with the 
suffix Cana emphasising the idea con- 
veyed by it (Whatever) 3. 22. 

1012. %?^,Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. form of the pronoun Kim 
with the suffix Cit emphasising the 
idea conveyed by it (Whatever) 
4. 20; 5. 8; 6. 25; 7. 7; 13.26. 

1013. f^. Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. form of the pronoun 
Kim (See No. 885) 1. 1, 32 2 , 35; 
2.36, 54 3 ; 3.1,33; 4. 16 2 ; 8. I 5 ; 
9. 33 ; 10. 42 ; 16. 8. 

1014. tot^R: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kima- 
cara ( Of what kind of behaviour ) 
14. 21. 

1015. T%Cr£r Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Kiritin (One 
who has a crown on his head ) 11. 35. 

1016. f^fs^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Kiritin (See 
No. 1015)11. 17, 46. 

1017. raflsr^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. noun Kilbisa ( Sin or blemish ) 
4. 21 ; 18. 47. 

1018. 3jM*FcT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 



adj . Klrtayat ( Singing or chanting ) 
9. 14. 

1019. ^tfi^Acc. sing, of the fern, 
noun Kirti ( Fame or reputation ) 
2.33. 

1020. ^tfi: Nom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Kirti ( See No. 1019 ) 10. 34. 

1021. fcf: Adv. Ind. (From where 
or whence ) 2. 2, 66 ; 4. 31 ; 11. 43. 

1022. ffomter: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Kuntibhoja (The name 
of a king fighting on the side of the 
Pandavas in the Mbh. war ) 1. 5. 

1023. P*tT3^: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Kuntiputra ( A son 
of Kunti ; here Yudhisthira) 1. 16. 

1024. §?S Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Kr (See No. 12) 2. 48; 
3. 8 ; 4. 15 ^9. 34 ; 12. 11; 18. 63, 65. 

1025. $3$& Loc. sing, of the neu. 
comp. noun Kuruksetra ( The name 
of the battle-field where the Mbh. 
war took place) 1.1. 

1026. ^r Pres. Atma. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Kr (See No. 12) 
3. 21 . ( See W*i*l infra ) 4. 37 s ( See 
yfWW^infra). 

1027. f^T^^r Voc. sing, of the 
mas, comp. noun Kurunandana (The 
cause of delight of the Kurus ) used 
as a form for addressing Arjuna 
2. 41 ; 6. 43 ; 14. 13. 

1028. f^fR Voc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Kurupravlra ( A 
hero of extraordinary merit amongst 
the Kurus ) used as a form for ad- 
dessing Arjuna. 11. 48. 

1029. ^$5: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kuru- 
vrddha ( The oldest of the Kurus, 
an epithet of Bhisma) 1. 12. 

1030. lF#g Voc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Kuruirestha 



45 



*g^sr 



Bhagavadgltd Word-Index Ft. I A 



fwft«W: 



( The best of the Kurus, an epithet 
of Arjuna) 10. 19. 

1031. f^rlmp. Atma. 2nd pers. 
sing, of the root Kr. (See No. 12) 
9. 27. 

1032. $3*TWT Voc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kuru- 
sattama (The best of the Kurus," an 
epithet of Arjuna ) 4. 31. 

1033. W^k Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Kuru, the name of the Ksa- 
triya clan to which the parties to 
the Mbh. war belonged but here 
used for the army of Duryodhana 
1.25. 

1034. i^H Pot. Paras. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Kr ( See No. 12 ) 
3.25. 

1035. f**H Pot. Paras. 1st pers. 
sing, of the root Kr ( See No. 12 ) 
3. 24. 

1036. W*% Nom. sing, of the 
paras, pres. participial adj. Kurvat 
(Doing.) 4.21; 5.7,13; 12. 10; 
18. 47. 

1037. ^#% Pres. Paras. 3rd pers. 
plu. of the root Kr ( See No. 12) 
3, 25; 5. 11. 

1038. §>*: Nom. sing, of the 
Atma. pres. participial adj. Kurvana 
(Doing) 18. 56. 

1039. f ^$rerf?fl^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Kula- 
ksayakrta (That arising from the 
destruction of one's family) 1. 38, 
39. 

1040. f^^%Loc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Kulaksaya (The destruc- 
tion of one's family) 1. 40. 

1041. spsCFtraC Gen. plu, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kula- 
ghna (One who destroys one's 
family) 1.42, 43. 

46 



1042. fiSWrf: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Kuladharma (The 
traditional rules of conduct obser- 
ved in one's family ) 1. 40, 43. 

1043. ^3rf%??: Nom. plu. of the 
fern. comp. noun Kulastri ( A lady 
of the family ) 1. 41. 

1044. f3?W Gen. sing, of the neu. 
noun Kula ( A family ) 1. 42. 

1045. f^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Kula ( See No. 1044 ) 1. 40. 

1046. f% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Kula ( See No. 1044 ) 6. 42. 

1047. ^l&Loc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. KuSala ( Agreeable ) 
18. 10. 

1048. f§TOT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Kusumakara ( The 
spring ) 10. 35. 

1049. ^^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Kutastha 
meaning * that which rests on an 
anvil ' and secondarily ' that which 
is not affected by its environments 
i: e. the self, which is a mere 
witness of the movements of the 
mind, senses and body ) 12. 3. 

1050. fOT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kutas- 
tha ( See No. 1049)6.8; 15.16! 

1051. f»f: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kiirma ( A tortoise ) 2. 58. 

1052. ^Tfcsr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past partici- 
pial adj. Krtakrtya ( One who has 
discharged one's duty and therefore 
feels oneself relieved of a heavy 
burden ) 15. 20. 

1053. $afaarc:Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj . Krtaniscaya ( One 
who has made a firm resolve ) 2. 37. 



^rr^ 



Primary Word-Units 



%5T 



1054. ff^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial adj. 
Krta ( Done ) 4. 15 2 ; 17. 18 ; 18. 23. 

1055. §?n«3rf§F: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Krtanjali (One who 
has his hands folded together in 
supplication) 11. 14, 35. 

1056. W^F% Loc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Krtanta 
( That which is characterised by an 
end to all action ) 18. 13. 

1057. f^*T Inst. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial adj. 
Krta used as a noun ( An act which 
has been done ) 3. 18. 

1058. f^^rr incL past participle of 
the root Kr ( Having done ) 2. 38 ; 
4. 22 ; 5. 27 2 ; 6. 12, 25 ; 11. 35 ; 
18. 8, 68. 

1059. 1**^%?*. Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Krtsnakarmakrt 
( One who has discharged all his 
duties ) 4. 18. 

1060. $^5Rc£The neu. form of the 
adj. Krtsna with the termination Vat 
affixed to denote similarity ( As if 
it were the whole ) 18. 22. 

1061. ^rf^C Nom, sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Krtsnavid (One 
who knows all that is to be known ) 
3.29. 

1062. ^^TOT Gen. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Krtsna (The whole) 
7.6. 

1063. W^\ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj . Krtsna ( See 
No. 1062 ) 1. 40 ; 7. 29 ; 9. 8 ; 10. 42 ; 
11.7, 13; 13. 33 2 . 

1064. l^iwr: Nom. phi. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Krpana ( Poor or 
miserable ) 2. 49. 



1065. W!W Inst. sing, of the fern, 
noun Krpa ( Ordinarily, compassion, 
pity or commisseration, but here, 
remorse) 1. 28 ; 2. 1. 

1066. 157: 1ST om. sing; of the mas. 
noun Krpa ( The name of a Brahmana 
warrior fighting in the Mbh. war on 
the side of the Kurus ) 1. 8. 

1067. #r'ft^WTl ! 5m^Nom. sing, 
of the neu. comp. noun Krsigorak- 
syavanijya ( Agriculture, preserva- 
tion of the bovine species of animals 
and trade ) 18. 44. 

1068. Wsot Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Krsna ( The name of the son 
of the Yadava prince Vasudeva and 
Devaki, who acted as the charioteer 
of Arjuna and who while imparting 
the teaching contained in thjs work 
is referred to by the title Sri Bhaga- 
van ) 1. 28, 32, 41 ; 5. 1 ; 6. 34, 37, 
39; 11.41 ; 17. 1. 

1069. IF^Aec. sing, of the mas. 
noun Krsna ( See No. 1068 ) 11. 35. 

1070. fwr:-Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Krsna (Black) 8. 25 ; 

Nom. sing, of the mas. noun 
Krsna (See No. 1068)18.78. 

1071. IFTT^Abl. sing, of the mas. 
noun Krsna ( See No. 1068 ) 18. 75. 

1072. % Nom. plu. of the mas, 
form of the pronoun Kim (See 
No. 885) 12. 1. 

1073. l»f%3CNom. plu- of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Kim with the 
suffix Cit intended to give it an 
emphasis ( See No. 952 ) 11. 21, 27 ; 
13. 24. 

1074. %*r Inst. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Kim ( See 
No. 885)3.36. 



47 



%w* 



Bhagavddgitd Word-Index Pt. I A 



i&f^ 



1075. %f3N3t Norn. sing, of the 
neu, form of the adj . Kevala ( Alone 
or absolute) 4. 21 ; 18. 16. 

1076. Irartfc Inst. plu. of the neu. 
form of the adj. Kevala ( See 
No. 1075)5. 11. 

1077. %$rar Voc. sing, of the rnas. 
noun Kesava (A name of Visnu ap- 
plied here to Krsna who is believed 
to be an incarnation of that deity ) 

I. 31 ; 2. 54 ; 3. 1 ; 10. 14; 13. super 
numerary stanza ( See App. I. 31 ). 

1078. Wrer Gen. sing, of the 
mas. noun Kesava ( See No. 1077 ) 

II. 35. 

1079. %3nrr#r*rr: Gen. dual of the 
mas. comp. noun Ke^avarjuna (Krsna 
and Arjuna ) 18. 76. 

1080. %rerf%^F Voc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noiin Kes*inisudana ( The 
slayer of Kesi, a demon ; an 
epithet of Krsna ) 18. 1 . 

1081. %5 Loc. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Kirii (See 
No. 885 HO. 17 2 . 

1082. %: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Kim (See 
No. 885)1.22; 14.21. 

1083. ^pHcN" Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kaunteya ( A son of Kunti ; 
here Arjuna ) 2. 14, 37, 60 ; 3. 9, 39; 
5. 22; 6. 35; 7. 8; 8. 6, 16; 9. 7, 
10,23, 27, 31; 13. 1,31; 14. 4, 7; 
16. 20, 22^; 18. 48, 50, 60. 

1084. spF^T; Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Kaunteya ( See No. 1083 ) 
1.27. 

1085. 4mn^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Kaumara (The state of 
boyhood) 2. 13. 

1086. ¥fcrem Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Kaudala ( Skilfulness or 
dexterity ) 2. 50. 



1087. 9>g: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kratu ( A sacrifice ) 9. .16. 

1088. fl^Pass. Atma. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Kr ( See No. 12 ) 
17. 18, 19 ; 18. 9, 24. 

1089. f^% Pass. Atma. 3rd pers. 
plu. of the root Kr ( See No. 12 ) 
17. 25. 

1090. reJWOTu% Nom. plu. of the 
continuous pres. participial adj. 
Kriyamana ( That which is being 
done) 3. 27; 13. 29. 

1091. %*TTftr: Inst. plu. of the 
fern, noun Kriya (Ceremony) 11. 48. 

1092. fasnfMtTOf^m Ace. sing, 
of the fern, form of the comp. adj. 
KriyaviSesabahula ( Characterised by 
specific ceremonies of various sorts ) 
2. 43. 

1093. f*ra; Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Krura (Cruel or 
wicked ) 16. 19. 

1094. 3JNrj^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Krodha (The sentiment of 
anger) 16. 18; 18. 53. 

1095. WVZi Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Krodha ( See No. 1094 ) 2. 62 ; 
3.37; 16.4,21. 

1096. sifarac Abl. sing, of the mas. 
noun Krodha ( See No. 1094 ) 2. 63. 

1097. #?*TF3 Caus. 3rd pers, plu. 
of the root Klid ( To become wet ) 
2. 23. 

1098. |Nt: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Klesa ( Agony or anguish ) 
12. 5. 

1099. iFsqrn Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Klaibya ( Impotence ; passi- 
vity) 2. 3. The other words in the 
expression in which this word 
occurs are m, ^T and *W: which see 
infra. 



48 



S»f^R£ 



Primary Word-Units 



■ K, ^ , _ » — .., 



1100. ®fti% The ind. adv. Kva 
with the suffix Cit intended to give 
it an emphasis ( Anywhere ; at any 
time whatever) 18. 12. 

1101. SFI^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Ksana having the sense of the 
dat. sing. ( For a moment ) 3. 5. 

1102. m*$ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Ksatrakarman (The 
natural duty of a Ksatriya ) 18. 43. 
For the occurrence of this word there 
see the note in Entry No. 1111. 

1103. $#qre*r Gen. sing, of the 
mas. noun Ksatriya ( The name of 
the second Varna in the Indo-Aryan 
social order.) 2. 31. 

1104. $r?W: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. noun Ksatriya (See No. 1103 ) 
2. 32. 

1105. s?*TT Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Ksama ( Forgiveness ) 10. 4,34; 
16. f 3. 

1106. spft Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Ksamin ( One who is possessed 
of the quality of forgiveness) 12. 13. 

1107. $R^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Ksaya ( Destruction ) 18. 25. 

1108. SFTTT Dat. sing, of the mas. 
noun Ksaya ( See No. 1107 ) 16. 9. 

1109. 8?r^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj . Ksara used as a 
noun ( The destructible one i. e. the 
phenomenal world ) 15. 18. 

1110. W- Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Ksara used as a 
noun (See No. 1109)15. 16 2 . 

Nom. sing, of the mas. form of 
the adj. Ksara ( Destructible ) 8. 4. 

1111. Sjrrar**. Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Ksatra ( That which 
is appropriate to a Ksatriya ) 18. 43. 
The part of the sentence in which 
this word occurs is *n* W$ WtF^snj-. 



Sankara according to the G. P. edi- 
tion, 1935, Madhusudana, Raraanuja 
and all the other coram, in that 
edition however read instead $T9rsRf 
wnwsns: ( App. I. 38). This makes 
no difference in sense though in the 
latter there is one comp. word for 
two separate words in the former. 
If that reading is preferred this 
entry would be required to be 
deleted and Entry No. 1102 to be 
retained. 

1112. mfct: Nom. sing, of the 
fem. noun Ksanti (Forgiveness) 
13. 7 ; 18. 42. 

1113. $rr*r% Caus. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Ksam (To forgive or 
allow) 11. 42. 

1114. f^rrftr Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Ksip ( To throw ) 16. 19. 

1115. f^W^ Adv. Ind. ( At once or 
immediately ) 4. 12 ; 9. 31. 

1116. sffapp^fFfT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kslna- 
kalmasa ( One whose sins have been 
annihilated or exhausted ) 5. 25. 

1117. qfnft Loc. sing, of the neu, 
form of the adj. Kslna ( Annihilated- 
or exhausted ) 9, 21. 

1118. *pn Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Ksudra (Mean) 2. 3. 

1119. %W5TW^: Gen. dual of the 
mas. comp. noun Ksetraksetrajiiau 
( Lit. 'the field and the knower of 
the field', but here, 'the group of the 
5 elements, the ego, intellect, the 
Unmanifest, the ten senses, the mind 
and the five objects of perception 
on the one hand and the knower 
thereof on the other ) 13. 2. 34. 

1120. $*%*?r*fcfaTRt Abl. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Ksetraksetra- 
jfiasaihyoga ( The coming into con- 



49 



&W3R 



Bhagavadgtti Word-tndex Pt. I A 



mm 



tact of the Ksetra and its knower as 
evplained in No. 1119) 13. 26. 

1121. %m\ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Ksetrajfia ( The knower of the 
Ksetra as explained in No. 1119) 
13. supernumerary stanza (See 
App.'l. 31), 2. 

1122. #ar^: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Ksetrajfia ( See No. 1121 
and 1123) 13. 1. 

1123. m% Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Ksetra ( The Ksetra 
as explained in No. 1119) 13. super- 
numerary stanza ( See App. I. 31 ), 
1,3,6,18,33. 

1124. #?fr Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kjetrin (The owner of the 
Ksetra as explained in No. 1121) 
13.33. 

1125. sfcrcresc Nom. sing, of the 
comp. degree of the neu. form 
of the adj. Ksema ( Beneficial ) 1. 46. 

1126. ^ Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Kha ( The sky ) 7. 4. 

1127. % Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Kha ( See No. 1126 ) 7. 8. 



1128. T«S» Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Gam-gacch ( To go ) 18. 62. 

1129. *Fs%fo Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Gam-gacch (See No. 1128) 
6. 37, 40. 

1130. T 5 ^ Nom. sing, of the 
pres. participial adj. Gacchat (Going) , 
5.8. 

1131. *r^FcrPres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Gam-gacch ( See No. 
1128)2. 51; 5. 17; 8. 24; 14. 18 2 ; 
15.5. 



1132. *T^inor«* Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Gajendra ( The 
king of elephants i. e. the best varie- 
ty of that class of animals ) 10. 27. 

1133. *mvs\ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Gatarasa 
( That which has been devoid of 
taste or sap ) 17. 10. 

1134. *Rrsq*T: Nom, sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Gata- 
vyatha ( One who has overcome a 
feeling of pain or anguish) 12. 16. 

1135. *TrTW*sr Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Gata- 
sanga ( One who has given up com- 
ing in contact with the masses of 
men) 4. 23. 

1136. T3^£: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Gata- 
sandeha (One whose doubts have 
been dissolved ) 18. 73. 

1137. Ttr: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. Gata 
(Gone) 11.51. 

1138. *TWrcn^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. past parti- 
cipial adj. Gatagata (Lit., 'that which 
has gone and arrived' but here, 'that 
which consists of departure and 
return 1 ) 9. 21. 

1139. Tffr^ Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Gatasu ( One 
whose vital breath has passed away ) 
2.11. 

1140. mi: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past participial ad j . Gata 
(See No. 1137)8. 15; 14.1; 15.4. 

1141. *rflqr Ace. sing, of the fern, 
noun Gati (Motion ; state ) 6. 37, 45; 
7.18; 8. 13, 21; 9. 32; 13. 28; 
16. 20, 22 k 23. 

1142. tt%: Nom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Gati (See No. 1141) 4. 17; 
9.18; 12.5. 



50 



*rcft 



Primary Word-Units 



*rNr*£ 



1143. left Nom. dual of the fern, 
noun Gati ( See No. 1141 ) 8. 26. 

1144. T?3T Ind. past participal of 
the root Gam-gacch (See No. 1128 ) 
14. 15 ; 15. 6. 

1145. 'H'f^^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj . Gadin ( One who is 
armed with a club ) 11. 17, 46. 

1146. '•Frr'^nj; Nom. sing, of the 
pot. participle of the root Gam- 
gacch (See No. 1128) 4. 24. 

1147. l^rrer Nom. sing, of the 
verbal noun Gantr with the pres. 
2nd pers. sing, of the root As 
(To be), joined to it in order to give 
it the sense of the future tense ( You 
will go ) 2. 52. For a similar 
expression see §*cn# infra. 

1148. ^^^8jr^%g^fwr: Nom. 
plu. of the mas, comp. noun Gan- 
dharvayaksasurasiddbasangha ( A 
group or assemblage of the Gan- 
dharvas, Yaksas, Asuras and Siddhas) 
11. 22. 

1149. *fst#w^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Gandharva ( A class of 
superhuman beings who are said to 
be the musicians of the gods in 
ancient Indian mythology ) 10. 26. 

1150. *FW: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Gandha (Aroma or smell ) 7. 9. 

1151. TF^rT^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Gandha ( See No. 1150) 15- 8. 

1152. tw: Imp. 2nd. pers. sing, 
of the root Gam-gacch (See No. 1128) 
used idiomatically to indicate strong 
disapproval of the act in the expres- 
sion Klaibyam ma sma gamah ( Do 
not resort to impotency ) 2. 3. See 
also the other words in the above 
expression. 



1153. wrfc Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Gam-gacch (See No. 1128) 
5.5. 

1154. T^f& Dat. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. degree of the adj. 
Guru (Great) 11.37. 

1155. *tfta: Nom. sing, of theneu. 
form of the comp. degree of the 
adj. Guru (See No. 1154)2. 6. 

1156. *r€r«rr^ Nom'. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. degree of 
the adj. GuruXSee No. 1154) 11. 43. 

1157. T*HAcc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Garbha ( An embryo ) 14. 3. 

1158. T^: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Garbha ( See No. 1157) 3. 38. 

1159. ifaLoc. sing, of the fern, 
noun Gau ( A cow or any animal of 
the bovine species) 5. 18. 

1160. *TS*rr Nom. sing, oi the fern, 
form of the adj. Gahana (Inscrutable) 
4. 17. 

1161. Ti^N^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Gandiva (The name of 
the bow of Arjuna which he had .got 
as a boon from Agni ) 1. 30. 

1 162. m^mftt Nom. plu. of the 
neu. noun Gatra ( A limb ) 1. 29. 

1163. *Tra# Nom. sing.of the fem. 
noun Gayatrl ( The name*,of one- of 
the Vedic metres having 24 syllables 
divided into 3 lines and of the 
Mantra in that metre composed by 
Vis>amitra which every devout 
Brahmana repeats daily )«10. 35. 

1164. TH^Acc. sing, of the fern, 
noun Go ( The earth } 15. 13. 

1165. ffarr^Gen. plu. of the fem. 
noun Gir ( Speech ) 10. 25. 

1166. *ffa*JCNom. s »g- oi tb . e neu - 
form of the past participial adj. Gita 
( Sung or expounded ) 13. 4. 



51 



g*T%sr 



BhagavadgUU Word-Index Pt. I A 



a* 



1167. !J$nfc«fr Voc. sing, of the mas. 
corap. noun Gudakes'a (Lit. 'the lord 
of sleep*; here an epithet of Arjuna ) 
10. 20 ; 11. 7. 

1168. S^T^: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Gudakesa (See 
No. 1167)2. 9. 

1169. ?jsr%sta Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Gudakesa (See 
No. 1167) 1.24. 

1170. !3^R?ffwr^fr: Gen. dual of 
the mas. comp. noun Gunakarma- 
vibhaga ( The division made on the 
basis of one's inherent attributes 
and acts ) 3. 28. 

1171. g«wffir*nror: Adv. Ind. (On 
the basis of a division made ac- 
cording to the inherent attributes 
and acts) 4. 13. 

1172. ?pra»#g Loc. plu. oftheneu. 
comp. noun Gunakarma^ (Inherent 
attributes and acts ) 3. 29. 

1173. 3°!^: Adv. Ind., made from 
the noun Guna by the addition of 
the affix Tas having the sense of 
the abl. case-termination (On the 
basis of or agreeably to the inherent 
attributes) 18. 29. 

1174. gorsrf^r: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Gurta- 
pravrddba ( That which grows by 
virtue of the inherent attributes) 
15.2. 

1175. S<Jt%3: Adv. Ind., made 
from the comp. noun Gunabheda in 
the same way as No, 1173 (On ac- 
count of the distinction between 
the inherent attributes ) 18. 19. 

1176. ?3?nfff|> Nom. sing, of the 
maa. comp. noun Gunabhoktr (The 
enjoyer of the inherent attributes ) 
13. 14. 



1177. gonnft Nom. sing, of the 
fem. form of the adj. Gunamaya 
( Consisting solely of the inherent 
attributes ) 7. 14. 

1178. ?pmt: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Gunamaya ( See No. 
1177) 7.13. 

1179. ?ppN«n% Loc. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Gunasamkhyana 
( Enumeration of the inherent attri- 
butes of the objects. This may 
perhaps be the title of a chapter in 
the lost Sasthitantrasdstra to which 
references are found in numerous 
works ) 18. 19. 

1180. gswip: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Gunasanga (Con- 
tact with the inherent attributes) 
13.21. 

1181. gprc&Jjrr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Guna- 
sammudha ( One who is deluded by 
the inherent attributes) 3. 29. 

1182. Sprreffa: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Guna- 
tita ( One who has transcended the 
inherent attributes) 14. 25. 

1183. 3<nH;Acc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Guna ( An inherent . attribute 
or property of a material substance ) 

13. 19, 21 ; 14. 20, 21 2 , 26. 

1184. soirf&^nj Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Guna- 
nvita ( Invested with or accompani- 
ed by the inherent attributes) 15. 10. 

1185. fpTC: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Guna (See No. 1183 ) 3. 28 ; 

14. 5, 23. 

1186. gftwn Abl. plu. of the mas. 
noun Guna ( See No. 1183 ) 14. 19 2 . 

1187. !pt| Loc. plu. of the mas, 
noun Guna ( See No. 1183 ) 3. 28. 



52 



S*H 



Primary Word-Units 



mma 



1188. 3<to Inst, plu. "of the mas. 
noun Guna ( See No. 1183 ) 3. 5, 27 ; 
13.23; 14.23 ; 18.40,41. 

1189. *JW Inst. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Guru (See No. 1154) 
6. 22. 

1190. ?p: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the ad j . Guru used as a noun 
( One who is fit to be respected as a 
preceptor or elderly person) 11. 43. 

1191. 3^ Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj . Guru used as a noun 
( An elderly person ) 2. 5. 

1192. Strawy Nom. or ace. sing. 
of the neu. form of the superlative 
degree of the pot. participial adj. 
Guhya ( Secret ) 9. 1 ; 15. 20. 

1193. *pRR^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. degree of 
the pot. participial adj. Guhya ( See 
No. 1192)18.63. 

1194. 3m*. Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. form of the pot. participial 
adj. Guhya (See No. 1192) 11. 1; 
18. 68, 75. 

1195. m*K Abl. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pot. participial adj. 
Guhya (See No. 1192)18.63. 

1196. W^K Gen. plu. of the 
neu. form of the pot. participial adj. 
Guhya used as a noun (A thing 
which should be kept secret ) 10. 38. 

1197. lorfnT Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Qt (To praise or extol) 
11.21. 

1198. *lWt. Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Grhnat( Taking) 5. 9. 

1199. Wf% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Grh ( Lit. 'to take' , but 
here, 'to put on' ) 2. 82. 

1200. ^ET^T Ind. past participle 
of the root Grh (See No. 1199) 
15. 8 ; 16. 10. 



1201. *JH% Pass. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Grh ( See No. 1199 ) 6. 35. 

1202. **t Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Geha( Lit. 'a house', but here, 
'a family' ) 6. 41. 

1203. ^tfk^i Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Govinda (One of the names 
of Krsna) 1. 32. 

1204. "fn%^*JL Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Govinda ( See No. 1203 ) 
2.9. 

1205. STCRW Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the continuous pres. 
participle Grasamana ( Swallowing ) 
11. 30. 

1206. JT%^g Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Grasisnu (One 
who is in the habit of swallowing; an 
epithet of the Supreme Soul because 
He is the cause as well of the in- 
volution as of the evolution of 
the universe ) 13. 16. 

1207. *35Tf%: Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Glani (Lit. 'decay', but here, 
'suppression' ) 4. 7. 

1208. WT^r Caus. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Han (To slay or kill) 
2.21. « ^ 

1209. wnt^Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu, form of the adj. Ghora 
( Hideous or terrific ) 11. 49 ; 17. 5. 

1210. *rft Loc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Ghora (See No. 1209) 
3.1. 

1211. «fr<tt Nora. sing, of the mas. 
noun Ghosa ( Sound ; resonance ) 
1. 19. 

1212. am Nom. sing, of the pres. 
participial adj. Ghnat (Being slain 
or killed ) 1. 35. 

1213. ntm. Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Ghrana (The sense of smell) 
15.9. 



53 



ShagavadgM Word-Index PL I A 



^t^r 



1214. "3 Conj. particle. Ind. (And). 

1, 1,4V5 3 ,6 3 ,$ 5 *,9,11, 13M4.16, 
17 4 ,*18V;i9 2 , 25, 27, 29 3 , 30 3 , 31 2 , 
32V33*,:34,-38,42, 43; 2. 4, 8, ll 2 , 
12,:19, 23, 24, 26, 27, 29 3 , 31, 32, 
33,'|34 2 , : ;35,5-36, 41,-52,", 58,:|.66 2 ; 

3. 4/8, 17 2 , 18, 22, 24/38, 39'; 4. 3, 
5, 8, 9, 17 2 , 18, 22, 27, 28, 40 2 ; 5. 1, 

2, 5 2 , 15, 18 2 , 20, 27 ; 6. I 3 , 9, 13, 
16 3 ,20,21,22,29,:30 2 , 35, 43, 46; 
7. 4, 9 3 , 12 2 , 16, 17, 22,:26 2 ; 8.1, 2, 

4, 5, 7, 10, 12, 23, 28 2 f ; 9. [4, 5 2 , 9, 
12, 14 2 , 15, 17, 19 4 , 24 2 , 29 ; 10. 2, 

3, 4 2 , 7, 9 3 , 13, 17, 18, 20 3 , 22, 23 2 , 
24, 26, 27, 30 3 , 31, 32 2 , 33, 34 3 , 38, 
39 ; 11. 2, 5, 7, 15 2 , 17, 20, 22 4 , 
24, 25 2 , 26, 34 3 , 36 2 , 37, 38 2 , 39 2 , 
42, 43, 45, 48, 49, 50, 53, 54 2 ; 12. 1, 

3, 13, 15 2 , 18 2 ; 13. supernumerary 
stanza 3 , 2, 3 5 , 4, 5 3 , 8, 9, 10, 14 2 , 
15*, 16 4 , 18, 19 3 , 22 2 , 23, 24, 25, 
29, 30, 34 ; 14. 2, 6, 10 2 , 13 2 , 17 2 , 
19,21, 22V 26, 27 3 ; 15. 2 2 , 3, 4, 
8,9*. 11, 12,13*. 15 4 ,-16 2 , 18 2 , 20; 
16. I 2 , 4 3 , 6, 7 3 , 11, 14, 18 ; 17. 2 2 , 

4, 6, 10 2 , 12, 14, 15 2 , 18, 20 2 , 21, 
22, 23 2 , 25, 26, 27 3 , 28* ; 18.1,3, 

5, 6, 9, 12, 14 3 , 19 2 , 22, 25, 28, 29, 
30 3 , 31 3 , 32, 35, 36, 39, 41, 42, 43 2 , 
51 2 , 55,67 2 ,69 2 ,70,71, 74, 76, 77 2 . 

1215. *CT»rsan,- Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Cakra- 
hasta ( One who has a discus in his 
hand ) 11. 46. 

1216. *m^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Cakra ( Lit. 'a wheel' . The 
word is used here figuratively) 3. 16. 

* For the two alternative readings given " 
by NUakantha and MadhusGdana in 1.8 
( See App. I. 1 and Entry No. 852 supra ). 



1217. ^fmm^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Cakrin (One 
who has the discus as his special 
weapon) 11. 17. 

1218. *R£i Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Caksus ( An eye ) 5. 27 ; 11. 8 ; 
15. 9. ' - 

1219. TO&SfT^ Abl. sing, of the 
neu. noun Cancalatva ( Unsteadiness 
or fickleness) 6. 33. 

1220. '^3^^ Nom. sing of the 
neu. form of the adj. Cancala ( Un- 
steady or fickle ) 6. 26, 34. 

1221. =^5Pw Inst, sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Catur- 
bhuja (That of which four hands 
from a part) 11. 46. 

1222. ^ffsR* Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Catur- 
vidha ( Of four varieties ) 15. 14. 

1223. ^if^m: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Catur- 
vidha(SeeNo. 1222)7.16. 

1224. ^^TTJ Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Catus (Four) 10. 6. 

1225. ^^f?^r Loc. sing, of the 
mas. noun Candramas ( The moon ) 
15. 12. 

1226. ^IftAcc. sing, of the fern, 
noun Camu ( An army ) 1. 3. 

1227. ^T^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Carat ( Moving about ) 2. 67. 

1228. ^r Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Car (To move about) 2. 71 ; 
3. 36. 

1229. sr^Nom. sing, of the mas- 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Carat (See No. 1227)2. 64., 

1230. *l#cr Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Car (See No. 1228) 
8. 11. 



54 



^m. 



Primary Word-Units 



3m$&tmm*i 



1231. "S^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Cara (That which 
moves automatically from place to 
place ; the mobile or dynamic ) 
13. 15. 

- 1232. W*n* Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of comp. adj. Caracara 
( The mobile and the immobile ) 
10. 39. 

1233. ^raTFT Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Cara- 
cara (See No. 1232) 11.43. 

1234. wfir Pres % 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Cal ( To move ) 6. 21. 

1235. W?;Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Cala (Unsteady) 
6«f35 ; 17. 18. 

1236. ^feaWFW: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Calitamanasa 
( One whose mind has strayed away 
from a particular course ) 6. 37. 

1237/ ^i^M^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Caturvarnya tThe 
group or order of the four Varnas 
( classes)] 4. 13. 

1238. m^tm^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Candramasa 
( Belonging to or of the moon ) 8. 25. 

1239. *mr^Acc. smg. of the mas. 
noun Capa ( A bow-string ) 1. 47. 

1240. f^ftf: Nom. sing, of the 
desi. form of the fut. participial adj. 
Cikirsu ( One desirous of doing a 
thing) 3. 25. 

1241. f^rT^Nom. or ace.' sing, of 
the neu. noun Citta (The lower 
mind) 6. 18,20; 12.9. 

1242. f%9PC*T: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Citraratha ( The name of 
a Gandharva ) 10. 26. 



1243. f*RRF&: Nom. plu. of the 
pres. participial adj. Cintayat ( Con- 
templating ) 9. 22, 

1244. f^%c£Pot. 3 r d pers. sing, 
of the root Cit (To ruminate, 
think or form an idea about ) 6. 25. 

1245. f¥?TT^Acc. sing, of the f em. 
noun Cinta ( Anxiety ) 16. 11. 

1246. fowr. Nom. sing, of the Pot. 
participial adj. Cintya (Fit to be 
contemplated over ) 10. 17. 

1247. f^RT^AbL sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Cirarh (A long time) 
used adverbially with the negative 
particle Na (Before long) 12. 7. 

1248. f&W Inst. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Cirarh used ad- 
verbially with the negative particle 
Na. ( Before long ) 5. 6. 

1249. *^fcr: Inst. plu. of the neu. 
form of the past, pass, participial 
adj. Curnita ( Pounded ) 11. 27. 

1250. %fefTT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Cekitana (The name of a 
Yadava prince who fought on the 
side of the Pandavas in the Mbh. 
war) 1. 5. 

1251. %*rr Nora, sing, of the fern, 
noun Cetana ( Consciousness or vita- 
lity ) 10. 22 ; 13. 6. 

1252. %?TCIT Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Cetas ( The mind ) 8. 8 ; 18. 
57, 72. 

1253. %^ Ind. conditional con- 
junction (If) 2. 33; 3. 1, 24; 
4. 36 ; 9. 30 ; 18, 58. 

1254. ^T^Hf^^^Acc. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Celajinakuiottara (That which is 
made up of Kusa grass, the skin of 
a black antelope or a tiger and a 
cloth, spread one over another in 
order ) 6. 11. For the occurrence of 



55 



%!& 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt, I A srsFSTjjoif^sTT: 



this word there see the note in 
Entry No. 1257 infra. 

1255. %S§f Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Cest (To behave or act) 
3.33. 

1256. %£T:Nom. Plu. of the fern. 
noun Cesta ( Movement or gesture ) 
18. 14. 

1257. Wf^Rf^T^C^ Ace. sing, 
of the neu. form of the comp. 
adj. Cailajinaku&>ttara ( That which 
is made up of Kusa grass, the skin 
of a black antelope or a tiger and a 
cloth, spread one over another in 
order) 6. 11. Ramanuja reads here 
Celafinakuiottarv (App.. I. 18) 
' Cela ' is probably an alternative 
spelling of the same word meaning 
1 a cloth ' . 

1258. *»wfar Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Cyu ( To drop down or 
sink ) 9. 24. 

■® 

1259. WV*H Gen. plu. of the 
neu. noun Chandas ( A Vedic metre ) 
10. 35. 

1260. 3Wfh% Nom. plu. of the 
neu. noun Chandas (See No. 1259) 
15. 1 . Here the word means ' the 
Vedas ' . 

1261. «f<H5t: Inst. plu. of the 
neu. noun Chandas ( See Nos. 1259 
and 1260) 13. 4. 

1262. wwreil^ Gen. plu. of the 
pres. participial adj. Chalayat ( De- 
ceiving) 10. 36. 

1263. firar Ind. past participle of 
the root Chid ( To cut off ) 4. 42 ; 
15. 3. 

1264. ftFsfar Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Chid (See No. 1263) 2. 23. 

1265. f&5qNr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Chinna- 

56 



dvaidha ( One who has cut off the 
pairs of opposites i. e. has cast off 
the tendency to be enamoured of 
or to hate anybody, to feel oneself 
happy or miserable etc. ) 5. 25. 

1266. ftMrtrew: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Chinna- 
sarhsaya (One whose doubts are 
dissolved ) 18. 10. 

1267. fosmpp* Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Chinnabhra ( A 
dissipated cloud) 6. 38. 

1268. I>wr Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Chettr ( One who cuts a thing 
or dastroys it ) 6. 39. 

1269. Iran Inf. of the root Chid 
( See No. 1263 ) 6. 39. 

1270. sttrt: Gen. sing, of the neu. 
noun Jagat ( The universe ) 7. 6 ; 
8. 26 ; 9. 17 ; 16. 9. 

1271. si*rat Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Jagat ( See No. 1270) 
7.5,13; 9.4, 10; 10.42; 11.7, 13, 
30, 36 ; 15. 12 ; 16. 8, 

1272. 3r%<rir Voc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Jagatpati ( The Lord of 
the Universe) 10. 15. 

1273. 3r*#wrcr Voc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Jagannivasa (The 
Abode or Receptacle of the Uni- 
verse ) 11.25,37,45. 

1274. ^rwifjoflT^rT: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Jaghanyagunavrttastha (One whose 
conduct is characterised by the 
lowest of the three inherent attribu- 
tes of the primordial matter ) 14. 18. 
For the occurrence of this word 
there see the critical note in the 
succeeding entry. 



w*3<irffaw. 



Primary Word-Units 



Wffl^i 



1275. 3Psr«igo»tfoE«rr: Nom. plu. of 
the mas, form of the comp, adj. 
Jaghanyagunavrttistha ( One who has 
his constant resting-place in tenden- 
cies arising out of the lowest of the 
inherent attributes of the, primordial 
matter ) 14. 18. This is also the 
reading adopted by Ramanuja, Val- 
labha's disciple Madhava, Ananda- 
tirtha, Hanumana and Purusottama. 
All the other comm. including San- 
kara, however, read instead Jagha- 
nyagunavrttasthah. The meaning 
assigned to Jaghanyagupa is the 
same in both the cases but Vrtta in 
the latter is explained By Sankara 
to mean Nidralasyadi. It there- 
fore appears that it means " conduct 
or behaviour " consisting of sleep, 
idleness etc. 

1276. 3Rsurc?*f: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Janakadi (Janaka, 
a king of Videha, and others such as 
AsVapati Kekaya ) 3. 20. 

1277. 3R%?tPot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the caus. form of the root Jan-ja 
( To be produced or to generate ) 
3. 26. 

1278. eFrefali? Loc. sing, of the 
fem. comp. noun Janasamsad (An 
assembly of men) 13. 10. 

1279. 3R: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Jana (People ) 3. 21. 

1280. SRT^qr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Janadhipa ( A king 
of men ) 2. 12. 

1281. sFlFn^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Jana (See No. 1279) 7. 28. 

1282. SRTff Voc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Janardana ( An epithet 
of Krsna as identified with Visnu ) 
1. 36*, "39, 44; 3. 1; 10. 18; 11.51. 



1283. 3RT: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Jana (See No. 1279) 7. 16; 
8. 17, 24; 9. 22; 16. 7; 17.4,5. 

1284. srnre: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. noun Jantu (A creature or a 
human being devoid of the sense of 
discrimination) 5. 15. 

1285. ^FTNom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Janma ( A birth ) 
2. 27 ; 4. 4 2 , 9*; 6. 42 ; 8. 15, 16. 

1286. 3r**r*^ M^'sn^ Ace . sing, of 
the fem. form of the comp. partici- 
pial adj. Janmakarmaphalaprada (Re- 
sulting in births and acts or in 
acts leading to births ) 2. 43. 

1287. sF*T*n^Gen. plu. of the neu. 
noun Janma ( See No. 1285 ) 7. 19. 

1288. 3r**tf*r Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Janma ( See No.. 1285 ) 16. 20*. 

1289. 5F*raFwf^r*|^T: Nom. plu. 
of the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Janmabandha- 
vinirmukta ( Completely released 
from the bondage of births ) 2. 51. 

1290. 3F*HJ?f3rcT§;.%: Inst. plu. of 
the neu. comp. noun Janmamrtyu- 
jaraduhkha (The miseries consequent 
on the occurrence of birth, death 
and old age) 14. 20. 

1291. ^ws^*T^^:^rcr^fo5q; 
Nom. sing, of the neu. comp. noun 

Janmamrtyujaravyadhiduhkhadosa- 
nudar&ma (The realisation of the 
fault consisting of the miseries re- 
sulting from birth, death, old age 
and disease) 13. 8. 

1292. sr?*rrftr Nom. plu. of the neu, 
noun Janma ( See No. 1285 ) 4. 5. 

1293. mm- Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Japayajna ( A sacri- 
fice consisting of the frequent re- 
petition of an incantation intended 
to invoke a particular deity) 10. 25. 



57 



srcr^sro; 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Ft. I A 



ikzmwiw* 



1294. «W5f*T^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Jayadratha ( The name of 
the king of Sindhudesa who was the 
son-in-law of Dhrtarastra) 11. 34. 

1295. 3RfsT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Jayadratha (See No. 1294). 
This occurs only as a variant for the 
words Tathaiva ca occurring in 1. 8, 
adopted by Nilakantha and Madhu- 
sudana. 

1296. *rar: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Jaya ( Victory ) 10. 36. 

1297. ^rnrqT Ace. dual of the mas. 
comp. noun Jayajaya (Victory and 
defeat) 2. 38. . 

1298. sr^flr Pot. 1st pers. phi. of 
the root Ji-jay ( To conquer ) 2. 6. 

1299. 3%.* Pot. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Ji-jay ( See No. 1298) 2. 6. 

1300. *W Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Jara ( Old age ) 2. 13. 

1301. ^WTow*83nw Dat sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Jaramarana- 
moksa ( Release from births and 
deaths) 7. 29. 

• 1302. ^TfcT Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Ha ( To abandon ) 2. 50. 

1303. 3rf| Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Han ( See No. 1208 ) 3. 43 ; 
11. 34. 

1304. m*jm Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Jagr ( To become or 
remain awake ) 2. 69. 

1305. STfiGRT: Gen. sing, of the pres. 
participial adj. Jagrat (Waking) 
6. 16. 

1306. sn$r% p r es. irregular 3rd 
pers. sing, of the root Jagr ( See 
No. 1304 ) 2. 69". 

1307. 3TH*=*r Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. Jata 
( Born ) 2. 27. 



1308. srmr: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. Jata 
(See No. 1307)10. 6. 

1309. snfasraf: Nom. plu, of the 
mas. comp. noun Jatidharma (Duties 
appropriate to one's community) 
1.43. 

1310. srrg Adv. Ind. (Verily) 2. 
12; 3.5,23. 

1311. srFT^'Nom. sing, of the pres. 
participial adj. Janat (Knowing) 
8.27. 

1312. wpirft Pres. paras. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the Ubhayapadi root Jna 
(To know.) 15. 19. . 

1313. 5TT% Pres. Atma. 1st pers. 
sing, of the root Jna (See No. 1312) 
11.25. 

1314. 5rm% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Jan-ja ( See No. 1277 ) 1. 29, 
41 ; 2. 20 ; 14. 15 2 . 

1315. sn^Fc* Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Jan-ja ( See No. 1277 ) 
14. 12, 13. 

1316. srrf?fi: Nom. sing, of the 
fem. noun Jahnavl ( A name of the 
river Ganges derived from Jahnu 
10. 31. 

1317. m*3t* Gen. plu. of the 
desi. participle Jiglsat (One who 
wishes to conquer ) 10. 38. 

1318. f*renq; Nom. sing, of the 
pres. participial adj. Jighrat ( Smell- 
ing) 5. 8. 

1319. f*rsftf^n*T: Desi. 1st pers. 
plu. of the root Jiv ( To live ) 2. 6. 

1320. f*r^T?|: Nom. sing, of the 
desi. nominal base Jijnasu ( One who 
is desirous of acquiring knowledge ) 
6. 44 ; 7. 16. 

1321. faffwfnr: Nom. plu.:of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Jita- 
sangadosa (One who has mastered 



58 



f§r?r: 



Primary Word-Units 



^M^^TT 



the taint arising from association) 
15. 5. 

1322. f*W Nom. sing, of the past 
pass, participial adj. Jita (Conquered) 
5. 19; 6. 6. 

1323. fSKTT??R: Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Jitatman 
( One who has acquired control over 
his lower self ) 6. 7. 

1324. f*reT?*n Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Jitat- 
man (See No. 1323) 18.49. 

1325; f§rif*ir*T: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Jitend- 
riya ( One who has acquired control 
over his senses ) 5. 7. 

1326. f^csrr Ind. past participle of 
the root Jl-jay (See No. 1298) 2. 37 ; 
11. 33. 

1327. sfNIfo Ace. plu. of the neu, 
form of the adj. Jlrna( Old or worn 
out) 2. 22 2 . 

1328. zfctm Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Jiv ( See No. 1319 ) 3. 16. 

1329. sfr^FR^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Jivana ( Life ) 7. 9. 

1330. ifetvgl: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass. 
participial ad j . Jlvabhuta (That which 
has acquired the form of a sentient 
being) 15. 7. 

1331. sffa^T^ Ace. sing, of the 
fern, form of the comp. past pass. 
participial adj. JivabhQta (See No. 
1330)7.5. 

1332. #1^ Loc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Jivaloka (The re- 
gion in which sentient beings reside ) 
15.7. 

1333. #^ Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Jivita ( Life ) 1. 32. 



1334. s||*& Pres. 2nd pers. sing. 
of the root Hu (To offer as an 
oblation ) 9. 27. 

1335. nfcf Pres". 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Hu ( See No. 1334 ) 4. 26*, 
27, 29, 30. 

1336. 3fat% Nom. sing, of the 
verbal noun Jetr with the pres. 2nd 
pers. sing, of 'the root As (See 
No. 496 ) joined to it in order to 
give it the sense of the fut. tense 
(You will win) 11. 34. For a 
similar idiomatic expression see 
*Frfu% supra. 

1337. 5fH^ Pot. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Jus (To show oneself 
favourable towards or approve of) 
3.26. 

1338. ?m z *m, Nom. sing, of the 
pot. participial adj. JnStavya (Fit to 
be known) 7, 2. 

1339. ^tm Inf. of the root Jfia 
(See No. 1312)11.54. 

1340. ^rtffa Inst. sing, of the past 
pass, participial adj. Jnata (Known) 
10. 42. 

1341. W^ Ind. past participle 
of the root Jfia ( See No. 1312 ) 4. 15, 
16,32,35; 5.29; 7. 2; 9. 1, 13; 
13. 12; 14.1; 16.24; 18.55. 

1342. ^R*3PBL Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Jfiana- 
gamya ( That which is approachable 
by knowledge ) 13. 17. 

1343. ^TSfer^r: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Jnlna- 
caksus used as a noun ( One who has 
an eye of knowledge i. e, has acquir- 
ed intellectual vision) 15. 10. 

1344. :p*rw^rr Inst. sing, of the 
neu, comp. noun Jiianacaksus ( The 
eye of knowledge ) 13. 34. 



59 



sTHcrtpar 



Bhagawdgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



%T*tfm*i 



1345. ^R9"TOr Inst. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Jnanatapas (Aus- 
terities consisting of efforts to 
acquire knowledge ) 4. 10. 

1346. ^R^T^f Loc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Jnana- 
dipita (That which has been illu- 
mined by knowledge ) 4. 27. 

1347. ^nffcr Inst. sing, of the 
mas. \' comp. noun Jnanadlpa ( The 
lamp, of knowledge ) 10. 11. 

1348. ^# ?5 ^ r; Norn. plu. 
of the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Jiianamrdhutakalmasa ( One who has 
completely washed off one's blemi- 
shes by knowledge ) 5. 17. 

1349. a?R^%5f Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Jnanaplava (The 
barge or boat of knowledge ) 4. 36.* 

1350. 9RT^: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Jnanayajna (The 
sacrifice of knowledge ) 4. 33. 

1351. 5jr*TO%*T Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Jnanayajna (See 
No. 1350) 9. 15; 18.70. 

1352. sgtr*pfa«rcferf& Nom. sing, 
of the fern. comp. noun Jfianayoga- 
vyavasthiti (Determination of the 
separate functions of Jfiana and 
Yoga) 16. 1. 

1353. gmtifa Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Jiianayoga (The 
Yoga which consists of knowledge ) 
3.3. 

1354. sjwsan* Gen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Jiianavat ( One 
who possesses knowledge ) 10. 38. 

1355. ffl^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the. adj. Jnanavat ( See 
No. 1354) 3. 33; 7. 19. 

1356. ^^*ri9Wl Nom. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. adj. 



Jnanavijnanatrptatman [ One whose 
heart is satisfied by (the acquisition 
of) knowledge and its realisation] 
6.8. 

Ace. 



1357. sp^TW^reism Ace. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Jnanavijnanana^ana ( That which is 
the cause of the destruction or dis- 
appearance of knowledge and its 
realisation) 3. 41. 

1358. m**m Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Jnanasanga (Con- 
tact or association with knowledge ) 
14. 6. 

1359. ^rctffesrtfsre^ Ace. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. Jna- 
nasamchinnasamsaya ( One whose 
doubts have been eradicated or cut 
asunder by knowledge ) 4. 41. 

1360. SFFR* Gen. sing, of the neu. 
noun Jnana ( Knowledge ) 18. 50. 

1361. ^H**, Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the peu. noun Jfiana ( See No. 1360 ) 
3. 39, 40 ; 4. 34, 39 2 ; 5. 15, 16 ; 7. 2 ; 
9. 1 ; 10. 4, 38 ; 12. 12 ; 13. super- 
numerary stanza (App. I. 31), 2 2 , 11, 

17, 18; 14.1,2,9, 11, 17; 15. 15 ; 

18. 18, 19, 20, 21 2 , 42, 63. 

1362. ^Hrf^w^cn^ Ace. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Jnanagnidagdhakarman (One who has 
burnt off his actions, i. e. the latent 
effects thereof, by the fire of his 
knowledge ) 4. 19. 

1363. SJHTfir: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Jnanagni (The fire 
of knowledge ) 4. 37. 

1364. %m% Abl. sing, of the neu. 
noun Jnana (See No. 1360) 12. 12. 

1365. ?HWR Gen. plu. of the 
neu. noun Jfiana (See No. 1360) 
14. 1. 



60 



*irofera%a*: 



Primary Word -Units 



fT'f^f: 



1366. $rTfsri^r3%crST: Gen. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Jnanavasthitacetas [ One whose mind 
is set at rest by ( the acquisition of ) 
knowledge ] 4. 23. 

1367. ^rWTf^HT Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Jnanasi (The 
sword of knowledge ) 4. 42. 

1368. ^tfST*: Norn. plu. or gen. 
sing, of the mas. noun Jnanin ( One 
who possesses knowledge; aknower; 
a wise man ) 3. 39 ; 4. 34 ; 7. 17. 

1369. sjr^r: Abl. plu. of the mas. 
noun Jnanin ( See No. 1368 ) 6. 46. 

1370. m*$ Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Jfianin ( See No. 1368 ) 7. 16, 
17, 18. 

1371. ^r% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Jnana ( See No. 1360) 4. 33. 

1372. ^T%*r Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Jnana ( See No. 1360) 4. 38; 
5.16. 

1373. gt^r^T Fut. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Jna (.See No. 1312) 7. 1. 

1374. ^ra; Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. form of the pot. participial 
adj. Jfieya ( Fit to be known ) 1. 39 ; 
13. supernumerary stanza ( App. I. 
31 ), 12, 16, 17, 18 ; 18. 18. 

1375. %*r: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pot. participial adj. 
Jfieya (See No. 1374)5. 3; 8.2. 

1376. *qmw Nom. sing, of the 
fern, form of the comp. degree of 
the adj. Pragasya, meaning * supe- 
rior' 3. 1. 

1377. *w*r* Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. degree of the adj. 
Pra&sya ( See No. 1376 ) 3. 8. 

1378. 3*fttS<srra; Gen. sing, of the 
neu. noun Jyotis ( Light ; a heavenly 
body) 10. 21 ; 13. 17. 



1379. 3"ru%: Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Jyotis Q3ee No. 1378) 
8. 24, 25 ; 13. 17. 

1380. *^f*?: Inst. plu. of thepres. 
participial adj. Jvalat (-Burning or 
shining) 11. 30. , 

1381. 3W*r»^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Jvalana (Fire ) 11. 2^. 

1382. mwtn^ Gen. plu. of the mas. 
noun Jhasa ( An acquatic animal ) 
10.31. 

1383. cl^Nom. sing, of the past 
participial adj. Tata (Pervaded) 
2. 17; 8. 22; 9.4; 11.38; 18.46. 

1384. <m: Adv. Ind. ( Then, from 
or than that, therefore or thereafter 
according to context) 1. 13, 14; 2. 33, 
36, 38; .6. 22, 26 2 , 43, 45; 7. 22; 11. 4, 
9,14,40; 12.9,11; 13. 28, 30; 14. 
3 ; 15. 4 ; 16. 20, 22 ; 18. 55, 64. 

1385. ^Nom. or ace. sing, of the 
pro. or adj. Tad ( That ) 1. 10, 46 ; 
2.7, 17, 57 2 > 67; 3. 21 3 ; 4. 16, 
34,38; 5.1,5,16; 6.21; 7. 1,23, 
29; 8. 1,11, '21, 28; 9. 26, 27; 
10. 39 2 , 41 2 ; 11.4,42, 45, 49; 13. 
2, 3 2 ,12M3, 15 2 , 16, 17, 26; .14. 7, 8; 
15. 4, 5, 6 2 , 12 ; 17. 17, 18, 19, 20, 
21, 22, 23, 25, 28 ; 18. 5, 20, 21, 22, 
23, 24, 25, 37 2 , 38 2 , 39, 40, 45, 60, 77. 

The same used adverbially in the 
sense of f then', 3. 1, 2. 

1386. ^^mrsMN* Nom. sing, 
oftheneu^ comp. noun Tattvajfta- 
narthadarsana (The realisation of 
the object to be achieved by the 
knowledge of the Essence ) 13. 11. 

1387. 3*13: Adv. Ind. (A thing in 
its essence or as it really is ) 4. 9 ; 
7. 3 ; 10. 7 ; 18. 55 2 . 



61 



?ran![nN: 



BhagavadgltS, Word-Index Pt. I A 



H9[f^T: 



The neu. noun Tattva with the 
suffix Tas- having the sense of the 
abl. case -termination (From the 
Essence ) 6. 21. 

1388. rrererfe- Nom. phi. of the 
mas. comp. noun T at tvadarsin used 
as a noun (One who has realised 
the Essence:)]^. 34. 

1389. rrer^wfw Inst. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Tattvadarsin ( See 
No. 1388 ) 2. 16. 

1390. W®rt$K Nom. sing, of , the 
mas. comp. noun Tattvavid ( One 
who knows the Essence ) 3. 28 ; 
5.8. 

1391. aro^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Tattva (The truth) 18. 1. 

1392. a*fcr Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Tattva ( See No. 1391 ) 9. 24 ; 
11. 54. In both the places the term 
is used in the sense of "in essence". 

1393. ftfWt&i Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Tatpara 
(Having that i. e. the Supreme 
Being, as its highest object ) 5. 16 ; 
11.37. 

1394. SRTC Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Tatpara 
( Solely devoted to it ) 4. 39. 

1395. ^TO^r: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Tatpa- 
rayana (Solely devoted to that i. e. 
the Supreme Being ) 5. 17. 

1396. crcsrHr^Ri: Abl. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Tatprasada (His 
favour) 18.62. 

1397. <m Adv. Ind. ( There or in 
that matter or connection ) 1. 26 ; 
2. 13, 28 ; 6. 12, 43 ; 8. 18, 24, 25 ; 
11. 13 ; 14. 6 ; 18. 4, 16, 78. 

1398. ^ST*WC Comp. adv. Ind. 
( In the presence of others) 11. 42. 

62 



The above reading is somewhat 
doubtful. If there had been TvaU 
samaksath, the line could have 
been easily construed as containing 
a statement that the Lord should 
pardon him whether he had been dis- 
courteous to Him while he was alone 
or in the presence of the Lord. 

1399. cTSTT Adv. Ind. ( So or in the 
same manner) 1. 8*, 26, 34 2 ; 2.1, 
13,22,29; 3.25,38; 4.11,28,29, 
37; 5. 24; 6. 7; 7.6; 8.25; 9.6, 
32,33; 10.6; 11. 15,23,26,28,29, 
34, 46, 50; 12. 18; 13. 18, 29, 32, 33; 
14. 10, 15 ; 15. 3 ; 16. 21 ; 17. 7, 26; 
18. 14, 50, 63. 

1400. <wftr Comp. adv. Ind. 
(Still) 2. 26. 

1401. SSFFcT^ Comp. adv. Ind. 
(Thereafter) 18. 55 . 

1402. src$FH Comp. adv. Ind. 
( Therefore or with that object ) 3. 9. 

1403. ?T^fr*n*. Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Tadar- 
thiya ( Having that as the object aim- 
ed at) 17. 27. 

1404. <^r Adv. Ind. (Then; in 
that case) 1.2,21; 2. 52, 53, 55; 
4. 7; 6. 4, 18; 11. 13; 13. 30; 
14. 11, 14. 

1405. 33[r?*rH: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Tadat- 
man ( One who has identified oneself 
with it ) 5. 17. 

1406. 3fcr^§rqr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Tad- 
bud dhi ( One who is thinking of that 
object alone) 5. 17. 

* This reference would have to be omit- 
ted if the first reading given by Nilakantha 
and Madhu&Qdana is app.oved ( See App. I. 
1 ) and the foot note below p. 16 col. 2. 



WITOftv 



Primary Word-Units 



Wtt 



1407. ^rsnrifsra.' Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Tadbhavabhavita (One who is 
actuated by the sentiment of iden- 
tity with it ) 8. 6. 

1408. cfST^ The pronoun Tad with 
the suffix Vat added to it in order to 
institute a comparison (Like it or 
like that "or in a similar manner) 
2. 70. 

1409. ctf^: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
comp. noun Tadvid (One who 
knows it) 13. 1. 

1410. <!W{ Ace. sing, of the fern, 
noun Tanu ( A body ) 7. 21 ; 9. 11 . 

1411. <3T%BT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Tannis- 
tha ( One who has faith in it) 5. 17. 

1412. tftpcr^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pres. participial' adj . 
Tapat (Burning or heating) 11. 19. 

1413. trcrarr Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Tapas ( Penance or austerity ) 
11. 53. 

1414. 37% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Tapas ( See No. 1413 ) 17. 27. 

1415. enr^rrar Fut. 2nd pers. sing. 
of the 1st Conj. Paras, root Tap (To 
suffer pain or undergo penance) 9.27. 

1416. SPTftw: Abl. plu. of the 
mas. noun Tapasvin ( One who is in 
the habit of undergoing penance ) 
6.46. 

1417. snrf^rg Loc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Tapasvin ( See No. 1416 ) 7. 9. 

1418. 37: Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Tapas (See No. 1413) 7. 9; 
10. 5 ; 16. 1 ; 17. 5, 7, 14, 15, 16, 17, 
18, 19, 28 ; 18. 5, 42. 

1419. 37:f Loc. plu. of the neu. 
noun Tapas ( See No. 1413 ) 8. 28. 



1420. 37r$T Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the 1st conj. Paras, root Tap 
( To shine or to emit heat ) 9. 19. 

1421. 37tf*r: Inst. plu. of the neu. 
noun Tapas ( See No. 1413 ) 11. 48. 

1422. ?r<fto;3T: Nom. plu. of the 
mas, form of the comp. adj* Tapo- 
yajna [ One who performs a sacrifice 
consisting of Tapas ( See No- 1413 ) ] 
4. 2$. 

1423. m*l Ace. sing, of the past 
pass, participial adj. Tapta (Suffer- 
ed or undergone ) 17. 17, 28. 

1424. 3^5% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the 4th conj. Atma. root Tap ( To 
suffer or undergo ) 17. 5. 

1425. 3^ Ace. sing, of the mas 
form of the pronoun Tad ( See No 
1385) 2.1,10; 4. 19 ; 6. 2,23,43 
7. 20 2 ; 8. 6 2 , 10, 21, 23 ; 9. 21 
10.10; 13.1; 15. 1, 4; 17. 12; 
18. 46, 62. 

1426. <OT*n Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Tamas (Darkness or ignorance) 
18. 32. 

1427. cHT% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Tamas ( See No. 1426 ) 14. 13, 
15. 

1428. 3W?r: Gen, sing, of the neu. 
noun Tamas (See No. 1426) 8.9; 
13.17; 14. 16,17. 

1429. OTnrrc: Inst. plu. of the neu. 
comp . noun Tamodyara ( The door 
to the state of Tamas u e. ignorance) 
16. 22. 

1430. ?w: Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Tamas (See No. 1426 ) 10. 11 ; 
14.5,8,9, 10 3 ;17. 1. 

1431. w*?r Inst. sing, of the fern, 
form of the pronoun Tad (See No. 
1385)2.44; 7.22. 



63 



swh 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



fasfo 



1432. 5r*fr: Gen. dual of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Tad ( See No. 
1385)3.34; 5.2. 

1433. cRT^cr Pres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Tr ( To swim across ) 7. 14. 

1434. 3f^r% Fut. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Tr (See No. 1433) 18. 58. 

1435. cT«r Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Yusmad ( Thou 
or you) 1. 3 ;"2. 36 2 ; 4. *5 ; 10. 42 ; 
11.15,16,20,28,29,30,31, 36, 41, 
47, 51 ; 18. 73. 

1436. cTW^AbL sing, of the mas. 
orneu. form of the pronoun Tad 
( See No. 1385 ) 1. 37 ; 2.18, 25, 27, 
30, 37, 50, 68 ; 3. 15, 19, 41 ; 4. 15, 
42 ; 5. 19 ; 6. 46 ; 8. 7, 20, 27 ; 11. 33, 
44; 16.21,24; 17. 24 j 18. 69 2 . 

1437. 3%T^Loc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Tad ( See 
No. 1385)14,3. 

1438. cW Gen. sing, of the mas. 
or neu. form of the pronoun Tad 
(See No. 1385) 1.12; 2. 57, 58, 
61, 68; 3. 17, 18; 4.13; 6.3,6,30, 
34,40; 7. 21 2 ; 8. 14; 11. 12; 
15.2; 18.7, 15. 

1439. cTC^Loe. sing, of the fern, 
form of the pronoun Tad ( See 
No. 1385 ) 2. 69. 

1440. 3W: Gen. sing, of the fern, 
form of the pronoun Tad (See 
No. 1385)7. 22. 

1441. flRTVoc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Tata ( A father ; also a term 
of endearment used in addressing 
one's son or one younger than one- 
self) 6. 40. 

1442. <rrf^r Nom. or ace. plu. of the 
neu. form of the pronoun Tad ( See 
No. 1385 ) 2. 61 ; 4. 5 ; 9. 7, 9 ; 
18. 19. 

64 



1443. cTT^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Tad (See 
No. 1385)1. 7 2 , 27; 2. 14; 3. 29, 
32; 4. 11, 32; 7. 12, 22; 16. 19; 
17.6. 

1444. ^msrcSrcr^Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Tamasa - 
priya ( That which is liked by a man 
in whose nature there is the prepon- 
derance of the Tamas attribute ) 

17. 10. 

1445. cTFRTCT^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
or nom. or ace. sing t of the neu. 
form of the adj. Tamasa (One who 
or that which is characterised by the 
attribute Tamas) 17. 13, 19, 22; 

18. 22, 25, 39. 

1446. SRST: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Tamasa (See 
No. 1445 ) 18. 7, 28. 

1447. Siwsrr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Tamasa (See 
No. 1445 ) 7. 12 ; 14. 18 ; 17. 4. 

1448. %mm Nom. sing, of the 
fern, form of the adj. Tamasa (See 
No. 1445) 17.2; 18.32,35. 

1449. flrsnr^Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Tavat ( To that 
extent) 2. 46. 

1450. srerr^Gen. plu. of the fern, 
form of the pronoun Tad ( See 
No. 1385)14.4. 

1451. crn^Acc. sing, of the fern, 
form of the pronoun Tad ( See 
No. 1385 )'7. 21; 8. 17; 17. 2. 

1452. fMcr$r^ Imp. 2nd pers. sing. 
of the root Tij ( To endure or suffer 
with courage ) 2. 14. 

1453. ftTgfo Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Stha-tisth ( To stand ; 
to remain unmoved in one position ) 
3.5; 13. 13; 18.61. 



#'8Fcf^ 



Primary Word-Units 



^sr: 



1454. ffo*^ Ace. sing, of the 
pres. participial adj. Tisthat ( Stand- 
ing or remaining firm in one posi- 
tion)^. 27. 

1455. -flref^r Pres. 3rdl pers. plu. 
of the root Stha-tisth (See No. 1453) 
14. 18. 

1456. f!rer% Pres. 2nd pers. sing. 
of the root Stha-tisth ( See 
No. 1453 ) 10. 16. 

1457. iglnd., adversative particle 
( But or however ; sometimes used 
in the sense of * also ' too ) 1. 2, 7, 
10 ; 2. 5, 12, 14, 16, 17, 39, 64 ; 3. 7, 

13, 17,28, 32, 42 2 ; 5.2, 6, 14, 16; 
6. 16, 35, 36, 45 ; 7. 5, 12, 18, 23, 26, 
28; 8.16,20,22,23; 9. 1, 13, 24, 
29; 10.40; 11. 8,54; 12.3,6,20; 
13.' r 25f'14. 8. 9, 14, 16; 15. 17; 
17.1,7,12,21; 18.6,7,11,12, 16, 
21, 22, 24/34, 36. 

1458. 59^*. Norn. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Tumula ( Tumul- 
tuous)!. 13, 19. 

1459. §5*rR*?rc»rcR3Rr: Nom. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Tulyanindatmasamstuti ( One who 
looks upon one's censure and eulogy 
with an equal eye ) 14. 24. 

1460. 5OTR*5TC?jra: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Tulyanindastuti (One who looks 
upon censure and eulogy with an 
equal eye ) 12. 19. 

1461. sjssrawrore: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Tulyapriyapriya (One in whose 
eyes things liked and not liked are 
equal ) 14. 24. 

1462. l$*r: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Tulya (Equal) 

14. 25 2 . 



1463. gS: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Tusta( Satisfied) 2. 55. 

1464. 1%: Nom. sing/of the fern, 
noun Tusti ( Satisfaction ) 10. 5. 

1465. g^TT%Pres. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Tus (To be satisfied) 
6. 20. 

1466. $pg#cr Pres. 3rd pers. plu! 
of the root Tus ( See No. 1465 ) 10. 9. 

1467. cjsoffe; Adv. Ind. (Calm or 
quiet ) 2. 9. 

1468. <J%: Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Trpti (A feeling of satisfaction) 
10. 18. ' 

1469. ^wircrffSSS^n^Nom, sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Trsnasangasamudbhava ( That which 
results from greed and attachment ) 
14. 7, 

1470. If Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Tad (See 
No. 1385). 1.33; 2. 6; 3. 11, 13, 
31; 5. 19, 22; 7. 12, 14, 28, 29; 
8. 17; 9. 20, 21, 23, 24, 29, 32; 
10. 10; 12. 2, 4, 20; 13. 25, 34; 
16. 8, 17 ; 

Dat. sing, of the pronoun Yusmad 
(See No. 1435)1. 7; 2. 39; 4. 3, 
16, 34; 7. 2; 8. 11 ; 9. 1 ; 10.1,19; 
11.8, 31,37, 39 3 ,40 2 , 49; 18.63,65; 

Gen. sing, of the same pronoun 
2. 7, 34, 47 2 , 52, 53 ; 3. 1, 8; 10. 14; 
11.3, 23, 25, 27; 16. 24; 18. 59, 

64, 72. 
The same used in the sense of 

the inst. sing. 18. 67. 

1471. %3ri%RT^ Gen. plu- of the 
mas. noun Tejasvin (One who is 
brave or intelligent) 7. 10 ; 10. 36. 

1472. te Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Tejas ( Light or lustre ) 7. 9,10; 
10.36; 15. 12 2 ; 16.3; 18.43. 



B.G.I. 5 



65 



Itsrtw 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Pt. I A 



3T*frsRfi3; 



1473. §hsftr%: Inst. plu. of the neu. 
noun Tejas ( See No. 1472 ) 11. 30. 

1474. Hf3foRfl* Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Tejomaya 
( That which is pervaded completely 
by lustre) 11.47. 

1475. &3frci%^ Ace. sing, .of the 
mas. comp. noun Tejorasl ( A heap 
of lustre) 11. 17. 

1476. thrfcrcrwrenAcc. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Tejom- 
s*asambhava [That which owes its 
origin to a portion of ( the divine ) 
lustre] 10.41. 

1477. tfcT Inst. sing, of the mas. or 
neu. fprm of the pronoun Tad ( See 
No. 1385) 3. 38; 4. 24; 5. 15; 
6.44; 11. 1,46; 17.23 ; 18.70. 

1478. cNTO^ Gen. plu. of the mas. 
or neu. form of the pronoun Tad 
(See No. 1385) 5. 16; 7. 17, 23; 
9. 22 ; 10. 10, 11 ; 12. 1, 5, 7 ; 
17. 1, 7. 

1479. ^£ Loc. plu. of the mas. or 
neu. form of the pronoun Tad ( See 
No. 1385 ). 2. 62 ; 5. 22 ; 7. 12 ; 
9. 4, 9, 29 ; 16. 7. 

1480. I: Inst. sing, of the mas. or 
neu. form of the pronoun Tad ( See 
No. 1385 ) 3. 12 ; 5. 19 ; 7. 20 2 . 

1481. ^PT^Acc. sing: of the neu. 
noun Toya (Water) 9. 26. 

1482. HT Nom. or ace. dual of the 
mas. form of the pronoun Tad ( See 
No. 1385). 2. 19; 3. 34. 

1483. ?*Ttlv5frf^rr; Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Tyak- 
tajfvita (One who has sacrificed one's 
life ) 1. 9. 

1484. c?TT&s?#<T%r§;: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Tyaktasarvaparigraha ( One who has 



given up accepting all kinds of gifts ) 
4.21. 

1485. ^Ttpclnf. of the root Tyaj 
(To abandon) 18. 11. 

1486. fTtf^T Ind. past, participle 
of the root Tyaj (See No. 1485) 

I. 33 ; 2. 3, 48, 51 ; 4. 9, 20 ; 5. 10, 

II, 12; 6. 24; 18. 6, 9, 51. 

1487. ?wr% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Tyaj ( See No. 1485 ) 8. 6. 

1488. ^^Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Tyajat ( Having abandoned ) 8. 13. 

1489. ?^3[.Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Tyaj (See No. 1485) 
16. 21 ; 18. 8, 48. 

1490. ?3TFT"W^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Tyagaphala ( The 
fruit of renunciation) 18. 8. 

1491. ^Trr^Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Tyaga (Renunciation) 18. 1. 

1492. ?*TFnj.Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Tyaga (See No. 1491) 18. 2, 8. 

1493. ZQVfc Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Tyaga ( See No. 1491 ) 16. 2 ; 
18. 4, 9. 

1494. zm*mi AM. sing, of the mas. 
noun Tyaga ( See No. 1491 ) 12. 12. 

1495. WTRft Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Tyagin ( One who has re- 
nounced the world ) 18. 10, 11. 

1496. ?3?TTt Lop. sing, of the mas. 
noun Tyaga ( See No. 1491 ) 18. 4. 

1497. <stts^ Nom, sing, of the 
neu. form of the pot. participial adj. 
Tyajya ( Fit to be renounced ) 
18. 3 2 , 5. 

1498. W^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Traya ( A group of 
three) 16. 21. 

1499. rt^raj. Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Trayidharma ( The 



66 



5TR% 



Primary Word-Units 



ftjfSjr 



course of duties prescribed by the 
three Vedas) 9. 21. The alternate 
reading Traidharmyam ( App . I . 27 ) 
is equally good and has the same 
meaning. It involves however one 
additional particle Hi and causes a 
change of emphasis from the Dharma 
to Dharmatva. See also No. 1509 
infra. 

1500. srrq% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Tra ( To protect ) 2. 40. 

1501. Tm\ Adv. Ind. (In three 
ways ) 18. 19. 

1502. M%: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
or neu. form of the numeral adj. 
Tri ( Three ) 7. 13 ; 16. 22 ; 18. 40. 

1503. Mk^i Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Trividha 
( Threefold ) 16. 21 ; 17. 17 ; 18. 12, 
29, 36. 

1504. fMww: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Trividha ( See No. 1503 ) 17. 7, 23 ; 
18. 4, 18. 

1505. Mkm Nom. sing, of the 
fem. form of the comp. adj. Trividha 
(See No. 1503)17.2; 18.18. 

1506. f^Tf Loc. plu. of the mas. 
form of the numeral ad j . Tri ( See 
No. 1502 ) 3. 22. 

1507. #^ Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the numeral adj. Tri (See 
No. 1502)14. 20, 21 2 . 

1508. %gp*fSrw. Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Traigunyavisaya ( That which has for 
its object the three attributes ) 2. 45. 

1509. tNn*Nt Ace. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Traidharmya ( The 
quality of being the Dharma pro- 
pounded by the Trayi i. e. the 
Rk, Samaand Yajur Vedas) 9. 21. 



For the existence of this word in 
this stanza see the remark in Entry 
No. 1499 supra. 

1510. ^«WF=RT^ Gen. sing, of 
the neu. comp. noun Trailokyarajya 
( The kingdom of the three worlds ) 

1.35. 

1511. Ww; Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Taividya used 
as a noun ( One who is versed in the 
three Vedas ) 9. 20. 

1512. saPf Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Tvag ( The skin ) 1. 30. 

1513. WQ: Abl. sing, of the pro- 
noun Yusmad ( See No. 1435 ) with 
the suffix Tas having the sense of 
the abl. case- termination, added to it 
(Than you) 11. 2. 

1514. ^csrSTCOT. Abl. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Tvatprasada ( Your 
favour) 18. 73. 

1515. ssr^SRT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Tvat- 
sama ( Like you ) 11. 43. 

1516. ^F*r: Nom. sing, of the 
mas, form of the comp. pronoun 
Tvadanya ( Other than you ) 6. 39. 

1517. wr^%r Inst. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. pronoun 
Tvadanya (See No. 1516) 11. 47,48. 

1518. ?=T^Nom. sing, of the pro- 
noun Yusmad ( See No. 1435 ) 2. 11, 
12, 26, 27, 30, 33, 35 ; 3. 8, 41 ; 
4. 4, 5,,15 ; 10. 15, 16, 41 ; 11. 3, 4, 
18 4 , 33, 34, 37, 38 2 , 39, 40, 43, 49; 
18. 58. 

1519. sp?T Inst. sing, of the pro- 
noun Yusmad ( See No. 1435 ) 6. 33 ; 
11. 1,20, 38; 18. 72. 

1520. <RrBr Loc. sing, of the pro- 
noun Yusmad (No. 1435 ) 2. 3. 



67 



?3WJIT: 



BhagawdgUa Word-Index Pt, I A 



^sfiTTsrrsr 



1521. ccTPrrorr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Tvaramana (Making haste) 
11. 27. 

1522. 5^T Vedic ace. of the pro- 
noun Yusmad ( See No. 1435 ) 2. 2 ; 
18. 66. 

1523. csrra; Ace. sing, of the pro- 
noun Yusmad ( See No. 1435 ) 2. 7 2 , 
35; 10. 13, 17 ; 11. 16, 17, 19, 21, 22, 
24, 26, 32, 42, 44, 46 ; 12. 1 ; 18. 59. 



1524. ^SjT: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Daksa (Astute or 
circumspect ) 12. 16. 

1525. ^T&pirq^Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Daksinayana (The 
southern path) 8. 25. 

1526. ^: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Danda ( Punishment or chas- 
tisement ) 10. 38. 

1527. ^TT^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Datta( Given) 17. 28. 

1528. ^m^ Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past participial «adj. 
Datta(SeeNo. 1527)3.12. 

1529. ^m? Pres. 1st pers. sing, of 
the root Da ( To give or make a gift ) 
10. 10; 11.8. 

1530. ^T^rPres. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Da ( See No. 1529 ) 9. 27. 

1531. ^*m% Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Dha (To place or de- 
posit) 14. 3, 

1532. ^: Perf. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Dhma ( To blow ) 1. 18. 

1533. <?4t Perf. 3rd. pers. plu. 
of the root Dhma (See No. 1532) 
1. 12, 15 f 



68 



1534. <?*rsranj[ Gen. plu. of the 
Past participial adj. Damayat ( Chas- 
tising or inflicting punishment) 
10. 38. 

1535. ^sr: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dama ( Restraint ) 10. 4; 16. 1; 
18. 42. 

1536. ^^RH^TF^T: Nom. plu. 
of the mas. form of the comp. past 
participial adj. Dambhamanama- 
danvita (One who is infested by 
hypocrisy, pride and inebriation) 

16. 10. 

1537. gr^T: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dambha (Hypocrisy) 16. 4. 

1538. ^wttst^ The mas. noun 
Dambha with the suffix Artham having 
the sense of the dat. case-termination 
( For~the sake of hypocrisy ) 17. 12. 

1539. ^^TT^fT^^T: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. past 
participial adj. Dambhahamkarasam- 
yukta ( Accompanied by hypocrisy 
and egotism) 17. 5. 

1540. 3[*$sr Inst. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dambha (See No. 1537) 16. 17 ; 

17. 18. 

1541. <C*TTNom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Daya ( Compassion) 16. 2. 

1542. ^^.Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Darpa ( Vanity ) 16. 18; 18. 53. 

1543. <?$: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Darpa ( See No. 1542 ) 16. 4. 

1544. ^RWf%oi: Nom.plu.of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Dars&na- 
kamksin (One who is anxious to 
have a sight) 11. 52. 

1545. ^m Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the causal form of the root Drs*- 
pasy (To see) 11. 4, 45. 

^ 1546. i&kmm Perf. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the causal form of the * root 
Dr$-pa$y ( See No. 1545 ) 11. 9, 50. 



3"$m*a; 



Primary Word-Units 



f^%: 



1547. ^TOcT^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the causal past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Darslta (Shown) 11. 47. 

1548. ^3T The numeral adj. Da3a 
(Ten) 13.5. 

1549. ^SHFcftf Loc. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Daganantara (An 
interstice between teeth) 11. 27. 

1550. tfRvTC^Tft Nom. or ace. plu. 
of the neu. form of the comp. noun 
Dariistrakarala (Fierce-looking molar 
teeth) 11.25, 27. 

1551. ^ffcT Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Dah ( To burn ) 2. 23. 

1552. WR Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Daksya (Worldly wisdom; 
astuteness) 18. 43. 

1553. ^msq-**, Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the pot. participial adj. 
Datavya (That which ought to be 
given) 17. 20. 

1554. ^Rfspm Nom. plu. of the 
fern. comp. noun Danakriya (The 
ceremony relating to the making of 
gifts) 17.25. 

1555. ^RSTT: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Danava ( A demon ) 10. 14. 

1556. ^FF^Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Dana ( A gift) 10. 5 ; 
16.1; 17. 7,202,21,22; 18.5,43. 

1557. "?!% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Dana ( See No. 1556 ) 17. 27. 

1558. ^$R Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Dana ( See No. 1556 ) 11. 53. 

1559. ^% Loc. plu. of the neu. 
noun Dana ( See No. 1556 ) 8. 28. 

1560. ^l%: Inst. plu. of the neu. 
noun Dana ( See No. 1556 ) 11. 48. 

1561. ^TFT^ Fut. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Da ( See No. 1529 ) 3. 12. 

1562. ^rrft" Fut. 1st pers. sing. 
of the root Da (See No. 1529) 16.15. 



1563. f^f^T Loc. sing, of the fern, 
noun Dyo ( The sky or heaven ) 9.20; 
11, 12; 18.40. 

1564. f^rFsrr#qR^ Ace. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Divyagandhanulepana (He who is 
besmeared with celestial perfumes ) 
11. 11. 

1565. %****. Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. form or ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Divya ( Celes- 
tial or divine ) 4. 9 ; 8. 8, 10; 10. 12; 

ii.8. 

1566. f%s^r^r*«r^R^ Ace. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Divyamalyambaradhara (One who has 
put on celestial rosaries and gar- 
ments) 11. 11. 

1567. %ang; Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Divya (See No. 
1565)9.20; 11. 15. 

1568. ^sstrt^ Gen. plu. of the 
fern, form of the adj. Divya (See 
No. 1565 ) 10. 40. 

1569. f^arrft Ace. plu. of the neu. 
form of the adj. Divya (See No. 1565) 
11. 5. 

1570. f^ri*#sraTg^ Acc - sul £>- 
of the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Divyanekodyatayudha ( One who 
possesses numerous uplifted celes- 
tial weapons) 11. 10. 

1571. f^siTT: Nom. plu. of the fern, 
form of the adj. Divya (See No. 
1565 ) 10. 16, 19. In 10. 19 Rama- 
nuja alone reads Vibkuttratmanah 
ittbhdh instead of Divyahyatma- 
vibhutayah (App. I. 28). In that 
reading the word is VibhM instead 
of Vibhuti and they are Bubha 
(auspicious) instead of Divya 
( celestial or divine ). If that reading 



69 



f\. n A 



Bhagavadglfa Word-Index Pt. I A 



V*§fo*t: 



is adopted references to 10. 19 must 
be omitted from this entry and 
those relating to the words Hi and 
Atmavibhutayah , 

1572. T%Tt Ace. dual of the mas. 
form of the adj. Divya (See No. 1565-> 
1.14. 

1573. %t: Norn, or ace. plu. of 
the fem. noun Dik ( A quarter ) 6.13; 
11. 20, 25, 36. 

1574. ^T: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dlpa ( A lamp ) 6. 19. 

1575. ^m. Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past- participial adj. 
Dipta ( Illuminated ) 11. 24. 

1576. ^rfNn^FH, Ace. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Diptavislalanetra ( One who has glow- 
ing broad eyes ) 11. 24. 

1577. ^T^prrer^R^ Ace. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj.' 
Diptahuta^avaktra (One who has a 
face like glowing fire ) 11. 19. 

1578. ^H35T%^ Ace. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Dlptanalarkadyuti ( One who has 
lustre like that of glowing fire or 
the sun) 11. 17. 

1579. 'frf^R^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Diptimat (That 
which has lustre ) 11. 17. 

1580. ^?§f Pass. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Da ( See No. 1529 ) 17. 20, 
21, 22. 

158L ^T^sTt Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Dlrgha- 
sutrin ( One who is of a procrastinat- 
ing nature) 18. 28. 

1582. f^SWT Inst. sing, of the fem. 
form of the comp. adj. Duratya 
( That which is difficult to surpass ) 
7. 14. 



1583. ftRTCE* Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Dura- 
sad a ( That which can be reached or 
caught hold of with difficulty ) 3. 43. 

1584. ^rf^Acc. sing, of the fem. 
comp. noun Durgati (A bad state) 
6.40. 

1585. ^f%ni^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Dur- 
nigraha ( That which is difficult to 
be controlled) 6. 35. 

1586. |^W3; Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Durni- 
riksya (That which is difficult to 
look at) 11. 17. 

1587. |t%f Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Durbuddhi 
( One who has a vicious intellect i. e* 
one whose intelligence is swayed 
by evil propensities) 1. 23. 

1588. jptrer: Nom. sing, -of mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Durmati 
( One who has a vicious way of 
thinking) 18. 16. 

1589. §J*n*r: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Durmedhas 
( One who has a vicious intellect ) 
18. 35. 

1590. §*rta: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Duryodhana (The eldest 
son of Dhrtarastra) 1. 2. 

1591. |^*ra^Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. degree of 
the adj. Durlabha (Difficult to ac- 
quire ) 6. 42. 

1592. ^f^T^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Duskrt (A doer 
of wicked acts ) 4. 8. 

1593. f«sf#f: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Duskrtin (A doer 
of wicked acts) 7. 15. 



70 



[sil 



Primary Word-Units 



zfk% 



1594. srsrg Loc. plu. of the fern, 
form of the adj. Dusta (Spoiled or 
contaminated ) 1. 41, 

1595. g^^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Duspura 
( Difficult to be satisfied or satiated ) 
16. 10. 

1596. g^^T Inst. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Duspura 
(See No. 1595)3.39. 

1597. ^srPT: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Dus- 
prapa ( Difficult to acquire ) 6. 36. 

1598. %:m^K\ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. degree of 
the adj. Duhkha ( Painful ) 2. 36. 

1599. §:^Adv. Ind. (With dif- 
ficulty) 5. 6; 12.5. 

Nom. or ace. sing, of the noun 
Duhkha ( Pain, misery or difficulty ) 
6. 32 ; 10. 4 ; 13. 6 ; 14. 16 ; 18. 8. 

' 1600. |;.*'IsfRar: Nom. plu. of the 
fem. comp. noun Duhkhayoni ( A 
source of misery ) 5. 22. 

1601. §;:^r^r*rcJTc[r: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Duhkha^okamayaprada (That which 
results in or brings about misery, 
sorrow and disease ) 17. 9. 

1602. ^:^^FTf^#n^ Nom. sing. 
of neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Duhkhasamyogaviy.oga (That, union 
with and separation from which, 
are difficult to secure ) 6. 23. 

1603. ?[«$rfr Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. verbal noun 
Duhkha-hantr ( That which puts an 
end to miseries ) 6. 17. 

1604. ^sfF^Acc. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Duhkhanta (An 
end of misery i. e. final emancipa- 
tion ) 18. 36. 



1605. f.'W^^Acc. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Duhkhalaya (An 
abode of misery ) 8. 15. 

1606. f:^T Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Duhkha ( See No. 1599 ) 6. 22. 

1607. |:%5 Loc. plu. of the neu. 
noun Duhkha ( See No. 1599 ) 2. 56. 

1608. %11-Wi Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Dura- 
stha ( That which stays or is at a 
distance) 13. 15. 

1609. ^m Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Duram used adverbially ( Far ; 
highly.) 2. 49. 

1610. ssf^apsr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Drdha- 
niscaya ( One who has made a firm 
resolve ) 12. 14. 

1611. ?^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Drdha (Firm i.e. 
difficult to bend ) 6. 34. 

Adv. Ind. ( Very much ) 18. 64. 

1612. waaRn: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Drclha- 
vrata ( One who is firm in the obser- 
vance of vows ) 7. 28 ; 9. 14. 

1613. 5^? Inst. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Drdha (See No. 1611) 
15. 3. 

1614. es 1 !^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp, adj. Drsta- 
purva ( That which had been seen 
before) 11.47. 

1615. €StT^ Nom. sing, of the 
past participial adj. Dr§tavat 
( Have seen ); — 3Cf% ( You have seen ) 
11.52,53. 

1616. ss: Nom. sing, of the past 
pass, participial adj. Drsta (Seen) 
2. 16. 

1617. sfs^Acc. sing, of the fem, 
noun Drsti ( Viewpoint ) 16, 9, 



71 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



^f^f^": 



1618. SET Ind. past participle of 

the root Drs-pasy (See No. 1545) 
1. 2, 20, 28 ;' 2. 59 ; 11. 20, 23, 24, 25, 
45,49,51. 

1619. l^rVoc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Deva ( God or Lord ) "11. 15, 
44, 45. 

1620. ^rar: Nom. plu. of the fern, 
noun Devata ( A deity ) 4. 12. 

1621. ^RtT^ Acc. sing, of the 
mas. noun Devadatta ( The name of 
the eonch of Arjuna) 1. 15. 

1622. ^#? Voc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Devadeva (God of gods) 
10. 15. 

1623. $&&m Gen. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Devadeva (See 
No. 1622)11. 13. 

1624. ^f^ag^n^^R^Nom. sing, 
oftheneu. comp. noun Devadvija- 
guruprajnyapajana ( Worship of the 
gods, the twice-born, the spiritual 
preceptors and the wise ) 17. 14. 

1625. ^PTtora; Acc. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Devabhoga (The 
objects which the gods get for en- 
joyment) 9. 20. 

1626. ^3; Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Deva (See No. 1619) 11. 11, 14. 

1627. ersrw. Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Devayaj 
used as a noun ( A worshipper of 
minor deities) 7. 23. 

1628. W$: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Devarsi (A celestial 
sage) 10. 13. 

1629. ^rffar^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Devarsi (See 
No. 1628)10. 26. 

1630. ^3K Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Devala (The name of the father 
or the family of a celestial sage 
named Asita) 10. 13. 



1631. ^T3T Voc. sing, of the mas. 
comp . noun Devavara ( The highest 
of the gods) 11. 31. 

1632. ^PreT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Deva- 
vrata used as a noun ( One who 
observes vows with a view to pro- 
pitiate gods) 9. 25. 

1633. ^T^ Acc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Deva (See No. 1619) 3. 11; 
7. 23; 9. 25; 11.15; 17.4. 

1634. ^Hra; Gen. plu. of the mas. 
noun Deva ( See No. 1619 ) 10. 2, 22. 

1635. ^T: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Deva ( See No. 16190 3. 11, 12 ; 
10. 14; 11. 52. 

1636. \^ Voc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Devesa (The Lord of 
gods) 11. 25, 37, 45. - - 

1637. \%% Loc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Deva ( See No. 1619 ) 18. 40. 

1638. ^ Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Desa ( A country or region ) 
6. 11 ; 17. 20. 

1639. ^S^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp, noun Dehabhrt (An 
embodied soul) 14. 14. 

1640. ^5ctT Inst. sing, of the 
comp. noun Dehabhrt (See No. 1639) 
18. 11. 

1641. ^SWS Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Dehabhrt (See 
No. 1639 ) ;-~sr ( The highest of the 
embodied souls) 8. 4. 

1642. ^l^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Deha (The physical body) 
4. 9 ; 8. 13 ; 15. 14. 

1643. fesrflr: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
noun Deha with the suffix Vat having 
the sense of possession ( One who 
has a body; an embodied soul ) 12. 5. 



72 



^rg^r*; 



Primary Word-Units 



Wftgm 



1644. ^SfSP?^ Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Deha- 
samudbhava ( That which arises from 
the body ) 14. 20. 

1645. ^rR5rr%: Norn. sing, of the 
fern. comp. noun Dehantaraprapti 
(Acquisition of another body) 
2.13. 

1646. ^r; Norn. plu. of the mas. 
noun Deha ( See No. 1642 ) 2. 18. 

1647. ^ft^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dehin (An embodied soul) 
3. 40 ; 14. 5, 7. 

1648. ^%*r: Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dehin (See No. 1647) 2. 13, 59. 

1649. %%^^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
noun Dehin ( See No. 1647 ) 17. 2. 

1650. ^Ct Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dehin ( See No. 1647) 2. 22, 
30 ; 5. 13 ; 14. 20. 

1651. ^| Loc. sing, of the mas 
noun Deha ( See No. 1642 ) 2. 13, 30 

8. 2, 4; 11. 7, 15; 13. 22, 32 
14. 5, 11. 

1652. f^Rrc^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Daitya ( A demon ) 10. 30. 

1653. ^r; Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Daiva (That which 
relates or pertains to the gods) 4. 25. 

Nom. sing, of the neu. noun Daiva 
( The unseen or spiritual cause of an 
effect ) 18. 14. 

1654. %m Nom. sing, of the mas, 
form of the adj. Daiva (See No. 1653) 
16. 6 2 . 

1655. %«ft Nom. sing, of the fern, 
form of the adj. Daiva (See No. 1653) 
7. 14; 16.5. 

1656. t^t^ Ace. sing, of the fern, 
form of the adj. Daiva (See No. 1653) 

9. 13 ; 16. 3, 5. 



1657. $m% Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Dosavat formed 
by the addition of the suffix Vat, 
showing likeness, to the noun Dosa 
( Like a fault, sin or blemish ) 
18. 3. 

1658. ft*R. Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dosa ( A fault, sin or blemish ) 
1.38,39. 

1659. ^i%ot Inst. sing, of the mas, 
noun Dosa ( See No. 1658 ) 18. 48. 

1660. ^i%; Inst. plu. of the mas. 
noun Dosa ( See No. 1658 ) 1. 43. 

1661. srnsTOfWk Gen. dual of the 
fem. comp. noun Dyavaprthivl ( The 
sky and the earth ) 11. 20. 

1662. fiRn^ Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Dytita ( Gambling ) 10. 36. 

1663. 3PFr% Fut. 2nd pers. sing.of 
the root Drs5~pa£y (See No.1545) 4.35. 

1664. "?3#cf Pres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Dm ( To melt ) 11. 28, 36. 

► 1665. £33T*FrT^ Abl. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Dravyamaya 
formed by the addition of the suffix 
Maya, showing pervasion, to :the 
noun Dravya (That in which material 
objects are made use of ) 4. 33 . 

1666. Jfs^T^rr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Dravyayajfia (A 
sacrifice in which material objects 
are made use of ) 4. 28. 

1667. ^£T Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Drastr ( A seer ) 14. 19. 

1668. 3f*J. Inf. of the root Dri- 
pasy (See No.1545) 11. 3, 4, 7, 
8, 46, 48, 53, 54. 

1669. l^r^pTO Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Drupadaputra (The 
son of Drupada, Dhrstadyumna ) 
1.3. 



73 



3TO 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Pt. I A 



W3W 



1670. |p?^: Norn. sing, of the mas. 
noun Drupada { The name of the 
king of S. Pancalade^a and the father 
of DraupadI) 1. 4, 18. 

1671. £fat^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Drona (The name of the 
preceptor of Arjuna and Karna in 
the military science ) 2. 4 ; 11. 34. 

1672. ^t°l! Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Drona ( See No. 1671 ) 11. 26. 

1673. frc^n: Nom. phi. of the 
mas. noun Draupadeya (A son of 
DraupadI) 1. 6. 18. 

1674. ?*ftfT#TftRT: Nom. phi. of 
the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Dvandva- 
mohanirmukta (Freed from the 
delusion brought about the pairs of 
opposites) 7. 28. 

1675. ^*rtt*r Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Dvandvamoha 
(The delusion brought about by 
the pairs of opposites ) 7. 27. 

1676. K'Sfs Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dvandva (The compound 
made up of two nouns which, if not 
compounded, would be joined 
together by the copulative particle 
ca) 10.33. 

1677. §[^r^r<ri Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past "parti- 
cipial adj. Dvandvatita (One who 
has transcended the pairs of op- 
posites ) 4. 22. 

1678. $*%! Inst. phi. of the mas. 
noun Dvandva ( A pahvof opposites 
e. g* love and hatred ) 15. 5. 

1679. SCTC^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Dvara ( A door ) 16. 21. 

1680. ft^tTW Voc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the'. comp.: adj.**Dvijo- 
ttama used as a form of-address (The" 
best of the twice -born ) 1. 7. 



1681. %t%it Nom. sing, of the 
fem. form of the comp. adj. 
Dvividha ( Two-fold or of two sorts) 
3.3. 

1682. %<*cr; Ace. plu. of the pres. 
participial adj. Dvisat (Hating) 16. 19. 

1683. \m Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dvesa ( Hatred ) 13. 6. 

1684. £1% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the '.root Dvis ( To hate ) 2. 57 ; 5.3; 
12. 17; 14. 22; -18. 10. 

1685. g«*r: Nom. sing, of the pot. 
participial adj. 1 Dvesya (One who 
deserves to be hated ) 9. 29. 

1686. W.T Nom. dual of the mas. 
form of the adj. Dvi (Two ) 15. 16 ; 
16. 6. 

1687. *R$TT Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dhananjaya r(One of the 
numerous: 'aliases of .Arjuna.'- Lit. 
one iwho ^ has conquered < wealth ) 
2. 48, 49 ;!4.:41 ;:7.7;; 9. 9 ; 12. 9 ; 
18. 29, 72". 

1688: ^aFT^f: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun - Dhanafijaya' •( See No. 
1687)1.15.; 10. 37^11.;;14. 
[V1689. 5^ Nom .-sing . jof the _neu _. 
noun: Dhana* ( Wealth V or : riches) 
16. 13. 

1690. ^?n?R¥r^#^fT: Nom. plu. 
of_'the'mas. form*of the:. comp.* past 
pass, "participial* adj."'-Dhanamana- 
madanvita [One : who:has contracted 
pride and self-importance due to 
(the acquisition of ) wealth 3 16. 17. : 

1691. ^RTT*r Ace. plu. of the neu. 
noun Dhana ( See No. 1689 ) 1. 33. 

1692. V^W: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp, adj. Dhanur- 
dhara (One who- carries a bow) 18.78. 



74 



^3* 



Primary Word-Units 



^FcRr^T: 



1693. ^: Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Dhanus ( A bow ) 1 . 20. 

1694. , sr#$wroH Ace. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Dharmakamartha 
(Righteous conduct, objects of desire 
and riches ) 18. 34. 

1695. 'srw^ Loc. sing, of the neu. 
comp. noun Dharmaksetra (A field 
of battle where Dharma i. e. righte- 
ousness prevailed ) 1 . 1 . 

1696. *?lr^l%cFT: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Dharmasammudhacetas ( One whose 
mind is bewildered by considera- 
tions of Dharma ) 2. 7. 

1697. ^k&*Wv&T*m Dat. sing, of 
the neu. comp. noun Dharmasam- 
sthapanartha ( The rehabilitation of 
Dharma) 4.8. The use of the dat. 
case along with the suffix Artha is an 
irregularity. Cf . Tadartham in 3. 9. 

1698. ^T#5T Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dharma ( Righteousness, 
religious duty or the law divine) 
2. 40 ; 4. 7 ;9. 3 ; 14. 27. 

1699. "QWti, Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dharma (See No. 1698) 
18. 31, 32. 

1700. *^*rr Nom. sing. of the mas. 1 
form of the comp. adj. Dharmatman 
used as a noun ( One who has be- 
come identical with Dharma) 9. 31. 

1701. W^: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Dhar- 
maviruddha (That which is not 
opposed to Dharma *. e, righteous- 
ness ) 7. 11. 

1702. ^wfLoc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dharma ( See No. 1698 ) 1. 40. 

1703. '^^ Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. form of the adj. Dharmya 
(That which is characterised by 
righteousness ) 2. 33 ; 9. 2 ; 18. 70. 



In 2. 33 the order of the words |tf 
W$ seems to have been inverted 
in Sri Venkatanatha's commentary 
( See App. I. 8 and the word 3TFR3; 
supra). 

1704. W&ft^. Abl. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Dharmya (See No. 
1703)2.31. 

1705. ^srto^Acc. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Dharmyamrta (The 
nectar of righteous conduct) 12. 20. 

1706. wrrrrNom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dhatr ( One who upholds, pre- 
serves or supports ) 9. 17 ; 10. 33. 

1707. WR^ Ace. sing, of the 
mag. noun Dhatr (See No. 1706) 8. 9. 

1708. WW Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Dhaman ( An abode ) 8. 21; 10. 
12; 11.38; 15.6. 

1709. wrct Pres. Atma. 3rd pers. 
sing, of 1st conj. UbhayapadI root 
Dhx( To hold) 18. 33. 34. 

1710. srTTO; Nom. sing, of the 
pres. participial adj. Dbarayat 
( Holding or believing ) 5. 9 ; 6. 13. 

1711. WWffJr Pres. Paras. 1st pers. , 
sing, of the root Dhr ( See No. 1709) 
15. 13. 

1712. wr#?r^r Gen. sing, of the 
mas. noun Dhartarastra ( The son of 
Dhrtarastra *. e. Dhuryodhana ) I, 23. 

1713. wrefo^PTOGen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Dhartarastra ( See No. 
1712, the persons meadt hereby 
being all the sons of Dhrtarastra) 
1.19. 

1714. srnforfr^ Ace. plu. of the 
mas. noun Dhartarastra (See No. 
1712 and 1713) 1.20, 36, 37. 

1715. smfcrp: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. noun Dhartara§tra (See No. 
1712 and 1713) 1.46; 2. 6. 



75 



WT*f% 



Bhagavadglta Word-Index Pt. I A 



^TT%5T 



1716. WI#Pass. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Dhr ( See No. 1709 ) t 7.5. 

1717. fefta**. Ace. sing, of the 
past pass, participial adj. Dhisthita 
(Stationed or established) 13. 17. 
Sankara according to the J. H. P. 
and G. P. editions reads here Visthi- 
tarh (App. I. 33). SodoesRamanuja. 
The former explains it as viiesena 
sthitam ( Specially residing ) and the 
latter as vi'sesena avasthitam, sanni- 
hitath (Specially located nearby). 
Dhisthita is obviously a past parti- 
cipial adj. formed from the root 
Adhistha the initial ' a ' being drop- 
ped probably in the- exercise of a 
poetic license in order to suit the 
metre. 

1718. vfteTcTT Inst. sing, of the mas. 
form of the ad j . Dhimat (Intelligent) 
1.3. 

1719. wnrem Gen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Dhlmat (See 
No. 1718)6. 42. 

1720. "sfR^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Dhira ( Complacent 

" or self-possessed ) 2. 15. 

1721. tfft:Nom. of the mas. form 
of the adj. Dhira (See No. 1720) 
2. 13 ; 14. 24. 

1722. *S?T: Norn. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dhuma ( Smoke ) 8. 25. 

1723. ^#T Inst. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dhuma ( See No. 1722 ) 3. 38 ; 
18. 48. 

1724. wrs*^ Gen. sing, of the 
mas. noun Dhrtarastra (The name 
of the Kaurava king ) 11. 26. 

1725. <mu%: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Dhrtarastra (See No. 1724) 
1.1. 



1726. ■*a%E!'faTT Inst. sing, of the 
fern, form of the comp. past partici- 
pial adj. Dhrtigrhita (Held under 
check with firmness) 6. 25. 

1727. ^ra^Acc. sing, of the fem. 
noun Dhrti (Complacency or firm- 
ness) 11. 24. 

1728. W.* Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Dhrti ( See No. 1727 ) 10. 34 ; 
13.6; 16.3; 18. 33, 34,35,43. 

1729. ^Sft Gen. sing, of the fem. 
noun Dhrti ( See No. 1727) 18. 29. 

1730. wm .'Inst. sing, of the fem. 
noun Dhrti ( See No. 1727) 18. 33, 
34,51. 

1731 . ^3Wn? swfN'a: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Dhrtyutsahasa- 
manvita ( One who is endowed with 
fortitude and enthusiasm) 18. 26. 

1732. ^g%3: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Dhrstaketu (The name 
of a king fighting on the side of 
the Pandavas ) 1 . 5 . 

1733.*Wf5T: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. - noun Dhrstadyumna (The 
name of the son of Drupada, the 
king of S. Pancala, fighting on the 
side of the Pandavas ) 1. 17. 

1734. ^T^Gen. plu. of the fem. 
noun Dhenu ( A cow ) 10. 28. 

1735. ttTFPfomJ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Dhyana- 
yogapara ( One who is solely devoted 
to the practice of Yoga consisting of 
contemplation ) 18. 52. 

1736. s^TR^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Dhyana (Contemplation) 12. 12. 

1737. ^RT^ Abl. sing, of the neu. 
noun Dhyana ( See No. 1736 ) 12. 12. 

1738. «n3frr Inst. sing, of the 
neu. noun Dhyana (See No. 1736). 
13. 24. 



76 



s*rrocr: 



Primary Word-Units 



s^T^penW 



1739. stt^rt: Gen. sing, of the 
pres. participial adj. Dhyayat ( Con- 
templating or thinking of ) 2. 62. 

1740. «n«P*r: Gen. plu. of the 
pres. participial adj. Dhyayat (See 
No. 1739 ) 12. 6. 

1741. g^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Dhruva (Sure or 
steady) 2. 27; 12.3. 

• 1742. spr*. Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the ad j . Dhruva ( See 
No. 1741)2.27. 

1743. |T3TNom. sing, of the fem. 
form of the ad j . Dhruva ( See 
No. 1741)18.78. 



1744. T Negative particle. Ind. 
(No) 1.30, 31, 32 2 , 35, 37, 38, 39 
2. 3,6 2 , 8, 9, 11, 12* 13, 15, 16* 
17, 19 3 , 20 4 , 23 4 , 25, 26, 27, 29, 30 
31 2 , 33, 38, 40 2 , 42, 44, 57 2 , 66 s 
70, 72; 3. 4 2 , 5,8, 16, 17, 18 3 , 22 2 
23,24,26,28, 29, 32, 34; 4. 5, 9 
14 3 , 20, 22, 31, 35, 38, ' 40 3 , 41 
5.3 2 , 4, 6, 7, 8, 10, 13 2 , 14 3 , 15 2 
20 2 , 22 ; 6. I 2 , 2, 4 2 , 5, ll 2 , 16*, 19 
21, 22 2 , 25, 30 2 , 33, 38, 39, 40 3 
7. 2, 7, 12, 13, 15, 25 2 , 26; 8. 5 
15,16,20,21, 27; 9. 4, 5 2 , 9, 24 
29 2 , 31 ; 10. 2 2 , 7, 14 2 , 18, 10, 39, 40 

11. 8, 16 3 , 24, 25 2 , 31, 32, 37, 43 
47, 48 4 , 53 4 ; 12. 7, 8, 9, 15 2 , 17 4 
13. 12 2 , 23,28, 31 2 ,32 2 ; 14. 2 2 , 19 
22 2 , 23 2 ; 15. 3 4 ,4,6 4 , 10, 11 ; 16. 7 4 
23 3 ; 17.28; 18.3, 5, 7, 8, 10 2 , 11 

12, 16, 17 4 , 35, 40, 47, 48, 54 2 , 58 
59, 60, 67 4 , 69 2 . 

1745. Tf ®t Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Nakula (The name of the 
youngest of the Pandavas ) 1. 16, 

1746. swiwil^ Gen. plu. of the 
neu. noun Naksatra (A constellation) 
10.21. 



1747. T#*m3:Gen. plu. of the fem. 
noun Nadi ( A river ) 11. 28. 

1748. 3T*T: Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Nabhas (The sky ) 1. 19. 

1749. *W?pT^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj/Nabhah- 
sprSa (One who touches the sky) 
11.24. 

1750. fW^f^Imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Namaskr (To make an 
obeisance or a salutation) 9. 34; 
18. 65. 

1751. *OT$f>?srr inci. past participle 
of the root Namaskr ( See No. 1750 ) 
11.35. 

1752. wr-WWdr Nom. plu. of the 
pres. participial adj. Namasyat (Bow- 
ing or making obeisance ) 9. 14. 

1753. SWTO Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Nam ( To bow ) 11. 36. 

1754. «PT: The noun snr^r used as 
an indeclinable word (A bow or 
obeisance ) 11. 31, 40 2 . 

1755. ^^ Pot. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Nam ( See No. 1753 ) 11. 37. 

1756. *RTR*T: Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Namas, repeated to indi- 
cate a frequencv of the act (See 
No. 1754) 11. 39 2 . 

1757. T^Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Ni-nay (To lead ) 6. 26. 

1758. TS^r -Gen. sing, of the 
mas. noun Naraka ( Hell ) 16. 21. 

1759. srT^rsr Dat. sing, of the mas. 
noun Naraka ( See No. 1758) 1. 42. 

1760. *R% Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Naraka '( See No. 1758 ) 1. 44 ; 
16. 16. 

1761. Wffpr* Nom. sing, of the 
mas, form of the comp. adj. Nara- 
pungava ( The best of men ) 1. 5. 

1762. m®W$m Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Naralokavlra (A 






SR! 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Pt. I A 



stfTOt: 



hero of the region in which human 
beings reside) 11. 28. 

1763. TO Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Nara (A man or a human 
being ) 2. 22 ; 5. 23 ; 12. 19 ; 16. 22 ; 
18.15,45,71. 

1764. ^^UI^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
noun Nara ( See No. 1763 ) 10. 27. 

1765. TtfsWH; Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nara- 
dhama (The worst of men) 16. 19. 

1766. *mmT: Norn. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nara- 
dhama(SeeNo. 1765)7. 15. 

1767. 5roffePT*3; Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Naradhipa ( The 
king of men) 10. 27. 

1768. TO Inst. plu. of the mas. 
noun Nara (See No. 1763) 17. 17. 

1769. 5WrrtLoc sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Navadvara 
( That which has nine gates ) 5. 13. 

1770. *retf% Ace. plu. of the neu. 
form of the adj. Nava ( New ) 2. 22 2 . 

1771. sTSRftfPres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Nas" ( To be destroyed or 
killed) 6. 38. 

1772. q&% Loc. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Na^yat (That which is being des- 
troyed or killed ) 8. 20. 

1773. sts: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of , the past participial adj . 
Nasta [ One who is killed or des- 
troyed] 4. 2; 18. 73. 

1774. sTfTSFTR: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nasta- 
tman (One whose conscience is 
dead ) 16. 9. 

1775. ^m^Acc. plu. of the past 
participial adj. Nasta (See No. 1773) 
3,32. 

78 



1776. T& Loc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Nasta (See No. 1773) 1.40. 

1777. si: Ace, dat. or gen. plu. of 
the pronoun Asmad (See No. 506 ) 
1.32,33,36; 2. 6 2 . 

1778. *n*rRP* Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Naga ( A cobra ) 10. 29. 

1779. ^rfWfcir Nom. sing, of the 
fern. comp. noun Natimanita (Ab- 
sence of excessive pride) 16. 3. 
It would not be proper to treat *r 
and srT%*m%3T as separate words, be- 
cause what is intended is SR%nf*raT 
but T is substituted for ^ . 

1780. srHWrerr^Acc. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Nanabhava (The 
existence of separate entities) 18. 21. 

1781.>Hrw4f<frfsr Ace. plu. of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Nanavarnakrti (That which has 
several colours and shapes ) 11. 5. 

1782. ^rf^nfSr Ace. plu. of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Nana- 
vidha ( Of several varieties ) 11. 5. 

1783. srRTWJrOTT: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Nanasastrapraharana ( One who 
wields several weapons ) 1. 9. 

1784. ^TF^RTrFRT Inst. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp adj. Nanya- 
gamin ( That which does not become 
diverted to any other object ) 8. 8. 
This expression is similar to No. 
1779. See the note there. 

1785. STW^: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
comp. noun Namayajfia (A per- 
formance which is a sacrifice only 
in name ) 16. 17. 

• 1786. «TfW: Nom. plu. of the rrias. 
noun Nayaka ( A commander or 
general or a person possessing the 
qualifications of being such an officer) 
1.7. 



*rrcf; 



Primary Word-Units 



ftwi* 



1787. *rr^: Norn. sing, of the mas. 
noun Narada (The name of a celestial 
sage who was a great devotee of 
Visnu) 10. 13,26. 

1788. sttCtoit^ Gen. plu. of the 
fem. noun Narl ( A woman ) 10. 34. 

1789. ^rc^Acc. sing, of the fem. 
noun Nau ( A boat ) 2. 67. 

1790. TTSR^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Na6ana (Cause of destruc- 
tion) 16.21. 

1791. 1RR# Pres. 1st pers. sing. 
of the root Na£ (See No. 1771) 10. 11. 

1792. *mm Dat. sing, of the mas. 
noun Na% ( Destruction ) 11. 29 2 . 

1793. sfr%3^ Nom. sing, of the 
past pass, participial adj. Naslta 
( Destroyed ) 5. 16. 

1794. srRnwFa^Tftofr Ace. dual of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Nasabhyantaracarin (Moving inside 
the nose ) 5. 27. 

1795. *n%5Pm^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Nasikagra (The 
tip of the nose ) 6. 13. 

1796. forolcf p res , 3 r d pers. sing, 
of the root Gam-gacch with the pre- 
fix Ni (To attain or reach ) 9. 31 ; 
18. 36. 

1797. f£r3jftgn% Ace. plu. -of the 
neu. form of the past pass, parti- 
cipial adj . Nigrhlta ( Brought under 
control) 2. 68. 

1798. fsr^rflr Pres. 1st pers. sing. 
of tjie root Grh with the, prefix Ni 
( To withold or hold back ) 9. 19. 

1799; taP*. Ace. sing. -of the mas. 
noun Nigraha ( Restraint or control ) 
6. 34, 

1800. £w*i Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Nigraha ( See No. 1799 ) 3. 33. 



1801. ftarsTRin Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nitya- 
jata(That which is permanent by 
nature) 2. 26. 

1802. $mwt Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nitya- 
trpta ( One who is ever satisfied ) 
4. 20. 

1803. fafcf«fW*«r Gen. sing, of the 
mas. comp. adj. Nityayukta (One 
whose mind is ever composed or 
well-balanced ) 8. 14. 

1804. fasqgrK: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nitya- 
yukta (See No. 1803)7. 17. . 

1805. f%r«T^fvf: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nitya- 
yukta ( See No. 1803 ) 9. 14 ; 12. 2. 

1806. Pr^l'RoiT Inst, sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Nityavairin (A 
perpetual enemy ) 3. 39. 

1807. f%?w: Adv. Ind. (Always 
or constantly ) 8. 14. 

1808. f^raWFT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nitya- 
sattvastha ( One who always reposes 
or takes rest in the Sattvaguna) 
2.45. 

1809. fo*rcre*raft Nom. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Nityasannyasin 
( One who is ever a recluse ) 5. 3. 

1810. $mm Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Nitya (Per- 
manent or everlasting ) 2. 18. 

1811. f^ffitNom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. form or ace. sing, of the 
mas. form" of the adj. Nitya (See 
No. 1810) 2.21, 26; 3.15. 

Adv. Ind. (For ever or constantly) 
2, 30; 3. 31; 9.6; 10. 9; 11. 52; 
13. 9 ; 18, 52. 



79 



f^rersfaRr^rroji BhagavadgM Word-Index Ft. I A 



fsftrem 



1812. i^rert^2rr3 ; Nom. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Nityasarvagatasthanu (One who is 
eternal, omnipresent and steady). 
2. 24. For the occurrence of this 
word there see the note in the suc- 
ceeding entry. 

1813. W*K Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Nitya (See No. 1811) 
2. 20, 24. In 2. 24 Madhava Ananda- 
tirtha alone reads R^SHPTtT^rof: as 
a single comp. word. (See App. 1.7) 
If that reading is adopted the 
second reference here would be re- 
quired to be omitted. 

1814. fwf%?KRr^ Gen. plu. of 
the mas. form, of the comp. adj. 
Nityabhiyukta ( One who is ever 
self-possessed ) 9. 22. 

1815. R^r^^snTt^^Nom. sing, 
of the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Nidralasyapramadottha ( That which 
owes its origin or which arises from 
sleep, laziness or intoxication) 
18. 39. 

1816. fim^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Nidhana ( Death ) 3. 35. 

1817. OTH^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Nidhana (Receptacle or 
abode) 9. 18; 11.18,38. 

1818. f^rT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Nindat (Censuring, calumniat- 
ing or despising ) 2. 36. 

1819. T%^: Nom. sing, of the 
past pass, participial adj. Nibaddha 
(Bound or tied down) 18. 60. 

1820. R5T3#cr Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Bandh with the prefix Ni 
( To bind down ) 4. 41 ; 9. 9 ; 14. 5. 

1821. RsrsmcT Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Bandh with the prefix Ni 
(See No. 1820) 14.7.8. 



1822. mspsrisr Dat. sing, of the 
mas. noun Nibandha (Bondage) 
16.5. 

1823. forwrlT Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Bandh with the prefix Ni 
( See No. 1820 ) 4. 22 ; 5. 12 ; 18. 17. 

1824. T%srNrImp. 2nd. pers. sing, 
of the root Budh with the prefix Ni 
( To know for certain ) 1 . 7 ; 
18. 13, 50. 

1825. RfcrraTra^Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Nimittamatra 
(Merely an instrumental cause) 
11.33. 

1826. RWrTTH Nom. plu. of the 
neu . noun Nimitta ( A sign or por- 
tent) 1. 31. 

1827. mm\ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Nimisat (Closing one's eyes) 
5.9. 

1828. fcra^Adv. Ind. ( As a rule, 
or as ordained or controlled ) 3. 8 ; 
18. 9. 23; (Surely or positively) 
1.44. 

1829. R^cTORST: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Niya- 
tamanasa ( One whose mind is under 
one's control ) 6. 15. 

1830. forerc* Gen. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Niyata (That 
which has been ordained ) 18. 7. 

1831. iwrTcTrm: Ins;t. plu. of the 
masr form of the comp. adj. Niyata- 
tman ( One who has one's lower self 
under control) 8. 2. 

1832. f*r*mr£Hr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Niyata- 
hara ( One who takes a limited quan- 
tity of food ) 4. 30. 

1833. R*rar: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Niyata ( See No. 
1830)7.20. 



80 



f%*OT^ 



Primary Word-Units 






1834. f^T^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Niyama ( A rule of limitation 
or restraint ) 7. 20. 

1835. f^RTT^r Ind. past participal of 
the root Yam with the prefix Ni 
(To restrain ; to keep under one's 
control) 3. 7,41 ; 6. 26 ; 18. 51. 

1836. ft*n^fcr Fut. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Yuj with the prefix Ni 
( To join to, direct to, impel or goad 
on to ) 18. 59. 

1837. foffaprflr Pres. 2nd pers. 
sing, of the root Yuj with the prefix 
Ni( See No. 1836)3. 1. 

1838. fSRnfocr: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Niyojita (Impelled or goad- 
ed on to ) 3. 36. 

1839. f*R&.' Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Niragni 
( One who does not maintain a sacri- 
ficial fire) 6. 1. 

1840. FRf^R: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nira- 
hamkara ( One who is devoid of ego- 
tism ) 2. 71 ; 12. 13. 

1841. fotreft: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nira&n 
(One who has no expectations) 3. 30; 
4. 21 ; 6. 10. 

1842. forrsnr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Nirasraya (One who does not tie 
down his mind to a particular 
object or person ) 4. 20. 

1843. ^RT5RW Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nira- 
hara (One who does not take any 
food) 2.59. 

1844. R&% Pres. 1st pers. sing, of 
the root Iks with the prefix Ni ( To 
have a look at ) 1. 22. 

B. G. I. 6 



1845. f2r$3;*=t Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Niruddha 
( Restrained or kept under control ) 
6.20. 

1846. ft^T Ind. past participle 
of the root Rudh with the prefix Ni 
( To keep under check or control or 
to confine) 8. 12. 

1847. F*?f°T<snrat Abl. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Nirgunatva ( The 
quality of being without any attri- 
butes ) 13.31. 

1848. fMfans; Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Nirguna ( That 
which is without any attributes) 
13. 14. 

1849. &W Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Nirdesa (Designation or 
appellation) 17. 23. 

1850. foffo* Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Nirdosa 
( That which is without any fault or 
blemish) 5. 19. 

1851. &i*%i Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nir- 
dvandva ( One who is free from the 
influence of the pairs of opposites 
such as love and hatred, pleasure 
and pain etc. ) 2. 45 ; 5. 3. 

1852. £iflfcr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nir- 
mama ( One who is without a sense 
of pride or egotism ) 2. 71 ; 3. 30 ; 
12.13; 18.53. 

1853. ftftferan^ Abl. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Nirmalatva (The 
quality of being without any dross 
i. e. being quite pure ) 14. 6. 

1854. fsrte*. Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Nirmala 
(That which is without any dross 
*. e. which is quite pure ) 14. 16. 

81 



ftrfsntorrs 



Bhagawdgitd Word-Index PU I A 



R«rfR 



1855. RFfRWfT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nir- 
manamoha ( One who is devoid of 
pride and infatuation) 15. 5. 

1856. R*TR%*r: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nir- 
yogaksema ( One who does not think 
of acquiring new objects or preserv- 
ing those already possessed ) 2. 45. 

1857. H^WrWT^ Ace. sing, of the 
fem. form of the comp. adj. Nirvana- 
parama (That whose ultimate end 
lies in Nirvana i. e. final absolution 
or absorption in Brahma ) 6. 15. 

1858. RT%R: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nirvi- 
kara ( One who is free from the ten- 
dency to undergo changes of tempe- 
rament) 18. 26. 

1859. ftwwforar Inst. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nirvi- 
nnacetas ( One whose mind is com- 
pletely turned away from objects of 
sense-perception) 6.23. An alter- 
native reading adopted by Sankara 
and other comm. ( See App. I. 19# ) 
is Anirvitinacetasa. Sankara ex- 
plains it as meaning " with a mind 
devoid of indifference" (towards 
the Yoga ). 

1860. R^j; Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Nirveda ( Indifference ) 2. 52. 

1831. R#*i Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Nirvaira 
( One who bears no enmity ) 11. 55. 

1862. FR^f Pres. Paras. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the Ubhayapadi root Vrt 
with the prefix Ni ( To recede or 
cease to exist ) 2. 59 ; ( To revert or 
be re-born) 8. 25. " 

1863. tWt% Pres. Paras. 3rd 
pers. plu. of the root Vrt with the 
prefix Ni( See No. 1862 )'l5. 4. 



82 



1864. R3R*&Pres. Atma. 3rd pers. 
plu. of the root Vrt with the prefix- 
Ni (See No. 1862) 8. 21; 9. 3; 15. 6. 
This word is used in the second 
sense at these places. 

1865. R3R3**. Inf. of the root Vrt 
with the prefix Ni ( To desist from ) 
1.39. 

1866. forrawrfe Fut. 2nd pers. 
sing, of the root Vas with the prefix 
Ni ( To dwell or find rest in ) 12. 8. 

1867. f*RR**T: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Niva- 
tastha ( Standing or kept in a place 
where there is no breeze ) 6. 19. 

1868. Rerrsr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Nivasa (Place of resi- 
dence or abode ) 9. 18. 

1869. Rf?TTR Ace. plu. of the neu. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Nivrtta ( That which has receded or 
ceased to exist ) 14. 22. 

1870. Rf%3: Ace. sing, of the 
fem. noun Nivrtti ( A state of retire- 
ment or inactivity ) 16. 7 ; 18. 30. 

1871. R^sra Caus. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Vis with the prefix Ni 
( To cause to enter or rest in ) 12. 8. 

1872. T%Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Nisi ( Night ) 2. 69 2 . 

1873. RSR^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Niscaya ( A settled view or 
definite decision) 18. 4. 

1874. Raft* Inst. sing, of the, 
mas. noun Niscaya (See No. 1873) 
6. 23. 

1875. R32TCR Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Car with the prefix Ni 
(To slip off) 6. 26. Sankara ac- 
cording to the J. H. P. edition, Sri 
Venkatanatha and Purusottamaji read 
here Niscalati ( App. I. 2 ). Both the 
verbs have the same meaning. 



f*n^f<* 



Primary Word-Units 



qsgf^f 



1876. ftsn35f& Pres. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Cal with the prefix Ni 
( To slip off ) 6. 26. For the occur- 
rence of this word see the remark 
in the preceding entry. 

1877. frsnsr Nom. sing, of the 
fern, form of the adj. Ntecala ( Firm 
or unmoved ) 2. 53. 

1878. faf^RTO Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the past pass, parti- 
cipial adj. Ni^cita used adverbially 
(Definitely ) 2. 7 ; 18. 6. 

1879. f*imm: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past pass, parti- 
cipial adj . Niscita ( Come to a 
definite conclusion) 16. 11. 

1880. f%ra?3T Ind. past participle 
of the root Cint with the prefix Ni 
(To consider thoroughly and decide) 
3.2. 

1881. fasrNom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Nistha ( A confident belief) 
3. 3; 17. 1 ; ( A condition or state) 
18. 50. 

1882. wr%ga^: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nistrai- 
gunya (One who is devoid of the 
three attributes ) 2. 45. 

1883. f^cfr: Nom. plu. of the past 
pass, participial adj. Nihata (Killed) 
11.33. 

1884. fa^r Ind. past participle of 
the root Han with the prefix Ni ( To 
kill) 1.36. 

1885. fosnTCTsptr Nom. dual of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nihsre- 
yasakara ( That which leads to final 
beatitude ) 5. 2. 

1886. ^r:^: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Nihsprha (One who is free from 
desires or aspirations) 2. 71 ; 6. 18, 



1887. *fu% Nom. sing, of the fern.- 
noun Niti ( Right conduct) 10. 38; 
•18. 78. 

1888. «J An ind. particle joined to 
an interrogative pronoun and imply- 
ing a favourable answer ( Indeed ) 
1.35; 2. 36. 

1889. ^Jt% Loc. sing, of \the 
mas. comp. noun Nrloka (The re- 
gion in which human beings reside ) 
11.48. 

1890. *£% Loc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Nr ( A human being ) 7. 8. 

1891. 1^5^%!%^ Ace. sing, of the 
fem. comp. noun Naiskarmyasiddhi 
( The attainment of total inactivity ) 
18. 49. 

1892. %^4^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Naiskarmya (The 
state of being inactive ) 3. 4. 

1893. Isfffe Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nais- 
krtika (One who cuts off the 
interests of others ) 18. 28. 

1894. 'Ifl^H Ace sing, of the fem. 
form of the adj. Naisthika (Con- 
stant or perfect) 5. 12. 

1895. *rr Negative particle. Ind. 
( Nor ) 17. 28. 

1896. wrrrom, Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Nyayya (That 
which can be justified by the autho- 
rity of reason or the scriptures ) 
18. 15. 

1897. *mm. Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Nyasa ( Abandonment ) 18. 2. 

1898. <T%<*TT^ Gen. plu. of the neu. 
noun Paksin ( A bird ) 10. 30. 

1899. <T*^r Pres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Pac (To cook or digest) 
3. 13. 



83 



•retftr 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



TO 



1900. T3TNT Pres. 1st pers. sing. 
of the root Pac (See No. 1899) 15. 14. 

1901. *?*a Ind., numeral adj. (Five) 
13.5; 18. 13, 15. 

1902. T^FR^ Norn. sing, of the 
adj. Paficama ( The fifth) 18. 14. 

1903. TTORspftspsro Norn. plu. of 
the mas. comp. noun Panavanaka- 
gomukha (Musical instruments of 
the names ' Panavanaka ' and 
* Gomukha * or of the name 
4 Gomukh ' of the ' Panavanaka ' 
variety) 1. 13. 

1904. Tfas^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Pandita (A learned or 
wise man) 4. 19. 

1905. Ttel: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. noun Pandita (See No. 1904) 
2. 11 ; 5. 4, 18." 

1906. qwr: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Patanga ( A butterfly ) 11. 29. 

1907.~*RTf% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Pat (To fall) 1. 42; 
16. 16. 

1908. Tm, Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Patra ( A leaf) 9. 26. 

1909. 7$r Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Pathin ( A way ; a method of 
approach) 6. 38. 

1910. 7^ Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Pada (Position or 
step ) 2. 51 ; 8. 11 ; 15. 4, 5; 18. 56. 

1911. TJPTSffiC Ace. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Padmapatra (The 
leaf of a lotus-plant ) 5. 10. 

1912. TOTO*. Nom. sing, of the 
comp. degree of the adj. Para 
(Higher than or beyond ) 7. 7. 

1913. TO: Adv. Ind. (Beyond) 
3. 42. 

1914. qRSnt: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Paradharma (A 
duty appropriate to another) 3. 35. 



1915. qrcsrafa: Abl. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Paradharma (See 
No. 1914 ) 3. 35 ; 18. 47. 

1916. TOT*. Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. form or ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Parama ( The 
highest) 8.3, 8,21; 10. 1,12; 11.1, 
9, 18; 15.6; 18.64,68. 

1917. wmmr Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Paramatman (The 
Supreme Soul) 6. 7; 13. 22, 31; 
15. 17. 

1918. qw*. Ace. sing, of the fern, 
form of the adj. Parama (See No. 
1916) 8.13,15,21; 18.49. 

1919. 7*$^ Voc. sing, of the mas. 
comp . noun Paramesvara (The High- 
est Lord) 11. 3. Sankara alone 
according to the J. H. P. edition 
reads Parameharam ( App. I. 29 ). 
In that case instead of being a form 
of address in the voc. case it would 
be a word in the ace. case like the 
word Atman and the sentence would 
have to be construed as Yatha tvam 
atmanam parameharam attha. 

1920. <rcfc*ro* Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Paramesvara (See 
No. 1919) 11. 3; 13. 27. For the 
occurrence of this word in 11. 3 see 
the note in the preceding entry. 

1921. q^vrcr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Parame- 
sVasa ( One who is the best amongst 
those who throw arrows, i. e, the 
best archer) 1. 17. 

1922. TOT: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Parama (See No. 
1916) 6.32. 

1923. qT3, Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. form or ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pronominal adj. 
Para ( Higher or greater, the other 



84 



T*<PT 



Primary Word-Units 



qf^rroirsr 



; 4. 4 
10. 12 2 

17, 34 



or another) 3. 11, 42, 43 
7.13,24; 8.10,28; 9.11; 
11. 18, 38*, 47; 13. 12, 
14. 1. 19; 18.75. 

Ace. sing, of the same used as a 
neu. noun ( The Higher One ) 2. 59 ; 
3. 19. 

1924. <FfaT Voc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp . ad j . Paramtapa 
used as a form for addressing Arjuna 
and Dhrtarastra ( He who is a terror 
to his enemies ) 2.3; 4. 2, 5, 33; 
7.27; 9.3; 10.40; 11.54; 18.41. 

1925. qtcTT: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Paramtapa 
used as an epithet of Arjuna ( See 
No. 1924)2.9. 

1926. qr^rsrrer^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Param- 
paraprapta ( That which has been 
acquired traditionally from genera- 
tion to generation ) 4. 2. 

1927. T^r Inst. sing, of the f em. 
form of the pronominal adj. Para 
( See No. 1923 ) 1. 28; 12. 2; 17. 17. 

1928. T^cfl^Adv. Ind. (Beyond) 
8.9. 

1929. qTPTO* Adv. Ind. (Mutu- 
ally ) 3. 11 ; 10. 9. 

1930. qwr Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronominal adj. Para 
( See No. 1923 ) 17. 19. 

1931. T*: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronominal adj. Para 
(See No. 1923) 4. 40; 8. 20, 22; 
13. 22. 

1932. <m Nom. sing, of the fem. 
form of the pronominal adj. Para 
(See No. 1923)3. 42; 18.50. 

1933. TO^ Ace. plu. of the neu. 
form of the pronominal adj. Para 
(See No, 1923)3.42. 



1934. 7^ Ace. sing, of the fem. 
form of the pronominal adj. Para 
(See No. 1923) 4. 39; 6. 45; 7. 5; 

9. 32 ; 13. 28 ; 14. 1 ; 16. 22, 23 ; 
18. 54, 62, 68. 

1935. TfMmcf: Nom. sing, of the 
past pass, participial adj. Parikirtita 
(Proclaimed or made known) 
18.7,27. 

1936. Tf?%S^ Originally a neu. 
noun meaning ' pain ' or * vexation ' 
but here used adverbially in the 
sense of ' vexatiously ' . 17. 21. 

1937. <Tf|srs^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Parigraha (Acceptance of 
a gift) 18. 53. 

1938; Trc^a-rSf Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Caks with the prefix Pari 
(To speak of or designate) 17. 13, 17. 

1939. Tft^* 5 ^ Nom. sing, of 
the neu". form of the comp. adj. 
Paricaryatmaka ( That which consists 
of service ) 18. 44. 

1940. qftfa*3*P£Nom. sing, of the 
pres. participial adj. Paricintayat 
(Contemplating or thinking of) 

10. 17. 

1941. qtfbyrar Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Parijnatr (Knower) 18. 18. 

1942. «Tft°tt$r Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Parinama (Result or end) 
18. 37, 38. 

1943. tR^^t Ind. past participle 
of the root Tyaj with the prefix Pari 
( To renounce completely ) 18. 66. 

1944. qftsim; Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Parityaga ( Complete re- 
nunciation ) 18. 7. 

1945. q-fefPW Dat. sing, of the 
neu. noun Paritrana (Protection) 
4.8. 



85 



qfoFP* 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt* I A 



TT^Fq^ 



1946. Tf^lT^ Pass. 3rd 'pers. sing, 
of the root Dah with the prefix Pari 
(To burn all over) 1.30. 

1947. qf^RT Norn. sing, of the 
fem. noun Paridevana (Affliction or 
sorrow) 2. 28. 

1948. qft«#8F$rNom. dual of the 
mas. noun Paripanthin (One who 
causes obstruction and hence an 
enemy) 3. 34. 

1949. TftsrSFF Inst. sing, of the 
mas. noun Pariprasna (Comprehen- 
sive questioning) 4. 34. 

1950. 'TftWRms^ Nona. sing, of 
the pot. participle of the root Marg 
with the prefix Pari ( To investigate 
or inquire about) 15. 4. 

1951. Tf?S^rr% Pres. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Sus with the prefix 
Pari ( To dry up ) l.*29. 

1952. Tf&wraRlf Pass. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Ap with the prefixes 
Sam and Pari ( To bring to an end ) 
4.33. 

1953. <T#*l: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Parjanya ( Rain ) 3. 14. 

1954. «r&*rr^ Abl. sing, of the 
mas. noun Parjanya ( See No. 1953 ) 
3. 14. 

1955. qntfft Nom. plu. of the neu. 
noun Parna ( A leaf ) 15. 1. 

1956. qWSreif Pres. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Stha-tisth with the 
prefixes Ava and Pari ( To become 
steady ) 2. 65. 

1957. v4tm. Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Paryapta 
(Sufficient.) 1. 10. 

1958. qfrm^Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Upas with the prefix Pari 
( To worship or adore ) 4. 25 ; 9. 22 ; 
12. 1, 3, 20. 



1959. <rff^ni Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Paryusita 
( That which has stayed over-night ) 

17. 10. 

1960. *R<rr^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Pavat ( Purifying or winnowing ) 
10.31. 

1961. 1^«r: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Pavana ( The wind ) 10. 31 . 

1962. «?te^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Pavitra ( Holy ) 

4. 38 ; 9. 2, 17 ; 10. 12. 

1963. WT Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Drs-pasy ( See No. 1545 ) 

1. 3, 25; 9. 5; 11. 5, 6 2 , 7, S\ The 
perception meant at these places is 
either physical or mental according 
to context. 

1964. TSTO Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Pa^yat ( Seeing ) 2. 69. The percep- 
tion meant here is that done with 
the eye of wisdom. 

1965. *m% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Drs-pasy ( See No. 1545 ) 

2. 29 ; 5. 5 2 ; 6. 30 2 , 32; 13. 27 2 , 29 2 ; 

18. 16 2 . 

1966. T^^Nom. sing, of the pres. 
participial adj . Pasyat (See No. 1964) 

5. 8; 6.20; 13.28. 

1967. T^r^r Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Dr£-pasy ( See No. 1545 ) 
1.38; 13.24; 15. 10,11*. 

1968. T^rw Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root DrS-pasy ( See No. 1547 ) 
1.31; 6.33; 11. 15, 16 2 , 17, 19. 

1969. T#?r, Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root DrS-pasy (See No. 1545) 
4. 18. 

1970. TO^ri^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Pancajanya ( The name 
of the conch of Sri Krsna) 1. 15. 



q-rtrgg" 



Primary Word-Units 



TTSRTR 



1971. Tn*sgr Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Pandava ( The son of Pandu, 
here used to address Arjuna who was 
one of the sons of Pandu ) 4. 35 ; 
6.2; 11.55; 14.22; 16.5. 

1972. TF*^r: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. noun Pandava ( See No. 1971 ) 
1. 14,20; 11. i3. 

1973. TTossrrsn** Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Pandava ( See No. 1971 ) 
used here in the general sense 
10. 37. 

1974. qr^srRT^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Pandavanlka (The 
army of the Pandavas ) 1 . 2 . 

1975. m™&*\\ Norn. plu. of the 
mas. noun Pandava ( See No. 1971 ) 
used here in the general sense .1.1. 

1976. «TFfi^T0TT^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Panduputra (A son 
of Pandu) 1. 3. 

1977. <rm^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Pataka ( Sin ) 1. 38. 

1978. Tm Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Patra ( Ordinarily 'a vessel' but 
here 'a fit person for a gift' ) 17. 20. 

1979. TFTfrW: Nom. sing, of the 
super, degree of the noun Papakrt 
treated as an adj. {The greatest 
sinner ) 4. 36. 

1980. Tmfarar: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. noun Papa- 
yoni ( One whose low birth is the 
result of one's sins ) 9. 32. 

1981. TTT^ Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Papa ( Sin or blemish) 
1.36,45; 2.33,38; 3.36; 5.15; 
7. 28. 

1982. wm. Abl. sing, of the neu. 
noun Papa ( See No. 1981 ) 1. 39. 

1983. TtTT: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Papa ( A sinful man ) 3. 13. 



1984. qrfcr Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Papa ( See No. 1981 ) 5. 10. 

1985. TI^T: Abl. plu. of the mas. 
noun Papa ( See No. 1983 ) 4. 36. 

1986. q#| Loc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Papa ( See No. 1983 ) 6. 9. 

1987. *TP3TH^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Papman ( Sin personified 
or incarnate ) 3. 41. 

1988. qww*{ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Parusya ( Ironical speech ) 
16. 4. 

1989. TTst Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Partha ( A son of Prtlia i. e. 
Kunti, here used to address Arjuna ) 
1.25; 2.3,21,32,39, 42, 55, 72; 
3. 16, 22, 23 ; 4. 11, 33 ; 6. 40 ; 7. 1, 
10 ; 8. 8, 14, 19, 22, 27 ; 9. 13, 32 ; 
10. 24; 11. 5 ; 16. 4, 6 ; 17.26,28; 
18.6,30,31,32,33,34,35,72. In 
18. 35 the part of the sentence in 
which this word occurs is ^% $TT 
m$ ^Twrcft. Sankara according to the 
J. H. P. edition, Purusottamaji and 
Nilakantha and all the 8 comm. in 
the G. P. edition of 1912 read in- 
stead trfs: OT^rmtfr wst ( App. 1. 37 ). 
Although in that case the address 
to Arjuna would be omitted the 
sense of the sentence as a whole 
would not be affected thereby. 

1990. "TT*Nt Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Partha ( See No. 1989 ) 18. 74. 

1991. *TT& Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Partha (See No. 1989) 1.26; 
18. 78. 

1992. <mm Dat. sing, of the mas. 
noun Partha ( See No. 1989 ) 11. 9. 

1993. TT^P: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Pavaka (Fire ) 2. 23 ; 10. 23 ; 
15. 6. 

1994. *TT2RTf% Nom. plu. of the 
neu. noun Pavana (Purifier) 18. 5. 



87 



frcffl 



Bhagavadgltd. Word-Index Pt. I A 



g?F3fF*r 



1995. fast: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Pitr ( Father ; also an elderly 
relation on his side, or any deceased 
ancestor) 1. 34, 42. 

1996. ffclTNom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Pitr (See No. 1995) 9. 17; 
11.43,44; 14.4. 

1997. facttsrs: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Pitamaha (Grandfather) 
9. 17. The grandfather of the uni- 
verse is the Hiranyagarbha ; ( A rela- 
tion of the same rank as a grand- 
father) 1. 12. Here, Bhlsma, the 
granduncle of the Kauravas and the 
Pandavas is meant. 

1998. fiRTRSTri; Ace. plu. of the 
mas. noun Pitamaha ( See No. 1997 ) 
1.26. 

1999. fqcTTOP. Nom. plu. of the 
mas. noun Pitamaha ( See No. 1997 ) 
1.34. 

2000. V*mm Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj . Pitrvrata 
(One who observes vows with a 
view to propitiate the manes ) 9. 25. 

2001. fafW^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
noun Pitr ( A mane ) 10. 29. 

2002. f^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Pitr (See No. 1995) 1. 26; 
(See No. 2001) 9. 25. 

2003. H&tl Inst. sing, of the fern, 
noun Pida (Difficulty or pain) 
17. 19. 

2004. S^^^^Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Punyakarman ( One 
who has done meritorious acts) 
7. 28; 18. 71. 

2005. S^T^rra; Ace. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Punyakrt [That 
(region) which the doers of meritori- 
ous acts get ] 6. 41. Sankara, Valla- 
bha and the comm. in the G. P. 



edition of 1912 read here Punya- 
krtath before Lokan (App. I. 23). 
It makes the sentence more easily 
intelligible than the above word. 

2006. n^rftfrr^ Gen. plu. of the 
comp. adj. Punyakrt (One who has 
done meritorious acts) 6. 41. For 
the occurrence of this word here and 
its appropriateness see the remark 
in the preceding entry. 

2007. T*wm\ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Punyaphala (The 
fruit of a meritorious act ) 8. 28. 

2008. 3"*^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
or neu. form of the adj. Punya (Holy 
or meritorious ) 9. 20 ; 18. 76. 

2009. 3 0!! T: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Punya (See 
No. 2008) 7. 9. 

2010. S ^: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Punya ( See 
No. 2008) 9. 33. 

2011. S^Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Punya ( Religious merit) 9. 21. 

2012. jp^Rlsrf^I Loc. plu. of the 
neu. form of the comp. noun Putra- 
daragrhadi (Sons, wives, houses &c.) 
13. 9.' 

2013. 5WT Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Putra (A son or one in the 
position of a son ) 11. 44. 

2014. jpre;Acc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Putra ( See No. 2013 ) 1. 26. 

2015. !pn": Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Putra ( See No. 2013) 1. 34; 
11.26. 

2016. gsr. Adv. Ind. ( Again ) 4. 9, 
35; 5. 1;8. 26 ; 9. 7, 8 2 , 33; 11. 16, 

39, 49, 50 ; 16. 13 ; 17. 21 ; 18. 24, 

40, 77 2 . 

2017. g^FjNr Ace. sing, of the neu. 
comp. noun Punarjanma ( A rebirth ) 
8. 15, 16. 



g^ref^; 



Primary Word-Units 



S^ 



2018. gercrefiforNom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Punaravartin ( One 
who is liable to revert or be reborn ) 
8. 16. 

2019. 5*rr^Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Puns ( A human being ) 2 . 71 . 

2020. srearat Adv. Ind. (From the 
front) 11.40. 

2021. $W Adv. Ind. (Formerly) 
3.3, 10; 17.23. 

2022. STTOfflC. Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Purana (Hoary or 
ancient) 8. 9. 

2023. 3*TO: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Purana (See 
No. 2022) 2. 20; 11.38. 

2024. g*Toft Nom. sing, of the 
fem. form of the adj. Purana (See 
No. 2022) 15.4. 

2025. 3*RR: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Puratana 
( Hoary or ancient ) 4. 3. 

2026. 3#RJ, Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Purujit ( The 
conqueror of the Purus i. e. King 
Kuntibhoja) 1. 5. 

2027. 3wf*r 'Voc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Purusarsabha (A 
bull amongst men ), used as a form 
for addressing Arjuna because of 
his extraordinary strength. 2. 15. 

2028. S^rs^TET Voc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Purusavyaghra (A 
tiger amongst men ), used as a form 
for addressing Arjuna because of his 
extraordinary strength 18. 4. 

2029. S^wr Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Purusa ( Ordinarily a male 
human being but sometimes used 
to denote man in general and some- 
times also to denote the individual 
soul) 2. 60. Here it is used in the 
second sense. 



2030. 5^^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Purusa ( See No. 2029 ) 2. 15 ; 
8. 8, 10 ; 10. 12 ; 13. supernumerary 
stanza (See App. I. 31), 19, 23; 15. 4. 

2031. <p*r: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Purusa ( See No. 2029 ) 2. 21 ; 
3. 4 ; 8. 4, 22 ; 11. IS, 38 ; 13. 20, 21, 
22 ; 15. 17 ; 17. 3. For the instances 
of the poetic license taken by the 
author in spelling this word see 
No. 2049 infra. 

2032. 3W: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Purusa ( See No. 2029 ) 9. 3. 

2033. S^rhw Voc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Purusottama ( Lit. 
the best of men or the highest 
active principle in the universe) used 
here as a form for addressing Sri 
Krsna. 8.1; 10.15; 11.3. This 
term has the latter meaning at the 
places mentioned in the next two 
entries. 

2034. 5Wrr*T*K Acc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Purusottama ( See 
No. 2033 ) 15. 19. 

2035. !£WtW: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Purusottama ( See 
No. 2033 ) 15. 18. 

2036. g^ft Nom. dual of the mas. 
noun Purusa ( See No. 2029 ) 15. 16. 

2037. i\ Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Pura ( A city ) 5. 13. 

2038. 3$PTOT^ Gen. plu, of the 
mas. noun Purodhas ( A royal family 
priest) 10. 24. 

2039. 3<3»OT$r: Inst. plu. of the 
fem. form of the adj. Puskala 
(Abundant) 11. 21. 

2040. i^ir^Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Pus ( To nourish ) 15. 13. 

2041. S^r^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Puspa ( A flower ) 9. 26. 



89 



gfwram 



Bhagavadglta Word-Index Pt. I A 



'fte'Pa; 



2042. sfera; Ace. sing, of the 
fern, form of the adj. Puspita 
(Flowery i. e. ornamental) 2. 42. 

2043. t^T; Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Puns ( See No. 2019 ) 2. 62. 

• 2044. ^r|f Ace. dual of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Pujarha ( One 
who is fit to be worshipped ) 2. 4. 

2045. ^J Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
ad j . Pujya ( One who is fit to he 
worshipped ) 11. 43. 

2046. I^rcr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Puta- 
papa ( One who is purified of all 
sin) 9. 20. 

2047. W- Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Puta ( Purified ) 4. 10. 

2048. *£% Nom. sing, of the neu, 
form of the adj. Puti (Putrid or 
stinking ) 17. 10. 

2049. x ^'> Same as Purusa (See 
Nos. 2029-32 ) 3. 19, 36. This is an 
alternative spelling used by the 
poet in cases of a metrical exigency. 

2050. 1#cr^Adv. Ind. (In days 
of yore) 4. 15. 

2051. <sh* Adv. Ind. ( Formerly ) 
11.33. 

2052. l^tW&T Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Purvabhyasa (Pre- 
vious practice or exercise ) 6. 44. 

2053. $ Loc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Purva used as a 
noun ( A previous age ) 10. 6. 

2054. ^f: Inst. plu. of the adj. 
Piirva used as a pronoun ( One of a 
prior age ) 4. 15 2 . 

2055. T^ffi Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Prcch ( To ask ) 2. 7. 

2056. 2«F§ Adv. Ind. ( Separately ) 
1.18*; 5. 4; 13.4; 18. 1, 14. 

90 



2057. T&f&Z Inst. sing, of the 
neu. noun Prthaktva ( The quality 
of being separate ) used in an ad- 
verbial sense (Separately or treated 
as a separate entity) 9. 15 ; 18. 21, 29. 

2058. Ssjfsf^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Prthag- 
vidha used in an adverbial sense 
( In a separate manner ; each sepa- 
rately) 18. 14. 

2059. 2*rfan*rsj; Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Prthag- 
vidha ( Treated as a separate entity ) 
18.21. 

2060. wikm: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Prthag- 
vidha(SeeNo. 2059)10. 5. 

2061. sfofa^ Voc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Prthivlpati (Lit. 
the lord of the earth ; hence a king ) 
1. 18. 

2062. sWn* Ace. sing, of the 
fern, noun Prthivi (The earth) 1. 19. 

2063. 1&3«CT** Loc. sing, of the 
fern, noun Prthivi ( See No . 2062 ) 
7. 9 ; 18. 40. 

2064. <ffcf:Adv. Ind. (From the 
rear) 11.40. 

2065. tfc^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Paundra (The name of the 
conch of Bhima ) 1. 15. 

2066. fm\ Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Pautra ( A grandson or a rela- 
tion in the position of a grandson ) 
1.26. 

2067. <fhn: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Pautra ( See No. 2066 ) 1. 34. 

2068. qrw*; Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Paurusa ( Manhood or 
humanity) 7. 8 ; 18. 25. 



TT^I%^ 



Primary Word-Units 



JT^tt: 



2069. ^fl^Acc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Paurva- 
dehika ( That relating to the previous 
birth) 6.43. 

2070. snPTO^Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Praka^aka 
(That which enlightens or illumi- 
nates ) 14. 6. 

2071. 5r^WTT% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Kli with the prefix Pra 
( To enlighten or illuminate ) 5. 16 ; 
13/33 2 . 

2072. mm^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Praka^a ( Light ) 14. 22. 

2073. 5R»TO: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Praka^a (See No. 2072) 
7.25; 14. 11. 

2074. sraitatf Inst. sing, of the 
fern, noun Prakirti (Wide-spread 
reputation ) 11. 36. 

2075. srfficsrr^ Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Pra- 
krtija ( Born of the primordial matter 
or one's innate nature ) 13. 21. 

2076. ST^%lr: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Prakrtija 
(See No. 2075)3. 5; 18.40. 

2077. Ufftorei^ Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Prakrti- 
sambhava (That which owes its 
origin to the primordial matter or 
one's innate nature) 13. 19. 

2078. sr^renwr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Prakrti- 
sambhava ( See No. 2077 ) 14. 5. 

2079. srffl^T: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Pra- 
krtistha ( That which resides in the 
primordial matter) 13. 21. 

2080. srfjfcrssrrfo Nom. plu. of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Pra- 
krtistha ( See No. 2079) 15. 7. 



2081. 5Tf%^Acc. sing, of the fern, 
noun Prakrti (The primordial 
matter or one's innate nature ) 
3. 33 ; 4. 6 ; 7. 5 ; 9. 7, 8, 12, 13 ; 
11. 51 ; 13. supernumerary stanza 
(App. 1.31), 19,23. 

2082. sr$ft: Nom. sing, of the 
fem. noun Prakrti (See No. 2081) 
7. 4 ; 9. 10 ; 13. 20 ; 18. 59. 

2083. 5Tf& Gen. sing, of the fem. 
noun Prakrti (See No. 2081) 3. 27, 
29, 33 ; 9. 8. 

'2084. 5r§?*rr Inst. sing, of the fem. 
noun Prakrti ( See No. 2081 ) 7. 20 ; 
13. 29. 

2085. 5r*W: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Prajana ( One who 
impregnates or generates ) 10. 28. 

2086. 5^fu% p r e. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Ha with the prefix Pra 
( To abandon or shake off ) 2. 55. 

2087. SFsrff Imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Ha with the prefix Pra. 
(See No. 2086) 3.41. Ramanuja, 
Madhava Anandatlrtha, Hanumana, 
Nilakantha and all the 8 comm. in 
the G, P. edition of 1912 read *Rf| 
^m, instead of 5C*rf| ^^. (See 
App. I. 13 ). 

2088. mmf® Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Jna with the prefix Pra 
( To know ) 18. 31. 

2089. srsrmrwr Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Jna with the prefix Pra. 
(See No. 2088)11. 31. 

2090. 5rsm#: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Prajapati (The 
Lord of Creatures, Brahma ) 3. 10 ; 
11. 39. 

2091. asm Nom. plu. of the fem. 
noun Praja (The creatures) 3. 10, 
24; 10.6. 



91 



sr^T 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Ft. I A 



srcgtpuirrsf^ 



2092. sfspr Nom, sing, of the fern, 
noun Pra jna ( Intelligence ) 2. 57, 
58,61,68. 

2093. sr^Acc. sing, of the fern, 
noun Prajfia ( See No. 2092 ) 2. 67. 

2094. sr^T^ Acc. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Prajnavada ( Argu- 
ments suggested by one's intel- 
ligence) 2. 11. 

2095. mw Ind. past participle of 
the root Nam with the prefix Pra 
( Having bowed ) 11. 14, 35, 44. 

2096. JT&&T Inst. sing, of the mas. 
noun Pranaya ( Love or affection ) 
11.41. 

2097. SBR: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Pranava (The syllable Om) 
7. 8. 

2098. JJWrfcT Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Nas" with the prefix Pra 
( To perish or disappear ) 2. 63 ; 
6. 30; 9. 31. 

2099. m^^f Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Nas* with the prefix Pra 
(See No. 2098)1.40. 

2100. 5Toiipn# Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Nas with the prefix Pra 
( See No. 2098 ) 6. 30. 

2101. JTfaram Ind. past participle 
of the root Dha with the prefixes Ni 
and Pra (To prostrate oneself) 11. 44. 

2102. srfrrqrflfef Inst. sing, of the 
mas. noun Pranipata (An obeisance 
made by prostrating oneself on the 
ground ) 4. 34. 

2103. 3Rr?r%Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Tap with the prefix Pra- 
( To heat or burn ) 11.30. 

2104. vmw^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Pratapavat 
(Mighty or powerful) 1. 12. 

2105. srr% Adv. Ind. (Towards) 
2.43. 



2106 5n%3TRtff Imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Jna. with the prefix Prati 
( To know for certain ) 9. 31 . 

2107. srftr^ri^ Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Jna with the prefix Prati 
(See No. 2106)18. 65. 

2108. srfeq-srt Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Pad with the prefix Prati 
( To attain, approach or reach ) 
14. 14. 

2109. srfaritasrrftr Fut. 1st pers. 
sing, of the root Yudh with the pre- 
fix Prati ( To fight against ) 2. 4. 

2110. srftTBr Nom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Pratistha (Firm basis, support, 
residence or receptacle ) 14. 27. 

2111. srfcTOT^ Ind. past participle 
of the root Stha-tisth with the pre- 
fix Prati ( To fix or establish firmly ) 
6. 11. 

2112. srffffro^ Nom. sing, of the 
past pass, participial adj. Pratisthita 
(Firmly fixed) 3. 15. 

2113. srfcrter Nom. sing, of the 
fern, form of the past participial adj. 
Pratisthita ( See No. 2113 ) 2. 57, 58, 
61,68. 

2114. S^msT**; Nom. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Pratyaksavagama ( That which can 
be cognised directly ) 9. 2. 

2115. sr<gtft%3 Loc. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Pratyanika (The 
opposing force ) 11. 32. 

2116. SF^srra": Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Pratyavaya (An obstacle 
or impediment ) 2. 40. 

2117. VRg&twfai The comp. noun 
Pratyupakara with the suffix Artharh 
having the sense of the dat. case- 
termination ( For the sake of the 
return of an obligation ) 17. 21. 



92 



srf^RT: 



Primary Word-Units 



SWI^r 



2118. srte.' Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, parti- 
cipial adj. Prathita (Become famous 
or celebrated ) 15. 18. 

2119. sn?*^: Perf. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Dhma with the prefix 
Pra ( To blow forcibly ) 1. 14. 

2120. srf^sr^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the caus. of the past 
pass, participial adj. Pradista (Shown 
or laid down) 8. 28. 

2121. 5T^^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Pradlpta (Fully ignited) 11. 29. 

2122. sr^TT% Pres. 3rd pers'. plu. 
of the root Dus with the prefix Pra 
( To become spoiled ) 1 41 . 

2123. stflnreT: Nom. plu. of the 
pres. participial adj. Pradvisat 
( Hating intensely ) 16. 18. 

2124. SFTsr: Nom.?sing. of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Pranasta ( Destroyed ) 18. 72. 

2125. SW^ Pres.- 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Pad with the prefix Pra 
(To attain, reach : or: approach) 7. ; 19. 

2126. m^% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Pad.'with the prefix Pra. 
( See No. 2125 ) 4. 11 ; 7. 14, 15, 20. 

2127. 3W Pres. 1st pers. sing, of 
the root Pad with the prefix Pra 
(See No. 2125) 15. 4. Ramanuja, 
Vedantadeslka. * and Venkatanatha 
have adopted the alternative reading 
Prapadyet which serves to avoid 
the inconvenience'"felt in construing 
the verse with the verb Prapadye 
(See App. L I. 35 ). 

2128. -5rq%tT s Pot. 3rdj!pers. sing, of 
the root Pad with the prefix Pra 
{See No. 2125) 15. 4. For the occur- 
rence of this word there and its 



appropriateness see the critical note 
in the previous entry. 

2129. JNTsr^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Prapanna ( Approached ) 2. 7. 

2130. Jftr^T Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Dr£-pa£y with the prefix 
Pra ( To see minutely or visualise ) 
11. 49. 

2131. 5nmr%: Inst. plu. of the 
pres. participial adj. Prapa%at 
( Seeing)!. 39. 

2132. stt^TTW Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Dr£-pasy with the prefix 
Pra (See No. 2130) 2. 8. 

2133. 3*1%!*^: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Prapitamaha ( Great- 
grandfather, the source of the 
Hiranyagarbha i. e. the Avyakta) 
11. 39. 

2134. semfa Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Bhu with the prefix Pra 
( To become evolved, to come into 
being, to become manifest or to 
make one's appearance) 8. 19. 

2135. JWWprr Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Bhu with the prefix Pra 
(See No. 2134)8. 18 ; 16. 9. 

2136. srwrarac Acc - SH1 g- of the mas - 
noun Prabhava (Birth or source) 

10. 2. 

2137. snra: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Prabhava ( See No, 2136) 7. 6 ; 
9. 18 ; 10. 8. 

2138. srafoa|5 Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Prabhavisnu 
( One who is capable of evolving at 
will ) 13. 16. 

2139. SWT Nom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Prabha ( Lustre ) 7. 8. 

2140. *r*n% Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Bhas with the prefix Pra 
(To speak) 2. 54. 



93 



«rs* 



BhagavadgUa Word-Index Pt. I A 



STSUTFcTT*^ 



2141. 33$: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Prabhu (The Lord or the 
Moral Governor of the World ) 
5. 14 ; 9. 18, 24. 

2142. snft Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Prabhu ( See No. 2141 ) 11. 4 ; 
14.21. 

2143. srwror^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Pramana (Authority) 
16. 24. This word also forms part 
of the * expression Pramanam 
kurute ( Authorises or approves of ) 
in 3. 21. 

2144. JOTFra" Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Pramathin (That 
which causes excitement or harass- 
ment) 6. 34. 

2145. swnaftft Nom. plu. of the 
neu. form of the adj. Pramathin (See 
No. 2144)2. 60. 

2146. mv$ft£t Nom. dual of the 
mas. com p. noun Pramadamoha 
( Carelessness, idleness or negli- 
gence, and delusion or infatuation ) 
14. 17. 

2147. sWT^:Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Pramada ( Carelessness, idle- 
ness or negligence) 14. 13. 

2148. swr^ra: Abl. sing, of the 
mas. noun Pramada ( See No. 2147 ) 
11.41. 

2149. snrnrrer^r^r: Inst. plu. of 
the fem. comp. noun Pramadalasya- 
nidra (Carelessness, laziness and 
sleep ) 14. 8. 

2150. sr*TT^ Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Pramada (See No. 2147) 14. 9. 

2151. srg% Loc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Pramukha used 
adverbially (In front of) 2. 6. Cf. 
1.25. 



2152. srg^rHf Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Muc-munc with the pre- 
fix Pra ( To release completely ) 
5. 3 ; 10. 3. 

2153. STTOfct Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Da-yacch with the prefix 
Pra (To offer) 9.26. 

2154. nwRflR: Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Prayatatman ( One who has practised 
or practises self-restraint ) 9. 26. 

2155. JRFsrrat Abl. sing, of the mas. 
noun Prayatna ( An effort ) 6. 45. 

2156. WT3Jt& Loc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Prayanakala (The 
time of going, here that of death ) 
7. 30 ; 8. 2, 10. 

2157. OTT3T: Nom. plu. of the past 
participial adj. Prayata (Departed 
or dead) 8. 23, 24. 

2158. snrrfa Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Ya with the prefix Pra 
(To depart) 8. 5, 13. 

2159. ar^Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Prayukta ( Propelled ) 3. 36. 

2160. si^piflf Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Yuj with p the prefix Pra 
( To employ or use ) 17. 26. 

.2161. VWF^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj . Pralapat ( Prattling or speaking 
without aim) 5. 9. 

2162. Ji^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Pralaya ( 'End or destruction', 
here 'death' ) 14. 14, 15. 

2163. srsssr: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Pralaya ( See No. 2162 ) 7. 6 ; 
9. 18. 

2164. SRTFcrr^ Ace. sing, of the 
fem. form of the comp. adj. Praia- 
yanta (Ending with one's death or 
extending upto the destruction of 
the world) 16. 11. . 



94 



5R5^ 



Primary Word-Units 



jrssrf^RTrscrcranr 



2165. 5R^T Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Pralaya ( See No. 2162 ) 14. 2. 

2166. 5H5H: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Pralina (Dissolved or ab- 
sorbed) 14. 15. 

2167. JT^te^ Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Li with the prefix Pra 
(To dissolve) 8. 19. 

2168. JRfra?% Pass. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Li with the prefix Pra 
(See No. 2167) 8. 18. 

2169. JRW^nftr Fut. 1st pers. sing, 
of the 2nd conj. paras, root Vac with 
the prefix Pra (To say, narrate or 
tell) 4. 16; 9. 1; 13. 12; 14. 1. 

2170. v&& Fut. 1st pers. sing, 
of the 2nd conj. Paras, root Vac 
with the prefix Pra irregularly treat- 
ed as an Atma. root (See No. 2169) 
8. 11. 

2171. srar^crrcj; Gen. plu. of the 
pres. participial adj. Pravadat (De- 
bating or arguing ) 10. 32. 

2172. *W?I% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Vad with the prefix Pra 
( To speak, prattle or argue ) 2. 42 ; 
5.4. 

2173. sjsrai* Pres. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Vrt with the prefix Pra 
( To prevail, to move on or to take 
one's natural course ) 5. 14 ; 10. 8. 

2174. sn*&% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Vrt with the prefix Pra 
(See No. 2173) 16. 10; 17.24. 

2175. srM^ Acc. sing, of the 
neu. form of the pres. pass, parti-, 
cipial adj . Pravartita ( Going round 
and round, or moving on ) 3. 16. 

2176. srftpro^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the past pass, parti- 
cipial adj. Pravibhakta (Divided) 
11. 13. 



2177. 5rr%WfJTl% Nom. plu. of the 
neu. form of the past pass, parti- 
cipial adj. Pravibhakta (See No. 
2176) 18.41. 

2178. JTRsforet Pass. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Li with the prefixes Vi 
and Pra (To dissolve, destroy or 
annihilate) 4. 23. 

.2179. srf%??u% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Vii" with the prefix Pra 
( To enter ) 2. 70*. 

2180. Ufa? Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Pravrtta ( Have proceeded ) 11. 32. 

2181. srfl%^Acc. sing, of the f em. 
noun Pravrtti (Activity or act of 
proceeding) *11. 31 ; 14. 22 ; 16. 7 ; 
18. 30. 

2182. STf^%: Nom. sing, of the 
fern, noun Pravrtti (See No. 2181) 
14. 12; 15.4; 18.46. 

2183. 5Tf% Loc. sing, of the pres. 
participial adj. Pravrtta (See No. 
2180) 1.20. 

2184. Sf!£: Nom. sing, of the pres. 
participial adj. Pravrddha (Extended 
or grown ) 11. 32. 

2185. srfit Loc. sing, of the pres. 
participial adj. Pravrddha ( See No. 
2184) 14.14. 

2186. sft§H Inf. of the root Vis* 
with the prefix Pra '( See No. 2179 ) 
11. 54. 

2187. srwriSfer^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the past pass, parti- 
cipial adj . Pravyathita ( Perturbed ) 
11. 20, 45, 

2188. sroiStaFWPOTr Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Pravyathitantaratman [ One whose 
heart is perturbed ( by fear )] 11. 24. 



95 



srwrwar: 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



srrfsr. 



2189. sr^teT: Norn. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past pass, parti- 
cipial adj. Pravyathita (See No. 
2187) 11. 23. 

2190. W# Loc. sing, of the past 
participial adj. Pras'astaC Applauded, 
commended or auspicious ) 17. 26. 

2191. JTOPcWW^Acc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Pra- 
s&ntamanas ( One whose mind is at 
peace within oneself ) 6. 27. 

2192. sreTFcTFT Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Pra^anta ( One 
who has a cool heart ) 6. 7. 

2193. WRTT?*n Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Pra- 
3antatman (One whose, heart is cool) 
6.14. 

2194. W3JT: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Prasakta ( Firmly attached ) 16. 16. * 

2195. srerJFT Inst. sing, of the mas. 
noun Prasanga ( Attachment, devo- 
tion or addiction ) 18. 34. 

2196. srsra^TCT: Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Pra- 
sannacetas ( One whose mind is 
pacified or set at rest ) 2. 65. 

2197. sraWROT Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Prasan- 
natman ( One whose mind is pacified 
or set at rest ) 18. 54. 

2198. sra%*r Inst. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Prasanna ( Pleased ) 11. 47. 

2199. STCTW* Adv. Ind. ( Perforce 
or violently ) 2. 60 ; 11.41. 

2200. SRl^rwrsqn Fut. 2nd pers. 
plu. of the root Su with the prefix 
Pra(Tobeget)3. 10. 

2201. 5RTR% Caus. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Sad with the prefix Pra 
( To please or propitiate ) 11. 44. 

96 



2202. srsrr^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Prasada (Propitiation, 
tranquillity or grace ) 2. 64. 

2203. sr^rr^ Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Prasada (See No. 2202) 2. 65. 

2204. srftrafts; Pot. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Sidh with the prefix Pra 
(To be accomplished or effected, to 
be got or obtained, or to succeed ) 
3.8. 

2205. sreft^ 'Imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Sad with the prefix Pra 
(See No. 2201) 11.25,31,45. 

2206. sr^cTr Nom. sing, of the fem. 
form of the past -participial adj. 
Prasrta ( Spread or unfolded ) 15. 4. 

2207. srWT: Nom. plu. of the fem. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Prasrta (See No. 2206) 15.2. 

2208. JTf^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Prahasat (Mocking or laughing) 
2. 10. 

2209. 5Tfl^% Fut. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Han with the prefix Pra 
( To destroy or destroy completely ) 
2. 39. 

2210. sr^ffir Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Hrs with the prefix Pra 
(To be delighted) 11. 36. 

2211. Jlf^ Pot. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Hrs with the prefix Pra 
(See No. 2210)5.20. 

2212. STf^: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Prahlada ( The name of 
the son of the demon-king Hiranya- 
"ka^ipu whom Visnu in the form of 
the Man-lion slew according to the 
Visnu Purana ) 10. 30. 

2213. STT§3: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the ad j . Prakrta ( Common- 
place or vulgar) 18. 28. 



5TTf 



Primary Word-Units 



srresnfr 



2214. m% Adv. Ind. (Before or 
prior to) 5. 23. 

2215. srrsnswT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Pranjali ( One 
whose hands are folded in supplica- 
tion or prayer ) 11. 21. 

2216. srnwrffr Ace. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Pranakarman (An 
action of the vital breath ) 4. 27. 

2217. JTroT^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Prana (The vital breath) 4. 29 ; 
8. 10, 12. 

2218. sttott^ Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Prana ( See No. 2217) 1. 33 ; 
4.30. 

2219. snroTrq-RTralr Ace. dual of the 
fern. comp. noun Pranapanagati (The 
movement or action of the upward 
and downward breaths) 4. 29. 

2220. STOWnsROTIftf: Nom. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Pranapanasamayukta ( United with 
the upward and downward breaths ) 

15. 14. 

x 

2221. srrnWRT Ace. dual of the 

mas. comp. noun Pranapana, used in 
the dual form only ( The upward and 
downward breaths) 5. 27. 

2222. 3TT0TRWTTTT0IT: Nom, plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Pranayamaparayana ( One who is ex- 
clusively devoted to the restraint 
of the vital breath ) 4. 29. 

2223. srtf^Fr^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Pranin ( A living being ) 
15. 14. 

2224. *rwt Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Prana ( See No. 2217 ) 4. 29. 

2225. *rr5t$ Loc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Prana ( See No. 2217 ) 4. 30. 

2226. HTTOFsrcr: Adv. Ind. ( Princi- 
pally) 10. 19. 

B. G. I. 7 97 



2227. srw Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Prapta (Acquired or attained) 
18. 50. 

2228. srrci^Pot. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the 5th conj. Paras, root Ap 
with the prefix Pra ( To acquire or 
attain) 18. 71. 

2229. mtgg^H Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Ap with the prefix Pra 
(See No. 2228) 12. 4. 

2230. srnsrlnd. past participle of 
the root Ap with the prefix Pra (See 
No. 2228) 2. 57, 72 ; 5. 20 2 ; 6. 41 ; 
8.21,25; 9. 33. 

2231. srr^Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Ap with the prefix Pra 
(See No. 2228) 5.5. 

2232. srmwR*' Fut. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the 5th conj. Paras, root Ap with 
the prefix Pra ( See No. 2228 ) 2. 37 ; 
18. 62. In 2. 37 the two commen- 
tators of the name of Venkatanatha 
read Prapsyase in place of this ( See 
App.1.9). 

2233. 5tr^% Fut. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the 5th conj. Paras, root Ap with 
the prefix Pra irregularly treated as 
an Atma. root ( See No. 2228 ) 2. 37. 
This is the reading according to two 
commentators only ( See App. I. 9 
and the note in the preceding 
entry ). 

2234. srr^t Fut. 1st pers. sing, of 
the 5th conj. Paras, root Ap with the 
prefix Pra irregularly treated as an 
Atma, root ( See No. 2228 and 2233 ) 
16. 13. 

2235. 5fR*f%Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Rabh with the prefix Pra 
( To commence ) 18. 15. 



srishp^ 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



5TTRri5^1 



2236. stpWI Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Arth with the • prefix Pra 
(To pray or request for) 9. 20. 

2237. srrs Perf. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Ah or Brii with the prefix 
Pra ( To speak ) 4. 1. (See also No. 
549)4.1. 

2238. WTf: Perf. 3rd pers. plu.. of 
the root Ah or Bru with the prefix 
Pra ( See Nos. 2237 and 549) 6. 2; 
13. 1 ; 15. 1 ; 18. 2, 3. 

2239. fsRTfnrar: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the super, degree of 
the comp. adj. Priyakrt (The best 
of those who do pleasant things i. e. 
the best friend ) 18. 69. 

2240. rwVm: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. desi. parti- 
cipial adj. Priyacikirsu (One who 
desires to do pleasant things ) 1. 23. 

2241. fspicnr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. degree of 
the adj. Priya ( Dear ) 18. 69. 

2242. fosrftcr^Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Priya- 
hita ( That which is dear and benefi- 
cial) 11 A 5. 

2243. OT^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Priya (See No. 2241) 
5. 20. 

2244. fsrqr: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Priya (See No. 2241) 
7. 17 2 ; 9.29; 11. 44; 12. 14, 15, 
16, 17, 19; 17. 7; 18. 65*. 

2245. WW: Gen. sing, of the 
fem. form of the adj. Priya used as 
a noun (A beloved) 11. 44. This 
word occurs in the fourth line of 
the above verse which runs : — TSTT: 
tor«TTfl% $sr #pu It is against the 
classical rules of Samdhi to drop 
the sr of 3*"fT% because the Visarga 
of "Brorar; is dropped. This breach 



of rule is explicable on the ground 
of expediency of the metre Upen- 
dravajra which has 11 syllables' in 
each line. Anandagiri who follows 
&arikara says that this is a Chandasa 
(Vedic) Samdhi. Another way to 
construe the sentence is to separate 
the Samdhi as &TW + «*$%. Of the 
two the former is preferable because 

(1) the third line alone has the com- 
parative particle ^T which is appli- 
cable as well to fto and 'fasjT, 
as to fq-cTT and pr and wm, and *F<stt, 

(2) the words JJS and *n£t have clearly 
and quite appropriately the genetive 
case-terminations applied to them, 

(3) it is more poetic and realistic 
to say that a man would condone 
the faults of his beloved than that 
one man would condone the fault of 
another man dear to him and (4) it 
would be tautalogous to have said so 
because the ^T and ^W relation 
has already been mentioned once. 
Ramanuja in order to avoid this fault 
construe.s the sentence thus: — Just 
as a father or a friend condones the 
faults of a son or a friend if sub- 
missively beseeched, so you, a dear 
person (Priyah), should condone 
mine, a dear person (Priyaya). 
I consider this a laboured construc- 
tion. 

2246. f&WT*. Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Priya (See No. 2241) 
12. 20. 

' 2247. sftcpqsrr: Nom sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Prita- 
manas ( One whose mind is pleased ) 
11. 49. 

2248. sffrfcf#^ Adv. Ind. (Ac- 
companied by or with love or aff §c- . 
tion ) 10. 10, 



98 



sJtrer*. 



Primary Word-Units 



«ftf|S 



2249. *fh%: Nom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Prlti ( Ordinarily ' love or 
affection', but here * joy ' ) 1. 36. 

2250. sfonnoiw Dat. sing, of the 
mas. form of the active pres. parti- 
cipial adj. Priyamana ( One who is 
being loved ) 10. 1. 

2251. JTcfT^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Preta ( A dead body ) 17. 4. 

2252. ^ Ind. past participle of 
the root I with the prefix Pra ( To 
go or depart) 17. 28 ; 18. 12. The 
word at both the places means ' on 
departure ( from this world )'. 

2253. STTW^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial adj. 
Prokta ( Said ) 8. 1 ; 13. 11 ; 17. 18 ; 
18. 37. 

2254. JTreum^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, parti- 
cipial adj., Proktavat (Had said) 
4. 1,4." 

2255. sfm>: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past "pass, participial 
adj. Prokta ( See No. 2253 ) 4. 3 ; 
6. 33; 10.40; 16.6. 

2256. ^PT Nom. sing, of the fern, 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Prokta ( See No. 2253 ) 3. 3. 

2257. SPKTH Nom. plu. of the 
neu. form of the past pass, parti- 
cipial .adj. Prokta ( See No. 2253 ) 
18. 13. 

2258. sfr^rtPass. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Vac. with the prefix Pra 
( To say or speak of ) 18. 19. 

2259. xfNPTW* Ace. sing, of the 
continuous pres. participial adj. 
Procyamana (Being said or spoken 
of) 18. 29. 

2260. ifrcr^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Prota(Woven)7, 7. 



2261. "tf^Norn. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Phala ( A fruit ) 2. 51 ; 
5. 4 ; 7. 23 ; 9. 26 ; 14. 16 3 ; 17. 12, 
21,25; 18.9, 12. 

2262. I^tcrer: Nom; plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Phala- 
hetu ( One who does an act with the 
motive of reaping its fruit ) 2. 49. 

2263. «G3rPOT8Eft Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Phala- 
kamksin (One who entertains an 
expectation of a fruit ) 18. 34. 

2264. WTF* Ace. plu. of the neu. 
noun Phala ( See No. 2261 ) 18. 6. 

2265. «G§5 Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Phala ( See No. 2261 ) 5. 12. 

2266. t K&f Loc. plu. of the neu. 
noun Phala ( See No. 2261) 2. 47. 

2267. «fcT Interjection; Ind. (Alas) 
1,45. 

2268. ~m?i Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Baddha ( Bound ) 16. 12. 

2269. srsrrfo Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the 9th conj. root Bandh (To 
bind )14. 6. 

2270. *™fo Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Bandh (See No. 2269) 
4. 14. 

2271. ■%**&{ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Bandha ( Bondage ) 18. 30. 

2272. 3FWm;Abl. sing, of the mas. 
noun Bandha ( See No. 2271 ) 5. 3. 

2273. *Pf: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Bandhu ( A relation ) 6. 5, 6. 

2274. sp^Acc. p.lu. of the mas. 
noun Bandhu ( See No. 2273 ) 1. 27. 

2275. 3pJ*rRedup. perf. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root BhG ( To be ) 2. 9, 



99 



w^ 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



sfrsr^ 



2276. *r^Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Bala ( Strength ; also 
an army as a symbol of strength) 
1.10 2 ;7. 11; 16. 18; 18.53. 

2277. srerarerm Gen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Balavat (Strong 
or powerful) 7. 11. 

2278. W^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Balavat ( See 

No. 2277)6. 34. 

2279. si^rT^Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Balavat ( See 
No. 2277)16. 14. 

2280. «r^T?!;Abl. sing, of the neu. 
noun Bala ( See No. 2276 ) 3. 36. 

2281. 3^r.-Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Bahu ( Many ) 1. 9 ; 
4. 10; 11.28. 

2282. *%: Adv. Ind. (Outside) 
5.27; 13.15. 

2283. *§$$F$TreR. Aec. sing, of 
neu. form of the cornp. adj. Bahu- 
damstrakarala ( Fierce or weird on 
account of having many molar teeth ) 
11.23. 

2284. srgsrr Adv. Ind. (In many 
ways ) 9. 15 ; 13. 4. 

2285. ^I/Tr Inst. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Bahu (See No. 2281) 
10. 42. 

2286. *f*rrp<nTO Ace. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Bahubahurupada (That which has 
many thighs and feet ) 11. 23. 

2287. *Ǥ*T?r: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Bahu- 
mata ( Thought of or looked upon 
with respect) 2. 35. 

2288. aqpsRRT^dv. Ind. (With 
great effort) 18. 24. 



2289. ^fec^^Acc. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Bahu- 
vaktranetra ( That which has many 
faces and eyes ) 11. 23. 

2290. srfrirwr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Bahuvidha ( Of 
many kinds ) 4. 32. 

2291. ^pTMT: Nom. plu. of the 
fem. form of the comp. adj. Bahu- 
£akha (That which has many branches) 
2.41.' 

2292. srf^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Bahudara 
(That which has many bellies) 11. 23. 

2293. Wf^Gen. plu. of the neu. 
form of the adj. Baml (See No. 2281) 
7. 19. 

2294. srffaNom. or ace. plu. of 
the neu. form of the adj. Bahu ( See 
No. 2281)4. 5; 11.6. 

2295. Wf^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
Jorm of the adj. Bahu (See No. 2281) 

2. 36. 

2296. WT^T: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Bala ( Ordinarily 'a child' but 
here l a man of undeveloped intelli- 
gence or little knowledge ) 5. 4. 

2297. srri^refw Loc. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Bahyasparia (An 
object of sense-perception ) 5. 21. 

2298. WTirH;Acc. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Bahya (External) 
5. 27. 

2299. f%*rf$ Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Bhr (To fill) 15. 17. 

2300. 5ter*£: Nom. sing, of mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Bljaprada 
( One who supplies the seed ) 14. 4. 

2301. ^r^Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun BIja ( A seed ) 7. 10 ; 
9. 18 ; 10. 39. • 



100 



PFT: 



Primary Word-Units 



srispprr: 



2302. ®5&: Norn. plu. of the fem. 
noun Buddhi ( Intelligence, know- 
ledge or the sense of discrimination ) 
2.41. 

2303. I%?TTira;Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. pot. partici- 
pial adj. Buddhigrahya ( That which 
is capable of being cognised by the 
intellect) 6. 21. 

2304. i%*rret: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Buddhina^a ( The 
destruction of one's sense of dis- 
crimination) 2. 63. 

2305. I%5Tnm^ Abl. sing, of the ■ 
mas. comp. noun Buddhina^a ( See 
No. 2304)2. 63. 

2306. i%$^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Buddhibheda 
(Doubt) 3. 26. 

2307. I%*P3rc^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Buddhimat 
used as a noun ( An intelligent man 
or one with a sense of discrimina- 
tion ) 7. 10. 

2308. if^TT^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Buddhimat 
( See No. 2307 ) 4. 18; 15.20. 

2309. f^p>: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Buddhi- 
yukta (One who has acquired a sense 
of discrimination ) 2. 50. 

2310. if^ptt: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Bud- 
dhiyukta(SeeNo.2309)2. 51. 

2311. ff^Pn*. Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Buddhiyoga (The 
species of Yoga which consists of 
discrimination between the self and 
the non-selfs ) 10. 10; 18.57. 

2312. if^FTR; Abl. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Buddhiyoga (See 
No. 2311)2.49. 



. 2313. f rlc^r'TO; Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Buddhisarhyoga 
( A reunion with a sense of discri- 
mination) 6. 43. 

2314. ff^Acc. sing, of the fem. 
noun Buddhi (See No. 2302) 3. 2; 
12. 8. 

2315. ff^: Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Buddhi (See No. 2302) 2. 39, 41, 
44, 52, 53, 65, 66 ; 3. 1, 40, 42 ; 7. 4, 
10 ; 10. 4 ; 13. 5 ; 18. 17, 30, 31, 32. 

2316. f%; Gen. sing, of the fem. 
noun Buddhi ( See No. 2302) 3. 42, 
43 ; 18. 29. 

2317. f^" Loc. sing, of the fem. 
noun Buddhi ( See -No. 2302 ) 2. 49. 

2318. l^rr Inst. sing, of the fem. 
noun Buddhi ( See No. 2302 ) 2. 39 ; 
5. 11; 6. 25; 18.51. 

2319. f<^rr Ind. past participle of 
the root Budh ( To know ) 3. 43 ; 
15. 20. 

2320. f w: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Budha ( A knower or a wise 
man) 5. 22. 

2321. I^rr: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Budha ( See No. 2320 ) 4. 19 ; 
10. 8. 

2322. fft?HW Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Brhatsarnan ( The 
particular portion of the Samaveda 
which propounds the way to final 
absolution ) 10. 35,* 

2323. ff¥Tf?H Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Brhaspati (The precep- 
tor of the gods ) 10. 24. 

2324. WT^WC. Ace. sing, of the 
pot. participial adj. Boddhavya (That 
which is required to be known) 
4. m 

2325. *ftW3: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the caus. pres. partici- 
pial adj. Bodhayat ( Teaching ) 10. 9. 



101 



rn- ii ■■iff fom 



Bhagawdgita Word-Index Pt. I A 






2326. sraftftr Pres. 1st pers.- sing, 
of the root Bra ( To speak ) 1 . 7. 

2327. enftfaPres. 2nd pers. sing. 
of the root Bru (See No. 2326) 
10. 13. 

2328. snr Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Brahman ( Etymologi- 
cally, ' that which grows ' from the 
root Brh, to grow ). This word has 
been used derivatively in the various 
senses of ' the Ultimate Reality,' 
' the Essence of things,' 'the primor- 
dial matter' otherwise called Prakrti, 
&c. The particular sense in any 
given verse must be determined 
by a reference to the context. 3. 15 2 , 
4. 24 3 ,31; 5. 6, 19; 7. 29; 8.1, 

3, 13, 24; 10. 12; 13. 12, 30; 14. 3, 4; 
18. 50. 

2329. snppt Norn. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Brahmakarman 
( The duties appropriate to a Brah- 
mana ) 18. 42. 

2330. sraratfswTfW Inst. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Brahmakarma- 
samadhi (Concentration or repose 
in the Karma consisting of Brahman ) 

4. 24. 

2331. %w*m, Nom. or ace. sing, 
of the neu. noun Brahmacarya 
(Celibacy) 8. 11; 17. 14. 

2332. swsTffo?fr Loc. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Brahmacarivrata 
( The vow of celibacy ) 6. 14^ 

2333. smrcrr: Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Brahman ( The Creator ) 4, 32 ; 
8.17; 11.37; 

Gen. sing, of the neu. noun Brah- 
man ( See No. 2328 ) 6. 38 ; 14. 27 ; 
17. 23. 

2334. 5nmr Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Brahman ( See No. 2328 ) 4. 24. 



2335. srirfoi Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Brahman f See No. 2328) 5. 10, 
19, 20. 

2336. ^irf^ftn^Nom. oracc. sing, 
of the neu. comp. noun Brahma- 
nirvana ( Repose or absorption in 
Brahman ) 2. 72 ; 5.24,25,26. 

2337. srsppn* Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past partici- 
pial adj. Brahmabhuta (One who 
has become Brahman ) 6. 27. 

2338. m*®* Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past partici- 
pial adj. Brahmabhuta (See No. 2337) 
5. 24 ; 18. 54. 

2339. am^mr Dat. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Brahmabhuya ( The 
state of being identical with Brah- 
man ) 14. 26 ; 18. 53. 

2340. srir%T^RTc3TT Nom. sing, of 
the" mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Brahmayogayuktatman ( One whose 
mind has acquired Brahmayoga i. e. 
the state of union with Brahman) 
5.21. 

2341. SSRTftTT^Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Brahmavadin (One who 
believes in or expounds the doctrine 
of the existence of Brahman ) 17. 24. 

2342. mfe% Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Brahma- 
vid (One who knows Brahman) 5. 20. 

2343. snrf^: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Brahma- 
vid( See No. 2342) 8. 24. 

2344. ^*iwkAcc. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Brahma- 
samspar^a ( That which has contact 
with or that which touches Brahman ) 
6.28. 

2345. srufsprt: Inst. plu. of the 
neu. comp. adj. Brahmasutrapada 
( The words of the Brahmasutra or 



102 



sutrtt 



Primary Word-Units 



wr^ 



of the cryptic sayings contained in 
the Vedas i. e. the Upanisads ) 13. 4. 

2346. ®WV$t Loc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Brahmagni ( Brahman 
which itself is the fire ) 4. 24, 25. 

2347. SFfrm^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Brahman (The god Brahma) 
11. 15. 

2348. arifajsn* Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Brah- 
modbhava ( That which has arisen 
from, Brahman i. e. the Veda ) 3. 15. 

2349. m^acrfw^TT^Gen. phi. of 
the mas. comp. noun Brahmana- 
ksatriyavit ( The Brahmana, Ksatriya 
and Vai^ya) 18. 41. 

2350. WTITot^t Gen. sing, of the 
mas. noun Brahmana ( A member of 
the Varna known as Brahmana ) 2. 46. 

2351. STTiraTr: Nom. phi. of the 
mas. noun Brahmana ( See No. 2350 ) 
9. 33 ; 17. 23. 

2352. mwft Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Brahmana (See No. 2350) 5. 18. 

2353. 3f# Nom. sing, of the fern, 
form of the ad j . Brahma ( Of Brah- 
man) 2. 72. " 

2354. srfl Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Bra ( See No. 2326) 2. 7; 
5. 1. 

2355. *TO>: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Bhakta ( Devoted ) 7. 21 ; 

The same used as a noun (Devotee) 
4.3; 9.31. 

2356. WRTt Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Bhakta used as a noun (See No. 2355) 
9.33; 12.1,20. 

2357. ^f%?TT^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the~ adj. Bhaktimat 
(Pious) 12. 17,19. 



2358. wffPRfcr Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Bhaktiyoga (The 
Yoga which consists of devotion) 
14. 26. 

2359. srf^Acc. sing, of the fern, 
noun Bhakti ( Devotion ) 18. 68. If 
the reading in 7. 21 adopted by Sri 
Venkatanatha ( See App. I. 24) is 
preferred, reference to that verse 
must be added here and the entry 
as to Sraddham must be omitted 
altogether. 

* 2360. *rr&: Nom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Bhakti ( See No. 2359 ) 13. 10. 

2361. WTT Inst. sing, of the fem. 
noun Bhakti (See No. 2359 ) 8. 10, 
22; 9. 14,26,29; 11. 54; 18. 55. 

2362. WSTpf^Acc. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Bhaktyupahrta (Of- 
fered with devotion ) 9. 26. 

2363. wm^ Voc sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Bhagavat used as 
a form of address ( The Revered One 
or Lord ) 10. 14, 17. 

2364. srsmn^Gen. plu. of the pres. 
participial adj. Bhajat (Adoring) 
10. 10. 

2365. *Far??r Pres. Paras. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the Ubhayapadi root Bhaj 
(To adore or worship) 6. 31 ; 15. 19. 

2366. *ra% Pres. Atrna. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Bhaj (See No. 2365) 

6. 47 ; 9. 30. 

2367. *T*ffor Pres. Paras. 3rd pers. 
plu. of the root Bhaj ( See No. 2365 ) 
9. 13, 29. 

2368. *rsn%J?res. Atrna . 3rd pers. 
plu. of the root Bhaj ( See No. 2365 ) 

7. 16, 28 ; 10. 8. 

2369. **SRW Imp. Paras. 2nd pers. 
sing, of the root Bhaj. (See No. 2365) 
9.33. 

103 



*wrfo 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



«rre«wran* 



2370. *rsrrf*rPres. Paras. 1st pers. 
sing, of the root Bhaj ( See No. 2365) 
4. 11. 

2371. fWUNom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Bhaya (Fear) 10. 4; 
18. 35. 

2372. *r*rni; Abl. sing, of the neu. 
noun Bhaya (See No. 2371) 2. 35, 40. 

2373. *TTR35rfr Ace. plu. of the 
neu. form of the adj. Bhayanaka 
(Terrible) 11. 27. 

2374. *r*n*ft Ace. dual of the neu. 
comp. noun Bhayabhaya ( Fear and 
absence of fear ) 18. 30. 

2375. *TCRS: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Bhayavaha 
( That which causes fear and is hence 
risky) 3. 35. 

2376. *$FT Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Bhaya ( See No. 2371 ) 11. 45. 

2377. W%$* Voc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Bharatarsabha (A 
bull amongst the Bharatas ) 3. 41 ; 
7.11,16; 8. 23; 13. 26; 14. 12; 
18. 36. 

2378. ¥Rcl2rg Voc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Bharata- 
sVestha used as a form of address 
( The best of the Bharatas ) 17. 12. 

2379. *r*craTW Voc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Bharata- 
sattama used as a form of address 
( The best of the Bharatas ) 18. 4. 

2380. TcftNom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Bhartr ( A nourisher and hence 
a master) 9. 18; 13.22. 

2381. *FW Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Bhu ( See No. 2275 ) 2. 45 ; 
6. 46; 8. 27; 9. 34; 11. 33, 46; 
12. 10; 18.57,65. 

2382. «rerer: Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Bhavat ( A term 



of respect used for addressing a 
preceptor or any other highly re- 
spected person ) 4. 4. 

Pre. 3rd pers. dual of the root Bhu 
( See No. 2275 ) 14. 17. 

2383. W% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Bhu (See No. 2275) 
1.44; 2.63; 3. 14; 4.7, 12; 6. 2, 
17, 42; 7. 23; 9.31 ; 14. 3, 10, 21; 
17.2,3,7; 18. 12. 

2384. *nF?TB; Ace. sing, of the pro- 
noun Bhavat ( See No. 2382) 11. 31. 

2385. ^rsFcr: Norn. plu. of the pro- 
noun Bhavat ( See No. 2382) 1. 11. 

2386. *T3T% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Bhu (See No. 2275) 3. 14 ; 
10. 5 ; 16. 3. 

2387. *P*5 Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Bhava=Bhava (Existence) 10. 4. 
Mark that the absence of this quality 
is expressed by the word AbMva. 

2388. *rsrre; Nom. sing, of the 
pronoun Bhavat ( See No. 2382 ) 
1. 8; 10. 12; 11.31. 

2389. *n*F*T*ft Ace. dual of the 
mas. comp. noun Bhavapyaya ( Crea- 
tion or evolution, and destruction 
or dissolution ) 11. 2. 

2390. «RTfa Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Bhu (See No. 2275) 12. 7. 

2391. ^f%crT Nom. sing, of the 
mas, form of the fut. participial adj. 
Bhavitr ( Likely to become ) 2. 20 ; 
18. 69. If Sankara's reading Abhavita 
in 2. 20 is taken to be correct, as I 
believe it should be, reference to it 
would be required to be omitted 
from here. 

2392. *rfe*q"?TT^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the fut. participial 
adj . Bhavisyat ( That which is likely 
to come into existence in future ) 
10. 34. 



104 



*rf%<arfgr 



Primary Word-Units 



f*lW 



2393. *rf^rfcT Fut. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Bhu (See No. 2275) 
16. 13. 

2394. ifrf^rfer Fut. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Bhu (See No. 2275) 
11. 32. 

2395. ifrfirwnf&lNom.'plu. of the 
neu. form of the fut. participial 
adj. Bhavisyat ( See No. 2392) 7. 26. 

2396. *rT%*rw:Fut. 1st pers. plu. 
of the root Bhu ( See No. 2275 ) 2. 12. 

2397. *^Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Bhu (See No. 2275) 1. 46; 
11. 12. 

2398. *P5?TOT^Adv. Ind. (To the 
form of ashes ) ;—§*% ( Reduces to 
to the form of ashes ) 4. 37*. 

2399. "*m?r Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Bharata (A descendant of 
Bharata)used by Krsna as a form 
for addressing Arjuna and by 
Sanjaya for addressing Dhrtarastra. 
1. 24 ; 2. 10, 14, 18, 28, 30 ; 3. 25 
4. 7, 42;-7. 27; 11. 6;. 13. 2, 33 
14.3,8,9,10; 15. 19, 20; 16. 3 
17. 3 ; 18. 62. 

2400. WW Nom. sing, of the 
fern, noun Bhavana (Faith or firm 
belief) 2. 66. 

2401. *n^c? Imp. 2nd pers. plu. 
of the caus. form of the root Bhu 
( To cause to live i. e. foster or 
support) 3. 11. 

2402. *rm*3R Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Bhavayat (Fostering or support- 
ing) 3. 11. 

2403. "^R^ Imp. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the caus. form of the root Bhu 
(See No. 2401)3. 11. 

2404. srnrcraf&retft Nom. plu. of 
the comp. past pass, participial adj. 



Bhavasamanvita (Endowed with faith) 
10. 8. 

2405. *TT*rtfgflp Nom. sing, of the 
fern. comp. noun Bhavasamsudhi 
( Purity of thought or belief) 17. 16. 

2406. W3; Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Bhava (Nature, entity, faith, 
sentiment or thought, according to 
context) 7. 15, 24; 8. 6 ; 9. 11; 
18. 20. 

2407. *fR: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Bhava (See No. 2406) 2. 16; 
8. 4, 20 ; 18. 17. 

2408. *fRr: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Bhava ( See No. 2406 ) 7. 12; 
10. 5. 

2409. W%5 Loc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Bhava ( See No. 2406 ) 10. 17. 

2410. wl: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
noun Bhava ( See No. 2406 ) 7. 13. 

2411. *rr# Pres. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Bhas ( To speak ) 2. 11. 

2412. *TNT Nom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Bhasa (Language or speech) 
2. 54. 

2413. wm% Pres. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the caus. form of the root Bhas 
( To cause to appear or make mani- 
fest) 15.6. 12. 

2414. srtH: Nom. plu. of the fern, 
noun Bhas ( A ray of light or lustre ) 
11.12,30. 

2415. *TT*£raT Inst. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Bhasvat (Resplendent) 10. 11. 

2416. *n: Nom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Bhas (See No. 2414) 11. 12. 

2417. f^mr Nom. sing, of the fern, 
form of the past participial adj. 
Bhinna (Differentiated or divided) 
7. 4. 



105 



tffasfta: 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Pt. I A 



spvrtefsr 



2418. WcWRr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past parti- 
cipial ad j . Bhltabhita ( One who is 
taken aback by fear ) 11. 35. 

2419. *fre*3C Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Bhita ( Frightened ) 11. 50. 

2420. WcTTFT Nom. plu. of the neu. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Bhita (See No. 2419)11.36. 

2421. tflcrr: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Bhita (See No. 2419)11.21. 

2422. tfrsn^r Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Bhima- 
karman ( One who does mighty 
deeds) 1. 15. 

2423. #?TTW^rr^ Nom. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Bhlmabhiraksita 
( Protected on all sides by Bhlma ) 

I. 10. 

2424. W*fr#TSFsrT: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Bhimarjunasama (Equal to Bhlma 
and Arjuna) 1. 4. 

2425. vft^fR^W: Comp. adv. 
Ind. ( In front of Bhisma and Drona) 
1.25. 

2426. *fr*n^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Bhisma ( The name of the 
son of Santanu by Ganga, who first 
led the Kaurava army into the field 
of Kuruksetra ) 1. 11 ; 2. 4 ; 11. 34. 

2427. W*F; Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Bhisma ( See No. 2426 ) 1. 8 ; 

II. 26. 

2428. ^fttffcrac Nom. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. past 
participial adj. Bhismabhiraksita 
( Protected on all sides by Bhisma ) 
1. 10. 



2429. l^r Ind. past participle 
of the root Bhuj ( To enjoy ) 9. 21. 

2430. lf# Pres. 3rd pers. sing; 
of the root Bhuj (See No. 2429) 
3. 12; 13.21. 

2431. 33fS«r Imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Bhuj ( See No. 2429 ) 
11. 33. 

2432. ^§f Pres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Bhuj ( See No. 2429) 3. 13. 

2433. *prR^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Bhunjana ( Enjoying) 15. 10. 

2434. *pfto Pot. 1st pers. sing, of 
the root Bhuj ( See No. 2429 ) 2. 5. 

2435. ^f^ Loc. sing, of the f em. 
noun Bhu ( The earth ) 18. 69. • 

2436. ^TJFira; Ace. plu. of the 
mas. noun Bhutagana ( The class of 
spirits or devils ) 17. 4. 

2437. *i?5rm^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Bhutagrama (The 
multitude of created beings ) 9. 8 ; 
( The group of organs ) 17. 6. 

2438. ^mrm Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Bhutagrama (The 
group of the gross elements or the 
multitude of created beings) 8. 19. 

2439. ^pr^ra^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Bhutaprthagbhava 
( The separate existence of created 
beings ) 13. 30. 

2440. ?3crsr$ft#r$rat Ace. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Bhiitaprakrti- 
moksa ( Release from the nature of 
created beings ) 13. 34. 

2441 . *ifnT<t Nom. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Bhutabhartr (The nouri- 
sher of the created beings) 13. 16. 

2442. *f5?*rR*r Voc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Bhutabhavana (The 
source of the created beings) 10. 15. 



106 



^fVTT^T: 



Primary Word-Units 



§m 



2443. ^WFTrNom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Bhutabhavana ( See 
No. 2442) 9. 5. 

2444. grararT^RT 5 ^: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Bhutabhavo- 
dbhavakara ( One who is the cause 
of the production of, the created 
beings) 8. 3. 

2445. ^r^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Bhiitabhrt (One 
who supports the created beings ) 
9. 5. 

2446. ^cf*r%^^Acc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Bhutamahesvara 
( The Highest Lord of the created 
beings) 9. 11. 

2447. W™^m^ Ace. plu. of 
the mas. comp. noun Bhutavi^esa- 
samgha ( A group of specific kinds 
of created beings ) 11. 15. 

2448. *fcra*fr Nom. dual of the 
mas. comp. noun Bhutasarga ( A set 
or class of created beings ) 16. 6. 

2449. ^mi Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Bhutastha 
( One who resides in the created 
beings) 9. 5. 

2450. ^cf^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Bhuta ( A created being or a 
spirit, a primary element, or a human 
organ according to context ; here 
' a created being ' ) 10. 39. 

2451. WT^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Bhutadi ( The first 
of the created beings ) or ace. sing, 
of the neu. form of the comp. adj. 

' Bhutadi ( That which is the primary 
cause of the created beings, namely, 
the Avyaya, the Indestructible One ) 
9.13. 

2452. ^FrT5* Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Bhuta (See No. 2450) 
4.6; 10.5,20, 22; 11. 2; 13. 15; 
18. 46. 



2453. ^TftNom. or ace. plu. of 
the neu. noun Bhuta ( See No. 2450 ) 
2. 28, 30, 34, 69 ; 3. 14, 33 ; 4. 35 ; 

7. 6, 26; 8. 22; 9. 5, 6, 25; 15. 13, 16. 

2454. *!%.• Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Bhuti ( Happiness ) 18. 78. 

2455. 3#3*?T: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp.. noun Bhutejya (One 
who worships spirits or goblins) 
9.25. 

2456. ^sr Voc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Bhute^a (The lord of 
created beings) 10. 15. 

2457. #^[ Loc. plu. of the neu. 
noun Bhuta ( See No. 2450) 7. 11; 

8. 20 ; 13. 16, 27 ; 16. 2 ; 18. 21, 54. 

2458. *i?5fT Ind. past participle of 
of the root Bhu (See No. 2275) 2. 20, 
35, 48; 3. 30; 8. 19 2 ; 11. 50; 
15. 13, 14. 

2459. ^T: Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Bhumi ( The earth ) 7. 4. 

2460. *£RTf Loc. sing, of the fem. 
noun Bhumi ( See No. 2459 ) 2. 8, 

2461. ^T: Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj . Bhuyas ( ' Much or 
great', also 'again or further 5 ) 2. 20 ; 
6.43; 7.2; 10. 1, 18; 11. 35, 39, 
50 ; 13. 23 ; 14. 1 ; 15. 4 ; 18. 64. 

2462. 3J: Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Bhu ( See No. 2275 ) 2. 47. 

2463. Wl: Nom. sing, of the mas.., 
noun Bhrgu ( The name of the pre- 
Vedic sage, who was the eponymous 
ancestor of the Bhargavas ) 10. 25. 

2464. $3^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Bheda ( Difference ) 17. 7 ; 
18. 29. 

2465. M: Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Bheri ( A musical instrument ) 
1.13. 



107 



^■^■^ 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Pt. I A 



TTcTT 



2466. %$r^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Bhaiksya ( Mendicancy ) 2. 5. 

2467. *nrfST Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Bhoktr ( An en j oyer ) 9. 24 ; 
13. 22. . 

2468. ?frtST^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Bhoktr ( See No. 2467 ) 
5. 29. 

2469. Wf ^ Inf. of the root Bhuj 
(See No. 2429)2. 5. 

2470. ?TT^p% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Bhoktrtva (The quality of 
being an enjoyer ) 13. 20. 

2471. WTOFut. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Bhuj ( See No. 2429 ) 
2.37. 

2472. $m\\ Ace. plu. of the mas, 
noun Bhoga (An object of enjoy- 
ment ) 2. 5 ; 3. 12. 

2473. Win; Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Bhoga ( See No. 2472) 1. 33; 

2474. wfrNom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Bhogin ( One who enjoys ) 
16. 14. 

2475. ^wrfcffitAcc. sing, of the 
fern, comp. noun BhogaisVaryagati 
[ A state in which there are enjoy- 
ment and overlordship ( over the 
objects of enjoyment ) ] 2. 43 (To 
be construed~jointly with 2. 42). 

2476. wWtaTSfsrra;Gen. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Bhogai£varyaprasakta (One who is 
too much attached to enjoyment 
and overlordship ) 2. 44.. 

2477. wh Inst. plu. of the mas. 
noun Bhoga ( See No. 2472 ) 1. 32. 

2478. *fr*Fr^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Bhojana ( Food j 17. 10. 

2479. ^wfcl Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Bhram ( To roam about 
or revolve) 1. 30. 



2480. $rr|^ Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Bhratr ( A brother or a paternal 
cousin ) 1. 26. 

2481. WTC3; Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the causal form, 
Bhramayat, of the pres. participial 
adj. Bhramat (Revolving or moving 
round and round ) 18. 61. 

2482. ^fti Gen. dual of the fem. 
noun Bhru (An eyebrow) 5. 27; 8. 10. 

*r 

2483. ?T3R: Nom. sing, of the mas. 

noun Makara ( A crocodile or shark ) 
10.31. 

2484. *rf%rr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Maccitta 
( One whose mind is engrossed in 
me) 6. 14; 18. 57,58'. 

2485. *rfwrrr: Nom# p i u> f t jj e 

mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Maccitta ( See No. 2484 ) 10. 9. 

2486. *$l*vm: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Manigana (A group 
of beads ) 7. 7. 

2487. *ra^ Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Mata ( A view or an 
opinion ) 3. 31, 32 ; 7. 18 ; 18. 6. 

Ace. sing, of the neu. form of the 
past pass, participial adj. Mata 
( Believed ) 13. 2. 

2488. *m: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Mata ( Held or believed ) 6. 32, 
46,47; 11. 18; 18.9. 

2489. *rm Nom. sing, of the fem. 
form of the past pass, participial adj. 
Mata ( See No. 2488 ) 3. 1 ; 16. 5. 

If the reading in 18. 35 given by 
Ankara and several other commen- 
tators ( App. I. 37 ) is adopted a 
reference to that vei^se would be 
required to be added here and 
omitted from the entry as to the 
word Pariha. 



108 



srarr: 



Primary Word-Units 



TT^ 



2490. *T3T: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Mata ( See No. 2488 ) 12. 2. 

2491. *rfa: Nom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Mati ( View or belief ) 6. 36 ; 
18. 70, 78. 

2492. *?% Nom. dual of the. fern, 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. : Mata ( See No. 2488 ) 8. 26. 

2493. 3Tcspf^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Matkarmakrt (One 
who does actions for my sake) 11. 55. 

2494. *T?$#TWT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mat- 
karmaparama ( Solely devoted to acts 
done for my sake ) 12. 10. 

2495. ^tT: Abl. sing, or a con- 
tracted form of the pronoun Asmad, 
used in the sense of the gen. sing, 
thereof, with the suffix Tas having 
the sense of the abl. case-termina- 
tion ( From me or than me ) 7. 7, 12 ; 
10. 5, 8; 15. 15. 

2496. WTOT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mat- 
parama ( Solely devoted to me or 
believing me to be the highest :goal ) 
H. 55. 

2497. WTWT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mat- 
parama ( See No. 2496 ) 12. 20. 

2498. mw*i Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mat- 
para [ That of which ' I ' (i. e. 
Vas.udeva ) am the Para Sakti, the 
highest goal ] 13. 12. For the occur- 
rence of this word there see the 
critical note in Entry No. 167. 

2499. SJWT: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Matpara 
( Devoted exclusively to me ) 2. 61 ; 
6. 14 ; 18. 57. 



2500. WT*TO*rr Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mat- 
parayana ( Solely devoted to me ) 
9.34. 

2501. wm: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Matpara 
(See No. 2498)12. 6. 

2502. WBrcn^R* Abl. sing, of the 
mas. noun Matprasada ( My favour ) 
18. 56, 58. 

2503. wm Ind. past participle of 
the root Man ( To think or believe ) 
3.28; 10. 8; 11. 41. 

2504. *r^-TH3, Ace. sing, of the 
fem. form of the comp. adj. Mat- 
sarhstha ( Firmly resting or residing 
in me ) 6. 15. 

2505. mmrft Nom. plu. of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Mat- 
stha ( Residing or located in me ) 
9.4,5,6. 

2506. *r?f5C£T*r Dat. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Madanugraha 
(With a view to favour me ) 11. 1. 

2507. *T3#^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Madartha having 
the sense of the dat. sing, or abl. 
sing, of a contracted form of the 
pronoun Asmad with the suffix 
Artham having the sense of the dat. 
case-termination ( For my sake ) 
12. 10. 

2508. *?<?$ Loc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Madartha having the 
sense of the dat. sing, or alterna- 
tively as in Madartham, the suffixes 
Artham and Arihe both having the 
sense of Krte ( See No. 2507 ) 1. 9. 

2509. sr^'faT^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
comp. noun Madarpana ( Dedication 
to me ) 9. 27. 

2510. TT^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Mada ( Arrogance ) 18. 35. 



109 



ir^rsra: 



Bhagavadgltd, Word-Index Pt. I A 



!FR: 



2511. Wftxm Nom. sing, of the 2523. TOfor^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mada- comp. noun Madyoga (The Yoga in 
6raya (One who has taken resort which I am the goal) 12. 11. 

to me) 7.1. 2524. STSTTrsr??: Nom. sing, of the 

2512. TOcWTOT: Nom. plu. of the mas . f orm f t h e comp. adj. Mad- 
mas, form of the comp. adj. Mad- yyapasraya (One who has thrown 
gataprana [ One whose vital breaths himself on my support) 18. 56. 

(i.e. the vitality in the organs of „« ____'„ . £ ., 

J . J j *• \ 2525. *F5pJ3*T Voc. sing, of the 

sense - perception and action) are „ „ _, , x. £ ,, 

* ». -i „„ n mas. noun Madhusudana (One of the 

absorbed m me J 10. 9. r -tt- j • „j r _ u; 

j. names of Visnu derived from his 

2513. m$* Inst. sing, of the mas. having killed a demon named M adhu) 
form of the comp. past pass, parti- x. 35 • 2 4 • 6. 33 • 8. 2. 

cipial adj. Madgata (Absorbed in 
me) 6. 47. 

2514. *TOT: Nom. sing, of the mas. !7'"omcT^ 1 

,,,.,,, riv/r , No. 2525 ) 2. 1. 
comp. noun Madbhakta (My de- 
votee ) 9. 34; 11. 55; 12. 14, 16; 
13. 18; 18.65. 



2526. Tf^ 3 ?: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Madhusudana \ See 



2527. *P»PjNom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Madhya ( The middle portion ) 



2515. wmv Nom. plu. of the 10. 20, 32 ; 11. 16. 
mas. comp. noun Madbhakta ( See 2528. sr«% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
No. 2514 ) 7. 23. noun Madhya ( See No. 2527 ) 1. 21, 

2516. *r*rRf^ Ace, sing.^ of the 24 ; 2. 10 ; 8. 10 ; 14. 18. 
fem. comp. noun Madbhakti ( Devo 



tion towards me ) 18. 54. 
2517. *n*r%I"Loc. plu. of the mas. 



2529. *R3T: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Manu (The first man at the 
time of each new creation) 10. 6. 



comp. noun Madbhakta ( See No. A ,. * ., - , 

«-- -% t „ ,-0 According to Sankara the four 

2518. 3TOTJ3; Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Madbhava (My 
nature ) 4. 10 ; 8. 5 ; 14. 19. 



Manus here referred to are the four 
Savarni Manus. 

2530. *!*& Dat. sing, of the mas. 



2519. wmm Dat. sing, of the' ? T °? n Manu (The firs \ mafl in the 

mas. comp. noun Madbhava (See Vaivasvata Manvantara ) 4. 1. 
2518) 13. 18. 2531. WTH: Gen. sing, of the neu. 

2520, 3?srrer: Nom. plu. of the noun Manas ( The mind ) 3. 42. 
mas. comp. noun Madbhava ( See -2532. STTOr Inst. sing, of the neu. 

No. 2518 ) 10. 6. noun Manas ( See No. 2531 ) 3. 6, 7 ; 

2521. mx^: Nom. plu. of the 5. 11, 13 ; 6. 24 ; 8. 10. 

mas. comp. noun Madyajin (-One 2533. SR: Nom. or ace. sing, of 

who performs a sacrifice for pro- the neu. noun Manas (See No. 2531) 

pitiating me ) 9. 25. 1.30; 2.60,67; 3.40,42; 5.19 

2522. 3TTOT Nom. sing, of the 6. 12, 14, 25, 26, 34, 35 ; 7. 4 
mas. comp. noun Madyajin (See 8. 12; 10. 22; 11. 45; 12.2,8; 15.9 
No, 2521) 9. 34; 18, 65. 17.11. 

110 



sfsnsPOT^: 



Primary Word-Units 



SRT 



2534. *H:5r$rn?: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. cornp. noun Manahprasada (The 
satisfaction of the mind) 17. 16. 

2535. sFT5fr.-5rj^^ri%«rr: Nom. plu. 
of the fem. comp. noun Manah- 
pranendriyakriya (The operation of 
|he mind, the vital breath and the 
sense-organs ) 18. 33. 

2536. *R:wf*r Ace. plu. of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Mana- 

Jhsastha ( Those to which the mind 
is added as the sixth ) 15. 7. 

2537. JFftfaoi: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. noun Manisin (A wise man) 

2. 51 ; 18. 3. 

2538. *Rtfw*^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Manisin ( See No. 2537 ) 
18. 5. 

2539. sr<jf*Wt% Loc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Manusyaloka ( The 
region in which human beings reside) 

15. 2. 

2540. TTl^mn^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Manusya (A human being) 
1.44; 7.3. 

2541. *T*prr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. noun Manusya ( See No. 2540) 

3. 23 ; 4. 11. 

2542. *rgt%tf Loc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Manusya ( See No. 2540 ) 4. 18; 
18. 69. 

2543. 3T*f: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Manu ( See No. 2530 ) 4. 1. 

2544. *FfaraK Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past participial 
comp. adj. Manogata (That which 
has entered, or is latent in, the 
mind ) 2. 55. 

2545. ?wr?^ Ace. sing, of the 
( mas. noun Manoratha (Ambition) 

16. 13. 



2546. SFcrs^; Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pot. participial adj. 
Mantavya ( One who deserves to be 
believed as ) 9. 30. 

2547. *Fsr#5T^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mantra- 
hlna [ That which is ( performed ) 
without ( the repetition of the pres- 
cribed ) incantations ] 17.13. 

2548. SF^r: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Mantra ( An incantation ) 9. 16. 

2549. *T^T3; Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj . Manda used as a 
noun (A man of dull intellect) 3. 29. 

2550. *F*r*rT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Man- 
manas ( One whose mind is solely 
engrossed in me ) 9. 34 ; 18. 65. 

2551. 37'Srsm Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Man- 
maya ( One who is identified all over 
with me ) 4. 10. 

2552. *R?§f Pres. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root man (See No. 2503) 
2. 19 ; 3. 27 ; 6. 22 ; 18. 32. 

2553. jpq«% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root man (See No. 2503) 
7. 24. 

2554. *F*# Pres. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root man ( See No. 2503 ) 
2.26; 11.4; 18. 59. 

2555. *F^t Pres. 1st pers. sing, of 
the root man ( See No. 2503 ) 6. 34 ; 
10. 14. 

2556. *F*fcr Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root man ( See No. 2503 ) 5. 8. 

2557. £F*=sp%Fut. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root man ( See No. 2503 ) 
2.35. 

2558. *PT Gen. sing, of the pro- 
noun Asmad (See No. 506) 1. 7, 
29 ; 2. 8 ; 3. 23 ; 4, 11 ; 7. 14, 17, 
24 ; 8. 21 ; 9. 5, U ; 10. 7, 40, 41 ; 



111 



ifHTT 



Bhagavadglta Word- Index Pt. I A 



srffSRR: 



11.1,7,49, 52; 13. 2 ; 14. 2, 3 ; 
15.6,7; 18.78. 
" 2559. *RTT Inst. sing, of the pro- 
noun Asmad ( See No. 505 ) 1. 22 ; 

3. 3; 4. 3, 13; 7. 22; 9. 4, 10; 
10.17,39,40; 11.2, 4, 33, 34, 41, 
47; 15.20; 16.13,14,15; 18.63,73. 

2560. 3TFT Loc. sing, of the pro- 
noun Asmad ( See No. 506) 3. 30; 

4. 35; 6. 30, 31; 7. 7, 12; 9. 29; 
12. 2, 6, 8 3 , 9 ; 13. 10 ; 18. 57, 68. 

2561. *T*sri^wns%: Nom. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Mayyarpitamanobuddhi ( One who 
has surrendered his mind and in- 
tellect to me) 8. 7 ; 12. 14. 

2562. *mi%r%^?wni;Gen. plu.of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Mayyavesltacetas ( One who has 
caused his mind to enter me ) 12. 7. 

2563. *T^rcr?R*FW Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Mayyasaktamanas { One whose mind 
is attached to me ) 7. 1. 

2564. mWTZi Abl. sing, of the neu. 
noun Marana ( Death ) 2. 34. 

2565. sjfr?^: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Marlci ( The name of one 
of the Maruts of the Vedic pantheon) 

10. 21. 

2566. TOf: Nom, plu. of the mas. 
noun Marat ( The god of wind ) 

11. 6,22. 

2567. *P3?TT^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
noun Marut ( See No. 2566) 10. 21. 

2568. *r?wr^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Martyaloka (The 
region of the mortals ) 9. 21. 

2569. *r% Loc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Martya ( A mortal ) 10. 3 . 

2570. SF^T Inst. sing, of the mas. 
noun Mala ( Dirt or jilth ) 3. 38. 



2571. T^T: Abl. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Mahat (Great or 
considerable ) 2. 40. 

2572. *T£!TT Inst. sing, of the mas. 
form of the ad j . Mahat ( See 
No. 2571) 4. 2. 

2573. srpcf Loc. sing, of the mas* 
form of the ad j . Mahat ( See 
No. 2571)1. 14. 

2574. tfwmil Ace. sing, of the fern, 
form of the adj. Mahat (See 
No. 2571) 1.3. 

2575. T^Nora. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. form of the adj. Mahat 
(See No. 2571) 1.45; 11.23. 

2576. SHg^ir Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Mahadbrahma 
( Brahma in the form of Mahat, the 
first visible product of nature, or 
the Great Brahman i. e. here c The 
Mulaprakrti ' ) 14. 3. 

2577. *Tpfn%: Nom. sing, of the 
f em. comp. noun Mahadyoni (The 
great womb or source of origin) 
14.4. 

2578. STftsr: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
comp. noun Maharsi { A great sage ) 
10. 2, 6. ' The seven great sages 
referred to here are Bhrgu and 6 
others. 

2579. *TfP*f§ra?Sfr: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. comp. noun Maharsisiddha- 
sangha ( A group of great sages and 
adepts) 11. 21. 

2580. srswf&rr^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Maharsi (See No. 
2578)10.2,25. 

2581. TOcflR: Nom. sing, of the 
comp. adj. Mahatman used as a noun 
(One who has a great i.e. highly,, 
developed soul) 11. 12 ; 18. 74. 



112 



*rsrsr^ 



Primary Word-Units 



m 



2582. WfT?TR: Voc. sing, of the 
comp. adj. Mahatman used as a noun 
(See No. 2581)11. 20,37. 

2583. snfTSRT Norn. sing, of the 
comp. adj. Mahatman used as a noun 
(See No. 2581) 7. 19; 11.50. 

2584. 7mm*t: Nom. plu. of the 
comp. adj. Mahatman used as a 
noun (See No. 2581 ) 8. 15 ; 9. 13. 

2585. *ST3*rraT^ Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mahanu- 
bhava ( One whose prowess is great ) 
2.5. 

2586. 3T£T^Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Mahat (See No. 2571) 
9. 6 ; 18. 77. 

2587. WTTW Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Maha- 
papman used as a noun ( One who 
is a great sinner ) 3. 37. 

-2588. STSRTf: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Maha- 
bahu used as a noun ( One who has 
great arms, literally or metaphori- 
cally ) 1. 18. 

2589. ^rfPTCfr Voc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Maha- 
bahu used as a noun ( See No. 2588 ) 
2.26,68; 3. 28,43 ; 5. 3, 6 ; 6.35, 
38 ; 7. 5 ; 10. 1 ; 11. 23 ; 14. 5 ; 
18. 1, 13. 

2590. *T£n$grrR Nom. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Mahabhuta ( Ordi- 
narily ' a great being ' but here ' any 
of the five gross primary elements' . 
In this sense the word is generally 
used in the plural number ) 13. 5. 

2591. *r£Ffl*t'SR: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun MahayogesVara 
( The great lord or master of Toga ) 
11. 9. 



2592. mm: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Maha- 
ratha ( Lit. one who goes out in a 
big chariot but here used as a noun 
to designate a military officer of a 
particular grade ) 1. 4, 17. 

2593. 3^T^TT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Maha- 
ratha used as a noun ( See No. 2592 ) 
1.6 ; 2. 35. 

2594. *TOTf^ Ace. .sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Mahasamkha (A 
big conch ) 1. 15. 

2595. WWVmi Nom. sing, of the* 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Maha- 
s'ana used as a noun ( A voracious 
eater, a moloch) 3. 37. 

2596. *Tft"W<^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. noun Mahimana (Prowess or 
greatness) 11. 41. 

2597. *T£tf& The fern, noun Mahi 
with the suffix Krte having the sense y 
of the dat. case-termination ( For the 
sake of the earth) 1. 35. 

2598. *r$%m^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Mahiksita ( A king, 
or a ruling prince ) 1. 25. 

2599. fl^l" Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Mahipati (The lord of the 
earth, i. e. a king ) 1. 21. 

2600. ^€x\ Ace. sing, of the fern, 
noun Mahi ( The earth ) 2. 37. 

2601. *&xi Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Mahesvara (The 
Great Lord ) 13. 22. 

2602. srt^rsrr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mahe- 
svasa (One who is big amongst 
those who throw arrows ) 1. 4. 

2603. m A negative ind. particle 
2. 3, 47 3 ; 1L34,49 2 ; 16.5; 18.66. 



B. G. r. 8 



113 



*rrar 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



WTT 



. In 2. 3, this word forms part of 
the expression Klaibyam ma sma 
gamah. See the other words therein. 

2604. 3TTcTr Nom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Matr (Mother) 9. 17. 

2605. ^Tg^rq; Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Matula (A maternal uncle) 1.26. 

2606. wg^r: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. noun Matula ( See No. 2605 ) 
1.34. 

2607. warsretf: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Matrasparsa ( Lit. 
That which comes in contact with 
the sense-organs and hence an 
object of sense-perception ) 2. 14. 

2608. *mpr Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Madhava (The husband of 
LaxrnH.e. Visnu, with whom Sri- 
krsna was believed to be identical ) 
1.37. 

2609. *TW: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Madhava ( See No. 2608 ) 
1.14. 

2610. *TR3": Nom. sing, of the 
mas . noun Manava ( A human being ) 
3. 17 ; 18. 46. 

2611. *rH*rr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. noun Manava (See No. 2610) 
3.31. 

2612. *rH*r^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Manasa 
(Mental) 17.16. 

2613. m*m Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Manasa (See 
No. 2612) 10. 6. 

2614. flT^rwRsfr: Gen. or loc. 
dual of the mas. comp. noun Mana- 
pamana (Respect and disrespect) 
6. 7; 12. 18; 14. 25. In 6. 7 Sankara 
and Ramanuja read "Manavama- 
nayoh " ( App. I. 17). The meaning 
of that expression is also the same. 



114 



2615. ^RT^rmt: Gen. or loc. 
dual of the comp. noun Manava- 
mana ( Respect and disrespect) 6. 7. 
For the occurrence of this word 
there see the preceding entry. 

2616. W^^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Manusa (Human) 
11.51. 

2617. *rr<pft^ Ace. sing, of the 
fern, form of the adj. Manusa ( See 
No. 2616)9. 11. 

2618. *rr3^r Loc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Manusa (See No. 
2616) 4. 12. 

2619. smFnps; Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronominal adj. Mamaka 
( Mine or belonging to me ) 15. 12. 

2620. srm^r: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the pronominal adj. 
Mamaka ( See No. 2619 ) 1. 1. 

2621. *Tu%PT^ Ace. sing, of the 
fern, form of the pronominal adj. 
Mamaka ( See No. 2619 ) 9. 7. 

2622. TrTjgqTTOT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mamu- 
pa&ita ( One who has taken resort 
to me ) 4. 10. 

2623. irra; Ace. sing, of the pro- 
noun Asmad (See No. 506) 1. 46 ; 
2.7; 3. lj 4. 9, 10, 11, 13, 14; 5. 29; 
6.30,31,47; 7.1,3,10,13,14, 15, 
16, 18, 19, 23, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29 ; 
8. 5, 7 2 , 13, 14, 15, 16 ; 9. 3, 9, 11, 

13, 14M5, 20, 22, 23, 24, 25, 28, 29, 
30, 32, 33, 34 2 ; 10. 3, 8, 9, 10, 14, 
24,27; 11.8,53,55; 12.2,4,6,9; 
13. 2 ; 14. 26 ; 15. 19 2 ; 16. 18, 20 ; 
17. 6 ; 18. 55 2 , 65 2 , 66, 67, 68. 

2624. *rmr Inst. sing, of the fern, 
noun Maya ( Divine power of delu- 
sion ) 7. 15; 18.61. 

2625. *TFTT Nom. sing, of the fem, 
noun Maya ( See No. 2624) 7. 14. 



TR?T^ 



Primary Word-Units 



3531* 



2626. *1W^ Ace. sing, of the fern, 
noun Maya ( See No. 2624 ) 7. 14. 

2627. m^t Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Maruta ( The wind ) 2. 23. 

2628. *rnhfrt: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Marga^Irsa [The name of 
the lunar month in the Indian calen- 
dar deriving its name from the 
constellation Mrgaslrsa ( Orion ) ] 
10. 35. 

2629. *TT^r*j; Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Mardava ( Soft-hearted- 
ness ) 16. 2. 

2630. *TT?TRr^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Masa ( A month ) 10. 35. 

2631. *TTfm^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. noun Mahatmya (Greatness or 
spiritual significance ) 11. 2. 

2632. f^r^fl" Loc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Mitradroha (Faithless- 
ness to a friend ) 1. 38. 

2633. torfrw^T: Gen. dual of the 
mas. comp. noun Mitraripaksa ( The 
sides of a friend and a foe ) 14. 25. 

2634. ftraLoc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Mitra (A friend ) 12. 18. 

2635. f*T**rr Adv. Ind. (In vain) 
18. 59. 

2636. ftr«rrTO Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mith- 
yacara used as a noun ( One whose 
conduct is not in consonance with 
one's thoughts ) 3. 6. 

2637. #rsr^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Mis'ra (Mixed) 
18. 12. 

2638. *pKW: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mukta- 
sanga ( One who is free from attach- 
ment ) 3. 9 ; 18. 26. 



2639. Jpts^T Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the ad j . Mukta ( Liberated ) 
4.23. 

2640. Sps^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj . Mukta ( See' 
No. 2639 ) 18. 40. 

2641. 3p>: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Mukta ( See 
No. 2639) 5. 28; 12.15; 18.71. 

2642. Sf^WT Ind. past participle 
of the root Muc-munc ( To release 
or give up ) 8. 5. 

2643. jpr^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Mukha ( The mouth ) 1 . 29. 

2644. srerrH Nom. plu. of the neu. 
noun Mukha ( See No. 2643 ) 11. 25. 

2645. 5% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Mukha ( See No. 2643 ) 4. 32. 

2646. Sp^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Mukhya (Principal) 
10. 24. 

2647. 5^F% Pass. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Muc-munc (See No. 2642) 
3.13,31. 

2648. HfTT: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Muni ( An anchorite, sage or 
recluse ) 14. 1. 

2649. 3fFt:Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Muni (See No. 2648) 2. 56; 

5. 6, 28 ; 10. 26. 

2650. gsffapg; Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Muni (See No. 2648) 
10. 37. 

2651. 5%: Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Muni (See No. 2648) 2. 69; 

6. 3. 

2652. Ig^rSr: Inst. plu. of the 
mas. noun Mumuksu ( One who is 
desirous of being released from 
bondage) 4. 15. 

2653. Wftf: Adv. Ind, ( Again 
and again ) 18. 76. 



115 



*pi<r 



Bhagavadgita Word -Index Pt. I A 



*ropFTf%ftr: 



2654. HprfcT Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Muh (To become in- 
fatuated or deluded ) 2. 13; 8. 27. 

2655. igirf^Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Muh (See No. 2654) 
5.15. 

2656. JJSJntT Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Mudhagraha (The 
firmness of an idiot) 17. 19. 

2657. ?|^nf%l Loc. plu. of the 
fem. comp. noun Mudhayoni ( An 
idiotic class of beings, very probably 
quadrupeds ) 14. 15. 

2658. *$$'. Norn. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Mudha used as a 
noun (An idiot) 7. 25. 

2659. 'ipnNom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Mudha used as a 
noun (See No. 2658)7. 15; 9. 11; 
16. 20. 

2660. *$*& Nom. plu. of the fem. 
noun Murti ( A tangible form or an 
idol) 14. 4. 

2661. *3$tLoc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Murdhan (The forehead or 
head ) 8. 12. 

2662. 3J^u%Nom. plu. of the neu. 
noun Mula ( A root ) 15. 2. 

2663. ^TMT^ Gen. sing, of the 
mas. noun Mrga ( Ordinarily 'a deer' 
but here * a forest animal ' ) 10. 30. 

2664. %§?%t Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Mrgendra ( The 
king of forest animals i. e. a lion ) 
10. 30. 

2665. *Jcre*r Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Mm (Dead) 2. 27. 

2666. sjcf^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial ad j . Mrta 
(See No. 2665)2. 26. ■ 



2667. *pg3raPWffo Loc. sing, of 
the neu. comp. noun Mrtyusarhsara- 
vartma (The path of death and 
rebirth) 9. 3. 

2668. ^fH^RSTOT^Abl. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Mrtyusamsara- 
sagara ( The ocean of death and 
rebirth) 12.7. 

2669. ^3^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Mrtyu ( Death ) 13 . 25 . 

2670. Wzg Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Mrtyu ( See N6. 2669 ) 2. 27 ; 
9. 19 ; 10. 34. 

2671. $t Dat. or gen. sing, of the 
pronoun Asrnad (See No. 506) 1. 21, 
29,30,46; 2.7; 3. 2, 22, 31, 32; 
4.3,5,9, 14; 5. 1; 6. 30, 36, 39, 
47; 7. 4, 5, 18; 9. 5, 26, 29, 31 ; 
10.1,2,13,18,19; 11.4, 5, 8, 18, 
31, 45 2 , 47, 49; 12. 2, 14, 15, 16, 
17, 19, 20 ; 13. 3 ; 16. 6, 13 ; 18. 4, 
6, 64 2 , 65, 69 2 , 70 ; 

Irregular use of the word as abl. 
sing, of the same pronoun, 18. 13, 
50(R%sr*T) ; 18.36(?p*»). 

2672. $srrNom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Medha ( Intelligence ) 10. 34. 

2673. Srarnfr Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Medhavin ( An intelligent 
man) 18. 10. 

2674. Ste: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Meru ( The name of a moun- 
tain situated most probably in Cen- 
tral Asia, which is believed to have 
the highest peak ) 10. 23. 

2675. TT9f: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj . Maitra ( One who is 
of an amiable disposition) 12. 13. 

2676. ?fr^5Tf%T%: Inst. plu. of 
the mas. comp. noun Moksakamksm 
( One who aspires for final libera- 
tion) 17. 25. 



116 



wimmm: 



Primary Word-Units 



nz$ 



2677. tftoercrcwi: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Moksa- 
parayana ( One who is solely devoted 
to final liberation ) 5. 28. 

2678. ^rsyf%<am% Fiit. 1st pers. 
sing, of the 10th conj. Ubhayapadl 
root Moks ( To release or set free ) 
18. 66. 

2679. *ft$n3;Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Moksa (Final liberation) 18. 30. 

2680. m^& Pass. 2nd pers. sing. 
of the root Muc-munc (See No. 2642) 
4. 16 -,9. 1,28. 

2681. *Tra^RT-oT; Gen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mogha- 
karman ( One who hss been doing 
fruitless acts ) 9. 12. 

2682. sftsn?RT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mogha- 
jnana (One whose knowledge is 
not productive of any result ) 9. 12. 

2683. *rr^ Adv. Ind. (In vain) 
3. 16. 

2684. tftawr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Moghasa 
( One who entertains vain hopes ) 
9. 12. 

2685. #f^«s% Fut. 1st pers, sing. 
of the root Mud ( To rejoice ) 16. 15. 

,2686. *?Tf35T%3^Acc. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Mohakalila ( A 
thick snare brought on by delusion ) 

2.52. 

2687. #^rn35sr*n!crr: Nom. plu. of 
..the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Mohajalasamavrta ( Enveloped by 
the snare of delusion ) 16. 16. 

2688. m%«m. Nom, sing, of the 
neu* noun Mohana ( The cause of de- 
lusion or infatuation) 14*. 81 ; 18. 39. 



2689. ?ten% Pres. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the caus. form of the root Muh 
( To become deluded or infatuated ) 
3.2. 

2690. sftf^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Moha (Delusion or infatua- 
tion ) 4. 35 ; 14. 22. 

2691. *frf: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Moha ( See No. 2690) 11. 1 ; 
14. 13 ; 18. 73. 

2692. zmt% Abl. sing, of the mas. 
noun Moha ( See No. 2690 ) 16. 10 ; 
18. 7, 25, 60. 

2693. iftflcf^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu . form of the past participial adj . 
Mohita (Deluded or infatuated) 7.13. 

2694. *ft%T: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past participial adj. 
Mohita ( See No. 2693 ) 4. 16. 

2695. tftfMfac Ace. sing, of the 
fem. form of the adj. Mohim (That 
which causes delusion or infatua- 
tion ) 9. 12. 

2696. sffR^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Mauna (Reticence) 10.38; 17.16. 

2697. #Ffr Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Maunin (One who observes 
reticence) 12. 19. 

2698. f^f% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Mr ( To die ) 2. 20. 



2699. vmmm. Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Yaksaraksas (The 
Yaksa and the Raksasa ) 10. 23. 

2700. *TTOril% Nom. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Yaksaraksas ( See 
No. 2699)17. 4. 

2701. *rs$r Fut. Atma. 1st pers. 
sing, of the Ubhayapadl root Yaj 
(See No. 671)16. 15. 



117 



*F3R: 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt, I A 



**%§ 



2702. T^p;: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yac- 
chraddha (That on which one has 
faith ) 17. 3. 

2703. T3RT: Nom. phi. of the pres. 
participial adj. Yajat (Sacrificing) 
4. 12 ; 9. 15. 

2704. *T3rf5% Pres. Paras. 3rd pers. 
plu. of the root Yaj ( See No. 671 ) 
9.23. 

2705. *T3Rt Pres. Atma. 3rd pers. 
plu. of the root Yaj ( See No. 671 ) 
9.23; 16. 17; 17. 1, 4 2 . 

2706. *T3j: Nom. sing, of the fern, 
neu. noun Yajus ( A mantra of the 
Yajurveda i. e. a sacrificial formula ) 
9.17. 

2707. ^^fara^^r: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Yajnaksapitakalmasa ( One whose sin 
has been exhausted by, sacrifices) 
4.30. 

2708. sn?awn*, Gen. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Yajnatapas ( Sacri- 
fice and penance ) 5. 29. 

2709. «f^T:fer: Nom. plu. of the 
fem. comp. noun Yajfiatapahkriya 
( A ceremony such as that relating 
to a sacrifice or a penance ) 17. 25. 

2710. sn^HS'T:^ Nom. sing, of 
the neu. comp. noun Yajnadana- 
tapahkarman ( An act such as that of 
a sacrifice, gift or penance ) 18. 3, 5. 

2711. ^PT<re:%*m Nom. plu. of 
the fem. comp. noun Yajrladana- 
tapahkriya ( A ceremony such as that 
relating to a sacrifice, gift or pen- 
ance ) 17. 24. 

2712. T^fiTTfimr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Yajnabhavita (Ho- 
noured by sacrifices ) 3. 12. 



2713. «r^r%: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Yajnavid (One 
who knows the essence of sacrifices ) 
4.30. 

2714. ^r%ST^cT5pr: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Yajnas"istamrtabhuk used as a noun 
( One who eats the nectar of, i. e. 
the remnant of the food offered at, 
a sacrifice ) 4. 31. 

2715. ^%ST^: Nom. plu. of the 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Yajnaslstagin (One who eats the 
remnant of a sacrifice i. e. of the 
food offered at a sacrifice ) 3. 13. 

2716. *TW^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yajna ( A sacrifice ) 4. 25 2 ; 
17. 12, 13. 

2717. V%: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yajna ( See No. 2716) 3. 14; 

9. 16; 16. 1; 17.7, 11; 18. 5. 

2718. *r^rc£ Abl. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yajna ( See No. 2716 ) 3. 14 ; 
4.33. 

2719. Wfifflt; Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Yajna ( See No. 2716 ) 

10. 25. 

2720. W^ Dat. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yajna ( See No. 2716 ) 4. 23. • 

2721. W«rH Abl. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Yajnartha used in 
the dative sense ( For the sake of or 
with a view to make a sacrifice ) 3. 9. 

2722. W: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Yajna (See No. 2716) 4.32; 
17. 23. 

2723. ^ Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yajna ( See No. 2716) 3. 15 ; 
17. 27. 

2724. *rffcT Inst. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yajna ( See No. 2716 ) 4. 25. 

2725. srefcf Loc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Yajna ( See No. 2716 ) 8. 28. 



118 



'd|: 



Primary Word-Units 



^f^rasfrf^: 



2726. 1%: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
noun Yajiia(SeeNo. 2716) 9. 20. 
For the occurrence of this word in 

3. 10 according to Ramanuja see 
App. I. 11 and the remark in the 
entry as to the word Saha } infra. 

2727. ^l%rr^r Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yata- 
citta (One who has brought his 
mind under restraint ) 6. 19. 

2728. TcrT%3m:TrT Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yata- 
cittatman ( One who has brought his 
mind and heart under restraint) 

4. 21 ; 6. 10. 

2729. ^clf%%f^ri&sr: Nom. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Yatacittendriyakriya ( One who has 
brought under restraint the actions 
of the mind and the senses ) 6. 12. 

2730. qR&cWra- Gen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yata- 
cetas(One who has brought one's 
mind under restraint ) 5. 26. 

2731. sfcra: Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form.of the Paras, pres. participial 
adj. Yatat ( Striving ) 2. 60. 

2732. *RRTT Inst. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Yatat (See No. 2731) 6. 36. 

2733. TcTcrT^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Yatat ( See No. 2731 ) 7. 3. 

2734. TcTrt Paras, pres. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the UbhayapadI root Yat 
(To strive) 7. 3. 

2735. *ra% Atma. pres. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the UbhayapadI root Yat 
(See No. 2734)6. 43. 

2736. *RRT: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the Paras, pres. participial 
adj. Yatat (See No. 2731) 9. 14; 
15. II 2 . 



2737. «Tcrf?cr Paras, pres. 3rd pers. 
plu. of the root Yat ( See No. 2734) 
7.29. 

2738. *TcWR: Nom. sing, of the 
Atma. pre. participial adj. Yatamana 
(Striving) 6. 45. 

2739. *ra*T; Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Yati (A man who has restrained 
his mind, body and senses) 4. 28 ; 
8.11. 

2740. «RraWPTOFRT: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Yatavakkayama- 
nas ( One who has restrained his 
speech, body and mind ) 18. 52. 

2741. *m: Adv. Ind. (From where). 
This word is used as a substitute 
for the word Yasmat, the abl. sing, 
of the pronoun Yad. When repeated 
as in 6. 26 it has the sense of ' from 
wherever.' 6. 26*; 13. 3 ; 15. 4 ; 
18.46. 

2742. *TST?SFWHNom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yatat- 
mavat (One who has one's mind 
under control) 12. 11. 

2743. sTcmflT Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj, Yata- 
tman ( One who has one's mind 
under one's control ) 12. 14. 

2744. *T?tT??rre: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yata- 
tman (See No. 2743) 5. 25. 

2745. sTCfrrm Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Yati (See No. 2739) 5. 26. 

2746. ^%f^mwtli%- Nom. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Yatendriya- 
manobuddhi (One who has one's 
senses, mind and intellect under 
one's control) 5. 28. 



119 



^ 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



*1W$. 



2747. sr^ Norn, or ace. sing, of 
the neu. form of the pronoun Yad 
( Who or which ) at some places used 
as an adj. also but in the same sense. 
2.7,8,67; 3. 21 3 ; 4. 16,35; 5. 1, 

5, 21; 6. 21, 42; 7. 2; 8. II 3 , 17, 
28; 9. 1, 27 5 ; 10. 1, 14, 39 2 , 4i 2 ; 
11. 1, 7, 37, 41, 42, 47, 52 ; 13. 2, 
3*, 11, 12 z ; 14. 1; 15. 6, 8 2 , 12 3 ; 
17.10, 12, 15, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 
28; 18. 8,9,15,21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 
37, 38, 39, 40, 60 ; 

Adv. Ind. (In that, whether or if, 
according to context ) 1. 45 ; 2. 6 ; 
18. 59. 

2748. ST3TOTW: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yat- 
prabhava ( Of what kind of prowess ) 
13. 3. » 

2749. TW Adv. Ind. (Where) 6. 20 2 , 
21 ; 18. 36, 78 2 ; 

Irregular use of the same word in 
the sense of Yasmin^ 8. 23. 

2750. W Adv. Ind. (Just as, 
as or how, according to context) 
2.13, 22; 3. 25, 38 2 ; 4. 11, 37; 

6. 19; 7.1 ; 9.6; 11.3,28,29,53; 
13.32,33; 18.45,50,63. 

2751. W*nro* Adverbial comp. 
Ind. ( According to divisions ) 1. 11. 

2752. W^ Adv. Ind. ( As a 
thing is) 18. 19. 

2753. *?*TfcP^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. past participial 
adj. Yathokta ( As stated or advised) 
12. 20. 

2754. W Adv. Ind. (When) 2, 52, 
53, 55, 58 ; 6. 4, 18; 13.30; 14. 11, 
14, 19 ; — ^V (Whenever) 4. 7. 

2755. *?% Adv: Ind. (If) 1. 38, 46 ; 
3. 23 ; 11, 4, 12 ;— *rr (Whether) 2. 6; 
6.32. 



2756. srs^qr Inst. sing, of the 
fem. comp. noun Yadrccha used as 
an adverb ( By accident or spontane- 
ously ) 2. 32. 

2757. ^^ST^R^pf: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Yadrccha- 
labhasantusta ( One who is satisfied 
with whatever one- gets spontane- 
ously ) 4. 22. 

2758. *T§ra. The pronoun Yad with 
the suffix Vat (added for comparison) 
used in an adverbial sense ( In the 
manner in which) 2. 70. 

2759. srf^nft Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Yad- 
vikarin ( Of what it is a transforma- 
tion ) 13. 3. 

2760. q^^Twfr Ace. plu. of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Yantra- 
rudha ( Put up in a machine ) 18. 61. 

2761. ^ Ace. sing, of the mas, 
form of the pronoun Yad ( See No. 
2747)2. 15, 70; 6. 2, 22; 8. 6 2 , 21. 

2762. *W: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yama (The god of death looked 
upon as the Great Regulator) 10. 29 ; 
11.39. 

2763. srqrr Inst. sing, of the fem. 
form of the pronoun Yad ( See No. 
2747)2. 39; 7. 5; 18.31,33,34,35. 

2764. *rer: Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Yaias (Fame or 
reputation) 10. 5 ; 11. 33. 

2765. *re®m Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the pot. participle of 
the root Yaj (See No. 671 ) 17. 11. 

2766. WTraiAbL sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Yad ( See No . 
2747)12.15. 

The same used adverbially 
(Because) 15. 18. 



120 






Primary Word-Units 



^sbtfWT: 



2767. TflT^Loc. sing, of the mas. 
orneu. form of the pronoun Yad 
(See No. 2747) 6. 22; 15.4. 

2768. WT Gen. sing, of the mas. 
or neu. form of the pronoun Yad 
(See No. 2747) 2. 61, 68; 4. 19; 
8. 22 ; 15. 1 ; 18. 17 2 . 

2769^ T^T^ Loc. sing, of the fern, 
form of the pronoun Yad (See No. 
2747 ) 2. 69. 

2770. sr: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Yad ( See*. No. 
2747) 2. 19*, 21, 57, 71 ; 3. 6, 7, 12, 
16, 17, 42 ; 4. 9, 14, 18 2 ; 5. 3, 5, 10, 
23, 24 2 , 28; 6.1,30,31,32,33,47; 
7. 21 9 ; 8. 5, 9, 13, 14, 20 ; 9. 26 ; 
10. 3, 7; 11. 55 ; 12. 14, 15 2 , 16, 17 2 ; 
13. 1, 3, 23, 27, 29; 14. 23 2 , 26; 
15. 1, 17, 19; 16. 23; 17. 3, 11; 
18. 11, 16,55,67,68,70,71. 

2771. IT Nom. sing, of the f em. 
form of the pronoun Yad ( See No, 
2747)2. 69 ;. 18. 30, 32, 50. 

2772. ^TRWr*^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Yata- 
yama ( That over which a night has 
passed away ) 17. 10. 

2773. ^TTcT Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Ya (To go ) 6. 45 ; 8. 5, 8, 
13,26; 13.28; 14. 14; 16.22. 

2774. ^T^ Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yadava ( A scion of the family 
of Yadu, here used as a form ' for 
addressing Sri Krsna) 11. 41. 

2775. wr^TP* Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Yadas (A god presiding 
over the element of water ) 10. 29. 

2776. Tt^f Adv. Ind. (Of what 
kind of appearance ) 13. 3. 

2777. TO. Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Yad ( See No. 
2747)2.6. 



2778. TrfccfPres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Ya ( See No. 2773 ) 3. 33 ; 
4. 31; 7. 23 2 , 27; 8. 23; 9. 7, 25 4 , 32; 
13. 34; 16. 20. 

2779. *m%; Inst. plu. of the fern, 
form of the pronoun Yad ( See No . 
2747)10.16. 

2780. «n*r^ Adv. Ind. (So that) 
1. 22 ; the same used as an adj. 
(Any) 13. 26. 

2781. TTST^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Yavat (Of 
what kind or as much ) 2. 46; 18, 55. 

2782. *n^fo Fut. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Ya (See No. 2773) 2. 35 ; 
4. 35. 

2783. TTi*. Ace. sing, ofthefem. 
form of the pronoun Yad (See No. 
2747)2.42; 7. 21 2 . 

2784. 1ft Nom. plu. of the fern, 
form of the pronoun Yad ( See No. 
2747 ) 14. 4. 

2785. gs^crsr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Yuktacetas (One 
whose mind is regulated by one's 
own will) 7. 30. 

2786. frfi%OT Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Yuktacesta (One 
whose movements are under one's 
control) 6. 17. 

2787. ^-**w: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the super, degree of 
the past pass, participial adj. Yukta 
( One who is the best of those who 
have a composed, well-regulated 
or balanced mind ) 6. 47. For the 
definitions of the term Yukta given in 
the B. G. itself see No. 2790 infra. . 

2788. frfswr; Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the super, degree of 
the past pass, participial adj. Yukta 
( See Nos. 2787 and 2790 ) 12. 2. 



121 



gsK^rcn^ra^T 



Bhagawdglta Word-Index Pt. I A 



%%w 



2789. ^WsroflWhTCT Gen. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Yuktasvapnava- 
bodha ( One who has been regulating 
one's periods of sleeping and wak- 
ing) 6. 17. 

2790. f^: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj . Yukta (One who has a composed, 
well-regulated or balanced mind ; 
(See also No. 2787) 2. 61; 3. 26; 
5. 8, 12 ; 6. 14 ; ( Accompanied by 
or endowed with ) 2. 39 ; 7. 22 ; 
8. 10; 18.51. 

Special definitions of the term :— 
4. 18 ; 5. 23 ; 6. 8, 18. 

2791. f^r?WT Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yukta- 
tman (One who has a composed, 
well-regulated or balanced mind ) 
7.18. 

2792. g?ETSHR§rew Gen. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Yuktaharavi- 
hara ( One who regulates one's diet 
and movements) 6. 17. 

2793. 5% Loc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Yukta (Yoked )1. 14. 

2794. <g4: Inst. plu. of the past 
pass, participial adj. Yukta ( See 
Nos. 2787 and 2790 ) 17. 17. 

2795. *Jrf3T Ind. past participle of 
the root Yuj ( ' To join ;' also ' to 
regulate one's mind ' ) 9. 34. The 
latter meaning is applicable here. 

2796. %m?{ Adv. Ind. ( Simultane- 
ously) 11. 12. 

2797. 3»rswcrm Ace. sing, of 
the fem. form of the comp, adj. 
Yugasahasranta ( That of which the 
end arrives after a thousand Yugas 



have passed away ) 8. 17. See also 
the next entry. 

2798. fft Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yuga ( An age or a cycle ) 4. 8 2 . 

2799. Igwfa Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Yuj ( To join or to make 
use of in connection with some- 
thing ) 10. 7 ; 17. 26. 

2800. 5^^ Imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Yuj ( This is the same 
root as in No. 2799 but it is here 
used in the sense of ' to take to or 
to prepare oneself for '. ) 2. 38, 50. 

2801. 5$Tcr: Gen. sing, of the pres. 
participial adj. Yunjat (Lit. 'join- 
ing' but here ' practising ' ) 6. 19. 

2802. 3^ Nom. sing, of the pres. 
participial adj. Yunjat (Regulating 
one's life or submitting to dis- 
cipline) 6. 15, 28; 7. 1. In 6. 28 
Ramanuja, Anandatirtha and Jaya- 
tirtha read evath yunjan instead of 
yunjan evarh (App. I. 21). The mean- 
ing of the sentence is not affected 
by the change in the order. 

2803. pCtcf Pot. Atma. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the 7th conj. Ubhayapadi 
root Yuj ( To regulate one's life or 
submit to discipline ) 6. 10. 

2804. sp*^ Pot. Paras. 3rd pers. 
sing. of. the root Yuj. (See No. 2803) 
6. 12. 

2805.^r^r^r:Nom.plu.ofthe 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yud- 
dhavislrada (One who is a skilful 
fighter ) 1. 9. 

2806. jp^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Yuddha ( A battle ) 2. 32. 

2807. sfU^Abl. sing, of the neu. 
noun Yuddha (See No. 2806 ) 2. 31. 

2808. *£g;R Dat. sing, of the neu. 
noun Yuddha (See No. 2806) 
2. 37, 38. 



122 



Bhagavadgita Word>Index Pt. I A 






2809. 5^Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Yuddha { See No. 2806 ) 1. 23, 
33 ; 18. 43. 

2810. g«rm^: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. noun Yudhamanyu ( The name 
of a king who took part in the Mbh. 
war on the side of the Pandavas) 
1.6. 

2811. ?jfe Loc. sing, of the fern, 
noun Yudh ( A battle ) 1. 4. 

2812. %f#m.'. Norn. sing, of the 
mas. noun Yudhisthira (The eldest 
of the Pandavas ) 1. 16. 

2813. spq - Ind. past participle of 
the root Yudh ( To fight ) 8. 7. 

2814. %**m i m p, 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Yudh (See No. 2813) 
2. 18 ; 3. 30 ; 11. 34. 

2815. g§W: Nora. sing, of the 
mas. noun Yuyudhana (Another name 
of king Satyaki who had fought on 
the side of the Pandavas in the Mbh. 
war) 1. 4. 

2816. zggm: Nom. plu. of the 
desi. verbal mas. noun Yuyutsu 
( One who is eager to fight ) 1. 1. 

2817. *g£W{ Ac c sing, of the 
desi. verbal mas. noun Yuyutsu (See 
No. 2816)1.28. 

2818. % Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Yad ( See No. 
2747)1.7,23; 3.13,31,32; 4.11; 
5. 22 ; 7. 12 2 , 14, 29 ; 9. 22, 23, 29, 
32; 11.22,32; 12. P, 2, 3, 6, 20 ; 
13. 34; 17. 1,5. 

2819. $R Inst. sing, of the mas. 
or neu . form of the pronoun Yad 
( See No. 2747 ) 2. 17 ; 3. 2 ; 4. 35 ; 
6.6; 8.22; 10.10; 18.20,46. 

2820. ^^f%^ Inst. sing, of the 
pronouns Yad and Kim joined toge- 
ther and the suffix Cit added thereto 



with a view to put an emphasis (By 
anything whatever) 12. 19. 

2821. ^fTO; Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Yad ( See No. 
2747)1.33; 2.35; 5. 16, 19 ; 7. 28; 
10.6. 

2822. *fr3vs*i: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pot. participial adj. 
Yoktavya (Should be practised) 6. 23. 

2823. #H^r^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Yogaksema (The 
acquisition of that which is not in 
one's possession and the preserva- 
tion of that which is ) 9. 22. 

2824. %reRoirj* Ace. sing, of the 
fem. comp. noun Yogadharana ( The 
kind of concentration which leads to 
the union of the individual soul with 
the supreme or that which forms 
part of the practice of Yoga) 8. 12. 

2825. mm%% Inst. sing, of the 
'neu. comp. noun Yogabala (The 
strength which comes from the prac- 
tice of Yoga) 8. 10. 

2826. ^tfras: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past participial 
comp. adj. Yogabhrasta (One who 
has slipped away from the path of 
Yoga) 6. 41. 

2827. ^PRTTOrcwiIH: Nom. sing, 
of the mas . form of the comp. adj. 
Yogamayasamavrta ( Enveloped or 
covered all over by the Yogamaya 
*. e. the power of delusion) 7. 25. 

2828. *fmw: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Yogayajna (A 
sacrifice consisting of the practice 
of Yoga) 4. 28. 

2829. 'fnT^u; Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yoga- 
yukta ( One who has practised Yoga ) 
5. 6, 7 ; 8. 27. 



123 



#pn^?Giwr 



Primary Word-Units 



%*ft 



2830. qffagsnwr Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Yogayuktatman ( One 
whose mind is composed by the 
practice of Yoga) 6. 29. 

2831. qmf^RTT: Norn. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yoga v id 
raised to the super, degree (The 
best of those who know Yoga) 12. 1. 

2832. *fr*T3*%R Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Yogasamjnita (De- 
signated as Yoga) 6. 23. 

2833. ^frrcfar^frn^Acc. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Yogasannyastakarman ( One who has 
given up the performance of religi- 
ous rites by Yo'ga i. e. according to 
the theory of Karmayoga ) 4. 41. 

2834. *fi*RffoS[: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yoga- 
samsiddha (. One who has become an' 
adept by means-of Yoga ) 4. 38. 

2835. %TtfT%%^Acc. sing, of the 
fem. comp. noun Yogasamsiddhi 
( The adeptness which is the result 
of Yoga) 6. 37. 

2836. sTFi&q-^r Inst. sing, of the 
fem. comp. noun Yogaseva (The 
practice of Yoga) 6. 20. 

2837. «ffeF5*r: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yoga- 
stha ( One who has his mind fixed 
in Yoga) 2.48. 

2838. $\*m Gen. sing, of the 
mas. noun Yoga ( Etymo logically ' a 
union ' but secondarily, ' a union 
of the individual soul with the 
supreme soul ' or * the reinstate- 
ment of the individual soul in its 
original state of purity * or * any 
course of mental or physical exer- 



cises resulting in such union or re- 
instatement ' ) 6. 44. 

The last meaning is applicable 
here. 

2839. %W3[ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yoga (See No. 2838) 2. 53; 
4. 1,42; 5. 1, 5; 6. 2, 3, 12, 19; 
7.1; 9. 5; 10.7,18; 11. 8; 18.75. 

2840. sfm; Norn. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yoga (See No. 2838) 2. 48, 
50; 4. 2, 3; 6. 16,17,23,33,36. 

Special definitions of the term in 
2.48,50; 6.20-23. 

2841. sfmr^Abl. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yoga ( See No. 2838 ) 6. 37. 

2842. snrrre Dat. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yoga ( See No. 2838 ) 2. 50. 

2843. sffrn^s^Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yoga- 
rudha used as a noun [ One who has 
ascended ( the ladder of ) t Yoga * . e. 
one who is an adept in it ] 6. 3. 

2844. sfRTr^s: Norn. sing, of the 
mas . form of the comp. adj. Yoga- 
rudha used as a noun ( See No. 2843 ) 
6. 4. This verse contains a special 
definition of this term. 

2845. «ftftwn Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Yogin ( One who practises 
Yoga) 6. 27. 

2846. *ftffcr: Nom. plu. or gen. 
sing, of the mas. noun Yogin ( See 
No. 2845) 4. 25; 5. 11 ; 6. 19 ; 8. 14, 
23; 15. 11. 

2847. *nf*HT^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Yogin ( See No. 2845 ) 
3. 3 ; 6. 42^47. 

2848. qftftr^Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yogin ( See No. 2845 ) 10. 17. 

2849. «ffrft Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yogin ( See No. 2845 ) 5. 24 ; 
6. 1,2,8,10,15,28,31,32,45,46 s ; 
8. 25, 27, 28 ; 12. 14. 



124 



«fHhr 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



T?rTr 



2850. *n*t Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yoga ( See No. 2838 ) 2. 39. 

2851. *ftita Inst. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yoga ( See No. 2838 ) 10. 7 ; 
12.6; 13.24; 18. 33. 

2852. 'it^'ar* Voc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun YogesVara (The Lord 
of the different kinds of Yoga) 11. 4. 

2853. ^ftitw*: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun YogesVara ( See 
No. 2852)18. 78. 

2854. *TTi* s ff*Kj. Abl. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun YogesVara (See 
No. 2852)18. 75. 

2855. «nrc Inst. plu. of the mas. 
noun Yoga (See No. 2838) 5. 5. 

2856. *fR**nTFrra;Acc. plu. of the 
mas. form of the Atma. fut. partici- 
pial adj. Yotsyamana (One who is 
about to fight )1. 23. 

2857. *Tfa& Fut. Atma. 1st pers. 
sing, of the root Yudh (See No. 2813) 
2. 9 ; 18. 59. 

2858. vm°*t*{ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the pot. participle 
Yoddhavya ( It is incumbent to 
fight) 1.22. 

2859. sfafCTm* Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yod- 
dhukama (One who is desirous of 
fighting) 1. 22. 

2860. *ffag^rs Inst. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Yodha- 
mukhya (A principal one amongst 
the warriors) 11. 26. 

2861. ****** Ace. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Yodhavlra. (A 
hero amongst warriors ) 11. 34. 

2862. srNTT.* Nom. plu. of the noun 
Yodha ( A warrior ) 11. 32. 

2863. ^KAcc. sing, of the fem. 
noun Yoni (Lit. 'the womb or 



uterus ' and hence ' any generating 
cause or source of origin ' ) 16. 20. 

2864. «m%3 Loc. plu. of the fem. 
noun Yoni ( See No. 2863 ) 16. 19. 

2865. #: Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Yoni ( See No, 2863 ) 14. 3. 

2866. sfraFfl*. Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Yauvana ( Youth ) 2. 13. 



2867. *$rfT% Nom. plu. of the neu. 
noun Raksas ( A member of an ab- 
original race known by that name ; 
or an issue of a marriage between 
an Arya male and an Anarya female ) 
11.36. 

2868. *ar*r: Gen. sing, of the neu. 
noun Rajas ( The attribute of the 
primordial matter making itself 
manifest in beings as activity, greed, 
wrath &c. )14. 16, 17. 

2869. *sn% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Rajas (See No. 2868) 14. 12, 15. 

2870. ^: Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Rajas ( See No. 2868 ) 14. 5, 7, 
9, 10 3 ; 17. 1. 

2871. **Tt?pra4^4: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Rajogunasamudbhava ( That which 
owes its rise to the Rajoguna ) 3. 37. 

2872. *oi?r*raft Loc. sing, of the 
mas, comp. noun Ranasamudyama 
(Preparation on the battlefield) 

1.22. 

2873. CTKi: Abl. sing, of the neu. 
noun Rana ( A battlefield ) 2. 35. 

2874. # Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Rana (See No. 2873) 1. 46 ; 
11. 34. 

2875. *3T: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. Rata 
( Devoted to or engaged in ) 5. 25 ; 
12.4. 



125 



IW{ 



Primary Word-Units 



TTsrsr** 



2876. ^^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Ratha (A chariot) 1. 21. 

2877. vfanffH Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Rathottama ( The 
best of chariots ) 1. 24. 

2878. VW*m Loc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. • Rathopastha 
( The seat of the principal occupant 
in the back part of a chariot ) 1. 47. 

2879. OT$ Pres. Atma. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the Ubhayapadl root Ram 
(To move about playfully or at 
ease) 5. 22; 18. 36. 

2880. OTfor Pres. Paras. 3rd pers. 
plu. of the root Ram ( See No. 2879 ) 
10.9. 

2881. #r: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Ravi (The Sun) 10. 21 ; 13. 33. 

2882. 'WRsj.Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Rasana (The organ of taste, 
i. e. the tongue) 15. 9. 

2883. X^\ Adv. Ind. (To the 
exclusion of liking, interest or in- 
clination ) 2. 59. 

2884. SSP Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Rasa (Ordinarily c juice ' but 
here c liking, interest or inclina- 
tion ') 2. 59 ; 7. 8. 

2885. TOT?tr>: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Rasa- 
tmaka ( That which is of the nature 
of or identical with a juice) 15. 13. 

2886. *W: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Rasya (Juicy) 17. 8. 

2887. *ST% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Rahas ( Solitude ) 6. 10. 

2888. *SFFRC Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Rahasya ( A secret ) 4. 3. 

2889. \\m^ Ace. sing, of the 
fern, form of the adj. Raksasa ( That 
which is peculiar to the beings domi- 
nated by the Rajoguna) 9. 12. 



2890. *m§^%&: Inst. plu. of the 
neu. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial ad j . Ragadvesaviyukta 
( Freed from attachment and hatred ) 
2.64. 

2891. *Fr|% Nom. or ace. dual of 
the mas. comp. noun Ragadvesa 
(Attachment and hatred) 3.34; 
18. 51. 

2892. *FTT?*raJ^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Raga- 
tmaka ( That which is of the nature 
of or identical with attachment ) 
14.7. 

2893. *t«ft Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Ragin ( One who is swayed 
by a feeling of attachment ) 18. 27. 

2894. TTsrgu^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. past parti- 
cipial adj. Rajaguhya (That which 
is to be protected or concealed 
by the members of the princely 
order or that which is a king 
amongst the things to be protected 
or concealed *. e. the highest secret ) 
9. 2. The first is the preferable 
meaning. * 

2895. mi% Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Rajan (A king) 11. 9; 18. 76,77. 

2896. ^TSTPT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Rajarsi (A sage, 
of the princely order) 4. 2 ; 9. 33. 

2897. *F5n%3rr Nom. sing, of the 
fern. comp. noun Rajavidya ( A 
science fit to be known by the mem- 
bers of the princely order or the 
king of sciences ) 9. 2. The first is 
the preferable meaning. 

2898. mmm Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Rajasa (One 
who has the predominance of Rajo- 
guna in him ) 17. 9. 



126 



*r«WH 



Bhagavadglta Word-Index Pt. I A 



,,,, .. * 



2899. <CT3W^ Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. or ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Rajasa (See No. 
2898) 17. 12, 18, 21; 18. 8, 21, 24,:38. 

2900. l\?m: Nom, sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Rajasa (See 
No. 2898) 18. 27. 

2901. *T3r*TT: Nom. phi. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Rajasa (See 
No. 2898)7. 12; 14. 18; 17.4. 

2902. *im\ Nom. sing, of the 
fern, form of the adj. Rajasa (See 
No. 2898) 17. 2; 18.31,34. 

2903. TPTT Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Rajan ( A king ) 1. 2, 16. 

2904. ^^^msr Inst. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Rajyasukha- 
lobha [Greed of the happiness 
derived from ( the possession of ) a 
kingdom] 1. 45. 

2905. *T3*t^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Rajya ( A kingdom ) 1. 32, 33 ; 
11.33. 

2906. *F3R Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Rajya ( See No. 2905 ) 1. 32. 

2907. nr%^Acc. sing, of the fem. 
noun Ratri ( Night ) 8. 17. 

2908. *TT% Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Ratri ( See No. 2907) 8. 25. 

2909. *T3*mT$ Loc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Ratryagama (The 
advent of night ) 8. 18, 19. 

2910. *ra*ni;Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Radhana (Worship or adora- 
tion) 7. 22. 

2911. Tm: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Rama (This may be either 
ParasSurama, son of Jamadagni, a 
Rsi of the Vedic age or Ramacandra, 
son of Da^aratha of the Solar Race. 
Very probably the former is meant 



here as he is believed to:be anadept 
in the military science ) 10. 31. 

2912. ftj: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Ripu ( An enemy ) 6. 5. 

2913. *5?W*3CGen. plu. of the mas. 
noun Rudra ( The generic name of a 
group of 11 gods of the Vedic pan- 
theon) 10. 23. 

2914. ^fn%*rT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Rudraditya 
( Rudra and Aditya ) 11. 22. 

2915. W^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Rudra ( See No. 2913 ) 11. 6. 

2916. ^>~5rr Ind. past participle 
of the root Rudh ( To check or hold 
back ) 4. 29. 

2917. 5#RJlf^rq;Acc. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Rudhirapradigdha 
( Besmeared with blood ) 2. 5. 

2918. ^WT Gen. sing, of the neii. 
noun Rupa ( A form ) 11. 52. 

2919. ^Pq;Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Rupa ( See No. 2918 ) 
11.3,9,20,23,45,47, 49*, 50, 51, 
52 ; 15. 3 ; 18. 77. 

2920. ^TTf&T Ace. plu. of the neu. 
noun Rupa ( See No. 2918 ) 11. 5. 

2921. ^«ta Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Rupa (See No. 2918 ) 11. 46. 

2922. <W^m«ji^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Roma- 
harsana (That which causes horri- 
pilation, a feeling as the con- 
sequence whereof one's hair stand 
on their ends ) 18. 74. 

2923. ?t*T$<t: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Romaharsa ( Hor- 
ripilation- i. e. a feeling as the con- 
sequence whereof one's hair stand 
on their ends ) 1. 29. 



127 



ssyssrna? 



Primary Word-Units 






2924. ^mt Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Lagh- 
va£in ( One who eats little ) 18. 52. 

2925. 5K^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Labdha ( Acquired ) 16. 13. 

2926. 353WT Nom. sing, of the fern, 
form of the past participial adj. 
Labdha (See No. 2925)18. 73. 

2927. ssss^r Ind. past participle 
of the root Labh ( To get or acquire ) 
4. 39 ; 6. 22. 

2928. 3W* Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Labh (See No. 2927) 

4. 39 ; 6. 43 ; 7. 22 ; 18. 45, 54. 

2929. S^FcIf Pres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
~the root Labh ( See No. 2927 ) 2. 32 ; 

5. 25; 9. 21. 

2930. STTO* Imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Labh (See No. 2927) 
11. 33. 

2931. 55$ Pres. 1st pers. sing, of 
the root Labh ( See No. 2927 ) 11. 25. 

2932. *3$3C Pot. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Labh (See No. 2927) 
18. 8. 

2933. 35^- Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pot. participle Labhya 
(Fit to be acquired ) 8. 22. 

2934. ^m^i Ace. sing, of the noun 
Laghava ( Disrespect ) 2, 35. 

2935. 3>W^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Labha ( Gain ) 6. 22. 

2936. wrrenfr Ace. dual of the 
mas. comp. noua Labhalabha ( Gain- 
and, absence of gain or loss ) 2. 38. 

2937. fe#: Inst. plu. of the neu. 
noun Linga (A sign or characteristic) 
14.21. 

2938. tf§taf% Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Lip ( To anoint or cover ) 
5.7,10; 13.31; 18.47. 



2939. i&*7FcT Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Lip (See No. 2938) 4. 14. 

2940. $5Ffa'°*r<f*rsMTT: Nom. plu. 
of the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Luptapindo- 
dakakriya (One with reference to 
whom the ceremonies of offering 
of rice-balls and libations of water 
are discontinued ) 1. 42, 

2941. W% : Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj . Lubdha ( Greedy or avaricious ) 
18. 27. 

2942. &%jfF% Atma. freq. pres. 
2nd pers. sing, of the root Lih ( To 
lick) 11. 30. 

2943. sfrWERf^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Lokaksayakrt ( The 
destroyer of the regions ) 11. 32. 

2944. ^Tr^^rac Nom. or ace. sing, 
of the neu. comp. noun Lokatraya 
( The three worlds, namely the earth, 
the middle region and the sky ) 
11.20; 15.17. 

2945. S5ta3% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
comp. noun Lokatraya (See No. 2944) 
11.43. 

2946. 35ra3F#aP3[ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Lokamahesvara 
( The Great Lord of the Worlds ) 
10.3. 

2947. SJfaJ^fl^t Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Lokasamgraha (The 
preservation of the worlds) 3. 20, 25. 

2948. jift&t Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Loka ( The world, or creation, 
or a region, according to context ) 
5. 14; 11.43. 

2949. #P3E. Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Loka (See No. 2948) 9. 33; 
13. 33. 



128 



3rr3»: 



Primary Word-Units 



^*VQ?$T.t 



2950. Gfa: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Loka ( See No. 2948 ) 3. 9, 21 ; 
4.31,40; 7. 25; 12. 15. 

2951. wm% Abl. sing, of the mas. 
noun Loka ( See No. 2948 ) 12. 15. 

2952. ^fasra; Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Loka (See No. 2948) 6. 41; 
10. 16; 11. 30, 32; 14. 14; 18. 17, 71. 

2953. ^t^T: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Loka (See No. 2948) 3. 24 ; 
8. 16; 11. 23, 29. 

2954. ^1% Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Loka (See No. 2948) 2. 5; 
3.3; 4. 12; 6.42; 10. 6; 13. 13 ; 
15. 16, 18 ; 16. 6. 

2955. 3S|%f Loc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Loka ( See No. 2948 ) 3. 22. 

2956. 5*w Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Lobha ( Greed or avarice ) 
14. 12, 17; 16. 21. 

2957. ^WTSc&crcT: Norn, plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Lobhopahata- 
cetas ( One whose mind is clouded 
over by greed) 1. 38. 

cT 

2958. «r^n Inf. of the root Vac. 
(See No. 722)10. 16. 

2959. srescrfdr Ace. plu. of the neu. 
noun Vaktra (A mouth) 11. 27, 
28, 29. 

2960. sR^mfr Fut. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Vac ( See No. 722 ) 7. 2 ; 
8. 23 ; 10. 1 ; 18. 64. 

2961. srsRF^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Vacana ( Speech, mandate or 
opinion) 1.2; 11. 35; 18. 73. 

2962. W%: Ace. plu. of the neu. 
noun Vacas (Speech, mandate or 
opinion) 2. 10; 10. 1; 11. 1; 18. 64. 



2963. 3W3; Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Vajra ( Lit. ' a thunderbolt ', 
but here ' a weapon of that name 
probably made from flint ' ) 10. 28. 

2964. ^ ,Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Vad ( To speak ) 3. 2. 

2965. 3^fcT Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Vad (See No. 2964) 2. 29. 

2966. s#T: Inst. plu. of the neu. 
noun Vadana (A face or countenance) 
11. 30. 

2967. ^i% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Vad (See No. 2964) 8. 11. 

2968. W^T% Pres. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Vad (See No. 2964) 10. 14. 

2969. ^f^TFcr Fut. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Vad (See No. 2964) 2. 36. 

2970. WJ. Nom. plu. of the pro- 
noun Asmad (See No. 506) 1. 37, 45; 
2. 12. 

2971. ^ Voc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Vara (The best 
or the highest) 8. 4. This word 
forms part of the expression ^£*jRrt 
«nr meaning ' the best or the highest 
of the embodied souls '. 

2972. ^tjt: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Varuna ( The name of one of 
the gods of the Vedic pantheon 
presiding over the element of water 
and looked upon as the Moral Gover- 
nor of the World ) 10. 29 ; 11. 39. 

2973. W»*««*R*t Inst. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Varna - 

. samkarakaraka (That which is the 
cause of a mixture of Varnas ) 1. 43. 

2974. «ro?#Pf: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Varna- 
sarhkara used as a noun ( One who is 
the result of a mixture of Varnas ) 
1.41. 



B. G. I. 9 



129 



3T§% 



Bhagavadglta Word -Index Ft. 1 A 



3TO*m 



2975. *r$& Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the -Ubhayapadl root Vrt-vart (To 
be) 5.26; 6. 31; 16.23'. 

2976. ^^ Pres. 3rd pers. phi. of 
the root Vrt-vart ( See No. 2975 ) 3. 
28 ; 5. 9 ; 14. 23. 

2977. snfcH: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Vartamana ( Existing or living ) 
6. 31 ; 13.23. 

2978. *&THu% Ace. phi. of the 
neu, form of the pres. participial adj. 
Vartamana used as a noun ( A thing 
which exists at present ) 7. 26. 

2979. wipres. 1st pers. sing, of 
the root Vrt-vart used here in the 
sense of Pravarte ( Become engaged ) 
3.22. 

2980. *&r Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Vrt-vart (See No. 2975) 6.6. 

2981. srcfcr Pot. Atma. 1st pers. 
sing, of the root Vrt-vart ( See No. 
2975). 3. 23(App.'l. 12). This is 
an alternative reading adopted by 
Nilakantha in place of the more 
common reading Varteyarh. See the 
next entry. 

2982. 3tNr^ Pot. Paras. 1st. pers. 
sing, of the root Vrt-vart ( See No. 
2975) 3. 23. Nilafcantha alone 
amongst the commentators reads 
Varteya here ( App. L 12). 

2983. *r?4 Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Vartma (A path or route) 3. 23; 
4. 11. 

2984. 3^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Var§a ( Rain ) 9. 19. 

2985. *mi Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vas*a ( Submission to another's 
power ) ;~T stff%^ ( Should not sub- 
mit to ) 3. 34 ; sti?*^--^ ( Should 
lead into the power of the self 
itself ) 6. 26, 



2986. sr^rra; Abl. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vasa ( See No. 2985 ) used here 
in the sense of the instrumental. 9.8. 

2987. ^raft Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vas'in ( One who has acquired 
power or control over oneself) 5. 13. 

2988. ^t Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Va& ( See No. 2985 ) 2. 61. 

2989. 3W??RT Inst. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Vasyat- 
man ( One who has acquired control 
over oneself) 6. 36. 

2990. srsre: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Vasu ( The name of a group of 
gods of the Vedic pantheon whose 
number was 8 ) 11. 22. 

2991. W"3- Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Vasu (See No. 2990) 
10. 23. 

2992. ^RC Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Vasu (See No. 2990 ) 11. 6. 

2993. snpftr Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Vah ( To bear the burden 
of) 9. 22. 

2994. 3% Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vanhi ( Fire ) 3. 38. 

2995. W: Ace. or gen. plu. of the 
pronoun Asmad ( See No. 506 ) 3. 10, 

lit X £r* • 

2996. 3T An ind. disjunctive 
particle (Or) 1. 32 ; 2. 6 2 , 20 2 , 26, 37 2 ; 
6. 32 2 ; 8. 6 ; 10. 41 ; 11. 41 ; 15. 10 2 ; 
17.19,21; 18. 15 2 , 24, 40 2 . 

2997. ^Tf Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Vak( Speech) 10. 34. . 

2998. wm*^ Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Vakya (Speech or a 
sentence ) 1. 21 ; 2. 1 ; 17. 15. 

2999. 3W^T Inst. sing, of the neu, 
noun Vakya ( See No. 2998 ) 3. 2. 

3000. srTSjR^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Vangmaya 
(Relating to speech ) 17, 15, 



130 



srra^ 



Primary Word-Units 



fcmt 



3001. *rrsP3; Ace. sing, of the fem. 
noun Vak ( See No. 2997 ) 2. 42. 

3002. ^T5^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the pot. participial 
adj. Vacya ( Fit to be spoken about ) 
18. 67. 

3003. 31^: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vada "( A theory or doctrine ; 
also a discussion ) 10. 32. 

3004. *TT^*r: Nom. phi. of the 
mas. noun Vadin (One who advances 
a theory or doctrine ) 2. 42. 

3005. 3T<3: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vayu (The wind ) 2. 67 ; 9.6; 
15. 8 ; ( The fourth gross element) 
7. 4 ; (The Wind-god of the Vedic 
pantheon) 11. 39. 

3006. WT*Tt: Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vayu ( The wind ) 6. 34. 

3007. .3T<®fc? Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Varsneya ( A scion of the Vrsni 
family of the Yadavas, here used 
to address Sri Krsna) 1. 41; 3. 36. 

3008. *rrcre: .Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vasava ( Lit. a son or 
descendant of Vasu, used here to 
designate Indra, one of the principal 
gods of the Vedic pantheon ) 10. 22. 

3009. ^m' Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vasa ( Residence ) 1. 44. 

3010. ^imm Ace. plu. of the neu. 
noun Vasas ( Clothing ) 2. 22. 

3011. 3nri%: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vasuki ( The name of a 
king of serpents according to the 
Pauranic mythology ) 10. 28. 

3012. ^T^^^r Gen. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vasudeva ( Lit. * a son of 
Vasudeva', but here used to refer 
particularly to Sri Krsna ) 18, 74. 

3013. fT^^r: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vasudeva ( See No. 3012 ) 
7. 19; 10. 37; 11. 50. 



3014. f%3»l$TtJ^ Inf. of the root 
Kamp with the prefix Vi ( To shake 
or to cause to tremble ) 2. 31. 

3015. f*nPT: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vikarna ( The name of a 
warrior fighting on the side of the 
Kauravas in the Mbh. war ) 1. 8. 

3016. R^ffor: Gen. sing, of the 
neu. noun Vikarman ( An act which 
has been prohibited ) 4. 17. This is 
not abl. sing, of the word. ( See 
Sankara's commentary). 

3017. T%3JRrq; Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form Vikara ( A modification ) 
13. 19. 

3018. ferer: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Vikranta ( One 
who performs heroic deeds ) 1. 6. 

3019. fa*RR»5*re: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial ad j . Vigatakalmasa ( One 
from whose mind sin has dis- 
appeared ) 6. 28. 

3020. fwTcT^rf: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Vigatajvara (One 
from whose mind sorrow has dis- 
appeared ) 3. 30. 

3021. feiHtft: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj . Vigatabhi (One whose 
mind has become free from fear ) 
6. 14. 

3022. f^ra^fr Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Vigatasprha (One 
whose mind has become free from 
expectations) 2. 56 ; 18. 49. 

3023. famt Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Vigata (Disappeared or 
vanished ) 11. 1. 



131 



%#s^MWST: 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



fsrf^rrWRfl^ 



3024. iMNffTOBhr: Norn. sing, 
of the mas. form of the cornp. past 
pass, participial adj. Vigateccha- 
bhayakrodha (One whose mind has 
become free from desire", fear and 
anger ) 5. 28. 

3025. R?FT: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Viguna (That 
which is without good qualities ) 
3. 35 ; 18. 47. 

3026. f^SFrr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Vicaksana used 
as a noun ( Men of discernment ) 
18.2. 

3027. R=Err^^ Caus. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Cal with the prefix 
Vi ( To cause to move or put in 
motion or cause to leave a fixed 
position )3. 29. 

3028. T^rTSff* Pass. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the caus. form of the root Cal with 
the prefix Vi ( See No. 3027 ) 6. 22 ; 
14. 23. 

3029. fkkm: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Vicetas ( One 
who has lost one's sense of discri- 
mination) 9. 12. 

3030. fsrsPT^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vijaya ( Victory ) 1. 32. 

3031. fcm: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vijaya (See No. 3030) 
18.78. 

3032. fererr^: :Gen. sing, of the 
pres. participial adj. Vijanat (Know- 
ing or realising ) 2". 46. 

3033. imrfm: Pres. 3rd pers. dual 
of the root Jfla with the prefix Vi 
( To know or realise ) 2. 19. 

3034. tew'WT^Pot. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Jna with the prefix Vi 
(See No. 3033)4. 4. 

3035. fgfsrrfrcJiwr^Gen. plu. of the 
comp. adj. Vijitatman ( One who has 



acquired control over one's mind ). 
This is the variant adopted by Rama- 
nuja in place of Viditatmanarh in 
5. 26 ( See Entry No. 3045 infra ). 

3036. fM^TTojrr Nom. sing, of the 
comp. adj. Vijitatmin (See No. 3035 
supra) 5. 7. 

3037. rep&Fi?^: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Vijitendriya (One 
who has acquired control over one's 
senses ) 6. 8. 

3018. fesTT^Inf. of the root Jna 
with the prefix Vi ( See No. 3033 ) 
11. 31. 

3039. f^Frsrftcn* Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Vijna- 
nasahita ( Together with the realisa- 
tion of knowledge ) 9. 1. 

3040. TW^R^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Vijnana ( Realisation of 
knowledge ) 18. 42. 

3041. fsr^Tsr Ind. past participle of 
the verb Jna with the prefix Vi ( See 
No. 3033 ) 13. 18. 

3042. fsracrr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Vitata (Spread out or re- 
vealed or expounded ) 4. 32. 

3043. f%%?T: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Vittesa (Lit. ' : the 
Lord of Wealth ' and hence 
'KuberaMlO. 23. 

3044. f^wrw Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Dha with the prefix Vi 
(To grant) 7. 21. 

3045. f^T^nj Gen, plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Viditatman (One 
who knows the self ) 5. 26. Rama- 
nuja reads here Vijitatmanam (App. 
I. m 16 ). If that reading is adopted 
this entry would be required to be 
omitted altogether. 



132 



ftftarr 



Primary Word-Units 



r<i*w?*f 



3046. Rf^csrr Ind. past participle 
of the 2nd conj. Paras, root Vid ( To 
know) 2. 25; 8. 28. 

3047. faj|: Pres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Vid ( See No. 3046 ) 4. 2 ; 

7. 29, 30 ; 8. 17 ; 10. 2, 14 ; 13. 34 ; 

16. 7 ; 18\ 2. 

3048. f%% Imp. 2nd pers. sing. 
of the root Vid (See No. 3046) 
2.17; 3.15,32, 37; 4.13, 32, 34 
6. 2; 7. 5, 10, 12; 10. 24, 27 

13. 2, 19 2 , 26 ; 14. 7, 8 ; 15. 12 

17. 6, 12; 18.20,21. 

3049. %r: Pres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Vid ( See No. 3046 ) 2. 6. 

3050. f^rsr% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the 4th conj. Atma. root Vid (To be) 
2. 16 2 , 31,40; 3. 17; 4,38; 6.40; 

8. 16 ; 16. 7. 

3051. f^ms" Pot. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Vid (See No. 3046) 6. 23 ; 

14. 11. 

3052. fawnm*. Gen. plu. of the 
fern, noun Vidya ( Knowledge or 
Science ) 10. 32. 

3053. fNn^Pot. 1st pers. sing, of 
the root Vid (See No. 3046) 10. 17. 

3054. f^TT^RWJ% Loc. sing, of 
mas. form of the comp. past pass. 
participial adj. Vidyavinayasampanna 
(One who is endowed with know- 
ledge, and good manners) 5. 18. 

3055. ROT; Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Vidvat used 
as a noun (A learned man) 3. 25, 26. 

3056. .faraRTWT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Vidhanokta (Men- 
tioned in the prescribed rules as to 
ceremonies ) 17. 24. 

3057. M^rss:: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Vidhidrsta (As re- 



cognised by the prescribed rules ) 
17. 11. 

3058. fatten* Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Vidhihlna ( Devoid of 
a prescribed form) 17. 13. 

3059. fMtat* Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Vidha ( To ordain or fix ) 
2. 44. 

3060. R^Tcfrr Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Vidhe- 
yatman ( One whose heart can be 
regulated at will ) 2. 64. 

3061. feRfs^fsr Fut. 2nd pers, 
sing, of the root Na£ with the prefix 
Vi ( To perish ) 18. 58. 

3062. f^ra* Ind. past participal of 
the root Nad with prefix Vi (To 
make a sound ) 1. 12. 

3063. teSTfcr Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Nas" with the prefix Vi 
(SeeNo A 3061)4. 40; 8.20. 

3064. f^R^ig Loc. plu. of the 
neu. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Vinasyat (Perishing) 13. 27. 

3065. PRT Adv. Ind. (Without) 
10. 39. 

3066. f%£rr^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vina^a (Destruction) 2, 17. 

3067. f§RWT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vina£a (See No. 3066) 
6.40. 

3068. §&mm Dat. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vinasa (See No. 3066) 
4.8. 

3069. repRcfl^ Nom. sing, of the 
past pass, participial adj. Viniyata 
(Well-regulated) 6. 18. 

3070. fsfFTsr**? Ind . past participle 
of the root Yam with the prefixes 
Ni and Vi (To regulate completely 
or bring well under one's control) 
6. 24. 



133 



faffcrar3«% 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



3071. fafa^lt Pres. 3rd pers. 
phi. of the root Vrt-vart with the 
prefixes Ni and Vi ( To recede or 
vanish) 2. 59. 

3072. faRi^WT: Norn. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Vinivyttakama 
( One from whose heart desires have 
receded or vanished) 15. 5. 

3073. fafaT%§: Inst. plu. of the 
neu. form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Viniscita ( Well-settled ) 13. 4. 

3074. fa^fcT Pres. Paras. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the 6th conj. Ubhayapadi root 
Vid (To obtain or acquire) 4.38; 
5.21; 18.45,46. 

3075. fa^t Pres. Atma. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Vid ( See No. 3074 ) 
5.4. 

3076. f^T^T Pres. Paras. 1st pers. 
sing, of the root Vid ( See No. 3074 ) 
11. 24. 

3077. RTfl^l Pres. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Vrt-vart with . 
prefixes Pari and Vi (To move about 
in a circle) 9. 10. 

3078. farCfef**. Norn. sing*, of the 
neu. form of the past participial adj. 
Viparita ( Opposite ) 18. 15. 

3079. fartfsrfa Nom. plu. of the 
neu. form of the past participial adj. 
Viparita ( See No . 3078 ) 1 . 3 1 . * 

3080. f%TO?rr^ Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past participial adj. 
Viparita ( See No. 3078 ) 18. 32. . 

3081. farto: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Vipascit used 
as a noun ( A wise or learned man ) 
2. 60. 

3082. fonm. Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Vibhakta ( Divided ) 13. 16. 



3083. T%*T%*| Loc. plu. of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Vibhakta (See No. 3082) 18. 20. 

3084. fasrm#r Loc. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vibhavas'u ( Fire ) 7. 9. 

3085. fa§^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vibhu ( The Pervading, One ) 
10. 12. 

3086. fa^f: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vibhu ( See No. 3085 ) 5. 15. 

3087. faijftftr: Inst. plu. of the 
fern, noun Vibhuti (An object 
through which the Supreme Being 
has become manifest prominently ) 
10. 16. 

3088. fa*ff?TO<i; Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Vibhutimat 
(That which has a Vibhuti in it) 
10. 41 . Vibhuti here has the sense 
of * a manifestation of the Supreme 
Being in an exceptional manner ', as 
opposed to { the object ' . 

3089. fa^j^P* Ace. sing, of the 
f em. noun Vibhuti (See Nos. 3087 
and 3088 ) 10. 7, 18. 

3090. fa^fn Nom. plu. of the fern, 
noun Vibhuti (See No. 3087 supra) 
10. 19. For the occurrence of this 
word there see the notes on the 
words mmw. and l^fT:. 

3091. fa^FTT^ Gen. plu. of the 
fern, noun Vibhuti (See No. 3087) 
10. 40. 

3092. fa^: Gen. sing, of the fern, 
noun Vibhuti ( See No. 3087 ) 10. 40. 

3093. fawm: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Vimatsara 
( One who is free from jealousy or 
envy ) 4. 22. 

3094. fags: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Vimukta 
( Released ) 9. 28 ; 14. 20 ; 16. 22, 



134 



f^y-tbl: 



Primary Word-Units 






3095. fesRET: Norn. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Vimukta ( See 
No. 3094)15. 5. 

3096. f«W^ Lad. past participle 
of the 6th conj. Ubhayapadi root 
Muc-munc with the prefix Vi (To 
give up, cast off or release) 18. S3. 

3097. fsnpafcfPres. Paras. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the Ubhayapadi root Muc- 
munc with the prefix Vi ( See 
No. 3096)18. 35. 

3098. feffri% p r es. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Muh with the prefix Vi 
(To be deluded or infatuated ) 2. 72. 

3099. f%Q%: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Vimudha ( One who 
has been deluded away ) 6. 38. 

3100. fajarersr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Vimudhabhava ( A 
sense of delusion ) 11. 49. 

3101. fsn£ST?fflr Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Vimudhatman 
( One whose heart has been over- 
powered by delusion) 3. 6. 

3102. fsHJST: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Vimudha ( See 
No. 3099J 15. 10. 

3103. R^^T Ind. past participle 
of the root Mrs' with the prefix Vi 
( To think over ) 18. 63. 

3104. T%ft23TT Dat. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vimoksa ( Complete 
release or final liberation) 16. 5. 

3105. FCWiS Fut. 2nd pers. 
sing, of the Ubhayapadi root Muc- 
raunc with the prefix Vi ( See No. 
3096 ) 4. 32. 

3106. %?T?*rr% Caiis. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Muh with the prefix 
Vi ( To throw one off one's guard or 
delude) 3. 40. 

3107. f^ncra: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Virata ( The name of a 



king fighting on the side of the 
Pandavas in the Mbh. War in whose 
country they had lived incognito ) 
1.4,17. 

3108. fwsrr: Nom. 'plu. of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Vilagna (Stuck or pressed hard) 
11. 27. 

3109. feg^ra - : Gen. sing, of the' 
mas. noun Vivasvat ( The Sun ) 4. 4. 

3110. T%R<r% Dat. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vivasvat ( See No. 3109 ) 
4.1. 

3111. fsr^gnrq- Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vivasvat ( See No. 3109 ) 
4. 1. 

3112. fM^^tltten^ Nom. sing, 
of the neu. comp. noun Viviktadesa- 
sevitva ( The quality of having made 
a secluded place one's place of 
residence ) 13. 10. 

3113. fcftTCB&ft Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Vivik- 
tasevin ( One who has made a se- 
cluded place one's place of resi- 
dence ) 18. 52. 

3114. M^rr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Vividha (Of 
diverse sorts ) 17. 25 ; 18. 14. 

3115. T%&%: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Vividha (See No. 
3114)13.4. 

3116. fef^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the past participial adj. 
Vivrddha ( Augmented, increased or 
accelerated) 14. 11. 

3117. tlri^ Loc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Vivrddha ( See No. 
3116)14.12, 13. 

3118. fafl^ Pres. Atma. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the Ubhayapadi root Vi& 
(To enter) 18. 55. 



135 



f%W*ci 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Ft. I A fir^^sN^^ 



3119. f^rf^cf Pres. Paras. 3rdpers. 
plu. of the root Vis (See No. 3118) 
8.11; 9.21; 11. 21, 27, 28, 29 2 . 

3120. forre^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. ViSala (Wide 
or expansive) 9. 21. 

3121. fatar: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past participial 
adj. Vi&sta (He who has acquired 
a special importance ) 1. 7. 

3122. fa$i*?§ Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Sis with the prefix Vi 
( To have a special importance ) 3. 7; 
5. 2; 6. 9; 7. 17; 12. 12. 

3123. f^r^^r Inst. sing, of the 
fern, form of the adj. ViSuddha 
( Refined or purified ) 18. 51. 

3124. fas^mr Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Visud- 
dhatman ( One whose heart is puri- 
fied ) 5. 7. 

3125. Erarsfispinn Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. VisVa- 
tomukha ( He who has faces on all 
sides) 9. 15; 11. 11. 

3126. f^rgsa: Nom. sing, of the 
mas, form of the comp. adj. VisVa- 
tomukha ( See No. 3125 ) 10. 33. 

3127. fiwsjjf Voc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Visva- 
raurti used as a form of address 
( One who has assumed the form of 
the Universe) 11. 46. 

3128. fkw&t Voc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Visvarupa 
used as a form of address ( One who 
has the Universe as his form ) 
11. 16. Sankara according to the 
J. H. P. edition reads here Visvariipa 
(App. I. 30). Although not sup- 
ported by others this word in the 
voc. case is preferable to the one 



in the ace. which does not seem to fit 
in well in the sentence. 

3129. fawn* Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Visva- 
riipa used as a form of address. 
11. 16. See the preceding entry as to 
its meaning and its occurrence there. 

3130. ftwwGen. sing, of the neu. 
noun Vis'va (The Universe) 11. 18, 38. 

3131. f^rw^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Visva (See No. 3130) 11. 19, 38 ; 
The same used irregularly as an adj. 
qualifying the noun Rupa (That 
which is identical with or has the 
form of the Universe) 11. 47. 

3132. fa% An abbreviated form of 
the term Visvedevah ( A group of 
Vedic gods ) 11. 22. 

3133. f^ff* Voc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Visvesvara. (The Lord 
of the Universe ) 11. 16. 

3134. f^F^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Visa (Poison ) 18. 37, 38. 

3135. f¥*ft Loc. sirig. of the adj. 
Visama used as a noun ( A difficult 
or embarrassing situation ) 2. 2. 

3136. fcwrsrresT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Visaya- 
pravala (That which has the objects 
of sense-perception as its sprouts ) 
15. 2. 

3137. faw^, Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Visaya ( An object of sense- 
perception ) 2. 62, 64 ; 4. 26 ; 15. 9 ; 
18.51. 

3138. f^W: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Visaya ( See No. 3137 ) 2. 59. 

3139. f^feprcNftTT^Abl. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Visayendriya- 
samyoga ( Contact between an object 
and the sense for its perception ) 
18. 38. 



136 



f^f^g- 



Primary Word-Units 



f^R^a*m«Twra^ 



3140. feni^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Visada (Dejection or re- 
morse ) 18. 35. 

3141. fw^r Norn. sing, of the 
mas. noun Visadin ( One who is 
habitually, in a dejected mood) 
18. 28. 

3142. fotft^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Visidat (One who is feeling 
dejected) 1. 28. 

3143. M^i^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Visldat ( See No. 3142 ) 2. 1, 10. 
Ramanuja alone amongst the comm. 
reads Qidamanam in place of this 
word in 2. 10. ( See App. 1.5). 

3144. f%S*q- Ind. past participle of 
the root Stambh with the prefix Vi 
( To fix firmly ) 10. 42. 

3145. f%fer^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the past participial adj. 
Visthita ( That which has pervaded 
or surrounded ) 13. 17. For the 
occurrence of this word there see 
the note on the word BoUcF^ . 

3146. f^oj: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Visnu ( One of the twelve 
names of the Vedic deity Aditya ) 
10. 21. ( See also No. 3147. ) 

3147. f^W Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Visnu ( The God who pervades 
the Universe and protects it ; one 
of the Pauranic trinity ) 11. 24, 30. 
(See also No. 3146. ) 

3148. RH'Ij Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Visarga ( Specific crea- 
tion ) 8. 3. 

3149. fewt^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Visrjat (Ejecting) 5. 9. 

3150. f^Ft$srrf*r Pres. 1st pers. sing. 
of the root Srj with the prefix Vi 



(Lit. 'to leave off, cast aside, throw 
out, or abandon', but here 'to 
create or evolve ' ) 9. 7, 8. 

3151. f^n^jqr Ind. past participle 
of the root Srj with the prefix Vi 
(SeeNo.3150jl.47. 

3152. ftsRSK Adv. Ind. (In de- 
tails) 11. 2; 16. 6. 

3153. f^cR^T Gen. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vistara (Expansion) 10. 19. 

3154. f^cTC: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vistara (See No. 3153) 
10. 40. 

3155. fkmkw Inst. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vistara used adverbially 
( In details) 10. 18. 

3156. f^TT^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vistara (The same as 
Vistara for which see No. 3153) 
13. 30. 

3157. ftmm Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vismaya ( Surprise ) 
18. 77. 

3158. T%*RrTTO: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Visrnayavista 
( One who is overpowered by sur- 
prise) 11. 14. 

3159. M&rar: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Vismita ( Surprised ) 11. 22. 

3160. f%IF* Ind. past participle of 
the root Ha with the prefix Vi ( To 
abandon or cast off ) 2. 22 2 , 71. 

3161. f^irc^wsRWxt^ Loc. plu. 
of the neu. comp. noun Vihara- 
sayyasanabhojan ( Listless outing, 
bed, seat and dinner) 11. 42. In this 
context the expression can be appro- 
priately translated as "At the times 
of moving about for pleasure, lying 
down, sitting or dining, together" . 



137 



mm% 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Pt. I A 






3162. feffcen^ Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Vihita ( Ordained ) 7. 22. 

3163. fefiw: Norn. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Vihita (See No. 3162) 17. 23. 

3164. stfSR* Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Iks with the prefix Vi 
( To observe or gaze at ) 11. 22. 

3165. sfarcnraroiJtsr: Nom. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Vitaragabhaya- 
krodha ( One who is devoid of at- 
tachment, fear and anger ) 2. 56. 

3166. «ftcRFWRr^rw:Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Vitaragabhaya- 
krodha (See No. 3165 ) 4. 10. 

3167. cficTCrm; Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Vitaraga (One who 
is devoid of attachment ) 8. 11. 

3168. sftfawt Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Vlryavat 
( Strong or vigorous ) 1. 5, 6. 

3169. fspf^: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Vrkodara used 
as a noun for designating Bhima 
(Lit. 'one who has a stomach like 
that of a wolf ' and hence ' one with 
an inordinate appetite ' } 1.15. 

3170. ff^m Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Vrjina ( Sin ) 4. 36. 

3171. fatfwnj, Gen. plu. of- the 
mas. noun Vrsni ( A member of the 
Vrsni branch of the Yadava clan) 
10." 37. 

3172. %T*j; Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vega (Lit. Velocity or force', 
but here,- 'a forceful attack' ) 5. 23. 

31.73. %w Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vettr ( A knower ) 11. 38. 



3174. %% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Vid ( See No. 3046^ 2. 19 ; 
4.9; 6.21; 7.3; 10. 3, 7; 13. 1, 
23; 14. 19 ; 18.21,30. 

3175. *te«r Pres. 2nd pers. plu. 
used irregularly as the 2nd pers. 
sing, of the root Vid ( See No. 3046 ) 
4. 5 ; 10. 15. 

3176. %^ Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Vid used as an alternative 
to Vetti (See No. 3046 and 3174) 
2.21,29; 7. 26rf; 15. 1. ; 

Irregular use of the same in place 
of the st. pers. sing, Vedmi y 4. 5; 
7. 26a. 

3177. %^r'Wr: Inst. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Vedayajnadhya- 
yana ( Study of the Vedas and of the 
sacrifices). 11. 48. This is the mean- 
ing according to Sankara's interpre- 
tation. (See his com. on this stanza). 

3178. ^T^cTT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Veda- 
vadarata (One who is passionately 
devoted to the Vedavada ) 2. 42. 

3179. %3^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Vedavid (One who 
knows the Vedas ) 15. 1, 15. 

3180. t^n?: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Vedavid ( See 
No. 3179 ) 8. 11. 

3181. %*?Hra;Gen. plu. of the mas. 
noun Veda ( The storehouse of know- 
ledge in the archaic Sanskrit langu- 
age consisting of prayers, sacrificial 
formulae and mantras adapted to 
music, known as the Rk, Yajus and 
Sama respectively. The author 
of the Gita does not recognize the 
Atharvaveda, which principally 
contains Mantras relating to magical 
rites and spells, as the Fourth Veda. 
( See 9. 20-21 ) 10. 22. 



138 



^ra^ 



Primary Word-Units 



wwfar 



3182. %^TnTf^Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Vedantakrt (The 
founder of the Vedantas i. e. the 
Aupanisad school) 15. 15. 

3183. %^T: Norn. plu. of the mas. 
noun Veda (See No. 3181) 2. 45; 
17. 23. 

3184. tf^s^Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the pot. participial adj. 
Veditavya (That which should be 
known) 11. 18. 

3185. ^ftgftlnf. of the root Vid 
( See No. 3046) 13. supernumerary 
stanza ( See App. I. 31 ) ; 18. 1. 

3186. %^| Loc. plu. of the mas. 
noun\eda (See No. 3181) 2. 46; 
8. 28. 

3187. %^ Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Veda ( The three Vedas taken 
collectively ) 15. 18. 

3188. %|: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
noun Veda ( See No. 3181 ) 11. 53; 
15. 15. 

3189. %st^ Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pot. participial adj. 
Vedya (The thing that should be 
known) 9. 17; 11.38. 

3190. %?r: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pot. participial adj. 
Vedya ( He who should be known ) 
15. 15. 

3191. §*%* Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vepathu (Horripilation or 
tremor) 1. 29, 

3192. ^WTT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Vepamana ( One who was trem- 
bling) 11. 35. 

3193. t*f§W: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vainateya ( The son of 
Vinata *. e. Garuda ) 10. 30. 

3194. %*rrem Nom. or ace. sing, 
of the neu. noun Vairagya ( Absence 



of attachment *. e. indifference to- 
wards the objects of sense-percep- 
tion) 13. 8; 18. 52. 

3195. iNn%oi Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Vairagya ( See No. 3194) 6. 35. 

3196. 3Tft°T*^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vairin ( An enemy ) 3. 37. 

3197. %*FPf Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Vaisyakarman ( Ac- 
tion appropriate to a member of the 
Vaisya class ) 18. 44. 

3198. fws Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vaisya ( A member of the third 
Varna who was either an agricul- 
turist or a trader by profession) 
9.32. 

3199. Iwrt: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun VaisVanara (The heat in 

- the stomach popularly known as the 
Jatharagni) 15. 14. 

3200. ssrtEflWfsr Nom. plu. of the^ 
neu. comp. noun Vyaktamadhya 
(That which is manifest in the 
middle stage ) 2. 28. 

3201. s*rtB?r; Nom. plu. of the fern, 
noun Vyakti ( Lit. ' a thing which is 
manifest' and hence 'the state of an 
individual'-or 'manifestation')^. 18. 

3202. s^frP^Acc. sing, of the fem. 
noun Vyakti ( See No. 3201 ) 7. 24 ; 
10. 14. 

3203. ^<ff*<an% Fut. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Tr with the prefixes 
Ati and Vi ( To swim across ) 2. 52. 

3204. s^RffaTft Nom. plu. of the 
neu. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Vyatita (The one which 
has passed away ) 4. 5. 

3205. *S*rf% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Vyath (To be afflicted 
or disturbed.) 14. 2. This is a 1st 
conj. Atma. root but is irregularly 
used as a Paras, one. 



139 



3*WqfRT 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Pt. I A 



" ,,5 T^, 



3206. 5sr«T*TT% Caus. 3rd pers. phi. 
of the root Vyath (See No. 3205) 
2. 15. 

3207. wWTNom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Vyatha (Mental p*ain or an- 
guish) 11. 49. 

3208. -&f®(m Imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Vyath (See No. 3205) 
11. 34. 

3209. ssr^rTO, Imperf. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Dr with the prefix 
Vi ( To tear asunder ) 1. 19, 

3210. wrgsn^^Nom. sing, of the 
mas.« form of the pres. participial 
adj. Vyanunadayat (Causing to re- 
sound) 1. 19. 

3211. wmfawr Ind. past participle 
of the root Sri with the prefixes Apa 
and Vi ( To resort to or take shelter 
under) 9.32. 

3212. «ftenffi: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Vyapetabhi ( One who 
has cast off fear ) 11. 49. 

3213. esrsrsrrsr: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. noun Vyavasaya (Stratagem, 
determination or exertion, according 
to context ) 10. 36 ; 18. 59. 

3214. 3*R*rwrfaTOT Nom. sing, of 
the fern, form of the comp. adj. 
Vyavasayatmika ( Of the nature of a 
fixed determination ) 2. 41, 44. 

3215. urefocr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Vyavasita (Proceeded or 
determined to do a particular thing ) 
9.30. 

3216. &t%fmr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Vyava'sita (See No. 3215 ) 
1.45. 



3217. wreffcRn^Acc.'plu; of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici-i 
pial ad j . Vyavasthita ( Arr ange4 9* 
properly ordained ) 1. 20. 

3218. ^37%^ Nom. dual of the 
mas. form of the past participial adj. 
Vyavasthita ( See No. 3217 ) 3. 34. 

3219. srrsrcsT^Acc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Vyatta- 
nana ( One whose mouth has been 
opened up ) 11. 24. 

3220. 53TT8f^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Vyapta ( Pervaded ) 11. 20. 

3221. 3«rr»T Ind. past participle of 
the root Ap with the prefix Vi ( To 
pervade ) 10. 16. 

3222. «nfl#ror Inst. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. VyamisYa 
( Ambiguous ) 3. 2. 

3223. sfrorcn^Abl. sm S- of the 
mas. comp. noun Vyasaprasada ( The 
favour of Vyasa ) 18. 75. 

3224. «*rrar: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vyasa ( The name of the sage 
who had composed the Mahabharata, 
in the Bhlsmaparvan whereof the 
Bhagavadgita is contained as an 
episode) 10. 13, 37. 

3225. «nro; Nom. sing, of the 
pres. participial adj. Vyaharat ( Mut- 
tering or repeating in a low tone ) 
8. 13. 

3226. «3^r Ind. past participle 
of the root As with the prefixes Ud 
and Vi (To cast off) 18. 51. 

3227. s^^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Vyiidha (Arranged strategically) 1. 2. 

3228. s2£ST^Acc. sing, of the fern, 
form of the past pass, participial adj. 
Vyudha(SeeNo. 3227) 1.3. 



140 



5T5T 



Primary Word-Units 



wrer 



3229. ST3T Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Vraj ( To go or sweep the 
way ) 18. 66. The expression WC<A ^*r 
of which this word forms part should 
be understood to mean " surrender 
thyself to or seek resort inme)". 

3230. erSfa Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Vraj (See No. 3229) 2. 54. 
The question £T% W^ may mean 
either " What would he sweep away 
from his way ? " or " Where would 
he go, ?" The first would have to be 
understood in a metaphorical sense. 



3T 



3231. W% Pres. Paras. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the Ubhayapadi root Sak 

To be able to do something) 5. 23. 

3232. TOStftr Pres. Paras. 1st pers. 
sing, of the root Sak ( See No. 3231 ) 
1. 30. 

3233. TOPfrfa Pres. Paras. 2nd pers. 
sing, of the root &ak ( See No. 3231 ) 
12. 9. 

3234. ^PFreTPres. Atma. 2nd pers. 
sing, of the root Sak ( See No. 3231 ) 

3235. fTPJ^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pot. participial adj. 
gakya ( Possible ) 11. 4; 18. 11. 

3236. TOW: Norn. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pot. participle Sakya 
(See No. 3235) 6. 36 ; 11. 48, 53, 54. 

3237. ^m : Norn. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sankara ( One of the names of 
the Vedic Rudra and of the third god 
of the Pauranic trinity ) 10. 23. 

3238. $rffi Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sankha ( A conch ) 1. 12. 

3239. srffT: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Sankha (See No. 3238) 1. 13. 



3240. ^rg; Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Sankha (See No. 3238 ) 1. 18. 

3241. STffT Ace. dual of the mas. 
noun Sankha ( See No. 3238 ) 1. 14. 

3242. W$: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Satha ( A rogue ) 18. 28. 

3243. W3T: Adv. Ind. (By hund- 
reds) 11. 5. 

3244. 3!f?% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Satrutva (Enmity) 6. 6. 

3245. ^f^The mas. noun Satru 
with the suffix Vat having the sense 
of likeness ( Like an enemy ) 6. 6. 

3246. 'Sra^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Satra ( An enemy ) 3. 43. 

3247. 3Tf: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Satru ( See No. 3246 ) 16. 14. 

3248. ^Tf^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Satru (See No. 3246) 11. 33. 

3249. W%i Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Satru (See No. 3246) used in 
the sense of the dat. sing. 12. 18. 

3250.31%: Adv. Ind. (Slowly) 
6. 25 2 . 

3251. STs^gfir Ace. sing, of the neu. 
comp. noun Sabdabrahma (The Veda) 
6. 44. The expression ^s^irrrcPfclflr 
means "Transcends the Vedas (the 

. foundation of the Karmamarga )' ' . 

3252. W^i Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sabda ( Sound ) 1. 13 ; 7. 8. 

3253. ^?n?X Ace, plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Sabdadi ( Sound 
&c. ) 4. 26 ; 18. 51. 

3254. ^Ffr^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sama ( Calmness or peace of 
mind ) 11. 24. 

3255. 3T*T: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sama (See No. 3254) 6. 3; 
10. 4 ; 18. 42. 

3256. *mfa Pres. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Sams ( To praise ) 5. 1. 



141 



mmi 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt, I A 



*nf%: 



3257. WT^Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Sarana (Resort or 
rescue ) 2\ 49 ; 9. 18 ; 18. 62, 66. 
See also the words wfi?*®, T^S and 
pTST for the appropriate verbs to be 
used when any of them is preceded 
by this word. 

3258. ^rcft^Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Sarlra (The or a 
physical body ) 13. 1 ; 15. 8. 

3259. *r*farrer Norn. sing, of the 
fern, cornp. noun Sarirayatra (Means 
of bodily sustenance ) 3. 8. 

3260. sntoraRifa: Inst. plu. of 
the neu. comp. noun Sanravangma- 
nas ( The physical body, speech and 
mind) 18. 15. 

3261. ^frcflwnra; Abl. sing, of 
mas. comp. noun Sarlravimoksana 
(Release from the physical body, 
i. e. death)' 5. 23. 

3262. ■srte*^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sarira- 
stha ( Residing in the body ) 17. 6. 

3263. ■srfiw. Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sarira- 
stha ( See No. 3262 ) 13.31. 

3264. srffarf&r Ace. plu. of the neu. 
noun Sarira ( See No. 3258 ) 2. 22. 

3265. Slfrffa: Gen. sing, of the 
mas. noun Saririn (The embodied 
soul) 2. 18. 

3266. Stffc hoc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Sarira ( See No. 3258) 1. 29; 
2.20; 11 % 13. 

3267. SW Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Sarman ( Happiness or ease ) 
11.25*. 

3268. snnf: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sasanka 
used as a noun. ( One who has the 
mark of a deer *. e. the moon) 11. 39; 
15. 6. 



3269. SFlf^sr^sr*^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sagi- 
suryanetra (He who has the moon 
and the sun for his eyes ) 11. 19. 

3270. ^tefcft: Gen. dual of the 
mas. comp. noun Sa&surya (The 
moon and the sun ) 7, 8. 

3271. "WtNom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sa&n ( The moon) 10. 21. 

3272. W^Adv. Ind. (For ever) 
9.31. The expression wresrfNn^ 
means " Eternal tranquillity 

3273. snSPTT&re: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sastra- 
pani (One who has a weapon in 
his hand ) 1. 46. 

3274. W*jranr*i; Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Sastrabhrt ( One 
who holds a weapon ) 10. 31. 

3275. W*faT% Loc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Sastrasampata 
(The fall of weapons ) 1. 20. 

3276. wrfrr Nom. plu. of the neu. 
noun Sastra ( A weapon ) 2. 23. 

3277. "Sn^T: Nom. plu. of the fern, 
noun Sakha ( A branch) 15. 2. 

3278. srrfe Imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Sas* ( To teach or direct ) 
2.7. 

3279. Wrn^sr^Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Santa- 
rajas ( One, the attribute of Rajas in 
whose nature has subsided ) 6. 27. 

3280. WcT: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Santa (Pacified) 
18.53. , 

3281. 5Tu%r^ Ace, sing, of the fern, 
noun Santi ( Quietitude, tranquillity 
or peace of mind ) 2. 70, 71 ; 4. 39 ; 
5. 12, 29 ; 6. 15 ; 9. 31 ; 18. 62. 

3282. *Tffcr: Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Santi ( See No. 3281 ) 2. 66 ; 
12. 12 ; 16. 2. 



142 



$TT#C*^ 



Primary Word-Units 



^^mm. 



3283, srtffa**. Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Sarlra (Physical) 
4.21. 

•3284. Sttt^^rffaT Nom. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun SasVatadharma- 
goptr ( One who is the preserver of 
the eternal Dharma i, e. such an 
order of things as does not change 
with times and places ) 11. 18. 

3285. 3TFSTTO Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. SasVata (Eternal 
i. e. such as does not change with 
times and places ) 14. 27. 

3286. Sirssra; Ace. sing, of the 
mas. or neu. form of the adj. Sas- 
vata (See No. 3285) 10. 12; 
18. 56, 62. 

3287. wag: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. SasVata (See 
No. 3285 ) 2. 20. 

3288. STFsmT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. SasVata (See 
No. 3285)1.43. 

3289. WTcfr: Nom. plu. of the 
fem. form of the adj. SaSvata (See 
No. 3285) 6. 41; The expression 
SIWRft: H5TT: is only a literary flourish. 
It only means ' for a pretty large 
number of years. " 

3290. i&rraft Nom. dual of the fem. 
form of the adj. Sasvata ( See 
Nos. 3285 and 3289) 8. 26. 

3291. ^T^^wrsfr'^ Ace. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Sastravidha- 
nokta ( That which has been ordained 
by the scripture ) 16. 24. 

3292. s?TF§rf£rf^ Ace. sing, of the 
fem> comp. noun ( The method pre- 
scribed by the scripture ) 16. 23 ; 
17. 1. 



3293. STT^Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Sastra ( The scripture)" 
15. 20 ; 16. 24. 

3294. %*Pf* Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Sikhandin (The name of 
a warrior fighting on the side of 
the Pandavas in the Mbh. war ) 1. 17. 

3295. f^Rorr^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Sikharin (Lit. 'that which 
has a summit ' and hence ' a moun- 
tain') 10. 23. 

3296. ftnwrr Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Siras (The head ) 11. 14. 

3297. %^T: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sisya ( A disciple or a pupil ) 

.2.7. 

3298. ffrftn Inst. sing, of the mas. 
noun £isya(See No. 3297) 1. 3. 

3299. Wlw^pjgW: Nom. plu. 
of the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Sltosnasukhaduhkhada ( Such as give 
rise to pleasure and pain owing to 
their being cold and hot ) 2. 14. 

3300. sfTcfT^*s*3[:%I Loc. plu. of 
the neu. comp. noun Sltosnasukha- 
duhkha [Pleasure and pain arising 
from ( the touch of ) cold and hot 
substances ] 6. 7 ; 12. 18. 

3301. WWW& Nom. dual of the 
fem. form of the comp. adj. Sukla- 
krsna ( White and black ) 8. 26. 

3302. SSF* Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Sukla ( White ) 8. 24. 

3303. $*: Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Sue ( To be sorry or to teel 
aggrieved ) 16. 5 ; 18. 66. 

3304. S^ : Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Suci (One who is 
of a pure character ) 12. 16. 

3305. ^#TO. Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Suci used as 
a noun ( A man of a pure character 
i. e. a holy man ) 6. 41. 



143 



l^r 



Bhagavadglta Word-Index Pt. I A 



%mm: 



3306. W*K Loc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Suci ( See No. 3305 ) 
6. 11. 

3307. lp%-Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Svan(A dog) 5. 18. 

3308. Iprr^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Subha ( Auspicious ) 
18.71. 

3309. m* Norn. plu. of the fem. 
form of the adj . Subha ( Auspicious ) 
10. 19. For the occurrence of this 
word there see the note on the 
word sm^njfiq: (No. 565 ). 

3310. l*n^*P?R?*rr*ft Norn. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Subha^ubhaparityagin ( One who re- 
linquishes both the ^auspicious and 
inauspicious things ) 12. 17. 

3311. ^TT!*rc5§: Inst, plu.* of the 
neu. comp. noun Subhasubhaphala 
( Auspicious and inauspicious fruit ) 
9.28. 

3312. S*rg*ns; Ace, sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Subha- 
subha used as a noun (A result which 
is either auspicious or inauspicious ) 
2.57. 

3313. %$F&f Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sudra ( A member of the fourth 
Varna whose duty it is to serve those 
of the three higher ones ) 18. 44. 

3314. sa^OTf*, Gen." plu. of the 
mas. noun Sudra ( See No. 3313 ) 
18.41. 

3315. ^fr: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Sudra ( See No. 3313 ) 9. 32. 

3316. 3I5T: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Sura ( Brave ) 1.4, 9. 

3317. *K3 Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of . 
the root Sru ( To hear ) 2. 39 ; 7. 1 ; 
10. 1; 13. 3; 16. 6; 17. 2, 7; 
18. 4, 19, 29, 36, 45, 64. 



3318. spsprcilPot. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Sru (See No. 3317) 
18.71. 

3319. f°frmPres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Sru ( See No. 3317 ) 2. 29. 

3320. W>m: Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Srunvat ( Hearing ) 10. 18. 

3321. sp^Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Srunvat (See No. 3320)5. 8. 

3322. trssr; Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Saibya ( A king, of the family 
of Sibi, or of the Sibi country, who 
was fighting in the Mbh. war on the 
side of the Pandavas ) 1. 5. 

3323. sffa^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Soka ( Remorse or grief ) 2. 8 ; 
18. 35. 

3324. sitotfTCHwrarcr: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Sokasamvignamanas ( One whose 
mind is perturbed by grief) 1. 47. 

3325. sfrsflr Pres. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Sue (See No. 3303) 
12. 17 ; 18. 54. 

3326. WVsm Inf. of the root Sue 
(See No. 3303) 2. 26,27, 30. 

3327. ?mwar Caus. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Sus ( To dry up or to be 
afflicted) 2. 23. 

3328. #3^ Nom, or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun'Sauca ( Purity ) 13. 7 ; 
16.3,7; 17. 14; 18.42. 

3329. srfcfc* Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Saurya (Bravery) 18. 43. 

3330. W55T: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Syala ( A wife's brother ) 1. 34. 
Nllakantha and several other comm. 
read ' Sydlah ' in place of this word. 
( App. I. 4 ). The meaning thereof 
is the same as is above given. 



144 



«r^rmr: 



Primary Word-Units 



Slwrr 



3331. sr^WFrr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Sraddadhat (Keeping faith or 
confidence in) 12. 20. 

3332. st^tt Inst. sing, of the fem. 
noun Sraddha ( Faith or confidence ) 
6. 37; 7. 21, 22;' 9. 23; 12. 2; 
17.-1, 17. 

3333. sni;r Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Sraddha (See No. 3332) 17. 2, 3. 

3334. ar^rcra: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Sraddhamaya 
(He who is full of faith) 17. 3. 

3335. 3K§^P=3: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Sraddhavat 
( One who possesses faith ) 3. 31. 

3336. snscrcrc^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adf. Sraddhavat 
( See No. 3335 ) 4. 39; 6. 47; 18. 71 . 

3337. sr^rfsrcft^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. SraddhaVirahita (That 
which is devoid of faith i. e. is not 
performed with faith) 17. 13. 

3338. sr;^ Ace. sing, of the fem. 
noun Sraddha ( See No. 3332 ) 7. 21. 
Sri Vefikatanatha alone amongst the 
comm. reads here Bhaktim instead 
'of Sraddhdm (App. I. 24). According 
to it, what is confirmed is devotion, 
not faith. 

3339. facTT: Nom. sing, of the past 
pass, participial adj. Srita ( One who 
has become dependent upon another) 
9. 12. 

3340. afftPrara; Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Sri Bhagavat ( The 
Illustrious Lord ) 2. 2, 11, 55 ; 3. 3, 
37 ; 4. 1, 5 ; 5. 2 ; 6. 1, 35, 40 ; 7. 1 ; 
8.3; 9.1 ; 10. 1, 19; 11. 5,32,47, 
52; 12.2; 13. 1; 14. 1, 22; 15. 1; 



16. 1 ; 17. 2 ; 18. 2. I prefer to 
treat this as a comp. word as Sri is 
not inflected. 

3341. sfm^Nom. sing, of the neii, 
form of the adj. Srlmat (Beautiful, 
pleasing or full of grandeur) 10. 41. 

3342. «fr*rcTT^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Srfmat used 
as a noun ( One who is prosperous or 
in affluent circumstances ) 6. 41. 

3343. sfb Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Sri (Beauty or prosperity) 
10.34; 18.78. 

3344. ^rrg; Nom. sing, of the 
past pass, participial adj. Srutavat 
( Had an occasion to hear ) 18. 75. 

3345.« aRcTCT Gen. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial adj. 
Sruta used as a noun ( 7'hat which 
has been heard) 2. 52. 

3346. ^\ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Sruta (Heard ) 18. 72. 

3347. sriforewon': Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sruti- 
parayana (One who is solely devoted 
to, or has full faith in, hearing) 
13. 25. 

3348. ^mfirsrftfq^T Nom. sing, of 
the fem. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Srutiviprati- 
panna [That which has become many- 
sided owing to the hearing (of 
various views) ] 2. 53. The word «ffa 
does not here mean the Vedas. 

3349. fjefr Ace. dual of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Sruta ( See No. 3346 ) 11. 2. 

3350. srewr Ind. past participle of 
the root Sru (To hear) ?. 29; 11.35; 
13. 25. 



B. G. 1. 10 



145 



$PT: 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



STfC: 



3351. &*T: Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Sreyas ( Good or 
benefit) 1.31; 2.7; 3.2, 11; 16.22; 

Nom. sing, of the neu. form of 
the comp. degree of the adj. 
Pras"asya (More beneficial or of 
superior merit ) 2. 5, 31; 3. 35; 5. 1; 
12. 12. 

3352. mr^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. degree of the 
adj. Pra&sya ( See No. 3351 ) 3. 35 ; 
4.33; 18.47. 

3353. srg: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the super, degree of the 
adj. PraSasya ( See No. 3351 ) 3. 21. 

3354. sfra^^T Gen. sing, of the 
neu. form of the pot. participial adj. 
Srotavya used as a noun ( A thing 
which ought to be heard ) 2. 52. 

3355. VfV&i Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Srotra ( The sense of hearing ) 
15.9. 

3356..«fNn^rR Ace. plu. of the 
neu. noun Srotradi (The group 
beginning with the sense of hearing) 
4.26. 

3357. «fr«ri*r Fut. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Srfi ( See No. 3350 ) 18. 58. 

3358. wri% Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Svapaka ( Lit. 'one who cooks 
a dog' and hence 'a Candala' ) 5. 18. 

3359. WEra; Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Svasat ( Breathing ) 5. 8. 

3360. ^[fT^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Svasura ( Lit. a father-in-law 
and thence any elderly relation of 
the male sex in his position ) 1. 27. 

3361. ^^IX: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
nom. Svasura ( See No. 3360) 1. 34. 

3362. %%: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Sveta ( White ) 1. 14. 



3363. wmm: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Sanmasa ( A group 
of six months ) 8. 24, 25. 

3364. STrP^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Sakta ( Attached ) 18. 22. 

3365. STO: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Sakta ( See No. 3364) 5. 12. 

3366. TOT: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Sakta ( See No. 3364) 3. 25. 

3367. WW Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sakhi ( A friend ) 4. 3 ; 
11.41,44. 

3368. &m% Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Sakhi ( See No. 3367) 1. 26. 

3369. Sl% Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sakhi ( See No. 3367 ) 11. 41. 

Mark that the first word of the first 
and the last of the second line of 
this stanza are identical. The first 
is however 'made up of WW( + ^% 
and the second of H% + % fr%. The 
first is a case of a regular sarhdhi but 
the latter of an irregular one, resort- 
ed to in order to avoid an additional 
Laghu Matra which would otherwise 
creep in. 

3370. W&£: Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sakhi ( See No. 336?) 11. 44. 

3371. *R'£3H Comp. adv. Ind. (In 
faltering accents or a stammering 
tone) 11. 35. 

3372. *Tf^*T Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sankara ( A man of mixed de- 
scent) 3. 24. 

3373. *TfT: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sankara ( See No, 3372 ) 1. 42. 



146 



srfSTsrosrH; 



Primary Word-Units 



^Rra^Kifn^ 



3374. *n«<TO¥P?Tq; Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. San- 
kalpaprabhava ( That which owes its 
origin to thoughts ) 6. 24. 

3375. ^Tjf^Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Sankhya (A battle) 1. 47 ; 2. 4. 

3376. ST^l^cn^Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. past pass. 
participial ad j . Saiigarahita ( Devoid 
of attachment ) 18. 23. 

3377. WIKWd: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Sangavarjita (One 
who has given up all attachment) 
11. 55. 

3378. ^fsraWcr: Norn. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Sangavivarjita 
( One who has completely given up 
all attachment ) 12. 18. 

3379. Hf^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sanga ( Attachment ) 2. 48 ; 
5. 10? 11 ; 18. 6, 9. 

3380. ST3P: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sanga ( See No. 3379 ) 2. 47, 62. 

3381. HfTc^AbL sing, of the mas. 
noun Sanga ( See No. 3379 )2. 62. 

3382. STfsrtoT Inst. sing, of the 
mas . noun Sangraha ( Brevity or suc- 
cinctness ) 8. 11. 

3383. *Tfm*r*3; Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Sangrama (A battle) 2. 33. 

3384. HWTcTJ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Sanghata (Lit. ' a collec- 
tion' ; here 'the organised collection 
of senses &c. called the physical 
body' ) 13. 6. 

3385. ^W^tn Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Sacara- 
cara used as a noun (The mobile 
and the immobile ) 9. 10 ; 11. 7. 



3386. St%?TT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sacetas 
( Lively or pacified ) 11 . 51 . 

3387. *rs^?: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Sacchabda (The 
word Sat) 17. 26. 

3388. sr«# Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Sanj (To become at- 
tached ) 3. 28. 

3389. *t;sf% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Sanj ( See No. 3388 ) 3. 29. 

3390. STfRT^ Nom. sing, of the 
pres. participial adj. Sanjanayat 
(Producing) 1. 12. 

3391'. *T$pr Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Safijaya ( The name of the man 
who narrated the Mbh. War to 
Dhrtarastra) 1.1. 

3*392. km^ Pres. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Sanj (See No. 3388) 
14. 9. 

3393. ®mw> Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Sanjaya (See No. 3391) 
1.2,24,47; 2.1,9; 11.9, 35, 50; 
18. 74. 

3394. H3fT*l% Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Jan-ja with the prefix Sam 
( To give birth to ) 2. 62 ; 13. 26 ; 
14. 17. 

3395. ^Pl*£ The fern, noun 
Sanjna with the suffix Artharh having 
the sense of the dat. case-termina- 
tion ( For the sake of knowledge ) 
1.7. 

3396. *nj Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
( Being ) Sat used as a noun (Exis- 
tence) 9. 19 ; 13. 12 ; 17. 23, 26, 27. 

3397. H^cff^KWT^Gen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Satatayukta (One 
who is always of a composed or well- 
balanced mind ) 10. 10. 



147 



'ETrT^ffTr 



Bkagavadgtfa Word-Index Pt. I A 



wprr% 



3398. STcRr*pKT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Satatayukta (See 
.No. 3397)12.1. 

3399. "Hr^T** Adv. Ind. (For ever 
or constantly ) 3. 19 ; 6. 10 ; 8. 14 ; 
9.14; 12.14; 17.24; 18. 57. 

3400. Hrf: Gen. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Sat used as a noun ( A thing which 
exists) 2. 16. 

3401. srfcTLoc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Sat (Being) 18. 16. 

3402. H^TW^ra^ The fern, 
comp. noun Satkaramanapuja with 
the suffix Artharh having the sense 
of the dat. case-termination ( For the 
sake of getting reception, honour 
or homage) 17. 18. 

3403. *r?sR3T^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sattva- 
vat ( One who possesses the Sattva- 
guna ) 10. 36. 

3404. srvTCTOTf^E: Nom. sing, of 
the mas', form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Sattvasamavista 
'■ One who is possessed all over by 
the Sattvaguna) 18. 10. 

3405. OT#gf^: Nom. sing, of the 
fern. comp. noun SattvasarMuddhi 
( Purification of the heart ) 16. 1 . 

3405. *rrarc*n: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Sattvastha (Posted in the Sattva- 
guna) 14. 18. 

3407. W^Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Sattva (One of the 
three attributes of the primordial 
matter, or grit, or stamina ) 14. 5, 
6,9,10,11; 17,1.; 



Nom. sing, ot the neu. noun 
Sattva ( An entity or existing thing, 
or existence, according to context ) 
10. 36, 41 ; 13. 26 ; 18. 40. 

3408. 'STRn^Abl. sing, of the neu. 
noun Sattva ( The attribute of that 
name ) 14. 17. 

3409. srerrfW Nom. sing, of the 
fem. form of the comp. adj. Sattva- 
nurupa ( After the pattern of one's 
own being i. e. the heart ) 17. 3. 

3410. <$r^rLoc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Sattva ( See No. 3408 ) 14. 14. 

3411. ^3^ Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. noun Satya ( Truth ) 10. 4 ; 
16. 2, 7 ; 18. 65 ; 

Ace. sing, of the neu. form of the 
adj. Satya (True) 17. 15. 

3412. ^^ Nom. sing, of the neu. 
comp. noun Sadasat ( Existence and 
non-existence) 11. 37. 

3413. ^wfa5T**rf Loc. plu. of 
the neu. comp. noun Sadasadyoni- 
janma ( Birth in a good or bad species 
of beings) 13.21. 

3414. ST^T Adv. Ind. (Always or 
forever) 5. 28; 6. 15, 28; 8. 6 ; 
10. 17 ; 18. 56. 

3415. HS^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Sadrsa ( Similar to 
or like) 3. 33; 4. 38. 

7416. ?3S5T: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj . Sadrsa ( See 
No. 3415)16. 15. ' 

3417. sresft Nom, sing, of the fem. 
form of the adj. Sadrsa (See 
No. 3415)11.12. 

3418. SffM^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Sadosa 
( Accompanied by a fault ) 18. 48. 

3419. $ren% Loc. sing, of the mas, 
comp. noun' Sadbhava, (The state, 
of existence) 17, 26 f 



148 



*t% 



Primary Word-Units 



WimT% 



3420. ^ Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj.* 
Sat ( See No. 3396 ) 4. 6 2 . 
^3421. SHTcH^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the adj. Sanatana 
( Eternal or perpetual ) 4. 31 ; 7. 10. 

3422. mmm Nom. sing. • of the 
mas. form of the adj. Sanatana ( See 
No. 3421) 2. 24; 8. 20; 11. 18; 
15. 7. 

3423. srcmsfr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Sanatana ( See 
No. 3421 ) 1. 40. 

3424. SF?n^rf§r Fut. 2nd pers. 
sing, of the root Tr with the prefix 
Sam ( To cross over or transcend ) 
4.36. 

3425. W$i Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Sat used as a noun 
( A pious or holy man ) 3. 13. 

3426. $m: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial' 
adj. Santusta ( Satisfied completely) 
3. 17 ; 12. 14, 19. 

3427. *r*5?2F$ Pass. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Dr£-pa£y with the prefix 
Sam ( To see all round ) 11. 27. 

. 3428. *rfsRrwr Ind. past participle - 
of the root Yam with the prefixes 
Ni and Sam (To control from all 
sides ) 12. 4. 

3429. Safe's: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past participial 
adj. Sannivista ( Located) 15. 15. 

3430. STTOmTg; AM. sing, of the 
neu. noun Sannyasana (Abandon- 
ment or renunciation ) 3. 4. 

3431. Wi'43C Ind. past participle 
of the root Nyas with the pre- 
fix Sam (To abandon or renounce 
completely) 3. 30; 5. 13; 12. 6; 
18. 57, 



3432. *rwrcwhig*i»TSTT Nom. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. 
ad j . Sannyasayogayufctatman ( One 
whose mind has become composed 
by means of Sannyasayoga ) 9. 28. 

3433. *rwr$T¥r Gen. sing, of the 
mas. noun Sannyasa ( Abandonment 
or renunciation) 18. 1. For its 
special definition see No. 3434 
infra. 

3434. SPRH^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Sannyasa ( See No. 3433 ) 
5. 1 ; 6. 2 ; 18. 2. The last stanza 
contains a special definition of this 
word. 

3435. STWrer: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Sannyasa ( See No. 3433 ) 

5. 2, 6 ; 18. 7. 

3436. STWTftRm Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Sannyasin ( Ordinarily ' a 
person who has renounced the world* 
but here only * one who has given 
up the performance of Kamya Karma 
as per 18. 2') 18. 12. 

3437. *reTKfr.Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Sannyasin ( See No. 3436 ) 

6. 1. This contains a special de- 
finition of this term which is in 
accord with that of ' Sannyasa ' men- 
tioned in No. 3434. 

3438. SHRi^W Inst. sing, of the 
mas. noun Sannyasa ( See No. 3433 ) 
18. 49. 

3439. sn*frct Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Sapatna ( An enemy ) 11. 34. 

3440. STSTlnd. numeral adj. Sapta 
( Seven ) 10. 6. 

3441. ewr^Nom. or ace. sing, of 
the neu. form of the adj. Samagra 
(The whole) 4. 23; 7.1; 11.30. 

3442. mmv^ Ace. plu. of the mas.' 
form of the adj. Samagra (See 
No. 3441)11.30. 



149 



ftwf^N^n^ 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Ft. I A 



3f*T^ 



3443. 5OT"f^T5^Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Samacittatva (The 
quality of having a well-balanced 
mind ) 13. 9. 

3444. SFTcTT Norn. sing, of the fern, 
noun Samata (Equality or even- 
mindedness ) 10. 5. 

3445. ^TORffcrrft Ace. plu. of the 
neu. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj . Atlta with the prefix Sam 
(That which has completely passed 
away ) 7. 26. 

3446. snrtfta Ind. past participle 
of the root I with the prefixes Ati 
and Sam (To transcend or cross 
over) 14. 26. 

3447. wm\ Norn. sing, of the 
neu. noun Samatva ( Even-minded- 
ness ) 2. 48. 

3448. sro^TC: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. noun Samadarsln (A person 
who looks upon all and everything 
equally) 5.18. 

3449. SW^IJf^Acc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sama- 
duhkhasukha ( One who looks upon 
misery and happiness with an equal 
eye ) 2. 15. 

3450. OTrg.-srfgr: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Samaduhkhasukha (See No. 3449) 
12. 13 ; 14. 24. 

3451. ^FTT%'nr^f% Pres. 3rd pers. 
sing, of the root Gam-gacch with 
prefixes Adhi and Sam ( To attain ) 
3.4. 

3452. wmx Adv. Ind. (From all 
sides ) 6. 24. 

3453. sprang Adv. Ind. (From all 
sides) 11. 17, 30. 



3454. SWf^: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sama- 
buddhi ( One who looks upon all 
and everything equally ) 12. 4. 

3455. SWlfl;: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sama- 
buddhi used as a noun (See No. 3454) 
6.9. 

3456. smsster^raFl: Nom. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Samalostasmakaficana ( One who 
looks upon a clod of earth, a piece of 
stone and gold with an equal eye ) 
6. 8 ; 14. 24. 

3457. *TO^Rn*. Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Samavasthita (Located) 
1. 28 according to Sankara in the 
J. H. P. edn. in place of Satnupa- 
sthitath (See No. 3521 infra) ; 13. 28. 

3458. srafcarra; Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj . Samaveta ( Assembled ) 

1.25. 



3459. SW%ffT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici"- 
pialadj. Samaveta (See No. 3458 ' 

1. 1. 

3460. ^m^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Sama (Equal or 
well-balanced ) 5. 19 ; 6. 13 ; 

Adv. Ind, ( Equally ) 6. 32 ; 13. 27, 
28. When this adj. is used with 
reference to a person it means 'One 
having a sense of equality'. 

3461. SW.'Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Sama (See No. 3460) 

2. 48 ; 4. 22 ; 9. 29 ; 12. 18 ; 18. 54. 

3462. *prcr^Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Sampat ( Group of qualities ) 
16.5. 



150 



?=r*tr&Ei, 



Primary Word-Units 



$%w. 



3463. *n*T^. Ace. sing, of the fern, 
noun Sampat(See No. 3462) 16. 3, 
4,5. 

3464. *r*T^Pass. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the Atma. root Pat with the 
prefix Sam (To attain or reach) 
13. 30. 

3465. sn*m^ Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the, pres. participial 
adj . Sampasyat (Seeing or realising) 
3. 20. 

3466. snsPPtnfo: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past participial adj. 
Samprakirtita (Made widely known 
or spoken of all over ) 18. 4. 

3467. *T*srfcfSr Nom. sing, of the 
fem. noun Sampratistha (Stability 
or continued existence ) 15. 3. 

3468. SFsrfrTTfa Ace. plu. of the 
neu. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Sampravrtta (Come into 
existence or begun to have opera- 
tion ) 14. 22. 

3469. ^nStaFT Ind. past participle 
of the root Iks with the prefixes Pra 
and Sam ( To look intently or gaze 
at) 6. 13. 

3470. snstfNR: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. noun Sambandhin ( A relation ) 
1.34. 

3471. ST^fPffccr Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Bhu with the prefix Sam 
( To come into existence or become 
manifest ) 14. 4. 

3472. «wr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Sambhava (Creation) 
14.3. 

3473. SPW*n% Pres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Bhu with the prefix Sam 
(See No. 3471) 4. 6,8. 



3474. sr*wfgRrc*r Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the caus. past pass, 
participial adj . Sambhavita ( A man 
of established reputation ) 2. 34. 

3475. SFWf^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Sammoha (Delusion from 
all sides ) 7. 27. 

3476. srwrrf: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Sammoha ( See No. 3475 ) 
2.63. 

3477. ^wftsrac, Abl. sing, of the 
mas. noun Sammoha ( See No. 3475 ) 
2.63. 

3478. StaetfnPT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj . Sanyatendriya ( One 
who has acquired control over one's 
senses) 4. 39. 

3479. sNracrm Gen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj . Sarhyamat ( One who has been 
restraining his senses) 10. 29. 

3480. tfsnnfas Loc. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Samyamagni ( The 
fire of self-restraint) 4. 26. 

3481 . sfrm'T Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Samyamin ( One who practises 
restraint) 2. 69. 

3482. #**** Ind. past participle of 
the root Yam with the prefix Sam 
(To restrain or bring under one's 
control ) 2. 61 ; 3. 6 ; 6. 14 ; 8. 12. 

3483. #*n%Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Y a with the prefix Sam 
(To go along with another) 2. 22 ; 
15.8. 

3484. ?*3m?*I Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Samvada ( Discourse ) 18. 70, 
74, 76; 

3485. Hftr: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Samvrtta (Have become) 11. 51, 



151 



^folfST 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



*mfcm*& 



3486. tf^TT^T Geo. sing, of the 
mas. noun SarhSaya ( Doubt ) 6. 39. 

3487. 'Sfaran.Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun SamSaya ( See No. 3486 ) 4. 42 ; 
6. 39. 

3488. Sferc: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Saxh&ya ( See No. 3486 ) 8. 5 ; 
10. 7 ; 12. 8. 

3489. tfjpnwr: Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sam- 
s*ayatman (One whose mind is full 
of doubts ) 4. 40. 

3490. StWSffT Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp, adj. Sam- 
%atman ( See No. 3489 ) 4. 40. 

3491. $terati Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Sarhsitavrata (One 
who has fulfilled his vow ) 4. 28. 

3492. SFl^f^PC: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Samsuddha- 
kilbisa ( One who has been purified 
of all sin) 6. 45. 

3493. tff&MT: Nom.. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Samdrita (Become de- 
pendent upon ) 16. 18. 

3494.. ^rerf^| Loc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Samsara ( The cycle of births 
and deaths or a state of existence 
in which an individual soul is sub- 
jected to miseries of diverse sorts ) 
16. 19. 

3495. H&rng^. Ace. sing, of the 
fem. noun Samslddhi ( Complete 
fulfilment of an object aimed at) 
3.20; 8. 15; 18.45. 

3496. tfftraft Loc, sing, of the fem. 
noun Samsiddhi (See No. 3496) 
6.43. 



3497. ^rwr Ind. past participle of 
the root Starhbh with the prefix Sam 
( To keep under control or to stop 
the natural movements of ) 3. 43. 

3498. ^T#TT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sam- 
spar^aja (That which owes its rise 
to close contact with another ) 5. 22. 

3499. #PJBT Ind. past participle 
of the root Smr with the prefix Sam 
(To recollect )' 18. 76 2 , 77*. 

3500. %&& Pres. -3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Hr with the prefix Sam 
( To draw inwards ) 2. 58. 

3501. ST^f Adv. Ind. (Properly) 
5.4; 8. 10; 9.30. 

3502. nmmmt Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj . Samagata ( Met together ) 
1.23. 

3503. *r*TR* Imp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Car with the prefixes 
A and Sam (To do or perform) 
3. 9, 19. 

3504. swraw* Nom. sing, of the 
pres. participial adj. Samacarat 
( Doing or performing ) 3. 26. 

3505. SFFPST^ Inf. of the root 
Dha with the prefixes A and Sam 
( To compose ) 12. 9. 

3506. SfflTOW Ind. past participle 
of the root Dha with the prefixes 
A and Sam ( See No. 3505 ) 17. 11. 

3507. wn$rc*n?r Gen. sing, "of the 
mas. form of the adj. Samadhistha 
( One who is in a state of mental re- 
pose) 2. 54. The word Samadhi 
does not here mean a state in which 
there is complete inactivity, inward- 
ly and outwardly, but a state of 
mental equilibrium maintained 
throughout amidst the ever-changing 
environments. 



152 






Primary Word-Units 



wfam^. 



3508. SWTsft Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Samadhi ( A state of mental 
repose or equilibrium) 2. 44, 53. (See 
also the note in the previous entry.) 

3509. swrcftfa Pres.2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Ap with the prefix Sam 
(To pervade) 11.40. 

3510. SWRW: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. noun Samarambha ( A begin- 
ning or an act already commenced ) 
4. 19. 

3511. srsrrsncf: Adv. Ind. ( In brief) 
13. 18. 

3512. wm§*i Inst. sing, of the 
mas. noun Samasa used adverbially 
(In brief) 13. 3,6; 18.50. 

3513. srmsg^InLof the root Hr 
with the prefixes A and Sam ( To 
dispose of or kill ) 11. 32. 

35,14. *Fmff|Fr: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Samahita derived from the 
root Dha with the prefixes A and 
Sam ( Lit, ' reposed ' but here 
* realised as reposed ' ) 6. 7. 

3515. SHTTrNom. plu. of the fern, 
noun Sama ( An year ) 6. 41 . 

3516. ^lft#rHr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sami- 
tinjaya ( One who is victorious in 
battle) 1. 8. 

3517. scftra": Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, parti- 
cipial adj. Samiddha (Ignited) 4. 37. 

3518. STiflrs^r Ind. past participle 
of the root Iks with the prefix Sam 
(To observe )'l. 27. 

3519. 'SCijjprn Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Samudra (An ocean) 2. 70; 
11.28. 

3520. 'agg^rf Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Sammuddhartr [ One who 
extricates another ( from an abyss ) ] 
12.7. 



3521. srgr&sTcT^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj . Samupasthita ( Arrayed ) 
1. 28 ; 2. 2. Sankara alone amongst 
the commentators according to the 
J. H. P. edition reads Samavasthitam 
in place of this word. (App. I. 3) 
For the meaning of this word see 
No. 3457 supra, 

3522. ^pn%cr:Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past participial 
adj. SamupaSrita (Having taken 
resort to ) 18. 52. 

3523. ^§;%*TT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas . form of the comp . past parti- 
cipial adj. Samrddhavega (At an 
accelerated speed) 11. 29 2 . 

3524. snj^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Samrddha ( Endowed with pros- 
perity) 11. 33. 

3525. ^ Ace. dual of the neu. 
form of the adj. Sama (See No. 
3460 ) 2. 38. 

3526. ^m Ace. dual of the mas. 
form of the adj. Sama (See No. 3460) 
5.27. 

3527. ^Hfl^Gen. plu. of the neu. 
noun Saras ( A lake ) 10. 24. 

3528. Sff: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sarga (Ordinarily, 'creation' 
but here 'Samsara', the cycle of 
existences ) 5. 19. 

3529. SFnoTT^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Sarga ( Creation) 10. 32. 

3530. *$Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sarga ( See No. 3529 ) 7. 27 ; 

3531. mv*m^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Sarpa ( A snake or ser- 
pent) 10. 28. 



153 



wi 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



srawra; 



3532. ^ Voc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Sarva (The All ) 
11.40. 

3533. sr#$#0Trar Gen. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Sarvakarman ( All 
action) 18. 13. 

3534. H#*>HM>^W*TH. Ace. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Sarvakarma- 
phalatyaga (Renunciation of the 
fruit of all action ) 12. 11 ; 18. 2. 

3535. *T<fspT?r3t Ace. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Sarvakarman ( See 
No. 3533) 3. 26; 4.37; 5. 13; 
18. 56, 57. 

3536. snfwftwr: Abl. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Sarvakama (Desire 
of all sorts) 6. 18. 

3537. *FfM^rt: Inst. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Sarvakilbisa (Sin 
of all sorts) 3. 13. 

3538. Hl^l Loc. plu. of the neu. 
comp. noun Sarvaksetra ( All em- 
bodiments or fields of the soul's 
activity ) 13. 2. 

3539. ?rf*T^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Sarva- 
gata ( Pervading everywhere ) 3. 15 ; 
13. 32. 

3540. STW: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sarva- 
gata(SeeNo.3539)2.24. 

See the note in Entry No. 1813 for 
the alternative reading of 2. 24c 
adopted by Madhava Anandatirtha 
and its effect. 

3541. srtspRWR Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the super, degree of 
the comp. adj. Sarvaguhya (That 
which deserves to be concealed most 
of all i. e. the highest secret) 18. 64. 



3542. grtgwftqgre; Ace. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Sarvajnanavimudha ( One who has 
become deluded of all knowledge ) 
3. 32. 

3543. *nfo: Adv. Ind. (From all 
sides) 11.40. 

3544. ^%:7rfaTT^Nom. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Sarvatabpanipada (That which has 
hands and feet on all sides ) 13. 13. 

3545. snfcnsff^mg; Nom. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
SarvatahsYutimat (That which has 
the organs of hearing on all sides ) 
13. 13. 

3546. sr%:*F^$cfT^I» Loc. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Sarvatahsam- 
plutodaka (Lit. 'that in which water 
flows from all sides' and hence 'a 
sea* ) 2. 46. This whole is treated 
here as one compound word. 
Sarvatah and Samplutodaka are not 
therefore separately indexed. 

3547. ^TWcfrsfMwg^Nom. sing, 
of the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Sarvatoksteiromukha ( That which has 
eyes, heads and mouths on all sides) 
13. 13. 

3548. H*fcrts5FcfW3[ Ace. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Sarvato'nantarupa (He who has in- 
numerable forms on all sides) 11. 16. 

3549. *Ff^r%*RT^ Ace. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Sarvatodlptimat (He who has efful- 
gence on all sides ) 11. 17. 

3550. W&I Adv. Ind. (Every- 
where ) 2. 57 ; 6. 30, 32 ; 12-, 4 ; 
13. 28, 32 ; p 18. 49. 

3551. *Ka«m Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past parti- 
cipial adj. Sarvatraga (That which 
pervades everywhere ) 12. 3. 



154 



SraraTJ 



Primary Word-Units 



^rwwtwtci; 



3552. W$3tm Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past parti- 
cipial adj. Sarvatraga (See No. 3551) 
9.6. 

3553. *nfgrH*n?fw Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Sarvatrasamadar^ana ( One who sees 
everywhere with an equal eye) 6. 29. 

3554. ^«rrAdv. Ind. (In all re- 
spects) 6. 31 ; 13.23. 

3555. *r%*r?fa Ace. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Sarvadurga (All 
difficult situations ) 18. 58. 

3556. ^%:^RR^Gen. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Sarvaduhkha (All 
misery) 2. 65. 

3557. ^fcrr* Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Sarvadehin (All 
embodied souls ) 14. 8. 

3558. ^gcrcnSr Ace. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Sarvadvara (All 
apertures or openings ) 8. 12. 

3559. *r#3X*§ Loc. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Sarvadvara (See 
No. 3558)14.11. 

3560. ^W*rr^ Ace. plu. of the 
mas. comp. rioun Sarvadharma (All 
duties) 18.66. 

3561. SPfTT^r: Abl. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Sarvapapa (All 
sins ) 18. 66. 

3562. ^Nfafa: Inst. plu. of the neu. 
comp. noun Sarvapapa (See $o. 3561) 
10.3. 

3563. *pf*nSwr Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Sarvabhava (Belief 
as to being the soul of all ) 15. 19 ; 
18. 62. 

3564. ^^r^niAcc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past parti- 
cipial adj. Sarvabhutastha (Residing 
in all creatures ) 6. 29. 



3565. «*Jfrfi-^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past parti- 
cipial adj . Sarvabhutasthita ( Resid- 
ing in all creatures ) 6. 31. 

3566. ^^fl^ Loc. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Sarvabhutahita 
(The good of all the creatures) 
5. 25 ; 12. 4. 

3567. H^pf5sn$cu*?*rT Nom. sing, 
of the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Sarvabhutatmabhutatman (One 
whose soul has become the soul of 
all the created beings ) 5. 7. 

3568. ^^jTHr^Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Sarvabhuta (All 
the creatures ) 2. 69 ; 5. 29 ; 7. 10 ; 
10.39; 12. 13; 14. 3; 18. 61. 

3569. H^^pT^r Nom. or ace. sing, 
of the neu. comp. noun Sarvabhuta 
( See No. 3568 ) 6. 29 ; 7. 27 ; 9. 4, 
7; 18.61. 

3570. Sflfayrwwi&as Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. past' 
participial adj. Sarvabhuta&yasthita 
( He who resides in the hearts of all 
the creatures ) 10. 20. 

3571. *re\^f Loc. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Sarvabhuta (See 
No. 3568) 3. 18; 7. 9 ; 9. 29; 
11. 55 ; 18 ; 20. 

3572. *T#»i^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sar- 
vabhrt used as a noun (He who 
fills everything ) 13. 14. 

3573. a-4'^ w rq,Gen, plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Sarvayajna ( All 
sacrifices ) 9. 24. 

3574. sn&frfsrf Loc. plu. of the 
fern. comp. noun Sarvayoni (All 
sources of birth ) 14. 4. 

3575. srfsfowfcTO* Ace. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Sarvaloka- 
mahesVara ( The Great Lord of all 
the regions ) 5. 29. 

155 



sr#fH 



Bhagavadglta Word-Index Pt. I A 



^Nt^ 



3576. *re1f%^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Sarvavid ( One who 
knows everything ; hence a knower 
of Brahman) 15. 19. 

3577. ^nff^mm^Gen. plu. of the 
mas. comp.- noun Sarvavrksa (All 
the trees ) 10. 26. 

3578. *P«ft3 Loc. plu. of the mas. 
comp. noun Sarvaveda ( All the 
Vedas)7. 8. 

3579. ST%: Adv. Ind. (Entirely 
or all round) 1. 18 ; 2. 58, 68 ; 3. 23, 
27; 4. 11; 10.2; 13.29. 

3580. ^TSSTOSKircft Nom. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Sarvasamkalpa- 
sannyasin (One who has given up 
all thoughts about one's future) 6. 4. 

3581. ST^ Gen. sing, of the mas. 
or neu. form of the pronoun Sarva 
(See No. 3532)2. 30; 7. 25 ; 8. 9 ; 
10. 8 ; 13. 17 ; 15. 15 ; 17. 3, 7. 

3582. SPte Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sarva- 
hara used a noun ( He who carries 
away everything before him ) 10. 34. 

* 3583. *NN;Acc. sing, of the mas. 
or nom. or ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Sarva (See 
No. 3532 ) 2. 17 ; 4. 33, 36 ; 6. 30 ; 
7.7,13,19; 8.22,28; 9.4; 10. 8, 
14; 11.40; 13.13; 18.46. 

3584. W$: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Sarva (See 
No. 3532)3.5; 11.40. 

3585. snrffo Nom. or ace. plu. of 
the neu. form of the pronoun Sarva 
(See No. 3532) 2. 30, 61; 3. 30; 
4. 5, 27 ; 7. 6 ; 9. 6 ; 12. 6 ; 15. 16. 

3586. *mt^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Sarva (See 
No. 3532) 1.27; 2. 55, 71; 4. 32; 
6,24; 11. 15*. 



3587. srefwqftsmft Nom. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Sarvararhbha- 
parityagin ( One who has given up 
the habit of making of any begin- 
ning) 12. 16; 14.25: 

3588. *rsfawm Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun SarvSrambha (All 
beginning) 18. 48. 

3589. ST3T«lH Ace. plu. of the mas. 
comp. noun Sarvartha (All the ob- 
jects ) 18. 32. 

3590. tfgfapfa*nj,Acc. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sarva- 
£caryamaya (Wonderful in all re- 
spects) 11. 11. 

3591. SR*: Nom. plu. of the fern, 
form of the pronoun Sarva (See 
No. 3532)8. 18; 11.20; 15. 13. 

3592. *n£ Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Sarva (See 
No. 3532) 1. 6, 9, 11; 2. 12, 70; 
4.19,30; 7.18; 10.13; 11,22,26, 
32, 36 ; 14. 1. 

3593. ^f^gormrH**, Nom. sing, 
of the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Sarvendriyagunabhlsa ( That which 
has as its reflections the attributes of 
all the organs of sense ) 13. 14. 

3594. ^fa^fsr^hFfj; Nom. sing, 
of the neu. form of the comp. past 
pass, participial adj. Sarvendriya- 
vivarjita (That which is devoid of 
all organs of sense or that from 
which all organs of sense are ex- 
cluded ) 13. 14. 

3595. %ihq: Abl. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Sarva (See 
No. 3532)4.36. 

3596. sr^TT^Gen. plu. of the. mas/ 
form of the pronoun Sarva (See 
No. 3532)1.25; 6.47, 



156 



.//V 



Primary Word- Units 



*rts?fr?i; 



3597. *$gLoc. phi. of th© mas. 3607. *r^d|r: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
or neu. form of the pronoun Sarva comp. noun Sahayajna 3. 10. For 
(See No. 3532) 1. 11 ; 2. 46 ; 8. 7, the meaning and the occurrence of 
20, 27 ; 13. 27 ; 18. 21, 54. this word there see the note in the 

3598. Sfw: Inst. plu. of the mas. preceding entry. 

m™«w?« P r0n0Un Sarva (See 3608. *s*n Adv. Ind. (All of a 

JNO. JDOl ) 15. 10. it ^113 

" 3599. srr%PR^Nom. sing, of the * uaaen)1 - "• 

neu. form of^the comp. adj. Savikara 3609 - ^^fW: Adverbial comp. 

(Together with the modifications) Ind. (A thousand times ) 11. 39. 

13. 6. ^ 3610. CTS^qigr Voc. sing, of the 

3600. srf^r^ Ace. sing, of the mas. form of the comp. adj. Sahas- 

neu. form of the adj. Savijfiana rabahu (One who has a thousand, 

( Together with its realisation ) 7. 2. i. e . innumerable, hands ) 11. 46. 

3601 ^jf^Voc. sing of the 3m ??f ^^ Nom _ si of 

mas. form of the comp. adj Sav- the neu form of the cQ a(Jj 

yasacm used as a form of address Sahasrayugaparyanta ( That whose 

One who throws arrows with his end comeg ^ a thmsmd Y 

left hand ) 11. 33. or ^ g 1?> 

3602. ^W^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 

form of the comp. adj. Sahara (To- J 612 ' ****; , Adv - formed f ™ m 

gether with an arrow or arrows) the numeral Sahasra (By the thou- 

j 4y sands) 11. 5. 

3603. ST£ Preposition. Ind. (With, 3613. *r;$$ Loc. plu. of the mas. 
or together with or accompanied by ) form of the numeral Sahasra ( A 
1. 22 ; 11. 26 z ; 13. 23. thousand ) 7. 3. 

3604. HS^Acc. sing, of the neu. m4 m Nom> sing- of the m ^ 
form of the comp. adj. Sahaja forrn f the pronoun Tad ( See No. 
( That which has been born with 1385 } t 13> 19> 27 . 2 15> 21> ^ n . 
oneself t. e. that which is prompted 3 6j 7> n% 16> 2 1, 42 ; 4. 2, 9, 18 2 , 
by one's very nature) 18. 48. 20 . 5 3> Sj 10> 21> 232> 24> 28 . 

3605. **ft* Norn. sing, of the 6 1} 23j 30 , 31, 32, 44, 47; 7. 17, 
mas. noun Sahadeva ( The name of lgj 1% 22 . 8 5> 10> 13> 19> 20j 22 . 
the fourth Pandava, a son of Madri, 9 w . 10 3> 7 . n 14j 55 . 12 14j 
the second wife of Pandu) 1. 16. 15} l6> 17 . n 3> 2 3, 27, 29 ; 14. 19 

3606. *nrw: Norn. plu. of the 25JE6 . 15 u 19 . 16 23 . 17 ^ 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Saha- n . 18 8> 9> u> 16> 17? 7L 

yajiia (Together with sacrifices) ^^^^ ^ x . 

3. 10. Ramanuja reads £*** w'ftri* 3615 - * r Norn. smg. of the fern, 

which though changing the emphasis *f m °;L the K^T^iq ti ff 

from Prajah to Yajnaih does not No - ,j?' J: L %, ,1 A' ' 

make a substantial change in the 17 * 2 ; 18 ' 30 ' 31 > 32 ' 33 ' 34j 35 * 

meaning of the statement ( App. I. 3616. m*m. Adv. Ind. ( Person- 

11 ). ally ) 18. 75. 

157 



*m£t 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Pt. I A 



m*$m 



3617. STT$ft Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Saksin ( An on-looker or a 
witness ) 9. 18. 

3618. STFH: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sagara ( An ocean ) 10. 24. 

3619. ^TftgrasfaPTT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the cornp. noun Sattvi- 
kapriya (That which is dear to a 
man of a Sattvika temperament) 
17.8. 

3620. WlW^Nom- or ace. sing. 
of the neu. form of the adj. Sattvika 
( That which is characterised by the 
predominance of the Sattvaguna of 
the primordial matter) 14. 16; 
17.17,20; 18.20,23,37. 

3621. STTTCPU: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Sattvika (See 
No. 3620)17. 11; 18.9, 26. 

3622. Hrw**l: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Sattvika ( See 
No. 3620. ) 7. 12 ; 17. 4. 

3623. ^TTT^Pr Nom. sing, of the 
fern, form of the adj. Sattvika (See 
No. 3620. ) 17. 2 ; 18.30,33. 

3624. ^1?^%.* Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Satyaki (The name of a 
hero fighting on the side of the Pan- 
davas in the Mbh. War. His another 
name was Yuyudhana ) 1. 17. 

" 3625. *rra**fa(. Ace. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Sadharmya ( The 
quality of having the same charac- 
teristics ) 14. 2 . 

3626. ^TTBnpTf^raLAcc. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Sadhibhutadhidaiva (Together with 
the Adhibhuta and the Adhidaiva i.e. 
together with the presiding deities 
of the primary elements and the 
supernatural forces ) 7. 30. 



3627. Sflforsr* Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sadhi- 
yajfia ( Together with the Adhiyajna 
i.e. the presiding deity of sacrifices ) 
7.30. 

3628. srr$*rr% Loc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Sadhubhava (Good- 
ness, kindness or piety ) 17. 26. 

3629. 3T§1 Loc. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Sadhu used as a 
noun ( A good or pious man ) 6. 9. 

3630. W% : Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj, Sadhu used as a 
noun (See No. 3629)9. 30. 

3631 . srrffrr^ Gen. plu . of the mas. 
form of the adj. Sadhu used as a 
noun (See No. 3629) 4. 8. 

3632. STW: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pot. participial adj. 
Sadhya used as a noun ( One who 
is fit to be propitiated ) 11. 22. 

3633. STWNom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Saman ( A. Mantra of the Sama- 
veda)9. 17. 

3634. srm*^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. noun Samarthya (Strength or 
capacity) 2. 36. 

3635. HWl?: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Samaveda ( The third 
Veda which contains Mantras adapted 
to music) 10. 22. 

3636. *TT*m^6^r Gen. sing, of the 
mas. noun Samasika ( The ' whole 
class of compounds ) 10. 33. 

3637. STSTT^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
noun Saman ( See No. 3633 ) 10. 35. 

3638. m*% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Samya (Equanimity or the 
quality of looking upon all with an 
equal eye) 5. 19. 

3639. STH%r Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Samya ( See No. 3638 ) 6. 33. 



158 



^rt^ftoT 



Primary Word-Units 



$W&®m'- 



3640. srrt^T^r Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Sahamkara (Ac- 
companied by egotism ) 18. 24. 

3641. tffeppfcft Ace. dual of the 
mas. comp. noun Samkhyayoga (The 
Samkhya and Yoga Margas ) 5. 4. 

3642. STfe^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Samkya ( The Samkhya Marga 
i. e. the path of knowledge ) 5. 5. 

3643. srfcwrcn* Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Samkhya (One who is a 
follower of the Samkhya Marga) 3. 3. 

3644. srte^ Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Samkhya ( See No. 3642) 2. 39 ; 
18. 13. 

3545. ^«r Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Samkhya (See No. 3642) 13. 24. 

3646. sri'A: Inst. plu. of the neu. 
noun Samkhya ( See No. 3642 ) 5. 5. 

3647. %5$ Dat. sing, of the fem. 
noun Siddhi ( Attainment of an ob- 
ject aimed at, which may be the 
realisation of the self or the ac- 
quisition of some supernatural 
power ) 7. 3 ; 18. 13. 

3648. f&aFSlT: Norn. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Siddhasamgha ( As- 
semblies of adepts ) 11. 36. 

3649." f^RE: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Siddha ( An adept ) 16. 14. 

3650. T%^T^T^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas, noun Siddha (See No. 3649) 
7. 3 ; 10. 26. 

3651. T%%5*; Ace. sing, of the fem. 
noun Siddhi ( See No. 3647) 3. 4; 
4. 12; 12. 10; 14. 1 ; 16. 23; 
18. 45, 46, 50. 

3652. ftffc& Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Siddhi ( See No. 3647 ) 4. 12. 

3653. %jr Loc. sing, of the fem. 
noun Siddhi ( See No. 3647 ) 4. 22. 



3654. f^srflracsft: Loc. dual of the 
fem. comp. noun Siddhyasiddhi ( At- 
tainment or non-attainment of an 
object aimed at ) 2. 48 ; 18. 26. 

3655. fsrf*T3T: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Sindhuraja (The 

-king of the territory known as 
Sindhu ). This word occurs only in 
place of the word ?ftaP?f^T: in an 
alternative reading of 1, Sd given in 
the commentaries of Nilakantha and 
Madhusudana. ( See the note in 
Entry No. 3713 infra.) 

3656. f&^nTJj; Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Simhanada ( A 
sound like that of the roaring of a 
lion ) 1. 12. 

3657. tfr^f% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Sad ( To break down or 
sink down or be languid ) 1. 29. 

3658. *ftwm Ace. sing, of the 
pres. participial adj. Sldamana (Sink- 
ing into despondency or despairing ) 
2. 10. This is the word in place of 
Vipdantam in the said stanza accord- 
ing to Ramanuja alone (See No. 
3143 and App. I. 5 ). 

3659. ^kg*^ Ace. dual of the 
neu. comp. noun Sukrtaduskrta 
( Good and bad deeds ) 2. 50. 

3660. ^cT^T Gen. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Sukrfca 
( Well-done ) 14. 16. 

3661. gfJ^Ace. sing, of the neu. 
comp. noun Sukrta (A good deed) 
5.*15. 

3662. %W*Ri Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Sukrtin ( A doer 
of good deeds) 7. 16. 

3663. ff^wir: Inst. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sukha- 
duhkhasanjna ( Designated as happi- 
ness and misery ) 15. 5. 



159 



^$rg:*sran!: 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I A 



ste 



3664. ^sTfi^W^Gen. plu. of the 
lieu. comp. noun Sukhaduhkha 
(Happiness and misery ) 13. 20. 

3665. jprf:% Ace. dual of the neu. 
comp. noun Sukhaduhkha ( See No. 
3664)2.38. 

3666. f^HWST Inst. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Sukhasaiiga ( Con- 
tact with or attachment to happiness) 
14.6. 

3667. W&& Gen. sing, of the neu. 
noun Sukha ( Happiness ) 14. 27. 

3668. 3p?ns;Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Sukha (See No. 3667) 2. 66 ; 
4. 40 ; 5. 2l 2 ; .6. 21, 27, 28, 32 ; 
10. 4; 13. 6; 16. 23; 18. 36, 37, 
38, 39 ; 

The same used as an adverb ( At 
ease or easily) 5. 3, 13. 

3669. ^rr% Ace. plu. of the neu. 
noun Sukha ( See No.' 3667) 1. 32, 
33. 

3670. ^f%5ft Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Sukhin ( A happy man ) I. 37 ; 
2. 32. 

31571. <pft Nom, sing, of the mas. 
noun Sukhin ( See No. 3670 ) 5. 23 ; 
16. 14. 

3672. ^% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Sukha ( See No. 3667 ) 14. 9. 

3673. ?J%3" Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Sukha ( See No. 3667) used in 
an adverbial sense ( Easily ) 6. 28. 

3674. fj%lLoc. plu. of the nfeu. 
noun Sukha ( See No . 3667 ) 2. 56 . 

3675. !#wftT5*T# Ace. dual of 
the mas. comp. noun Sughosamani- 
puspaka ( Sughosa and Manipuspaka, 
the names of the conches used by 
the Pandavas, Nakula and Sahadeva 
respectively ) 1. 16. 



3676. Sf*rgT*: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sudir- 
racara (One who is too much ill- 
behaved ) 9. 30. 

3677. H#*I V Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Sudur- 
darsa (That of which it is highly 
difficult to get a vision ) 11. 52. 

3678. f|^*T: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sudur- 
labha ( Highly difficult to acquire ) 
7. 19. 

3679. If^^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Sudus- 
kara ( Highly difficult to practise ) 
6.34. 

3680. fftrlRn*, Adv. Ind. (Quite 
definitely or after coming to a de- 
finite conclusion ) 5! 1 . 

3681. ^r*ran; Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Suragana ( A group 
of gods ) 10. 2. 

3682. ^C^fsrr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Sui;asangha ( An 
assemblage of gods ) 11. 21. 

3683. "Spwn^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
noun Sura ( A god ) 2. 8. 

3684. *j^#^Acc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Surendraloka ( The 
region of Indra ) 9. 20. 

3685. §5W Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Sulabha (Easy to 
acquire or reach ) 8. 14. 

3686. %TsF$Gtg&t{ Ace. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Suvirudhamula ( That which has its 
roots firmly fixed ) 15, 3. 

3687. l^rec Adv. Ind. (Quite 
easily ) 9. 2. 

3688. ^PtNom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Suhrt used 
as a noun ( A well-wisher ) 9. 18. 



160 



l^R 



Primary Word-Units 



■^tv^mv^ 



3689. ^$TC Ace. s i n g- of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Suhrt used 
as a noun ( See No. 3688 ) 5. 29. 

3690. ^f^: Ace. phi. of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Suhrt used 
as a noun ( See No. 3688 ) 1. 27. 

3691. lff^T§^m>w^^^sFf§ 
Loc. plu. of the mas. comp. noun 
Suhrnmitraryudasinamadhyastbadve- 
syabandhu ( A well-wisher, a friend, 
a foe, a neutral, an intermeddler, 
one fit to be hated and a kinsman ) 
6.9. 

3692. q&&m, Abl. sing, of the 
neu. noun Suksmatva (Subtlety) 
13. 15. 

3693. ^<pr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Stitaputra ( Lit. 
* the son of a charioteer ' but used 
here as 'a designation of Karna' who 
was reputed to be a son of a chario- 
teer) 11. 26. 

3694. ^% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Siitra ( A thread ) 7. 7. 

3695. m%& Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Su ( To give birth to ) 
9. 10. 

3696. ^srs^*? Gen. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Suryasahasra ( A 
thousand suns) 11. 12. 

3697. ^p: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Surya ( The sun ) 15. 6. 

3698. ^fcT Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Srj ( To "create ) 5. 14, 

3699. 'JJSTrnrPres. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Srj ( See No. 3698 ) 4. 7. 

3700. qtft Ace. dual of the fem. 
noun Srti ( A way or path ) 8. 27. 

3701. W*. Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Srsta ( Created ) 4. 13. 

3702. *S|t Ind. past participle of 

the root Srj (See No. 3698) 3. 10. 



3703. &*r% Gen. dual of the fem. 
noun Sena ( An army ) 1. 21, 24, 27 ; 
2.10. 

3704. Srctfkm Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Senanin ( A Commander- 
in-chief ) 10. 24. 

3705. tta% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Sev (To serve ) 14. 26. 

3706. &WT Inst. sing, of the fem. 
noun Seva ( Service ) 4. 34. 

3707. lfc*rc*T Gen. sing, of the neu. 
noun Sainya ( An army ) 1. 7. 

3708. #f^ Inf. of the root Sah 
( To bear or endure ) 5. 23 ; 11. 44. 

3709. mwtt: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Somapa used 
as a noun ( Lit. * one who drinks 
Soma ' and hence *a Vedic Brahman 
who drinks Soma at a sacrifice') 9. 20. 

3710. *fw: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Soma (The name of the plant, 
the juice of whose leaves was ex- 
tracted at a sacrifice according to a 
Vedic rite, offered to the gods 
and drunk by the sacrificer and the 
priests in Vedic times ) 15. 13. 

3711. ^SFuX Abl. sing, of the 
neu. noun Sauksmya ( Subtlety ) 
13. 32. 

3712. sfw?: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Saubhadra (The son of 
Subhadra z. e. Abhimanyu ) 1. 6, 18. 

3713. *ft*n?!%: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Saumadatti (The son of 
Somadatta *. e. Bhuris'ravas, a war- 
rior who fought on the side of the 
Kauravas in the Mbh. war) 1. 8. 
Nilakantha and Madhusudana read 
flFJpTsr: in place of <#ra^i%: as an 
alternative ( See App. 1.1). 

3714. sfN^sr**. Nom. sing, of the 
neu. noun Saumyatva ( Mildness, 
gentleness or placidity ) 17. 16. 



B. G. 1. 11 



161 



Sfwrag? 



Bhagavadglta: Word-Index Pt. I A 



flam: 



3715. *fr**Prs: Norn. sing, of the 
mas, form of the adj. Saumyavapu 
( One who has a placid bearing ) 
11. 50. 

3716. *ft*^Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Saumya (Mild, 
gentle or placid ) 11. 51. 

3717. ?&&%'. Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Skanda (A name of 
KartiEeya, a son of. God Sankara and 
the Commander-in-chief of the army 
of the gods ) 10. 24. 

3718. ^sw. Nom. sing, of the past 
participialadj.' Stabdha (Stupified) 
18. 28. 

3719. ^s\*T: Nom. plu. of the 
past participial adj. Stabdha (See 
No. 3718)16. 17. 

3720. sgftfa Inst. plu. of the fem. 
noun Stuti (A hymn of praise) 
11.21; 

. 3721. *3*#cTPres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Stu ( To praise ) 11. 21. 

3722. #T.' Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Stena ( A thief ) 3. 12. 
^ 3723. f%RT: Nom. plu. of the fem. 
noun Stri ( A woman ) 9. 32. 

3724. *^£ Loc. plu. of the fem. 
noun Strl( See No. 3723) 1.41. 

3725. FJroj: Nom. sing, of the mas, 
form of the adj. Sthanu (Fixed, 
stationery, static or motionless) 
2. 24. For an alternative reading 
of 2. 24/ 3 which Maddhava Ananda- 
tirtha has adopted and its effect see 
the note in Entry No. 1813. 

3726. F-TR^ Nom. or ace. sing, 
of the neu. noun Sthana (A place 
or position ) 5. 5 ; 8. 28 ; 9. 18 ; 
18. 62. 

3727. *-«n% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Sthana (See No. 3726) used 
as an adverb ( Rightly or appropri- 
ately ) 11. 36. 



3728. ssrrwlmp. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the causal form of the root Stha- 
tisth ( To fix or to move to a parti- 
cular position and keep it there 
firmly) 1.21. 

3729. S 9 mterr Ind. past pass, 
participle of the causal form of the 
root Stha-tisth (See No. 3428) 1. 24. 

3730. PTR^^it^ Nom. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Sthavarajangama ( Immobile and 
mobile ) 13. 26. 

3731. ^TF^r 1 ^ Gen. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Sthavara used 
as a noun ( An object which does 
not move automatically ) 10. 25. 

3732. '^-TT^frFut. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Stha-tisth ( See No. 3728 ) 
2. 53. 

3733. %ra«ft;- Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participialadj. Sthitadhi used as a 
noun ( One whose intellect has be- 
come steady ) 2. 54, 56. 

3734. f*mmw Gen.- sing.* of; the 
mas. form of the comp. past 'pass, 
participial, adj. Sthitaprajna: used 
as a noun ( One whose intellect has 
become steady ) 2. 54. 

3735. famm: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj . Sthitaprajna used as 
a noun ( See No. 3734 ) 2. 55. 

3736. T%T^Nom* or ace. sing, of 
the neu. or ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Sthita (Standing or staying) 
5. 19; 13.16; 15. 10. 

3737. fera: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial adj. 
Sthita ( See No. 3736 ) 5. 20 ; 6. 10, 
14,21,22; 10. 42; 18.73. 



162 



TCsr^ 



Primary Word-Units 



*&szm. 



3738. %?tt^ Ace. phi. of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Sthita (See No. 3736 ) 1. 26. 

3739. f&RTT: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Sthita ( See No. 3736 ) 5. 19. 

3740. f^TT%3C Ace. sing, of the fern, 
noun Sthiti (Position ) 6. 33. 

3741. fl«T%: Nom. sing, of the 
fern, noun Sthiti (See No. 3740) 
2. 72 ;' 17. 27. 

3742. T%r#r Loc. sing, of the fem. 
noun Sthiti ( See No. 3740 ) 1. 14. 

3743.„t%r?3TT Ind. past participle of 
the root Stha-tisth ( See No. 1453 ) 
2. 72. 

3744. ^51%: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sthira- 
buddhi (One whose intellect has 
become steady ) 5. 20. 

3745. r%rc*rr%: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sthira- 
mati (One whose intellect has be- 
come steady ) 12. 19. 

3746. f^«T^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Sthira (Steady) 
6. 11, 13 ; 12. 9. For the occurrence 
of this word in 6. 13 see the next 
entry. 

3747. f¥ni Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Sthira (See No. 3746) 
6. 13. Ramanuja reads here Sthi- 
ram (App.'I. 19). It would be an 
adj. qualifying KayaBrogrivmh but 
would lead to a tautology as the 
adj. Acalath is already there. 

3748. f^m^Aec. sing, of the fem. 
form of* the "adj. Sthira (See 
No. 3746) 6. 33. 

3749. %rer: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Sthira (See 
No. 3746) 17. 8. The adj. Sthirah 



which here qualifies the noun Aharah 
must be understood to have the 
sense of ' nourishing 

3750. ^%%Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Sthairya ( Steadiness ) 13. 7. 

3751. f^m Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the adj. Snigdha 
( Greasy or unctuous ) 17. 8. 

3752. *r&n* Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Spar&na ( The sense of touch ) 
15. 9. 

3753. *OT#£ Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Sparsa ( An object of percep- 
tion by the sense of touch ) 5. 27, 

3754. ^1^ Nom. sing, of the. 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj . Sprsat ( Touching ). 5. 8. 

3755. ^IfrNom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Sprha (Aspiration or expec- 
tancy) 4. 14; 14. 12. 

3756. 3RT A pleonastic particle 
generally added to the negative 
prohibitive particle Ma. 2. 3. It is 
here used to indicate a strong- dis- 
approval of an act. The idiomatic 
expression in which it occurs is 
Klaibyam ma sma gamah ( Do not re- 
sort to impotency). For the ex- 
planation of the significance of the 
other words in the expression see 
Nos. 1099, 1152 and 2603. 

3757. \mm Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Smr (To remember or 
recollect) 8. 14. 

3758. WF£ Nom. sing, of^ the 
mas. form of the pass, participial 
adj. Smarat (Recollecting) 3. 6; 
8. 5,6. 

3759. *!%m. Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj.Smrta (Remembered or tradi- 
tionally known ) 17. 20, 21 ; 18. 38. 



163 



**J3J 



Bhagavadgtta Word-Index Pt. I A 



Wixwni 



3760. ^cT; Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Smrta ( See No. 3759 ) 17. 23. 

3761. *€3T Nom. sing, of the fern, 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Smrta ( See No. 3759 ) 6. 19. 

3762. S^fcnftn^Abl. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Smrtibhrarhsa 
( Failure or loss of memory ) 2. 63. 

3763. ^%f*nsr*r: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Smrtivibhrama . 
( Failure or loss of memory ) 2. 63 . 

3764. wfcfr Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Smrti ( Memory ) 10. 34 ; 
15.15; 18.73. 

3765. W^% Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Syandana ( A chariot ) 1 . 14. 

3766. **nra[Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the 2nd conj. root As ( See No. 496 ) 
1. 36; 2. 7; 3.17; 10.39; 11.12; 
15.20; 18.40. 

3767. mm Pot. 1st pers. plu. of 
the 2nd conj. root As ( See No. 496 ) 
1.37, 

3768. W^Pot. 1st pers. sing, of 
the 2nd conj. root As ( See No. 496 ) 
3. 24 ; 18. 70. 

3769. *g: Pot. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the 2nd conj. root As (See No. 496) 
9.32. 

3770. ?fe& Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Srams ( To slip off ) 1. 30. 

3771. WHT^ Gen. plu. of the 
neu. noun Srotas ( A stream ; a 
volume of flowing water ) 10. 31. 

3772. OTtfnT Inst. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Svakarmari (Action 
appropriate to oneself) 18. 46. 

3773. <SW4 wrcar Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past parti- 
cipial adj. Svakarmanirata (Engaged 
in action appropriate to oneself) 
18. 45. 



3774. ?^^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Svaka ( One's own ) 
11. 50. 

3775. *3R§J*T Inst. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Svacaksus (One's 
own eye ) 11. 8. 

3776. ^3Fr^ Ace. sing.- of the 
mas. comp. noun Svajana (One's 
kith and kin ) 1. 28, 31, 37, 45. 

3777. ^mm Inst. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Svatejas (One's 
own light) 11. 19. 

3778. srotfflC Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Svadharma ( Duties 
appropriate to oneself ) 2. 31, 33. 

3779. ?3?m: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Svadharma (See 
No. 3778) 3. 35; 18.47. 

3780. *sra$ Loc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Svadharma ( See 
No. 3778)3. 35. 

3781. ^rarNom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Svadha ( An oblation of food ) 
9. 16. 

3782. ^if&nn Abl. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past partici- 
pial adj . Svanusthita (Well-observed 
or well-performed) 3. 35 ; 18. 47. 

3783. ^7^ Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Svapat ( Sleeping ) 5. 8. 

3784. ^JT^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Svapna ( A dream ) 18. 35. 

3785. SWFWi; Ace. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Svabandhava 
( One's own kinsman ) 1. 37. 

3786. ^awRT^^Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Svabha- 
vajaCfiornof one's innate nature) 
18. 42, 43, 44*. 

3787. ^wresrr Nom. sing, of the 
fem. form of the comp. adj. Svabha- 
vaja ( See No. 3786 ) 17. 2. 



164 



*sr*rra«lr5T 



Primary Word-Units 



WfSStm 



3788. wreifcr Inst. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Svabha- 
vaja ( See No. 3786 ) 18. 60. 

3789. ^*rref?ftRr^ Ace. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Svabhavaniyata ( That which is deter- 
mined by one's innate nature) 
18. 47. 

3790. wrajrat; Inst. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Svabha- 
vaprabhava (That which owes its ex- , 
istence to one's innate nature) 18. 41. 

3791. WW: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Svabhava ( One's 
innate nature ) 5. 14 ; 8. 3. 

3792. W**. Adv. Ind. (Personally) 
4. 38 ; 10. 13, 15 ; 18. 75. 

3793. 5^RT Inst. sing, of the fern, 
form of the pronominal adj. Sva 
(One's own) 7. 20. 

3794. *spfi%H Ace. sing, of the 
fem. comp. noun Svargati (De- 
parture to the Svargaloka ) 9. 20. 

3795. W§rH3;Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Svargadvara ( A 
gateway to Svarga, the region where 
the gods ruled over by Indra were 
believed to reside ) 2. 32. 

3796. WW: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Svarga- 
para (Intent on the attainment of 
Svarga) 2. 43. 

3797. ^"T^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Svarga ( See No. 3795 ) 2. 37. 

3798. ^*ta* Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Svargaloka (See 
No. 3795) 9. 21. 

3799. W<F*. Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Svalpa 
(Very little) 2. 40. 

3800. ¥*% A benedictory ind, 
particle. 11. 21. 



3801. <sn$r: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Svastha 
( Self-composed or at ease ) 14. 24. 

3802. ^^rr: Gen. sing, of the fem. 
form of the pronominal adj. Sva 
(See No. 3793)3. 33. 

3803. ^^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronominal adj . Sva (See 
No. 3793)6.13. 

3804. ^T«n*t:?RW; Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Svadhyayajnanayajna ( One who per- 
forms a sacrifice in the shape of a 
study of the Vedas and one who 
performs it in the shape of the 
pursuit of knowledge ) 4. 28. 

3805. ^TT^nr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Svadhyaya ( A study of 
the Vedas) 16. 1. 

3806. W*^T**T$H^Nom. sing, of 
neu. comp. noun Svadhyayabhya- 
sana ( A study of the Vedas ) 17. 15. 

3807. W*,Acc. sing, of the fem. 
form of the pronominal adj. Sva 
( See No. 3793 ) 4. 6 ; 9. 8. 

3808. *% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronominal adj. Sva 
( See No. 3793 ) 18. 45 2 . 

3809. #*T Inst. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronominal adj. Sva 
(See No. 3793)18.60. 

3810. £ Interjection. Ind. (A 
particle expressive of grief or re- 
gret) 2. 9. 

3811. 5^, Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form o£ the past pass, participial 
adj.Hata(Killed)2.19. 

3812. Ccf-' Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Hata (See No. 3811) 2. 37; 
16. 14. 



165 



Scrn£ 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt., I A 



ff 



3813. f<rr^Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Hata(SeeNo.3811)11.34. 

3814. t«rr Ind. past participle of 
the root Han (See No. 1208) 1. 31, 
36, 37 ; 2. 5, 6 ; 18. 17. 

3815. 5ft*% Fut. 1st pers. sing, of 
the root Han ( See No. 1208 ) 16. 14. 

3816. V% An inceptive indecli- 
nable particle intended to excite 
curiosity to hear what is to be said ) 
10. 19. 

3817. s^re^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Hantr ( A killer or slayer ) 
2.19. 

3818. #ft Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Han ( See No. 1208 ) 2, 19, 
21 ; 18. 17. 

3819. ^m Inf. of the root Han 
(See No. 1208)1. 35,37, 45. 

3820. %*& Pass. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Han (See No. 1208)2. 19, 20. 
" 3821. H*mft Loc. sing, of the 

neu. form of the continuous pres. 
participial adj. Hanyamana (Being 
killed) 2. 20. 

3822. ^: Pot. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Han ( See No. 1208 ) 1. 46. 

3823. $%: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
noun Haya ( A horse ) 1. 14. 

3824. 1*% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Hr ( To carry away or de- 
prive one of ) 2. 67. ' 

3825. f*fcr Pres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Hr ( See No. 3824 ) 2. 60. 

3826. sft: Norn', sing, of the mas. 

noun Hari (One of. the names of 

Visnu and incidentally of Sri Krsna 

«who is identified with the former) 

11,9. 

3827. &i Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Hari ( See No. 3826 ) 18. 77. 



3828. ^WT*TF^cf: Norn. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. past 
participial adj. Harsasokanvita (One 
who is overpowered by joy or sor- 
row) 18.27. 

3829. ^'f^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Harsa ( Joy or jubilation ) 1. 12. 

3830. p^^l|l: Inst. plu. of 
the mas. comp. noun Harsamarsabha- 
yodvega (Perturbation caused by 
jubilation, uneasiness or fear ) 
12. 15. 

3831. #f: Norn. sing, of the neu. 
noun Havis ( An oblation or a burnt 
offering ) 4. 24. 

3832. OT^Abl. sing, of the mas. 
noun Hasta ( A hand ) 1. 30. 

3833. ^T%f^f Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Hastin ( An elephant ) 5. 18. • 

3834. wfo: Norn. sing, of the fern, 
noun Hani ( Destruction or injury ) 
2.65. 

3835. ft A causal or expletive in- 
declinable particle. When causal it 
has the sense of ' for ' or \ because '. 
Even when expletive it has some- 
times, the sense of 'indeed', 'surely', 
' for instance ' , ' as is well-known ' 
&c. 1.11,37, 42; 2.5,8,27,31,41, 
49, 51, 60, 61, 65, 67; 3. 5 2 , 8, 12,49, 
20, 23, 34, 41 ; 4. 3, 7, 12, 17, 38 ; 
5.3,19,22; 6.2,4,27, 34, 39, 40, 
42, 44; 7. 14, 17, 18, 22 ; 8. 26; 
9. 21, 24, 30, 32; 10. 2, 14, 18, 
19; 11. 2, 20, 21, 24, 31; 12. 5, 
12; 13. 21,28; 14. 27 ; 18. 4,- 11, 
48. Ramanuja and several other 
comm. omit this word from the 
second line of 3.41. (SeeApp. I. 
13 and Entry No. 2087). It seems 
however necessary for a metrical 
purpose at least. In 9. 21 on the 
other hand all the comm. except 



166 



TOTErwrr 



Primary Word-Units 



psrfo 



Sankara, Madhusudana and Dhana- 
pati Suri read Evam hi traidharm- 
yam which involves an additional 
Hi. ( See App. I. 27 and Entry No. 
1499 ). For the alternative reading 
adopted by Ramanuja in 10. 19 
see the note in Entry No. 1571. 

3836. %r3»r**rcr Inst. sing, of the 
fern. comp. noun Hitakamya ( A de- 
sire to do good or cause welfare } 
10. 1. 

3837. %r^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Hita (welfare ) 18. 64. 

3838. ffcwrr Ind. past participle of 
the root Ha ( To abandon ) 2. 33. 

3839. f|*u% Pres. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Han (See No. 1208) 
13. 28. 

3840. fpTT^^: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Himalaya ( The mountain 
Himalaya) 10. 25. - 

3841. f|*rr?*T5p: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Him- 
satmaka (One who is by his very 
nature apt to cause injury to others ) 
18. 27. 

3842. ftsm^Acc. sing, of the fem. 
noun Himsa ( Injury or slaughter ) 
18,25. 

3843. fgn^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Huta (That which is offered as 
an oblation in fire ) 4. 24 ; 9. 16 ; 
17. 28. 

3844. ^fPtl: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Hrtajnana ( One who 
is deprived of knowledge ) 7. 20. 

3845. W^^K Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. past pass, parti- 
cipial adj. Hrtstha (Residing in the 
heart) 4. 42. 



3846. f^rfriteffHAcc. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Hrdayadaurbalya 
( The weakness of the heart ) 2. 3> 

3847. f^Tft Ace. plu. of the neu. 
noun Hrdaya ( The heart ) 1. 19. 

3848. %f% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Hrt ( The heart ) 8. 12 ; 13. 17 ; 
15. 15. 

3849. f^ft Loc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Hrdde&i (The region of 
the heart ) 18. 61 . 

3850. PIT: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pot. participial adj. 
Hrdya( Pleasing) 17.8. 

3851. ffatf: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Hrsita (Delighted or thrilled) 
11.45.* 

3852. fCr^sr Voc. sing, of the mas, 
noun Hrsikega (Lit. 'the Lord of the 
sense-organs' and hence ' the self * . 
It is used here however as a synonym 
of Visnu with whom Sri Krsna is 
■identified in this work and with 
whom the self of man is identical 
in essence according to it) 11. 36-; 
18.1. ';. : 

•3853. fft^W* Ace. sing, of the 
mas. noun Hrslkes'a ( See No. 3852 ) 
1.21; 2.9. 

3854. f*T%*ff: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Hrslkesa ( See No. 3852 ) 
1. 15,24; 2. 10. 

3855. %€$v$tf Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past pass, 
participial adj. Hrstaroman ( One the 
hair on whose body is bristling with 
joy) 11. 14. 

3856. %wfe Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Hrs (To become de- 
lighted ) 12. 17'. ' • 



167 



HWift 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Pt. I B 



** 



3857. S^u% Pres. 1st pers. sing. 
of the root Hrs (See- No. 3856) 
18.76,77. 

' 3858. I Interjection ( A vocative 
particle expressing surprise, envy 
or derision) 11. 41 3 . 

3859. tcTW: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Hetu ( A cause, reason or 
motive) 18. 15. 

3860. t^rr Inst. sing, of the mas. 
noun Hetu ( See No. 3859 ) 9. 10. 

3861. tfgtr&T: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Hetumat (That 



which is supported by reason or 
rational arguments ) 13. 4. 

3862. fe|: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Hetu ( See No. 3859 ) 13. 20 2 . 

3863. ttfh Abl. sing, of the mas. 
noun Hetu ( See No. 3859 ) 1. 35. 

3864. ff^ Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Hr ( See No. 3824 ) 6. 44. 

3865. Ct: Nom. sing. :of the fem. 
noun Hrl ( Modesty or bashfulness ) 
16.2. 



Section B— KAgMlR RECENSION 



JV. B.— The words indexed in this Section are those only which have 
been underlined in col. 4 of Appendix II. Those which are common to the 
stanzas concerned as read in the vulgate and this recension do not find a 
place therein. There being no such words in the case of the additional 
lines and stanzas, all those occurring therein are without exception included 
therein. 

It will be noticed that no words have been underlined in the variants 
taken from any one or two editions of the Kashmir recension which are given 
in the foot-notes. That means that none of the words occurring therein 
have been' given a place in this Index, the reason being that the criterion 
adopted is that the variants peculiar to that recension must be common to 
all the editions of the recension which had been collated. 

The abbreviations used in this Index are the same as those in the 
Index of the vulgate except one namely, ' Un ', after the figure 13, which 
stands for the expression ' Unnumbered stanza ', called 13 supernumerary 
stanza in Pt. I A. 

For verification of the citations see the note in App. II which explains 
how the additional lines and stanzas have been incorporated in the enume- 
ration scheme of the vulgate. 

168 



Primary Word-Units 



gparfiifta M fitt re rci 



3? 

1. ^%lt^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Akimcitka 
( Insignificant ) 16. 8/ 4 . 

2. STfJ^srf^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Akttsnavid [ One 
who does not know the whole ( of 
the thing to be known)] 18. 22/,. 
This meaning does not seem to fit in 
well in the line ^t*w%|epr%*?3; in 
which it occurs. It is perhaps a 
corruption of the vulgate reading 
«T! Ii?*5r^f^ which as applied 
to the Tamasajnana, sought to be 
described by the author, seems to 
be a better one. 

3. 3R35: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Acala (Not 
moving ; steady ) 6. 13/ 2 . 

4. 3Tf%r<#«wf Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Acintya- 
karman ( One whose actions are in- 
concievable i. e. such as cannot be 
gauged) 11.40/ 4 . 

5. srf^r^ip^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Acintya- 
rupa (That whose form cannot be 
thought about ) 11. 27-1. There it is 
an epithet of Vaktra. In 8. 9. it is 
that of Purusa (See Pt. I A. No. 45). 

6. sj^^RfflC. Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Acetana 
( That which is without life ) 17. 6/ 2 . 

7. **W' Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Ajna 
(Ignorant ) 14. 23/ 4 . 

8. srfaspww: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Atikramanasa ( Lit. 
' Destruction of transgression ' ) 
2. 40/ j. This is quite a meaningless 
word. The reading stfwfWTRT: of 
the vulgate is therefore certainly a 
better one. 



9. sn^WRS - .* Gen. sing, of the 
comp. past participial adj. Atija- 
garat ( One who is in the habit of 
keeping oneself awake too much) 
6. I6/4. This is an unusual form. 
The usual form is Jagrat and is 
found in the vulgate reading. 

10. 3T5*n|c!^ Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Atyad- 
bhuta ( Extremely wonderful ) 
11. 44-3. 

11. W^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Atyanta 
( That which transgresses the end ) 
6. 28/ 4 . 

12. 3*^*313: Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. past participial 
adj. Atyasat (One who eats too 
much ; a glutton ) 6. 16/,. 

13. sra Adv. Ind, (Here or in this 
respect ) 2. 30/ 4 . 

14. sro An ind. copulative particle 
generally used to mark the beginn- 
ing of a treatise or a topic therein. 
3. 22/4. Here however it seems to 
have been used with ** in the sense 
of " And still". 

15. SKg^ Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Adbhuta (Wonder- 
ful) 11.44-2. 

16. 3T3|?tTfor Nom. plu, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Adbhuta (See No. 
15)11.44-1.^ 

17. scf^m^m Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Gam-gacch with the pre- 
fix Adhi ( To attain ) 6. 28/ 4 , 38/ 4 . 

18. w**WPr. Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Adhyavasaya (Effort or 
endeavour ) 18. 59/ 3 . 

19. g^i W ^R&i^ Nom. sing, 
of the neu. comp. noun Adhyatma- 
jfiananisthatva ( The quality of being 
devoted to the knowledge of the 
self ) 13. 11/,. 



169 



$r^*n%^fwf*t^r«W: Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I B 



3Tfawq$ 



20. wajrarf^^faf^GmT: Nom. 
plu. of the mas. form of the comp. 
adj. , Adhyatmavidyavinivrttakama 
( One whose desires have subsided 
owing to the acquisition of the 
knowledge of the self) 15. 5/ 2 . 

21. sTHf^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Adhruva 
(Unsteady) 17.- 12/ 4 . This epithet 
is not a happy one as applied to a 
Yajtia. 

22. W$re#tT: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past partici- 
pial adj. Anabhilaksita (Unnoticed 
or undetected ) 9. 6-1. 

23. SRsn: Gen. or loc. dual of the 
pronoun Idam ( This ) 8. 26/ 3 . The 
reading in which, this . word occurs 
namely, sPfWrWHlfI%^ does not 
yield a sensible meaning. The 
vulgate reading *PRT snfcRTfftm is 
therefore preferable. 

24. sr%^t Ind. past participle of 
the root Iks with the prefix Ava 
( To see or think of ) turned to ex- 
press a negative idea by prefixing 
An. 18. 25 /*. 

25. 3r3TT%rRC Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Anadi- 
mat (One who has no beginning) 
11. 39/ 3A 

26. i#S?W: Nom. sing, of the 
continuous pres. participle Iccha- 
mana turned to express a negative 
idea by prefixing An (Though not 
wishing or against one's wish) 3. 36/ 3 . 

27. srf^F^Pass. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Gam with the prefix Anu 
( To reach or acquire ) 5. 5/ 2 . 

28. srgw^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Uttama turned to 
express a negative idea by prefixing 
An ( That to which there is no supe- 
rior ; unsurpassed ) 9. ll/ 4 . . 



29. srf^^T Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Vrt-vart with the prefix 
Anu (To follow ) 3. 31/ 2} 32/ 2 . 

30. ^rg^^Pot. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Vrt-Vart with the prefix 
Anu (See No. 29)3. 23/ 3 . 

31. srpfr^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the pres. participial 
adj. Anusocat ( To bemoan the loss 
of) 2. 11/,. 

32. 3*«T$;raref: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Aneka- 
citta ( One whose attention is divert- 
ed to various objects ) 6. 37/ 5 . 

33. 3T« S 3R^?T Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Antaka (The god of death) 

,2.10-1. 

34. 3t?cT^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Anta.( An end ) 7. 28/,. 

35. 3T p ^: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Anya ( An- 
other) 11. 44-1. 

36. srfa Adv. Ind. (Also, and, 
even or even though ) 3. 35/ 4 ; 4. 14/ 2 ; 
5. 17-1 3 ; 6. 43/ 3 ; 8. 2/ 3 ; 10. 25/ 2 ; 
11. 44-3 ; 18. 47/4. 

37. arerfowTwrcr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form'of the comp. adj. Aprati- 
maprabhava ( One whose prowess is 
unequalled) 11. 39/ 3 . 

38. ^rfweft Adv. Ind. (From all 
sides; all over) 11. 28/ 4 . 

39.«su%wn$ Fut. 1st pers. sing, 
of the root Dha with the prefix Abhi 
( To narrate or describe ) 8. ll/ 4 . 

40. sfftwrerT^ Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Abhiprapanna ( Approached sub- 
missively ) 2. 10-1. 

41. 3?fWq& Pres. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Bhas with the prefix Abhi 
(To speak) 2. ll/ 2 . This meaning 
does not fit in in the context for 



170 



^TWTWF*?! 



Primary Word-Units 



mm 



sRBT*nwrforara& yields no intelligible 
sense. It would have been better 
if it had been $npmr*mN&. 

42. srftnmnwrr Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the com p. adj. Abhi- 
manatman (One who is by nature 
proud or one whose essence is pride). 
3. 36-3. The whole of this stanza 
is very badly worded. Most of the 
epithets contained therein are such 
that they cannot be applied ap- 
propriately to Kama even when per- 
sonified. For instance, it is stupid 
to say of Kama that he is Kama- 
krodhamaya, Aharhkara &c. The 
same remark is more or less ap- 
plicable to all the additional stanzas 
here. They seem to be the com- 
position of a poor versifier, perhaps 
a mere scribe, of Kasmlr. 

43. wft Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun ,? Adas (;This) 
2. 12/i- 

44. 'snjsren^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Amrstanna 
( That in which food is not purified 
or is unsavoury ) 17. 13/,. 

45. snra: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Ayat (One 
who does not make an effort .or one 
who has not subdued his senses ) 
6.37/,. ,,. 

46. ^f^Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Idam ( See 
No. 23 ) 3. 38/y, 10.8/,. 

47. srs# Ind. past participle of the 
root Arc (To worship or adore) 
18. 46/ 3 . 

48. sr&sT Voc sing, of the mas. 
noun Arjuna ( The name of the third 
son of Pandu and Kunti and the 
principal hero on the side of the 
Panda vas in the Kuru -Pandu war 



whose chariot was being driven by 
Sri Krsna when he imparted the 
teaching embodied in the Gita. ) 
8. 21/-«; 18. 15/,. 

49. »r^t: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Arjuna ( See No. 48 ) 13.:Un. 

50. srg^lk Pot. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Gam-gacch with the pre- 
fix Ava ( To know ) 10. 41 / 3 . 

51. 3TS3T*r^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
or neu. form of the adj. Avyaya 
( Indestructible ) 5. 21/ 4 ; 9. ll/ 4 , 

52. s^rrf Loc. plu. ofthefem. 
comp. noun A^ubha (Inauspicious 
or unclean ) 16. 19/ 3 . 

53. sr^qrrfoi Ace. plu. of the neu. 
form of the adj. ASesa (Without a 
remainder, or an exception) 4. 35/ 3 . 

54. arsnrofaar: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Asad- 
grahasnta ( One who has resorted to 
wrong prejudices or preconceptions) 
16. 10/ 3 . 

55. 3FH?r^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. past participial 
adj. Asahya ( Unbearable ) 11. 44-2. 

56. «rf&" Pres. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the 2nd conj. root As (To be) 
11. 44-2. 

57. srerawj- Comp. adv. Ind. 
(Undoubtedly) 18. 68/ 4 . 

58. sn% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the 2nd conj. root As ( See No. 56 ) 
11.40/ 3 ,44-l,3. 

59. sr$3 Imp. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the 2nd conj. root As ( See No. 56 ) 
2. 47/i. ^ 

60. *ffF%r Pres. 1st pers. sing, of 
the 2nd conj. root As ( See No, 56 ) 
7.9/,. ' 

61. 3*^ Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Idam ( See 
No. 23) 3. 36-4 3 . 



171 



STfpflJ. 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I B 



^Tl^ 



62. si%spP^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Ahetuka 
( That which is without a purpose or 
aim) 16. 8/ 4 ; 18. 22/ 2 . The term 
Ahaitukam occurring in the vulgate 
at both the places is a regular form 
while this is an irregular one. 

63. 3T£^ Nom. sing, of the pro- 
noun Asmad ( I ) 10. 17/ 2 , 22/,, 25/ 3 ; 
18.55/,. 

64. srff R: Nom /sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Ahamkara (Egoism) 
3. 36-3. 

65. 3irsfi**r Ind. past participle of 



72. srrfrr: Nom. sing, of the past 
participial adj . Avrta (Covered over) 
3. 38/ 4 . 

73. arfoifag^ Inf. of the caus. 
form of the root Vis with the prefix 
A (To enter) 12.9/,. 

74. srrtfta: Nom. sing, of the pres. 
participial adj. Aslna (Sitting) 
3. 36-2. 

75. wxwm Ind. past participle 
of the root Stha with the prefix A 
(To resort to) 9. 6-1. 

76. srn%^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Asthita ( One who has resorted to ) 
9. 11/,. 

77. srrf^Rf: Nom. sing, of the 



., . TZ vt-.r. £ V /m // * w " , ^*«« ; iNom. sing, oi me 

the root Kram with the prefix A ( To mas . f orm of the par f ici ; al ad j . 



drag or draw towards oneself by 
force ) 3. 36/ 4 . 

66. mm& Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Caks with the prefix A ( To 
say or describe ) 3. 36-1. 

67. amirft Loc. sing, of the pro- 
noun Atman (The self) 6. 19/ 4 . 

68. strtr: Gen. sing, of the pro- 
noun Atman (See No. 67) 10. 16/ 2) 
19/ 2 . 

69. *rt«mra$ Dat. sing, of the 
fem. comp. noun Atmasiddhi (The 
attainment i. e. realisation of the 
self ) 5. ll/ 4 . This does not seem to 
be a very happy expression. Atma- 
iuddhaye, the expression in the 
vulgate in place of it is certainly a 
better one in view of the context. 

70. srrwr p res . ztd pers. sing, of 
the root Rabh with the prefix A ( To 
begin or commence ) 18. 15/ 2 . 

71. strict: Gen. sing, of the pres. 
participial adj. Arabhat ( Beginning ) 
4. 23/,. 



Asthita (See No. 76) 12. 8/ 4 , 11/. 
15. 14/,. 

78. ^srfrr Pres. 1st pers. sing, of 
the rooUs-icch (To wish) 13. Un. 

79. %m Adv. Ind. (So or in this 
manner) 17. 21/ 4 ; 18. 21/ 4 , 24/ 4 , 38/ 4 , 
78/ 4 . At times this particle marks 
only the end of a statement . 

80 % ^S-m^ Adv. Ind. ( Lit., ' here- 
after ' but here * beyond this life ' ) 
2. 12/ 4 . 

81. ?^, Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Idam ( See No. 
23 ) 9. 8/ s ; 11. 44-2. 

82. $f*^b Inst. plu. of the neu. 
noun Indriya (A sense-organ) 3.36-2. 

83. $*r^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Idam ( See No. 
23)11.41/,. 

84. ^nfr Ace. plu. of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Idam ( See No. 
23)18.13/,. 

85. ftrrq; Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Idam (See No. 
23)1.28/,. 



172 



Primary Word-Units 



sprfftr 



86. %§ Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Idarh ( See No. 
23)2.50/,; 11.27-1. 

87. ^T Adv. Ind. (Like or as if) 
3.36-2; 5. 17-1. 

88. %W Adv. Ind. (Here or at this 
place ) 2. 48-1 ; 7. 12/ 3 ; 11. 40/ 3 . 

89. f?^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Idrs" (Such) 11. 20/ 3 . 



90. 3^K: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Ukta ( Said or narrated ) 4. 18/ 4 . 

91. ^*T% Pass. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Vac ( To speak ) 2. 58/4. 

92. sT<W4^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Uttama (The 
highest ) 12. 8/ 4 . 

• 93. W&%s<q Ind, past participle of 
the root Srj with the prefix Ud ( To 
abandon) 1. 47/ 3 . 

94. 3^: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Upadrava ( A cause of annoy- 
ance or hardship ) 3. 36-5. 

95. 3-qWFcrcnwr Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Upa- 
hatantaratman (One whose heart is 
overpowered or affected by ) 2. 10-1. 

96. ^tm% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root As with the prefix Upa (To 
adore or worship) 12. 3/ 2 . 

97. ^errsf Perf. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Vac ( See No. 91 ) 3. 36-2 ; 
13. Un. 

98. *R&: Gen. sing, of the fern, 
noun Rddhi (Greatness or super, 
natural power) 11. 44-3. 

99. *KW: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Rsi ( A sage ) 11. 44-1 . 



100. <£$: Nom. sing, of the nu- 
meral adj. Eka ( One ) 11. 44-1. 

101. m&tt Inst. sing, of the fern, 
form of the numeral adj. Eka (See 
No. 100)8. 26/ 3 . 

102. ^^ Ace. sing, of the neu . 
form of the pronoun Etad ( This ) 
5. 17-1 ; 13. Un. 

103. <pr Adv. Ind. (Only) 1. 33/ 3 ; 

2. 41/ 2 ; 3. 2/,, 36-1; 6. 16/,, 37/ 6 ; 
9. 6-1 2 ; 11. 2I/3, 27-1 2 , 44-2 ; 
13. Un. 2 ; 16. 16/,; 18. 46/,, 59/ 3 . 

104. ^n^ Adv. Ind. (Thus or in 
this manner) 4. 1/,, 42/ 8 ; 9. 6-1. 

105. ^rr^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Idarh (See 
No. 23 ) 2. 35/s. 

106. «J^r: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Etad ( See No. 
102)3.36~1,2,4 2 , 5;18.61/ 2 . 

*? 

107. tfctfW^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Airavana ( The name of Indra's 
elephant ) 10. 27/ 3 . 

108. ^sn*. Adv. Ind. (How or in 
what way or manner) 2. 21/ 4 ; 

3. 36-1 2 . 

109. ^frf^f Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Kr (To do) 3. 36-4. 

110. sRff Nom. sing, of the noun 
Kartr(Adoer) 11.44-1,2. 

111. ^f Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Karman (Act or action) 11.44-3. 

112. ^^^nif^l^Ti Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Karmabandhavinirmukta ( Released 
from the bondage of Karma ) 2. 51/ 3 . 

113. wffoi Ace. plu. of the neu. 
noun Karman (See No. Ill) 11. 44-1. 



173 



?WWR^ 



BhagavadgHa Word-Index Pt. I B 



mtn 



114. WMI^Nom, sing, of the 
neu. • comp. noun Karmopamana ( An 
object with which the Karma could 
be -compared): 11.: 44-3. 

115. ^§pf: Norn. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kalusa-. 
ksudra ( Dirty and mean ) 3. 36-5. 

116. %>'> Norn. sing, of the mas. 
form'.of-the pronoun Kim ( Who or 
which )3.:36-l. 

117. ^fssRl,Nom. sing, of the mas. 
pronoun, Kirn with the suffix Cit 
intended to give it ah emphasis 
(Whatever) 11". 40/ 3 . 

118. 35W£PPW2T: Nom. sing, of the 
mas, form of the comp. adj. Kama- 
krodhamaya ( One who is filled all 
over with desires and anger) 3. 36-3. 
( See also the note in Entry No. 42 ). 

119. ^W^f^^Ftr^Gen. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Kamakrodhavimukta (One who has 
become free from the clutches of 
desire and anger ) 5, 26/ 1. 

"120. 3>W: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kama ( Desire ) 4. 14/ 2 . 

121. ^WT^ Ace. plu. of the mas. 
noun Kama (See No.. 120) '3. 12/ f , 

122. f%l%^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Kim with the 
suffix Cit emphasising the idea con- 
veyed by it (Whatever )*7. 2/ 3 , 

123. fW**R: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kima- 
cara (Having what kind of behaviour) 
3.36-1. 

124. tel^TF Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Kimat- 
man ( Of what nature ) 3. 36-1. 

125. f%^Nom; sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Kim (What or 
which) 11. 44-2. 



. 126. &m Adv. Ind. (Whether ) 
11. 44-2." 

127. ^fsp^ Fut. 1st p'ers. sing, 
of the root Kirt ( To sing or narrate ) 
11. 44-2. 

128. $S«F3T Voc. sing, of the 
comp. noun Kurunandana (The 
cause of delight of the Kurus ) used 
as a form of address for Arjuna. 
14. 12/,. 

129. ^T: Nom. plu. of the past' 
participial adj. Krtta (Cut to pieces) 
11.27-1. 

.130. IW^fTcr: Nom. sing, of the 
comp . past . participial ad j . Krpagr- 
hlta ( Overpowered by a feeling of 
compassion ) 2. 10-1. 

131. fjsorr Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Krsna ( The name of the son 
of Vasudeva Yadava and Devaki who 
acted as Arjuna' s charioteer in the 
Mbh. War and imparted to him the 
teaching contained in the Bhagavad- 
gita) 3.36-1. 

132. %3T3"Voc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. noun Kesava 
( The one who is lying in waters like 
a dead body ) used as a form for 
addressing Vasudeva as identified 
with the Supreme Being as it is in 
the state of Pralaya. 13. Un. 

133. #5%^" Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Kaunteya ( A son of Kunti ) 
used as a form for addressing Ar- 
juna. 2. 3/,. 

134. f^rra#P?f^r: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Kriyavis'esabahula ( One who is too 
much devoted to specific ceremonial 
observances ) 2. 43/ 3 . 

135. jgj*T: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Krura (Wicked) 
16. 10/ 3 . 



174 






Primary Word-Units 



^FTOklSBTO 



136. i^TWpm Nom. sing, of the 
neu. form of the comp. adj. Klesa- 
bahula ( That which is characterised 
by or is done with much pain) 
18. 24/ s . 

137. sN^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. noun K£etrajna 
(One who knows the Ksetra) used 
as a noun for the Kutastha. 

13. Un., l/ 3 . 

138. %^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Ksetra ( Lit. ' a field ' but here 
' the conglomerate * of objects men- 
tioned in 13. 1. ) (See also No. 
1119 in Pt. I A). 

139. 1^3 Imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Gam-gacch ( To go ) 2. 3/,. 

140. wmm Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Gam-gacch (See No. 139) 

14. 18/,. 

141. TcTC^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Gata (That which has gone to or 
reached) 7. 28/,. 

142. *Tcf: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. Gata 
(See No. 141)6.37-1. 

143. trn: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. Gata 
(See No. 144)16. 16/ 2 . 

144. tftaflf Pass. 3rd pers. sing, ot 
the root Ga ( To sing ) 17. 26/ 4 . 

145. goprffeflPRr: Comp. adv. Ind. 
( According to the division made in 
View of inherent attributes and acts ) 
4. 13/ 2 . 

146. Spnrrn^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
noun Guna (Characteristic or in- 
herent attribute ) 11. 44-3. 

147. *pir*f The mas. noun Guna 
with the suffix Artha having the 
sense of the dat. case-termination 



( For the benefit of the characteris- 
tics ) 3. 28/ 3 . 

148. -gUtTO* Comp. degree of the 
adj. Guhya ( Secret ) 18. 75/ 2 . 

.149. sfnr: Nom. sing, of thejnas. 
form of the adj . Ghora ( Terrible > 
3. 36-3. 

150. ^ Conjunctive particle. Ind. 
(And) 1. 18/ 2 2 ; 2. 48-1, 54/ 4 ; 3. 36-1, 
4 2 ; 4. 18/ 4 ; 6. 46/ 2 ; 9. 6-1 2 , 22/ , 2 ; 
11. 21/ 3 , 27-1, 44 -1*; 13. Un. 3 ; 
16. 8/,; 18. 6/,, 7/,. 

151. ^fftr Pres. 1st pers. sing, of 
the root Car ( To move about ) 
9.6-1. 

152. =335^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. 'Cain. ( Lit., moving 
or evanescent ) 17. 12/ 4 . The epithet 
is not a happy one as applied to a 
Yajfia. The vulgate reading here is 
a better one. 

153. =5^% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Cyu ( To forsake, or be 
dislodged from, one's position) 
6. 2I/4. 

154. f&J&sft Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Chidra- 
preksln (One who is in the search 
for a loophole ) 3. 36-5. 

155. 5PT?r: Gen. sing, of the neu. 
noun Jagat ( The movable and im- 
movable objects constituting the 
worldly phenomena) 11. 44-1. 

156. WH'^'H'w&^'zr: Nom. plu. of 
the comp. noun Janmakarmaphalepsu 
[ One who is desirous of acquiring 
the fruit of the action done in 
( this ) life ] 2. 43/ 2 . 



175 



srsTCfST: 



Bhagavadglta Word~Index Pt. I B 



mxh 



The vulgate reading Janmakarma- 
phalapradam which is an epithet of 
Gati instead of the Yajnikas is the 
better one. 

157. *&%%'> Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Jayadratha ( The name of 
the king of Sindhudesa who was the 
son-in-law of Dhrtarastra) 1. 8/ 2 . 

158. 3TF# Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Jan-ja ( To be produced ) 
6. 42/,. 

159. srfl& Pres. 3rd pers. dual of 
the root Jan-ja ( See No. 158 ) 
14, 17/ 3 . 

160. WFrr^ffo^JTm: Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Jnananirdhautakalmasa (One whose 
blemish has been washed away by 
knowledge) 5. 17/ 4 . 

161. sTH^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Jnana ( Knowledge ) 13. Un. 

162. $&*{ Ace. sing, of the pot. 
participial ad j, Jneya here used in 
the sense of a noun (The thing which 
should be known) 13. Un. 

163. 3W3#?T Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Jval ( To bum or blaze 
forth) 11.28/ 4 . 

* 164-. cTcf: Adv. Ind. (A correlative 
of Yatah meaning ' therefore ' ) 
11. 44-2. 

165. gRT.-q"^ Comp. adv. Ind. 
(Thereafter or beyond that ) 15. 4/,. 

166. cR£ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Tad (That) 
3. 36-1 ; 18. 50/ 2 . 

167. srcrrffc Adv. Ind. ( So or in 
that manner) 11. 27-1. 

168. tf<?r Adv. Ind. (Then) 2. 58/ 4 . 

169. tf^r?% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Tadatva. 18. 37/,, 38/ 2 . It is 
not easily intelligible what is meant 



by the use of this strange expression 
formed by adding the affix Tva to 
the adverb Tada. Probably what is 
meant in 18. 38 is that when one 
becomes identified with the object 
of enjoyment one feels as if the 
happiness arising from it is compar- 
able to nectar. In 18. 37 the expres- 
sion seems to have been meant to 
compare the happiness arising from 
Atmabuddhi-prasada to poison in 
the beginning. 

170. 33" Gen. sing, of the pronoun 
Yusmad ( Thou or You ) 11. 44-1, 2. 

171. *TCT Gen. sing, of the pro- 
noun Tad ( See No. 166 ) 2. 60/,. 

172. <nft Ace. plu. of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Tad (See No. 
166 ) 15. 8/ 3 . 

173. 3T: Ace. plu. of the fern, 
form of the pronoun Tad (See No. 
166 ) 17. 2/4. 

174. f^reflr Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Stha-tisth (To stand or 
remain motionless ) 3. 36-2; 14. 23/ 4 . 

175. 3 Adv. Ind. (But or however) 
1. 11/,; 2. 5/„ 48-1; 3. 36-4; 
5. 17-1 ; 14. 15/ a . 

176. 31% Nom. sing, of the fern. 

noun Tusti (Satisfaction) 16. 3/,. 
♦> * * . 

177. Bf Nom. plu. of the mas. form 
of the pronoun Tad (See No. 166) 
il.27-1,44-3 3 . 

178. IsRT; Gen. sing, of the neu. 
noun Tejas (Lit. 'light*, but here 
' prowess or splendour ' ) 11. 44-3. 

179. Wft Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Tyagin ( One who has re- 
nounced the world ) 2. 48-1. 

180. ?qn$r Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Tyaga ( Renunciation ) 2. 48-1. 



06 



sspB^cftanf^ST! 



Primary Word~Unit$ 



«iwfr^ 



181. sw^ffasrrireT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Tvac- 
charirapravista (One who has entered 
your body) 11. 27-1. 

182. 53%3rar Inst. sing, of the 
comp. noun Tvattejas (Your light) 
11. 27-1. 

183. *QRpm Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form t»f the comp. pronoun Tva- 
danya ( Other than you ) 11. 40/ 3 . 

184. ^^ Nom. sing, of the pro- 
noun Yusmad (See No. 170) 2. 10-1 ; 
11. 44-1, 2. 

185. ?3T An archaic form of the ace. 
sing, of the pronoun Yusmad ( See 
No. 170) 2. 7/tf 11. 19/,, 21/,, 32/,. 



193. %W Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Deva ( God ) 11. 40/,. 

194. ^f|*T: Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dehin (An embodied soul) 
8. 14/ 4 . ^ 

195. ^fl^fnjcGen. plu. of the mas. 
noun Debin ( See No. 194 ) 3. 36-2. 

196. 'KPTSfsr Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dhananjaya ( One of the names 
of Arjuna)3. 36-5. 

197. wrr Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Dhatr ( One who holds or sup- 
ports) 11. 44-1. 

198. STRftTfT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. noun Dhartarastra ( A son of 
Dhrtarastra) 11. 27-1. 



186. Wi%Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Da (Lit. 'to give', but here 
* to inflict ' ) 3. 36-4. 

187. f^»wr«sr*«K'srnK. Ace. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Divyamalambaradhara ( One who has. 
put on celestial garlands and clothes) 
11. ll/ u 

188. f%5?iTFr Ace. plu. of the neu. 
form of the adj. Divya ( Celestial or 
extraordinary) 11. 44-1. 

189. tf&Hgft Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Dfrgha- 
sutra ( One who is of a procrastinat- 
ing nature *. e. idle ) 18. 28/ 3 . 

190. tf^^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the comp. adj. Duskara 
( Difficult to perform ) 11. 44-3. 

191. spcR": Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Dustara 
(That which is difficult to cross over) 
3. 36-3. 

192. S^ Pass. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Drs-pas y ( To see ) 2. 40/ 2 ; 
11. 40/ 4 . 



199. *r A negative particle. Ind. 
(No) 1. 32/a*. 2. 5/„ 11/,; 5. 17-1 ; 
11. 40/ 3 , 44-1, 3*. 

200. 5T$*£ Pot. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Nam (To bow or make 
obeisance to ) 11. 37/ t . 

201. m Gen. plu. of the pronoun 
Asmad as an alternative to Asmakam 
( See No. 63 ) 2. 6/ 4 . 

202. sr^rg^W^T*. Nom. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Nanayuddhavisarada (An adept in 
the diverse ways of fighting ) 1. 9/ 4 . 

203. srFn^fc Inst. plu. of the neu. 
comp. noun Nanarupa ( Varied ap- 
pearances ) 11. 27-1. The whole line 
sTRF^T: *p%*. ^^PTRT: seems to have 
been intended to convey the idea 
that the followers of Yudhisthira and 
Dhrtarastra referred to in the 3rd 
line were fighting with men having 
varied appearances. 

204. srm^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
nounNayaka (The leader or com- 
mander of a division ) 1. 7/,. 



B. G. 1. 12 



177 



ft«T*^ 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Ft. I B 



qrswsn^r: 



205. PfWfflt Adv. Ind. (For ever 
or permanently ) 2. 24/,. 

206. FJWT^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Nidhana ( Death ) 18. 47/ 3 . 

207. f^rcWTR^T: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Niyata- 
manasa ( One whose mind is under 
restraint) 6. 28/ 2 , 

208. %nrer Nom. sing, of the 
fern, form of the adj. Nirantara ( Un- 
interrupted ) 12. 12/ 4 , 

209. foft Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Niraya ( Hell ) 16. 16 / 4 . 

210. RwreftS^Hf: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Nirasir- 
bandhana. 2.48-1, This is an ad- 
jective qualifying the noun Sama- 
rathbhSh. It seems to be a strange 
compound word made up of Nth, 
Atih and Bandhana. Perhaps the 
idea intended to be conveyed by it 
is that;the activities are free from 
the bondage of the expectation of a 
fruit thereof. If that is so, the 
middle word should have been Aid 
instead of Asih. 

211. ft*tern?: Abl. sing, of ' the 
neu. noun Nirmalatva ( Purity ) 13. 
31/,. 

212. f^rsraRT Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Vrt-vart with the prefix Ni 
( To revert) 15. 4/ a . 

213. flrawf Ind. past participle of 
the root Vrt~Vart with the prefix 
Ni( See No. 212) 3. 36-4. 

214. $mq Ind. past participle of 
the root Han with the prefix Ni { To 
kill) 2. 5/3. 

215. 3 Adv. Ind. (Verily 
indeed ) 11. 44-2. 

216. ^ Adv. Ind. ( Indeed ) 
11. 27-1. 



or 



217. <t| Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Panka ( Mud ) 5. 17-1 . 

218. <7W Ind. numeral (Five) 

I. 18/,. 

219. Tfsr Loc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Pathin ( A path ) 6. 37/ 4 . 

220. *m: Adv. Ind. (Further) 

II. 44-2. 

221. TOnrnpn^Abl. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Paradharmodaya 
[The rise in life (accruing) from 
another's duty J 3. 35/ 4 ; 18. 47/ 4 . 

222. TOr^ Ace, sing, of the mas. 
form or nom. sing, of the neu. form 
of the adj. Parama (The highest) 
5. 24/,; 11. -38/,. ' 

223. *rci»TO* Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Paramesvara (The 
highest lord) 11. 3/ 2 . 

224. <TC*<ro*$qT?r*i; Ace. sing, of the 
comp. adj. Paramparakhyata ( Hand- 
ed down from generation to genera- 
tion) 4. 2/,. 

225. W*:Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Para (The higher 
one ) 3. 36-2. 

226. W®m% Loc. plu. of the comp. 
pronoun Paratman (Other selves) 
6.7/,. 

227. TRwror^Nom. sing, of a neu. 
noun Parimana ( Measure ) 11. 44-3. 

228. qgaramirat Nom. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Paryutthanatmaka ( Of the nature of 
attendance) 18. 44/,. 

229. <mfrr Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Dr6~pasy (See No. 192) 
4. 18/,. 

230. Trs^R: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. noun Pancala ( The king of the 
province of that name ) 1. 18/,, 



178 



tyfrgr^ 



Primary Word-Units 



3%WR; 



231. qr^^Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Panclava (Lit. 'a son of Pandu', 
used here as a form for addressing 
Arjuna) 11. 6/ 4 . 

232. TFT^ft^T: Inst. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Papa- 
karman ( One who does sinful acts ) 

3. 36-3. 

233. mww: Abl. plu. of the mas, 
noun Papin ( A doer of sinful acts ) 

4. 36/,. 

234. Trt Voc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Partha ( Lit. ' a son of Prtha, 
another name of Kunti * , here used 
as a form for addressing Arjuna) 
3. 36-2 ; 5. 24/ s . 

235. 3 s * Adv. Ind. (Again) 7. 2/ 2 . 

236. S^T Ace. sing, of the 
comp. noun Punarjanma (Rebirth) 
8. 21/ 3 . 

237. S^r^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Purusa ( Ordinarily ' a man ' 
but here ' the soul or the intelligent 
principle in nature and the human 
body ' ) 13. Un. 

238. jp%: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
noun Purusa used here in the ordi- 
nary sense. 11. 27-1. 

239. "^ft^ Ace. plu. of the neu. 
form of the adj. Purva (Previous) 
11, 44-1. 

240. 'J^f: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Purva ( See No. 239) 
11.44-1. 

241. T 5 ®^: Gen, sing, of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Prcchat (One who is asking or 
inquiring) 3. 36-1. 

242. srff^Acc. sing, of the fern, 
noun Prakrti (The primordial matter) 
13. Un. 



243. *re?r% Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Car with the prefix Pra 
( To move about ) 16. 10/ 4 . 

244. %W&t% Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Prajnavat 
( Intelligent ) 2. 11 / 2 . 

245. MfciTeri*^ Ace. sing, of the 
neu. form of the past participial 
adj. Pratisthita ( Firmly established ) 
8. ZZ/ 4 . 

246. 5T^: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the ad j . Pramudha ( Exceed- 
ingly bewildered ) 6. 37/ 4 . 

247. snrif Pres. 1st pers. sing, of 
the root Vrt-vart with the prefix 
Pra ( To become or remain engaged 
in ) 3. 22/4. 

248. %%& Pres. 1st pers. sing, of 
the root Hrs with the prefix Pra 
( To be delighted ) 18. 77/ 4 - 

249. srwtfo Pres. 3rd persuing, 
of the root Ap with the prefix Pra 
(To acquire) 18. 50/ 2 . 

250. f^RT Gen. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Priya used as a 
noun ( The dear one ) 11. 44/ 4 . On 
the importance of this word in the 
sentence see the note in Entry 
No. 2245 in Section A of this Part. 

251. l&g Loc. plu. of the neu. 
noun Phala ( Fruit ) 4. 14/ 2 . 



252. I'^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Bandhu ( A relation ) 2. 10-1. 

253. «wi Gen. sing, of the neu." 
noun Bala ( Strength ) 11. 44-3. 

254. 3Q*<HH Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the adj. Buddhimat 
(Intelligent) 2. 48-1. 



179 



KflpfflF- 



BhagavadgitS Word-Index Pt. I B 



tigvwiiqt 



255. WITT: Gen. sing, of the neu. 
noun Brahman ( The Supreme Being, 
the intelligent cause of the evolu- 
tion &c. of the universe ) 6. 37/ 4 .' 

256. *WTT Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Brahman (See No. 255) 17. 23 / 3 . 

257. srHNfal'Mt, Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp, noun Brahmasarhyoga 
( Union with Brahman ) 6. 28/ 3 . 

258. *FP*.Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Bhaya ( Fear ) 3. 36-4. 

259. TOT&Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Bhu-bhav (To be or be- 
come) 3. 36-1. 

260. T 5 *"* Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Bhava ( That which has become 
i.e. this worldly phenomena) 11. 
44-1. 

261. *fl%Jn% Nom. plu. of the 
neu/" form of the fut. participial 
adj. Bhavisyat ( That which is likely 
to come into existence in future) 
7. 26/ 9 . 

262. *r%j;Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Bhu-bhav (See No. 259) 
11. 44-2. 

263. WTST: Adv. Ind. (According 
to the division ) 3. 27/ 2 . 

264. ^WTFT^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun . Bhutagrama (The 
conglomerate of the gross elements ) 
17. 6/,. 

265. *ici9$fo^ Ace. sing, of the 
fern. comp. noun Bhutaprakrti (The 
Prakrti consisting of the elements ) 
9. 6-1. 

266. ^Hijyft'SU^H Ace. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Bhutapretapisaca 
(The ghosts, spirits (of dead bodies) 
and goblins ) 17. 4/ s , 



267. ^mWTSft: This reading 
though found in all the editions does 
not seem to be correct because what 
must have been meant is either one 
Gati or two Gatis but not more than 
two, in which case alone this read- 
ing would be correct. The correct 
one seems to be either *TPWTfTfsr or 
iiNiWj<U<cO. The first is the ace. 
sing, and the second ace. dual of 
the fern. comp. noun BhogaisVar- 
yagati. The first is the same as the 
word in Entry No. 2475 in Pt. I A. 
The second means " States in which 
there are respectively enjoyment 
and overlordship ( over the objects 
of enjoyment ) 2. 43/ 4 . 

268. W: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Mata (Believed ) 5. 23 / 4 ; 7. 18/ 2 . 

269. STciTNom. sing, of the fern, 
form of the past participial adj. 
Mata ( See No. 268 ) 18. 32/ 4 . 

270. 'FTTcT: Nom. sing, of the fern, 
noun Mati ( View or belief ) 6. 7/ 2 . 

271. ^rr%rr; Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. past parti- 
cipial adj. Madasrita ( One who has 
sought my support) 7. l/ 2 . 

272. SF*fr?>: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Madbhakta (My devo- 
tee ) 9.31 / 4 . 

273. srsmssrsrr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mad- 
vyapaSraya ( One who has sought my 
support ) 4. 10/ 2 . 

274. *TC*TT Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Manas (The mind ) 2. 61/,. 

275. w^nroi; Gen. plu. of the 
mas. noun Manusya (A human 
being) 3, 36-5. 



180 



Sjj5fj 



Primary Word-tlnits 



«ft# 



276. WT Gen. sing, of the pro- 
noun Asmad ( See No. 63 ) 3. 36-1 ; 
7. 18/ 4 . 

277. ; in^ Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. Mahat (Great) 
18. 75/,. 

278. m^m; Nom. plu. of the mas. 
comp. noun Maharsi ( A great sage ) 
10. 14/ 4 . 

279. 5FTff%fT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Maharsi-sangha 
( A group of great sages ) 11. 21/ 3 . 

280. *T$Fmfter*: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Mahay oglsvara 
(The Great Lord of Yogis or the 
Lord of the Great Yogis ) 11. 9/ a . 

281. *?£m3T Voc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Maharaja (Great 
king) 18. 77/ 3 . 

282. iriNra: Nom. sing, of the- 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Mahe- 
svasa (One who is an adept in 
throwing great arrows ) 1. 18/ 2 . 

283. *rFn«mT5pJfc: Gen. dual of the 
comp. noun Manavamana ( Respect 
and insult) 6. 7/ 4 ; 12. 18/ 2 ; 14. 2S/1. 

284. 3TI«f<%r Inst, sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Manusya used in the 
sense of a noun meaning ' human 
nature'. 2.40-1. 

285. ^tsrafo*. Ace. sing, ofthefem. 
form of the adj. Mamaka ( Relating 
to me ) 9. 7/j. 

286. *rr*H Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Marga (Way or path) 6. 37/,. 

287. 1T^ Ace. sing, of the pro- 
noun Asmad ( See No. 63 ) 10. 13/ 4 ; 
12. 3/ t . 

288. Sprat Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Mukha ( Mouth ) 2. 10-1 . 

289. SJ^tfi Adv. Ind. (Again and 
again ) 3. 36-4. 



290. 5f; Adv. Ind. (Again) 

5. 17-1. 

291. *lt5*re;Nom. sing, of the pres. 
participial adj. Mohayat ( Deluding ) 
3. 36-2, 4. 

292. mm Gen. sing, of the mas. 
noun Moha ( Delusion or infatuation) 

6. 37-1 ; 16. 16/*. 

293. tfrimtNom. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Mohatman (One who is 
of the nature of delusion ) 3. 36-5. 

294. W: Adv. Ind. ( Because ) 

11. 4 - T""X . 

295. *racNom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Yad ( Which ) 
2. 60/,;. 18. 63/ 4 . 

296. m Adv. Ind. (Where) 
6. 21/,; 8. 22/ 4 . 

297. *rt*rGen. sing, of the mas. 
or neu. form of the pronoun Yad 
( See No. 295 ) 2. 48-1*; 15. 2/,. 

298. ^: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Yad (See 
■No. 295). 3. 8/,; 5. 21/,; 18.8/,, 55/,. 

299. % Nom. plu. of the mas. form 
of the pronoun Yad (-See-No. 295 ) 
8. 17/,. 

300. *n*t*teira;Abl. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Yogasevana (The 
practice of Yoga ) 6. 20/ 2 . 

301. #>TJj k Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Yoga ( Union of the individual 
soul with the Supreme) 5. 24/,; 
12. 8/4. For the other possible 
meanings of this word see Entry 
No. 2838 jnPt. I A. 

302. 41 $W Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Yogin (One who practises 
Yoga) 8.21/ 4 . 

303. *IWr Nom. "sing, of the mas. 
noun Yogin ( See No. 302 ) 5. 23/ 4 . 



181 



*n*rra* 



Bhagavadglta Word-Index Pt. I B 



fag: 



304. *ft#ai: Voc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun YogisVara (The 
Lord of Yogis) 11. 4/ 3 . 

305. ^ptlnf. of the root Yudh 
(To fight) 1.33/a. 

306. 'ffaT: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
noun Yodha ( A warrior ) 11. 27-1. 

307. *fr«mHT: Nom. plu. of the 
continuous pres. participle Yodhya- 
mana ( One who was being fought 
with) 11.27-1. 

308. 4h%fkr: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. noun Yaudhisthira ( One who 
was fighting on the side of Yudhi- 
sthira) 11. 27-1. 

309. *3r:srfTr: Nora. sing, of mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Rajahpravrtta 
( One who is set in motion by the 
Rajoguna) 3. 36-5. 

310. ifrmxi Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Ravikara ( A ray of 
the Sun) 5. 17-1. 

311; wiiMfag-*: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Raga- 
dvesavimukta ( One who is free 
from the attacks of the feelings of 
attachment and hatred ) 2. 64/ 1. 

312. Tu%: Nom. sing, of the fem. 
noun Ratri ( Night ) 2. 69/ 4 . 

313. sreifc* Pres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Labh (To get, obtain or 
acquire ) 8. 21/ 4 . 

314. f^RFT: Nom. sing, of mas. 
form of the continuous pres. partici- 
ple Lipsamana ( Slipping away ) 
6. 37/3. 

315. ssto: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Lma ( Absorbed ) 14. 15/,. 

316. #E3% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
comp. noun Lokatraya ( The group 
of, the three worlds ) 11. 40/ 4 . 



317. ^^ Ace. sing, of the neu. 
noun Vaktra ( Mouth ) 11. 27-1. 

318. 3^ Pres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Vrt-vart ( To behave ) 
17. 1/,. 

319. ^$3f Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Vrdh-vardh ( To increase ) 
14. 10/,. 

320. ^ST^Acc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Vas"a (Control) 6. 37-1; 16. 
16/,. 

321. *W% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root V^as (To dwell) 18. 61/,. 

322. 3T Disjunctive particle. Ind. 

2. 2I/4, 26/,; 6. 38/*. 

323. tasN^fPT^rift: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. noun 
Vigatecchabhayadvesa ( One from 
whose heart desire, fear and hatred 
have vanished ) 5. 28/ 3 . 

324. f%3% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Vid ( To be ) 11. 44-3. 

325. fesmj;Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the rooted ( To know ) 18. 37/,. 

326. ferret Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vidhatr (The Creator or 
Ordainer) 11. 44-1. 

327. f^RSRC Ace. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial adj. 
Vinasta ( One who is destroyed ) 

3. 32/ 4 , 

328. "tot Preposition. Ind. (With- 
out) 9.^6-1. 

329. f^RT^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Vina^a ( Destruction ) 6. 38/ 4 . 

330. fefo^rn**; Ace sing, of the 
neu. form of the past pass, partici- 
pial adj. Vin&cita ( Well-determin- 
ed ) 5. l/ 4 . 

331. fk%: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Vibhu (One who 
pervades everything) 11. 44-1. 



182 



W%$: 



Primary Word-Units 



v&PH 



332. f%*#; Ace. plu. of the, fem. 
noun Vibhuti (An object through 
which the Supreme Being has become 
manifest) 10. 16/ 2 , 19/ 2 . 

333. fWrVoc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Vibhu (See No. 331) 
11. 44-2. 

334. fesrrer: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, parti- 
cipial adj. Vibhranta (Deluded or 
thrown into confusion ) 6. 37-1 . 

335. f^s^lf Pass. 3rd pers. sing. 
of the root Muc~munc ( To release ) 
5. 3/ 4 . 

336. f^T?ET: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial adj. 
Virakta (One who has become 
devoid of attachment ) 9. 22/ 1. 

337. feentSf Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Vrdh-vardh with the 
prefix Vi (To increase in a great 
measure ) 3. 36-1. 

338. faftftr: Inst; plu. of the mas. 
form of the ad j . Vividha ( Diverse ) 
11.27-1. 

339. fyrcifccf Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root Vis" ( To enter ) 11. 27-1. 

340. f^JPFT Voc. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. VisVarupa 
used as a form of address ( He who 
has the universe as his form) 11. 16/ 4 . 

341. fawrGen. sing, of the neu. 
noun Visva (The universe ) 11. 43/ 2 . 

342. f^wa* Nom. sing, of the neu. 
noun Visva ( See No. 341 ) 18. 46/ 2 . 

343. f^WTtsr^WST^Abl. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Visadamohabhi- 
bhava (The fact of being over- 
powered by remorse and infatuation 
or by infatuation brought on by 
remorse ) 2. 10-1. 



344. fWte Gen. sing, of -the mas. 
noun Visnu ( One of the gods form- 
ing the Pauranic trinity who sup- 
ports this universe ) 11. 30/ 4 . 

345. fk^mt Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Visanjna ( One who 
has become unconscious) 2. 10-1. 

346. fk&nt Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Vihata (One who has been 
killed) 11. 27-1. 

347. sffarfrrr^ Ace. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Vlrayodha ( Heroic 
warrior) 11. 34/ 2 . 

348. srfrfen^ Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Viryavat ( Strong or 
virile) 1. 8/4. 

349. t?^Nom. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Vedakrt ( Lit. 'the doer' 
but here ' the source ' of the Veda 
orVedas)15. 15/ 4 . 

350. %W^ntT: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Veda- 
vadapara ( Intensely devoted to the 
Vedavada, the doctrine that the 
Vedas are Apauruseya and that the 
highest ideal of man should be that 
held out by them ) 2. 42/ 3 . 

351. %%** Inf. of the root Vid 
( See No. 325 ) 13. Un. 

352. %flRH*.Nom» sing, of the neu. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Vesthita ( Covered over with ) 
13. i7/ 4 . 

353. % Affirmative particle. Ind. 
11. 44-2. 

354. &mts*m: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Vyakta- 
vyakta (He who is both manifest 
and unmanifest ) 8. 20/ 2 . 

355. 51%^ Pot. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Vraj ( To go ) 2. 54/ 4 . 



183 



$re*T^ 



Bhagavadg?t& Word-Index Pt. I B 



STO%8R 



356. sm^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pot. participial adj. 
Sakya ( What is possible) 11. 44-2. 

357. ^n% Pres. 2nd pers. sing, 
of the root Sak (To be able 9 ) 11. 8/,. 

358. ^tf : Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Satru ( An enemy ) 3. 36-2. 

359. 3T3*T: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
noun Sa'lya (The name of a king 
fighting on the side of the Kauravas ) 
1. 8/,. 

360. *ir#! Inst. plu. of the .neu. 
noun Sastra ( A weapon) 11. 27-1. 

361. ■ %$W Inst. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj . Site ( Cold ) 15. 3/ 4 . 

362. l^§rjffw?qw Nom. sing, of 
the mas. noun Subhs&ubhaphala- 
tyagin (One who abandons the 
auspicious and inauspicious fruits) 
12. 17/,. 

363. ?[J*TT: Ace. plu. of the fern, 
form of the adj. Subha ( Auspicious) 
10. 16/a, 19/* 

364. $ft^ Ace. sing, of the mas. 
noun Soka (Grief or remorse) 
3. 36-4. 

365. sfaflRT^ Nom. sing, of the 
mas. com p. noun Sri Bhagavat (The 
Illustrious Lord ) 3. 36-2. 

366. «rc: Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the adj. PraSasya (Better 
or preferable ) 18. 47/*. 

367. SRET: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Sakta ( Lit. ' Atta- 
ched ' ). 5. 17-1; What is intended 
by saying Wtit srfq" ^ *r«Tl%, a state- 
ment which seems self-contra- 
dictory, is that though such persons 
as are described before, though ap- 
pearing to be engaged in the enjoy- 



ment of the sense-objects, are not 
mentally affected by such enjoy- 
ment ( like the rays of the Sun ). 

368. 3*rfccr Pres. 3rd pers. plu. of 
the root Sanj ( To become attached ) 
5.17-1. (See No. 367 also.) 

369. SRTT^Gen. plu. of the mas. 
form of the adj. Sat used in the 
sense of a Satpurusa ( A good or 
pious man) 6. 37/ 3 . 

370. *r*%T Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Sattva (The attribute of the 
primordial matter called Sattvaguria ) 
14. 18/,. 

371. SR;Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. Sat 
(Being) from the root As (To be). 
6.44/ a ; 18.60/4. 

372. SRFW^ Ace. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Sabandhava (To- 
gether with the relations ) 1. 37/ 2 . 

•373. CTTgi^gigr i*mt Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Samaduhkhasukhasvapna (Lit. * one 
who looks upon the dreams of misery 
and happiness equally ' ). . 14. 24/j. 
This does not seem to be a very 
happy expression, for it is not the 
dreams of misery and happiness to 
which a worldly man attaches any 
value but to the misery and happi- 
ness as resulting from the experi- 
ences in the Jagrat state. A Yogi 
is indifferent to them. That idea is 
conveyed by the vulgate reading 

374. swrafeRiT^Acc. plu. of the 
mas. form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Samavasthita (Well-posted) 
1. 28/,. 

375. sm%3*r Ind. past participal 
of the root Iks with the prefix Sam 
(Gazing at) 2. 10-1. 



184 



^WTT%: 



Primary Word-Units 



*$ 



376. Sfa3*rf*?: Inst. plu. of the 
pres. participial adj. SarhpaSyat 
( Looking at a thing from all points 
of view) I.39/4. 

377. ^TS^ra; Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Sampasyat ( See No. 376 ) 6. 13/ a . 

378. Sterol": Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Samsargaja 
( Arising from contact ) 5. 22/,. 

379. wn Nom. sing, of the fem. 
form of the adj. Sama.( Equal or 
equibalanced ) 6. 7/*. 

380. WTR**m Nom. plu. of the 
mas. noun Samarambha :( A project) 
2. 48-1. 

381. swrf^qr Ind. past participle 
of the root Sri with the prefixes A 
and Sam ( To take the support of or 
resort to) 18. 57/ 3 . 

382. ogrort Pres. 3rd pers. plu. 
of the root As with the prefixes Upa 
and Sam (To worship or adore) 
4. 25/,. 

383. snffafefq: Inst. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Sarvakilbisa ( All 
sin) 3. 31/ 4 . 

384. splaprsrorofr Loc. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Sarvaksatrasama- 
gama (An assemblage of all the 
Ksatriyas) 1. 1/,, 

385. SPfnraifit Nom. plu. of the 
neu. comp. noun Sarvagatra (All 
the limbs of the body) 1. 29/,. 

386. ^fetflfton^F^Acc. sing, of 
the neu. form of the comp. adj. 
Sarvapanipadanta. 13. 13/,. It is 
not quite clear what is intended to 
be conveyed by adding the word 
Anta at the end of the comp. Per- 
haps it is a misreading by a copyist 
of the vulgate reading Sarvatahpanu" 
pddam tat. If it is not, the best that 



can be made out of it is that the cos- 
mic form had "at the end hands 
and feet on all sides ". 

387. sr^mr?R%3srT^ Gen. plu. of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Sarvatrasaktacetas ( One whose mind 
is attached everywhere) 12. -5/,. 
This meaning could hardly have 
been intended by the author because 
he could not have meant that the 
adorers of the Aks*ara, who are re- 
ferred to here, are so fickle-minded 
as to get attached to all the objects 
that they come in contact with. 
Perhaps what he meant was that the 
adorers of the Ak^ara are subj ected 
to much pain because they having no 
definite form of the Lord for con- 
centrating their minds on, have their 
minds caught up in the numerous 
external forms of the objects instead 
of being concentrated on the Aks*ara 
which is not visible to the physical 
eye. 

388. snf*|$te Loc. plu. of the neu. 
comp. noun SarvabhOta ( All created 
beings or all the gross elements ). 

mas. comp. noun Sarvamahavibhuti 
( The greatest Vibhuti of all ) 
11. 39/4. 

390. SCW^T Gen. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Sarva ( Every- 
thing) 11.44-2. 

391. ^^wns^wrnft Nom. sing, of 
the mas. comp. noun Sarvarambha- 
phalatyagin (One who renounces 
the fruit of all acts commenced by 
him) 12.W/,; 14.25/,. 

392. SW Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Sarva (See 
No, 390)2. 48-1; 11. 27-1. 



185 






BhagawdgitS. Word-Index Pt. I B 



sfcararerrsr 



393. H^arc: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun SarvesVara (The Lord 
of All) 11. 39/ 4 . 

394. *rt: Inst. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Sarva ( See 
No. 390) 11. 26/,. 

395. ST^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the pronoun Sarva ( See 
No. 390)2. 48-1; 11. 44-2. 

396. *T£ Adv. Ind. (With) 3. 36-2 ; 
9. 6-1. 

397. ST: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the pronoun Tad ( See 
No. 166) 2. 48-1 2 ; 3. 36-5 ; 18. 68/ 4 . 

398. f^^f Dat. sing, of the fern, 
noun Siddhi ( The attainment of an 
object aimed at or of some miracul- 
ous power) 6. 43 / 4 . 

399. im;mx: Nom. plu. of the 
mas. comp. noun Siddhavrata (One 
who observes vows in order to 
propitiate the Siddhas) 7. 23/ 4 . 

400. %3[T^Acc. plu. of the mas. 
noun Siddha ( An adept i. e. one 
who has acquired miraculous powers) 
7. 23/ 4 . 

401. *fn?*TH^ Ace. sing, of the 
mas. form of the continuous pres. 
participial adj . Sidamana ( One who 
is sinking ) 2. l/ 3 , 10/ 4 . 

402. #^WT: Nom. sing, of the 
continuous pres. participial adj. 
Sidamana (See No. 401 ) 1. 28/ a . 

403. ^cF# Loc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Sukhatantra [ A safe 
situation ( created by oneself ) j 
3. 36-2. 

404. wp?*T5TFJ[ Ace. plu. of the 
mas. form of the comp. adj. Sudu- 
styaja ( That which is very difficult 
to abandon) 1. 33/ 4 . 



405. ^JSFT: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the adj. Suksma (Minute) 
3. 36-2. 

406. ^cnrcTf^rg*?^: Nom. sing, of 
the mas. form of the comp. adj. 
Stambhaharsasamudbhava ( One who 
owes one's origin to stupefaction 
and exultation ) 3. 36-3 . 

407. f^r: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Sthita ( Is located ) 6. 13/ 2 . 

408. feraT: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the past participial adj. 
Sthita ( See No. 407 ) 1. 33/ 3 ; 2. 6/ 4 . 

409. f^^ft: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun SthiradhI (One 
whose intellect is steady) 2. 54/ 3 ,56/ 4 . 

410. f^RSRF^ Gen. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. noun Sthira- 
prajna ( One whose intellect is 
steady ) 2. 54/,. 

411. %*Jr^: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the comp. noun Sthira- 
prajna ( See No. 410) 2. 58/ 4 . 

412. ^S^a": Nom, plu. of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Sprsat (Touching) 5. 17-1. 

413. 5i?#cr p r es. plu. 3rd pers. of 
the neu. form the root Smr (To 
remember) 11. 44-1. 

414. ^sre*?r: Nom. plu. of the mas. 
form of the pres. participial adj. 
Smarat (Remembering) 5. 17-1. 

415. W^ Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial adj. 
Smrta ( Remembered ) 18. 21 / 4 , 24/ 4 . 

416. ^sr^pfftt Loc. sing, of the neu. 
comp. noun Svakarman (An act 
which forms part of one's .duty) 
5. 17-1. 

417. ^arcH; Ace. plu. of the mas. 
comp. noun Svajana ( One's own 



186 






Primary Word-Units 



man *. e. a relative or a friend ) 
1.28/,. 

418. "P^r^w Loc. sing, of the mas. 
comp. noun Svadharma ( One's own 
Dharma i.e. duty or an act which one 
is under a religious or moral obliga- 
tion to do ) 18. 47/,. 

419. ^*P*. Adv. Ind. ( 'Oneself; 
here, ' yourself ' ) 11. 44-2. 



420. %?*& Pass. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Han ( To kill ) 2. 21 / 4 . 

421. #RFg5flRTiKt%: Inst. plu. of 
the mas. comp. noun Harsaman- 
yubhayakrodha (Exultation, resent- 
ment and anger ) 12. 15/,. 

422. ff^Acc. sing, of the mas. 
noun Harsa (Exultation) 3. 35-4. 



423. ft A causal or expletive ind. 
particle. When causal it has the 
sense of ' for or because * . When 
an expletive, it has at some places 
the sense of * indeed, surely, for 
instance or as is well-known'. 
2. 12/, ; 9. 6-1 ; 11. 27-1, 40/,, 44-3 ; 
13.29/ t ; 18.15/,. 

424. fcr^Nom. sing, of the neu. 
form of the past pass, participial 
adj. Huta ( Sacrificed or offered as 
an oblation at a sacrifice ) 2. 48-1. 

425. ff% Loc. sing, of the neu. 
noun Hrt ( The heart ) 18. 61/». 

426. !«**% Pres. 3rd pers. sing, 
of the root Hrs (To become de- 
lighted ) 18. 54/,. 



Section C-LIST OF NEW WORDS IN SECTION B 
Amongst the 426 words in Section B, there are several which never 
occur even once in the Vulgate and do not, therefore, find place in 
Section A. The following is a list' of such words :— 



Serial 
No. in 
Sec. B 



New- Word 
3|f*RJOTf 

^^rtofete^'tt: 20 

9^te%?r: 22 

W&& 24 

eraTf^?rat 25 



1 

2 

4 

6 

8 

9 

12 

16 

18 

19 



New Word 



Serial 
No. in 
Sec. B 

26 

27 

29 
30 
31 
32 
33 
39 
40 
41 
42 
44 
45 
47 
50 



New Word 

■s, ..._ 

% 



Serial 
No, in 
Sec. B 

52 
53 
54 
55 
64 

65 
66 
69 

71" 

80 

94 
95 



187 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I C 







Serial 




Serial 




Serial 


New Word 


No. in 


New Word 


No. in 


New Word 


No. in 






Sec. B 




Sec. B 




Sec. B 




3| 




SFSS^te 


181 


«r 




Sjfc 




98 


*<#3WT 


182 


33R3T 


253 




% 




3 




*r$pfcft«nj* 


257 


i&Roi* 




107 


186 


*r 






3? 




fs\bJ444|3l3^qFOT 


187 


*rft*#<r (adj.) 


261 


WFs#rftf3RT: 


112 


<*SP 


189 


*FT*T3r: 


263 


qaffq^H^ 




114 


p{ 


* 190 


^sTffo*?; 


265 


*!>§<*§&•• 




115 


%^V 


191 


*Ss£tafteiNH . 


266 


,, ... :*% , ,. , , 




118 


%3$% 


192 


*?fol*Rfc 


267 


TO*St*n%3iRT^ 


119 






*r 




1%SOT 




124 


^y__ 




wnfaftt 


271 


f%3TT 




126 


m$: 


200 


vrniwn* 


273 






127 
129 




202 
203 


^rM«TC 


279 
280 


fwz^to: 




130 




204 


TIRR 


281 


t%*nfatto*|3T: 


134 


rwc??t 

rs, 


208 


vXnm: 


282 




*T 


135 
136 

141 


209 
210 
212 
213 




284 
285 
286 
291 


*ft# 




144 


m& 


214 


tfl^® 


292 


upr^^wras 


145 


wt< 


216 


5ftlTcTTT 


293 


'ttrt^ 




146 


v 




^ 




S3 




147 


T% ^ 


217 




300 




ST 




TO*tNto, 


221 


aNfcTC 


304 


^fa 




149 


•rcsTOTrran 


224 


^ 


305 




<er 




mm® 


226 


^WRT: 


307 


^Tftr 




151 


iftom. 


227 


*ftMs<T: 


308 


WRfa 




153 


vfrmmi 


228 


^ 




, 


& 




TOT55: 


230 


*sr:sTffT: 


309 


fe^t 




154 


TN^ft: 


232 




310 




^ 




3^ s 


238 


^1^5^: 


311 


sfttt 




159 


tjjnftr 


239 


*yj 




$HR*ifcf3*?m: 


160 


#•' 


240 


f&TOT: 


314 


^Spcf 




163 




241 


«*r: 


315 




w 




sfsr!^ 


243 


sr 




tmtwi 




165 


sifRRC, 


244 


*S* 


317 


?t«nf| 




167 


ins?* 


246 


3w 


319 


?RT& 




169 


TOT 


247 


«ra^ 


321 


?TT: 




173 




248 


R*#s®T*Rlft: 


323 


%3Rf: 




178 


xjtsftfcr 


249 


RW 


326 



188 



New Words in Section B 





Serial 




Serial 




Serial 


New Word 


No. in 


New Word 


No. in 


New Word 


No. in 




Sec. £ 




Sec. B 




Sec. B 


fcRBrac, 


327 


* 3F&Ji 


359 


rimofrft 


389 


f^M^ra^ 


330 


3!%: 


360 


3^r^wi5&rpft 


391 


fq^lt 


333 


t^FT 


361 


^: 


393 


faWFft: 


334 


W^W^^^ffi 


362 


te^cft: 


399 


^5^% 


335 


^f 




TCHSH. 


400 


f^RT: 


336 


tfSfRT 


368 


^KTR: 


402 


foHfo 


337 


^cTTC^ 


369 


i^cF% 


403 


ftwK'Hl^i^nwrac. 


343 




370 


UiWLWH. 


404 


f^tfJTT: 


344 


^P«RT^ 


372 


m** , 


405 


T^R?^! 


345 


SW^i^^ST: 


373 


^p*m<ws^ : 


406 


RfcTT: 


346 


SPR^TO*. 


374 


ftsR*ft: 


409 


ift^artorec, 


347 


fl*I^T 


375 


ftroro 


410 


Jr 5 ^ 


349 


*fa33rf^ 


376 


*mxmi 


411 


%^t^t^t: 


350 




378 


^FcH 


412 




352 


SRT (adj.) 


379 


??n:Fcr 


413 


1 


353 


^r^frf^rc^r 


381 


FTFcf: 


414 


oapcffloSTtfi: 


354 


sgqract 


382 


ot**t 


416 


3^ 


355 


*s 


384 


wm^ 


417 






OTiraTW 


385 






st 




^r^:^f^TTKPcW 


386 


I 




^3f% 


357 




387 
f 


^r?5^rwt%i 


421 1 




Appendix ] 





CRITICAL APPARATUS OF SECTION A 

The Index in Section A of this Part has been primarily^ based upon 
the most easily available and popular edition of the text published by the 
Nirnaya Sagar Press of Bombay in 1910. A reference to certain other 
published editions having however revealed that the text as adopted by 
some of the most authoritative commentators differed at certain places 
from it and from one another's, all the variants which could be noticed were 
collected and incorporated in the said Index. The editions' made use of 
for that purpose were : — { 1 ) Jagadhitecchu Press edition of 1886 with the 
Bhasya of Sankara and the glosses thereon of Anandagiri and Daivajna 
Pandita, ( 2 ) Gujarati Press edition of 1912 with eight commentaries 1 and 

1. The names of the commentaries and of their authors in this edition are : — 

1. TattvaprahaHM of Ke^ava Kasmiri Bhattacarya. 

2. Gudharthadtpika of Madhusudana SarasvatJ. 

3. Tdiparyabodhim of Sankarananda. 

4. Subodhinl of Srldharasvamin. 

5. ShavaprakSsa of Sadananda, 

6. Bha§yotkar?adipikd of Dhanapati Suri. 

7. Paramarthaprapa of Daivajria Pandita, 
8,- Arthasamgraha of RSghavendra* 

189 



1.8. 



BhagavadgUa Word-Index Pi. I— Appendix I 



2.37. 



(3) Gujarati Press edition of 1935 with 11 commentaries.' In order that 
the reader may get a comprehensive view of the nature and quantum of 
the variants I append here a comparative table with the necessary details. 



.3 o 

CO 


Chapter 

and 

Verse 


Reading in the 
N. S. P. edition 


Variant reading 
or readings 2 


Names of the comraen-. 

tators adopting it 

or them 




1. 8. 


(tm^rO mi *& ^ 


,*> 




1. 


"|.(%(W<%:)5pnpr: 


Nilakantha and 










Madhusudana. 








X.fep^r^Tt^) 


Do. 


2. 


1. 21. 


3^T S^re between 
1st and 2nd lines. 


Missing 


All the commen- 
tators omit this 
remark except San- 
kara according to 
G. P. edition, 1935. 


3. 


1. 28. 


srgqfl^ 


wrtfowi 


Sankara alone ac- 
cording to the J. H. 
P. edition. 


4. 


1. 34. 


WW 

* 


^n?5T; 


Nilakantha, Ke- 
s'ava Ka£miri,Madhu- 
siidana, Saiikara- 
nanda, Srldhara, 
Sadananda, Dhana- 
pati Suri, Daivajna 
Pandita and Ragha- 
vendra. 


5. 


2. 10. 


Mt^ctij- 


tft^Ft^ 


Ramanuja. 


6. 


2. 20. 


(?r 3$ h?t) *ffarc 


(sr s# ypn) m'fom 


Sankara. 


7. 


2. 24. 


r\. .. . . c 




Madhava Ananda- 
tlrtha. 


8, 


2. 33. 




*■ » / ♦ \ 


Sri Venkatanatha. 


9. 


2. 37. 


jT|X^rrj% 


,,.., , s 


Both Venkatanathas. 



1. The names of the commentaries in this edition and of their authors are : — 

1. Advaitabhasya of Jaankarslcarya . 

2. £aJikarahha$ya~vyaMiyd of Anandagiri. 

3. Vi$i$tadvaitabha$ya of Ramanujacarya. 

4. Tatparyacandrika of Vedantade^ikacarya Venkatanatha. 

5. Dvaitabhdsya of Madhava Anandatirtha. 

6. JPrameyadtpiha of Jayatlrtha. 

7. P atfacabhasya of Hanumana. 

8. Brahmanandagiri of Sri Venkatanatha. 

9. Tattvadtpiha oi Vallabhacarya. 

10. Amrtatarangini of Purusottama. 

11. Bhdvadipa of Nilakantha. 

2. Only the words outside the brackets in this column will be found in Pt. I A at the 
appropriate places according to the alphabetical order. 

190 



3.2. 



Critical Apparatus of Section A 



8.16. 





Chapter 1 Rea ding in the 
Verse | N. S. P. edition 


Variant reading 
or readings 


Names of the commen- 
tators adopting it 
or them 


10. 


3- 


2. 


(oaTTfa^QT) %$ 


(o2nftrSr<JT) ^ 


Ramanuja. 


11. 


3. 


10. 


^n^r^T: (*m0 


^:(W) 


3> 


12. 


3. 


23. 


(;r) #ro; 


(*r) 3cNr 


Nilakaiitha. 


13. 


3. 


41. 


fasft) f* (t$*0 


v(*tf% (tnrJ^) 


Ramanuja, Madhava 
Anandtirtha, Hanu- 
mana, Nilkantha 
and all the 8 in the 
G. P. edition, 1912. 


14. 


4. 


4. 


3*?^ 


^^ 


Ramanuja. 


15. 


5. 


21. 


(1%) 3JOT^ 


(it) am**. 


Sarikara and all 
the other comm. in 
the G. P. edition, 
1935 except Nila- 
kantha. 


16. 


5. 


26. 


f^teRiRTJ^ 


f^ftkUWTT^ 


Ramanuja. 


17. 


6. 


7. 


JTHTTOrifr? 


JTFfT^rmt: 


Sankara according 
to the J. H. P. edi- 
tion and Ramanuja. 


18. 


6. 


11. 


%55Tf%5ff5?fttf^ 


%»T<Swfy)t!^. 


Ramanuja, 


19, 


6. 


13. 


^: 


®PFH. 


»> 


20. 


6. 


26. 


ft*Rftr . 


ft*S*5% 


Sankara according 
to the J. H. P. edi- 
tion, Sri Venkata- 
natha and Puruso- 
ttama. 


21. 


6. 


28. 


(3«*to) 


Os* gwO 


Ramanuja, Madhava 
Anandatirtha and 
Jayatirtha. 


22. 


6. 


39. 


^(JttfTOt.) 


T$t($*tepraO 


Ramanuja and 
Vallabha. 


23. 


6. 


41. 


3W|^T^(st^R.) 


tjosjfrgrf (sTRJT^) 


Vallabha and the 
8 commentators in 
the G. P. edition, 
1912. 


24. 


7. 


21. 


(to OT,awt) w*. 


(TOTO«rc)*fa^ 


Sri Venkatanatha. 


25. 


8. 


7. 


mm*{ 


3ftr3Pf: 


Saiikara alone ac- 
cording to the J. H. 
P. edition. 


26. 


8. 


16. 


aroragsRraU^taiO 


^TWgf^FTRj; (#*ET:) 


Sri Venkatanatha 
and Purusottama, 



191 



9.21. 



Bhagavadgil& Word»indcx Pt. I~ Appendix I 



18, 13. 



Names of the commen- 

tators adopting it 

or them 



.a o 

9T 



Chapter 

and 

Verse 



Reading in the 
N. S. P. edition 



Variant reading 
or readings 



27< 



28. 
29. 



30. 
31. 



32. 



33. 



34. 



35. 



36. 



9. 21. 



10. 19. 
11. 3. 



11.16. 
13. 13. 



13. 12. 



13. 17. 



14. 18. 



15. 4- 
18. 13. 



(t$) SHfcrf^ 



f^m ft 3TC*t?H^ : 



as an interpolation 
before 13. 1. 



3RTftpRC, <tf (!f5T) 



ftfim, 



0#) ft %q*% 






f^J^ir 



SoT^WTfra^T: 



a*fa ^isr <pw) w 



3=RTl^ *CTt (*$) 



faffccTJ^ 



spF^prfctwrj 



(^ "TO" sM) JWift 
192 



All commentators 
except Sankara, 
Madhusudana and 
Dhanapati Suri. 

Ramanuja. 

Sankara alone ac- 
cording to the J. H. 
P. edition. 

»■> 

This verse occurs 
only in Purusottama 
and Raghavendra 
Yati's comm. as 
13. 1. According to 
them, therefore, 
there are in all 35, 
not 34, verses in this 
chapter. 

Ramanuja. Sankara 
has noted and re- 
jected it. (See Entry- 
No. 167 in Pt. I A). 

Sankara according 
to the J. H. P. and 
G. P. editions and 
also Ramanuja ac- 
cording to the G. P. 
edition. 

Sankara according 
to the J. H. P. edi- 
tion and all others 
except Ramanuja, 
Hanumana, Vallabha 
and Purusottama. 

Ramanuja, Ve- 
dantadeslkacarya and 
Venkatanatha. 

Sankara according 
to the J. H. P. edi- 
tion. 



18. 35. 



Critical Apparatus of Section A 



18. 43. 



Chapter 

and 
Verse 



Reading in the 
N. S. P. edition 



Variant reading 
or readings 



Names of the coramen- 

tators adopting it 

ot them 



37. 



18. 35. 



(t%: m) <rr?f (crm#) 



38. 



(ifa.- m crroeft) mi 



18. 43. 1 qrt sft (wnroQ \ grro? (^rftoO 



Sankara according 
to the J. H. P. edi- 
tion and Puruso- 
ttama and Niiakan- 
tha out of the 11 
commentators in the 
G. P. edition, 1935 
and all in the G. 
P. edition, 1912. 

Sankara according 
to the G. P. edition, 
1935 and Madhu- 
sudana, Daivajna 
Pandita, Ramanuja 
and the others in the 
same edition. 



Appendix II 
CRITICAL APPARATUS OF SECTION B 

The editions of the K5£mtr recension collated originally for this 
purpose were those of Dr. Otto Schrader of Germany, Mr. S, N. Tadpatri- 
kar of Poona and Sastri Jlvaram Kalidas of Gondal. The readings common 
to all the three were taken as the standard readings of that recension and 
those common to only two of them or found in one of them only were men- 
tioned in the foot-notes. Subsequently the Madras University edition of 
Dr. Chintamani having come to my notice, it was compared and wherever 
it was found to differ from the standard text of the recension ascertained 
as above, notes in the last column of this Appendix or in the foot-notes 
were added as seemed necessary. 

Trie words indexed in Section B of Part I are those only which have 
been printed in bold type in Col. 4 hereof, the remaining ones being 
common to both the recensions. A mere change in the order of the same 
words in the same quarter line has been disregarded. The names of the 
commentators of the vulgate who are found to have adopted some of the 
readings found in the Kasmfr recension have been mentioned in the last 
column as against such readings. 

B. G. 1. 13 193 



Bhagavadgttd Word-Index Pt. /— Appendix It 



Abbreviations : — A = Abhinavagupta ; B = Bl askara ; C = Cintamani ; 
J = J Ivaram Kalidas ; R = Ramakantha ; S = Schrader ; T «= Tadpatrikar. 



Chapter, 


Reading in the 






Verse and 
S, No. vcrse-quar- 


N.S. f. 
edition of the 


Reading in the 
KaSmfr recension 


Remarks 




ter in the 


vuJgate 








vulgate 








1 


1.1/2 


flTOT: 3§?ER: 


?nfs??rSTOT*I$r 




2 


„7/3 


5T1W. 


srrq^rq; 




3 


»8/2 


^■q-^- flfafifTSRj: 


|>q: ?I<^t SFST^sr.* 




4 


„8/4 


#ra^fTOtfr ^ 


sta^fa** «foNl^ 


For tbe otber 
readings in the 
vulgate see 
App. I. 


5 


„9/4 


*rf -pWsfRsr. 


TRr^f^TT^r: 




6 


„ 11/1 


3R^5 *r 


3**%3 




7 


„ 18/1-2 

n < 3 ' 4) 








8-9 


>, 21/3, 


%s^TTOt: 


$}#: tofts 






» 24/3 


» 


» 






„^ 








10 


„ 28/2 


fafcF^«ra*ft?C 


*/!w*sew«faTO 




(i) 




1.3/1 


qr=i|cfT^ 


<mmii (J) 




(2) 


» 10/2 


*mtfmm*i 


*frmf*rci^ (O } 


Dr. Chintama- 
ni seems to have 
overlooked the 






1 


fact that the 








}► 


context is ag- 








I 

i 


ainst the pro- 
priety of these 
readings. 




,* » /4 


*fmfai9^\ 


*tomf*rcf§r?i^ (C) J 




(3) 


« 19/4 


35®t s*T9*t^ 


ISs!swr^T^^(J) 




(4) 


„ 21/1-2 




«r#r s^rre (J.) 


Sankara ac- 
cording to J. H. 
P. edition con- 
curs in this. 


(5) 


„ 23/3 ' sffiftTfRT 


TOTi^r (J) 








IS 


>4 





Critical Apparatus of Section B 



S. No. 



Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 

vulgate 



Reading in the 
N. 3. P. 

edition of the 
vulgate 



Reading in the 
Kadmlr recension 



Remarks 



11 

12 


1.28/3 
» „ /4 


13 


„ 29/1 
„ (6,7) 


14 
15 


„ 33/3-4 


16 
17 


„< 8 > 

„ 37/2 

„ 39/4 
(9,10) 


18 
19 
20 

21 


„ 47/3 

24/3 

„3/l 

,,5/3 


22 
23 
24 

25 


„6/4 
„7/2 
,,8/2 
„ 10/4 






?W TT^TTf 55 ! 












**!Wlfo 












Wri^ER San- 
kara (J. H. P. 
edition ) . 



(NotinC) 



3W«W: in A, I 
and R accord in| 
to C. 



Ramamija. 



(6) 


1.30/1 


(7) 


,,31/4 


(8) 


„ 35/4 


(9) 


„ 45/4 


10) 


„ 47/2 




,, „ /4 


(1) 


2.5/2 






(S, T and C) 
f ^T^ ^rF^^Tq, (J) 

fag s^tfer (C) 
■$&w|fc(S,T&C) 



195 



Bhagavadgttil Word-Index P*. I—Appendix 11 





T , 

Chapter, 


Reading in the 






S.No 


verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 


N. S, P. 

edition of the 

vulgate 


Reading in the 
KSsmlr recension 


Remarks 


26 


2.10-1 




?# trnjgrcfrftqgapg- 


stt^'ot in B ac- 
cording to C. 




M * X\J J. 




simr, fastis tfrr- 








*nnft#3y8 1 










1 f "TT^cT: m%$q 


TOft^ in A. 






-. 




according to C. 


27 


,,11/1-2 


31^^T^ 3F3#^ 


«rii^*3<M«* 


*IT1^ in A ac- 






m rerw *nq% 


srgmrvrrfkvrNt i 


cording to C. 


28 


» 12/1 


^ g rr^j^ 


T % W?*3; 




29 


>* >» /2 


ft f*r srcifaqn 


*T 3i*f\ SRTfw. 


C does not 
note this variant. 


30 


ft it /4 


mwvi 


^*.T^ 




31 


„ 21/4 


% wcRfcr ifcr ^ 


S^lr f for wr ^5«r^ 




& 


„ 24/3 


$m *rfe ^TS: 


#154 *{W. ^ITS! 


according t o 
Madhava Anan- 
datlrtha. C does 
not note this 
variant. 


33 


j, 26/1 

„ (3,4,5) 


3^ =^ T^m 


3i«r ^t ^tjj; 




34 


„ 30/4 

i 
j 
| 


, i 


?r btw «atf^rg?r^r 


According to C 
the reading in 
R and A is the 
same as in the 
vulgateand that 
in B is ?nf#^r- 


(2) 2.18/3 


9RlRl3)S!$TO 


f^f^Rtsq^wr 










(J and C) 




(3) 


» 26/4 


fo flf%5??4l% 


(S and J) 




(4) 


)f Ct 1 j I 


5**5' 


g* 3??g: (S and J) 




(5) 


» 29/2 


rj^^fpqr. 


^IfrJFiT: (T and C) 





196 



Critical Apparatus of Section B 



S.No. 



Chapter, 
Verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 



Reading in the 

N, 6. P. 

edition of the 

Vulgate 



Reading in the 
KaSmiir recension 



Remarks 



35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 

42 
43 



44 
45 

46 

47 
48 

tV 

50 



51 

52 



2.(6) 
„ 35/3 
„ 40/1 
„ 40/2 
„ 41/2 
„ 42/3 
„ 43/2 
» » 3*4 

„ 47/8 
„ 48/1 



„ 50/1 

,,51/3 

C7) 

„ 54/1 

» tt I* 

» „ /4 
»W 
„ 56/4 

» (9) 

" 58/4 



„ 60/1 
» 61/1 



o. i.l .r s .'^,. * 

tfiforf*Tfa Ufa II 









cfTFT ^WT TROT 



(6) 2.32/3 jIT%*:^T: 

(7) „ 52/1 TO* ^t^fes 
gfesjfasftwfa 

(8) ,,55/4 faffi*?: 

(9) „ 58/2 ^TfSfTfaar 'afe: 



ftsRHf : (T and J) 
(T and C) 



Not noted by C, 



Not noted by C. 



R. reads f^lcr- 
*T3 * according to 
C. 



A. according to- 
C. 

R and B ac- 
cording to C, 



197 



Bhagavadgitd. Word-Index Pt. I—Appendix II 





Chapter, 


Reading in the 






S.No 


verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 


N. S. P. 

edition of the 

Vulgate 


Reading in the 
Ka^mlr recension 


Remarks 




2.(10,11) 








53 


u 64/1 


Troifof^Ri 3 


ttj i ^j yfrui'JU'ttc* Tar 


The slight dif- 
ference between 
the readings in 
in S and J on 
the one hand 
and that in T 
on the other is 


54 


66-67 


3TTf5C II ^ II 




ignored . 




ff \j\j \j i 










^toFTt ft SRSTTR- 














„ (12,13) 








55 


„ 69/4 


*TT folT t*^ #: 


*rr ^Tf^rs q^t #: 




56 


3.2/1 
(1,2) 


WTT^oi ^r 


«TTft$T ^ 


Ramanuja adds 
this variant C 
has not noted 

this. 


57 


„ 12/1 


^H^R 


S^^mn* 


ff 


58 


„ 22/4 
„< 3 > 




sra$s%r ^ srffrr 




59 


n 23/3 


**«13***~ 


T^*3^ 




(10) 2.61/2 


g^ ^TTSftcF *W 


p? sntfta aro 






1 




(S, Tand'R) 




(ID 


„ „ /4 *mm « **& 


3^r ir9T m%fs?rr (J) 




(-12) 


„ 68/2 


fMEtfmfa ^rfe: 


ffatffenft sfe (T) 




(13) 


t* i> /4 


OT rWT sfcrf^T 


$*rwr ^ ^t tot (J) 




(1) 


3,6/2 


fasqPTO 


1<?FTR: 


A according to 
C. 


(2) 


„ 17/1 j 3R3 


s?«r (C) 


(3) 


„ 23/1 *(Z T #rn, 


ait 1 «Efa (T and C) 


Nllakantha. 


(4) 


*» 26/3 j 

J 




#f^ ^feflffSf I 





198 



Critical Apparatus of Section B 



S. No. 


Chapter, 
ver e and 
verse quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 


Reading in the 

N. S. P. 

edit on of the 

vulgate 


Read'ng in the 
Kasmlr recension 


Remarks 


60 
61 
62 
63 
64 


3.27/2 
„ 28/3 

» » /4 

„ » /4 
„ 35/4 
„ 36/3-4 






Not noted 

C notes 
s^PT as the 


byC. 


65 
66 
67 




read- 


68 


jt JO" i>Zj 

3,4,5 




fg-^1% j fip*rre?Tr %>: 
*$* W^H: ti 1 Ii 

*ffrosftnron«?T 


ing in R. 










Wi$*NsSf3ff ! " y " 


i 




(6) 


3.36/1 

„ „ /4 





f^qTcJT^: i^JRT^i*. (S) 
rf $Pf&r*3fa: (S) 







199 



Bhagavadglta Word-Index Pt. I—Appendix II 



S.No. 



Chapter, 
verse and 
■verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 



69 



70 



71 

72 

73 

74 
75 
76 

77 



Reading in the 

N. S. P. 
edition of the 

vulgate 



3.37 



„ 38/4 

ft (8,9,10, 

U) 

4.1/1 

»* «/ A 
„ d,2,3,4) 

„ 10/2 
» 13/2 
„ 14/2 
„ 17/1 
» 18/1 

.. (5) 



(7) 



(8) 

(9) 
(10) 

(11) 
(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

(5) 



3.36/5 



,, 39/4 

« 40/4 
„ 41/3 

» 42/4 

4.3/1-2 

«3/4 

«4/3 

«7/4 

w 18/4 






Reading in the 
Kasmir recension 



tnsr 









$ra V$i S»fa ^. 
5?nft II 



***** 

<c.r s 

5T % SPOT? 15%^f% 



Remarks 



Not noted by C. 



srrsprFiTJ^ 



(S and J) 
^nFWTfSI ^TO (J) 

(S, T and C) 

ffcfc rum «: (J) 

'aT^3r*rcr...TO?Fni(C) 

^f $3$^ (C) 

$«$tf (C) 

(T and C) 
^ «fN»: f^%4fe^ (T) 

(S as an alternative 
200 



C as the only 
and S as an 
alternative read- 
ing. 






Critical Apparatus of Section JB 



S.No. 



Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 



Reading in the 
N. S. P. 

edition of the 
vulgate 



Reading in the 
KaSmlr recension 



Remarks 



78 


4.18/4 


79 


„ 23/4 


80 


„ 25/2 


81 


„ 35/3 


82 


>> 36/1 




„ (6,7) 


83 


fj ^tZifo 




5.0> 


84 


»l/4 


85 


.,3/4 




„ < 2 > 




>> 


86 


„5/2 




„ (3,4,5) 


87 


» H/4 




.. < 6 > 




>> 


88 


» 17/4 


89 


» 17/1 



(6) 

(7) 
(1) 

(2) 
(3) 
(4) 



(5) 
(6) 



^TffT 3»T jgqfe 

_____ *%■ 



4.37/2 

» t> /4 

5.1/3 

,,4/4 

„7/2 
„8/4 



«9/l 

„ 13/3 



..■■■_.,■■■_.,..-,.■„%--?_-■ 






ff| firf%faaRr^ 
spinel, f^prt 

STIcJT%^ 



Not noted by C. 



*rensTcfn»!t cf«rr (S) 
»«jRrrtHP# pn (C) 
TOsWc.s#t (S) 
?t: 8t?n^pff^(T) 

*?; ...^:(C) 

3W: tFOTfRt (J) 



201 



Mhagavadgttd Word-index Pt. 1— Appendix 11 





Chapter, 
verse and 
. verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 


Reading in the 






S.No 


N. S. P. 

edition of the 

vulgate 


Reading in the 
Ka£mir recension 


Remarks 




5.W 








90 


,, 19 


&rWfcr:wf 
3faf w% f^ft *FT: 1 
















Mfo % «* to 










^^T^^foT%f^clT: II 








(8) 
ft 








91 


„ 21/2 


f^SHSRfa f?3^ 


fip^TRJlf*f *: ?pr^ 




92 


„ „/4 


$® ZV&$ 3^§ s 


g^r arm sr^r 


according to all 
the comm. in 
G. P. edition of 
1935 except 
NUakantha. 


93 


„ 22/1 
„ (9,10) 


% ffc tfwW *TFTT: 


% ft ^Ttkrr: ^TIT: 




94 


» 23/4 


ST gxfi: *T 5^t TO 


*r *ft *r stfr w. 




95 


« 24/1 


sfts^prtS^TOT 


SFci: l€t$?cRRT?T: 




96 


»> » /3 

(U) 
>* * 


^ 3TTt1 WqT^!^^ 


*r tt4 TW aftu^ 




97 


» 26/1 

(12,13) 


^T*PPmfaftfiHT^ 


^mSBt^rf^RHIH 


Not noted by C. 


(7) [5.19 


%& fife *rf ssnft 


The same at the 










same place in T. In 










S it is said to have 










been found here in 










Ms. B only. In T it 


- 








is also said to have 










been found after 










VI. 9 as in the other 










Ms. seen by S 




(8) 


„ 20/2 


^tfl^?iTM ^Tf^rq; 


Stltffe STO ^TftRq; (J) 




(9) 


ff Zj/Z 


mf srtftfartsTOt 


m^ stfaforfajnaMC) 




(10) 


„ 23/3 


toNW %*f 


$TJfTfs#rrr«pfa: (C) 




(11) 


„ 25/3 


fes&STT 3RJT9W: 


feq&siT firfiTSR: (T) 




(12) 


» 26/3 


sif^cIT Sf5T^W?°m 


*¥ft sr^rftqksj- (C) 




(13) 


» 28/1 

J 


a^JPffififfe: 


^RtfeCTOtiTSS (T) 





202 



Critical Apparatus of Section B 



S. No. 


Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
Vulgate 


Reading in the 

N.S.P. 
edition of the 

vulgate 


Reading in the 
Kasmlr recension 


Remarks 


98 


5.28/3 
6.(1.2,3) 


f\ ..TVim. ....... ii ^>-,u 


f^ifNflWsr^T! 


Not noted by C. 


99 


«7/2 


TOW ^WTfef: 


TOWg SWT Wfcfj 


i 


100 „„/4 


mmRfti 




Sankara (J. H. 










P. edition). 


101 


„ 9-10 




T'fie <?rari7:» occur- 










sing as V. 19 in the 
vulgate occurs after 
VI.9 and before VI. 
10 in some Mss. of 
the text according 
to S and T, and in 
the commentary of 

Ramakantha accord- 
ing to C. 






» (4>5) 








102 


„ 13/2 - 


w?ft,m&feR? 


tlTCS^tfTO fos: 


«rn*nHPR5 fanp£ 


103 


>> „/3 
„ 16/1 


W^FT TTftTCBUP^ 




(Ramamij a ). 


104 


«nwwrej ^sfe 


^rftsf^cT NraWRT: 




105 


tt >» /4 
« 19/4 




sr «rtorro: *#r 




106 


3^^\ ^ti^ anwr: 


gsmt ?mf{ wmfr 


Not noted by C. 


107 


„ 20/2 


t^^nilW 


f*n5^ ^h^^rt^ 




(1) 


6.4/2 


vfaara* 


^^3"?^% (C) 




(2) 


„5/2 


TRJTWWflRfo 


SiT?*?Ff TOST^ (T) 




(3) 


M 6/3 


3RT??r^3 ^1^ 














(4) 


„ 11/4 


%55T^Wf#?TC*5[. 


^5Tf^f3rftR3RC. ^ S) 


Ramanuja. 


(5) 


>, 13/1 


m qwfcrfrfa^ 


*r»m*fofofta^(T&j) 




(6) 


» 15/2 


tftftftTORS: 


f^-glt sn^wror: (J) 
(S, T and C) 




(?) 


., 19/3 


qtt^Rtt *j?ifcra^T 


^rMT faafaWFT (T) 





203 



hhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. t— Appendix It 



S.No 


Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
Vulgate 


Reading in the 
• N. S. P. 
edition of the 
vulgate 


Reading in the 
K§£mir recension 


Remarks 


108 


6.21/1 


^m^to. 


gssrafoi* m 




109 


„ ,» /4 

„ (8A10) 


%mi =^5T% <rew: 


1 ftsjc&wwfa 3t3cF: 




110 


„ 26/2 


afoft f^T^^rGr.- 


^t f&PRWPRT: 




111 


>, »/3-4 
,,(11,12,13) 








112 


» 37/1 

(14) 


3FT%: 


mm 




113 


,» n /3*4 








114 


„ 37-1 




3R1^%^ W Tcf! \ 






















(16) 
ft 








115 


>, 38/4 


fa*# W0FT: if^T 


fsraraf srrste^fa 




(8) 


6.26/1 


*rat *rat fa«ns$fa 


mt nft ft«nj% (T) 


« 


(9) 


„ „ /4 




"&*f ^(C) 




(10) 


„ 27/2 


aflM g^tW^ 


TOT«ftf*R*SOT£(C) 




(ID 


„ 29/3 


&& #ifaKT«?rr 


1# qt^5TcHT(T&J) 

tr^r% q^ipnwT (S) 


C notices T5PRT: 
as occurring in 
B. 


(12) 


,,31/4 


sr ^Ytffaft ^% 


*^tA ^ ^ (C) 


(13) 


„ 36/1 


3#3RffiW 


3?&Rn3W: (C) 




(14) 


„ 37/4 




%€t S5R: <rfr (T) 




(15) 


„ 37/5 




s#iȣreft fasfFSt (S) 


C has s?fb*rar: 
and sifaSFS: the 
first as the read- 
ing in R and 
the second • as 
thatiin A and B. 


(16) 


„ 38/1.2 




(T&C) 


- 


(17) 


„ 39/1 


20 


trcf Jr sW f wr (T&C) 
4 





Critical Apparatus of Section B 



S. No, 



116 



(20) 

(21) 

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

(5) 
(6) 



Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
Vulgate 



Reading in the 

N. S. P. 

edition of the 

vulgate 



Reading in the 
K36mlr recension 



6 ,(I8,19) 

„ 42/2 





(20) 


117 


„ 43/3 


118 


„ w /4 


119 


„ 44/2 


120 


» 46/2 


121 


7.1/2 




(l) 


122 


»2/2 


123 


» 6/4 




, (2) 




» 


124 


,,9/1 




«W 


125 


» 12/3 




„ (4,5,6) 


126 


j) io/Z 


127 


„ ,> /4 


128 


„ 23/4 


(18) 


6.40/4 


(19) 


,, 41/2 



„ 43/2 

„ 46/2 

7.1/3 
„8/2 
„ 11/1 

„ 14/4 
„ 16/2 



# 5w% sfoRrnsc 



*PPFRT anfaf TTFtfa 






„, , , . „ .,., ,r- ?> ™ ^ 



mw% iftmt # 



cffft ^: *ft *ra& 
ffTf^^ 5^ ^mtsf^: i(21 ) 



SfTg *B^fcf (T, J & C) 



s^T qm|f|^ (C) 
(T as an alternative) 

mm m& *tt (T) 
uror: (C) 

W& ^S^cTT5Fff?f{(T&C> 
trf^r: ^«rt apict (T) 
^PR[: *fife spiel. (C) 

?Twm%ff#cf % (T) 

' (T and C) 1 

205 



Remarks 



sfftRrt as an 
alternative 
reading in C 
taken from R. 



Not noted by C. 



Valiabha and 
the 8 coram, in 
G. P. edition of 
1912. 





BhagavadgUi Word-Index Pt. I— Appendix 


n 


S.No 


Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 


Reading in the 

N. S. P. 

edition of the 

vulgate 


Reading in the 
Ka3mlr recension 


Remarks 




7. (7.8) 


- 






129 


„ 26/3 


*rfspanf'T ^ ^rft 


*rfsr«rfo ^ Hjnfa 


' 


130 


» 28/1 
8.<»> 


ifot 3 ^^ qui* 


W ^ sr?cf »igr <mq; 


Not noted by C. 


131 


„2/3 

w (2,3,4,5, 
6,7) 


wrai^ ^ *tt^ 


IWTOT^ *fo *T* 




132 


» H/3-4 

(9) 


*«** TO* 


w&^i srfiror^K 8 ) 




133 


„ 14/4 


ft^H *Jffcr: 


f^r^^fi^r ^%tj 




134 


» 17/1 


ar^jzr^ srsfbrt' ft§«* 


3T?: % %mi ft& 




135 


„ 20/2 


s^TSsqw^HKR: 


zw®T*m'* g^ttcR: 




(7) 


7.23/5-6 




^^rt *rcfor *nmfo II 


In S as an 






additional, -line 










in stanza 23 and 










in J as an addi- 










tional one line 










stanza. 


<*). 


„24 






R has; omitted 
this whole stanza 
according to C. 


(9) 


„ 30/2 


STfW ^ % fog: 


m$mw mi %|: (C) 




(1) 


8.1/1 


ta^Tsw 


fa*T«m*r (T) 




(2) 


„3/4 




faspf : +4*i(^?m (J) 




(3) 


,,5/1 


3F^^=w *n% 


(T and C) 




(4) 


»8/2 


§TO *T ^s^prnf&HT 


3cW'I 3FRrTTf*RT (C) 




(5) 


„ 9/4 


snf^rctf fmi vwk 


snf^sr 3^ctt^(C) 




(6) 


„ 10/2 


^tRfT ^: 


*re&rT p: (J) 




(7) 


^between 
11/1-2 








&1 1/3-4! 


^Pxi 1 (T) 




(8) 


„ 1 1/3-4 jswrsrwr 


^§Fjq|w sp^fa ( T as 
an alternative ) 




(9) 


» 12/4 j 

i 


3TT^«Rft ^TOT^T^ 


anfarat zfaiwvm^iT) 





206 



Critical Apparatus of Section B 



S. No. 


Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
Vulgate 


Reading in the 

N S.P. 
edition of the 

vulgatn 


Reading in the 
Ka&mlr recension 


Remarks 


136 

137 
138 

139 
140 


8.21/3-4 

„ (10,11) 
", 26/3-4 

9.(U,3,4) 
»6-l 

„7/2 


TTS&3TT 3TT^?TT1T% 
3F2T2TT STTTO^ 3^5 li 


H£ %*r fetsc ^ u ( 5 ) 


C gives this 
as an additional 
Ardha in R & A. 
It is possible 
only as a sub- 
stitute. 

B has 3TTSRT in 
place of t?W 
and he and R 
both have ®FH?n 
in place of <£T: 
according to C. 


(10) 

(ID 
(i) 

(2) 
(3) 
(4) 

f5} 


8.25/1 

„ 26/1 
9.2/4 
,, 4/1 
,,5/4 
,, 5-1 

„ 6-1 




(TandC) 
Sg$$wm?ft (T, J & C) 
^rS^ ^3^ (T) 
serf** W** (T & C) 
^titc^t qjwrar: (T) 

sraW sftrs^: » (T) 

*rf er ^ f^*r ^ (T & 
C as an alternative) 








i 

j 



207 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. I —Appendix II 



S.No. 



Chapter, 
verse and 
Verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 



Reading in the 

N. S. P. 
edition of the 

vulgate 



Reading in the 
KaSmir recension 



Remarks 



141 

142 
143 



144 



145 
146 

147 



9.8/2 
,, H/2 

„ „ /4 
„ (6,7,8,9, 

10) 

„ 22/1 

,,(12,13,14, 
15,16) 

,,31/4 

10.8/1 
„ (1,2,3) 

» 13/4 

..(4) 






3FRm%=cr3p€t ttt^ 









s^T'^Tsr fir^nar UD 






Not noted by C. 



Not noted by C. 



(6) 

(7) 
(8) 



(9) 
(10) 



942/3 

it a /4 

„ 14/1-2 



„ 17/1 
» » />5"4 



„ 22/1 
)> i> /4 

» 23/4 
» 24/1' 

) f J 1/ Ci 



(11) 

(12) 
(13) 
(14) 
(15) 
(16) 
(1) 10.8/2 



(2) 
'3) 
(4) 



/3 



»9/4 
„ 10/4 
» 14/2 



Tost TTgti *rar 






3TFT3W ^IT^Tf^ 

» r»« 

*rtt ^w ^^r^r 



rr&J) 
5T¥t% ^sft T^TcfT: (T) 

^RWFrT: ^^cIT: (S&T) 

qsRWSBJRiT: (J) 
tam^ wmt (T) 

ssrsj ^ 53T5T I q^: (J) 

sjsf ^rs: *rro t^c % (T) 

8*^rr«r fSr^fj T ?rR[{J) 
##** ^[K^ (T) 
Spy^t Wp^F^ (J) 

sri^crmf ^tw (T) 

W^FcT R^ft (T)| 
^fcfSTFif 3??^ (C) 

(T, J and C) 
i^f'cf WTfNr ^ (C) 

*rf srmfccr (C) 

2R ^W %3T?(S &T) 

208 



in R according 
toC. 



Critical Apparatus of Section B 



S.No. 


Chapter, 
Verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 


Reading in the 

N. S. P. 

edition of the 

vulgate 


Reading in the 
Kaimlr recension 


Remarks 

i 


148 


10-14/4 fa#rr * c[-R^T: 


f^^rr *rf <f«r*. 




149 


„ 16/2 


t<^t iTTcfrff \m-> 


flpljfrcr???5r: ^*m 




150 


„ 17/1-2 


wA fasrort 3tfN. 


^4 terat 3Yt*h 


^q fW T?T- 






?qrt ^ T qf^f^cpra; 


cqff srt Tftf^cT^ 


^ft^ R accord- 
ing to C. 


151 


» 19/2 


f^TT fTTcirf^Pr: 


feqjftaiww ^*rr: 


Ramanuja. 


152 


„ 22/1 
(5) 


%^Fft Siesta 


%^Rf SfTO^TSg^ 


Not noticed 
byC. 


153 


„ 25/2 


fat «HF^flW* 


f^Rt 3T<%W*m 




154 


>> » M 


TO*tf sppr^Tsf^r 


q^Fff WTWTSf ^ 




155 


>> 27/3 
„ (6,7.8, 
9,10,11) 


%t^ n^^fJini; 


^r^foi ^SFTT^ 




156 


„ 41/3 
„ (12,13) 


v 







(5) 

(6) 
(7) 
(8) 
(9) 



(10) 

(11) 
(12) 

(13) 



10.24/3 j%*M^: 

i 
„ 27/4 ! *Wtt *t sruftra^ 

„ 29/4 s W ^IW^ 

„3l/l ' ^^ : Tsermffcr 

,, 38—1 



„ 39/1-2 






„ 40/1 j *m %*yw fa*icfFrR 
„ 42/1-2 J emr sf|r%T"f% $refa 



jj » /4 






(S and T) | 

swrt ^ fffm^^ (T) ! 
qm m$mm%.\ (T) • I 
qq^: ts&rawflp^ (T) [ 

*r?frcrf fjorsiTcfHf ! 
<prfst q^^RR n (T)i 
^rft rf»nt i 

(S/T and C) ' 
^f^Rt foetal* , 

a) i 

apqsTT If ^Y%5T T% fl^iTj 
cmT%^f (S, TandQl 

to^tt^ w*r ^3*£ (J J 



( B according 
toC). 

( B according 
toC ). 



B. G. 1, 14 



209 



BhagavadgUa Word-Index Pi, I— Appendix II 



S.No. 



Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
Vulgate 



Reading in the 

N. S. P. 
edition of the 

Vulgate 



Reading in the 
Kasmfr recension 



Remarks 



157 



158 
159 

160 

161 
162 

163 



164 
165 
166 
167 



168 



, 5 3/2 

«<« 

»4/3 
„6/4 
(3) 

»8/l 

„9/2 
» 11/1 

„(4) 

" 16/4 

(5,6) 

» 19/3 
„ 20/3 
„ 21/1 

„ 26/1 



• . 'N. 



^q- ^ g^r m;^ 



SffiffR T^f«T^ 









Sankara ( J. H, 
P. edition). 



m*tf$ in R 'ac- 
cording to C. 



Sankara (J. H. 
P. edition). 



(l) 

(2) 

(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 



(7) | 

(8) I 



11.2/2 I f ^ f^cr#r *Prr 

„ 3/3-4 I Sgfimfo % S#*rc*r 

I ! 

„ 7/4 !w^3[§f*R3% 

,,15/4 I s??if«r f%sqj\ 

„ 17/3 i«wftai^[ 

,,18/3 ;^Tw$%r 



„ 20/3 ' ^3 cf^ 
7 , 24/3 I ?f T f| ^ 



(T and C) j 
(T) | 

^F^piT% (T) j 

swsr $rt^(T & C)! 

q^lft mi (S and J) : 

^T^srsPTrar (JandS.j 

i 

In S this variant is j 

misplaced in 10. j 

28/3). | 

'&&& mvm. (T as 

an alternative) ' 
?fTf|^T(S,J&C) 



^f^ST^t ^q (B 
according to C). 



C gives the 
latter as the vul- 
gate reading and 
the former as 
the variant. 



210 



Critical Apparatus of Section B 



S.No. 


Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 


Reading in the 

N. S. P. 

edition of the 

vulgate 


Reading in the 
Kasmir recension 


Remarks 


169 
170 


11.26/2 
u 27-1 

» (9) 
'„' 28/4 

„ 30/4 

" 32/3 

" 34/2 

» 37/1 

„ 38/3 


*$ WH^T^Sf : 


firfe$: H# *?sr II 

c^rTSngfT T^fcJT «jjf- 

fcr, w ^fr ?w^- 
*tof%sr: II 

e^ifoi srf^qrart s^^fer 

tots % *r ^3: *f^t- 
??r 


B according to 
C reads iraWRT 
instead of ^far- 
*rFrT:, he and R 
both read f^rr, 
instead of f%fcfT:- 
& qj^ 1 instead 
of sjstffa' and he 
alone reads 
«sps3tft STFTST: 
and R alone 

instead of ?^ 5 ^ 
Not noted by C. 

According to 
C. A reads the 
first two words 
as TOltcT. 


171 
172 

173 

174 

175 

176 




(9) 
(10) 

(11) 

(12) 


11.28/2 

,,31/2 

„ 33/1 
„ 34/2 




^FcT (B according 
toC) 

(T) 
^t ^n^r i 

^WsTRt. (all in T) 

* 


According to 
C, R and A 
have the reading 
^t^t^T^only. 



211 



Bhagavadgltd Word-Index Pt. I— Appendix II 



S.No. 


Chapter, 
verse and 
verse -quar- 
ter in the 
Vulgate 


Reading in the 

N. S. P. 

edition of the 

Vulgate 


Reading in the 
Kasmlr recension 


Remarks 


177 


11.39/3-4 


*$t m&$*Q ^TTf^E 




* 


178 


» » /5-6 




T#T W*%S*g ^T^ II 




179 


„ 40/3-4 


8fq?crcfa?ftrate?rcar 


fr fs &%?m $fsn?- 


According to 




- 


tenf^ i 


5NWI II < 13 ) 


C the reading is 


180 


» » /5-6 
» (15) 




?ratsfcr s& ii 




181 


„ 41/3 • 
„ (16,17) 


^7*$ ^ 3^ 


^qgsf c^f ^n. 




182 


„ 43/2 

„ (18) 


<cJT[^ t^f«[ 


sw^rf^r 




183 


„ 44/4 


ft* PWWT: ST|T% 


ffcr:ftww«tffa - 




184 


„ 44-1, 




f^53TTf% ^Ffff^f cHTT- 


According to 




2,3» 




fcITfsr, l^lfSl |^f 


C the reading is 




* 




sjtto: ^tf^cr i 


tjcTTFT qts^fq-: 




~ 




*rr ■sr firsi^srsr imi 


wcfor. 


<u) 


11.40/3 


3w?crCFrfmrifq[^fr- 


3FRr^t^T5R?lfeff^^ 




| 


m^ 


(T) 




<">l»„ /4 




afTlfrfa $# ** tT#ts 




i 
i 


%&s 


fe win (J) 

(T as a variant) 




(is) ,,41/2 


\wii TO* 1 ^r#fcr 


(T and C) 




06) I ,,42/1 


sra?$ms% 


STCR^tsftr (T) 






>j >» 4 


?^n|J?f?Pi5faJ^ 


STTTOPl^r (T) 1 


(17) 


» 43/1 


wmsftr shR?r 


%rs^r #B^r (T) j 


(18) 


»> » /4 


sprfcmsrorc 


STSfrRsPrnr :(T and J) 




i 


^%TO*H*.(Tasan 




«■ 




additional variant) 





212 



Critical Apparatus of Section B 



S 4 No. 


Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 


Reading in the 

N. S. P. 
edition of the 

vulgate 


Reading in the 
Kasrmr recension 


Remarks 








33T3pf fk% vik%®" 










t, (Sir 5iw <rc<r: 


qffo: in R and 








^fr<5% 1 


TO*, in A ac- 








^cfrsftr sr*M m: 


cording to C. 








nnt %, f^f*ft ^s 










snffof ewSra* it^u 










SR«T^ $*f «T §<*$* 










^, ^*iTWR f f% 










firfrl fh 










T & JTOTFrf Tfwoi- 










*r%, 5T &sisft frfa 










sres^ ?r^: 11 ^ 11 






H (19,20,21, 










22,23,24) 








185 


12.3/2' 


3*53JtR q%mm 


3*0^ *rrg<ns?l 




186 


„5/2 

„ (1,2) 


si^Nrcrafarer^ 






187 


„8/4 


3lcT &e$ * *fcW: 


^^^RWTf^m: 




188 


,,9/1 

(3) 


m T%^ W*fT<PC 


3?«r snircrfag f%xt^ 




189 


„ 11/2 

(4) 
>> 


^.| ^^ «TTf^?r: 


«£ iifti mfrm: 




(19) 


11.48/1 


*r %^TfT«Prl: 


^Mmi^pih (T&C) 




(20) 


» »? /3 


\^^qr; ^rspsr 3*^ 


(T, J and C) 




(21) 


„ 49/2-4 












*^Rf 




(22) 


„ 52/1 


I<[^f*K ^ 


t*wwim 




(23) 


„ 53/4 


£gq"ffif?f *tf 2T«TT 


ss*rFt% 3F*m (J) 




(24) 


„ 54/1-2 




IT€^^WtS#T 1 (T) 




(1) 


12.5/4 


^ff&J 


%^#Tf (T and C) 




(2) 


«8/3 


fSraf^ftr *W«f 


(T&C) 




(3) 


„ 10/1 


BT«n%stznEw«lfs% 


«r«n%st2r^p|: m,(T) 




(4) 


„ 11/4 


^TOT^t, 


*?*n?*P!Fi, 





213 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Pt. 1 — Appendix 11 



S.No. 



190 



191 
192 
193 
194 



195 



196 
197 



(5) 
(6) 
(7) 

(8) 
(9) 



Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 



Reading in the 
N. S. P. . 

edition of the 
vulgate 



Reading in the 
Kadtmr recension 



Remarks 



12.12/4 

„ (5,6,7,8) 

,. 15/3 
„ 16/3 
» 17/3 
„ 18/2 

(9) 

13. Un- 
number- 
ed stanza 
before 
No. (1) 



„< 2) 

(3,4) 
„ 11/1 



m *ttf?r«fto; 









3<T: snfca: f*RP3RT 






s&tf SH^^ror inn 






12.13/2 
„ 14/2 



i> »> /4 

» 15/2 
„ 20/1 
(1) (13. Before 
stanza ! 
No. 1 & I 
after the 
unnumber- 
ed stanzaj 
«l/3 
» » /4 
„3/3 



A 



(2) 
(3) 
(4) 






fctcuW ester: (T) 
3T$ *F*R: (Tand J) 
3t%3# | *r: (T) 
srakftfa^ (T and J) 

%t lr*#«r ^ i 
fptlt^ inner n 0) 

^%(TandC) 
dig: (S and J) 
TO*?W (C) 



214 



According to 
C the last word 
in this line is 



Purushottama 
and Raghaven- 
dra Yati and 
some mss. of 
the vulgate ac- 
cording to C 
contain this. 



' :'\ 



Critical Apparatus of Section B 



S. No. 



Chapter, 
verse and 
Verse-quar- 
ter in the 
Vulgate 



Reading in the 
N. S. P. 

edition of the 
vulgate 



Reading in the 
KaSmlr recension 



Remarks 



198 
199 

200 
201 

202 

203 

204 



13.C 5 »6) 
„ 13/1 

(7) 

» 17/4 

„ (8,9,10, 
11) 

„ 29/1 
» 31/1 

14. (1,2,3) 

» 10/2 

» 12/4 
(5) 

>> 15/3 | 



^^f sjgjf^ ^j^ 
felt *^* 






Srt *rcw *tM 



f¥&cF^in San- 
kara and Rama- 
nuja and also R 
and A according 
to C. 

Not noted by C. 



(5) 

(6) 
(7) 
(8) 

(9) 
(10) 
(11) 

(i) 

(2) 

(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 



13.4/4 

„ 16/1 

„ 23/3 
» 25/1 
„ 26/1 

14.2/4 
,,3/2 

,,7/4 
„ 12/2 
» >> /4 

„ 15/3 



i$qrFrcnT:*2sr 



(S, T and C) 
* ™^ (T) 
*ftm* toft® (C) 
3JfTf ^TOT ?%^: 

(T and J) 

ap^ %^^Fl^: (T) 

(T and C) 

^ sszrefcr (C) 

(T and C) 

3^P»TFRIW ^Z (C) 

cT«TT cW% 5f^ (S&T) 

gr«iT ?mfa sfcmg (J) 

(This slight varia- 
tion is ignored). 



Sankara ac- 
cording to J. H, 
P. edition and 
other comm. 
except Rama- 
nuja,Hanuroana, 
Yallabha and 
Purusottama, 



215 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Pt. I — Appendix II 



S,No 


Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 


Reading in the 
N. S. P. 

edition of the 
vulgate 


Reading in the 
KS&mit recension 


Remarks 


205 


14.17/3 








206 


„ 18/1 
„ (7 ' 8) , 


®4 ^gi^ct -TOW 


g»«l i^fnT sr#r 


Not noted by C. 


207 


» 23/4 


^s«rf^r^r% 


^5w%si% %r 


Not noted by C. 


208 


ff jL^\ X 


m&^m^w- 


srafr^jsrcsnr: 




209 


„ 25/1 


m7(iammq\: qj&ft 


WSrmFTOfc 5^: 




210 


» » 13 
15.0) 


%q\i*m?im*ft 


««if?pF*rerar9n*ft 




211 


w 2/l 
(2) 


tottcw tot: 


TOFT W& %mv 


Not noted by C. 


212 


,,3/4 


STCHRltlPT 5$*r fexqT 


soto^t f%r%«f fec^rr i 




213 


„ 4/1 

(3) 


m-> vi wtftw$fam< 


<Rt: <tf 5RTfi;*r#?RJ3y 




214 


»4/2 

(4) 


* fNSfar 


*ft*fer 




215 


>j / z 


«r«rT?*rfa3n: reftfcr- 


«rwnwftinf¥N!»- 








^BTflfT: 


<%mv. 


Not noted by C. 


216 


„ 8/3 
„ (5 ' 6) 


lf^T^T^W% 


sft^n 3rf*r ^TTfcr 


>> 


217 


„ 14/2 


jfj^t ^t ®?Tf^r?r: 


Vrttort \i snfl«m*. 




(7) 


14.18/3 


^^^ifwm 


^HF^JJ'JTfttW (S&T) 


Sankara and 
others except 
Ramanuja and 
3 others. 


(8) 


» 20/4 


ftf^Tsw# 


t>g€r i?5^ (T) 




(1) 


15.2/1 


am%4 Si^IT: 


s?^:%4 =*r j^T: (T) 




(2) 


f} Z/j 


qtw^t «jy5par^RRrT^r 


®m«r ijj5F3i3^pq«BTPr 




(3) 


„ 4/2 


q-^FTTcTT: 


2T%Fn% (S and J) 
3r%F»Rr: (T and C) 




(4) 


»4/3 


<#T ^Rf gs$ Sjqt 


^ ^v$ p<* m^ 


Ramanuja, Ve- 


J 




(J and C) 


dantade&ka and 










Venkatanatha, 


(S) 


» 10/1 


S<3>r*Fcr ftqtf 3Tsfo 


(T and C) 




<6) 


,,13/1 


*iTmf^?? =q ip-^r 


mmfim i Hjnft (J) 





216 



.Critical; ApparaiusZof Section B 



S.No. 


Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 


Reading in the 

N. S. P. 
edition of the 

vulgate 


Reading in the 
Ks£nur recension 


Remarjks 


218 

219 

220 
221 


15.15/4 
„ (7,8,9,10) 

16. d> 2 ) 
„ 3/1 

„ (3,4,5) 

» 8/1 
„ „ /4 

„ (6,7) 


1st: SHTT %f%: fiftH. 


^Sf: STW *?%: 3&: 




(7) 
(8) 

(9) 
(10) 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 
(5) 

(6) 
(7) 


1546/4 
,, 18/2 

„ 20/2 
» 20-1 

16.2/2 
«2/3 

„ 3/1-2 

w 4/l 
w-6/3 

»9/4 

„ 10/2 




f 2^rs53^: t£? ^ (T) 

(TandC) 
w ^txf? c^RsKS&T) 

^jT3«2f ?!Wfilwi% u (T) 

(T and C) 

*&\ qgN«ft«W(*t (T) 

(T, S and C) 
^rn^^Hf ^ (J) 

(S, J and A accor- 
ding to C) 

gtosrtt *rTfa*rRcrr 

(T and R according 

toC) 
sFfft ^ffsf^FTW^ (T) 

(T and C) 
sraw ^vfts^pTT: (T) 

(TandC) 





217 





Bhagamdgita Word-In 


to P?. / — Appendix 


// 


S.No. 


Chapter, 
Verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
Vulgate 


Reading in the 

N. S. P. 

edition of the 

vulgate 


Reading in the 
KaSmir recension 


Remarks 


222 


16.10/3-4 

(8,9, 
10,11) 








223 


„ 16/2 


3tf9iraW!aT: 


sft^^TST W TWT: 




224 


„ (12,13) 


qrclf^f 5T*S5f»I 


<rafa flR*sg* 




225 


„ 19/3 

„ (14,15, 
16,17,18) 


ton*^ m^\ 


%qr^#i ^-*tt^ 




226 


17.1/2 


Wet arapnfeflT: 


**% STOTfrRTT: 




227 


»,2/4 


m*rcft %% at g<s 


<rT*TCft ^fo cTT: ^s 




228 


„4/3 


^F^wrt^F^ 


^SrafoSTRFi^ 1 ) 




(8) 


16.12/3 


fe% wrifcni* 


(S and J) 




(9) 


„ 13/2 


tf^^rta* 


^ Ef|T^jr irjJTTCSp^ 

# (S and T) 




(10) 


„ 14/3 


t^Ts^rt ^W 


I^Crs^t tpft (J) 




OD 


» 16/1 




(T and C) 




(12) 


„ 17/1 




aTTcrnSWT^R: ^rr:(T) 




(13) 


„ 17/3 


2F5Ffr tfil^^M 




(14) 


„ 20/2 


Tf$\ 3FJTR 5F5RR 


m spufa wifa (C) 




(15) 


» 21/4 




TO1^R3$ to (T&C) 




(16) 


55 iL£i\<£i 


^TW^f5: ^fa 


T$tf%3>: ^F%q(T&C) 




(17) 


ff JLtO \ Ci 


^ TO*T*T: 


si§& "*l*MRtf: (T) 
^ 3>TTOcR: 1 (T) 




(18) 


» 24/3 


HMT Simf^Ffl^ 


(T and C) 




(1) 


17-4/3 j 


WiaJ5Pmt<^ 


^aflferrst* (In 
S and T as an 
alternative reading 
and in C as the 
only one). 


* 



218 



Critical Apparatus of Section B 



(2) 

(3) 
(4) 
(5) 
(6) 
(7) 

(1) 
(2) 



S. No. 


Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 

Vulgate 


Reading in the 

N. S. P. 

edition of the 

vulgate 


Reading in the 
Kaimlr recension 


Remarks 




17.(2) 








229 


„6/2 
„ ( 3 > 4 > 5 > 


Hjww S^TCTJ 


^sntf *r%asrat 


The word ^T- 
s*TO; has been 
included in Sec- 
tion B although 
it is common to 
both the recen- 
sions because 
the next word 
changes the 
spirit of the 
sentence. 


230 


„ 12/3-4 


jl. _,_* JC> J__ _______ . , 




Not noted in C. 


231 


„ 13/1 

(6,7) 


f¥N^I3" sngST^q; 


MW SHJST^ 




232 


» 21/4 


npt ^jm vm^ i 


33T5Rf ffcT.^cl^ll 




233 


„ 23/3 


STTSpnT^fr %3[T** 


^frort !r?r %w 




234 


„ 26/4 
IS.* 1 ' 2 * 


^=5^5^: TT^ 3^% 


^<%3G$l qi4 ifW^ I 




235 


»6/l 


TflFqfo 3 «wfa 


t{3TKrfa <ar sssrff&r 




236 


„ 7/1 


ft«EW 1 *TO: 


f^cPr* ^ *SFTO: 




237 


,,8/1 


^m* *&* 






238 


„ 13/1 


<ra thrift fr^Twrtt 


! 


iSankara (J. H. 
P. edition). 



17.5/2 

,,9/4 
„ 11/3 

92 J. £*\ JLt 

„ 17/1 
„ 19/1 
18.2/1 

„ 4/4 



■»•>, 

_.___5__i__v. 

_-_____|. -j^j. -q-p^q- 



(T and C) 

f\ *y _____________ /nnt\ 

sHP^f^i? (T and C) 
%«r 3T; (C) 
T W t U« (O 

___._J_«__,_____ /rp\ 

^J^ITW-TJ U) 

(TandC) 
& R according to C) 



219 



Bhagai>adgft& Word-Index~ Pt. 1— Appendix it 



S.No 


Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 


Reading in the 

N. S. P. 

edition of the 

vulgate 


Reading in the 
KSSmf r recension 


Remark* 




18.(3) 








239 


» 15/1-2 

■„ (4,5,6,7) 








240 


„ 21/4 


*&%[*( f^ X&HGH, II 


clSTOf ?% ^P^ (8) 




241 


if /iZij x 


39 fSTOt *#ft?R[> 
3Jpf W& sill^H 


^ «Tfmf^ ttfTO^ 




242 


f ) Zi/ij/i 


?f>$ ^ »r|^^ 




243 


» 24/3 


M% %*nwm{ 


f*B9% i^NgV^t 




244 


„ n /4 


ctsttsi^ ssni ?m 


flstfsw ^cf%r Wtra^ 




245 


(io,n, 

12,13) 


«Ffa»f*«tow* 


SRStefT ^ ^W^ (9) 




246 


„ 28/3 

(14) 


T^l^t <tffc$jft =* 


!%<s[i^t ^M^jf: ^ 




(3) 


18.14/4 


%f %3TT5r <OTJ?; 


(TandC} 




(4) 


„ 15/4* 


itRt TO feW! 


q^ % cT^T few: (J) 




(S) 


,. 18/3 


*PK°T 3$ 3>ifcT 


TO* «rf sSffct (T) 




(6) 


„ 20/2 


WTOsppfi^ 


*OTR*f 3t$r% (S&T) 
«n^53??Wf% (S & T) 




(7) 


« 21/1 


$«ra%r gsro?^ 


( S an.d T ) 




(8) 


» 22/1 


15 ^r^sf^ 


(In T as an alterna- 
tive and in C as 
the only one). 




(9) 


fi ZiJ l JL 




(T as an alternative) 




(10) 


»> »# /t" 


cf^TFfRT^^ 


craPR^ff 5P*(S & T) 




(11) 


„ 26/3 


ftteijqfa««frf«ifa»TO 


f^fortftfo&3q: (T) 




(12) 


„ 27/4 


tT3W: «rf^tfe I 


mm: qf^fcfe (T & C) 




(13) 


„ 28/2 


l«#fcitflS55?T: * 


IfftPfitsOT: (S & T) 


- 


(M) 


» 30/3-4 


3te*T«n*STforthi 


(TandC) 
(S and T as an 




i 


1 


• 1 


alternative ) 





Critical Apparatus of Section B 



S. No. 


Chapter, 
verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 


Reading in the 

N. S.P. 

edition of the 

vulgate 


Reading in the 
Kaimir recension 


Remarks 




15,16) 








247 


„ 32/4 
„ (17,18) 


§fe: m wA <n*Kft 


Sfe: srr crroT srar 




248 


„ 36/1-2 


f 3 $r wfar i 






249 


„ 37/1 


^ ?n$ firaftrc 


^ 3<?T5% fo<tf$rc(19) 




250 


» » M 


STffc* S>Rq; 


*TTf^ fasTT^ 




251 


j» 38/2 


ItT^S^TIT^ 


^n&S^TqSR 




252 


it n /4 


^m ivm h?r 


OT5fl$ ff% ^cT^ 






„ (20,21, 










22,23) 








(15) 


„ 31/3 


QFr^rr^JTsn^Tf^T 


w^vtTftrararfci (J) 




(16) 


„ 32/1-2 




(S,TandC) 




(17) 


„ 33/4 


w <n*r mf&tft 


m mfvFtft *ffiT (Q 




(18) 


„ 35/4 


ifin *t <TT# ^w€t 


( S and J ) 
( The same in T as 
an alternative ) 

(R. according to C) 


Sankara 


(19) 


„ 37/1 


?m^r f^ftm 


(T as an alternative) 




(20) 


,. 42/1 


sisit ^KcfT: srr^. 


( S and T ) 




(21) „ „/2 


35^5$ ^RFPIJ* 


mm$ ?wiwn 










( S 5 T and C ) 




(22) 


„ 43/4 


^TT^ *B$ ^TOFT^ 


9T*^?WTTO*Cr) 


^ according 
to Sankara and 
other comm. in 
the G. P. edi- 
tion of 1935. 


(23) 


„ 44/1 


i ' 


^fTtw^Tf^^ri (J) 
^f^sRiml^R (T) 





221 



Bhagavadgtta Word-Index Pt. I — Appendix II 



S.No. 


Chapter, 
Verse and 
verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 


Reading in the 

N. S. P. 

edition of the 

vulgate 


Reading in the 
Ka&tnlr recension 


Remarks 


253 


„ 44/3 


qftrak* «* 


qrf ?8Tr5Tr?*T* ^4 




254 


» 46/2 


*m sf ^' m^ 


m fk'k %i cRPj. 




255 


)> ti l 3 


^^"OTT tf 37^3^ 


^RafclT & I^TF*? 




256 


„ 47/3-4 








257 


a » /5"6 














258 


„ 50/2 

(25,26) 


cT«JT^tf^ fMfa % 


srratfcr gf^te % ( 24 ) 




259 


» 54/2 


?r #^r *r ^bt^t% 


?T #*rt% *r ^«rf^ 




260 


„ 55/2 
(27,28) 


q-repq-srrftT 


«ft«t 8WTftlT 




261 


" 57/3 


SfeStogjnfSrar 


ll^T swTffcrsr 






(29,30) 






262 


"> 59/3 


fa^Ti ^: STOP^T 


f^«qr i«r «r«q^rra^r j 




„ (31) 








263 


„ 60/4 


«5ft«rcratsfa ?r 


^R^mrrsft sra; 




264 


„ 61/2 


f\ls§pr fcrg% 


f^t SfSt 8^(32) 




(24) 


„ 50/2 


cT«nRffcT fa#t«r *r 


(TandC) 




(25) 


» tt 1* 




(S, JandC) 




(26) 


>i ;> '4 


fan m*m w to 


"* ■( S and T ) 




(27) 


„ 55/3 


crat *Tt cRTOt TOT 


c#s^T TOft fT^T(T) 




(28) 


„ 57/2 


irt^r sfcw *rtc 


(TandC) 




(29) 


„ 58/3-4 


sfSf t^tvt #arf% 


(TandC) 




(30) 


„ 59/2 


* mm tfr wft 


( S and T ) 




(31) 


„ » /4 


w§ iterf M^t% 


(TandC) 




(32) 


,,61/2 


f^tS#T fosfcT 


f^T ^ERTs^r (T) 





222 



Critical Apparatus of Section B 



S. No. 


Chapter, 
verse and 
Verse-quar- 
ter in the 
vulgate 


Reading in the 

N. S. P. 
edition of the 

vulgate 


Reading in ths 
Ka^rrrir recension 


Remarks 


265 
266 
267 

268 

269 


18.(33) 

„ 63/4 
w (34) 

,, 68/4 

(35,3^,37) 

„ 75/2 

(39,40, 
41,42) 

» 77/3-4 

„ (43) 

» 78/4 




^cT^5§Tclt ^^(38) 
FTFPff % TTf RT5T 


R reads f*W 
according to C. 


(33) 

(34) 

(35) 
(36) 
(37) 
(38) 

(39) 

(40) 
(41) 
(42) 

(43) 


18.62/4 
„ 64/3 

„ 69/4 

» 73/3 
„ 74/4 

it i j 1 JL 

„ 76/2 

>1 it 1' j 

„ 77/1 1 

„ 78/1 | 

! 




(TandC) 

( T and C ) 
spq: ^RRWt gfa (T) 
ftqffits% TciSf%: (T) 

31^ ^wrfor^ (T) 

( T and C ) 
^Rf^§^(T) 
f^rufficJ IlSfi (T) 

(Tand C) 
(S, Tand C) 





The total number of the common variants is thus 269 and the total 
number of the words in thick types ( including those in the additional lines 
and stanzas ) which have been taken up for the Index in Section B is 426. 
Some of these words which are new are listed separately in Section C of 
this Part. See also Appendix III. 



223 



Bhagavadgfta Word-Index Pt. I— Appendix III 

Appendix III 

ADDENDA TO SECTION B 

The comparative study of Dr. Chintamani's edition of the Kasmir 
Recension revealed an agreement of some of the variant readings given 
therein with those in two of the three original sources which had been 
relegated to the foot-notes. Those variants can therefore be taken to 
pertain to the Ka^mlr Recension and in that case the new words and addi- 
tional references occurring therein should be inserted at their proper 
places in Section B. They are therefore given below :—• 



3T 

21a. ^rfl^flTtfrcr: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. comp. noun Ananyamanas 
(One whose mind is not diverted 
to any other object ) 6. 15/*. 

38a. srfrmrFRTT Nom. sing, of the 
fern, noun Abhimanita ( The quality 
of being proud ) 16. 3/ 2 . 

49a. 3T^N*FB(. Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Alaulya ( Absence 
of fickleness or greediness ) 16. 2/ 3 . 

79a. W' Adv. Ind. 10. 8/ 2 . 

89a. 3%*r Inst. sing, of the past 
pass, participial adj. Ukta (Said or 
narrated) 10. 42/,. 



104. «£3R* 
11.48/,." 



« 150 >', 

2/ 3* 



157a. srttjAnlnd. particle (Ever) 
6.40/ 4 . . 

161c. ^w Inst. sing, of the neu. 
noun Jnana ( Knowledge ) 10. 42/*. 

*r 

166a. ^qR: Nom. sing, of the mas. 
form of the comp. adj. Tatpara 
(Devoted to it) 2. 61/ 2 . 

169a. cTO*ru%crr Nom. sing, of the 
ferri. form of the comp. adj. 
Tamasanvita (Endowed with the 
attribute Tamas ) 18. 33/ 4 . 



175. 3 Add "18. 50/ 3 " at the end. 

176. nfkt After the figure 3/, add 
"or3/ 2 ." 

185. 5*rr Between 11. 21/, and 32/ 3 
add f '24/3." 

243a. 5T5rCu% An alternative spell-, 
ingofthe imp. 2nd pers. sing, of 
the root Ha with the prefix Pra 
( To abandon or shake off ) 3. 41 / s . 

*r 

254a. gwRlf Pass. 3rd pers. sing, of 
the root Budh CTo know) 18. 32/ 2 . 

257a. mfnpf Nom. sing, of the 
neu. comp. noun Brahmakarma 
(Action suited to a Brahmana) 
18. 42/ 2 . " 



After 9. 6-1 add ** 



272. m*& Before the figure 9. 31 U 
insert " 6. 15/ 2 ." 



■* Between 16. and 8/, add t 



312a. ^SLNorn, sing, of the neu. 
noun Rupa ( Form ) 11. 48/ 3 . 

356. WJ33; After the figure 11. 
44-2 add "48/ 3 ." 

361a. gWf ^UTtft Nom. dual of the 
fern. comp. noun Suklakrsnagati 
( White and black ways of departure) 
8. 26/,. 

. 377a. ^ar^flrcf: Nom. sing, of the 
mas. form of the past pass, parti- 
cipial adj . Sampradarslta ( Shown or 
exposed to view ). 



The total number of words carried over from App. II to Section B 
thus comes to 441 by the addition of 15 new words taken from the foot- 
notes as amended on comparing the Madras edition. 



224 



PART II 

Section A 

SECONDARY WORD-UNITS 

A cursory glance at the Index of the Primary Word-Units will show 
that there are amongst those units several which are compound words 
made up of two or more component parts consisting of simple or com- 
pound words. Most of them do not at all occur as primary units in any 
portion of the Bhagavadgita. They have however an importance from 
the linguistic point of view. It is therefore proposed to give in this 
part an Alphabetical Index of all the secondary units which go to make 
up the compound primary units indexed in Part I, together with the 
primary units themselves, and the method by which the compounds had 
been dissolved and the secondary units arrived at. Those words could 
not be incorporated in the Index of primary words because all the 
secondary units except the last in each compound are uninflected while 
all those in the said index are inflected words with the exception of the 
indeclineables and the case-terminations regarded as understood vary 
though the units remain the same in most cases. The places in the 
work where the primary units occur have not been repeated in this chapter 
for the sake of economy of paper. In order to ascertain them reference 
must be made to Part I. Similarly the meanings of the secondary units 
have not been given in this part except in rare cases, because they are 
easily ascertainable from those of the Primary Word-Units in Part I. 
Sub-section (a) — Vulgate with Variants 

5. «R5t— (i) 3Krag£«p*.» (\) igmm i— ( i ) mm^ (* ^r^ftfcr w, 

ct^ttcj;) *$&&: to m> ^mmz&t, ^ *wwf?^ 1 ( ^ ) ^ t^r 

6. 3T%ftrctg^— sHratsMtg^n— ■ sfe ^%ftg€: (srcftfa toftr g^T^r 

^ to w>) ^Tsf^Ris^V^ \ 

B. G. 1. 15 225 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Pt. II- A ( a ) 

(\) asnft i (0 *iwfti i— ( i ) 8n«u*TR^r: [srcfl^m: (mm-. 
( X ) #ot^ m ^' sfasra^, ^ sfoenfai i ( x ) ^ ^ ^ : 

HFTTflT: I ( v ) ft%: «HW:.TO ^RST fatffc I ( ^ ) 3T5T ^ 3*fa: 

8. «T5r — (^i) ^m^ 1 (\) iftdm i (\) snten^i— ( i-\) w- ^ *& *rc* 

9. 3TO— (l) srcr^: I (^) 8R«r I— ( <\ ) stf ( TTTM ) 8TT3: TO sn %m§i I 

( R ) * fasRt «tf ( <TI<T ) arfW*.^ 3FTO; ^Nt^ fWJ^lW I 

10. 3|f— TOnl:— Strmft' STWTft gflTOTft ( tWfa ) It: I 

11. ST^TC— (l) ^KH^ I (^) WTO* I ft) 3W3^ I— ( 1-\ ) ^ =3 3Ht 

*rftef sw*^ 1 

12. 3?W— a^irf^---3H3T ( ?r =ST55T ) J?%T TO fl: ^^55q1crgs, ^ J 

13. ^i ^ r^~ -3^tq^Tq:---^f^^ fa fcF#) *tf TO 3: eri^ror:, ^ I 

14. ^srcr— wm$t — wc *r «m: ( ^ «pt: ) ^ 1 

15. arfsR— (1) %sTTsr^#crcq; 1 (^) %*T^Rf5ifa^ »•— ( i-'R ) ^* %3 ??t 

16. st^tr— -ft) ^wt^i (i) mmMiTmi \ ft) mR&wi \ ft) *wr- 

17. 3T^fe— $3T5rf&:— $cTT Sfsrfe: %T ?(: I 

18. ^%--{«i)BnM^i Warm^wn (0«Rftoi M^f.^i 

f^f^i—( i ) mftwt* w^i mmv^i i ( \ ) bi%^ ^gmn«y: 
fa# ^ 3tw ?tj) «n^HiRft«:, ®m %ffimmm% \ (\) mjfcm fer: 

SRfm; 1 ( v ) i^nfbT e^towr ^re^g ^ QTcn^^I^ I ( H ) s?%#5T 

5K«r slip* bm^i ( <j ) 8^ra*T?rT?fficr «pt^, g^r qm^t: i 
19. arilnTri^m — Tr^mrftcn- — ^artcWTferFrT: *nmi i 

226 - 



Secondary Word-Units 

20. sSRfte— (l) ^TTtffa: I (\) ZrStffti I— ( 1 ) 5«TOfta: (arfo^ fcs) 

21. Sdrqi— IK?WT— f:%sr 3W 5^TT, <TOT I 

22. 5^^tJT~^^5^0Trcg^^aT^^f^T%r: I— -3^:, q*3T: , SEJTT:, ^«HT:, 

23. sr^g?r— 3Rar^n— [t%ti^A '$[%' (^) ^ sbkt:] i 

25. ST^rW— (l ) W*ftt^l (x) TOW: I— (l-^) ?Rf TO^t 3T 3WTO srt^IT:, 

TORI 

27. Sf^ — BTOSTPiR^— W. JflaSTJ TO SiraT: m m: Wmt, ^\ 

28. 3#* — (l)srt^n^i (\) atf*#Rl (\) srt^jjP3;i (v) atfsraffr: i 

(k) st^tsto; i— (n-^) %sr "^ 3T wfa$m teftfa stf^rgra> 
a?fa%^ ^t i ( \ )X^r^ Brtesr fagtfffir erfSnijn*. i ( v ) ap?^ 
^te^r fcratftfcr siter: i ( h ) mtffo #, an-ant ( ^t) 5#r$?ar 

29. «rf^^--^Tf^nt^TO--^^ (^rfa stf^? fcrgtftft «rf^^ , %*) 

30. 3Tfaq— (l) <SRTfaTT: I (\) *njfwU— ( 1 ) SCTTCf arf^TT: (erf^qrTcftfcT 

33. «r^Tc?r— (i) ^*wi%st i (*) arsTOfasTT: i (x) «r«nw%nr I (v) 

tern \ ( \ ) 3*rer£r cireil tot-, st teT ar»nW^n i ( v ) '^m' 
^r wt to *r^% ^.^^Tc^ffl?!^, cf^sMT^roflr^i 

34. srwTStrfR — 3{^T^nr#rc?T^^ i— smit^isi^r ( 3iMm^ ?h^ 

35. Wfygr— (1) sFFcfSJp; I (^) sPRrew I (\) q&ft&W, » (v) aFFdPl*>WH ' 

227 



Bkagawdgita Word-Index Pt. II- A ( a ) 

-( v ) Qi^T: (sr feci 3F<f: q^r g:) faspr; s^r ^: sjiRlfasPr:, cH* 

apRi^^ i (vO 8 *^ fa fareir spg: to ^) «fi4 qr^r sn 

38. «f5f?q , «—8R?q^r— 8RRf: (*r fait SF^T: c5^; ^^ ^:) $fa: 3TTO- 

39. ^FTH— ?ST^St«Tq1%3— ^T 1 STfoST fa %Vl) ^ OTTO: $Elfa£tTOPT:, 

40. ST^ff>— (l)qP^T^^t fa) if9Pft%g 1-— ( { ) "TT^^FTt epft*j (tfat) 

41. «r«pj*qT — Bfg^»n^— sq^rA ssftfa i 

* 42. «?3«^-^T^qiW---4R fafa) a^: *K^i:, cftl I 

43. sig^fa— spq^gRj52n1^:'^T3^R^ I— ^i<3^MTfag:^<CTTO 

^ 3J£ 3[TTO S?g^T^ I 

44. ^3fe^^8Tgf^^-~^fl:H(^ : 3^)TH:w^n 

46 . ^g^^— ^i3^r^F3~?iiFr5^rf : mi It tt^ti^t : , cnrccj 

47. srg^q— TOrgsnr-- sftro, *r?t, ?rr b^wt faw: stf stto *# 

48. s*«j&qsr-~ f^rnF^rr^^qwR- — f^s3FP%r (fa*r: ^w. f%m*w, %*) 9?gsq3 

49. ^r^ifecr — ^3f&srac— sg ^3%^ ^%^ , tor 1 

50. «f^S|v— (l) «#&faTOOT[l fa) 3#^Tf^^^5f^lXx)9^^^fR^l 

(*) 3^^ 1 fa) s&bt^r^ i (0 ^n^Bhreng^. 1— ( 1 ) 
a^Tf^r fa tr^^ eft^, to wfft) faarrft sn*n?»nft wr (5^) ?r 

«Fte. . . ^^%^ < ( \ ) 3#STft (f^pgs 1^ ) gspnfa ^?t3^t^ ^^r 

228 



Secondary Word-Units 

m sjN^sppr:, ^ «mj^f9R«R^i ( v ) sftrnffc (fip& y^) 

'^^c^k' ^t ?&m) \ (%) s^ta&rft (f^^: iwraO semi- 
§*rTFr (ssraTfr snpift) to *r*. f^an*fc§teRngsr:, ^ f^nrc^sr- 

52. ^^5T?ir — aff^R'fr^te — ^%%qf (sr t^ ^^ , to *ffi g^iftr, 

%Wt) 5F*FTt sp% 3K tffafi; ansfffa «: I 

53. 3RRT— (*») 3^^ I (\) 3FFS I (*) BW^t (*) SflRT: « (^) «FFc!T: I 

$3l3t I (^ l) §:*sfF^ | (l H) 5T*5srFm?{ J (<} ^) fTO^TF^T^ I— 
( 1 ) (l%7^^ f 3#' (0 ^ 5S»T:) 1 ( V-H ) *F «F?T: 1%Wct TO, 

3FF3T: I ( %) WW& .(<%!Efti) m*>: 3F^T?5:, 3f^3FcPST§ t ( * ) 

(\)v&: Wt BRf: TO cRC. W^ > ( 1 « ) $TO (wt:) «!^T: TO 

qrf^fraRi^ mfe m. (%w*H) wn 7 &{ , cft^R ^tf% i ( 1 1 ) f • wf 

3F<! §:$RP3; I ( ^) ^ TOT*. SFcT: sni^fa ST JOTOT, m*{ 
JOTRim; I ( "U ) g»mi#[: (ffrat Sfff*) TOT* ®F3* smpssft *rr 

54. 3F-35C— (<i ) SFF^l (\) ^TFcftg 1-— ( ^ ) aRlt FRT SFFTOi I ( \ ) 

^Ffffit 3FcRTf&T SfSTCls^Tfa, %I ^FTRitS * 

55. ^PcKtcJT^— JTsarteperoWT — J&lfim: v&SlTm [3FcT: (f^) 2T: f^'4cr: € 

56. «J5?TT-- (l) 3F"TO*TCT I (\) QF^TTRW: I (^) 31?^!%: I (y) «Tpgi^K- 

-cqj^l (^) 3??cf:i^.* I (^) 3Fcf.-^IT^r I— ( 1 ) 3F3* (f^T) q: H^cf: 

57. ST'Sr — BW^IW^: — 3?*5IFr ?rww: ( ; ^?«7%:) I 

58. ^?2T— (l) 3FRRT I (*<) 3FF%T « (X) ^^T-* t (v) ^^^T: I (h) c^R* l 

(0 ^3['%T I — ( V-\ ) 1 ^^: ®$m t^% 'IW' *HT SH^IT, mi 

229 



BhagavadgUajWord-Index Pt. II-A{a) 
*&*${ \ ( V ) %ffiFrf SFCTs 3F#RTT: I ( vO §WWWP &&$:, ^ 

60. 8**3^^-— 3T?FT%T:— •**, 3F^3T: [$W TO %% ^^ tf:], «fP^ 

62. ¥t5^^t^— 3W^WT1— sf ^^ *Hf ( 3 ^^ ^ft #) l 

63. OTn*^--«|iFTOg:--5r appro (sFT: W ^9 f^ *0 ' 

64. ^SRT— (iJ^mUT^T^r: I (^) 2°TT^^cT^ I (\) ^wWPW^rfNmJ I 

(v) «PWH*R^IT: I (^) ^^TfNfcf: I— ( 1 ) TO*l*ra&r [ ($W$ 
*FT: ^TJWi:) TO 3*5^ ^TTRFf^S^, cR ] SflfcffiT! I (\) $'• 3#ffiJI 

jonffNcw; ) (\) <?**r *n3fa #t ^ srfNm: ^^RR^Tf^TT: r ( v ) 
TOg^pRtf ?tfw^i«tt^ (^h^t^ mwrnO srf^T: wifwst- 
^^ttj i ( h ) Ufa sti%m m z\$?m: sSataTfcrar: i 

66. srorc— 3m?n?jwi?rar-8w^: (?t q*?) <^«r Mt«. s^i^ i 
■ 67. sto£?t— (<0 sn^^ram i (h) swissht: i— ( ^ ) ewsaTft %f1% 

68. stift— 0) iiwrFrt i (\) wivfmmgQi i ("0 wmvft i— ( i ) 

qFTTTFrTWIT^ (WW Wm*% STFIFTRt, 3T«TT*0 SPR^: snTPTR- 

70. sffa— cf^fTf^r — ?wt gfa «ffa l 

71. «fo*^fqr + ^~-^^:-^f qt * INS *?ffit *IT *f: I 

72. «ftwv^i^ + «^— -8pi^r«-^ert 'sr§Hs&N,*n . 

73. 3?«3jsr— ^rar«pft~ w* mt ^m^ (spfepff) i 

74. «Tsr^r*r — smffajT*n*r:— mfom (?r srfcRT Prat swr ^r) srm^r: ^ft g: i 

75. ^?r--^f^rTm:—^ W arfirt ^ M) ^ w ott w i 

76. «w?r— to#— vfti ^ a^ (^n^ wmt) ^ \ 

230 



Secondary Word-Units 

77. «#TOTv'ss*r + srfSr — 3?toTRT^: — SfftiSTO' mm I 

78. ^frov'^ ( «r^) + ^?f^r — sre^^i^— (f^ra^- * am4 » sf% 

( <i ) *ft^r ei^R^w; i ( \ ) *ft% srt^^raf^ t 

81. «rf^n? — b^t^to: — 3tf^srOT 3?*rre: i 

82. srfifl&ireVsn + ^r^and arf*r — 3Rfa4raw-~5r art^rw \ 

83. 3Tf^S^ — swf^ti: — 3*$#^ vpm: I 

84. «WW- TOTR^^lf^-^TOi: **Rlt * w * I 

8 5 . «rercR — ^^^T*q^^— ^t^fp^ ( ^¥r) wra^ \ 

86. stssrw — (i) ^«n^tJT i (\) tgft'&rm t — ( n ) w&nw (#rfote-.) 

88. «i«— fetnsrar- f^r m*i i 

,,V , . , -,„5„.^A\ W .. Sl . 

^0IT: f<srm¥fTO?TT:, 3: I 

90. arftrer — atffcreritow — qfasi (q to) t^ptj to €: i 

91. srf?r (Nectar)— -(1)8^^;^ | (h)b^#w?*i (3) st«??ot(;i— 

( i ) 9?^n^ (sg*R) &m* to sr.* TOts*r.*, ^ 3?^5^i 
( \ ) ai^r (i?i qrofcr sN^fcr wt ifcr sra^ » !to) ^ sqrsfcftt ^ 
areata^ i ( \ ) **$ ^ ^ ai^ ^ sjwfasra: i 

92. «W5— aP^IT: — SFfjrt^iT: I 

9 3 . *w — ^|**5<mT^^^^f^ft?r: t — (fon$qrcE& 's^wr* g^t v&m i) 

94. 3t^r — tprtilsT — TfB ^ «ter: tpf^r:, %»t i 

95. 3rcre~(<0 smirwu (^) ^ftra^i— ( i ) ^X %ra wn* (*rr&) 

96. sift— (i)«iftgj$5n 00 forcfaRRt: « (\) mfitm£qtifcm*ftt&*f- 

*F55 J— -( 1 ) atffat ^?r: (#t^) 3Tf^T: ; ^t^ f^rfs!^: I ( \ ) 

231 



Bhagavadglta Word-Index" Pt. II- A Qa ) 

97. «i^5f-7(i)%^^n##: i (V) tftai#w: i— ( i ) %^«r:^T B^r«ar 

98. ST$— (n)Wkl OO^WT'l^l (^)^WHI (v) S^ITTO I 

(*\) spfofcrcHj (O^wWi (v») ^^rarf^i (*) #jotH» W 
5ftpr$wn i ( v ) 5fopn% i ( % i ) TOT3*nr*k ' ( ^) ^fr^tt^ i 
(^ \) ^^ i (^) ^wrrf^ i (^) ^w^k, i 00 T^RT^ I 
(iv») ^q[i (<u) w$ i (n) 3Tumki (^°) wfcj (w) mxi- 

<B*n' ST^T s&ifrl SEc^] | ( ^ ) a^ ?BTH3Tfor # s$TOT:, cfT^ 
aT&OTRRJ ( V ) ^qfaf s^FTT^: SfSwrtsW: I ( ^ ) 3OTri ShRT*- 
arf^n:, m^W^TO,! ( % ) swfot aPT«ff awfat » ( * ) s^OT 

^ ^ftr awireT^ i ( 4-1 * ) ^ftprrot ^r. #^rm!:, m^#^«rfc,5 

( n ) 35FWTTR ($FRRt *TFT: $T*Wfa: TO:) ^ # ^FRFTT^I 

**n ( n ) vm %£ *fa wfe;, a^ stunHi ( x° ) ^# ^ 

suf^, aw.) ^ # ^wnwRisrrf^i ( vi ) ^ ^ (tot*:, 
^f^r^^T: it) *rW: , arac, srakH • 

100. awffa—fl^TOr-^- (^^ cn$ ^t) TOcw; ^ i 

101. 37%ff — SRi^r — 5RRT ^: 3PTT^^:. ^t^ tWistq: I 

102. ^iT — ^^i^—^[ Biq^Tj; I 

103. ^T^~^f%^f%:-"~*rf> 8?fq^ iwtfstr (^^ i^) m ^r: J 

104. «ri— ^Tif—'isrt sife: ^ i 

105. SISiTW— BT*TT?5T^r— -ST^T^ ST#T 3|ST*rt (^T*^ 3WFT:) ^ I 

106. «Rqf— (l)«F?rg^T: (h) e^^^^fTH. (\) ?m*l I— ( 1 ) «MT |t%: 

W I ^m^mt ( ^ ) 3T5qT ^T %f % Sl^^g-:, M ^^^TTTj; I 

( x ) Wrt 3R^ ^5q^ I 
107. «rgr5fT*r — j?wtw7^~- ir^ mmt *m *Rt% ?r^ i 

232 



Secondary Word-Units 

108. ^fttn^-^r^T^|:-BT^q T ^t (qffi.TOtf* ^ •nftTOH, 

^H) «f T: swftq-To^fT:, |: I 

109. ^cTTTTT — siHFRTOfr: — HFf^ SFmH** 3% I 

110. STcT^T^^v'^i^ + 3*cT— ^JR^q^— -JT ^^t^H, I 

111. 3TcH%m V^StT + SW— IRT^^cf%cT^!~ f Ff $#T 3T 3^T%cf %: TO 

112. STcT^T^r—QI^T^T^— (fq^q^l '3$' («») 5I^T SB^f:) I 

113. s?crm\/3Tt t^ with sTcf — sr^th^—t mm^t i 

115. 3?s^^ — (<j) o^r^twifa i (h) ^wjf&n i (\) ^n^mwii i (*) 

a*3TO«(tf^ i (*\) 9^m^^m^ \ — ( n ) snar3> fktt ^«rt crrft 

3T5^tr^u% i ( v ) s^tr anf^B 3*rf mft ^sTO^rFr i ( ^ ) *&$& 

116. 3T53T3T — ^WTT — ^WH (*T sq-qtffcs:) STTcflT TO *f: t 

117. ®r^r?f — h^tsr: — *tot, «rcrc: (sranrefte:) i 

118. BTfe^v/ST^f.— ( 1 ) qf UlSTte: I (\) WKft t— ( 1 ) «R^ (^| q^%& 

119. 3T^[#r — a^nERIT: — sj^Rffft SRUfSt % 3^fcisf% % I 

120. sngTr — s*ng*rq;— g^ ^ ^^ ^ gsft: sun^ro J 

121. 5R55agV3r?q.— (l) 3RTOT: 00 3R*RT: 1— -( 1 ) [ fas^^lt ^#' (<;) 

5^ ?S^: ] I ( \ ) *f tofq *r: 3T2ttT% *f: bft^, ^ aWtfcT: r 

122. ^^^--^^^i^^^--^f#(^^r: , ^k) 3fl$3 ^ fep* *rer sr: 

123. STE — s^T — srefa: TO*: I 

124. a*OTr— (l) ^^^IT% I (\) SRWiTOTT I— ( <* ) STS^T (5 ^RT) Sfe: 

TO ^: 3T^tR|t%: ( ^ ) s^tR: (5 TO) 3TTWT (3F?r:*M) TO *T: 

3w?RMr J 

125. ^fr~^l^~^^ : [ 1 SI* (S!$R&flO ] ^ *P* a^Rm^w:, ^ \ 

126. 5TO^--^racr-^ ^ s^a; (fr ^fct) =sr I 

127. m%—~ WITteT—3T*i ^ «rf^: fTFTTfa:, ^T I 

128. sn%t%"- ftraBqftTB!^:— f^fe^ eifeft: (if M^:, ftlifc «WW») ^ %^T- 

233 



Bhagavadgiia Word-Index Pt. 11- A ( a ) 

129. «?g— ^ts&— *rit: mm M\ \ "RrTCRr:, 3H, I 

130. sr^— •i^twTi^te^fT: — tp^t^ m\& sjsot fro«r t^faf STfT: I 

131. ^TgVsT^r— sw^iRr.—. * srcj^Rf: I 

132. S^TT— «R^TJ— aw^lt V- * «B?I% fl: I 

133. 3|§g— 3Hg?fc— T 3T^g: 3TOgi, S^r I 

134. s^(To be)-— (i) t^t% i (h) ^mfif I-— ( i ) ^ «fa*rfa i ( x ) §<? 

135. «TO^— ' '<m%3i 1—3^ # flf^T §3: (site) W3: I 

136. at^R— (l) 3?^fH: J (\) 3?t^T^J?TUn I (}) ^FrTffTWg^T: I 

0) ftWV I (^) STffl^T I— ( 1 ) ?T 3^f R: (a^T^T 3FTR:) 
3R3STC*. I ( 1 ) ^fT>T foj?: 3ffiHT TO SH *%,% T^^TWT'l ( }) 
5*3fa 3^fT>T ^ ^T: WT^f T^flf^T: I ( v ) fafa: «?f$n: TOIcj; 
iff: ft^f TO I ( ^ ) 3T5S T^OT *rf|cT: TOf TO, %*? TOlfrr I 

137. a*^— ^V*$ — 3$:a*T*ftl 

138. art^q;— «wt^ft— i ^i «rc# (^i **& sfr m S/r*. 3/r-. isfa *0 \ 

139. ^RT#T— •sfl&tf^:-- 5m^ ttfa«T ^ *r: tfo *T: 1 

140. snsrc— $ gmvcs— ^SflRt «rm: i 

141. iwnft^— ^*a^— •**«* strai^m %fo i 

142. m^xsj — 37t^ri1w:— ®n^# fera: i 

143. ^Tf^-^^^^^ 1c lr-(^^ '^j5r' sensor ssszr:) i 

144- «nf^-— 5 n?TT^f^--5fRT ^f: ^Tf?R^ mi %m I 

145. 3TT^T<r— *RTFRfl3r- *tf ^ ^^ ^ (tsrtww; ) I 

146. . 3n*T*T— 0) 3*m*$ I (^) aTOTTTfe I (0 ^IW I— ( 1-^ ) (ftn?- 

q^fawrf 'a^', ^qrre' sisfr ^t^rr ss^t) i ( \ ) ktot: stpw 

sfcr fom^rro i ( \ ) toT (qnO snrcro to w fW^: i 

148. *wfl? — 3iw#i?Fra:- sn^rf^r ottch^ (§*?t, 5^«rr *tt) i 

149. ^tTcW^FT — (-1) qfa^faw 00 TOliTO I (\) VMftft^l (x) 5*RTOT- 

ftTOT i (\) HeiWf: I— ( 1 ) <*fW*rf 3jR*n (^<f) TO ^ qf^ft- 

(^¥^0 'rw ^ ^tiw^i ( v ) sTOTsr.- 3?r<^rr (miw. smi: m) 

234 



Secondary Word-Units 

150. 3?T<^— (l)3?«ffi*r*l (^)SRWT:1 (*) «F5KT?R5IT 1 (v)3PTOmi 
(H)«RraiWTI (O^WBTOTU (v»)«n?R3TO {c) SflSmStS I {%) 

wmmi i (1°) snswfaraj (11) strjt^t: i (ix) srcrolf: i (ix) 

(1^)«TRJ7^^RTT:| (l^STRRto^l (n) 3TR&q#r I (H«) ^FTT- 
WFT: i (Xl) f&RnflFT: I (xx) fo<TTWT I (XX) frafaTO^JTTaTT J (v*) 

*tmmi i (w) mmm-. i (x«) w^w i (xi) srawnwi 1 (\\) m- 

fto&sm I (XX) JT$TW?r: I (\v) ^TW^I (XH) *5Rm I (X$) *T?T- 

wh: 1 (*l) $«rtwt 1 (y\) %mmm 1 (*x) w^ro 1 (w) fafa : 
(**) f^TcST J (V^) fa^TWT I (v)^F»n^i3^n?FIT I (m)tomt- 

^r*. » (\x) sfw?*n 1 (^x) ^w^f^5^^ < — ( *» ) [ faaw& '«rtV 
(s) «t es^: ] 1 ( x ) fi snarr srcrtfn, to «rtwr: i ( x-^ ) 

f f^q^PRT: '§Fcf^' (l), 'sw?', 'W3i' (x) S^T; *&W 5WR] I 

( O 3rc*rc: sbrjth; snawnyn^, tor smrorou ( * ) ^nfcr 
%5 snwT^tf 1 ( ^ ) mm^t (*^) nm mmm, ot wmwmi t 

( 1* ) 3?T5*R: (*=TO) #T: 3fl<*$tT!, TOTcC. SfROTfalt^ I ( 11 ) BTT<*#F 

(^faraO tffo to to 3ft<jto%: i ( ix ) snwri *RiTfa snarroift, 
ft.* 3nm$: i ( i x ) mtmi (*wto sPwif *r) f%fSw?: anwt^w?: I 

( IV ) 3TRJR: (^TO) fa^cPf: an^fajjiPj: I ( 1*\ ) 3H3FR: (tot «rer:- 
3PW(TO) &t%: sntflS^:, W& vm®& I ( 1* ) 3W?*Rr (#t) 

( n ) 3rc?HT ***** (swm to:) gro*q*m, ^ tmft^ \ 

(\o) wm; BJT5RT (^TR:) ^f ^ 35TOW?f: I ( XI -^ ) te 3ITWT 
(3RI:«^) mt % ^[MT5?r: I (,XH ) **& ^ 3TTWT (^rm^:) «WT TO 

^flfefn i ( xs) 5fs: ^ R5R:r (ft^ffeO ^rt It ?rsT??rFr: i ( ^ ) ^r^: 

«TT3TT. Q&mt, ^T^^TTcr: art) ^: % f^fcfMI^;, h f^TclTWW: J ( \4 ) 

tw (^i :) bit^t wmwrt \ (\%) mm (m$*t mi, Wfcm*) 

SIMT (f%^f ^RT^: ^T) *m TO iRIFcnW t ( VI ) ^?W: sn^T (w&- 
w) ^m TO ^^mT^TT \ ( \X ) SWWT«^Ri [ W^T (wr? #t: 

235 



.Bhagawdgita Word-Index Ft. II-A(a) 
JW#T:, %*) g^s] 3JTWT (3RUW) TO g: srsWfog'TOfT I ( u~X* ) 

TOtfl^ *N?T^ ; q*RJTR* ^f RTOf^ I ( V>) *Kt ft* 
(sRT:^) <emt (limn*, ^*RfaRtt 3T) ^ 3FT *f: 3RT£raT3TT I ( \t ) 

(fiWf: #?<t); 3fcTT<HR: %ft TOTarfTOJ* I ( V«J ) p>: sn^T (fact 

sfoprfaRw) % sr; g*RTWT i ( v^ ) #M #t ^t 3^;:, en^rr (M 

#j^stera«r) 3ft «ef: grom, cto srtr*fit 1 ( **-* \ ) ftfctg: ^mt 

?tat fttos*Rm; i (*%) M^r: wn (*raw, snaRresm; *n) %: % 
fM^ffi^:, ?fof faf^TOJ ( Vvi ) (^Ttf:) f^r: strttt (3^:^?) 
TO fl: f%^Tof?T I ( v* ) f^: (s^RT^:) 8ffi*TT (SRHWT) TO ^: 
fo&m I (v^) fags: (qatf^:) BITOT (aretwi) TO *T: 

^t, #t: ^F^rra^i: , <ft) <g^: *F^T^pii ] mm (wzmti vm^i** 
^) to sr: s^mmg^TSFfr t ( m-k^ ) te^.* snarr (faff) to 

JJcTRt) ^T?*^: (stfWT ^, Bffi*^ 3^lW:)] 3?t?*TT TO W # 

('qf^re^' ^n^e qsr . 'straw; ' ^^fc!t: mm. ^fa f ^^- 

Srs^Rffo^T *«TRJRC 5P5WST: ^ ^% s^ti^s^ | ) 

151. 3Tit*rf%r^-~- 3?iw|f^^^— sm^te^r [ sncJif ^tt: (mm-. 

152. ^Tcwncr — 3nw*TT^:— «*ramft (s*wr: *rw: snsflwre.*, wre:, 

153. 3^ir^~^^fT?fr^rTwr--"[f^fq^ { mm^ Q\\) ^ z^w] 1 
154- 3?TtTO?mtTr— 8n5fi^#nA— [^JR?re^t '^ (1) 5^ ?S52T:] i 

155. 3n?TO^§T%— 35^P?TW*^:— 3^ 1*TO «nW^T: [3TTc?T^:, (^^) 

156. 3nft—(<i) mtf$ I (x) srtEeh I (\) SHT^t I (v) 3T5^r^r I (k) 

(io)sproi^r:i (nJsro^^iSi (n)^T^i (n)^^^H' 

(1V) «ft5TT^^ri— ( 1-X ) T 37T7%: %?l% 2T^T ^: =3FTT%, ^ 

f 31R^ , (v) ^ IS52T:] I ( ^ ) 3?Tf^r %^ «ntW, ^ 3^^ I 

236 



Secondary Word-Units 
( $-v ) 3H% (q*pf 3HFr#0 ^: atf&f:, <P* aTTft&WU ( * ) 

^oqrr^r i ( i o ) spr*: snfSp Sfart 3 mmw- t ( 1 1 ) grr: ^tkt: TOfa 
^ btt^t ^rt 3Tft gw^^fa, %i s^T^nif^s r ( <r ) Hjntf 

157. «n^r— (i)«nf^ra^i (\) stfBswfou (*) wf^r: i-~( 1 ) 

s: enf^pufc, m snftsnrftu ( * ) (tjrosr) w^ (srer) W$WT«F 

158. ^TT^^gr — 3Rrf^rTar- * ^ifk^K swrf^TC, ^-m, ' 

159. ^T^^-—3pnf^rar-3nf^: era fks&^zufim.*, ^mT^m^miwK\ 

160. anf^JFKn^— ^nt^^FciHr-^Tf^^ *N xr spcf«r 3nft*r«rF5iT:, % 

161. stf^— 3iRn^T^—«n^ ztm m& %-• 5^1^;, m, 1 

162. «n*w— 3 HFran3i—f snw fern ^^ ^ 1 

163. ^qrro~^rcn^---«if55: ^Htsr: ^faror*, 3<#pu 

164. s?t^[^— sr^J — p¥^q^l 'are' 0) ^t ssssO > 

165. m^m^m^^mmtx%-' ^mv^m^^^*-- «ng:- 

166. snfri^O— (1) srorewwraL 1 (\) ®mm^^-~( ^ ) *«*w*,..3P* 

167. sn^w— 0) ^wfu (^) s^Vw 1— ( 1 ) t srrw (^ ^^0 

168. «TOW— (n) «RTOTWt 1 ft) ^TOT I— ( <i ) [fonpTC* '^' 00 

169. ^!^— ft'^T^ftt ft)$mressn (\) flm*** i— ( 1 ) ^T$r 

ftrtroflr) ensrcrfr ftrfSfearft **r) aprreanft (*f **EfFamPRr 

170. snsfig— 3^^^— ^ 3n4i^: (^tto iha: ) 1 

237 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. II- A ( a ) 

171. 3TfOT— (1) f.'^T^t (\) 1kWW I— < ^ ) S^wf 3*T^ (*3^- 

fsssR) i^^, ^ §:^w^i O) fi*t^ ww* (Jf^r^, 

172. STO^ST— -(l) ^T^^nTOT^Tcq^ I (^) WSTSWfaSTfa": I— ( 1 ) ft*Frr.% 

174. 3TOT— W^:--^ srasfa 5fr I 

175. srxfgrsr v/fifeq" + 3^— fawite^-fWfa 3TTRS: I 

176. SRTf^fxT — ST^TTlfrT^ — 3 ^TlfrT: (cTOT 3TOTC:) eFTTlfa:, cTT^ I 

177. sntfifrclVf^ + ^— TF^f^RI^TH— ^ 3CT%%ctTft ifcrfftr, |:, ^jf 

178. 3TTSTT— (l) ftftTCft: l ft) qtaRTT: — ( 3 ) fMftrT: TOT: TOT^S: fa^fr: I 

( ^ ) 3faT: (WT) ansm W % ^^mT: I 

179. m^m-wmm^:-~wmm*t («nwr? <?* train, «nrot tots *tt, 
anwmn:, %st) skit: ^T^TTra^^n:, h «iraNRRl&: I 

1 80. 3TT3Sr*f — ^WjW3r~^T§ W3JS ^fcf: 3T 8?T^W^ (3*T«r%^) I 

181. snsTJr— 0) fanw I (\) %®m'> I— ( «J ) £fe *rr«ro: wn^ ftr: 
toto^5t «r wfa) *r? tow i ( ^ ) sri «rcw w *r: ^tw i 

183. srr^cp— (^)^iwf^fwra;! ft) qsrowro i-~( 1 ) [f^m^^sl 

184. ^-*I^ 7 ^ («5*if ^^ ^fasrfr, %f) ens*: 

r o_ 

185. aro^— i*ra^— 5:%* sjitoj (swt^ srcfifc «n) to (*refo) *f: 

186. STt^R— f^TW^TT^THt^S— ^ R«T ^STT *T 3TT8tf ^ tffatf ^ fa£R- 

187. stti^:— -angd^prHr- mm- (muiw^mmn) famr> Mt^' znm- 

188. arTfK— (i) tormRr: i ft) tof tot i— ( i ) toin erri rt: mt % 

189. sntK^ k— gw^ftsTTO— *nft srr^T^rd (sncT^f^R^) ^w 

238 



Secondary Word-Units 

\ 

1 90 . sesg^v^j— •srfSrsssq^ — -r ^m, \ 

192. ^S^TSTOSRre — i^sgw^tq:— ^prar: fs^TOipfaT: (fs^T ^ W! ^ 

193 . ^RTT — ^3n: — *£%$ (f^THW^Tf^) ^T (vfa&i) Mt % I 

19 f. ^5— (^)*$TO»nq;i (\) *$&%i J— ( <} ) i^jHt ^T: *I^T: (ffa- 

f^rr:); ?fort i^t^i ( \ ) wrt (^rr^rf) ^; (*rt) i*fs: 

J n*p*i (h)#^tt%si (O^i^i (*) sfesraHi (*)sfoprr- 
^wr: i («>) #s?n%i (v) sB^prrfa t (in) «i$fe&: \ (n) faV 
fopr: i (n) JW.JnStfeprf^rT: i (<**) q^^m^tif^: i (ih) M^t- 
fopr* i (%%) fmqfei&mm^i (nv») tf^&fopr: i— ( 1 ) [teq^t 
W (v) **& to*] i (^)#^FTt^!f&i tfs*mafan (O 

#^: 'Tt^ncr: (T^TT:) #^1^1: (TOTf:) ( v ) ^FSTOf JTR: 

(^.), 'a$' (&-<\«) ^^T: ^°l SSSJfT:] I ( <\o~%<\ ) qxftfa spj %j^t^T 

f^TFs^*. 1 ( %\ ) m%:, snWRt, #^Flt =3 fte TF^fH^^T: » 
( 1V ) 3T3TFT ^sPTTl&r ?FT: gfe«T %?r ^ q^FI^FRtlfe* » ( 1^ ) 

f^%t%RT#FT: ; tori, fat#fcaprcNfrrrci: i ( 1 * ) torft #^TFI ^T 
196. m— (i) srt^ i (^) §[STMmf^i i ft) ^mi?> I-— ( n ) t w*{ 

197. ^TOf— ft) ^^TOfJ 1 ft) ^l^mT: I— ( 1 ) ^TOHt few: «T¥P% 

(^(f: ^a^) fTfF^ : *i|^reTJ I 

I 

198. feror— ^^^^^i— (^ifT^ '«r^' qsft &&(*) » 

199. fev't— 8l5ftm— [fa*sre$r r ^' (^) «^ ?ss«r:] 1 

200. #:^— ^T^FTT — ^wr: (*Jl»lR^«T:) l^nf 3M 3#ef ^T W^IJ, %^r I 

239 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Pt. II- A ( a ) 

201. fer— (i) s^i^r i (\) 5^t%5?t: i (x) ^%%?r i (v) ^ i (\) qjtar • 

(0 frfftr: I (*) fffekr I (<J) fqt%^ I (s) ffT%^T: I— ( 1-} ) 
^TRf %T: ^IJj SFfftft fa*pf55fa: I ( K ) ^cTHf t^ : #^ : ; ^t^ 

202. &aT— 0)3J5faW OOfWJTOI (\)?#^l (v)q^^l (\) 

5R|J£R: I (0 ^^ I (vs) aftrto^: I («s) ^FtW?U (%) FT%^ I — 

( i ) *r f*rc: f^sr% 3rf^ (fa%) i% 3T#to; i ( \ ) f-srwr (sTftrecr:) 

*TFf: t^^HPf: I ( \-Y ) TO: f ^i <T#^TCi. } cf^ <T#^ ; tf^fsFf 
fapfefa: I ( v) TOT, f 4TC *dN*: I ( W ) afpTPT, ^PIFft 3T, &V 

203. to-— (i) srat^i 00 taw: i (x) ^raPrapfr^ i— ( i ) ?r«nr s^k 

gtpr sptt^i ( ^ ) fan%: (ftfa^Tw) s^t: ^hfrt: \ (\) mm- 

204. ^5T— (l) 3TOfrli I (r) 35PS7: I— ( 1 ) 33Tfa <Pt!fa ^ft % 3H$*fr»r: I 

33 ^# W ^: 3?l^T: I 

205. ^^m — BRgl^Jj;— praire& '^ (%) *n°^ m*m] i 

206. ^m— (l)8*3TOU (\)3T£ewT^I (\) SrWf^RI (v) SfPTTt: I 

?w: i (i o) $iwp* i— ( °i~\ ) *t vsmi *m^ q»fasL <^ ^5tw^ , 

3 g^t^pj ^Tc^TT^ SfT ^grfffT, ?TT^ a?3tl*rT^ I ( X ) ^Pt (aiTHI- 
^) % fcT^cT % 3fPTf^:, %^P3C3?PTf^H3; I ( v ) ^cft: 3#: (%$f$r;) 
3x13711: 1 ( ^ ) ^cPTq; afol: q^T ?f: ^fpfRT: I ( ^ ) H^ STTfr: 

( i ) [pcjrp^ 'mtf (i) ^ ?s5sr:] i (\-\) \fomzfoBrt 
'arlW 0-x) «^ raft] i 

210. •^c^|^f—^m^n%J3t— [foR^t 'aHt' (^l) ^$ ?S5^:] I 

240 



Secondary Word-Units 

211. SOTtf— ii^Tf^te«—t^T^f (ifasr zmm ^pmflr, mwrt) 

SPRI^: 1 

212. 3E[qc~33qft— 33^ (^) TO" TR^ S^FT^ (sr:), 5T%ra: « 

'213. ^^— (<i) *f3^ I (\) ftr^: i— ( 1 ) *§fa SSRifa TO ST: *$??;:, 

214. ¥^t^Tr — if^rr^Tl^rat^-^^^^if i— [f^wra^ ' ^ ' (*) ^ 

215. gf^cr— (i) sre^s 8 ^ i (\). sm&^ff&n i (\) sr^ro i— ( i ) 

[ft^wi- « gj^ ' ( \ ) gs^t ss^:] i ( x ) ^T*nilsn«if (*bt*w 

( O *# 33FK (^T%?4R) TO cT^STfRt^^, cWFf sr^tiTO i ' 

216. ^^TO^ — !J3*n#t5fR: — "^cTOTTO (I5IHT TO: ^JyTCR:, TO) SiR^fR: 

217. ^^cTT^^I — t^sqi^teT^^— [f^q^ ' 3$$ ' (*) ST5^r ?«sq:] I 

218. ^"|[«T — tqk^#f|%: — (f^q^l ' ^m J #% sw.) I 
219- 3%*T3Frt — QfgfcmBr- 1 ^^mvi (3%ft *T&&!1 #) 

220. gro^—saTOf^-* ^Brer «g«ram, a* i 

221. ^qpqfi% — ^Tfa€tot^~(ft3*$i^ ' mfav y *a«§r nss?r:) i 

222. ^ctt — awttro; — [ftra$TO% ' *xm ' (\) «a«§r sw] 1 

223. ^I^ST— •^qtq^ — *TO ^T^T: (H«PPi) cjftJRC, I 

224. ^q^ar— 0) st^M^cRr: t ('<) ^^ t %^toto: t — ( 1 ) wfttr 

%jt) m% cr: wra: to *r: ^r^oar^rfrTCcf^^R: } 

225. ^Ccr — *ra^qi^— *rptt stis** i 

226. ^m#r?r — *nrg«nffcreiT: — mm zmfam: (mm *?^t $&m) \ 

227. ^nrosT — 3n^r#n?Pfflt— f^rp3$ * arretf ' g«ft es^ t 

228. srcrer — wrfaro — %mv, ^m* m, tos: » 

229. 3P5 — IpTfiTOft— *r^qf: «TR[?r: 3W TO* ^ TO Stfft ^fcf ST: ^pTf" 

230. 5K^— 3v4l55^-— ^4 1» q^ «ET: ^'%^:, ^ I 

231. 3?tH— 3WTT:— OT % ft^f^cT % (fttv) I 
B, G. 1. 16 241 



Bhagavadgltd Word-Index Pt. II-A ( a ) 

232. eg^nrr — (i) <p*<frr i (\) *r?sHfc— ( i ) 55% ^w %* $&&*r. 1 #rt- 

233. #-(l)^#l (*)^ffap*l (OW:i (v)^#W3;i (^) 

^psifa: I — ( <\-\ ) ^f qgfa:, % ^ sgfaj err, %*T%j %^fFW*. ^ 

toT^t^ \ ( v~v ) ^ifct: wn *mfc:; g:«rt ^fT^ i ( h ) 

234. q;^— (^) Wi%? i (\) t&w^ \ (\) xn*wvi (v) t^bto^ I (<\) W^T < 

( ^ ) ^%R,fWw; xr^^ 1 ( }-\* ) [t^f^pHT: ' 3T3TC ' (*), 

235. n^gr— 3#q;^T— ^ \7^t (v&m xmi) \ 

236. H^— t^Nffatfo— T55TT: %?R: aftt cTTf^T I 

237. 13^— 00 *#*;«?: \ (\) v$fam 1— ( ^ ) v$ (y$&&) ^ wr w. t?«N?t: I 

238. W— (<0 iWN*lfo* I W^^^WRl— (l)^T^^^T 

239 . ^_^,_ [itoSi ' ^ ' N «*r n-n] . 

242. ^-~^|^555WT?3^T^oT^^^T^:~--(^?q^cl 'Sj^wr' jgs^r ?SS2T:) | 

243- «Efa— ^«^:— -3)fa: (<#r?eFt) *# TO S: I 

244- TO37W— WW5IW— (f^ftrs^r 's^r ? ^ ssar:) I 

245. ^SS^R— ■ TOTORqi*-- -WRll («R3 tp- 3fl*tf ?mm$, cTf^RC.) 

246. ^I3J— (l) SfRiWftl (?) ^STTO^l— ( <} ) ^|Tf*TJ <W5lft 

^§l^^T55Tf^ I ( \ ) Wf^STT%: (sgftp ^STf^:) ^?Jo5q; ^gT^^J^I 

242 



Secondary Word-Units 

247. «e4~ 0) Q^cTT^I {\) Bflf^if I— ( 1 ) 5T *K$ ^<L ^ «W<foU 

248. WJ?M— ^BT^B^—qn^BT^t: (*&$ ^ qr^T ^ sfflfonft, ?!%:) 

249. ^^-e^fe^BB^^^flr^)! 

250. ^^—(1)3^1 (^)sFPku (^) B?^?|f&r i (•*) ^ftprerffrn (h) 

^R^jfrr: 1 ($)3*Hr^n (*)3*hm;i («j)^5rri (%)^fefT^i 

(1 <s) gafcrfiRT^i (1 «,) ^fefti 1 (\°) 3>fcrt*r 1 (\%) %$m$&m t 
^^ 1 (^$) «pffo^nf&r t (^) m$zk'> 1 (^u) $pr$4 1 (><.) 3°r- 

(\\) mmtfftn I (V*) srsretf t (^) ifflwft I (\%) ^W^T: I 

/.. \ ... . ...., „,., ., , ... c , /,. \ 2t.____.JJ, . / .. \ _.£.__.Sl_,-,_ . /-> \ . .^ 1 ..?fo. . 

(*l) 5^[^oiT I— ( 1-3, ) *T *E*F (WVM o3TTlft!:) SI^PT; OT 3*SFfott; 

3ftfR. sras^i ( v-h ) [i^OTSKrv-ft *^pr' (\) f w (i) srsfr 
^T ^#T] l ( % ) **lt ^t^FT *CT#?TT t ( *-\) ^*tt *rraq; 
*fiwl : cTR WH^t ; *TT WIT I M «»-^ ) WT: W*I WfiSJfc 

crf*H.**S*l ( 1* ) «ftft *« TO ff ***** I (n)*i 
.^mt^cT: *F*T: 3J&FST:, ^ ^p^ t ( IV ) srfoiT 3s<?Tf^T#F VR^Rtfa 
^P-prr^T, I: «6$FS&: 1 ( 1V^ ) ^IT ^TT:, *6# tJ=f %qf: err, 

wrw: %?r qsfa&r i ( ^^ ) ^or« ^i^^? ^w ^: ^fengs^i i ( w ) 
^fwt H^Tf: (^j% Brmwrftr <mxfic) ^#^r^-. i ( ^ ) ^^ 

SFTOF-, » ( ^ ) (1%^^^l ^§5[?«l 5 g# _S52T:) I 5IlftT3*ra ^^ 
( \%-\* ) [T%51C^^ *#^T' (l °-1 ! i) SEPKft ^or ssaffr] I ( X«5 ) 

^^r (^*nf¥B) ^^ ^r5r^4 1 ( ^\-^«» ) 3">Twit (!yrr^ ^^t^" ^ 

^ara^teTW: 1 ( ^1 ) 2^C3Tf?r ^T^T fJI^RTM, %5 2^§ I 
(\\) goanft ^Rff^I ^ WcTTf^ % Soapwfrr:; M S'RI^IT^ > ( \\ ) 
iTFIRt W% STT<JFwff&r t ( ^v ) 5f§roTt (^Tfr°T^T%:) *W ST5^S I 

243 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt* II~A (a) 

latff&r % f #cf $ ^t^Jflk: i {\*) n%%.mm fas* stf, wv i#rf 
aW*:) ^ q>i| ^FJcTC: ^7 I ( ^ )|^orf (hwtM) $£$TO# I 

(arRJFi:) 3$*r mm, cr ?^it i 

qwstfqfa^ i (\) mm®\$i i (%) isfrmwm, i — ( i ) ^fes^r 

(qffrji: W qsfe^, g^)""^TTi SR^SR^FT: I ( ^ ) ejaifes (?R^i: qsss) 
^ ^FtfcF fl: ^qOTTft I ( } ) *fifow5 (saW q^s) an >^rt% ^: «Rfow5- 

*pfqjS5*f#TSj; I ( «a ) 3Jifq^ (qsfo: qS3) !|§: q& fl: $fe|g; | ( %) 
( f^q$$ ^rai :' *EP^t ^52?t) I 

252. ^T%^— %¥te^--^t^T *6fe®*l (ufai) \ 

253. ^m— 0) *ro& i (^) ^tt^- i— ( i ) toh m*> %wm: t afara; 

254. SKOTT— •(*») 3**53TO[ I (^) tffoWfcSTOT: (\) t%1cT^frq: I— -( 1 ) 3 ?m% 

( ^ ) fatf ^3J?q WfK ^ : forRTCBOTs » 

255. ^SHOT— ^sn^rjc—^canot ^tffc ^ i 

256. ^Jlfi^-(l) ^fRJTfeEm: I (\) WBTf^Tfa: I— ( 1 ) ^ % 35Tf SrfccT 

257. q»m— {i) ^tor, t (\) *?$to§$ » (x) STrom; i (v) ^m^Tsfr t 

ft) $FTO3: I (V) 3>FR&r>T I (vi) WPfftTOPTO I (f) TO*>ta- 
f^WT^ t ft) !5W^5TO ' °) W^f I 1) «BTWt% \(\\) 

^FE^qq; i ftx) sfflwsfrr i (r*) ^m|^^ i ft\) toktr: i ft 
m^m « (i*) ™i«iki (^<0 f^Ffftr^wT: » (n) ^in^rwr: i— 
( 1-h ) • [f^?TOT*^f ' m ' (\), e w ' (\) 5a*sfr ^r ^sqi] \ 
( \ ) ^R(^) ^im^ ^t% ^FROTT: I ( V ) s&wi^ ^wf^rt 
M Q!W ^r ^m^ufr i ( v^ ) ^rwr wt%; ^f ft% sotr:, ^^tt^ 

m«rf) %?bt: ^m^mf^r:, ?rtrt ^ro^t^g^TJn^ i ( \) [f^ff q^?| 

244 



Secondary Word-Units i 

(faTOS& W *R$ to*:) ( 1* ) [faro* < 3$ ' (<jh) q3$ 
m^:] { ( ^ ) fafapr: mr: $«r: ^ ftfasflTOT: I ( n ) *$ 
^WT: <^FtT:,^: ^T§«F: I 

258. ^ra^~^ro^^~[fq^q;g$- 'm' (<\\) ^ egs*:] i 

259- ^wctt— ^w?;mf^M^~~^m^T?i; (*b% *tt: toto, otr) 

-260. IffTGrcTST^— ^WRFI^5TT^raT:— PP?I!R^ *3#q<T 5 (<*) ^t fgsq:] I 

261. ^m^p**— • TOwreffe- - ^umi^n: [^«r:, «br$ qr, ^t: 

262. «RT^(^^)~( < i) ^TOBTOT: I (V) %| e&TCI^l— ( 1 ) [f%5?fq^ %ttf 

(\) Sl^t ^gsafi] I ( H ) ^1J % ^mfol <r qtapurar: m^ I 

263. *n(^—^mnfr— [fassrol %m' (•*) ^t ssssr:] i 

264. ^mtq*Jt*r — q>T$rq%m*H: — qsmrq^R: (^mnt st#t:) v$ q^ Star: 

265. i^-ftwwi-toi in*rr (^m) %rai*?T, *ptt i 

266. .iRST— TOf^sftq*3r- qJFFs (*PF^:), fa^, sffaT =q tgfof ^rt^T^: TOfW- 

267. ^f%^t — ^i#5r^TrJc---^T#^2i (iw, m?m qr, %sr: cp#^, ot) 

*rcra; qp#*w^ tor i 

268. ^rc^r— (1) «n«TO*TO.i (^) $rih>TTO>^ t— ( <*-^ ) [ftasrefawrt 

^t*r< ($), 'q*f^' sa^r 3%r essft] i 

269. fJT^r^^r — sptf'R^tttaSciwra: i — [fqs^q^l 'g^' (\) %&& 

270. *UTsf — (i)«wrf^i (\) ^t4to^|# \ (x) wim&mftmi i (v) 

271. ^nrqsr — (t) 3f?fb!$ t (^) sramt^ i— ( i ) [fq^fq^l '&?%' (\) ^t 

272. *eiot^ — ^TssF^fwfo — 3>T55*r55^r [wj® (vm%&) W *&&'* snfq^- 

273. 3»lfe— «ur%^3i:— ?mn to ('^' sis^sr wm^f^rcq;) i 

274. fe^— f%^H:~[fq^q3*l ^r j (i) si^fr ssszr:] i 

275. ftj#^sr— (n)^W^«rs i (x)*rfftfc«ft: I— ( 1 ) $m* ^f^wr* 

245 



Bhagavadglia Word-Index Pt. II-A'Xa) 
276t zftfi^ ) qtfftq I (\) s^Ti: I— ( 1-* ) * *Hfc ertHft (enrfHft), 

277. ^ftr — ^f^rgpr: — sf?^-' W- > 

278. ^T^ — (n) W$% I 00 W=^ I (\) W®rfft I ("*) f^ : 1 W $5^8 I 

(0 g^ror i— ( i ) f^ fatf ^ (^onjj^:) ^^r^; cifcra; 

***! (^)^^^f^: WTOt; <ffi* ft«*3l<n » (O 
OTSP « ( K ) m$ ** : SS &* I «^ foa^ta I ( O 3*3 STW* 

279. ^—(l) f^ » (\) $33HTO; » (*) f^wfc l (*) fsflW! i— ( 1 ) 

$331:, fal^ fSSRiq; I ( \ ) # («n*TOT IT^T^^T: %) twff: % $ 55- 
W:- 1 ( * ) P* OTfaBT: *TO ffcPT: m: ; fafePT: I 

280. §3$ftT— f*mf^-~$3S?TO: (fa^r OT $^w, TO) qafar l^f cRC, 

281. $^#~3W^^^^f^R5$" ' 33ffi ' ^ ?ssq:) t 

282. i^r— (i ) %5T$rcisiten. i (\) %&\fa®itftmr- ( i -^ ) [flwsjraft^rt 

283. Sj^ra— »I£ ^flr-T ^155^ (zfcm) i 

284. §^su— fsm^i: (3^:)-~(fow£§$r '*sm! ^t s^:) t 

285. %Z~~ (l)f2^U 00 ^W — ( V-O # f^RK 1^ (3<nfaft: 

286. $— "0) ^R: 1 (h) 313&fcte^ I (3) s^fff:, j (v) «?farc: I CO 

^FTf 3, ($) «BTO^KSf: I («) ^W^lVj (*) $WT$<B?; I («,) f?ff9?: I 

( <}<> ) Fr^f: ^r ^- m w^m- 1 ( 1^ ) (^^^"A r 5m^5 ' ?l# 
?g52T:) I ( n ) f ?^T^ (Wc^r ^fe3t ara& gg^) ar: ^?I% ?r: f<s?!^fe^l 

( n ) l^m^r (ist^t ^*i^r) ^ ffti=cr % ^fcTT.*; t^T^ g^re; 1 ( 1 v ) 

f^r:^2|^ # ^c!: ^f f^f:^^^ t ( 1^ ) TWTfa t f#5T ^ TTq^f:, ' 

246 



Secondary Word-Units 
( 1 c ) fat St f#cf % falf^.*, cfaf ^rrT^rr far^tW: I ( \\ ) fR^4 

(gorkt s$ iv. gfiRnrcr!, <nO $4fci (swrsfo) ffi qtimpmsv, h 

^f ^R%: I ( XX ) %^F^T: (%^Rf 3FcTT: *#tfW7T:) ^ fcTT: tf: 

287. fi^r (noun)— (i) «*f*fr I (x) fciFct I— ( 1 ) =r ^^ (spf) sif?p*, ^ 

288. ftfrff%tsr— ar^^ifeqt^ — ?r m\$& (mmn '§&;:) ^crffe, tot: 

289. ^rt^sjc— a^mm^— [^cr: (m^t) wmi %m It sawr:] =t wusm: 

290. $fo*— (l) I*£f<R.' » (X) Sffe I— ( 1 ) 1§TT% ^?TTi% OsA) M 

^ §*wffo: i ( x ) i§ $?nfa (3*rffa) ^rt % gsto: i 

291. i^T— *T^r$?T— 1# 2&*t, TOT: ft (a$) i 

292. U3I— $353?:— B^R^r V (%) *B# sgsstf] i 

293. ^cg'-Hs^r^:— ^^r i^s (*?i?rt, m^^i st) i. 

294. ^^-^rf^—f^ %fa |% I 

295. ^^^— f"^fe^ [i^OT^r '% ' (ix) ^d sot:] i 

297. $fa— «fafa^fa^--sfa8 ($ta$), *fri^ (*rat w°i<), wtfM % 

298. WW— -SHi^— W ^ f.wn <* i 

299. %XT«T — %5IWr% — [t%^3$ '^#' (l) 3F# SS^:] i 

300. ^E\%— %f^^FT— $teT*re<CT KWG& «#C|^: (tf^) %foftgjFP I 

301. ftan— 0) ^^ : l W ^Hi^n: i (^) w:JTr$fc3sr%*rr: r (v) mm % 

T%3?T: I ( H ) ^FfcW l%n= I — ( 1 ) fMrpBr: s^Tfx 5 !: ^ 3T^: ^ 
( X ) ^^TT:T%qi: ^^T: I ( \ ) [f^t^ ^pSOT' (n) ^t 
?553f:] l ( V ) mr- mi% % ?I|?T: l^n: TOPtfiW: I ( H ) «RTT: 

247 



Bhagavadgita Word- Index Pt. I I- A ( a ) 

302. f^mi%^^~-T^rif^^|c5T^^~f^™t^T.* (fafte: f^TT:) WgSJT: (?%$'.) 

ar^rt str faanf^RisT, are; i 

303. #«!— (l) ^:i (^)^W^TOTOM U) ^W^Nf^EiHT^ I (v) 

^m^m^m; i-~( i ) ^ ^ (^rw amw) ^w. i (vv) 

[f¥l^^fcl^.' 'TO 5 (*-%) W* 3$T ?So?TT:] ! 

304. |5W— 3^1T:-~TT fa: (j|^Rft55:) | 

305. 3W— *WT— • [ftnTOiSr 'wfec' (\t) 5Kt ?S52r:] i 

306. ^Rr^— m^^f%#r^— TO<*Ht, srfcrorotfart ( %mw) *t I 

307. ^rf^^^^^^^t 5 tc^JT^:--q|: ^faw&OTT* (qrfaf $SFT<t W % ) I 

308. ^T-(l)«Rpffl[l (x)sRRSI (\)^5wll (v) > $ssfr i— ( <j~^ ) 

3 09. *Rr~ -3WF?w;— m <$# ^sf^ , era; t 

310. VC— <n)aw^) (x)«WJVl (O^^fRl (v) 31TOU— ( V-v ) 

|fcT TOOT Sf *R^ j 'aJTO*,' ^fa q^WTT; qWTOt I 

312. ^"-qfarasm^B^^i ^m' (\) ^t ss^:] i 

313. $5r— (i) w$% i (*) SNSfoEtfr? i (\) w^mmm^ i (*) %**m i (u) 

( ^ ) $TO $s^ %&? 5WT% $: §**:, ^5T ^ %^%5T^t: 1 ( \ ) 
W^Rfq^n^ I ( v-K ) M q: ^FTTfcT *T: twfs ^ t?TO I ( O 

qfe (ft<nfq$) &&. vt$m^ f cf^?q; **wt i ( vs ) g% 3% <?r%%f i 

314. %wf— (i ) £?wwt: \ (\) ^^mmtm^K i— ( «i -x ) [fwra;%¥*rt 

316. *r*r— ^'^t^tt^ — [r%rt im * ^ ' ( i ) ^ sgar:] i 

317. «I«T — (l) ^.WRl (^) sfa*TOT? » U) I^ott: I— ( 1 ) IcMt "MT: 

(SWO ^cPMT:, m^^fiOTT^ l ( ^ ) H^f IffrT: ?rfoT?TOTT: I ( \) 

318. «r^f — iS) ^mm, i (^) snf^Rci^ \ (^)*i^^i (v)ucR'4n (h) 



Secondary Word-Units 
(l «>) *i%5n^ | («| <\) qfcm, i (^) flW t '(«IX) ^HftlJ*. I («jv) 
3%l 5S«ft] t ( X ) TcTJ TO« TOR cR *T?R^ ! ( * ) left S2TOT TOR 

(to s^ptr) sr: i?r*w i ( h ) *tcf.* srw: ($r%) tor (to i«) 

^T: TRRHF:, TO TOTTO I ( O TcTT: (ft^TT:) ^fT: TOR (TO 
*TO> *ft Tcftfe I ( v» ) (fa^qns$ ' 3TFicT ' 5r*5t m*m) \ (c) 
(l^TfT^ '^S' ^T sssr:) I ( ^ ) fff^f ^ (ft&M) ^cW,,%^ ?f^fT \ 
( V )^T%^^:(^5Vf^^T:^T)W'T^^m^? : {^TcfT^I ( 11-^ ) 
*$3 (^55 ^ ^) *R*tf m, flW*; *!% *T: *TcT: *n *rfe l 

319. 5nRf^— 3TO3&— [*r3T: (^T*pr:) 3JOT ^tf % *IOT*:] *r T?TT^: 

3PTTOSC:, 3R aFRTTCiS. I 

320. nT% — ( ^ ) S^fo* I (h) UTTOHIcft I (x) i^Mrffat I (v) FfHcW; J— 

( 1 ) 1ST tfcr: 5%:, m^ ^ffc^ t ( ^ ) [fau^q^ ' «RT«r ' (n) ^T 
iss5tj] i ( ^ ) pmcraA ' \^ ' (<0 ^ ?^2T:] i ( V ) <&i (^T 

321. ^— ^S^~--'Ts#* (TRtX^T *-#T) Sft^ I 

322. *Fc[ — *FciT% — [rWraA ' ^ ' (l) ^ ®m->] » 

323. *r**r# — ^wrerTitfterfr: i — (Brora^f i mi ' ^ sw) i 

324. *T**r — ^tsfiww;— -^r to^Otrw;) i 

325. *jsra»T-— (i) JJ^r I 00 3^T%^: 1 (x) JST^r I— ( <i~x ) [firas- 

326. ^— 0) fn3^*n*T^f: i (^) 2«n«B4t>WPRr: i (x) *j°rg&s i 00 

?pm?raj: i (<0 g*Rfcca: i {%) w*$mi i (*) gora^s* i (*) g<ra* i 
« 3^* i (v) gmrtw i (<n) ynfrra* » (n) ftj»m \ (n) 

( v ) rrq: qf£T: 3^qfl[T: I ( ^ ) »T/»ITTf ^ fH%«[:, ^^fRS 1 ^^ 1 « 
( ^ ) goTRt 5ft^ «Tiim^J I ( ^ ) 2°TFTf ff^Ff^ ^TOIFTJ^ cTftfl^ 

^OT 5S35fr] J ( 1 H ) f^ncTT: 5«IT: ^^R ^ f^|^ I ( 1 X ) foEm 
3^Tt 2RHT^^: t%0Tr t 

327. rgoim — l^oRqrat—l^f: 30TT: ^IW^^J fajtf:, ^^T ^T^: fe^^ 1 

328. ^tirT^^— ef^^mw^—^^irmf (^t ^ftwrt) 2«Tr*rrer*3C 

249 



Bhagavadgita Word~Index Pt. II- A ( a ) 

329. 3p(Noun)-~ ^^TOT^^~^T*rt, tent, j^it, mm^ ^ 

330. 3^r— u^igir^— ^m%: prq; (i^r^ ), ^m im 3t i 

331. HURT*— s%lOT;~ ^ : g^Wf: 3^r^W^ \ 

332. ^i;--3^R'J|TKf— [^3Cf|q^| '3?n^' (<n) ?I^r Cgs??:] i 

333. ^V~^^nr-~ w *TT 3#aT m ^^Ct cJT, <TCT I 

334. *tT^~^^T:~[fa?Tfq;§$ '#s^' (0 ^ CS52T:] I 

335. *fcff — ?rr^«^m-— ^r^jrf^r (?nrw m wi; *?; mm^', ot) 

336. aTtJpr — TOMwitprc: — <mmT«r ntg^T** (gTfipr^rTO, mm m- 

337. 5t!t^~^^^^T^^-~-(f^q^l W *» SSsq:) i 

338. ^w— (i) ^pm^ i (\) ^mt{\ (\) H$m-. i— < i ) [f*m^ps$ 

'&$$' (v) ^ S^;] l ( H) l5^f JTO: (*PJg:) 13*1% <^ 

339. fin[ — *J? j n|oi — mm (^p^T) f¥ qif: 1^?:, &r 1 

340. srrm— fitoira;— pnt w* (i^t ^ sr ^: iter «w:) i 

341. ^~TO%^^— (f^Tfq^l W qi# 1^55T:) I 

342. j 3T3K— =^^r*j;— -^ ^ ^ ^ : *&%&:, cr^ i 

343. ^1^— (l) Snsreg*: I 00 *W*gqT I (*) W^T I— {"i ) ^Ff (fT%:) 

344. ^rg^— 0)^3^ri OO^sr^i (0^3%r:i (v) ^p^ i-~ 

( 1 ) W $FT* are?, arffcRt, *fT, ^ =^S§^ ; to ^#r I ( \ ) =^: 

345. ^c— (l) 3FTO I (\) W^ I (*) ^R^ 1 (v) totoj; I— ( «j ) 

(^T% 5T% TOO;'* ^ SFTOt I ( V-v ) [ftJIOTSfewr: c ar^» (<)-}) 

346. ^rf~- mzfar- ®%W" & (^t^prr) f%f|?nr ?tt ^f gr %m*ft, 

250 



m 




! 




f 


• 348 




349 


% 


350 


■t 


351 


t 


352 



Secondary Word-Units 
^l^qv—yfTOTVqycf^^TftofT — (tof^A '3W3*' 5Rt SSS3?:) I 

( <i-\ ) Tft fori, to s: Tftra-.j *tat % *rf^mr: i ( ^ ) «rT ftref «W 
* *rf*ro, to itfraw j ( v ) [fa*** <s*t*r' ( v) «* 

353. i%TRsr— • ^fcm^-~*w (tf^ftertf^r) fam, smfari^, to *n*r: 

354. <%r^©39crPfe«UrT — ^^^W^spqrf^rs — «rtts i^Rrt^swI^ns (faro #3*rFft 

355. fij*3f— (<l) sjf*P3P3U (^) *lfaW I— ( V^ ) ?r I^FH (f^RRTO 

356. fire— srfN^i— -si F%r (f^RT te^?r) i 

357. %^— (<*) 8i%a*F: i (^) «Wf?I%?W1H » (\) 3&mm^%H I (v) 

%RJH* 1 (<s) 2T3%*TR ! (l) g^%RC: I (lo)55Hfa^T%E{: I (*n) 
f^Sf: 1 (n) *RcTT: I— ( 1 ) ^cf: T ftsrS %1 % **%**: (l^: erf&Rr 
ftm: «TT) I ( V-* ) [ftflf«raftwr: '^f <*' 0), <3 *^' W, ^^^ , 
sjl^T: 3^ sgsqT:] I ( \) T%f*W %: TO tf: fa$w»I^IT:, !ft ftfawr- 

§mi i ( O irararfa %tffa mi t sra*f%sr; t ( * ) (fa«««f«:& 
ara^crera; i (\) i^fr %cft^r $wf % g^ere: i ( i * ) [^^qc^ 

'OT^cF' (l) «T S^:] I ( <n ) foRTTfa %tfa %t, TO: *TT, % 
fPicW (foj^T:) I ( n ) ^RTT *rf^: ^%i: (OTfrf^cf: #^) I 
358- %ST— 3 < 5R^S^T— 3^»T! ^ : faSfoPTWf sqnn^O to S: §«$%:, TO i 

359. %^— %Tf^i#cR^— [f^S^rA 'srfor' 0) ^ ess^;] I 

360. Ira— %^Tf^f#cT^---[^^^ '3ite' (^) ^Nt ?ISS2r:] I 

361. ^TT—^tr^T~[f^^^l '**' (0 «t roar:] t 

362. «5cT^^—- ^-5^-— ^: aj^T * *wfa ^r: Si^Jj I ^^ tof*: t 

363. fi§Tv / ^— (l) fevlim: I (<0 f©§^^: » (^) feWT^I— ( 1 ) fato 

251 



Bhagavadgtta Word-Index Pt. II-A (a) 

364. Sfst \/j|j^— 8r4for : — ^r m*- (f^^te* ) r 

365. spug;— 0) ^^ i (h) wftmm i— ( i ) ^ot: <tffr spiw%: ; i sNtsft 

366. sra^S^fTT — wqgcnferesm-r -wq*pi^ ^^aro^f^i ^ (sp^: 

367. SrSFSr?!^! f%— ^^fT^T: — W2ffJlf3T [si^S'Wr (siro ga« 

368. 5Cf^~- ^R<5Tf^-~ W^t ^ ^I?t ^ l 

369. sr;*— (<i) sR^rf^ i {\) <m?mv. i (0 swt^t i (*) ^?fwj— ( i ) 

( O 0%7^t *a^5r ,- g^t sssq:) I ( v ) ^r («(Rjw:) srs ^spr:, 

371. ifir~( ( i) 3^*r i (x) TORftfrsFsrg i-~( *) ) 3?r: ^-h g^?*T t ( ^ ) 

cIT^f <$?f TO ^) «TT TOT% ST SRfSR^fe^T, 3T?j; 3P3F&4- 
374. ^fJ^^Rt— ^Pff^SRIItlr: — 3RT«£§3HTi (^RT ^ 1?gsr 3RT ^) ^ 

375. wf^gsraart^^a^--^^ 

376. 5W— 5FTOJ-— 3f<TW&: ?T?: 

377. 3TCT— ^Wrsuft— 3W ^ SRW: (*T 3^:, I^RZT:) ^r I 

378. ^f^CTWCtff — ^f^T?r^0T^Rt^rT3T^ — ^T^T^^^^T: (SRT ^ qi$ ^ <3%) tffegr: ^^TSR^OT- 

379. ^-^ — bt^^t^ — ?r <si# (sRTt) qi^jt, ^ (f^i?cr^) i 

252 



Secondary Word-Units 

380. m% — (i)«ot. i (1)3^:1 (\) %m^ 1 (v) <3ffi*!i%g^3i^ 1 (^) 

^m^ 1 (%) wi 1 (v») ^fcn^ ! (<*) fa^Tcrac 1 (%) ^fcRR i 
0°) m?f^i 1 (<n) tofe 1 (n) m^K » (u) ^tt^ 1 (i*) 
otito 1 (^) ^mgSfr 1— ( i--< ) ?r tn%r, ^Tcr: $fa a^ ^ 

mo, \ ( 3 % ~\s ) [f^l^%^-f: *«l?R' (n), 'siT^f^!^', '$&£ (vs-^) 

iJ^cRT:, cfT^ sffffcRT^ If: *Tf fcT%: I ( 11 ) Sfarefac TOT; wfisir.' I 
( n ) w $wFttw) *m^ ws^i \ ( 1 V*^ ) wTm^ra^ WR- 

381. ^rn%— srrfcrwn — mfimi (grot) wm 

382. 5rr?l?£— (l) 3lS!!?frff | (^) SfSiRfcT: I— ( 1 ) !T ^mrfcT ^Tcf zmWk ^T 

^RcTT I (\) ?T siHFcr |fcT 3PTR^ I 

383. fe (3T^)— 0) SR3PT I (\) *&mt I (*) ^fe^.M— («|-H) «tf 

384. T%?r — (i)tenHfaT: i (\) tertJpT: i (*) ftcnwn (*) ffcRfi^i 

(\) pf^<£ I— ( 1 ) f^TOT: ^ri^tWT: (STTO.% ^T^FtF % ^Ti) %: % 
f^OT?^: l(vv) [f^q^wf: 'an^fR,' (^-vO, '#$^' (n) 
5RT: ^Jl &&W] I ( ^ ) S^T: f&RTO ^ (^ll^R^FT) ?r: pf^ I 

385. #cT— (l) <3ffaH? : I ft) sftspJylTq; I ft) 5fa®r% I— ( 1-?, ) sffa: ^cf: 

( \ ) sfftT: (sTT^R:) 3lft^^t% qs#rf 53: sfte^fa*:, cf?^ r rfT^% I 
3 86. #f%cT — 5^sftft?m — VFR sflM %: % i 

387. %*£ — ^rcf% — [f^t^l *^' ft) srs^r sssar.'] » 

388/ ^ — (l) mi I ft) ^HFU — ( 1~v) 5? 5JRTR ffcT 3Tf;; 'e^TRI^ 

389. ^T— (<0 i^W ft) ^T5f: — ft-'O [fos^^f %5T' (v-'a) s-Fsfr €Sof fj i 

390. 1"R — (l)3T-fRJT. I (O -3IffT%T i (^) 3?qfcRTRT: I (*) STHTWflJ. I (^) 

(l«>) ■SHRft'teraSOTT: « (ll) fFf%%?? ! (in) HR^fST: I ( =i \) sfR^? t 
(V) ITHT^R^cW: f (IS) *HrfcRTI (\«) W^fTU (^) 



Bhagavadgitd Word-Index Pt. 1 1- A ( a ) 

sfaHsrrc^lftlt i ( s ) m up ^r: m*$m, ^ iRfffo i ( i <> ) 
#to fafcTOw (ft%r ^$ftf I; %) i (11) ntf ^ %?•> wtqw-, %*t 

?H#T I ( n-n ) $tf X& m- ITT^f:, cfa |TH#r I ( ^ ) fT^ 
V$ %T:, $FTC fFTi WT, $H#fT:; %?T fTWH I ( <}^ ) W^^T Sf: TO- 

(}), 'sftfara', 's#' ^^T: ^Tot sssqrs] I ( ^« ) 5RM (fa$$) W 5 * 

391. ^#R— W^^^ffr I— Wtfft (ftf ^3 %t:, fpfa #t: WT, 
W*^, afar*) spforfa: I 

393. WHttlFrf^— IRf^rw^TRJTT— -[f^i^lr *«IM^ (^) ^ 553*:] I 

394. ^T^fJf—fMf^^qW^— ?tmTf???FT (?tf qw erffc: f HTfa:, cffi) OT- 

spif (^ ^# TO *P) UT!nftC3*wft, cF^ I 

395. 32ftf^=r— 3FcT^ff%: — [f^f^l £ BFcT£ (\) 2jF% &sq:] I 

396. arc— fW»RS— flra ^ miK^ I 

397. 3R3— 0) TO5$RJ I (^) ?R*rWt: I (\) 3x3^ I— < 1~^ ) 3x3 %: 

398. ?r^RT4-^fl^^^~^^RT^ [^TTO (3TTO fR* 

cfr^Fr^, to) s?& (v&, mm$ wi) ot$rt&, to] 3-tN: 

400. gr«n — a*nfa— cwt $% srfa i 

401. ?r^— (i)ct?*^! 00 a?*: i (})<k<wwm (*) srsjstto i 00 OT- 

TO* I (OWTOU 0*)«S*U MapftRI (\)WOTR:| 
0°) 3^5$: 1 (<n) crflKs I (n) cftoT: I— ( 1-^ ) cM TO^, ^ : 

^T,?Rq^,gwc,iri ( ^ ) ^ i^ (<rt appr) mi ^% % 3?qr- 

lPr«IT: t ( v ) cR3T iRn^: g?JWT^:, cWT^ ?ROTTO I ( H ) m (?) 

Bpj^r sgro # ^) i ( ^-^ ) [fiijwstrgfewr. <z^i>, 'sr*' (i ^), 

254 



"Secondary Word-Units 

402. ?T^Tgr — cT^T^TTM^:^ — cT^T^: (afaF^R:) *nfap. (SJpfaTWT «IWR?T.') 

403. m%3r— arate:— T tffaft: (cR^FT BTf^^T:) I 

404. ?r^—(i) fn^raron (\) ztmv. \ (\)mmm\t (y)imvfaw\ 

(V) sg^t s^:] i ( ^ ) sirtftr «rit: M % mtmr. i (\) mvti 
^mt^mmm^i ( *~% ) flforrsftnar: Tot' (v), %^' (^*), 

405. ^TTOFT — SETOTRT-- -5T cR^R: (cTC:q*prW:) SRR^b:, ^ I 

406. ?P*— (l) qt-eW; 00 TOT:— ( V* ) TO3, (f^Wt^TR) <rmRT ^fcf 

TO 1 ?: I S^SR Whsfa: I 

407. OT^-^hcft^-^TO: (to*T, l«8%RTOJr) imfa cWTOTTW, |: J 

408. msrer — ^sftprar-TOro (^:w?mf&:) fire^ • 

410. §3ST— -(l) gsqfoOT^ffc I (\) gsarftssTOffc I (0 3^pnto: I— 

411. <J5C— (l)3TR«^[:l (^)tefg?: » — ( 1 ) [ft^^l '3TT?R^ (vs) 5(S^ 

4 1 2. cporoi?— 3*»mn? sgs^-— gwmnrT^ (gwtm, gwrar % sw» ^wrra*:, 

413. %3T^ — (l) cl^Kl%JJ: I (S) Wmn I— ^srer: *T%: %aftrfa:, ct^ cl^t- 

*T%qr I ( H ) *^ (3ffi*FT:) cfa: *#sr:, eft *#*WT \ 

414. %OT^r — ^^ff^Rr^^f^r^ — %^t^t<t. (^srcr J ^ l^fe, tots*. ) «ww wr ^ i 

415. 3n5>— 0) srwsftfom (h) ezpapa^rf&f: — ( 1 ) (fasro& 'sftfar' 

Sps^t C53?r:) l ( ^ ) c=TO sIthM: (glit SFRgrt Tf^if :) %*r *r; c^- 

416. *roMl) ******: I W^^l («*fa^l-(,) 

[&«<*& *«*W» (1) ** OTp] I ( x ) cTO (^r^SWft^) 

m*&WMi i ( O ^^^Fif (#it «*it mfo i&tfmfo, 

255 



BhagavadgUa Word-Index- Pt. 1 1- A { a ) 

417. isnftfat— W sRanforTJ*. ' W ssfossntft i— ( i ) * wfima ssmfo*!, 

418. m— (1)^PRI (\) Staitl— ( e i-^) Wtf #EWf OT5TO 

Sta^P*. I flfaH. Sta% I 

419. 5Rft — ^fra^ — ^cqT (%^RT5f) f%f|cfi m-. ^Nfr (^f^m,), ^ 

420. t%— (1) fa^rr i (*) Mraq; t (^) fote i (v) faf*raT i 00 %w*s. i 

($) liw: — ( 1 ) fafa: tffafa: f^TI (v-*) ^ ^T: W, a: faflra: ; 
|sn% 1 sramt JteT^fat ^PT^UcnTt *wWt ^WT^R: fWt^, c% 

421. $^RT— (l) ^J^f%W v (h)1^% d ^— (l) %^ (WTf pWf 

422. foftspr-- %$TTOT3W — |<3tqTO (wit ^T^Hf SWHR: ^epi^, 
423 • 5^ (gpS^—O ) <3OTT3T?M (^) 53SW I (}) 3RR: I (v) *&%£& [ — 



424. 3[%«t— (l) 3R$TO^ i (V) 3®TO5fl* I— ( 1 ) <* Wf ^ffrTT ^f^R ff: 

426. 3W—(n) ^wnFFFR^rar:, (r) ^pJ** 00 s^nrctfg^Rr:— ( n ) 

fl^TOt 'a#^' ^ (3)^^] i ( ^ ) [f^q$<| «8&' (v*) ^r 

427. ^SRcf — 3T#'-pf^q, i — *r ^*R^(^N^9r mrm) i 

428. ^— ^TOSTfa— [f^«Ts:ir c ^i^' (i)^ 5 tr %®m:] I 

429 . ^—(o m^n^fem i (x) #^w i-( n ) (tamft 'to- 

?Ftw' «rt ?SH?T:) I ( ^ ) pprffra^ 'SBTf^rcC (i) «a^t Cgsq: ] l 

430. ^SK— (l) clf^^R: I (^) cPTOf^fa: I (\) ?f^f#T: l—( <\~\ ) 

431- W 1 ?"^^ I— [f^ra^f *3F^' (h) ^ ?S53T;] t 

256 



Secondary Word-Units 

432. ^T---^t^I^:^T:~-i?ft€t^5^|:^T^r frftot^: (*fi%«T ^r«r f*tfs) 

433. ^tpt— -(i) ^Hf^^rr: i (\) mmzmt *&\ {\) ^w^v l m% &wv i— ( n ) 

[T%£73$ 'fesf $Nt (\) SBS*:] I ( ^ ) [fa*TO& '*6&C TOt (\*) 
5S33 f J ] ' ( X ) [f^f^T^A '$&n 9 ^i (^) ?253?:] I 

434. 3[TCT — STOTOSTfeS — [ftPfiTO& 'snft' (in) ^cft SSsqs] I 
435- ^TiT — ^TfT!— 5ft ^TfTi (^^^0 I 

436. %sr — ft««n^t?r«n^«n^ — [f^n^rac?^r '*&& (%)^% ss^O i 

438. f^in«TOW*--f3FW5*n«rc^ — f^Fn$*n^Tfa (f^nfa *n^Tft 

439. f^rcSTCOT 3&$f^TO^— [f^t^l '$&& («j) 3p^ 3^:] I 

440. $<? — fR#tt — [fa>T^5$r 'TO* 5P% (l) ^SSJT:] I 

441. ^tf^cT — 1R^%— [f%^q^l 'HFT' (<*) Sisff ^s^:] | 

442. ^sr — ^tHfasnafowc — frarfo ter^T^r *mi$i to m ^Hfirarafo:, ^ i 

443. ^fffmsT — CrHfcrT?F^n— ^rHfcrra^ 0$h**t€t gcimsr Cth^cTPo: 

<w0 ^rfc to hj ^rafSTWfJ, ^ i * 

444. ^THR<55T^ — ^*HFrS5r%3|7cfl3[ — TWffi5*1Wt: (SRSHS' 3?%«T 3T??c5raT; 5(ftft 

3FTc5T«pf c£THFTS5T# ; 3%:) fg SjfcfJ TO tf: ^H<3T%f<!5, ?l*£ I 

445 . ^t^l^— ^^^FcT^-~^ct: <eftfam^ sWHffimT^, ^ I 

446. 53[T#— ^r^ft— ^ *&Wt ?m W ^RT 3a&£ft i 

447. l^CTcm:— I^^TTT: — 3?TCt |^t^r: (gg simtf TO w) I 

448. ^fir — «#snft^r — ^raif^r §*i?fa (fa<srTOHT$r, sterft st) i 

449. g^if— §!^Nr~ ScTCt 5%foc fe^ 5 * rRct, sffcnt iTfe, *fa 3T) i 

450. fcisr— §§$*»*-— g?Rt #*r: (s.%r *?«& #r) i 

45 1. ^mK—M^^—WlT 5«TO[ (v&t 9fcR* ^f) i 

452. ^^cf-— H?Tf^— %m fei $S (^rf)] ^ ^ [f£ ^ (W)] ^ I 

453. IS— (n)^1; W#; W#'s M jSW} WjfiWj 

(0^5feTOS:5Sfe,a9T33& I ( \ ) 5^ *I%: ^T W 5*Rr: I 
( V ) §2T %WT $qt % $*m: \ ( H ) 5ST g^ftfrl: ^H ^t I^NR: I 

454. i^— (i) w*m* » (^) ^ w l^ l— ( i-* ) D^npwCfewt r |B' (x), 

'^m' (i «) ^«tr ^^t ^ss^V] i 

B. G. 1. 17 Z57 



Bhagavadgltfi Word-Index Pt. II- A ( a ) 
455. 3^— (l)«RP|gaR!5*:i (\) IWTTI (*) 51TCIW (v) $%m\ 

(^)^TM^I (l\)S%^KT^I (^S^^RT^I (1*) 3*" 

§-.% i—( <\-\ ) prarofciwr: '^to^t'* <3 ^'> '&&& ^ r: 

5B^JT %mni] I ( v ) $:%* fa*!: fsCTct q& 3^ gfjfr^ I ( H ) g.'iPT 

^$tim% tt s $R?m^\ (%) %$R swr g&*rc;, 5&rsr»»»rar 

^f §*&* I ( ^ ) I : ^ ^ ,J TTO?fr ST: |«TT7: I ( 1 «> ) ^Wff ^PU 
(3?T%*«?rerTfa) f :^H2I: I ( <J «) ) |J%^ 3P£T ^TT^fcft (^ff»T«r 
TWm%) Wtti era; §:^qfafoTto*U ( n ) §:1R ^rcfttcT ^S^T I 

( iv-i* ) [f^*5f<r«rt '3F^ («n), '^^' (<0 s^fr ^r css^r] i 
456. s^itanwr — ^wftwrsw- — n'sRfcEw^ (gs^ratoT: (i^Tfo ^ 

458. fc— w«ni— ^ W«ra^ 1 

459. WZ — (<*] SSftspr: » ft) S333T: I — ( «* ).w: faw *rer *r: z$ftm-i 1, 

( ^ ) ?^m smft W % tost* i 

460. sg"— (i) fs^. i (x) fites 1— ( 1 ) t# is** €s^ i ( ^ ) fafcr 

461. sss^rO) «K®ifo J 00 ^"Sjrrfa i— ( <\-\ ) ^ <$ ?T «d"?rai" 

462. |cr— (1) 3Tf%^ r (^) btt^&r; i (\) anft^: i (v) t#r i (h)%- 

. ( i-O ff^r^%«r: %V (\) f 'snft' (^-^) ?i^t: ^4 vz&n:] \ 

' • , • ' ^h i ( c ) ^1^.% ^rt ct i$m- 1 ( ^-1 o ) fl^roRwt '15ft' 
(1-1) «a«|r w^ ^c#r] 1 ( «i i ) ^rRt ?r: %^;j *Hte?r Wf#r: t 
( n ) .%r! p3r % TO^r ^r^cr % %srcm 1 ( n ) [f^f^?#r %' 

(v) 2?KT SP2T:] 

25a, 



i: ~ -~ - Secondary Word-Units ': *_ ".. 
463'. $*m— (l) 3Tf*#*cTq; W sN^RTT:— [f^$fcr«rf 'frfV (1), 'aw' 

(v) ^T5^ 2OT°T ££3*ft] I 

, 464. ^$r--f^r— f ^ t^r %r?, f ^ %f tt, i^:, aftu^ i 

465. %3rcn«y — s^siis — (%r*r 3>Ta>sr xpft: TO5TC ^mrna?:), " ?r %rasT«5t 

466. fa— (i) enarn&Ss « 0) ^m, \ (\) %w « M^SSI* * CO ^5" 

S53^R i— < i ) [fasfTsft 'sn^Rf (*) *i*£r sss*:] » ( *-* ) 

467. fapere--%T^inf&:--^T*rc^ (a^: ^: ^fto, to) info: i 

468. ^f|^— 'M^f^.—i^l^ (spf %•• <#kj, %*) ?w gwp«r: m> i 

469. Ws^'aftftro-Ha^ *fcn* i 

470. ^fa— 0) fa#R i (\) s#*^ i — ( <* ) fa%: ?m: TOraL, *t to% 3m*. 

472. s$*-— ^tm^T%f%^~(^^q^* '^jTHssTi' sn^fr e^.-) i 

473. ^ — ^WTSMTs— «ft: #I3ft ^ «TTWT2f^#T, mt: I 

474. 3[SIT-»5^^t:— roWTTt (^T^r 3»g f^RT %) w I 

475* 5^— ^t^t— 5«iwr 3^ ! ^3^ : » ^ » 

476. sftor — ^ftwRH^g^RiJ — tffar: *t*ra % ^i^r^T f^rsft (ssfi^to) i 

477. 3[tS — (l) omtf? I (\) flmft I— ( 1 ) 1 jet?: (?&TO BWRt) J ( \ ) 

478. SCfg— («l) SFS^trT I (^) SrSjtffa: I (*) fo§?£: I— ( 1 ) SPOTRT' %: 

(\) f^ferr: 5?ST* TOR 'ET: fafes: I 

479. t^^~^3?tr^^:--S?3:%T^ (3?g;T^M: %8 5*3^*, TOR) 

480. arc— 6) <wt#: ' W "^ft * (0 sfentf* i (*) siafts J W ^~ 

481. ft— fWrer— -it ^ ^t^ttj ?tt t 

259 



Bhagavadgltd Word-lvdex Pt.:II-A (a) 

482. fer—O) %f^wsw i „ (\) ftstora «— ( i-x ) l^rofirwrt 

483. ilt^nnsr— feritm.--— few fesrere: ^wr:, %s *t, % i 

484. &*-— wfe$~~ *m ^ is*** 

485. SB— a^ST— 3 t$T (ap^ W 3>fTfe ffcf) J 

486. ft^r— if ^^Mw^^iis^g^— [^ir^^- '3Tf^ 5 (^) $*$ 

487. W— (<0 WTC I (^) «£»«*« « (*) WfFm^TfcRTT: I— ( 1-^ ) [f^[- 

488. ^ar^^-^P TOi^r i 

489- «pft— (n) «r^r i (*) *wfon * (0 «refc i (v) fssufc i (\) mfowftt i 

(iv)q^:i (lH)<rcwkj (<l$)^ewk,l (lv>) STsrf^l (l*) 
3TO** I (n) wfc I (^o) ^T^ 1— ( 1~* ) ?T *A: awis. g^s^fr*; 

^ srefor i ( ■*-% ) [fWrafa*n 'f**' (0, '^^'^ ' ? wft , » W 
0\), '«$' (^), %r' (0, ^^ti 3T3^ot sgsjro] i ( "jo ) *#*r *ur- 
%st: (s# %cf. to. s:) ^^m: 1(11) «rS^r 3wtf (^) aA:. 
^wm$-., 3^r ^ww&r 1 ( n-n ) [fimsjrasft 'an*R< (v\) 
*«if^5' *n# ^g^r wsft] 1 ( iv~^ ) q^t ttfc to&; tots; 
<rc*mfc 1 ( 1$ ) *rcf wfts sWh, ai^sfofr*, I ( ^ ) wro mh 

490. w4-^w!ot;- 

491. i*r— 0) 3K^T» 0) ton (0 *rg**T I— ( 1-X ) |?TO5fclwrt 'm' W 

(l) 5l«tl *$T £S5^] I ( \ ) ilgftr: flWt:, TO^ 3T, SgsjT j 

493. *fT— -^«Rf«ft: — faRIT (^t^T) €: (uw) ^HW ^: l 

494. f -— (1) f^rs^rr^TO; 1 (\) v%ht \— ( 1-* ) [f^TOTwrf 'f^o2T- 

495. ffir— (1) li^i^^T 1 0) s^anssraftra: 1— ( 1-^ ) [f^rofctwrt 

260 



Secondary Word»Units 
^to (am?¥t ^3«t to ^0 «n«i^w^ i sfaif^ *3t3 (amiw^f- 

TO S: $fa I 

497. ■SSTST — $fa«15i:— (ftn$*$& %!V ^t sss^:) I 

498. g3T— s^H— «r p^ (3T^^ ) I 

H 

499. *T* — Nos. of the Primary Compound Word-Units having this as 

one of its component parts :— 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11, 13, 
14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 27, 28, 30, 
37, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 
53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 62, 63, 64, 67, 68, 69, 85, 92, 93, 94, 
95, 96, 97, 100, 101, 103, 104, 105, 128, 129, 130, 132, 
138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 147, 148, 149, 
150, 151, 152, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163, 
164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 
175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 187, 188, 
189, 190, 191, 216, "252, 259,261,262,263,264,265, 
266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 274, 279, 280, 282, 284, 285, 
286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291,292,294,295,296,298, 
299, 301, 302, 303, 338, 339,343,344,345,346,349, 
355, 356, 357, 359, 361, 362,363,364,365,383,392, 
394, 395, 396, 406, 414, 415,416,417,418,419,420, 
421, 422, 423, 429, 430, 431,432,435,436,437,438, 
439, 440, 442, 443, 444, 445,446,447, 448,449,450, 
451, 452, 453, 454, 455, 456, 457,458,459,465,466, 
467, 477, 478, 480, 482, 483, 486, 488, 489, 490, 491, 
492, 493, 494, 495, 498, 499,500,504,514,515,524, 
525, 526, 1779, 1784. 

500. 5r?^r—fvr?^~-[f^qcA 'm' (\) ^ sot:] » 

501. *ra^— ro&rar-5m: &ifa $fa sw^ssr:, sw; * 

* -In the case of this secondary word-unit, the entry Nos. of the primary com- 
pound word-units, of which it forms a part, are alone cited here, as no useful purpose 
would be served by repeating more than 200 units. Their methods of dissolution 
have been shown as against the respective other members of the compound words 
forming those units because I consider those places more appropriate for doing so. 

261 



Bhagavadgitti Wordrlndex Pu II-A ( a ) 

502. 5T*r^— swm.'—fw.* mt (g*: gp&Fm) i 

503. src—O) SRg!^ I W 5RWHI (0 WW* (v) HKTf^ l— ( 1 ) sfts, 

504. TOft**— I^B^T*— TOT% (OTtt 3fe» susfai:, Sf^H.) ^^T: (tft*- 

SWO I: 

505. to— *toV- [ffasroS 1 'm* (S) ^ €S53t:] i 

506. fis— stbiwr:— [flrora^ 'vm^ (\s) w es3*r:] • 

507. 5n^~fa$^—%sr & IT^ f^n^i, %K\ 

508. ^THT— 0) THTWn^ I (*) fTHmfecftfr I (x) 3WTfWft I— •( 1 ) 

srwr (t>foft:) *JNT: srwrnT^T:; 3R siOTTT^ \ (*) (^JRP^Ir 
*'*TO%* Sl^ft SSsq:) I ( \ ) 5TFTT (fafolT:) fa«IT:^t ffii?r IFTTfanfa I 

510. sn*r— imq|:— «n?n ^ ^ to* (sr 1^:) % 5n*TO«, %: I 

511. 5TTO— (l) siftPFRT^ I (\) qfam: I (*) ife-ITO, »— ( > ) ^^T- 

512. hrr— ?raf^nRRRH^-— (t^q^ 'wftsra ' rt es^O i 

513. ^ri^-^RT^R:—"^ flfTf^r: (sfTCFRf:, STRflrfteT: 3T) I 

515. qn%^T-^ f TTf^T^-—(f^5r^ns^ 'm' (\) ^ ss^:) \ 

518. i%^ — (i) awRftos i (\) ^m, i (x)3#Rqrr:i (v) f^niram 
(h) f^r^^r^rr: i (s) ft^'W i (*) fasifw: 1 («) faqgm: i (%) fasr- 
if^T 1 ("jo) ^rrwt: » (11) fera^rcft 1 (n) fawfrRrengp » 
(<H) frsnmg^Mqr. 1— •( 1 ) [f^q^l 'spans?' (\) ^ css^r:] i 
( \-\ ) s? fospg; sifted sr f*R*rr: 3?fo?2m I ( v~h ) f^q^fcjwrt 
'sira' (*), 'g?' 00 ^ ^or ess?ft3 1 ( *-<: ) fttf (to) 3^*. ^r- 

5^: j cl^f fe^^^. % t^^RT: I ( \ ) M (e%55^|) If^FT^- 
%^ f 1^ T^^lf^oiT I ' ( 1 o ) fatf tf$ fami ffR^^^r: I ( 1 1 ) 

262 



•■'". Secondary' 'W or d-Units ~ ;- ". 

520. f^rsa — <i) faCTTO*ra#?2ra;i (i) wsTTOtoft: i— ( i-x ) pta* 

q^wri *3?tto' (i-^) 5n^r csH^r] i 

522. ftvfisro^gft'-- gsqf^^TORf^r:— (i%^q^ 'effin^sgrcf' si»st 

524. . ftfarT — fa&RWT^— ftfaxf 5Tr^F3r (Frf^Rt *£*) i 

525. forcr— (l ) faRWITO: I (\) forarerfa: I (\) foRTOtf: l (v) OTT*r- 
ftq^— ( <j ) fatf TfH^ q^aj ^f: f^^FR?: | ( \-} ) jjtosq^fawtf 

'atfsra;' ( v») r «nfR' (<*) ^d ^ot esaaft] r ( v ) ^wm (^m vim* 

526. ftt^r — Fra^rca*— ot3 (*ro ^ m%3, af^O f^r^r: i 

527. MT^N/fs* + ft— ff^^~[f^q3$ '5 : ^ ^ (^) ess*:] I 

528. ft*f>T— (l)fW?:l (Of^fH:! (\)^?ft:| (v)t>RTTOl (^) 

.ftTOTO I ($) f^W^I (v*) fajjl^l (*) f^fo^l (<0 fafe I 
(<**)f¥w:| (ll)f>lten<U (iv)ftfej*l (l^)^wr^RWi^ 
(iv) f^RTFT^T: | (^)fafforc:l (n) ftfv I (l*) fatig^: I 
(1*) toTO.I— (\~\) [fotTOffrftrr '«#' (*), 'a^' (V), 
'sTraf (,l), 'arm' (l) '3?HH' W«prc*\ y (l^), 'ftt* (\), 
'3F3*' (0 sw* ^>^r is52?t:] i ( i • ) f¥& mm torst: fo%r: i 

( 11 -<R ) fife *f3K TOT^^ftfe^ , TO *TT«f: ^ffe^C; cWR 
ftfcqm, i ( n ) WaT TrFRt?*T# «r^T: ^ tWr%T: I ( <JV ) f^RTT 

##to (swtto smtf 3Ti*i:, j?tto ^ §*pk Ml: mwv #r- 

^R, TO) *!3&r TOTc^TO ISTO) *f: ft#lt*F: J ( 1*0 ftTTcT: 
f^TO TOM*. ftffseT*: 1 ( 1 ftfe tw*: TOI^ (TO PTO) 

sr: f^rlk: i ( i* ) [f^q^l '%^' (\) w$t ss^:] t ( <u ) f¥rm 

?^T TOR (TO 53*1*0 <R: fa^SS & > 

529. ft^^T — 3?M^^— ^ ft*#R^ (f#MF3*0 I 

530. ft?|5r^«Tr^-~ ^t^'I^qwt:— [tec^^ - 'W sa^ ( I * ) ?S5^:] I 

532. ftfftnr— (%) faftwmmi (^) 3rsrM«r^i— ( i ) f^«t (^.*) q^n 

f%T tot: ^tt t^raiq^^, ?tt^i ( ^ ) ssrflt f^rk^ W^t^k^; ^ 
^fif^W^ (w^k 5nt%:, m^ ) i 

533. ftH^ror-^rt^^^T — [rWra^r. '^' (h) «Mt css^:] » 

534. r%srra*— t^mcfWJ— t^rt^ (i^r?r: wm: mm^ m %m%:, <rf^i^ 
, ^tr)t^«Rr: i.. ' ' ".' 

263 



BhagavadgltH Word -Index Pt. II- A ( a ) 

535. f%tTO~^*n%smr— p^ra^ l ^m! W ^ vm^] i 

536. ft»W---(«0 3ng*ft«Pn^l (\) $cif$TO: i (\) £3rSr*W« i— ( %-\ ) 

[teq^fa^ri 'arcs*'. V (i«0, W (r) si^ ssfrr sew] i 

537. firfer— i^ri%ci^— if^T%^ (ss$?r siftw^) i 

538. ft^5T— ifsrfa?^— %torr^^?:, *m foj&a '(^t) %%^f^r:j 

539. f^S— -cif^r^n — [fansq5& '<r^' (n) ^ &&ti\ i 

540. ft:£ta^~ft:8lW&ft— [ft^^A V 0*) ^ £§«*:] » 
-541. sfi^— arffrft^— [faflOT$ '^rfcr' (i) Si^T m%t] i 

542. q; — g^^ — g^if #$: f afa:, ?#?^ i 

543. q^f— («^) <taffaT35faH | (\) qg^wsfim, I (\) *&&$&*{ I— ( 1 ) 

fteqg$ S ^H' 51^ ?S55T: I ( ^ ) 3ffa q^lfr %5Tlf&T ^ TO «: 

5 44, §*q^~S|«^%(^'--Wfer ($&& $# 3JW! (%%: $T f¥*t& W*f ; 

545. ??H^— 3FOTT-- -3 an*: 3FTO (k?TTO foflrfe:) !fa I 

546. I^T— ^WTf^tqt:— [^IT^I *a?ft' (^) SFafl SSS*:] I 

547. n^RTHU— ^T^l^T:— (fts^q^ '*ftg$> ^ £g^:) | 

548. qfir— (1) 3Fm% i 00 sfofo& i (*) srsnTicf: i (*) ?r^q% i— ( i ) 

[f*mt q^l %m! ( i ) srt i^r:] i (\ ) g^arr. qfo sfWiqfcn j stMt- 

qcT ^1 $%$ 1 ( X ) ^Hf qfcTs Wqf%: I ( V ) *TifT: q%: ^^t^:; 

549. q»r — qsrc^. — qw q^s. i 

551. W-^RWTOr-(ft«^^ W sisfr €25*:) I 

552. i*— (i) sws* j (\) smsreF^i (\) mmi i (v) sw^ftr i (h) aron 

(t) sw* j (*) «n?»m^l5 1 (<s) cfiq^ i (%) g?^: i (<* & ) ^H#nq^: i 
(11) ra& i (n) q^rfac i (n) q?ciT i (iv) qrtciq: i (<j^) irm^i 
(^)j7<to i (iv)*ffTOJ « (^)^quj i— ( %^,v-^ )^q^n9w^. 
«r «m ^W; T q*n% aw^rfor. ?f q^r: wtj m^«mra;i ( \, *-k ) 

264 



Secondary Word-Units 

(ITT «&fa:) ?E£ *RTOC (3RTft.^5r) %ft tW^:; «^ ^: (3W?:) 
to*t: ^r: 5 «^...^qt % wmv. I ( «U )^t ^ <ft: (gw&) 

'553. tot— ( 1 ) ^tffrefcron: 1 (\) ftokrorac. i ( x ) toot 1 (*) <nfrrc i 

Ou), '^ (V-*)» '^ra* (l) SP^T: spfa SSS3TT:] I (v»)i?^ 
(JR4 3»A) W TO: 3**7%: ^: fl??4TO! I ( «~0 «?£ TO: 
(<UJ TTfcT:) W 3: TRTO: \ *KTOT*. # XTOT«l§3*W^ I 

554. toto — toto9ih^--totot m^ 1 

555. mxm$ — arofacr:— «r trote (^Tfa) I 

556. TOfT — (l) ^^^TOTTO I OO <K<TWJT: I (\) JTFIFTWTOTTT: J 

<nfawrt '*w» (1), ^ (x) w* **»r mh] 1 ( O xnroA 

[l^TTOf 3TT3TT?t (ft$§) ] % TOTOU (circt SFR *l?2p%, cff^C 3flgi%- 
<$* JTItTT:) !? m^HTTOTW. I ( v ) *jfa (*rf STT^) TJ <TO<>T: 3* 

*Rror»r: 1 ( h ) w wwr: w *fter<mw 1 (%) $^f (srsft) 

557. frf^-awf^!--* qftflf: (<lfaOT «WFTt) I 

558. trf^snqft — Tf^Wia*. — [ifo$*3$t 'w^tf (1) 51% sss^t] \ 

559. ifesTfts*— 0) iwi^fr^T^T i (v) a^wrcftsrFft 1— ( n ) 3*ntft 

560. qftiftr— 3nf^nnr-«r q-f^^n «wf^rr, ^ 1 

561. qf^R? — swf^pf— T Iftmi awftfW:, ^ftfR, I 

562. q^f?r — srs^^i^-— Sf^piHt (S^irt ssst^ sr^rpi:, Stam;) 

563. tr#r— surafajj— *r qpfe*. 1 

564. TOT3FT — 3TT55T3RH-— *T Hmmn, (^% ) \ 

565. qi(ft^r)— (i) ^^^ 1 (*) ^wrrs 1— ( 1 ) (ft«iwA r ^w' «Nt 

566. qri^r — ^F^qT^^:-— srcpnfa ^rfhg %qt % 1 . 

567. qrftn«^--^:«nf^qT^3rHafe; «nf^n^ (*?M ^ ^n^r ^) m (srtft) 

'/> 265 



BhagawdgUS Word-Index Pt. II- A {a) 

568. fntt^—^wsft^-^T^Ttf a^«B^ (ftera; ) i 

569. *H^— TPig^T^r- qpst: (s?TOg^ ^SSffiiT ?I^IW:, TO) g*T: 

570. ntsr-— awrt«r:— 5?r qmrfa srcreif&r, !l«r: i 

571. <U3~— *f«ns¥FTO— (1^ra^ '^' ^ ^ssq:) I 

572. TFT— 3*?n*t— (f¥t§^# r 3^' ^ cssq;) t 

573. TTT-— (l) ITOfTO: I (^) «TN#W 1 (0 <£TCT<?T: I (*) *&nq«r: « 

(h) sWr: i— ( i ).(lW»«$ V (^) ^ iswt:) i ( x ) tot: 

13<?m: t ( v-H ) *mff% <*NTT> WTTTTfSr, %«?: sSqftwftj If: *Wb I 

574. ^^-~^T^^-~^^qF?!T(qTq^fej;)i 

575. Pfo^ 4<* > B hU l ~- gHfco^ftFfi J3a?T:— gHT: f^tt^f^r: [factor: (fao|: 

«TT: f^T *m ^T.*) S^te: (s<$*T W i%j^ si: f^rt:) «*] %Tf % I 

576. ft^— fasam:— foytf 3^ ^ 3?ni% f4t%, ^ftreftt ^t, % t 

577. g«qM» g«?*#»iR i (*) g^m^i (\) gmm^ i (v) g^ro* i— 

( v ) g^^r «Es^ b 30^x^55^; | 

578. 5T— -(^) $foig*s i (<0 g«rqs*N » (\) <nw$roi* i (v) sroroiftg 1 

(^) S?JS* S »— ( 1-v ) [tWratfW '%$€, '%*{', 'TTJl', 'snfV 
(n) *W sfSfa ?S33?T: » ( h ) w^f (*ra*rt $r$#? Sflflf^r: gw« 

579. 35RTH%— 3^1^--* g5^nt%: (g* wtfa:) aig^Rr:, m*i i 

580. ifSfT— (1) sM*r 1 (\) g^Rfe 1— ( i~\ ) [f^q^fowrf W (i), 

581. PSC— ^RSWfr— |^Wf^W(l)w*WBqs]l 

582. $5— 3*^3.-- [ftsTf^ 'fact' (h) «t ^2«ar.*) I 

583. £W— (OS****! W^ISI (\)g*<?ttWI (v)g^fm^l (^) 

qmmt »— ( n ) Pwto& 'm*' (i) srt war:] i ( ^ ) g% 

32TO*: I? 3if wrm:; S*7*ft WR*fa: » (\-\) [fei^T^ '^HT* 

584. <£5|?r— ?5ft^^W^^--(f^W^ '^ 5Kt ^5?r:) i 

585. ijvsrr— ^srilf—C^ 1 ?^ ' 9 ^' ^ tmt) i 

586. ^— ^rrm:~[t%wwE^ 'to' (\) ?n^r wsir:] I 

266 ^ 



Secondary Word-Units 

588. tf — 0) ie*faj {\) ^jiiwnSfo (\) <M5ftsn— ( i~\ ) [l^tn^Nr: 

W (l), 'SWOTS' (3), «^r» sji^-t; ^or S8SITT:] \ 

589. ijer%— Jftftpjjh»n;— - Jfif%: sfofcwrr *rert flgriTOgt <rcr <rem i 

590. ^jr~- (<)) s^fN^; (i) yufcmt, (\) s*ifkraT:— ( ^-\ ) ^^ fo^T 

592. igfeft— (<0 srreTSfasjft* l (\) sftsftqft l— ( ^ ) [fajRjrefosrt *ih' 

'Tf^' (^) ^ 3*|tJT SS^] I 

593. ^^3T — bt^S^^ — =T %^5?r^ (tT^?jq^r 

594. snurer — 3TTO3r:~-*r sreren (jtopw mm) \ 

595. ST^f% — ( ^ ) Rff^iT^ (\) U$ft§r: I (\) JTffcIWnqj (v) 5T$fa*rmT:; 

(k) "JT^npr:; (0 RffOTTfa— ( i-^ ) [faRprcfawtf 'sira* (5.-1*) 

596. srsn— • srsnif^:— [fturra^ W (x) ^ ss^:] 1 

597. sr^ft — (Own^FU W^Rnra^ri (\) ^mma »—( 1 ) w^f^m 

to m^wr 1 

599. srfirsT — (1) sr^finRj (V) «wfaB**.i (3) 3?iftm; 1— ( 1 ) (flsc- 

q^sl 'srs' s(# s^.*) j ( v-* ) ^ xrffor fert to sr: aw%§: ; 

*T J??cmT . . .TO cfcj; sprfcfc ^ I 

600. STosr^r — irawRPm^ 1 — ^wt to ^rer^T prefer g^ 1 

601. sr^TOR — J^rorci&Jr- [f^5^q^?l '«$' ( «i* ) sg^r ss3?j:] 1 

602. **•* + *-(i) ******* » 00 s^wppto* « (0 **** »- 

( n-*0 (fawsfawtf '^safes', s f:^rt8RTfR' sa«0 sss4V) 1 ( * ) 

603. ST^TO-v^ + ST— 3«TO*r— * HOT I 

604. srf^^r— ^^f^«rR-— w\«t 3%^ (^c[tf?rT:) if«n?T%w, ?TRi 

605. snr5r— (1) ^f^mRI 00 ^Wi|: I— ( 1 ) Sf^: mw : (^Wl%:) 

267 



Bhagavadgfta Word-Index Pt. II-A ( a ) 

606. WR— (l) awfifflswrc: I {\) q?q*ra: I— ( 1 ) (f^n§$ 's?jt%5T' 
g# SSSsr:) I ( H ) % SWOT: (^ten - TOT:) TO tf: (3^11: WT3TJ 
am # *TT3:) I 

608. srsp 1 — iflNsNipRr: — (fWi^ir 'sctr' ^ sotO i 

609. sr*ter— (1) a#tosr \ 00 w^n i— ( 1-^ ) «r *$m (mm: faw 

qfagTOfapO aw^mj T 5#T^: Sfl^fa:, gfar 3p$TO I 

610. ST€RT — XFT^T^^r: I— [ffo^T3$ •**[$&! (w) ^J C^T?] I 

611. 33TW — W^l%~-[f%3^$ ^TS' (^) ?as$[ ^5^:] I 

612. srsrcr — ^^m**—-[f^OT$ 'sri* (<\\) *n^t sssar:] i 
614. sfcfte— gwfa:— -[te^lr '§**' (\) ^1 wmi] \ 

615. STfirT— «W?fa:— *T 3TIRI- (SIt^T: 3WFT:) I 

616. - !J^~^^T:~[fa^q^:tr 'JT°T' (v) 5i# esaqf:] I 

617. s^te-— Ef^f^cfPcW^T— (fwp§$" 'sFcRTSH.' ^ CS^:) I 

618. TOFcr— 00 JRirenwsra; 1 (\) tostott I— ( «J ) W^ fl*r: W **•* 

XTOFOTfT: , «H XRrFcTRSW^ I ( X ) [ftsf^^f f mm^ ( \ °) 5Kt SOT:] I 

620. srasr— 0) mn^ms 1 (h) xrawn i— ( vi ) [f^ngtoRif '%f ' 

(0* ^t?^' (\^) w4i ^m vzzm] 1 

621. STC^— 0)?RHTOTcU (*)^HTOJ (O^^T^RI (v)^:TOT^.I 

(H)53fT??J??TT^T^)— (l-*) [f^T^fcf^f '<?< (v), W («)) ^% 

^or ssssfr] 1 ( \ ) m mw *mmt, %w^ wmw^ \ ( * ) ?ito: 

622. sn^cr—^rr^T^iwri^iT:— (f¥rfq^c% '^nm?' «t sgs^r:) » 

623. SIW— %fl^pmfi^iT^— -(foRTO^ '3^' ^t 5858T:) 

624. sriw— (1) 3n«w>mfbr 1 (^) mwimmtfi 1 (|).irrwTqw?wr§ , c??: 1 (v) j?tojt- 

m#T I (^) ^WTWT: I (*) *TC: JfT5T^5ri%??T5 I— •( ^-Y ) [teq^^r: 

'^k.' (^0* ^z (1, x, ?!^T: u$<jt sss^tj] I ( H ) TiKcrr: *\fo 
(mw$ mnvnfo ^t) 151T: (sn^RiT;) moiT: ^qf % 1 ( ^ ) [f^^i^ng;^ 

268 



Secondary Word-Units , • • .* 

625. sttwt^#— wrcm*T^:-- [fts?TO$r < mjm f (\) ^t &&n] i 

626. STI^ (^ + ST)— I^TH:— [^q^# '§ :*u' 00 ^T £S5*r:} I 

627. STTHv/^T^ + ST— T^TOHH^— (t%JTfqcA *q^RT' ^ ^Essf;) I 

628. sri^ %/8rm+ sr—apTTw— ^ irra » 

629. sm%— %T^^Tf^f:— (l%It^ %FcR* ^T €259:) } 

(H) fiR^t^J I (0 forf^ra- I (\>) ST^^ter: I— ( 1 ) ^ toj 

SFKfl: SE^JI ?Ss^t:] I ( * ) M ffcft (1^<) ^ 3% SWTfR: ffcr- 
ton, i ( ^ ) g-Tfr^^Frt (*r?wrrcsi$?frrt) tar: *rTfrrc>fiRTT: I 

631. sftgr — xfarcraT: — rfffi spr*. to ?n i 

632. sftf^ — sft^fen;— (t^ra^ '#b' ^ sssr:) \ 

633 . * S -^^:-[fl, W <«*** ( X ) «* <**] , 

634. ^sr — fR^sr— [6roflg& '^to* ( <\ i ) ^^t sss*!:] i 

635. ^^5 — 0) ^fe^l (\) *6*t<# \ {\) WTWwsq I (v) g^q^l (h) trs- 

^: I (%) ^ST^Tf^t I (v»)'3*n$*T?>%: l— ( <j~v ) [fSm^icW: 
'**C ( 1-11) 'sntf (*), 'g«r' 00 ^r: **r span:] i ( H ) ^ 

636. *K3?t c !I — s?«B55^t§^T — *T «fi«5&tg: (w $*3RT ^f%) 8TCia&«g:, eft * 

3WK5T3>TffcTO, h I 

«r 

638. ^?^— ^ w<^— [1^*^ '^< ( 1 x) ^# ss«r:] » 

639. V^R— (•») ^P^r: 1 (\) ^ ? ^= J — ( V*) [^TOraScpart '*R$£ 

(<r, iv) ^*It ^°r sssaft] 1 

640. «J?^— ift^Ti^^fW^^^l^lI— flfaTO& *«jf^ (\) q&§ 

641. TO-^frra&r— -3tfrr m w* $ftw*l> ^ 1 

642. *5— -00 *I«n I (\) vg ?W®FFi \ (\) spa: » ("*) «rp^^^ I 

(\), '^' ^ w €ss#r] » ( 1 ) ^prcr: [q| ??er: (nR?wr«mtfi>ct:)] 1 
( v ) [ftm <m% '^r 1 (^) «a^t v&w] 1 ( h ) ^^-* f^w ^f % 

269 



BhagavadgUd Word-Index Ft.U-A ( a ) 
' *f fa^m l ( % ) *&•• iw®'< Wilt 3TJ fprrerT: I ( >* ) [finw^r '3^» 

643. *5$^-~*i3frc*r^-- [fas^l %m' (\) s&v issarO i 

644. STfSM'O ^1^*1^ I (*) *fS5raTO^l— ( 1-^ ) [tofTSfawrt 

645. ^i^~?^ ? ^3r-^r (snaro) starts *ww., ctr, i 

646. ?TTg— <l) SFF^Tgq; 1 (^) sffSTTlW^; | (\) ^Wlf : I (v) ^TWTft I 

0-0 adrift i— ( i-^ ) [fraspraftpart 'sfrt' 00, '^' snsfr ^r«JT 
( ^ ) mw- (*rote) wm* to w. sr^rrg : ; g^wd ^ sr^r t 

647. ^Tg^W$^— ^^^^^~[^^<l <3 ^' ft) ^T SB5T:] I 

648. to— TO**%— tow % prefer (sp^^ faro) to*r&, %s i 

650. ife— -ft) **f§?ri » ft) 3^rp?r: i (0 aw^ife i (*) ^§<^: i 

ft) life » Wlfe^i (*)itorer;i (*) if^ncu Wift[- 

$W (1o)^tR:| (n)ff^^TU. (tt)§Wnil (n)l^- 

(lv») WJjJflWi I ft <s) SRffe? I (1%) f^Rffe;: I— ( i ) ffe: ^Tf * 
ftSRT % 315^1: I ( V~* ) [fW7^n«TJ '3R<T' (l), 'BRNi' (l), '^' 

ft '•), '& ft), 'm®\ '=rw' ft-x) *^ : w sssarc] i ( ^ ) 5%: 
(ft«tTO, vmm: m) ^ lf^ : , ^ 3^$^ 1 ( ^ •- <* 1 ) iw 

ftrisfa) g-W: 3^R,: ; TOT ^T: ffegW: I ( <R-n ) 3& ftTTO) 
#T: ffe^TS. ?TW^ gfetfTOl (iv)g& (f^|%;) *mt«T. 

(grofa:) iW^r:, cw; gfestft»m; i ( i<\ ) fausre^ 'ari^r' sp% 

583^) I ( H ) [tW^ 'ff^' ft*) 5Tsft ?:S53T:] | ( <jv>-«u ) 
( n ) 1^RT |f^: *m W. f^Rf f^J I 

651. wi^— n^rm— 'f|cC %$ 4$fti (^JTfcrqrT^;:) OT*T^trq: i 

652. ^%-^^Tto-W^f&r (l!Jk^ f ^q^) *nft: (TO^ 

^T^m?:, itfnunt, ^#i* ^Tf^rf^t) v btt^^t w iw^rf^, 
654. nfrqt— (1) nmfi 1 (*0 w^jr[ 1 (\) srgr^rak^i (v) srsncwt i (h) 

270 



Stcondary Word-Units - 

(^v) rn -^m i~-( «>-x ) [ftw wJ ft« n '*&£ (\*) '^n', 'toft*' 

^ wsn^i (O 5 *^ ^ : (*^) ^^? : » ^ ! *sni?rpn 
( v» ) ^m: (%^r) ^pt (m:) ^5ft^ %qf % ^^rmf^r: (sftftprr:), 
itat aremf^iT^ i ( &-\ ) m ^ %m w mm. ; sRHfirs: ^r s?w- 

( ^v-vO [^w ^^f^RTf 'sift*' (^), '33*' (\) ^rsfr wi ssaft] J 

655. Hinrf5T— 3rm^*raRT?t— [ftaro^r '^(^r)' (<0 «a«$ se^:] i 

656. asni^^--^m^3^rT^---[^5r5q^ '«rr(*R)' (^) ^ es^:) i 

657. BDSHftq;^— ^mtogSRW-- [TTOKS^ 'zim% (\\) J^t S^:] I 

658. sT^n^r— -W5r^T^:---(f^t|^% <q<f sisff essai:) i 

660. TPP5F — (*i) 3F#mwfiT: i (\) 3w?rft i (\) m^'- i (*) srs^Ts I (\) 

j^fig I — ( 1 ) (f^T^ 'aR^n* ?!# £5^) 1 ( "* ) 5T Wfi:, 

661. *ri% — (i) <*pit%: i (^) *rf%#ftr i (\) wfrpra; i (*) Hitffcj^-T- 

( 1 ) [PlM^M4^ *^B' (*) 3F53ET 59**?:] I ( ^ ) *d^: ^ #n, ^Rfm^t 
3El^T SB**:) I ( V ) *R *TT%: =RRpH%i:, cTT^ *T3I%* I ° 

662. smcr^-— sfapprra;— *ftg*R*, tftarac. *n, **m?i\ 

663. w— (**) a?*^m:i (\) immsmim. i (^)*nrT*i%i (v)^ri^n (h) 

664. «rt?r— (i) *r^*f i (\) vm%v » (x) *r*crem*r i— •( i ) [f^?^i^ 

W«l TWMeSTTJ I 

665. *T^ — ^^. — ^^m *p| (qrsf^jyt 

271 



Bhagavadgltd. Word-Index Pt. II- A ( a ) 

667. iq#^r — amPmr — *r m^m i 

669. Tflnrar— 0)3wran W^i (O^HmmT^i " (v) *tt«rr^rit: i 
(^) irmsi%-* i (*) irgm. i (*) ^rera i J*) ^ren r (*>) fspj-*. 
*rre- i (v) ^i% i (<n) *rw%r i (n) dW ' (n) •snro i— 
( i ) it mm wmm (snto^) i ( v-O [Ewraafoarf 'i^' W, 

'•TTTfT' 0) ^fr ^ Waft] I ( V ) *r#T *RT^*T: *n^mfcRIT: I 

( h ) ^rairct sgf^: *TR33fet i ( w ) m mm w$jm, era; v&mv^ . 

(10)^: (ws^v) mm ^mt, <r%rcc sr^rc i ( «n ) (era) s#: 
^ mm mm?*, ^r s^rifo i ( n ) st^to *rre: srTg*rre*, ?i%rg; 

671. sn«n^ — sw^Rfr — ^w^^^wto^-, ci^r «wpprt: i 

672. WlV^-f—Ol) ^mite \ (\) WrTfaffT: I— ( 1 ) (f^R3^ 

673. *ft— (<0 faRpefo i (**) ssfoptfs t— - ( 1. ) f%icfr *ft tot?*, (to f^raQ 

W* f^pfoi (^) s^T (McIT) *ft: TOI3, (TO 5^1^) €: 

674. *ftcT — *ft?Pfft?T:— Ts <$ TO*. ^ *j"fs tffa: (*T*rT^re%T: *O0) t 

675- sfter—O) mm<m i (■*) -tfrarfatflren* i (\) *ffa#rewr. »-—( i-\ ) 

[ttaTOfawr: '*%£ (V\), '^ifistf (l), '3*^' (•<) sgs^r: wot 

676. sfatf— 0) ^t^toTffs^n (*) -flft^mf^nct^Rni: t — ( i-^ ) tffos- 

677. Spf — •^^--[f^ra^ '^' 0) ^t CSS??:] l 

678. f^— ^iff^spjri^: l— -iifftiOTft (m M 31^) %" ^{^r ^ aRr- 

679. ^5T-~0)3if^jc!^l (X)^^TM (\)^^rq:i (*) *5PI?*U (\) 

(n) ^ I (*•) 5?U^TI^ I (^^) ^ijyTHra; I (^h) ^I^Tf^r I. 

272. 



.'. \Secandary Word-Units 
'%m! (*-h), l *m' (i), w (\-\), 'ssr*ft', r *T#% '*rm' (i-h), 

'$uW (<r), '^rf, %t ! (*\) ?ra: ^»r SS^T:] I ( ^* ) m$<x 

680. ^RTS?fcT— ^UT^f^n^— -^UTf^s (*£cIKf R^lcr: HjTSI$fa«, cWHct) 

681. ^^^— ^^I^^V-—(f%5I^T^r %^^> ^t SS33r:) I 

683. ^— s^to— [f^ss^ 'm*£ (0 ^€t ^gsg:] i 

684. OT— ( 1 ) ^3ct I (^) ^ScTT I ( *}%W3; I (v) H?T53: j (\) STOcfR I 

(O^feM W)D^W*W «W (vv) \<f (n) ^r: 

. . . . ^Cf^rgffflr^^i. 

685. $5— (i) S^cr; i (\) ffeft^i— ( 1-H ) [fasfp^ftwf 'wt' (hV 

686. ;#Fg— 3?W^— [f^ng$ 'jwr' (%) gs^t SB»T:] i 

687. *fah— (l)$rap$fr3l (^)^RRJ (^)#f%^fcf^l (v)%Wf- 

ot*1 i ( *~* ) [PmrnS^t %rf' (v\) *rtr *** orfk] i 

688. «TfOT--^^w^^— (m&& '«ror» *Nt war*) i 

689. w— ^fcnsfero— *ssk tw ?<zjm%'; mwt \ 

690. W— ^faTO— -#n?C (^PTFTk) «S* I 

691. 5flrf^t — JrffoTO— qfaElt TTTf I 

692. wm^^— s^f^s^^S'^r 3# *if»rg«w&«r i 

693. «RT-^p^:— [^Ifra^ '*!' (\) ^ £^ : ] » 

694. nft— (l)^fe*i .(*) faRRfa.l— (*) |JtaTO$ £ S8' (\) ^d 

ess^r*] i X ^ ) faro (wr, ^f ^rft^qr^f|?TT) *rf*& *m w 

B. G. 1. 18 273 



Bhagavadgttd Word*Inde% Pt, II- A ( a ) 

695. T^(5Rf^, w, *rf^, *&ft Shri&wff wO~ (i)*rf^.- \(\) 

wm i («) sot: i (0 sRsrerstfU °) totjri (i i) fi^fo t (n) 
wsgxm \ (ix) *f^k i (iv) *rS i (i<\) *itW i (tO tow i 

(^\»)*l#U (*U)*!3^: l(n)*7£*RT: I (vO^RSfaBU (^)*Tg%§l 
JfBnMt I (vO'T^RT^I (**) JISPTTW: J (*\).»TOT: I— ( 1-\ ) 

psrsurefefwr: MW (i-^), 'to' (*-a), V (iyh), '«rcW (v), 
'm> («j\s) ^r' (0 sn^T: ^r sott:] ( i « ) *Tf«r ^«rar to^t, 
?n^^?rom;i ( n ) *rfa ftararfa ^kttPt i ( n v-v* ) prarwfa«r : 
'^C', *3T«P (l<*-n*), 'aiW, *3|T^' (r), '*rt' (^), '*re»' (*-*), 
'*(%' (v), 'm* (h), **rre' (w), j^^t: 9$*T SWn] i ( ^-^^ ) 
" m^ Otf$*0 wtfft *msftj *w wcfti% wTftw i ( ^* ) m $m-- 
m)v:, ^ trft^i (\&)wi sro& (to:) srsRTO^: i ( ^ ) 

qfa trj TO g: TF?RT: I 

696. wrowt-O) *ra*fe; 00 »R«$TO* i— [ftaTOfawrt *$ r (n) 'iw' 

697. *rea?:— foro:— firo *rars wra; *n i 

698. ?f^ — («%) ^raraTOfcRTO; (\) ^TflfR^^crr:— [f¥f|^fct«rt *aifNr?T* 

699. ji^~*s(^to— [fonrra^ 'to' (<*,) ^ €S5^r:] i 

700. sr^— (<o mm i* (^>f3«Bpn — ( i-* ) «rtro ^jpt* Witf) m- 

702. *P^ssr— If^^^FW^?2?t B ^^ : II~--[f^l c l^?l 'art*' (^) 3T# 

703. IF^jf— (<}) 3?gfi?WW I (\) JRTOTOTU (^)5fRTfRr: t (v)*FT:- 

(<j) jpjwt: i (\) ^Mfte^ff^j i (*io) ^^ra^iwr: i (n) q%^- 
%&m<\ ( $ ) ?ft: ^ %^f w% m^r frfr^sT^r; f^rr: ^ «r^ i 

( ^-n) [ftnOTtfewr. V O), '^ (^%), '3#cT , f '«JRTO' (\), 

274 



Secondary Word-Units 

704. gpr^?|- — n^* 2 ^^ — 5Frgfs?fT^t ?it^: faf**^ JR^TT: SRrfoT ST! ©fa:) ir^wr* 

705. W?W— ^CR^—^*^ CR: (tftcT:) *F3r£fa:, ^ $ 

706. *ro«r— fofa*— iwct faMr tofc (to ism,) a-, t 

STOTCT: I— ( 1 ) (f^*§$r 'srftfcf ^t SS^:) I ( \ ) (f^q^?l 

'3n^Rr > ^ ss53Tt) i ( \ ) [%rs^ 'erra^' (\) qs% sss*r:] i 

709. *res— <i) sm?5R,i (^) f?rfewra; i (\) fcfta^i— ( ^ ) *r *t*5: t%u%^5 
% 3WR5T.-, ai^srosraj ( v~x ) [f^wfo^rf 'fofcr' («n~n) $n*tV 

no. -„n; w (,„*,, (0 *. „-,, « 

*TCE*FT: I ($) TOcJRLI (*) *CR*tT I (<i) *^!3TR: I (\) ¥^3*!^! 
(l ») *mT<?F*TT I ( 1 1 ) TTfTSflf * I (<r) *r$wnit I (l X) W^ft I 
(l**) TO$fr*TO I (l^) ^K«l: \ (lO H^«TT; I (<*v») T^T^f??: \ 
(l *) TO3RJ I (n) tI^J 1-0^) SRNt*TT: i— ( <\ ) [fW^$ 'g^' 
(n) 50# SS^i] I ( \ ) T^cfT ^T^r: JT^frfa: I (*-n) tf^J^^fcT^: 
'^!V (\~v), 'etRfRC.' (U~X^) 's?5^Tf ', 'qr^', *WTf ' (^-v), 

'*|cf (^*) STO* if^T S83*h:] t ( IV ) TTfH^it^: (=tlTO, ^TRt 

TOW; (w^, *rfmv* ^rr^t sfNFrf to*) t ( i* ) ^ira;^: 
^T^r, ^ mJW^ * ( ^-^ ° ) |?w?RKfirwr* 'srr', 't*rc* (h) 

711. w^^mmm'.-**^ ( ^ { wrr «*«, !w) tori w 

712. *r$r— <i) *#«& i M *#ftan* i (0 *«&# i— ( i-x ) [flwTOfowi* 

'#', 'fe?C '7%' (v) 2?pS5[T: ^JT £25^:] \ 

713. rilssrc — (i) ^wt^^i (\) 3ftri§mi{\ (\) *&3mfem*{ i — 

( i ) pw3«ra$r '^' (^ v ) ^ ^^^ : ] l ( ^ ) ^^?rt »i|*grc* (t?t^ 
1^^- ^^:, ?w[ ) ^tiI^"^ i (\) m<&lmt (sW*rf $Fmi ) v\- 

714. wt (Noun)—- (i) ww » (*) thw i— ( n-^. ) m (^^t:), ?wr: w 

715. WW— f^R1?TT^— [f^T^^ 'faftra* 5?T# €85irs] 1 

275 



BhagavadgM Word-Index Pt. 1I-A ( a ) 

(<*) fTT^T^mt: I— ( 1-v ) [ftiWfcPSTS 's^NcT' (\-v) 'fl^H', 
7 i 8. wr^-^^nfe%r:~p^^ 'ftfa* (<*}) ^. S^i] I 

( i-'O [f^rafowrt ^rf&cr' 'fora' (<0 ^fr *8h sssft] i ( \ ) 

721. *nH~wnto*— [f^ra^ 'sqTfW ^ ssssr:] i 

722. *n^^^mrnr~[f^^ '«ncn^ (s) ^ s® 5 *] ' 

723. «msr — «p»*rraT: — ^ *rremt 

724. iii*— 00 ftratft i fc) ftranrfcRetfrs i (\) ifforsnf^fa^wr^r- 

*Fg$ 1— [f^q#^P %* (^), 'eft* (\-\) 5KT: 3^1 5S52TT:] I 

725. fftssrT— wKrr^R:— -[f^i^l r ^rT^fT1: , 00 sn^r sbs*:] i, 

726. . 5^—5^^1—3^: SIR (w^5?riR) 3f: *G I 

727. *pr— <l) fa^rg^l (\) foqfitm* >— ( ^ ) ^W (wftg ft®) 

728. g**r— #*^§%i-~%*Rf gw ^esto, h » 

729. igr— 00 apjjrrj i (0 spntr i (\) *£wftfog i— ( i ) s? jjstj (faww 

gw.*) i ( ^ ) (f^fq^lr 'm* «t sot) ' ( X ) 1£t: (i^tftf^- 

730. s$$f— 00 sisrorf&iT i (^) ^# i— ( i ) [f^TO?! 'vmtf (\) 

731. qji£--^ti^^%m%mk '^4" sisfr ^s^O i 

732. grr— ^^—[^q^ *^» 00 qsft CS^:] I 

733. icr—(i)^wHi(^).^wq;i--(i--H) * sera; to*?; (te)> ^ 

734. garter— "^^w— i?fFr «n^: icr^; * mm «raa?^ (^)* ^ * 

73 w 5. fcg^^TT^:— -(i) ^^n^fe i 00 ^^toifri^i— ( i ) ^otv 

(^3^i ^t^O ^^ ^ iito^"4, afara^ ^^tr^t i ( ^ ) 
^?3to^.* (^?3|^: ^n:0 ^ ^ g^r?;: (j^^ira:), q^rrcsro, 

276 



I SecondarylWord-Units 

736. *mi—(i) sraqShrowj; i (\) §*Nt: 1— ( <\~\ ) [fa*&tifc(*rt W, (\), 
i 'gs' (v) ^r 9>Sm sgdfr] i 

|, 737. 5^— 8J?N^--5r^wra[ r i (arsrcfMft^qfs^)! 

!j 738. Wt^T— (l) <OTR*#Rmi W^^prfHwter^l (x)^raT%f^:i (v) 

I* WTCRI*l: I— -( 1-v ) ti^q^rwr: 's^FRq 5 , '^7^%', f ^T%< 

I (h), *TO*PT' 00 TOT: ^JT £WT:] » 

j 739. *ite~0) wwrW. t (x)^!wrtm (\) $&mt I— ( i-x ) [fat- 

I ^f^«T: '*&£ (XO, 'TO* ft«), 'SOT' (x) TOT: # SS^i] I 

> 740. jfts—OO s^sftisn W^T^Rtfn (\) $&6fa%vi i— ( v-x ) [1W 

I q^fcrwr: '^^'-(i), 'W* 5 (^), '3ife' TOT: s^I 5S33TT:] 

wmm-. (war^ ^mi-) i 
742. sr^c— (i)^«rferTmtterfT: i OO^wsri (0 *rcrwtr% i— ( i ) 

5*. 743. *FH— %?R:— [fosif*§$ %' (<s) S!# SES3T:] I 

744. <qr$— («0 3?f^fi: \ (\) mwt I (x) *mk'- 1 00 fiFTO I 00 ?&R- 

( i o) erwmra' I (i i ) TOFftftan": i ( i r) 3TTOWts$$ i (<» x) ^rf- 

<^TcFm%2TT: t (nv) anprTpTcTT: 1 (l^) ar#P?i I (l%) 2?fFff>U 
(lv>) ^T3^t: I (<u) $lwHT^ I (n) SOTtf: t (l«) ^1%: I 

Oo) ^rsarwww? i — ( i ) [topra^lr 'arfV (?) tot sp*tO i 

( H ) TfR T 3^t% # 3PRK; TO 3W?^T I ( V-1"* ) [t%^pg^r: 

(x), tor 00, Hb ^? (^)> ^ t 00» '*tttW (h), tot* s&ir 
ess^nr.*] i ( 1H ) 2TfR0mOT*O % tWfcT ^ 3ff f^?: i ( <*0 [fiws- 
q^ •«* (n) ^s?r otjt:] » ( ^ )%n ^ w, #nm: w *i, 
Mi % #rq^T:j ( ^ <i ) ?#rits ^t^t:, %^f ^IwFrrJ?; i ( i ^~^« ) 

746. iiwfeETi^r--^ 5 ^^?^^.*— -(famsM f W ^^ : ^ 53 f0 ' 

747. «iirTWR—- %^^^^j--%t ,s2 ^¥p^^ i mrzwtmy mfcm^tq- 

277. 



BhagavadgM Word -Index Pi. 1 1- A {a) 

748. srav'sni—" (i) 3#m$r i (\) vtifimm i (\) ^f^ta^: i (v) ?r?r- 

%3T^ I (^) TOOTTOTSTCrsi ft) affiTSTO. I («) afclRlTT I ( <f) 2?cffiTR: I 

(%)2jM^Rtfi%: i~( <j~v ) [f^q;§ftr«T: 'f*ra' (\), 'anaraf (x*)» 

'fo€l%n%^', '^ftf (*), JO^Ti 95*1*1 essqTt] I ( H ) amT^r 3TOT- 

*n*rarfa (^ ^ *m*% mm ^) ^ w. qmnwnw> i ( \-\ ) [flws- 

q^l%wr: f 3ffi*T< (U-^"), '^W (l*) J^T: SFtW SOTT:] I 

750. m\— 0) w*iro^ i (\) *rahra* i— ( i-i ) [f^mftwrt 'mr', 's^' 

751. WOTr- wn^rat— * nm% (mtt foteg *rfe wvn wi ?tf mm% 

fH^)i 

752. *T\— (l) ^P^fS? I 00 qSTOTO I U) T^Tf* l-r-( 1 ) arffcR. 3^2? «RBJ 

«i!^r w i^«: I ( ^ ) [Awto^ 'to' (^) ^ want) i ( O 

?*m.-,!fr)^: i 

754. irwr — «F^P5;sn% — T^rf^r (^w^) wssifr (a?M&mfo) ^r i 

755. .?r«CT — 3Fmr; — ?f mi wm-- (srcsflffc) i 

756. *rrttat-(i) *rarf§wi (\) , jwrsft i— ( 1-^ ) [flrarofaart *m! 

757. ?n^v / ^--qra3mwr-«n^t *n4t (jt^t) to (<?t*ri*r<) 3^ i 

758. ?rwr— ^^r^T— ?i<r^ vm (Erafe) i 

759. ^— ^mr^n^— (te^ 4 w' SP# €25q-:) I 

760. ^— (i)«i*TOfoig3Bri W«^9n (x)^ji (v)ftaigTOri 

%^rn (io)p&mi (i^g^f^roMtasn (^)^mti (n) 

f?PT^Pr§TO t (l v) #Tf?fJ: I (l H) SSEl^Sffim I (^) *RRf£q»r: I— 

( i ) (EracrarA 'swrcwii' «a^t s^?) 1 ( v-\ ) * g*s: 3^. 
to m^m 1 ( v-i* ) pmrofawr: 'ftsr''^-*), '31%' (1— ii), 

'%^' (<>), 'tST' ?RT: ^T ?g5?TT:] | ( 11 ) g^t ^PIH^^ fctf, 

(n-n) [topw^rt 'stt^ (vi), '^?TiTCfrsT* , «n^r ^^r 

waft] I ( iv ) amft g^Rj 2ffag^: i ( ivn ) *ffi<T |W: ??crafW:; 

761. ^n^i^---i^i^i5 : ciTJic---[^i(fq^l 'm* (1 x) «o^r v&w] i 

278 



Secondary Word-Units 

762. 3£SC— g^t%?tT^T:— 3% f%3!K3T: I 

763. g*| (Verb) — ^t^WTqr r ~-[f^qr^| '^ (^) snsfr «S5ar:] i 

764. sftir— (i) bpr^ti (^gpsrraSftn (*) 3Rt*rerM (■*) sntj^ww; i 

*ft*R i (i •) 5ft?tac. i (i *> ) ^%s!*h i ( n) *rak^ i (i 3) qti%^^ i 

(iv) #TSTRTO: I (iH) ^W^ I (<} $) qt*RS(S; i (^) 3fcPn9T« I 

(«u) ^rg^: i (n) qftif^wr: i (^°) qt^fi^ci (\i) $tmt**m- 
wiku » (^) 3fl*rafte i (n) qfl*rcrRri%q; i (w) q\*$mt i 

(x\) #tw;: i (^o) ^rou (^) sT$*rotft i--( v--v) 
(loV^Ovi^ 'ftrc' (nv), 'fi%' (n-n), '*tf^' W, 

. **R' (V*), %f', 'm^T', W, 'SIS', 'q$ ' (1^), 'i^' V ) ^ T: 
gsfa ZV*W] I ( n ) #T % f^T^T il ^1%?:, Bit, %I *tt, % 3WTT: 

% qtifawn: l ( v» ) ^]Ti5f% ^ tfflt^ ggc $i*rcff$RP*i ( \i ) 

**m » ( vO ^ *?te (w«m to?) ti^'te i ( n ) (Wir 
snq^3TT^%i%0 sfiTO'fafe:, m^^TOfetl^j (v*) |%tft 3mT 

( \n ) srTif*t *r ^w^ ^w^rtSe i 

766. sfarorai — ^*RmTOTf?r: — #mpm (^t^r xrefcfcrr vwi vtwmi, 

nr)«nv>(W^«i«P)i 

767. ^fmg^ — #fff?RT?Tn---[f%a[iq^l *3?t?*F3; j (vx) *»«& %m*] i 

768. ^5^—^^%^.* — [i%J?OTK% 'm^ 0*) ?r*d ^ss^] t 

769. sfter— (i)^t^el*. J 00*fcFfaW[,i-— ( 1 ) (f¥nq^t %m' ^*d 

770. «ft«I«r— 5^^ ! -~ [i^^'^t 'W* (H) ^^t €SSZT:] I 

771. *Jft%— (l)W>^| (^) Jfl^tor: I (l)qrpf!iW:i (v) JR3ft<3T: I 

(h) i^lf^s i (s) «^tft5 1 — ( ^ ) t^n: qton %ft ^Tf^r t^^RlPr i 
( vk) [1%«^?^rwr: *5^ ? (i*), *<m' (\), ( vm! (\), '*& (\) 



BhagawdgM Word-Index* Pt. II-A(a) 

772. ^^r— 0) qrorwu (\) wmffii i— ItofRcfewrt 'm' (v-0 

773. 5csr^— torjsto-- tot: (jrafta:) mi (%Tt^rs) *tcto. ^ i 

774. ^5Tt2«T— ^Igtrr^^q:— ^Qq??^ Wgmt TO W I 

775. ct— TOsgsft— *ro (gro) ^r^sw* tow* j ; crf^t, i 

776. ?^r— ^Ts^sn:— ^^ [ sfcrci , %ftf*ra^ ^t, to %sto (^rmwt 

^fegraWT^^ftrfct to) affcrac.] totm 

777. *$r— 0) «rcfo i 00 mmfo i— ( i ) t tffr (^tohO i ( x ) [fo*5- 

778. «c«r — (i) inw i 00 *htot; (\) i$mm\ (?) x$n& i— ( v* ) 

[f^^fcrwr: W(lVn), '3WT» (v) 'STO' SW ott 

779. *5r— 0) *13TO^I 00 TO<rf*U (\);.TO1W5« I— ( i ) [f^TO& '*w' 

(*) «t Sgsar:} I {\) (^q^3 ^T *R! fl:) TO:,, tf *t#RT $fa 
TO^ I ( \) [f^fraA '«TT5I7^ ? (*) ^ SBap] i 

780. ^^^^^^^---^^^^^(wt^^t)! 

781. 5cft— (i) ?F&ft i OOtrorare^i '(x) *faRi*m i— ( i~^ ) [£m?- 

tRS^wrt W/snRlWS' (\) *0sfrsB3ajV|i ( \ ) '«Ara* -KPT: ifot % 

sftOTT: I - 

782. ^mtw— (i) ^i^?r: i 00 ^l^aftj i— ( i ) (im«r iw iroift, 

KTOfr, Wit) %5ii: ^PlJ«5rt^Rr:, cf: I . 

783. tr«ww«Rl>sr— (i ) tonwito: i 00 ^totwhbNt: i— ( v-h ) tmi 

xmm^tm: (to, wt, «ta*r, #rt otto), tois;^ ^to*p£tw:, 

784. ^— (l)*jfeiTOi 00 ^fRI (X)^fej (v)^^STTI 00 

fa*§TO I— ( 1-X ) ^ffTKf^wr: %lW, 'pr\ ' r *StV (^) 3RT: 
3PN 1S53TT;] t ( v ) mi f^W?, ftTOt T^T 31, ^rstfaTT \ (\) fepg- 

f}m^%i^r? ^r: t%4 gsr: t 

785. Kf^--~l?3!^^^pr--(f^?^q^ 'Ir^rfjr' ^ fss^rO i ' 

786. KTHru^-— ti9*rmi3tfo— ■ ^p«npRir (m*m nwn ®&?gmift w®i 

_ *jmm*t, «9r) ®hr: ^T^rs^r*{:, ^ i 

280 



Secondary Word-Units 

787. Klft— irwrw^— [fiw^^ 'eiFW' (\) q&$ ?s52r:] I 

788. ^ife— Mt^j^;— [f^«?^ '^' (i) 3F# sssnjr 

789. ^— ^Oftm: — [f^W^ 'snf^T' (x) 5l^t ses^TJ] 1 

790. ^ftrc— sfawf^i^~[fiHsre$[ 'itf^rsr' ^i s®»r:] i - 

791. ^$T — SS^S^WRftF'I^i^fi*: I — (^JRPRR^ 'SfRgwi' $«§- 

792. *?5W— (*i) snVsre^ i (S) m^ms \ (\) eFrercrc** i (v) 3to?j i 

w?; i— ( \-« ) [f^Fdcw 'enW, 'mttf (\~\), W (^), 

793. 5ctflr^ — (*») ^faifo** i (\) m%$'- 1 (\) iw*?t i— ( vx ) ftwit si* 

^i-j ^ SlflRT e^T$[% ^^^ (f^FTO**, ) | ( ^ ) f stf^r 

(gaftaift) ?fcjft to w *sfar » 

794. ^-^-[Ite* '«** W «t <*.] , ■ ■ 

795. srar— (l)^rercflj (\) ssw I— ( 1 ) [fanf*^ "'s-.*' (t )'"**■$ 

796. s^ct — $j*^^Tc3ff^^wf%3Tf|j^ — (f^s§$ 'a^pr* *a^t zv*m) \ 

797. ^m—^mT?5reV---(to?q^f 'zm**' ^ ss^*) t 

799. ^te>— -(l) sftq^f% i (*<) f ?*t% I (x) *&«T^% I (v) jr4^B^ l (<-\) #$- 

(1.) «*8feu; h-{ 1-« ) IftuWOtRw W (0. 'f, '*3<' 
'*rf', '9W' (I-*), '^t^' (•*) s?R[T: 3^*1 SSsam] I ( <£ ) %fT5Tt 

to) sygj: sfcssta:, crs; iX'S^j?; i ( i « ) w ^ #$: ^p&j, 

800. sita^pr — ^t^rzr^ci; — [fenqr^r V (v) w$t vm*] t 

802. ^stg^ — 3?sti^^— q ,$i&%m (^n^^i w*mt) i ' 

-? *5Wf ^, ^5rf ^nf?R:) ^zr (ott) ^ i 

281 



BhagavadgUd Word-Index PU U-A (a) 

804. g^pr— 0)$tosara«RWU 00 ipw^Ri— ( i-\ ) [f^roftnatf 

805. ^F5R1f — aftc^P^^^— [ffaSF^ '«Fta' (X) 3R*t €OT:] t 

806. 3W— Wis—- *T W I (*reTC apn{ : ) » 

807. q^^sWrs:--^ ^5: m w. I 

808. **— 0) Wl l W ^TC l— ( 1 ) T «R^ 3^^i ( x ) [ftHOT& ' «fa* 

(n) wtt TOsq:] 1 

809. ^— w^-~[ftwF5$ W 00 ?n^t sgsq:] i 

810. sfirer— 0) srorisra^RiT: 1 (\) giwfc 1— ( 1 ) (T%sq3$ '$T*r- 

811. qti— { 1 ) Spfa^ I 00 Qtff^M^ I (\) ^Wjq; | (y) ^RFlWifcftfa I 

(*0 «rfw: 1— ( i-v ) [firaOT^w- 'e^to' (v), 'snfW (\) 
'^' (*), 'sn$ %' 31^: s?*r*r £S53T:] I ( ^ ) Wfat ^^: *rfw. J 

812. s4sr|Kc— ^otr^: — [fanmsA V (^) *P$t ^ozr;] I 

813. grc^-~^3^KT4i%«---[t%rtq'^ '^^r' (%) w$ %$&v] 1 

814. *5T— (l)srew (^)stoi— ( vx) *T wfta; TO: 3TTO:; «H 

815. tw-^W wwn&t » W toiwfit 1— ( y\ ) [i%^q^rwrt '3ffi*R* 

816. ^—^R^T^ft:— [t%3^I '*&$ (n) ^ SERB] I 

817. «T|^T?mt^^-- 2 Rm^mH?r:-~-[^ , T^ '3TcT' (v>) *Rt *sars] l 

818. qr*q^--3pn«rw$--* qrswsT: (51^1: ^fct-*) ^t^wtst:, m^i 

819. srxf^r^q- — 1 Mmwfa^~(f^P§$ W 5f# sssar:) 1 

820. ^(5[— W^^T^—t^^^l 'TO' (l) $Nt TOT:] 1 

82 1 . ^li^—^rt^T^— [f^<re$f 'srsrc,' ( *) *n# mm] 1 

822. ftwcr—^te^r-— sr H3w ("5^0 *wrrat. ^^f *r j «*faw., <fa » 

823. fitarc— (i) frffe 1 00 affoRu;i--( 1 ) [fira$ra& «ftV (i<0 

824. MMto>RHN#X(Onlm]i 

825. ft^T#~ 3Tf%^T^: — 5J f^H: (ftwfe) I 

827. ft*r?r— 0) foraissw 1 (^■ft'TOR:. (^) fom*f\i>, (v) f^*ra^K«; 

282 



Secondary Word-Units 
C^sqT:] I (v) ^FT?TT ^T" *Rm<t (w f^Tc^) ^ fa*ITO€*. I 

( v* ) [f^frefcrwr: '^mm$w\ '^ (n), %$' (11), '*rare' 

%V M 

828. fifarcr— 3T^?Tf%^RT^ I— pfflfTCl 'e^ff' (v) S-tScft ?S5q:] I 

829. #f§rer-{i) f^RjRTJu 00 f%f%cfT?«rr t (x) ftfolrfew I— ( %-\ ) 

[fk^Fm^vm '3ffi*rcC (v>Mf<0, ^tecqr' («^) si*^.- 3$w eg^m] i 

830. *^Fr— (1) faHFrcn%rq;i (\) ^rf^iR^i— ( 1 ) %#r ^f^^f^rR- 

sftctq; \(\) f^nFfr m ^^wi 1 

83 1. f^%^r — st^^^t^ — ^ fttftra; 1 (f^Frt^mt vfai «r|^ ) 1 

832. fe^— ^T^FI^aT^r^ffi;— (fts^^q 'srf^r' «n^r SSS^) 1 

833. f^rf — ft^tar: — [ftWS§$; 'fer' (0 Sl^t €S5^:] i 

834. f§Rf*T— -qfafSpeRT: — [teiq^^l '^T* (i\) W^ SS^:] » 

835. fl^ift^—^^^T^^^^^^f^T^:--- (f¥w<l 'sRgwi' s^ 

836. T%f^cr — f%%n?WJ3;— -[fa*4W# 'mtm? (v^) *n*g ssssr:] 1 

837. ^ (To know)— (1) a^TfWfa^ 1 (\) s*mi%^i (\) $?fffa?u 

(v)cTc^^l (h) fife: 1 (O^^l OO^S^M (<0 3$f^:J 
(%) #TftTWT: I (<*«) %^?U (ll)W^[:i («tt) *n§ft?U — 

( i-s ) LETOJsfawrs r; s?€tu1%', { 3tw', (^), '»', '<rc*r' (*), 

'cl< (ll), '5T5l< (*-0, W (^)> '^ 0**0 ^V ^ SWT*] « 

( 1 o-«n ) H ^ft«% W^fira;; cf fa^ftft %sfa^ i ( i v) s$ (*r% 

838. fg/sn— (i)aran?Rt%aTi (^)tf^nn (\) m$mx t— ( <*-* ) [fofil- 

q^fcTR: '^vm' (i), 'ft' (0, '^' 00 3W- ^ ?.^TT:] I 

840. fgr^^L — ^^s;t^s — s=r f^scras t ~ 

'841. T%sn-~ (i)tf fa* 8 t (^)^ife^i (0^3T%r:t (v) f*fSra*n (h) 
ftfoni 1 ($) raPw 1 (vs) ftfr^T i (<0 *wifr*n$r i («») s*rffcr^i 
(no) vwrffcre^u (ni) sifarett i (1^) igflreT: 1— ( i~n ) [ftm- 
q^ftwr: 't^' (^), *^» (v\), *i¥ (vv), 'ft', 'strt' (*), 'ys^ f 

842. flf^n^— f*RTHfaiT:— [Ow^nsS" '^ (\) ^ tw] « 

283 



Bhagavadgtta Word-Index Pt. II- A ( a ) 
-843. ftf^r— -0) fate; i (x) fafagfo^i (}) TOffafa^l— ( 1 ) [facr$rol 

844. ft^pjsf s&— -^f^Rr-* fafajjfon (TOTfafa:) I 

845. 6^r--f^rTtm— [f^re^ 'sn?^ (*«) ^t ssars] i 

846. fifa^q^— sri^F^—-* l^i^e^snw , ^ gf^raR i 

8 47 . fitaiftFfc— ( i ) 3Tto% i ft) «?fiRTfcRH i—( vr ) * f^nRi^ srfoTT- 

848. ftftsrc— «n??r^ii5*— -Ipwi^ra^ 'mm? (^ \) si# sot:] i 

849. f^f^&~^^#rfr§3>T:~- [ftsrfq;g$ '^3^' 31*% ISsqr:] » 

850. f^ftr— f%l%^TT^T^TTt — [fWw& %m y (l t) 3l# SW] t . 

851. fitifer^— ^^te: — ?r falte I (a^rito:) I 

852. f^srf^r^rsr — ^f%f^R%^^rr — -gftfa: (^ftt^^r^) ^rsrtcfq^iT (ftt&or 

$3TOt) i 

853. ^"qer^lT — 3Tl%*r^K354; — ==T ) I 

854. ftsnr— ft) *pi$?fem>. i ft) %m*$mm-. i— ( v-r) [ftH$*8;- 

fawrf '$$£ ftv^<>) ^«|r h#t essft] i 

,855. T%^^^^fa^:— [f^<£§$ 'erratf (iv) ^ ?ssq:] I 

856. :&wrr~^feOT-~- W& few i 

857. ^-^tos;--- PmTO» W ^T tm] ' 

" 858. f^War— " s^B^Rrt^STRT:-- -[fa*lOT5& 's^^ra'' %«% %&sqt] \ 
859. fagS— "ft) ^l^fl^* ' ft) HP?I! I ft) ^%Tfft«i^T^I— ( 1-X ) 

[t^is^rwrl '^re' ft), 'wm^ ft<0 . ^ s^ ?ss^r] i 
( ^ ^s^Nts ($*#r 9Rift ^%T^T^r, ot.-) f^*j^T.* *Hfowfa^r:, 

860. &^T?ira~--3ii.iT^^rwT---'[^sqfq^ '^i r 5 ft) *a*% sssrs] i 

861. fi^fffr— srtftMlOT^--^?H %Rt¥^^ ssrCW^em^ , tokc i 

862. fWtfter— swHf^rt^Ti— [^f|T^ 'mrt ft) wz$ zmt] i 

863. f!*pfr— ft) ^TO^T^^T^I ft) Ull^%%M—( 1-\ ) [f^M* 

q^fWTf %t?j' ft), r ^T^ } ft) ^ 3$T esxafV) I 

864. ft^-^j^WW^—lpw^^ '^' ft i ) ^ s,w] i 

865. fWto— wf^^—-«Jsror: fWfei:, sHsrfatffer:, an. t 

866. <Nar^--gfa*B^~ S*rtf frs*^: [fetfar $<? (s^^cf) *j*5 to 

284 



Secondary Word-Units •" 
8t>7. fotfiisr-- (i) wrcrofaflfc^i W«jrfW8m« i (•*) ^wftfi^i— ■ 

868. f%^^N/l^+T%~^:^^^T^I^tf%^lRI{~(^<^ r 9TTfJ 

869. fift^— W^^— ^rt(1^W)^^t^l 

870- fi#EE^r— ^^fe^^q:— ^f^^ppr (ftWt^srt M*na%:, m) 

871. f^Tf^ — gStf^RFT^s — g% ^RIT^t: I 

872. f^rre* — ^ratarsj^ — (fo*ro& '^ftr' ^t ^sssn) i 

873. &§pc— ftg^Rirr— [tesre^ '3tt?sr,' (v%)'^ sip^] i 

874. ftgftj— ^R^g^t— [t^«ra^ '3tf?*H' 0*0 ^^ ^ s ^ : 3 * 

875. fir**-— (i) f^# J (^) faTOT i (*) fasrsq^ I (v) 1%%^ i— ( i~Y.). 

876. j^ssrerj — (<0 fas^sp^ \ (\) ftq$[&ai i— ( vx) p^?^rfr*tf 'gsfr 

(l-'R) ^f 3£r»r sea!*] i . 

877. f%w— 0) ^FM^Tn » (^) ^rq^T55T5 1 (\) fo&ftpjftfrns, h~ 

( '1-X ) [fas^fcW %^ (l), *JT^5\ *^f (l*) SRT« l^T 

878. WWT— ■ t^Wlte— (f*?9^$ r sfTW 5I^t S&srO $ 

879. f^5K— fa€reWT^^%— (f^Fg$ '*TRFr ? ^ %mi) I 

880. sffa— (i) *fapa*nrossta* i (\) $m*m£ten i (\) *farcmr: t— ( i~\ > 
881- «fte— (l) *TC#PfHT: I 00 ^tsRffaiU-"- ( ^ ) [fa*OT$n3rt ***$&', 

882. sfttr— (l) SFRRft* I (*0 3R*g*ftn I— ( i-X ) [f^W^Wt *»PF?f* 

883. 1 *?•— f^s— -[foflpraslr '^' 00 ^t ^zar:] t 

884. m%rr*fe$vwtr- sfttf otihi 

885. fSBC— JiTO— [PIWPWA *f*' (*) «*$ «**:] I 

8 86. ^T— (l ) aff^ns I (*) &8&m: I— ( 1 ) (foWS& '^ ' Wt HRSfO I 

( ^ ) tfTO ^n W % STO%*rr: » 

285 



Bhagavadgftd Word-Index Pt. 1 1- A ( a ) 

887. %3(Noun)— (n)**fau W^pp i ft)*Wfts'» (•*) «nfat i— » 

( <i~* ) [fW^fcRTR %£ (i o~n i) m%: nifa ssafr] i ( ^ ) «% 

888. ^prn?— ^n^n:— {fa*ro& V ^ sss*:) i 

889. %^IW5W~ ^PRirHra!:— (I^SsA r qf T^*R' g# ?^u) \ 

890. ^F^~^PcTf^~-[%i5^ '$' (vi) *l*$ SSST:] I 

891. I*— - ftfe— |%TO$ 'ft%' (<)$) qr^t 33*ar:] i 

892. lft*~ PrgA^rr— [f^s?l 'faq' (%) st# sss*:] i 

893. t^-~ Iwfr— p^q^r 'sfoC (}<:) 5P»$ sss?r:] I 

894. S?r5>— (<}) QM^ I (\) zfsqyfii \ (\) 3&^j I (v) spartfil^ } (^) s«to- 

( *\ ) (ETO5& W ^ SBar:) I 

895. umr— | Rf 5? Ws— [f^S<E§$ 'trP (v) «&rsft ^stt:] I 

896. ^mrnw— (i ) aifenwr: i 00 swttto t— ( 1-^ ) [f^q^r«Tf 

( mk (v) «^ (v) ssrsft ^w esslr] i 

897. s^^~5^nfT:--[^q^l '*ft' 00 ^t l^v] i 

898. «rft«rR— 8M/^ft«r----!T arfaTO 8FBTfaTO (sTf^T%H 3WT^i)» ^ ' 

899. sqtf^ft'tft— 0) siart^snf^t J (\) aisqfosnfcRn |—( v* ) *TT *^~ 

901. surorar— apRrwrfeniT— -(%tro?t 'mm* ■(*) ?^fr esssr:] i 

903. sirarfl^r— (i) *raWraraft*i& i (\) ^mftzmfttffa-. i— ( i-^ ) 

[f^qr^r^f '3^rq* (n), 'wfift' «asfr wr ?^ft] t 

904. stot— -^r 5 ^^— [f^q^ 's^' (t) ^ ^^r:] i 

905. 5?rra^s^raH^r-(f^q^| '^pw' 2^ ^s^r:) I 

906. wnw-^m^raT^— [ftwfi^ 'msK' (S) ^t *mt] \ 

907. W?T— <1) 3?gf%^T: l (\) Z%m: I ft) ^PRTO I (v) fq^rtlT: r (^) srsr- 

=^Tf^^ 1 (^) mmm: i— < ^ ) ^ g^r srai^r W % ^^^tt: i 

( VH ) [folTOfowr: 'W (^), %' (n), 'ft^' •>W^Tft^ J?t^T: 

*r sis*m] 1 ( ^ ) *r%cTT% (qftijito) irmPr %^f % tfammt 1 

286 





908. 




909. 


T 


910. 


I: 
I 


911. 


t 




! 


912. 


: 


913. 




914. 




915. 


; 

: 

f 


916. 


1 


917. 



Secondary Word-Unit* 

?f-5?IRifq;~[f^^ '**%£ (i^) ^tt vbsv] i 

tratfcwt '5T5RC! 0*)» r *n^' (<t x) sisft ^jt ?ss^] i ( \ ) ^ ^r 

srfte— 0)*tfK?nsn (\) sxttvcmftfot \ (x) ^ftpftsronu (v) 

(1X), 'fMfejmr' 3KT: 3&T €Ssm:] » ( y~M> ) gfft f^«RT: ^^:. 

^ifes*— (i) 5?r%^^r (^) jof^ff: i—( i ) [fa?TO$ '5m* (x) 

918. ^or^r— 00 s*W*.t (^)araiRi§OTi (x) TO*ftc:i (v) s&tott^i 

(*0 2a^#ri% i— ( i ) ?t w fasm wr i# w. m®i, m. *tm*{\ 
( v-v ) [t^*£fa*r* 'sot', f qrfrr\ *^' (h) ST^T: ^T SSSqfT.*] I 

919. $rnp— 0) ^OT^I (\) spmsTTJ I— ( 1-X ) [f^^FSfawtf <m%\ 

920. WT»5r— ('OsRJFTOl (\) flFSTCsra^l— ( n ) *r f^ 5^Tt^: 2TW f^ 

921. m*®* — sRn^cRr-^^fT^^i 

922. OTW^-^^w4te— (^^ <$H> ^ WR) I 

923. sti^r— wrerf^t^— [faffsrot 'fafa' (x) ^ £§*?:] I 

924. , ?n^rf^«n^---^m^^xsq:— [i^«^^ W (x) *r& sb^:] i 

925. ^mi%ft?r--~3wm^^-~-5r sirafaf&rct {nx$m ftfl^) sraiw. 

926. fe^^---^T^W^~---(te^q^?l 'ot' §rsfr iss^O i 

927. «j)T^^'-~^t^Il^|i%5-*-^t^r: [«?ftcIT«r e^JTT^ (^:) ^t^:, $:] 

287 



BhagavadgM Word-Index Pt. 1 1- A ( a ) 

929. spr— s^f^— pp^rasft t wn i W^t SSsaj:) i : ' : 

930. aftr— 0) «*3fa : i (x) ^r i— ( %-\ ) * gfai ejgfas (aroflw:)* 

932." g*T— (i ) ^TO t (^) srgvri^ i (\) w*WSK »■—( 1 ) w s^ s*3*n*, 
933. *|smpr— 0) g*ng*raforpfn 00 sprrg** »— ( 1-* ) [te- 

934- l^S— ^Sf tf— T SOT «»S^5 ! , «A i 

935. *ta— (l) «*tfoct: » 00 3$far I— •( VX ) «T ffo* e^lftR^ 5WT ?T«TT 

936. sjt^fta— [f^^& '*nro' (\)$Nt SB^T:] » 

937. sfaarVg^ ^siirc— ^t ^tts, (3ftf^*rfr)> sri^n*, m^i 

938. dhT^g^— 8»^r«r:— sr, step (trwl.*) I 

939. S1TO£- {iJsrWTR: I 00 efsresfFTO I— ( M ) *T «q«IR: («Rtf 

941. sft — «ft*pi*nq, — (f^nc^^ilr '*mtt! ^ vmi) \ 

942. ^T%— 0) gfcTC^TW: I 00 «fftfaqfa<TOT i— [Eto^ 'wm' ($), 

944. Irs— (l) P$$» (V) *re$te l— ( l-\ ) (lfa$ra$t»it ^ (yj; 

945. sfpr— #^rfT^r— '[f^q^l- '«nf¥ («jv) srsfr %mm] \ 

946. i^— wwtj— yz mm-. \ , 
947* ^s-^w«rw^r— [^roA '*wg' (\) w$\ sear?] i 

288 



Secondary Word-Units 

948. i$m— "(l) «RWa^» (^) $W*R: |— ( <\-\ ) ^ e^R: 8*^:j %*$ wg^i 

949. ^TT% — m$M — 3 «f^»: I (3?*FTj) i 

950. *ff ^— ^i^t— [f^*§$ '*&' (h) ^ cs5?r:] 1 

951. ^rfsq— siro*^-— [teq^l 'nm* (1) w*% ss^r:] i 
952* 5EF1RFT—- s^fsrH— [t^^q^# W (vs) g^r vs.**] \ 

953. ?81?—- OO^fofSrm^i (^) spforf&s i (x)sfonfai (v)wwi (<\) 

(n<J-^«), '*rt'0a), 'gw' (6), 'hr' (ih), '5PB', ^%f', 'sflraf 
(<0, T^f%' (V) jef^t: wr saw] i ( <n ) gror m* ®m% s * 

955- *r^r^— (<*) ^fe^f: i (V) <3fa*rf33n i— (' ^ ) EEraroRrwrt '*>%,' 
(^), '^fa* (<*) ?kV 5f>it*r ^^o^r] i 

956. ^rf — (i) ^fairest; i (h) Wtosrrg^ftraflifr: * (0 HSrf^wfRU 

(**) 5?#f^^fTs I (H) %§3SfT: > ($) l^rfTS I — ( 1-v ) [feW5- 

957. 'era^—O) sjcraggranu (V) ^Rragw.— ( vO [FW%"fcr«rf '^ 

958. ?3^ (Adj.)— (i)3RRi: 1 (^)3W^i (x)*r*3*3Eu (*)*R*RU (\) 

*m§ 1 — ( vx ) 3 ^ sm<i (?r f^f?RT^)j mi mm 1 ( ^-H ) 

[^PWT^fcf^r: '^sg[' (^), 'brr^, '*mr' (<**) gra^T: W*T SSS^:] I 

959. ^WTO^-^^T^^--[^^^ 'erf' (^) o*$ OT«] t 

960. B?^?r— (i)"^^r?f^i (\) «ra?f^: 1 — ( <* ) ^ ^?fcw: 3^*$^ [to 

961. *grar*t— - (<0 f^^w 1 (\) 5Ht^^rfH i—( i-x ) [f^(fq^n«rt *f^' (\), 

< *r^' (^) !?p|t ^t 5?si^] i 

962. ^^---aw^q—q- ^q; (ftr«s?T, 9!^;^ ^t) I 

963. ^ReT— (l) f^ra?ER«i: 1 (^)^c^r^T^SJ I (\) '9T^f^: I (vj?ff^«r?i I 

(\) mm&zw i— ( n ) [Pwirel 'ft^' ('i •) ^ sso?t:] i ( x ) 

B. G. 1. 19 289 



Bhagavadgita Word'Index Pt. II- A (a) 

964. ^'^i^"--^^?^^^^---^^^ %*! (\) «a»fr W«P] I 

965. ^ns—araapn^T^-* w&w. (m^&ir. m^i) m%Ftwr., m%\ 

966. ^5— *lcra%:— -[fa*TO& 'Tcf' (0 50% €S3^:] i 

967. ^rm^r— ^T55Rs^teT^ — (fanOT$ %mtm' ^ sas*:) i 

968. ^W^^^^-^FF5F^^^f^^~[^^^ '#t' (m) *rs& ^5?r:] I 

«r secret $<*.- sraswrecraf 5«T: I 

970. BfSEIW— lifowan^flc— [fto^s& '*&£ fa*) ^ SBHp] I 

971. *?w3n*r3n*r3'3>— ^ns^TpiTtw— [fo*sro& 'sm% (v) ^^ 

972. ^roifa^— (<0 ftsreiwamft \ fa) dtef ^"^mfr i— ( i ) [ftsf*5$ 

'to' (<n) 5i# ss53r:] i ( ^ ) s&nro (*$ to^ts) SFq^Ti %* 

973. ^ftf^T — 3WT^— T ST?*: fNtt TO 3^ ^q^n;, 57 SWWJ. 3W1^ I 

974. *m— (i) ^^w i fa) *ton#wwr: i (x) srafansrar i fa) to?8ft: I 

fa) *rast^rat i fa) sr^:^^.* i fa) *mp?n t fa) sm^fe i 

fa) ^TST^PR: I— ( 1-S ) [ftoSTSfawr: ^ fa), '*$&* fa), 

'fam'/tffcg {\), '&^m' fa-*), 'sfe' fa*-^), ( ^wi' 

975. 'Bfl^r— ^MiW^— [faWR$ *cl< fa) ^T SBsq:] I 

976. ^nr^Nf — ^Rrfl^fej — %k% fa% mfas) ^^tt.- fa*t ^ %<sf %) » 

977. ^F^rer— (i) ?<pn^?*tf*m.-; fa) srromfcraT: i— ( i-* ) [ftas- 

978. ^WTO — 3RRP$: — 1 *m& I fa srai:) I 

979. *wfa — fa) aspB&roTftRT i fa) wnfowsr i — ( \ ) (faas<ra$ 

'asr^ ^ ssszf:) \(\) wwh ?sm: wnf^r:, srer wnfaro i 

980. ?swnw— sra*fot— • [Pw^n§$ '*nf' fa«) *n# sss?r:] i 

982. ^raisr?* — 0) %5tf3*miwj i (\) vtrnwrnm* \ — ( i~* ) pros- 

««W '%^', '^mwr' ^t ^ i^] « 

983. ^n?Ti%H* : — ^smife — [^iq^ %t^' (\) skt essq-*.] i 

984. BI%f%-~^ftfcW~-- [%H^ '&(^y (x) ^ e^:] i 

985. ^H<^3Rf — ^TOTg#r--~ (f^75?l '^sgn^r' ^fr css^r.-) i 

290 



Secondary Word-Units 

986. ^rg^sr— (i) ^^^rg^ni (x) *fogs*s ' U) gwrcnragsw 

0), '*>&C (hi), *§wrrcnr', '% ' (h), 'i^iwn' q&®i %$w ss^t:] i 

987. *3*pm — ^TOgsft— (f%*i?<*§?l '^ ^r sss*:) t 

988. ^j£5 — ^^»TT:— [fiWl^lr '%T' (*) ^T SSsqt] I 

989. #qRT— • -a^tf^PFI^— -[^TOR^ 'sHt' (h) 31^ ssssr:] l 

990. ^fe*na 3ra— in^fefP^i^— P^wg^ 'nW (H) ^i cessrs] » 

991. #^rt— - (<)) 3*5qw?% l (\) $m$K I (X) S^5".^|s \ — ( 1-\ ) pw?- 

q^fewrt 'ew^ (^), s?£' (v) gsfr ?B^r sssft ] i (\) igmim'fo 

992. sfrftrar— 0) 3^K*ra%ci*3; » (\) %faf§$: 1 (\) $ mtfftrcm 1— ( i-* ) 

[fad*M*flrw*: 'WRH' (*), %&*' (*\), '^T* (v) *KT: ^^r 

993- ^§g — airoifcwtfgs: — (f^r^^ssl ^^issro' 5r# sssar:) « 

994. #w— tefa^^%— (f^rs^ 'fanfare* si^r sss^) 1 

995. #TRT— ??TWIT^— [^^'^ '*rer' (H) 5^ SS3*:] I 

996- ^<^^«f— ^:tfwl^-H^: (mH to) ^33 (sraftfotf) ^^* 

TftjRt.^: sfes*g<fe: fag*?, Wf^ *n), clf^RC, I 

997. H*rar— (1) mtim* 1 (x)^!tow^» (\)jnBfa£*wu (v)xr£ft~ 

SfacTC: 1 — ( «)-v ) [f^rofawr: 'sm', 'Mra', f i|f%' (V*) 5fS^Tt 

998. WnfiRT— 3iT^«n^RTT: I— [faW<l %^ (l«) «ST^Ir ^Z5?r:] I 

999. *hjer — (1) sRfrofriep* 1 (\) «w?pt^H5^'— ( **-"* ) [fa«pratft«rt 

*B^R' (\), 'SWl* 2^ S^T SS^] 1 

1000. ^N^r — (n) ^w- » Ws 01 *^ »*— O ) * 3i? s » (t f^^^O 1 

( \ ) [fajro& '501' («>) 515$ S25*r:] t 

1001. 5W^%?r^— spfe^cTT: — [f^q^ '«# (n •) 515$ s^t*.] « 

1002. WXfe — (l) «?tnTO$tf: I (\) 3^^?*. I — ( 1 ) [fal^A *8WR' (v) 

1003. sfora-— tf^fopr*-- [fa^sl '^r' (1 «) ^ sss^] i 

1004; #q?rpc^— ^w^Rfpn — *t wmm [wm°. wmr (f^) ^ frs] 

1005. WW— #WTftn— [%(^T^^ 'Qfa' (%) W*$ SOT*] I 

291 



BkagavadgUa Word-Index Pt. I I- A ( a ) 

1006* ^^-^^w^w.'--[f^ra^ 'mm' (i) ?kt z&m] \ 

(*) .gtiftfrHU 00 iWftprctit*rra:i— ( i~\ ) [ftasrefawr.- 
%fe' (*), %^ (i), '^' (11), W 0*), '^T' (<}$) qsQi 

1008- ^srsr— (1) sketch i (^) mm 1 (\) fawsm* 1 (v) tfswwr: 1 
W <feraiwr t— ( 1 ) <Nm* «Praw: ^ s.toilr ere* «afcnn* 1 

( O * $W .afcfaiS: (*RTO 3WR?) I ( ^~<\ ) [ftafnsfawr: 'few* 
* (^) 'sfRJFC (HVH^) «TO 3$W S83TT:] I 

1009- *fiOT— ^cfSRTTs— [^T|^ W (0 5F5^t SSsar:] I 

1010. ^5-— ^gS%^W8— [T^ra^ 1%f^' 00 *F$ sssar:] $ 

1011. 53?jf%— 0) W*^» (*) ^=cTO^f^: I — ( 1~^ ) [teTOfo«rt 

•HPT' (<0, 'fl?*' (\) SP^T ^T S&S^fr] I 

1012. ^^—^^^--[f^^ 'sp*' (l) ^t V&m] I 

1013. #ftra:— (i) ^fep^rte 1 00 wte i— ( 1-^ ) [flwra^rwtf 

*si^5Fjr', '#r' (^) ??*% wr esafr] 1 

1014. #feflc--4m^^^~[^t|^^ %t' 0u) gr% ^s^:J 1 

1015. ^iroi— *rfswwik— fl^ra$ '*w ' ( n 1 ) 31*% ss^:] t 

1016. <Jftw--(i ) mmm 1 W *fen* t~~( i-i ) [f^s% ««nwC 

1017. ^rcl--~(i) wOT?rek t (^) to^t 1— ( 1-^ ) pwrofawrt 'wstcl* 

1018. ^r«f — ^ctott — [f%j=r^q^lr '*&' (i<0 «r ssssr:] 1 

1019. 58ft— (l) flfofonn « (\) qfeffSfa \ (\) Wll^: I (v) gsffofafo: i 

00 w%$ 1 (%) srWj. \ 0) mm: \ (t ) m^mwi i (<0 *$- 

gflfftl (i«)h%WTO3;1 (Vl)$^W (n)sfen#M (n) 
sfeS I (I*) flWfaU 0^)^W^«P. I (<U) *&?$:« (l«)*#- 

^m\ (<u) ^ctrri (1 %) s*tmft 1 fro) $t#s 1 (^1) sfco 
(x\) strawy i Ou)^ft$i <\v)*$?^» (vO sfewrm » 
0u)sra%%i (v»)*r%:i (v)^Wn (^).^M^i (^o) 
wS^pfepr^i— { ^-\\ ) [ftasrofawr: ^feC(^^vo), %m' (n), 
'f^f^r' (^) ? '%^' (^ 'trt» (^i-^h), ^cw', '#', e §m'(^), 
'Wm!, W (^-v), «* (h), 'tw (v-h), r ^' (11), V' 

(^-M), ^' (^); V (U), ^FT' (0, '^ (^), 'fT, %' 

292 



Secondary Word-Units 
(%) JflKtt 3$°T S S53TT:] I (\v) Wt3, ^ft% $fe: I (X*-X°) 

1020. ^^^qfv^---^M i i555^m^--[f%^q^ '^m' (\) ^% es^:] i 

1021. *gr#*rer — ftsrefcrenH: — [PpwraA 'for' (i^) >wt sbs^] i 

1022. ^f^R^^^fH^--^^ Mfcff' (0 qp* H I 

1023. ^f#?n— - (l) ; e%:TTFITT^^ I . (h.) ^tcHf fcffifcj; I (^) sH^ST^^ I 

00 ^ts^rg^ i 00 srtatssrercro^ i (^ ) ^€t#fcRw; i — 

'SFRTOT', *^fiR<C ^I^T: 3&°I 3SS3JT:] I 

1024. ^r#5T— (l) S^T^I 00 S&sRi: I (\) qfamqfcti I — ( 1~\ ) [ftflft- 

1025- *greNT%r§: — ?3iWkf^?s: — [f^w^r *^tr' (\) sr^t %®sm] i 

1026. ^sbi?r— (<0 *&£c?^i 00 yfcHtf&wn (\) *&j?rf^ i— ( i ) 

^#5 (<#3 #5) few: **esw, ^ ^WR; 00 **C*S (*% 

1027. ^pn?*^--*^^^^^ 'mm? (\\) q&t 

1028. *rfqjnOT--«*^^ 

1029. m$m*% — *a%£ta»*&qrc^ — [fw^l 'ifem' (\) si^d &&$] » 

1030. ^ r *~^r^tf-[fim^ V* eo ** m <] f 

1032. ^Sftpr— 0) ^f%5°rT*rra*3; t (^) ^f#^1^rf%^ i— ( i-x ) 

1033. hwt— ^RnfN^—^r: ^%5t (5^) ^#t stf*r srFft 3*t% 0*tfaO ss » 

1034. *nt— 0) sotw i 00 wrl* 1— [fas$rafa**rt <? f?' v-x«) ^ti 

1035 . «f*Ml) CI*** I WTOWftl (*) I&IWW l-( 1-*) 

1036. ^^t?|*T — ^^T^^cr^—- 1(^^^ ^^ , ^ SSSHF:) I 

1037. ^rfer— (i)f^T5rafft?raLi O0*pn^i (^)^tm 00^^^ 

(Si mvm ».(0 tifom, i (*) ^^ffFr^.i (<0 rni*i \ (\) w^a^i 

293 



Bhagavadglta Word-Index Pt 11- A ( a ) 

(n), , w (\), '«q» 00, f ftw' (*), 'Awn' (*), %*', '^ra* 

(n), 'TO' (iVV), 'etffcfts', *«lfaW, '^fTC* (^) qs^T: ^ 

1038. Htm:— ^^T^r^T?t— [f^«ra^ 'mqmn' 00 ^ osssr:] i 

. 1039* «I^--*r^Tf^— [fo*S«E5$r 'TO' ^ WT:] I 

1040. Htf^w— srif^nfiftm*.— [ftosreA 'fto' M ^ sssqr:] » 

1041. Htl~~^T5*fI%— [to^# 'JflfW (ix) 3Rt SCT:] I 

1042. ^rn^-ti) %mm i 00 arafat: i— ( i-x ) [f^sfciwrf 'i^', 

1043. ?atar-*terii*-- [f^*5$ %t' (v0 tx$f raan] i 

1044. fe^— 0) T?^TO§*ftTOf i: ; 00 TfTO^^f TJj (*) %^fi:— 

1045. fei%— ) *ifaft i 00 l^wflHto: i (*) fa^stfr-- i-~( i ) * 

1046. %*^[— ffcgw— [fet^l 'v*C («0 sr s $ ?s5q:] i 

1048. fJ$*T— Ifct|^— {fwq«$ %Wf' «Nfr €Si3T;) l 

1049. $^— (^ «W.§*3: I (^)^l^^l WWIRI^I (v)g^:ii 

(\) m^ I (0 §W I— ( 1 ) [^q^A '9RJ5 1 (^)JH# ^33?:] » 
( ^ ) ?p *r firafc ifaEE. W* ^mh <R *W*S. 1 ( V~H ) [iWl^Ws 
( l^ y (l*-1«), r ^' (n) ^* : ^?T €Soa?T:] I ( $ ) g<Rf Q^ 

1050. S«3«R— ("i) *ft$Nfa$*S I ft) 93g:3Rjftt l-~( VI ) Eft**- 

1051. OTt^--5^wf^E R t^—(^wf c ra^ '*rffyj*re> ' ^ msm) t 

1052. W^^.WAH^nWw, (,) 

iftfaan i (%) §*w i (*) sfa&aijan i (*) gs^i (s) ^qr^ i— ■ 
( i-% ) [1^f*dtw§ 'imi 1 , € ^i\ %&r\ <$*$%% <mm\ 
{ ?5«r' (\) t 'f^r^^i^', 's^' (%), 'vim* (\) t ^h?t: ^t egs^:] i 

1053. ' E'c— (i) svtot! i (^) m^fTJ i— ( 1-"^ ) [f^fw;fe«rt 'im' (^), 

1054. ^\*a[— #^t^~ -[^3T|^I '551$» (<^) SO^t ^3^;] { 

294 



Secondary Word-Units 

1055. .^^— 0) HOT I (\) gfflP* I (\) S?f^T: I (v) ^%TOj—( 1-v ) 

1056. ni:^— 3¥fc3R^^^^|<^i§ i— -[tesre& 'atf^ (\) w*$r 

1057. ^r — ^3^s — [f^qg# <g5r> (^) ^i^t sg^:] i 

1058. ^#gr~~^^ft---(^[^qR^ J ^> ^r sbkt:) \ 

1059. ^r— (i) s?f^r i (\) *n§^r \ (\) qgq&ti \-—[fomsfcF*ti '^ft' 

(1) 'fl^' (1-^) ST^T: i&m ?S53|T:] I 

1060. ^t— (^) «sftn#fa^; (\) d^#4t:; (*) #ff^W-~«( <*~X ) [fiw*- 

q^par: '^ftl^ (v\), %pr' (}) ^T: WI €152Tt:] I 

1061. ^gm— wjsrefflc— v mm: (m ss *refc* ^f^R, ^ ) mmw. , ^ i 

1062. %^|— q1l%^T — [f^cp§$; %T' ( \r ) g^t sbkp] | 

1063. %|%^— f^^^f?re^~(£m^q^ 'fifo^r' gnsfr sssq:) i 

1065. ^m— tffrm:— -[fortw& 'tt (f^r)' (^) srs^r ?®aiO \ 

1066. ^UW— - #T?^3:—(f^^"^# '^' ^t CS32T:) 1 

1067. 5ft— -fsflra: — [l%^3$ *f^5' (v) gs% ^^T:] I 

1068. **IT3J— -ftsRpfenPTO — [fW^# 'f^ 3 *' (n) SRt sssr:] l 

1069. ^«IW^ — SsnOTM^-Kftssrew 'WC' ^% ?B5?r:) t x 

1070. ftsrer — (i) sRrwft i 00 ^Fsrer^sra; s (\) smww: i (v) 

(r<) I^tto: i (n) mfow i 0*) ^toff^r i (<j^) -^^: i 
(iO *R**nft t (nvs) 2f^T^: i (<u) stfft^ i (n) stfftw: » (x«) 

'amsTsr', 's^to', '%*' (h), '^sstcr', r fs' ( i-^ ) *3m?3^iT|^', 
•wpigoiifti', '^, f ^f^ } 0°), 'ftpira', r sr^' ( v$ ), 'i?' 0^), 

1071. fere— (i)^^i (^)%^i%ji <^) ^nprfcr: — (n ) *t ^tk^ 

$$mi{ ( ! 5R5n) I (vi) [%it'? ; 5%^rt '|1^ (<)«\), ^ft!' (^) 23«fr wt 

295 < 



BhagavadgM Word-Index Pt. II-A(a) 

1072. ^r$— (1) mm<m% i (<) wwmfo «— ( \-\ ) (ftjffi?Rft»rt 'sts*', 

'mil 1 fl^tt ^T €83^) I 

1073. ^!^--W:^J3r-(te^ '5W^' ^ fgsar:) i 

1074. ^T— (l)fa:^K:» (^) fMlcTCSS: : I— ( 1-X ) [i^S£ftwrf 'fafa' 

1075. *»p%— (v) jjsMto i (\) ^gfafasw? i-—( v-O (taprafawrt 

1076. w— (i) ot#»it i (x) ^ot i (\) w^m. « (*) SRfarar i (^) h- 

^r: i— -( w ) [fim?«ra^P»r: %^ (vi), '^^ (^), 'arc' (-*), 

INf' (x)/^'(l^H«>)/^F^' } **rre' (<}}), '%<!' (v) ?P5^T: 

1077. ^«K#— W«pffTO:~ [faJT^I *$m 9 sjpa^t SW] I 

1078. ^ar^fte— srten^TcJH — ffen$qis& 'sffa' (x) sn*d iot:J t 

1079. ?^in^^--^Wn^^H--[f^l^ 'p? (<n) W sgs* : ] j 

1080. ottr—O) ^^^t^mer: i (x) *wtto; i (\) othtot i (v) 

fewr: '^1^' (x), W (i v^)* 'fora* (*)> 'wt' (h) 3^3^ 

1081. Icr;— ?rif^~[ffas«w5& '*n¥ (*) «t es^.-] 1 

1082. ^8pl— (n) ^fet*0 (x) &frm t 00 w&taw*. i—( n-\ ) [fta*- 

q$f<w W (<\), '<n' («u), '^ (io) skt: *ft*t fsi^nr:] » 

1083. a^T^f — 8f9@3^ — 5T w^ i (?r ^etwffcs^ ) i 

1084- ^s^--^T^im^^— (f^q^ '3i«ra*' ?a^t ssar:) 1 

1085. ^sn^TR^if— -^i«nT^TOT: — [%r^$ 'm' (m) *Nt s?w] t 

1086. S3t— -fa) *^ J W S^*™** » (*) 3*W i— («j)^ ^t 3?^rT 1 

( vv) [f^rt^ra^t *fc5' (^), '|«.^' (<n) ^ nwr cgsfr] 1 

1087. S?:— «fc: — [fe^q^l '«#' (^) 3fs$ ess?:] I 

1088. f §— (<*) ^i* » (H) #flW^: I— ( 1-^ ) ptafWfawtf *ttH< 

1089. fWl^—- rf#^T^fj— [f^qra^i '3!^ , (^) ^s^r v&m] 1 

1090. t^or— -f!^om— [ftn^re^lr 'w^ (^) 5?r# cs^.-] 1 

1091. W&-~ S! &%8^(]^V%& '^ %*$ €2S3?j) i 

296 



Secondary Word-Units 

1092. fer— 00 ^^ : » W flPlfefl* I (0 *3&CSfl$ | (v) ^BT«W {— 

0) [f|cf (1^) % $$1*3, fssfcff *T,% fen:] 5T fem ajfefT: I (v-v) 

[fa^qsT%wr: 'tW (\), %i^cr' (}), '^1^^' ^t^t: ^<jt SSsqt:] I 

1093. ftw— -f^T^i— [f%J^q#r *3?T55T' 00 2p*£t sssaf:] l 

1094. feHl)*l (^)fl^T^^:— (l) * ftflT (ftSTO eWTO) I (^) 

1095. jftsf— OO-ipST^fa* • W ^M^fl I— ( 1~\ ) [f^fT^fcfwrt *fF^', 

1096. W— fOTTO— [f^<*5$ l WF? (vO ^ SSsq:] J 

1097. t^sr— f ^!s^— (fosrfq^c! '<cfer' «&ps*t &&?.) i 

1098. ^-Wi^i OOi^i— (i-x) [f^wf^f 'fara* (\%), 

«^I» ^p5^f ^ai ?ss4t] t 

1099. t«ffa>— 0) ffllsr I 00 f«ti%^ i ft) f«ft%sEr: i— ( «»-* ) [f^w 

ftwj: %' (vs-s) ^T: ?P%ir fcSsarfi] I 

1100. is— isttoT— [f*m§re& *3*rcC (\) «t s®an] i 

1101. ii—O) ^*b®43 ! i 00 ^t^: i~-( i-^ ) [ftflsrofawrt 'wj**' 

1102. ttp>-~(i ) **tw i W ^mt^ i— (i) (*r *sf^fa $g#fafara!r 

^Is^C ) f I^W «Jt3^. i (x) [f¥^rol 'to' (iv) ^ ess^r:] 

Suh-Section ( 5 ) — Kaimir Recension 
N.B.— The previous words to which references have been made 
in this sub-section are those occurring in itself. 

X. *ri&— <i) ^tePKcr: I (a) 3M^ja*U ft) sejri^i (*) ar^cT: i— ft) 
( 1 sfifam*) I ft) 3*%^ 3T|pq[ eR^cH* r ft) aFcWfcHOTT 

2. ^ffiroFT — 3rf^fFTR!?— ^toflf^r mm \ 

3. SI^^^aM^^— [fo^q^ c 3?^f' ft) ?l^t tsar:] < 

fmmt m ®t*mmfk%n, mi) (^m$mi *i?i$t«$ft) $$mmW' 

297 



Bhagavadglta Word-Index Pi. II-A ( b ) 

6. «r?^— spNsfar:— 8^%s (*r vpsfftw^ to *rf ft apteTfa, %s) f^i to srn 

7. w?r— 3?^^— [^fqc4 '3#' (^) *N1 sot:] i 

8. ^^^ft^-f^^TOT:*TI 

TO tf: I 

10. 3T5T — ^TO3;-# fa '«$) am ?Tft*Rr: STOW, ^ I 

1 1 . 3T?^-~-tfTO : — ^ (3^-) 3F3T; I 

12. «B|to-^Rl^qiflWr:--8nifiR: fa ufiWT faft TO **) UTOt TO «* I 

13. srfsfTO— fa^wta^—f^T^^T (f^n^r site %.- ftqT<#f:, 

14. st&wr — ai^wnsncffT— ^f^RR: ww to m i 

15. ^f^^^RT — swf^ate— sr «ite%ciJ i 

16. S(^g"—- 81^1^— (hJT^^I 'arm ' ^^t f S55f:) i 

17. 8W5TC— ^S2WTSW^r- 'f^nfa qm**1jft( (TTT55T: W<Tfa ^) *to sarfa 

18. srsf— 5«iTq— gSfwr: ^ $fa i 

19. «OTiW--^ 5 w?n^s-HRPi«r mm*** qHwroft, ?wt: i 

20. s*iN*T — sf&ft — t sro i 

2 1 . ars^ — sto^tsk — oto* smw i 

22. 3«[R^( ? ^^^)— Btf^:— {ftWTC$ 'arfcf' (v) SK* SBS*:] | 

23. ST^STTC— 3f^pT5i^iclT:---3W^nOT, [ fa fl^«W^, TO ^ affl^cTi) 

24. «RJ|^— See *r*. 

f 25. «rrart*r-— q^wTTaj*-~w < H*rF totto t 

26. SlfWK — ^m^R:—# (3vteSi:) 3TT%TftS^ I 

27. ^fT5«r^ — ^^RTW^^—q|?«rTfWTc?IT TOT ci^ i 

28. BiRmt— 0) si^mHTw i W«n?n%^ri (x)t^n?nTi 00to*hi 

$ct teTWT I ( V ) q^TIH: TO3TR:, %1 <TO3!3 t ( V) % *H, 
Wf^cF: *TT, 3?T?f{T TOT W %r^T t 

29. ^rif^Wt^ — 3FTTf%3TT^ — 5T 3?t%^ awrf^ i ercrf^fofa gfow&BTOJ* i 

30. «tt6t?t— (i) 3rcr^rT£TT%cir: i (\) wr^cr.*— ( «* ) (top^ ^^nt' 

^ fssq:) i ( ^ ) irat. (*nn) am%cr: wfoeT: i 

298 



Secondary Word-Units 

% ■ 

32. I^STTf A*3I — 9r£rs®*rH: — ?T ^OT5T: I 

33. *«®T— -f^T^STO^:— forRTTfa ^S3T *$ l^«8r ^ (TO f ^I<) tf: I 

ii*rtfa, ctwf ) qv37??r 3!??T^»?r<?5T^r, Bert] §*nr afar % i 

36. |»3R:— (^) q#£R3[ I (\) HfRWt^M (\) qfrftWt I (v) s£Nr;: I— 

( 1 ) qw: $TO TOW, ^ q#£R^ I ( X ) qfrafafat (^1^: 

37. TO*T — 3TgrT¥fH: — H 3fW ejgwr:, ^ i 

38. g;^— TOwfaiTOr- -wfer (^t «f5j <rcq&*, to) 3^: qwfe:, 

TOT?U 

39. grower— ^rfi^n^— ^T^qjqT^i 

SB" 

41. «g(%— ^I^rs— ^IF^t WT*. I 

42. ^cm# — wN*Nft.* (? *Tt*te4*i?& or qtfarfitft) — *fm«r \q$ * ^f 

43. 9TC"--KPmT:-~# 3W (*FPT:) I 

44. **>#*—- (i) wwrc** i 00 5pi«B^r*n^i: i (3) qmafftr: t (v) ^^te i — 

( 1 ) (ft*^R3$ 'ZWm' ?XS% ^ssq-:) I ( ^ ) 3<nfa*n*i:* <PTfa*rm 

Ivmitfa ^W; qj&rc^r f%*n*r«r) 2"i^f%*n^, ?rat: *rci«E*ifw*ra: i 
( \ ) TNTft sjwffa % ^tT% ^nq^RffoT:, %: qmte: I ( v ) ws *$ 

46. m%p— %mm— %m*% *& §k«* » 

299 



Bhdgavadglta Word-Index P/. II- A ( b ) 

47. wr— <1 ) «6W5hm: i (\) ^wtr^f^RTm^ i—( i ) *m*% ®dt $m*s 

48. i%*^— (i) fawrrro i (x) f%*rmr i — ( i-\ ) [foifjrafawrt *«tRrc', 

49. %T%?^ — 3?fofea»Jt— 5T " fafos?* (fata, 3>M%) I 

50. ftffiw— fl*ffo#aft:— *& %fer%: I 

52. $--( 1 ) §«TO; I (R) %5[f ^ I— ( \ ) §:%* ?n1^ g^gwR^ 1 ( ^ ) %ST: 

53. ^c^T^T-3ff ^fiRIr— (f^l ^xftfcr SflprfH), sr W&fo^ m^^ 1 

54. fTCT— OTI^ta:— WW VtW- (atf^:) I 

55. %mT%OT~^^^(^^:---lW^^[Tf&r [f^TToif ft&qifa (f^SST: 

f^TT:) ] snpJTfa ^ ^ot€T55TJ (^ W ^y:) % » 

56. €t«l— (l)^nwt«WJi: t fa) ^W^rf^iWm: I (0 #3^^ : I — 

( i-H. ) [ftofrsfawrt '^m 1 fa-'O sNt sott sss^] i ( \ ) %m 
57. f^r— i^^|^— ^i#^f%q?wmcu 
59. ^f— *mm-~ (f^q^r £ w ^% v&m) \ 

62. s«r~ -fa) gi^nfmicr: i fa) $*& t~~( i-^ ) [pm^fawrf %fr£ 
fa)/^'WtfN««aft]i 

64. nm— ^rstTfj^— ^n?rf aw qjww, ^ i 

65. s '9n^ — W%3i~- -*T ^R5S I 

66. i^er-— 3#&fe— (m^lf '3#?>' ^ SS52?:) i 

67. ^ir^nR^sT — srf^sxaro^ — =i J%r<mw (ftRzf f%^#r?4 ^f to *r.*) i 

300 



Secondary Word-Units 

SI 

71. ®* — ^^H,— • ^i^spFfr^J 

72. m*n — W^ — 3^ ^^ *^f<T ^ I 

73. ®*Wxfa®~^^^:^{^<zk W ^t SOT:) I 

74. SIPTO^ ( 3rrag[ ) — srt^grFT^r: — [fol£nE& '«#' (l) ^ 5g3?r:] I 

7 5 . su?r vscs^ (grc) — m*mr. — tf^pfesfrero i 

76 . fk (3isr ) — wm% — «t4 terr ^t to *n$sftre^ *r; «Rrspr:; 3*hft f%*r<fn3fa:t 

77. w— (*» ) ^ : i 0) font H i—(i) f ? : i 0* ^Ffi^tfcr) i (?) (fWn§$r '%** 

80. 5— fsav— f.!rc *r •* tftffo wi 

82. snftrat— 0) §*ng*n>3?*n*ft i (\) mfewmmrt i— (\) wnwwi'fo 

S3. ^ — 3$m% — w*if £fa>rat wniR? ^»5wrac, crft*rat, i 
84. t^'s^fit—c^str^rt^T:--?^. (<ra) $tr* % Jifasr: % » 

*bf^' «n^ s$°r ssaft) » 

86. ftar— f^^ren^^— (fts^# 'aw* sN? ssssrs) t 

87. %J§ — ^^?s — ^ W TWffs I 

88. 5^r— (i) $*** * W 3W* »— ( t-* ) PPflflfcfawtf V (i), V 

^ «Snr waft} » 

(sprat ^mr:) ^ w *r: « 

301 



BhagavadgfM Word-Index Pt. II- A ( b ) 

92. «w— ^RPT--(1^ra^ 'fa (s^r)' ^ ssssr:) i 

93. wf— Ff#— ^T (*R»faO «pf: W&:, SfeFU 

94. 4t— -ft*TCft:— faTCT «ftJ TO ^ « 

95. f — - f^5WI55T^^^r-(f¥(^T^^ 'aTO* ^ ££?*?;) I 

96. pr— a?ps;— * f?*u 

(^ o) «p^r i (11) sFnf^TT^. i (n) W^*tr: i (<\ \) w&tm. \ 
(iv) mw i (n<\) bistol i (n) ^*ni » (i«) ^ifa i (v) 9W- 
tnu (n) wro; i (v) sfcgw. '» 

98. «i«pf— f^?^r— (fas^s$ '$*' g^fr ss^:) i 

99. STFIT— IWrefo — ^IHT (fafift:) ^: I 

100. STRIPS— IWipfa&TCST: — *HTg%I fTO (faftmft) 3^Tf^T ^TRT^STft 

*g]%ft^:(ftwiTO:)*i 
ioi. ^^^ : ^^ ««faiw' t&stl otti) i 
102. ft*ra— farrow:— fare *ifw H to ^nr, ?r: i 

104. ftuhr— (i)t^n??ru» (\) faferoj— (i) (fwra$ 'srpc' ^ 

106. f^ferw— ^i^^r^— Mt^ f%te^ i 

107. f5^~3^T<W*te^-- (fa*SRK& *sr«n?TOR* W$ SS»&) \ 

108. *re— (<0to*s 1 0)^wrors i— (^) [fo?s<Ts& 'mm! (v)^t«»r:] 

109. *rcswi— i^prfeng: — (ftm^q^r 'sspr' w$t zmt) \ 

1 10. TO?~^^— [fiWTO& <^' (<j) «# SBSZp] t 

ill. "trc^^— ?TOTW^^fas5^l 'smFncr ' «^ cb»t: ) i 

*For the dissolution of the compounds see the respective other words comprised 
there ia. 

302 



Secondary Word-Units 

<tt$ *)] ee& nFr ml \ 

114. 1H-~'?T , T^?f^r: — [fauf*^ '*&£ (\) 5Kt SW-] I 

115. ^^T^~^^^R~^Tm^T; ftmm% tgfot wot s?far- 

116. gsR^-gsr^JT — (fauTO^r W sr^t ^gs??:) i 

118. st^tt — ( n ) ferciRRtjr » 00 ftrora: i— ( i-^ ) faw srsnr to *r« farc- 

120. srflrg: — ^^rcirf^r: — (f¥wr<l '<3^Ck' ^tt sotO i 

122. iy%3[~ f&s&^t— (t%m«R^ 'fW *r*^ sg^r?) i 

123. ^RT — ^3faqTT^~(f^5^% 'ftsrre' gs^ ss^O i 

124. ^?^¥tT — fttrcftflKRT: — (f^cpg*| 'R^reff ^T £SS3f:) I 

125. ^f5ST— <l) T^rTFRteSfST: I (^f^rag^ I— (l-*) (fafflfSfowrf 

'f^rTft^r', %T' 5T^t S$*t SSS^) I 

126. *n*igrcr — WFW^--*r?t#: *rf|crr: ^ert^pct:, src, I 

127. m*r- arsrcNfam— wn, srto *rc, pm: sns^ftn:, ^ t 

128. ST^ff — =R3FRS — *RL (*W) *T«K J t 

129. ^»i^— sftaTOHr-sfig^ff:, *ton^.qT, msx^ t 

130. wr— CO foifcswjlfl: * W i^pgwerl: i— ( i-^ ) [f%?r?^r«rf 

*^8T', *^«r' (*) ^ 3%r sssft] i 

131. ^er— ( i ) >i5roi*R » 00 *jjra$f*m \(\) hp staft sirer^ i (v) *r&ifr$ i— 

( 1~\ ) (f^ng^T: *5rw% 'UffcT* 'fasiT*r' ^»^t: ^rr zvsm) \ 

132. *>!-- ^*i^^ta?HG& '^' «t «ot:) i 

133. mi (%m%) — 0) i^te t (\) *fr*k » (*) *ra?m**3rT: i— ( i-x ) 

[%mqstffr«?f 'suras' (<0, **t^' g^fr ^t m*$i] \ (i) wt^im) 
wrmn\ %h£w$ » 

303 



Bhagavadgltd Word-Index Pt* 11- A ( b ) * 

134. W% —• 5faaj*PPi&— [Fr*W$ 'ifa' (\) «*$ £2^3 I 

135. tf^^fafcwT^~[f^^3$ 'fo%' (*) ^ «5*T:] I 

136. J?3^— (l) Tffo » (H) *5TCra » (X) ^t^ra: I— (i) (fiW5TO^ '*tf** . 

137. JTOT— TT#efTt— n^l^ff W T: I 

138. JJOTtf^—^CF^^s— B^TS^ 'f^» (^) losft ^gs^JJ I 

139. w?ifini^--^fiwt^--^W (fojsfrrt) ^^%» (*rttft f^flrs) 

140. *nf— JTHTWR^:— (f^T3$ 'aWW' ^ SSsgi) I j 

141. m*m~^mm^{^<m$ <fce' ^ top) i - - I 

142. WTO— f^Ws^^^^ffas*^ 'smx 9 ^ sbst*) l ' • I 

143. SfS— ggSs*— 35* m* (3* : 3*0 I , j 

144. ^~^?T?J?T---[^^ < eiT<T?^.(^)^€25q::] I •••-" j 

*T j 

145. ^v'SWt-SPRT:— *T ^TcTJ 1 | 

146. ^»r?5j— See <q<£. .! 

147. sfa— #wft^--^ftFFr %wra^ i ;: 

148. 2?tf^5r— #ft^— [f^|T^| 'f^' (^) ^ Sgsq:) t 

149. *Jt>ar— ^t#^R— ^m? %wi Cn^w, ?n^i 

■ ' ?: 

151. *$*•-— f^RT:— ifTTcTT #: %f f % I 

152. *&— ■ ?h*rt.* — (nhto<I %*' ^^r ^sm) \ 

153. ^T—^Tltf 1^5%:— [^^cl %' ( 1 ) 3I# V&qi] l 

154. ^crar^r — rriT^nst — [fer^r^^ '^' (x) *n*fr ww] \ 

155. ^OT— 00 siHrcft: J (^) f^TST I— ( <\ ) (Tm%M$ '^WT' q&Ui %$sq;) i 

156. ^far- #&?#-- (teq^l 'spr' ^fr Sssap) I 

ST 

157. &»Rr— (l)f^^SWllt«?n (^)f^RT:l (^> f^T^: I — ( ^—^ ) (!^5T^- 

<*8fowtf 'fsSJT', W ^ 9$*T €S5#r) I ( x ) f^iRTT *Tf T (€^ffe:) 

to *r: Wits i 

304 



Secondary Word-Units 
158. f^f%jf*E— -(«*) q&Fsrfafa^SiT: I (\) ^W^t^frRFfT^ l-~( ^ ) 

159. ftftf^raror — ^T^mTfqfttT^mT: — (fwns;?! 'sn^arfmn' %*$ 

160. t^str — *wrq$f3RTT*ra: — [f%^q^| %^ (^) ^^t sss?r:] i 

161. T%gsRr v'fir + sp; (pff)-— ( 1 ) srosBtefag^RFg; i ( \) m&fa$M i — 

(fq^q^fo^f %m' (h), 'tq' (t) sns^t wr erf] i 

163. fa$rs— 00 Wtf*sra^i (S) f^ro i— ( i ) (fanro^r 'WW ^ 

164. rassr — fo^q — [t^B^ra?^ '^q' (^) ^r £$s*r:] i 

165. H^n^f — f^rT^fr?Tf*T¥Rn^r— (fts^q^ 'srftnre' ^ v&w) \ 

166. cfk — ^ffrar^— (f^ra^r '^fta ' ^t sg** : ) 1 

167. %<? (Noun)— Svtfr- [taf^ V (*) ^ «**:] I 

168. q^cTT^— %^T^q^T: — Ufaf**^ ( m % (\) JO^T SS33f:] I 

169. ssr^F^T — sargRToiTO — [fq^qs^ 'z&zm* jjfs% zssm] 1 

170. sqtrrsr^j — totttstctj — [EwkA '^' (x) # s^ : ] 1 

171. s?rer— 3jkpp£— 5r 53T3f! *re% to* sr: o&mi era; sm^r i gf^ fefnipn 

172. 2RT-— te^enr." — fasrat (^rf mife&) ^ sfenf^r sn^cr % « 

SET 

173. ^*t-- m*m— f ^r 3^w, ctts 1 

1 7 4. ^^^e?q?^~3^Ti^q^^»ft--[fe^q^^ 'snfoC ) ^ ? ^ { ] r 

175. $p*— 3TtrqTf&r— *T tfWt TOT^ 5 ^^ c^ff^ , OT 3ffa a#qTf°T I 

176. sft — sflwrarq;— (f^r^r 'vmz! %s$ ss^:) 1 

177. ^f— ^CT%fT: — (EWTO^r 'T#f' «f 5S33T:) I 
178- WT— ^^—[f^C^A '^13* (X) ^ 583?:] I 

179. ^W— WT5':^S^W:— (fas^q^l '^S^sH-m' sN* sss*:) t 

180. *B*n*T1* — *&PTCWFT*r — ^fewFTt (*#Tf S^FTf) SWFW ^I^PRWFW: 

181. srf^— iRrwrsfoOTrc— ^F*r«nr#f sfa^wnrtl; ysffim *m&: 

(^q%0 m 1 

B. G. 1/20 305 



Bhagavadgita Word~Index Pt. II- A (b) 

182. ^^n— 5W^#^;"--(f^ra;A 'm*( ^ wsm) i 

183. ^ot-— 3RhEPr^— srt^ *ftRtarffcrca?U 

184. ^Nt— ^ferr.' — (f^rt^l ^rcf' ?Nt S552TJ] i 

185. sNf— (i) *rafafcAM (*) sterTfai (})sl#5i (v) sfesTfaqfr t 

'Wfa*#'> 't^*' (*) *TO* ^ SOTT*] t 

186. ^#^—^^^^—(^511^^ 'SWFW* ^# sot) I 

187. *ref?r:— ^.'^nfJm^cR:— (fas^s& 'tt^t^f^' ws$ sot) i 

188. ^r#sr— ^^t^r^ct^tjj;— (f^q^-l 'girto^' ^ mwi ) » 

189. *rfk**rqR«5 — ^raWfnBat^n^t — [tewr 'w^C (\) ^t sot] i 

190. *cft?r— sstpw^—- (fti^qra^ 'strsr' ^t s©»t:) i 

191. smr— -wrfri— -^ *rir^ fass^faraO « 

192. ftRK-ftwraTt-Cftiflp^ W ** SOT) , 

193. f^T%— nTwfasft— [firasrs^ %srac' fc) srajt sot] i 

194. fg*ar—s^w — (foi$ra$r 'cF^r' ^ s^.-) i 

195. in— "ii^^Rtr-" (^ro^ 'i^' q«$r sot) 1 

196. ^H%-(N!W* *** w* b») i 

197. %SR — fFft^TTcj;— (f^f^l 'qW 5KT SOT) I 

198. ^?W«r— ^Iwr^fe^Kf:— (f^R5& %5^' ^t «®aar:) I 

199. ft«PC— (l)ft«r^t!l (^)f^PIWl (\) f^R?ra:l— ( 1~* ) [f*m? 

T^fcf^: 'sfr', ( mf (vi) sf^ji mtw&zrn] i 

200. *?r~-~ (i) OT$fa i (\) ^jtfu (^) ot$ i— ( <\-\ ) [famfmfaw. 

'3WJ, 5 (v), *3R», '«# 3?^T* 2^ot ?S55fT:] I 

201. far— %cm~ [f^q^lr 'fatta' (\) ^r sot:] i 

202. f$— 0) ^Wfkg-p^: 1 (^) sfapzpfRpSlft: i— ( <\-\ ) [f^|q^r»Tf 

203. ipr— a*!^-—* t^n; ( l^T %&i ) I 



306 



Section B 
TERTIARY WORD-UNITS 

If the Index of the Secondary Word -Units in Section A is examined 
a little closely it will be apparent that amongst those units also there is 
a large number of compound words. These must also, for the sake of 
completeness of the Index, be dissolved and their component parts 
separated and arranged alphabetically. It is therefore proposed to do 
so in this section and to give along with them the secondary and primary 
units from which they are obtained. The method by which the com- 
pounds have been dissolved has not been stated in this section but it 
can be readily ascertained on making a reference to the secondary units 
in Section A. 

Sub-section (a) — Vulgate with Variants 
1. 3n%~~ ^T%f^^5^~ ^Ttsf|r#Kt^^i 
3. srfifr— (1) 3?rafTTfocrr i (\) srfm t (\) w^m i — ( ^ ) wiffanpm i 

( R ) ^TcfTcT; 3?3[TcfrcF I ( \ ) ^|3^5^TT?g^^3r^^r^T%J I 

5. 3?f^r — («0 ssf^r i (•*) ®&r i (\) qt?^ \ (v) ®&m \ (\) $mm \ — 

( v ) mmm » ( h ) «m*fei*T; ^m^t: ; *mvfom } em 

6. erepro — (1) mw^ 1 (\) M^mm \ — ( i~\ ) %^rfT«^^: 1 

8. 3??f??r — 3w?cr^;q — ^msq?cT^«r^ « 

9. ®&® — (<* ) 3>Tc5R3? 1 (\) i&mmm 1 — ( 1 ) ^Tawss^mTfo 1 ( O ^tHT- 

10. sfN> — (1) 3##ra 1 (%) v$mwii 1 — ( 1 ) 3#^fo?itaF?m i ( \ ) 

11. sT?gr—- (1 ) ®R?gr t M ^t^^rti (\) t^rer 1 — (n) ^^r^ifW; 

12. SFcFC— ■ -(<l) SFFcR I (^) %FcTC I— ( 1 ) cRrPcT^ \(\) ^CFTOTffc 1 

13. 3C??T*— BFcI^Tc?Rr-IT52Tf^c!PcfUWT I 

307 



Bhagavadglta Word-Index Pt. II-B ( a ) 

*nf i (*) apro^i— ( i ) ^WrrSfa i ( v) ^wforcT i ( \) m*%- 
%?TT: I ( V ) 3F#*cTT*r^r: * ( *0 8 '" a ^ ' ( * ) sj'wwsn I 

16. ^^?n^r — BT'^^mr^ftri — arwrrctftog^w i 

17. «ifcr— ^^T^— ^r^tsHcr^: i 

19. ««& — W?r--%^f?R^fl^ i 

20. ^RH— VWN — «BW^t^RWIT:; SRTOTO*; sn«TTCTOWTT:; ICTWP; 

21. *%-<raT^~^T^T%ftiU 

22. «r4— (i) TOwn^i (\) ?fr^T4 1 — ( «j ) ct^shtWNru (O 

23. S^rfir — ®*3ftTrS5 — 3Tq^n|T^|: I 

24. SlcRT^ — ^m*l3to — g^fiSWR^TO I 

25. srajpr— s*ns*r-— s*ng5OTf^rFfr; sFngpirc&s » 

26. ^^^— tfSI^^T^—^^tm'T^T^T: I 

27. ^— 3Tf^— ^rf^#^r°T^i 

28. «raRt-« W^--rowti^Rl5 t 

29. «ng — »RITS — «FRTR^.I 

30» ^— -fro— - ^NT'sr:; *$srrcrr: i 

31. BT^T^— (^) «^fTV I (V) Sf&rf^l— ( 1 ) srhr:j «T51Rf^TWr; 

32. sn^—- 3*trcrfa — aifruftf^: i 

33. ^TOT%^~W%^~^^reTf|^fa: I 

34. srfsrn:— iw*-~ sstraro i 

35. 3iT??r^— (i) srror i ft)«* ? OTRnU (3) enamrei (v)anwH5n 

( i ) arsrra^frcrr; wpfft<?n:; srosf^rT; ^^^ft^i (\) 
*&$RF&m i ( \ y*mmm* i ( * ) ^HjrM^icfn" t ( \ ) 

3^!*RT?*TCf^fcT: I ( * ) 3f$ cTT^Rf I ( vj ) a?f fRfH^T I ( d ) 
3TMcTTcfTfTr I 

36. «n?*i5l% — sTR^toTgK — 3TT5H«ft^in8nr^3n^ i 

308 



Tertiary Word-Units 

3 7 . BTIcW^T—^^TW^—^i^m^I^ i 

38. 3ntTO*r*r— Bffi*c&ra#r— 3n?*FPm3i»Tmt i 

39- 3TOW&3 ft — I^TW^5%— 5^^T?JT^^%: I 

4 1 . 3T WT — f^5^TT*n?Jr — ^3rf^rm*«!*i; t 

42. «?isrrcr— ifirom — *rff^aiT*nsra; t 

43. »n?Wf— -|:^5f^JT?R— |:^fftJTWT3[T: I 

44. 3wn*r — vwiwm — srmT2rT*mR*m i 

45. an^-— ssmigw — f^F^cngsr^ » 

47. anwi— s*rk«r — ^^qrf^pfr i 

49. ^rf-^fe— ^t«^» 

50. «Ttff%-— S^lftT-— a!3PKT?1rm I 

5 1 . ^T^^~^i?T?rq'--^l^5tT^r%cT: t 

52. ^^-—OTTTRT — smrTCTCRil: I 

5 3 . ®TWf — ^FKS'TCR — WSRW^q; I 

54. snirc— W^*~- iwtf^W \ 

% 

55. $«^T — (l) ^^T^ I (\) f5s5T^€tW J — ( 1 ) fsgit^&sT l ( \ ) 

56. $*£— -i>sc— i^fa^t 

57. tc#^r— (i) f^f^rto i (h) sraft^ i — ( i ) sraf^ft^te i ( \ ) 

58. *$— $*TO— ^T#^M:j *fe«TOl: I 

59. %E — *fas — ^STftit'rcfos I 

60. ^-^^-^T^: ; TORftfti t 

61. iNrc— (l) 5Ff|^ I (^) #t-^^ t— -( 1 ) ^t^; ^^l^r^; S$^- 

62. ^^—(l) fWl^B^T I (*) *a?iW I— ( 1 ) SHf^#I^ST%*n: 1 ( \ ) 

309 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. II-B ( a ) 

64. gr^r— •ssro— ^mti^mv \ 

65. sro— -ssraigsr— ^sqrf^NrcrT^^rn; i 

66. sf$lt--«I^--**3f&^ I 

67. 3&IT-- 33W— 3T#TO3; I 

68. ^roln— -^rq#r — ^rctffrrcw: i 

69. 5*or— (l) 8^wr I (\) ^T«T I— ( 1 ) ^|^55^^?3^^"3T^5crf^[Tf|«T: I 

70. «5ft— 5f^— TT#te^fT: I 

71. ccsr: — (n) a£ta i (\) ymi i— ( i ) ^f^ro^ 3^cttj^ot^iw^; 

72. SfiTO--(<0 ^WESTO I (\) $35193 I — ( *) ) WSTO9" I ( X ) $*?55T- 

73. ^jifsr — (n) 3>%eu (^) ^fe i (\) w<m*$ i (*) ^wrefocj (<\) 3ra*J i 

(0 ST5R&I,I (vs) ?^^,l (<*) *FTO^ I-— ( 1 ) 3^fi^| (^) 
ifamm; ifamti; «B*B^1; *fc^>*; «fai%. *£- 
'HSWS^ I ( ^ ) f <$ffi$® ^ I ( V ) JjIMf^ Wrk**. I ( H ) foaaj- 

fatera i ( s ) w^fenffcRT i ( * ) irs^; ?r?^q^: i ( * ) #t- 

75. «bott— (i) srtasfra i (?) f^tc^ofR i— ( i ) ^flrcresrari i ( % ) 

76. ^T^FT-^ST^^T^--?mstSR^P^Tr I 

77. ^w— (1)^11 (*)sT*rcpri (*)«in*Rm3n (v)*T^m^ii— 

( i ) *&r*r#TT^ t ( h ) wrci^ra^Rw; i (\) 3>mw°®$fcn-> i 

78. 3ETTOT— *ET?T*FTSI*5— WRlTOSTfaRIT: I 

79. *»wr— 0) *mm \ (\) toftorh i—( <i ) TOgswn^ i ( h ) *rcr- 

310 



Tertiary Word-Units 
80. f»ni*rcr — 'PT'Wcfa — ^Toa^i^fcr^nrsf: i 

81. iKT*?-— 3^T$ — $Fqfal$5TOft*I&j 3>Rfc$ I 

82. *JTO— (<*) 3ST55FT55 1 (^)%PSTS5 i — ( 1 ) ^»T55Fl^r^WT^ \ ( \ ) «%l^ ( 

84. $*5-- (l)$5Ka*n OOfSS^l— ( 1 ) $8B8RTO'U (^) 335ST$«5~ 

( ^ ) ^*n3^*R: i (\) ei^F^I ( v ) SRsfeu ( ^ ) g^^l 

86. ^*r (Past participal)— (i) f^tec \ (\) fSTWU— ( 1 ) ^f^sfe- 

&K I ( ^ ) ei&IKWN: 1 

87. %ft (Noun)— (i) |B^t i (^) sfcf t— ( i-\ ) 3$3|*# I 

88. ^c^r— (1 ) $«OT$ I O) f ^ffH I— ( 1 ) F<OT$f^ I ( ^ ) siWffiR* I 

89. fe^n-— (i ) fonfatta » (\) fc&fimf&t \ (\) flnSfepsfaqT i — ( i ) faTT- 

90. srHi— (n) f^wp&to » (\) wm$m i— ( i ) 'ftrofrsBTOTOta: \(\) 

9 1 . ^^r — ^Fr%^i — roilOTn^ i 

92. ^?r-~^f^^^-~-w^fqcr^w.- « 

93. grar— (1) f*w i 00 ^tessra i— ( i ) $ ®&m*t, i ( x ) ^*sto<*. i 

94. jgrc: — »m — 3W^i^^^; w^ i 

95. %sr— %m — §^^; fo^Rfcfons. i 

96. %*r — ##?? — WNfrr: I 



If 



97. »rcr— -0) <rai J fa) *ncti i fa)**^ i— ( i ) wm^Li ( ^ )*mswr: i 

9 8 • W* — f^s W*? — ^f^Tp^TS^^ \ 
99. *nft*— ^^Tter-m^TT^T I 

100. gsr—fa) g^mrTC i (^) %wy i fa) ^or i~-( 1 ) ^fefiwi^ i 

( \ ) ^wwfomv.; fa^ar: i ( x ) ^jyrogs* i 

101. nt— (1)^1 (^)'Tt^r» (O %$*ri— < i ) #w1^im (\)m- 

102. «tn— -ros— -bwitct^i 

311 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt.»Il-B{a) 
103. =gnC— 3F3R— =5^1^ j ^TTOT; TOFTO; I 

104. «^T; — »fHr^ — ^^pptNtots i 

105. ^— w*n?^— TO^nfafr i 

106. TO— «H^— SftlSsrffo^l 

107. f^tf— (l) 31%#SltT x (^) fr^ftprftar I— ( 1 ) 3Ffo£mteFcTT: I ( ^ ) 

108. f^?si-— -stf^— s^rto^ i 

109. %?ra— 0) sr^ i iS) ^fij^ra^ i— ( i ) 3H?2r%Ti i (*)*$- 

m 

110. 5T2RI3<ir— (<)) stow^A I (\) suRiguisfa I— ( 1 ) g^RT^lr!^: I 

( \ ) ^w^m^^\^'. i 

111. 3WPT— -(l) SP^SR? 1 (^) SRftfaa | (x) SFRjffwr \ (y) SFqqppnj t — 

( 1 ) SifosRFtffte I ( ^ ) 3FlTOfr«3iRm_ I ( X ) SRW^lfafa^T: | 
( v ) ^?fP2?g5i^T§:%: l 

113. 3RT— 8FPT— misfit \ 

114. *rcT~- (*») suw^w i (\) mwi i— ( i ) 3CTr^3^:4i » (\) 

115. 5T^5— %^W--5Rt^lT3J?WTlcrT: I 

116. §g— 3TT%S-~8T?rT%S^ I 

117. ^nr — sfair — sNsNiRf : ; Sfr^siiRRtarac. i 

118- WH— W^FM (^) ^TSffJjrW I (\) ^RfFT t (*) STRETCH I (<a) 
SRHHRcp I {%) mWW I («) S^R I (<:) ^T^R^R I— ( <J ) 
3RfT^^; STWrf^t^*'; s^rR^w^ s^TFRF^f : I ( \ ) 3MTOFR- 
famK I ( X ) SR^RKRftrffc » ( v ) ^r%rto^ ! ( ^ ) $R- 
fe*R3HOTI (O^Tf^^W^I (vO*%I^R.I (<0 
^FSTR^RTOS I 







*r 


119. 


sr^— ^ra~TOWTfar: i 




120. 


m% — TOT'I-— eRre^g; I 


312 



Tertiary Word-Units 

121. ^^^R—^T^T^T^—^^lTOT^fn^ I 

122. ^H — $WWfR<p — fFT^HT^HT?FIT I 

123. wm — gwiww — ^TCTOgSFW: I 

124. iter'e-— cferar— %#srawra^ i 

125. fa— (l) %S^ I (H) MfcFT |— ( ^ ) %gwrfaRT:} fo!i?n"T: I ( \ ) 
127. ^^IT— ^ST— si^ST^T^ I 

128. g$k— (i) 3*|prik i (S) *wsm i— ( i ) ^^ij ^^ i ( ^ ) *W 

129. |^T— (1) ft5q*l«* I (\) f%&m&im I (}) f^anw | — ( <\ ) f^ssf- 

130. <ta— 0) ^THisrar i (\) $wpm$ t— -( i ) ^taprera^ i ( * ) ^ht- 

131. sRrt— ^^— f^^^J^I 

132. isr— (i) w*n ' W &§z '-— ( i ) h^fto i ( ^ ) ssaifft i 

133. 3pigw-0)3$ri Wife i (0^1 (v)5«as*i 0\)s«I**i— 

(l)i#f*U (H)il^:i (OH®**^ ( * ) W^Sa*; 

134. <|:*1^^— §:^^W— 1^#STWT^: I 

135. ^T— 5^— -!3$nU 

136. €1— SB#— sflSBsfa; s^^ffa l 

137. ^r— «rf^— snf^aTftft^ i 

138. ^^H — SPIRIT — 3FTOcR*T^T: I 

139. ^r— 0) ^ros 1 (h) fafa^r <— ( i ) 3?%pst§ i (\) faflre^r- 

140. %— %RR— ^RR?nfir: I 

141. 3[T* — (l) W^W I (^) ^TO^T^f^:?!^ I (*) SJ^fo I — ( <* ) 

142. W% — S?^Vf—- 3?§??t^^#f5T: I 

143. fiw— ft^rara — i%«rt^T: \ 

313 



Bhagawdgita Word-Index Pt, XI~B(a) 

144. Sfor— {i) *ssii* i (h) *na& i— ( <j ) i-^itTOH^ i ( \ ) mi^mt: 

,..,*>.,r. .A . 

145. «nf— 0) «ra* i (\) w®m i (*) m*mv§ i— ( i ) ^wftwiracj ( h ) 

146. stt— t^t — w$m\ 

147. «rw~ ls?! n^T--«rR^m: i 

148. 5f#— Nos. of the Secondary Word-Units having this as one of 

its componant parts ;-2, 3, 5, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16, 26, 36, 
38,39,44,50,66,74, 75, 76, 90, 105, 114, 115, 116, 
119, 120, 124, 125, 126, 128. 

149. mm— ^F5rfT3R-— qpteW3FTqiWJ 

150. 5R— SR^fo— ^<5t*pfrcr: I 

151. HRT— IWIW— ^Fn^TRf^TT: I 

152. fsfafT— (l) $R[T^§ft I (*) ftarasfe '— ( 1 ) I^f^TO§fo: I 

( ^ ) §5^^%: I 

153. ■foifa-- %b«| — ?NwJ^r^ i 

154. i^r— ft#?^— $refr%^»raT: i 

155. $*— ^f ^^^~3#prrf^^^^ i 

156. «7«r — s&TO^ — *CT55T?rrer i 

157. VK— (<0 W* I (*) tRFW I— ( 1 ) TOWSW^I ( ^ ) jsppftq. 

<row: ; stow:; inroiiTOTO; ?R«Tiwr:; ^rtosnr^Rprs; ^t%- 

158. qfts^— ^%rf^ff— c^TRg^rf^ffJ i 

159. m (W)— -srf^— 3RTf^TT: ; 5=f^CTf^jqr?^ I 

1 60* qn%— ITtftTO— sfoqTfan^ I 

161. qi^— Tri5r«n^— ^rqTf^n^n ' 

162. qT^— 3T^^PTT55 — 3TqftqT5a 



•For the reason why the other particulars have not been given in the case of thi« 
ttrtiary word-unit see the foot-note under the same unit in the previous section at 
p, 261 aupra. 



314 



Tertiary Word-Units 

163. ircr — airai'mr— arniTTM^I-: i 

164. ftttg— fipjgt^f^grT-—gHf^p^l <*ePm f? 1 

165. ^t^—^ti^ — 3^'<nf%^ i 

166. ^5TT — SWTOR^ — ^r^T^TT^'i^^ I 

167. ^-^^i-^x^m^i 

168. i$f — ?s#— srapjfo j sreaqjtff&r i 

169. 'j^---f^ , #3—-3irf^^^ I 

170. 5^— $smrre — *£cTsq**rre^ i 

171. sr^~^pn^-—^ymi^wt^^ i 

172. srf^— awffa—eprffow^: i 

173. TOT^— ^T^ff^T^ — W^ll^ST^! 

174. snot — sTFrrcw — m*tmimmm: i 

175- fiftT — 3Tf^T — 35qftpnftTJ I 

176. sftfir— 3?T<|.-svP^Td^s^%— ^rrgJ^rf^sK^^m^^^r^rT.- 1 

177 . ^^^^^ Tl 

178. TOS— (^srfwt 00«BSfr§l (^)WFRT^(,I (v) 3%fe* 1— 

( i ) vfamni, ^vm^ sfcaafeg:, **k*^ s *fc% ; 
^fesraiq; i ( ^ ) «Ww5fc&*r i ( x ) srasraTf^rftr.* i ( v ) nkffi- 

179. ^?«l — 5RPFS — «FJW?«rf^5wT: I 

180. to— (i) 3r^:fp?q»i55T^iJi^ifl fa « (\) %Tmvm& \ (\) c^feR t — 

( «j ) sfTg^T^^sT^^^^^T: i ( \ ) *mmm\fcmv. t ( \ ) 

181. ^— «»1^T— *f^!TTO3H I 

182. *rtf — an^TO^t^ — 3#wg^3^ra; I 

183. ifesr-— $ ctffer— B^ai^nrc » 

184. siRi—OOasraakt W w*ifau (*) ssrcwi (*) asgwi 

(h) ^fRjjr i— ( i ) sre^^Rrf^nr » ( \ ) s^rif^r i ( \ ) snssr- 
^r^TTc^i ( v ) 3?ra5i3F^ i ( ^ ) swssrc%: \ 

185. SOTfT — «5fflfag*R — srh^^btw » 

186. srsr— -sFWTf — vfttm t^ i 

315 



Bhagavadglta Word-Index Pt. II~B ( : a ) 

187. OT— (i) ^^ i (\) ^sswpsra i (\) iwmwft i— ( <j ) *rt*& i 

( ^ ) ft#33PWiBta: I ( \) tel*Tw£ra: ; *ffa*Frw£r*m I 

188. is^R— sr^wr— 3n5T5PW?TTci; i 

189. trw— 0) «nwn*c i (h)3OTn (x) f^wT^m^r i (*)s*iwmri (^) 

*£c!*rH I (0 3WFT I— ( 1 ) 3H3WTO: I ( H ) cT^RHT^: I ( * ) 
f^i|^T.' » ( v ) H?s«w*n^ I ( ^ ) ^fftflSTO: I ( O srfar- 

^<ftq^WTC:j WT^**.; ^T*n^5lT; ^WFfaf; WFlfora^} 

190. spR—w^*— snasigwrac, i 

191. ^T— (l) erf***?? » 00 ^T^i? I U) >i?sr§% I (v) ^pm I (h) q$\ 

Mfa i (0 *r%i «— ( i ) ^nf^nftftv*. i ( x ) ^pR^PijnwT - 

( X ) H?OTfttffeR I ( v ) H?wtft$TO: I ( ^ ) ^saftStWfTCE. I 

192. ^-^^w%t--^t*r!'tt'I^i 

193. *n^(n^5n, nfir)— (i)i9rf^i (^)q^ri— (i)w^Sf^; *r*b#- 

TO: I ( ^ ) iTSCcTJTFTT: I 

194. iw— (n) «nf^ran^ri (\) vi*zm\~~(<\) awTf^r^Fci^i (x) 

195. iW^-3R^~StfFTO^ | 

196. *rc*rr— sRiwr — ^ wmfaFr i 

197. *nrat-0)^ffii ("<) ?rl^ i— ( O ^^^f i : I (0»cj^#to;; 

198. WH—(l) **W% « 00 ^^RHR^T I— ( 1 ) tofctffc?: i ( X ) *RW- 

199. *nro— rniwro-^roiTOra: i 

200. mt%arT--"^^^^r---m^mTf^[T t 

201. «RT-~#WT z rT--^t^WRT?WTl<fi I 

202. ^T^^f^ 52 ^^!^^---^??^!^^^^! 

203. $&! — 3*f*RT — a?^raf%!B*T: 1 

204. 3JT--0) «*ftW»3* I 00 %*3 I— ( 1 ) sttKtofoflgan I (\) 

205. *p— f^*j55— sfaRflfgsj* I 

316 



Tertiary Word-Units 

206. ^3— 0) «F*ra^HT I (\) *&%#mi I— ( 1 ) <5Firag3rci5*%:i ( ^ ) 

207. 5Stl— (l) &mt% I (S) TT 5 ^ I (0 *ftm& I— ( 1 ) S?i?ft5^RTi I 

( ^ ) T^T^mtlT: I ( \ ) %5TTc5*WTlcTT: I 

208. to— (<0 srfSrcsr 1 00 Tsftre » 00 arsrspR i— ( 1 ) STf^rfr^ 1 ( ^ ) 

affiftaftrc: l ( } ) ^jRtT«q^: I 

209. wfoE— - «Rfftrer^--«raftiw^Tg3r: 1 

210. TC391 — ^^T55FT — Tre*53T3T*TCf3S: 1 

211. 3^— (1) *swto3*R » 00 $t*r$^ 1 (\) w^m^i^i 1-— ( 1 ) 3w#r- 

g^fiTan 1 ( x ) qtofwraT 1 ( \ ) ^^TfRT'TgwwT 1 

2 1 2. am— {1 ) 3*raf*?r 1 (\) m®%« 1— ( 1 ) stosstf?!!^ » ( O m« 

t_ 

213. sftiT— 00 awTSRir 1 (\) sin*F*nwN 1 (*) fH%r 1 (v) ^ntto i 

(h) ^Tf#h 1 (*) sffamnrarT 1 (*) #13^ 1 (<s) $ftm \ — ( 1 ) *iwrar- 

^FTf %q I ( H. ) 3n<*tM*RTT*TT?Tt I ( \ ) ?F*%TS*prf^#: I ( * ) «3fR- 

%ro i ( <a ) Wj*#fr.* i ( $ ) 4l»mrammi!a! 1 ( * ) ^rng ^twt i 

214. intf — sr^rsnR — y^eOFrasfrg 1 

^215. ^3^ — *hW( — ^%^WTfe^ \ 

216. ??srat— ^3^ — i$t*FM$2&i I 

217. qor^nr — (1) *>topt i (^) *r»ifcs 1 (^) ^Fiwim »— ( 1 ) ^TWTf^cfeij 

218. T.vm— Tmws— imm®$& « 

219. *CT^ — SftftTfa — srjtTjfafo?: I 

220. ^^^^^S^*( 

221. 3^— 5#*T — i#*n I 

222. OT* — (1) *m*{ 1 00 ^«gn«m 1— ( 1 ) smrapft 1 ( ^ ) q^sTsm- 

223. ^q»— 0)^t«Fn (\)T#T*E1 (^)#$3R?I (v) 5^31^ I—{ ^ ) 

317 



BhagavadgHS Word-Index Pt. II-B ( a ) 
224. ^~-%T^m-^^^^T3rc: I 

225. 3W— 0) ^f^^sr i (^) wr* i — ( n ) «iNmtf*wftwit i 

( ^ ) ^t«Pff5RW[ i 

226. ST<J|— wfa$*-— 3%f^PTC%: I 

227. 5N^ — 3Tf R*rFW — TOT^PPTHS?: I 

228. m&%— SfF^Tcf — 3?qT^T^ I 

229. 5TT3[— (l) ^PfTS I (^) %^T^ 1— ( 1 ) qfflparenfl^i ( X ) ^3TTOT: I 

230. ^T^—BT^fH—^^T^* I 

231. f%^rr5T — (i) SFrfastm i (\) mfom?m »— ( i ) fffif^Frererc^ i ( ^ ) 

232. fi^--5^I^—3lf«^: I 

233. fiten— firanfaro— fosnfa^reMc i 

234. fasrR—^fa^—^f^RT 1 ^ i 
23 5 . f^r— fafajjte— atfafanfos*. i 

236. fi?t?T~ ^TTf^r— RSTT^r2T^% I 

237. f^T^~fH^<^— ^T^l^T I 

238. ^r^q@c — ^rf^r^s: — i 

239. ft^S"— ftS«*^5— itePJ^ t 

240. tw^f? — ww^ — wn^^Wlw^ i 

241. ft%^r— •(«») taTfatfa i (\) H?rf^ i— ( ^ ) fasrTftfowgsT^ i ( ^ ) 

242. ftsrc— wd^*— g^nT^raar i 

243 . fito-~*n5rf^-- waf^J* I 

244. ftT-— <3RRg<TO— srawjgorfTOT: I 

245. sn%— m^mzfft-— w3Tfir#rc«m i 

246- %a[ (Noun) — (i)^t^ i (^)%*wr i (})%s[f<t i— ( i )^iT^r. I 
( ^ ) ^RnpHppb i ( i) M^<m ^ j 

247. SST^J— 3To3TgR SHo^ftSFttft; SlS^Jij^TTj S^tR^j STo^l^. 

248. WQ — *&*f — sisqarTWT I 

249 . safo— -srtrw— apff : stftWR i 

318 



Tertiary Word-Units 

250. srsr — srwrerer — *rFnwTO*m i 

251. m*zcn[ — «[iT^a^r — gpsrafsp&TtHT \ 

252. ^it^t — (n) 5TT§rf*mR i (\) «Errer^rfer i— ( i ) TOrfirerita^ i ( \ ) 

.-■■ ..... . f^.CX ■■■■ J i . 

253. f^^r~^r^5^r--^^ts%MT^r^ i 

254. fell — ^ftre— q^teraw: I 

255. 3ft*r~ ^^—^^^tl , 

256. ^fmr5^~^^ < ni^:^—-^t^ w r§ ; ^: ; ^T: \ 

257. 3ft*5 — ^ISRfte — 3i%^H#3^ l 

258. tfk-mfr-*tf*m. , 

259. gwr— (i) aigr i (^) g*ng*r i— ( i ) g*ng>rai i ( ^ )g*ng«raft?'n'ft; 

260. sffap— (i)*teffa?n (x) %$$m t— ( i ) #^fo?WT?ra: r (^)ri- 

261. ^*R— 3RHR— ( ^ ) SKR^:. ( X ) SflPRTcST J 

262. W%K — ?$%%% — -^rf^ST^: I 

263 . ^^-—(1 ) s&msnsT i (\) w^ m m i (\ ) %faw& i— ( i ) «m- 

264. ^i-ti)^!! 00<p*mon (\) sr^fte t— -( n ) 3OT#*r i ( ^ ) 

265. ^(Adj.)— it) ^^ (*) *OT«fti*n (*)*W5 J— ( 1 )^^1 ( \) 

266. ^^>rc — ^^rwR^iT— ^^TWFf^r^ i 

268. B?«rer— (i ) *f??$^»H i (\) w*?m%%m i— ( i )^^"TO s wfaq; i 

269. ^w^rrei'ft'T — ?F?srw#Tg^ — ss^mr^ngw^T i 

270. *=m — W&T — Slfcra*W$k: I 

271. ^tsSsr — sttsstcrrt — tnroraNRKWJi i 

272. ^-««*I*C-H>fe*«h* I 

273. mms— #*J3%c!^ — t*&J*S<3%cFr: I 

274. ^W?r~*?WT<^— 3T^K*RT I 

319 



Bhagamdgltd Word-Index Pt. II-B ( a ) 

21$. ^^r«¥ — sgft^cf^nr — i 

276 . ^^— #f!j*w?rar— ^nrofewfoprn. i 

277. ottr-- wg$m— Tsgfar&tfft} *$%mmmK i 

278. ?i^^— sntira^— s^^F^Rfl^g^r: i 

279. ^-(i)5WiWefajri(0^#5i (*)srHcN (<\)g*stai 

(0 sisfST i (\*) srafasr \ (d) srfer »— ( v ) ftsrc&TOTTg: i 
( ^ ) TOHfH3H « (\) wmfrffimt i ( -v ) dh^renj; *&*?- 

( \» ) ssfh«Tqf&TT*ft i ( c ) s^rgarmrcn^; ^f^f^rfSrarcc i 

280. m^i-^^h^m^^mmn^ 

281. *N?*|?r— 0) ^^M^r i (^) g%Trerc i— ( i ) ^l^m^cmm i 

282. ^nsc^ — (^) &mm « M si^t i— ( 1 ) giRrcsrrann i (\) s^fr- 

283. fafe— arfirfa-- ftrcwfogftt I 

284. Ipf— (l) ^raTOTdRTpPfifa I (* N ) %n$m » U) *TS3TI*sf I ( v ) 

WS&TS I — ( 1 ) ^l^fl^^TOTgrtftrf^w: i ( \ ) ?J?T|:^3^; 
0*5:313^: I ( \ ) IFsrgS^far I ( v ) gT^^^.'^g. g3g:3Rf$: l 

285. 5^:^—^Ng^s^--J5fl^r3^ ! ^T i J 

286 . Si*-— S^~ -#?*£taJ* I 

287. l|F5 $t>^ — S^S'SPm « 

288. ^--»5r5?r--ff«n5?rft: * 

289. ^[gr— ^SW— ansmq I 

290. *§&— f^^— 53#r?^fcr: i 

291. fere— (i) *to*m 0) *ntos*n— ( i ) 3f^5n^i^wr«rwi^r- 

292. sr-(i) src* i (\) m?m i-( i ) mtem i(h) «pt*»tWito- 

293. 3E«rsr— 0) ^w?ft55 1 (^) ^rr^tw i — ( i ) er^nssRfts'Pr i ( ^ ) p>- 

294. SSmssmr— ^MRIFR— ^T^FTKHJrfT: I 

295. ^— rite— fWfcrftRT: I 

296 . fsrrer — ^n^rrar — tfag <rrcr?m^ i 

320 



Tertiary Word-Units 
Sub-section (b) — K&imlr Recension 

1. mmm — (i) ^^t^ft 1 i (\) a^mteT i — ( ** ) ersnwRnHt^w^i 

2. «T?g- — <nf&i<?r^F?r — ^^tfttt^rt^ i 

3. s^cT*— ^3Ut^— ^m?cKW I 

4. sr^p — g*ng*ra3 — g^TSpfniscJmfr i 

6. 3TCJ — ^3TO — nl^fTO: I 

m 
9. «n^r^?r— srrcre^tf- ^^mr*R%m^ i 



3f 



10. **J— -^TO— #*mr: I 

11. *rf^— flfffi— *?$ffaf T: I 

12. *W — wF — 3W«KH^: i 

13. «K*H-— " (\\ *&&"* I (^) T%^RSTR, l~~( 1 ) S&aFWfrftiw; I (> ) 

/S ■J^t /S **^ 

14. 3F><**F3r — T*NT<W<B!q' — fF!Frar3Sf>3*RT: I 

1 5 . ww— f^nwTO— w«nwftinfof^^: i 

16. f%T%^— f^feP l — 3*ft>T%^ I 

17. ^ $>&<$ 3^]%?^ i- 

18. 1RT— 13^— sfta^ll 

1 9 . W&& — $S^fa$t— ai^^RI, t 

20. f%?TT— fiPrTfa%<? — f^3TT%^?sr^c5t: \ 

21. W^ — S&B* — flfe^rcrti-MH 1 

1, The dissolution of these compounds will be found in smaller brackets inside 
that of the primary words, of which they respectively form parts, given in the Index 
of the secondary units. 

B. G, 1. 21 321 



BhagavadgM Word-Index Pt. II-B (b) 
22. m% — 3W|TT5 — STOOTTfacfT: I 

24. f%?c«r — (T) te^^l 00 f^TCT I— ( 1 ) sjf^Raflfltf I ( X ) 3*fa s &- 

ST 

25. SFiT^jf— 5F*R>fe — wwafa&sre; i 

26. to— 3TOT?rc — 3T«rraifT#rw^; i 

27. c3T3— S^TSi— l^^RI * 

28. cST^(5^) — ^SsCr— STOfrpffaer: I 

29. 5:^r—5^ra— 3^W«P5;i 

31.' irf-^— TO*?t^l 

32. 5f— («j) spfo 1 (^) surfer i (0 WW I 00 5F*TO I— ( 1 ) B^ft^: I 

( \ ) *mfomw%: \(\) mvm?{ 1 ( v ) sspsnwpG: 1 

33. 5=rT5TT — ^Mg^—^RTfSf^rr^T.' I 

34. ftfo— fa^s—ftTOfi&sFTT: i 

35. I%^TcT— fMra^5iW— ^H^INr^^rsrT: I 

3 6 . q^c — q^f-q vmi %$K 1 

3 7 . qjfupif =f I" — TTf^qrT^Fcr — ?r ^;ttfitt^t^^ i 

39, m®^)^mk%®\ (*)%wgsm\ (\) mhmm 1— ( 1) *Rw£r 

*b&w l ( h ) gwg[*ra5s?3naft 1 ( \ ) Wk^raa^t 1 

40. «r«s , 5£r — q*5w«*— ^ferftft^KT; 1 



Tertiary Word-Units 

41. to^— (i) m$ i (\) JTfi^i^i (0 jrsTfHfa '— ( *> ) *r#*ffT : i 

( ^ ) *Tf Tfrffare: I ( \ ) ^5 Tf%^ i 

42. <gg[ — 3T?jg — ^wm^ i 

43. ITTg — f^HW^ — f^fT^TITf^nT^R I 

44. ^ — ^TRig^ — srH^^RTT^T: I 

45. 3|urq;— See ^ t 

46. *nf*t5i — ^T^t < ^ — *r^n*ftw i 

47. ^— T%<TOT— sifccTOqi* | 

48. TO -^TO— ^W: I 

49. T^ (To know) — f^^ra; — Bif^f^ i 

50. #?TT — ^affifrf^T — 3MTcJTf^?f¥frfcT^Rr: I 

51. wftfTT — fafrf^ra — aF3reufasnfrfN*flH*CT: \ 

52.- ft"^— ^T^M—e^f^^ i 

5 3 . f^nc[ — f^rre^— ft *T3q1fTfa*tTO. i 

54. ft§P* — felt^ — teTf^WtpST: t' 

55. ifc (Noun)— ^t^— %^t^t^;t: i 

56. oSfSRr — 3|a|^ — o^TRTs^xfi: I 

57. $r€rc — $p®tK — ?rssftortei:.i 

5 8 . $j*r— w^W* ^ — i*rrg*rw m^ i 

59. <$c€ — $fer — stferemFW i 

60. wk**T— SWWW— ^F*TB3?«rFfi' I 

61. "E5TJT — ^^Wl — ?r^:^W^R: I 

62. %!— teR--«te3W I 



323 



Section C 
QUATERNARY WORD-UNITS 

Amongst the Tertiary Word-Units contained in the preceding section 
there are again some which are compound words. The component parts 
thereof being separated as shown in the last column of Section A, the 
following Quaternary Word-Units are obtained. As against each of them 
have been given in order the particular Tertiary Word-Unit or Units 
from which they are obtained and also the corresponding Secondary and 
Primary Word-Units. 

Sub-section (a)~Vulgate with variants. 

l. srf^r — snror — 3i«rT?*Rrrc — ^?m% Hfaroj, i 

*$$ i (v) sHSRPfcmta i (^) ^T?^gfcT i— ( i ) anwncJRTR- 

$®&q i ( \ ) entflf RWT^ l ( ^ ) ^IrfT^^cfRffT I ( v ) mW 

( \ ) sjfospqsftRp J 

( 1 ) §F^J*FR3>£ps[T^ I ( \ ) ^fesSTFIH I 

7. *pt?i — ^T*ncm — wrorow — wrcprasrftRrr: i 

8. *jot — spRigur— (i) sf^&i^t i (^) «sicpi^rfi% \ — (i) w^- 

fcfW I ( * ) gras^fftfW: I 

324 



Quaternary Word-Units 

1 3 . ^cf— to$w — tost hr — cre^mm ?fen i 

14. ^t^ — (l) SFTOfSRT^Tf^:^ I (<) <£.^rcfa> I (x) S^^T — ( «l ) ^m^- 

5nCT53nfa§:W* I ( ^ ) §:3rcftaT*Pr I ( \ ) ^tWT5«5:^— ( 1 ) 

15. ft— ft^T--ftTOW-"ferf^T: I 

16. **t ( A dv.)— toT— I^rr — flw=m i 

17. ST 0) 3FRT I (H) SFto I (}) 3?g»T I (V) 8R?^» ( <| ) SWPcWr I 

(\) 3-FtefcWj s^gpq t (\) g*rt5*T l ( v ) s^shft i — ( i ) 

attlwroi* . ( x ) «a*Praft«rar s «*«***«< i ( x ) g^aw- 

qpj 

1 8 . *¥&* — mm — 5F*ra»3 W — apsrafoRwrSTO; I 

20. huh— ®mn — srewtogtfr—- ssptfag^TOT i 

21. *|?r— («>) ^i^ \ W s^i? » — ( i ) s^w^cr i ( ^ ) sfcjjnwjjrj 

^c#^cnraRT i — ( i ) ^ssfR^mwT i ( \ ) s^fflsnisw; $&• 

325 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt, II-C:(b) 

24. *mr— 0) sr^Rfa t (\) gswmwfrr i— -( i ) ^§wt^R i ( \ ) SF^rcretT- 

25. W\ — ^FTCJT — WTOfra® — tJWRT'WSTtNm: I 

27. to~3#IS— WT^Sl^cf— ^%ST13g5i: I 

28. ^T?r~^#' :r r---^!^ TS^J^--^!^oTg^:^r: I 

29. IP*— 3TU*I— $Rig*T— l^T^TteFfT; g*n$*re&s I 

30. ^ft^— §:<GKtai— ^t^T^— f^^W^T: I 

33. ^Np?--*nCT&flT — snw&mfr — Bffiiw^m^nTjfr i 

34. ^e^fcr — ^«nwr^Ea1lr — ^F^R^^^fcr: — i 

35. sr#— (i) ofefi i 00 ^cr— ( «» ) ^fefe i (\) isfr%m*g(-, 

srtf mm i — ( i ) s&wwssgro; i ( \ ) ^i^ar^f ctw; 3%3T- 



Subsection (b) — Knimir Recension 
1. «|ft— SWOT— arBnOTFT; ^T^f^m—^^T^T^^^s^T^f^T- 

2. scrj^-^^w— st^jwrj «r«2rTwfosnr — ewrcTOwfaBW* ; aww- 

326 



Common Word-Units 
7. *r — (i) «isj*r i (^) swcU — ( i ) 3FTTg*nw5 1 ( \ ) arcngra i— ( i ) 

10. ^— STO?t— SWOT— ^TfTf^T: I 

12. ?pi — g:^pr — §:^1^W — *Rg:*?f§^H: I 



Section D 
WORD-UNITS COMMON TO ALL OR ANY TWO 
OF THE PRECEDING SECTIONS OF THIS PART 

Sub-Section (a) — Vulgate with Variants 







3T 




8. 


3F^f 


53 


11 


1. 


3tf$r 


«)7 


(?)2 ( C J- 


- 9. 


3RTC 


54 


12 


2. 


sifir 


18 


3 


- 10. 


arer^ 


56 


13 


3. 


stf^pr 


23 


4 


- 11. 


®m 


57 


14 


4. 


3?f^ 


28 


5 


1 12. 


SRF 


58 


15 


5. 


sf^M 


33 


7 


- 13. 


3?«rra 


86 


16 


6. 


apFcT 


35 


8 


- 14. 


^IcT 


91 


17 


-7. 




50 


10 


- 15. 
327 


m 


94 


19 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. II-D ( a ) 



16. 


3?2?5T 


95 


20 


— 




m 




17. 


m 


98 


22 


— 45. 


^ftr . 


233 


70 — 


18. 


m** 


120 


25 


— 




q. 




19. 


m^ 


126 


28 


— 46. 


ip» 


234 


71 5 


20. 


m 


129 


29 


— 




3» 




21. 


a?g; 


134 


30 


_ 47. 


cg^ 


250 


73 6 


22. 


$m\ 


135 


31 


— 48. 


5pr<#5S 


251 


74 _. 


23. 


3^ 


137 


32 


— 49. 


«&3rp? 


254 . 


75 — 






3?T 




50. 


«BTT 


257 


77 7 


24. 


aTT^Tfl^ 141 


33 


— 51. 


$wm 


259 


78 • — . 


25. 


^U^ll 


147 


34 


— • 52. 


TO 


266 


79 — 


26. 


mQR 


149-50 


35 


3 53. 


¥*!$ 


270 


81 — 


27. 


anSTCt^ 


[fa 155 


39 


— 54. 


35T55 


271 


82 — 


28. 


mK 


156 


40 


— 55. 


<fiffl 


276 


83 — 


29. 


$ftm 


162 


43 


— 56. 


f*5 


279 


.84 — 


30. 


3Hf^ 


164 


46 


— 57. 


$ 


286 


85 — 


31. 


3TT^*r 


167 


47 


~ 58. 


$?t(n) 


287 


87 — 


32. 


SITffTf 


176 


50 


_ 59. 


f^r 


294 


88 — 


33. 


aTM 


178 


- 52 


— 60. 


i%^rr 


301 


89 — 


34. 


3WR 


186 


. 53. 


— 61. 


s&to 


303 


90 — 


35. 


3?tfTX 


188 


54 


__ 62. 


i$q 


308 


93 — 






S 




63. 


m 


310 


94 _ 


36. 


*F3 


194 


56 


__ 64. 


fa 


313 


95 — 


37. 


^t^pr 


195 


57 


— 65. 


fa 


315 


96 _ 


38. 


f? 


196 


59 


— 




it 








i 




66. 


m 


318 


97 — 


39. 


ki 


199 


60 


— 67. 


!pr 


326 


100 8 


40. 


%m 


202 


61 


■— 68. 


*ra 


339 


102 — 


41. 


%$<%(, 


213 


63 


— 69. 


m 


345 


103 — 


42. 


s^ - 


215 


64 


— 70. 


=*rf 


346 


105 — 


43. 




218 


67 


— 71. 


=iT55 


347 


106 — 


44. 


^wt 


"— • 


69 


4 72. 
328 


f*m 


352 


107 — 



Common Word-Units 



73. 


fcFW 


355 


108 


„ — 


101. 


f*FI3T 


528 


153 


— 


74. 


%?R| 


357 
3T- 


109 


__ 


102. 


^r 


543 
<* 


155 


-— 


75. 


5F*T 


371 


111 


10 


103. 


*w 


549 


156 


— 


76^ 


m 


377 


113 


— 


104. 


qX 


552 


157 


— 


77. 


WJ 


— 


114 


11 


105. 


qf^f 


557 


158 


, — 


78. 


?R 


390 


118 


12 


106. 


<TTfa 


566 


160 


— 






*r 






107. 


TF? 


571 


161 


— 


79. 


3x1 


397 


120 


13 


108. 


8*5 


580 


165 


— 


80. 


<P 


411 


122 


— 


109. 


1?T 


585 


166 


— 


81. 


%^ 


413 


124 


— 


110. 




588 


168 


— 


82. 


ftT 


420 


125 


— 


111. 


<$«B 


589 


169 


— 






* 






112. 


2*13? 


590 


170 


— 


83. 


im 


428 


127 


— 


113. 


J?$fa 


595 


171 


• — 


84. 


3-tFT 


429 • 


128 


*— 


114. 


TOFC 


621 


173 


— 


85. 


f^ST 


436 


129 


— 


115. 


ym 


624 


174 


■ — 


86. 


^fa 


442 


130 


— 


116. 


to 


630 


175 


— 


87. 


5* 


453 


132 


— 


117. 


Efmr 


632 


176 


— 


88. 


5-*^ 


455 


133 


14 


-118. 


5*3 


633 


177 


— - 


89. 


ss 


460 


136 


— 






<hE 






90. 


%j 


462 


137 


— 


119. 


*m 


635 


178 


18 


91. 


^rr 


463 


138 


— . 






*r 






92. 


^sr 


464 


139 


— 


120. 


«FEJ 


638 


179 


— 


93. 


^S 


466 


140 


— 


121. 


3*5 


641 


180 


— .- 


94. 


5fa 


470 


141 


— 


122. 


srg 


642 


181 


— 


95. 


s?3: 


478 


142 


— 


123. 


m% 


646 


182 


— 


96. 


** 


484 


144 


— ; 


124. 


sfe 


650 


— 


19 






^ 






125. 


mFi. 


654 


184 


20 


97. 


*r4 


489 


145 


— 






*r 










5T 






126. 


WJ 


663 


187 


. — 


98. 


?r 


499 


148 


17 


127. 


vm 


669 


189 


— 


99. 


«nc- 


503 


150 


— 


128. 


yg 


679 


191 ' 


21 


100. 


5TT5fT 


508 


151 


— . 


129. 


*>T 


687 


192 


— 



329 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt, Il-D ( & ) 



130. m 

131. *K 

132. *FT$ 

133. *TS1 

134. TTC 

135. *rm 

136. *TRT 

137. 3pr 

138. 1« 

139. ^?3 

140. % 



143. 3^ 

144. #t 

145. ^ 

146. ^ 
147- ^t 

148. irm 

149. ^ 

150. W 

151'. «fa 



695 
701 
703 
710 
717 
719 
722 
727 
731 



740 

n 

141. m 744 

142. *r#l2 745 



152. «m 

153. 3Tf 

154. **K 

155. '«n!H 821 

156. ft*TO 830 



760 
764 
771 

*C 
772 
781 
785 
787 
792 

iff 
799 

gr 
804 
816 
820 



193 
194 
195 
197 
■ 198 
199 
201 
204 
205 
206 
207 

208 
209 
211 
213 

216 
217 
218 
219 
220 

223 

225 
227 
229 
230 
231 



157. f^(v) 837 

— 158. fWT 838 

— 159. frfa 843 

— 160. fH* 859 

— 161. fof^ 869 

— 162. ftCR 879 

— 163. M 887 

— 164. sq-TR 894 

— 165. WRT 900 



22 



25 



915 
918 
921 
923 
926 



166. srCR 

167. w 

168. STWcT 

23 169. %m 

— 170. T%^ 

— 171. %S — 

24 172. tffa — 

— 173. ^twi 927 

174. sfa 

— 1 .75. g*r 
176." sfa* 



930 

932' 



958 
963 



177. ^ 

"""" 178. sr^ 

179.' *F ; *TO 970 

~~ 180. m 974 

181. ^ 1000 

— 182. *fera 1003 

— 183. *N*T 1005 
~ 184. *OT 1008 

— 185. s4 1019 

— 186. «**? 1026 
330 



232 
233 
235 
237 
240 
242 
246 
247 
248 

249 

250 
251 
252 
253 
254 
255 
256 
258 
259 
260 



270 

273 
274 



27 
28 



29 
30 



265 31 

267 — 



32 



33 



276 . — 
279 . 35 
281 — 



Common Word-Units 



187. mm 1035 

188. faffc 1045 

189. W® 1049 

190. 5^5*^ 1050 

191. I* 1053 

192. g«5 1055 



282 


— 


193. 


Km 1070 


291 — 


283 


• — 


194. 


m 1076 


292 — - 


284 


36 


195. 


&T%m 1084 


294 — 


285 


— 




I 




286 


— 


196. 


d 1088 


295 — 


287 


_ 









Subsection (b) — Kdsmir Recension 



1. 


BT*?! 


(t)7 


(8)2 


(b c )' 




13. 


^HT 


99 


33 


— 


2. 


BTT?*R, 


28 


7 




2 


14. 


f^TTcf 


104 


34 


— 


3. 


*5fa 


41 


11 






15. 


, 7* 


108 


36 


— 


4. 


3;^ 


7T 


13 




4 


16. 


TSfc 


136 


41 


. — 


5. 


«BT?T 


47 


15 






17. 


qrf^C, 


148 


46 


— 


6. 


% 


52 


17 






18. 


^T 


155 


47 


— 


7. 


S(SJT 


72 


— 




5 


19. 


fa^ta 


163 


54 


— 


8. 


OT 


78 


26 






20. 


%^(n) 


167 


55 


— 


9. 


5^ 


85 


28 






21. 


cqftR 


169 


56 


— 


10. 


x^ 


88 


29 




6 


22. 


m 


173 


58 


9 


11. 


•eft 


93 


31 






23. 




185 


59 


11 



12. T 97 32 7 24. 3* 194 — 12 



331 



PART III 

CONSOLIDATED INDEX OF THE PRIMARY AND SUBSIDIARY 

WORD-UNITS. 

The word units arranged alphabetically in the various sections and 
sub-sections of Part II are the basic forms of the words which when inflected 
go to make up the Primary Compound Word-Units occurring in the first 
two sections of Part I. In order to show which of them are common to the 
Primary Simple Word-Units occurring in the same sections of the same 
Part and which not, it was necessary first to reduce the latter to their basic 
forms. When this was done it was found that there were some of them 
which were common to several of the Primary Simple Word-Units and that 
some of them were not easy to be detected owing to their position in the 
serial order being far removed from the larger number of units derived 
from the same basic forms. In order that the reader may get a collective 
idea of all of them from one place, they have been collected together and 
mentioned together with their common basic forms in an alphabetical order 
in this Part with the initial letter P intended to distinguish them from the 
Secondary, Tertiary or Quaternary Word-Units, which being basic forms 
only have been mentioned by their serial numbers preceded by the letter 
S, T or Q» as the case may be. It must be borne in mind that although the 
number of any of the Secondary, Tertiary or Quaternary Word-Units may 
be one only, it does not mean that such a unit occurs in only one Primary 
Compound Word-Unit. There may be several in which it may be occurring. 
In how many of them it occurs will have to be ascertained by the reader 
by a reference to the particular section "or sub-section of Part II. As in the 
previous Parts, the common basic forms peculiar to the variants in the 
KaS'mir Recension have been given in a separate subsequent section. 

Abbreviations :— Adj. = Adjective ; Adv. = Adverb ; N. =Noun ; P. = 
Primary Word-Unit ; Q. = Quaternary Word-Unit ; S. = Secondary Word- 
Unit ; T. = Tertiary Word-Unit ; V.-Verb. 

Section A — VulgaU with Variants 

si 6. m — p . siufarfaj^ ma. 

1. 9H%5 — P. 3fl%5qr, 7. affifr — P. ^cf: 5 septoj;. 

2 . «rfJr— P. «rfto; 8IA.-S.7.-T.2. 8. erffa4— P. eu&ft. 

3. m— P. sft.-S. 8. 9. 9^ +5 — .p, BTfcRRfor. 

4. m— -P. eren.-S. 9. 10. stffc+ftf— P. 3?fafts#. 

5. m— p. «nnft.-s. 10. 11. qftoaHP. sjfiwftr. 

332 



Common Basic Forms 



12. 


B=P5T— p.. 3|W. 


38. 


13. 


srq — P. sw. 




14. 


8Wt — P. 3T*ft. 


39. 


15. 


3Tc[^ — P. 3I*fr; Sf^T. 


40. 


16. 


3*c£p— P. 3^g^.-S.23.-T.4. 


41. 


17. 


3T«r — P. 3*sr. 


42. 


18. 


m% — P. ^wh.-S. 25. 




19. 


3?^ — P. 3m:.-S. 27. 


43. 


20. 


atffcr+t — P. 3^q%. 




21. 


37f^9f> — P. Slf^R; 37te^; 






3??^:, 


44. 


22. 


srra^K-- P. 3if^^T^. 




23. 


ajfWT** (*F^)— P. BTf^FS^T. 


45. 


24. 


QTf^T^T — P. srfaST^. 


46. 


25. 


9Tf^r+^T — P. arf^w. 




26. 


3T«5T^r— p. 3T«q"%"T. 


47. 


27. 


g^g— P. 9ft«$:; SM5fcT.-T. 9. 




28. 


3?g+^5^ — P« ^rt^ 5 ^. 




29. 


argf^^v^H^Sr-P. 3T5- 


48. 




fz^wtt- 


49. 


30. 


m+*% 0*^)— p - ^^s a?3" 


50. 




Wrf5cT; 3*3WTfa. 


51. 


31. 


^3^^^^;+^+^-— P« ^3*w : . 


52. 


32. 


' g^q; P. 3^^W^; 3*g*I%- 


53. 




S. 45. 


54. 


33. 


^g^^N/sTl-HH,— P. s?g*F?TT. 


55. 


34. 


9^5+^ P. 3?3^x2T|. 


56. 


35. 


3*3+1*1-— P. ^pfRtj 3*f^ ; 


57. 




ajfi&rra. 


58.' 


36. 


3R+^sit — P. srgPNteRt 


59. 


37. 


^tfrcaVaw+srra — P. sfgsnftr- 


60. 



arot. 



sg+g^r — p. 3*§#erf%j «?3^t- 

**3+f — P. 3?3S^. 
^^^v/^+^-P.^^T^r. 

3Tg+?4T — P. agfc^^cT. 
BI3+^— P. S^Wl', 3!^?H ; 3=19- 

3FcT — P. 3F^ ; BFcR^.*; Vpm,; 

3FcT:, «F%.-S. 53.-T. 11.- 

Q- 2. 
W31— P. VFtm. ; 3RR.-S.54.- 

T. 12. 

3?f*cr$ — P. arfrT%. 

sm— P. «TO*; 3W1V-S. 57.- 
T. 14. 

3^ — P. SRRTj 9F^ 3F2fJ; 
ap^Tft; WT^; SF^j 9F^j 
a^«T;-S. 58.-T. 15. 

SFSfSf — P. spfjpf. 

sjapCT — p, 3PZJSJT. 

3r1^v/3Fr+| — P.e?f**rerr..~S.64. , 
3H+3^— P* ajqgsrra:. 
^^P.s^.^-S.68. 

sift— p. srft.-s. 70. 

3^qjf ?r — P. OTtirr^. 

g^— P. anqr:. 

3Tf*T5pr: — P. afadMURk 

3if*T+^r— P. «rf*wra^. 

a#r5imVB#r+^— P. eftem:. 

^f^+HT— P, aitoR^cT; srfa- 
SfRTfcf. 



333 



Bhagavadgltd Word-Index Pt. Ill- A 



61. ajfac^— P. arf*Rr:. 

62. ajfiwT— P. aiftramfa} atf*pfri!r. 

6 3 . e#-H^--P . 3?W?F^M. 

64. ^JT|ttv/3#+JT+^— p. arw- 

65 . «fa+^._p. qft^. *^. 

66. atf*--- — P. «n%H:, 

67. 3#T5^-~P. atf^T:. 

68. ajfoHg— P. b^rsfj. 

69. aifoHR;— P. «Tft?Sr: 

70. a*f*H-fr+^— - P. ^f^^T55^. 

71. srf^r+^+^rr — P. 3tf*Rrarcr. 

72. 3T^rf|crv/3if5T+^T~-p. erffcjfe-. 

73. ai»rfaB— -p. warfare:. 

74. 3F«j4\/6*fa+3T|r — p. ajwM. 

75. ^wr^v/^+^—P. W- 

76. stwr^v^afa+a^-HP. arwf- 

77. afwr^yajfa+a^ — 3T¥irc£F3;. 

78. art^+C^r- p - ^"Tf 7 ^. 

79. S^rcr — P. 3WTCTR; 3T«n%; 

M^.-S. 86.-T* 16. 

80- 3T^sfR\/9?f^r+^+^T — P. $v$~ 

81. srgsr— p. sigsr. 

82. arwif— p. spsraT; a^*r%. 

83. *ff— p. et«tr:.-s« 95.-T- 18. 

84. artPflr- p. ^5TOf 

85. *^— P. »?f%*. 
86. 



87. 3T^ — P. arq:. «tf.-S. 98.~T.22. 

88. stfui— P. arfoi-;.-s. 102. 

89. sfe*r-P. a?W 

90. 3?f — P. «itf:.-S. 104. 

91. e?f— P. ^rifci; «?4ftr. 

92. 3T55^T — P. eT3W. 

93. %m — P. mm{, 

94. 8H+T*}; ( H^ ) — P. 3?3"R5. 

95. 3IWT — P. erasiRftt. 

96. 8ra?rmN/3Ri+fT— p. aresra^. 

97. aw+ftr^ — p - ^RR%. 
9 8 . 3lW5l~iT — P . arqswj. 

99. «W+^— P. s-rtt^. 

100. ePWIT(fa$)— P. *TCfos%; 

zm^m^m+w ( %s )— p. e^- 
ewt^RIT:.-S. 111. 

aramsjrv/a-f+si-r — p. s-n-s^. 

104. a#^Vem|fr — P. bt^j e?^%**r. 

105. arc^a^-HP. afl-^-s. 121. 
ar^r — p. bt^cT; or^rrffT; arsrrfa; 

ar^ — p. 3WFWJ. 

ar^r — p. «wr^ «ww. 

«WTOfc---p. awrRT. 



101. 



102. 



103, 



106. 

107. 
108. 
109. 



3*#r— P. e%. 31^^. *-$-:,- 110. «rf^3t— p. srfMr. 
s - 97. 111. ar^r— -p. site. 

334 



Common Basic Forms 






x X J • 
114. 



115- 

116. 
117- 
118. 

119. 
120. 
121. 
122. 
123. 

124. 

125. 
126. 

127. 

128. 
129. 
130. 



3^ — P . Sffa; «tffcl; %m; Srffc; 131. 
mm^ *ST(^ Wmj WH.', 
^:.-S. 134. 

^^^__P. s^jn^; 3WI^; 132. 
^tTTfa:; m*t; ^aft:. 15; 133. 
*m: ; *RWT; *T*T; SRT; *M; 134. 
m^ t \ 3^; T:.-S. 135.- 
T. 31,193. 

3?^RTri;.-S. 136. 
815^— P. e*f:-S. 137.-T. 32. 
artY — P. sift. 
3T| — See ^ in/ra. 

sirens — p. airara^.-S« 142. 
3nW5Tv / 3CT+W — P. «TOffiRI. 

stt+ot — p. snwfe. 

^T-FT^ ( T5f ) — P. BTFT^IL. 
3Tmcfs/37T+^ ( ^fS ) — P. 

sntcro-S. 145. 
3n+^ — P. 3nrptf*r. 

3TRR — P. 3T1^R:.~S. 147- 

T. 34. 
STT^tI — P. 3TT^fT4j ^T^TT^j 

arr^rkj nwi*^. 148. 
sTpwr — p. an^jg;. 

3TT38r — p. 3*T«r:, 

335 



135. 

136. 

137. 
138. 
139. 
140. 

141. 
142. 

143. 
144. 
145. 

146. 
147. 
148. 
149. 
150. 
151. 

152. 
153. 



srTcfi^m; anw^ra^-s. 150. 

-T. 35.-Q. 3. 
an^r — P. a?rap8: 

3*TK p. 3Uf^; 3^:; 3*F?r.~ 

S. 156.-T. 40. 
3TTf^ — p. enfcsrf^. SfTf^TT- 
=TT^; snf^TT^— S. 157. 

ansr — p. 3tt^. 
«n-+^T— P. sn^ aim. 

^Tf^ToET — P. Btff^M^. 
^TTvr\/^T+tT^— P. aTTTO*; 

3*t+<j£— p. ^t^j sn^Jm^m;. 

sfTgsr— P. angrom.-T. 45. 

g^T+^r — P. ^TT^#; 3iR*T%. 
SIT^ — P. 3TR**T:.-S. 167.- 

T. 47. 
3IT^g — P. 3T!Wt:. 
STF^T — P. BflF§aJ3> 

^ — p, on^. 

^ref^—p. ^t^^-s* 173. 

3?T+f5RT — p. 3TTTW; 3?1%^. 

3FTf^sv/3Tr+%f — p. orrf^s^; 

BnfifS*.— S. 175. 
«n+f— p. Sttf^j 3*Tfa*l%. 
3TTpv/^T+f — p. ^TfcTJ^j afTfcT.-j 



Bhagavadgitd Word^Index Pi. III-A 



154. 

155. 
156. 
157. 
158. 

159. 
160. 

161. 
162. 

163. 
164. 
165. 



166. 
167. 
168. 
169. 

170.- 

171. 

172. 

173. 
174. 
175. 
176. 
177. 



«TTf1rT — p. anfft^.-S- 176.- 
T. 50. 

sttspt-— p. 3iRnrra:.-T. 51. 
sn^— P. sng. 

S- 180. 
3TT4f^T — p. 3TTW, ; anf&rar. 

«nf^r?rv/3TT+f^r — p. «nf*rem; , 

ante; BfTf^RTTi.-S. 182. 
3?T+^T?[— P. 3TTWI*TJTra. 
SfTSR — P. arra^ 3?I3Ff.- 

S. 186.-T. 53. 
3*T+^— P. SfTCTTST. 
smffa— P. 3TT^to; SfRffa:. ' 
3*13*— P. 3TTg^;3IT^:} sngtf:. 

8. 18%. 
™— p. ansffa; an#. 

a*wn(ft[§) — P. anffo; ansjw. 
«nft*Rr^«n+WT (f^r)-— P. 

3!Tfq — P. 3^^. 

snSTC— P. SH^TO; sn^TCH- 

S. 188.-T. 54. 
arrft — P. «nf*. 



178. 
179. 
180. 
181. 



182, 
183. 



184. 
185. 
186. 

187. 
188. 

189. 

190. 
191. 
192. 
193. 
194. 
195. 

196. 



$f*n$— P. &*rafc. 
^r-— p. $&. 

^^.v/^-P. ^srt:.-S. 190. 197. 
^m — p. fs^r.-T. 55. 
fan— P. $HWT.-S. 193. 198. 

336 



5?TC— p. *TCT:. 
^r — P. %$i. 
^fcT — P. $fa. 

TO TO; ^TTH; ^R,; W5j 
iRT; $; |jft; TO- 
^T^ — P. 55Ffa[. 

?fepr — p. ^(pihj tEt^FrT°iT^ 

$fapiTfa; ^F8&«TS; ^^:.- 
S. 195.-T. 57. 
^*W— p. ^f%". 

^— P. ^. 

^T (l^f) — P. ^&; fS^fa; 

f5— P- fIPT:.-T. 58. 

pV||T — P. ^ ^-.j PT^; 

SKR.-S. 196.-T. 59. 
IK— P. «. 

t 

t— P. tT%. TTSqr%; T^%. 
ff— P. fc&. 

f§§?\/fir — p. |§srq[. 

%5T P, %f ; fOT(. 

fer— P. to-S. 201. 
t^— P. t^H; fw.-S.202.- 
T. 61. 

^Rv/^ P. g^. ^;, g^ :# 

-S. 203. 
3fFenv<F*r — See *r, 



Common Baste Forms 



199. 
200. 
201. 
202. 
203. 
204. 
205. 

206. 
207. 
208. 
209. 
210/ 

211. 

212. 
213. 

214. 

215. 
216. 
217. 
2181 
219. 

220. 

221.* 

222. 

223. 

224. 

B,G, 



tfsi;— p. snnj gut*; 3$:-S. 204. 225. 

%m — p. 3%;. 226. 

3%:?sra^r — p # ;g%:?sr«rcp3[. 227. 

sf^s — p. zfimn. ~ 228. 

^it^N/^+S^— P. e^im^. 229. 

3cT— -P. ScT. 230. 

sspraay^+spm — p. $m- 231. 

*RUj;. 232. 

^^v*3^+*PR-— P. , 3^»ra%. 233. 

3WT — P . ZWW,; 3TO-S. 206 . 23 4. 

Sfrff v^+W— P. fffag. 235. 

sfkcT v/^+^T — SfcsffiT. 236- 

g^ft^v^^Hft^— P. 3arTSF%; . 237. 

Sffo^g:. 238. 

T^v^ms^ p. ^^5tT^r ; 239. 

3?^. 240. 

3^TC— -P. SS[T*T:. 241. 

^TtfTC — p. SOTR^ S^Hfrr.. 242. 

-S. 214. 243. 

vJ^ffcFV^+BH+f P. SSTSaH; 

S^Tfa?. t 244. 

^+3?t+i — p. mns®. 245. 

3^t — P. ^*ERT:. 247. 

3^+f — P. 3^f 248. 

sTRST— P. 3^:.-S. 215. -T. 249. 

64. 250. 

ssm—p. ^SRTTJ.-T. 65. 251. 

3^+fa3— p. sftsEt; sfi^. 252. 

afaro^v^+fa^-— p. gfaw^. 253. 

^T+5Rt.(3IT) — P. Sq^FRT; W 

5iT^. 254. 
1.22 337 



3q+!f — -P. Sq^fcr. • 
OT+f^ST — p. ^q^i^tT. 
3PTC| — P. ; 3"TOT, 
3W — P. S>TOm. 
gq[+T^-- P. 3q*TSRf. 

3Trov/OT+q^-—p. swera;. 
^T*TT — P. SWT.-S. 222. 

swn — p. ot^tfct. 

STOv/^WSC.. — P. ^^T^. 
37+^ — P. ^T^j 3TO$?k 
vJ7+55*T — P. STcSVqff. 

sq+f&g; — p. 3Tf*3<2jcr. 
^r+f^r — P. vjqf^. 

ST-HP^-HT^ — P. SWHTR?. 
^T4%f — P. 37t#. 
37+53.— P- STW^- 

%qw — p, ^qr^ra"*.. 
swrr+f^r — p. sqTforck 

37Tf^-sM+3TH^r-~ P. ^TT- 

Tmv.-s. 226. 
gwn+f&r — p. sqtfSrsi. 

sraT^J^wttf — p. ^ma%. 

gt^f^gtHl — p. 3W: ; ^cTT:. 
OT+t — P. ^a^Wj WfcT; ^T«I%. 

3*?— -p. €wjj 3*r ; ^lr. 

3^T — P. 3TpTT^. 

S«*r— P. S^T. 

'gjasRKr- p. ^^nr. 

&ffis</v$t — P» ^cug[. 
3;4_p. gr^.-s. 230. 

9f 



■spE- 



-P. If. 



Bhagavadgit& Word-Index Pt. I II- A 



255. 


%^ — P. ^grafa. 


276. 


256. 


m— p. ^m? 


277. 


257. 


%■§— p. wi. 


278. 


258. 


«^r— p.^. 


279. 


259. 


1S5-— P. Wk 




260. 


1?fo— P. «5Wt; ^f^:; ^<H« 


280. 




-S. 233. -T. 70. 


281. 




3 


282. 


261. 


^— P.TT^T; T^JRt.; W . 


283. 




tr^.-j it^T; T#*j T^.-S. 234. 


284. 




-T. 71. -Q. 5. 


285. 


262- 


T^iSr— P. tpK^j ^#T. 


286. 


263. 


T^lf%^— P. TtfBtft. 


287. 


264. 


t^-— P. t^ ; t^{. TppT; 


288. 




qfllfc; trcTl^C, j Wl; t§T; T^FTj 


289. 






290. 




N ^?:j TT«r: ; th*: j T^T- t^fTH.- 






S. 236. 




265. 


t^T^ — p. tT?TR^. 




266. 


^— p. v$. 


291. 


267. 


OTj— P. tt^.-S. 237. 


292. 




ft 


293. 


268. 


%B#cT^ — P. t^fccT^. 


294. 


269. 


^rcra— p. \ivrn. 


295. 


270. 




296. 


271. 


an^— P. ^srtt.tS. 239. 


297. 


272* 


#<*fa~«ft — P. sffasft:. 


298. 


273. 


^— #^-S. 240. 


299. 






300. 


274. 


*w-p. *ita* 


301. 




eft 


302. 


275. 


«f*rar- P. sflrar, 


303. 



m*sr- P- '&&>• 

mq<W3>%— P. ^>«RTcT:; WF3« 

^— P. ^ST^T; 5f)«f^#cTj W- 

S^faT — P. ^TIT. 

qKTfH— p. ^r^. 

3F<^— P. W^l. 

^55 — p, ^fJjRj:. 

mvn — p. oth. 

sp^q — p. ct^oTSi 
^ p # ^qfj-. ^oy : . 

^fer v /f--'P* ^ S? R; sfeift. 
^ — P. ^crr; $afac.-S" 247. 
9#r— P. 9#R.~S. 248. 
*pH— P. «pSj ^:; ^T; 

*fi*#r. -S. 250. -T. 72. 
-Q. 6. 

■«BfiH— Pf «#WTJ. 

gjif^v/^f — p, q&R:. 

^5?RC.n/^— p. qj^TJ*. 
ej^ — p. ztfftQj. 

gp^r — p. ^^ # 

$ft— P. *PRP; «^j $fe; 
$33 — p. sfj^. 

^tm — P. ^jpjjj. 

^^v/^Tf^— P. «BT®SF?T:. 
^T%rcT\/q5Tf ^ — p. ^jT%rg^. 
$T^~ P. qJTf ^fcTj «FTf ^. < 
$R— -P. $W^ ; *BW; 3WR ; 



338 



Common Basic Forms 



«T*n^;^TlTT:j«|tr:.-S.257. 
-T. 77.-Q. 7. 

304. ^F^Tv/^T^— P. «GT«THH*. 

305. 3>FT— P. ^FT^; 3$Ffr.-~S.266~ 

T. 79. 326. 

306. ^t^t — p. *5TTOt ; TO»nfa.- 

S- 268. 327. 

307. ^nmy'S — P. *6H&Jir 

308. «fpJ— P. «BT^ ; ^.-S. 270. 328. 

-T. 81. 329. 

309. 35TS5— P. 3)T3^j ^T55:j 51&; 330. 

*l&r ; *ff%.-S.271.-T,82. 331. 

310. $m— P. WT:. 332. 

311. %SBR — P. fosER. 

312. W^-P,ft^ . 333. 

313. tafc— P. ^ TOTO.; OTf^j 334. 

35: j 3JTj SBTJJ,; Pb^ j %; %T%^ j 335. 

%^;%1;%J.-S. 274. 336. 

314. faflfotHP. fo##; fttffon*. 337. 

315. faf^ran— -P . fafcara*T % .-S .275. 338. 

316. d&rcjy^tt — Cl&Fcr:, 339- 

317. ^tft — P. 3ftf^j tfffc.-S.276. 340. 

-T. 83. 

318. $^— P. §3: 341. 

319. $ftflTfa — P. ffcnfto:. 342. 

320. $? (N.)— P. f^.-S. 278. 

321. |fev/f-P.fH 343. 

322. $55--P. f^^Tj 1^; §&. 344. 

-S. 279. -T. 84. 345. 

323. W ®& — P- W& -S. 283. 346. 

324. ^— P. %h. 347. 

325. -1— P. ^f^q-fcT; «Bft«r%; ^R^; 348. 

^ft, m% *^; #**.; 

339 



*ST$<t; 1?S; f^j $^; ffe ; 
felt; fo^j faflfj -S. 

286. -T. 85. 
^ (n.)— P. ^j f^FF. -S. 

287. -T. 87. 
^f— P. F<^; TOlfalL; 

f^^T.-S. 294. -T. 88. 
fFT — P. f>qwrr: 
f 7— P. $ <?:. 
W<n — P. OTT. 
«a$-P. S*ft. 

%cfs5 P. %355H$ %^:. 

%?p?— P. %^rj%^rwr.-S. 299; 
sg^ — P. ^t^Tj qftsfa:. 

^wtt— P. €mrc^. 
^kis — P. ^risi^. 

3Sg — P. 3>gJ. 

raj^rr—P. i%2rif^:, -s. 301. 

-T. 89. 
^— P. ^CRC, 

sgte — P. m^i wtm-, atom, 
-S. 303. -T. 90. 

m— P. &SR.-T. 91. 



-P. $»ra;. 

ftf^— P. Slftc^. 
^rw — P. $r*r^. 

-S. 306. 



Bhagawdgitd Wordr Index Pi. I II- A 



349. 
350. 
351. 
352. 

353. 

354. 
355: 
356. 
357. 
358. 
359. 
360. 
361. 
362. 



363. 

364. 
365. 

366. 

367. 
368. 
369. 
370. 



371. 
372. 



mi — P, $r*n. 

srftRr- P. srtt. 

tfS-P. writ. 

m— P. m*{- } $r*rrar.-s. 308. 

-T.-93. 
Wr- P. TO; «R:. -S. 310- 

-T. 94. 

srre—- p. *m^. 

$rTT>T — P. OTfop. 

fH— ■ P. %t^t. 

te^—P. tan. 

sifta— p. sfw.-s. 312. 

g*— P. §33;. 

§*— P. tfepj.-S. 313.-T. 95. 

%fT— P. $*ra^. -s. 315. 
-T. 96. 



373'. 
374. 
375. 
376. 
377. 
378. 



379. 

380. 
381. 

382. 
383. 
384. 
385. 
386. 
387. 
388. 
389. 



m — p. ^j %, 
*rs®ciy»rn (irsf) — p. *fss^. 

ircf\ATfj; (*T*f) — P. trt: itcTT:. 

-S. 318.-T. 97. 390. 

tf% — P. *lfaH; *I%: ; *lft.- 39U 

S. 320. 392. 

nf^-— P. ifa"^ 393. 
n?q — p, j^Hrt; q?5T^.-T. 98- 

*pq$— p. qp^oiT^.-S. 323. 394. 

m, (TSf) — P. *F53; IP5®%- 395. 

*F3T%; »W; *Fff5^ ; *W; 396. 

? **. . 397. 

*i% — p. tnfojj *t4*. 398. 

*m— P. TfSTT, 399. 

340 



»nfts* — P. *nfts*f*3(. 
itt — P. TraTfa. 

flFTsfr — P. TT^Nt. 

fa^—- p. faji*. 

TftcT — P. rfT^. 

*m— • p. goirac,; 3°tt:j gpteP; 

T. 100. -Q. 8. 
5^ (Adj.)— P. iffolr; *lfar«; 

3* (N.)— P. p: ; 5^.-S.329. 

3iT — P. sw^gwrofcsjp*} 

SITRj pTTCR.-S. 330. 
5jot — p, iptf^, 

^f— P. 11TT%j iff^Tj W*t. 
TOt— P. W^. 
»t$— P. % 

iTT— P. *ifa; *tt^.-T. 101. 

5JS~- P. SNOTTO; UT%«5. 
T?5Tf% — p, ;R5Tl*fJ. 

%— -p. WT^; 3ft 
^q — p # sjflpEf;, 

5^v/^~ p, .jrp 
jpi — p. gpip^. ' 

^— P. *J. 

=^—P. W^.-S. 342. 

^r:— p'. ^fph. 

^§f— P. ^g:.-S. 343. 
^^55 — p. ^srssq;. 
^8^5^— p. =Bp^SPn^. 



Common Basic Forms 



400. 


^mr* P« ^RJ.-S 344. 


428. 


§f %/f^ — P. i&tTT. 


401. 


=*FP3T^ — P. : «F?J?%. 




3T 


402. 


=31 — P. ^Qfa 


429. 


gpRfc— p. giTTcT:. <3^. -S. 365. 


403. 


*Kr- -P. =^.~S.345.-T.103. 


430. 


3PT — P. SPR. SRRI^; SRT:. 


404. 


^y^— p. ^im^ ; =5T^. 




-S. 369. 


405. 


^— P. =^ft; ^fccT. 


431. 


^r(^T)— P. «PPfe; 3^; 


406. 


^5— P. =^^.-S. 347, 




<SfFF%. 


407. 


^5 — P. =^55fcT. 


432. 


3F§ — P. 5RP*:. 


408. 


=*n=wr — P. ^fsOT^. 


433. 


^?T — P. SFq. 3RHm ; SRjfa. 


.409. 


^fjq — p, ^yq-jj. 




sftt^.-S. 371. -T. 111. 


410. 


^m— -p. fcrn^.-s. 348. 




Q. 10. 




-T. i07. 


434. 


5PT — P* <3W:. ~S. 377. -T. 


411. 


faTO — p. f^s?:. 




113. 


412. 


^r?cT^\/FF^— -P. f^-cfa??f:. 


435. 


sprst — p. sprwjj;. ^tot?. 


413. 


f^cTT — P. T^cTT^. 


436. 


<sru— P. W-T. 114.-Q. 11. 


414. 


foe*,-— P. f^FcI%, 


437. 


3TH — P. 3!T*#; ^TSTfcr. 


415. 


?%?<Wf^-— P. ^c2T:. -S. 


438. 


5fTcr\/^ (sit)— -p. srmw; ^rat:. 




355. -T. 108. 




-S. 380. 


416. 


t*nt— P. farrau NK-S. 356. 


439. 


SITg— p. 5TT3[. 


417. 


■#av"^-P. !#&:. 


440. 


^T?T^s/W — P. 5{R^-S. 382. 


418. 


^falR— P. %f^TWJ. 


441. 


ssin^T — p. srrpft. 


419. 


%^T — P. %<ffiT. 

%f — P.^^fT.-S. 357. -T. 


442. 


1* H)-P. <**, *%; ftm. 


420. 


443. 


ftwimsyfa (^) — p. t%#Frcji^. 




109. 


444. 


fasRiysrT — p. fosF*. 


421. 


%*r~P. H 


445. 


fonTi— p. $mw-* 


422. 


^ST— P.%T:.-S. 358. 


•ftO * 


f%v/f^ (si^)— ^Rj:. 


423. 


%^— P.%^. 


447, 


^fi^r — p. sfrJTffo. 


TilTP. 


•g— "P. "Krarfar. 


448. 


3frf — p. i%5ftf^rm:; sftsfcr. 




15 


449. 


gffasf p, ^fafff. 


425. 


g^g — p § §^ T 3[; BrStffaj 


450. 


^ftfira — p. #f^to.~s. 386. 




®^tf5|!. 


451. 


^— p. #$3, 


426. 


®553T?^\/®^ — -P. ^ffiTJJ. 


452. 


fT—P. TOlfoj ^T%; *1§J*; 


427. 


f^ — P. I^TT; f^^cTj f&^. 




3TSrT; Srafa.-T. 117. 



341 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. III-A 



453. 
454. 

455. 



456. 

457. 
458. 

459. 
460. 

461, 

462. 
463. 
464. 

465. 
466. 
467. 
468. 



469. 
470. 
471. 



SKPSTv'S T— P. TOsn*. , 472. <TCf^-- P. ?wfa«r:j q<rfag. 

TOv^W— P. SRfr. 473. 9*- P.orafo; Wttit; <R*. 
^— P. SFPRTTlj;; fWR; -s. 406. 

STTO; 9TOU IWT^; TOT- 474. ?W^— P. OTt. 

*TO^; #Tj in^T.-S. 390. 475. cW^— P, gFRTTj 5R%; TO:- 

-T. 118. -Q. 12. SW.-S. 407. 

?TfH— P- ?rf*Ftt; fTft«r: ; 476. ^TTcT — P. cfTcf. 

snsft. 477. mm— ?.mmisGmii%m\*} 
m— P. %^; %^. <TT*RfT.-S. 408. 

s$ffa$—P. ^fcTO^s ^fti%J. 478. m^r—P. cfRTRC. 



-S. 395. 
STOy^ — p. ^55%:. 

OT— P. 5WIR. 

^— p. mi. 



479. %faf-~ P. fafcRJ**. 

480. Tm — See sm. 

481. TcTgsy^TT (f^)—P. faB»<P*. 

482. 3— P- 3. * .1 

483. 333— P. SS^* 

484. 35T— P. 3^:.-S* 410. 

485. 3Sv^— P. 32:. 

486. 3^— P. slfe. 



TO-P. TOW, TO* 5 wfcr. 487. 3J-P. 5*lfe s 5W&T. 
-S. 397. -T. 120.-Q. 13. 488. gwfar-P. <jwfa*. 



m — P. m. 

mi— -P. CT4T.-S. 400. 
cT^T — P. ^T. 

ci^—p. cf^ ; ^j cr^; mi 

%I;l.-j^j^j?rr.-s. 401. 

-T. 119. 
93-— P« 3sft. 
gq^\/c!^— p. ?r?c^. 



489. 3^T— P. #:. 

490. %5}^— P. cftr: 5 cNtfa:; MtW^ 

-S. 413.-T. 124. 

491. ^1%^.-— P . W^RT^. 

492. 3ftr~- P. Sfa^. 

493. sraaysrar— -P. sqs^. 

494. ?q*h-P. ^f^ ; <3T?mj c^fcTj 

495. prm— P. toft; m*H} ?TO; 

^utrj^.-S. 416. 

496. errf^,— P. Sltfr.-S. 417. 



gq^—p. mm-, crc% ; crc; ; 497. c^t^v^-hp. srcaro;. 
Wft%} <pftft:-S. 404. 498. 9W— P. «R^.- S, 41 8 . 

342 



Common Basic Forms 



499. 


*t — P. it#. 


525. 


500. 


fa — P. faft:; faf; *H-- 
S. 420.-T. 125. 




501. 


m — p. ?s$. 


526. 


502. 


^RT'Tv'^ — P. GRflTOTT:. 


527. 




<$ 


528. 


503. 


?KT — P. c&T:. 




504. 


^ng- — p # ^osg-;. 




505. 


^n/^t— p. ^ms *?m% 




506. 


z&mymr- -P» 3*r*Rn^. 


529. 


507. 


^jt— p. ^r:. 




508. 


^ — p. ^^.. c^-.-s. 426. 


530. 


509. 


^T! — P. ^TT. 


531. 


510. 


<$-— P. ^; <&. 


532. 


511. 


^RTV'^ (<T^) — p. tffm? 




512. 


^r — p. ssr. 


533. 


513. 


^l— p. ^t%. 




514. 


^T — P. S^Tfa; ^T*%; WP%; 


534. 




sOTTfaj 3fo%.-s. 432. 


535. 


515. 


~T$*r — p. *smn* 


536. 


516. 


^reparV^— p. ^nap*. 


537. 


517. 


c[Fr— p. ^H^; ^5 3FR; ^T%j 






^T%:.~S. 433. 


538. 


518. 


^*T— P. 3FTCT:. 




519. 


faf — P. f%T*.. 


539. 


520. 


f^ 53 j — p, f^ozrujf^ojn^. f^sqr- 


540. 




m*l', f^nfaj f^n:; f^fr.- 


541. 




S. 436.-T. 129. 




521. 


<£W— P.^.-S. 440. 


542. 


522. 


^v^— p. <£tH*j;.~S. 442. 


543. 




-T. 130. 


544. 


523. 


#SW3r-P. ^RF^.-S. 445. 


545. 


524. 


|2— P. 55Tg.-S.453.-T. 132. 


546. 



%:m — P. 5»iRR^; §^;3!%*; 
. I%.-S. 455.-T. 133.- 
Q. 14. 
^C— P. <87T. 
€S — P. S8^ ; S&T.-S. 458. 

«S (**>-p. mm.; <*r ; 

TO; Wf%; TOI*cT; TOTt>; 

Wft,-S. 459 -T. 135. 
mV^ (q^[) — P. S«:-S. 460. 

-T. 136. 
SS^v^ (^)— P. TOUJ, 

€i& — p. sffen. 

5fl^; %Tf ~S.462.-T.137. 
%3T — P. %t<TTs. -S. 463. 
-T. 138. 

^55 — p, ^55;. 

%T~- P.^.-S. 464.-T. 139. 

-S. 466.-T. 140. 
^f?^— P. ^%I^j ^fatt; ^t> 
sn^^.-S. 469. 

I^r— p. %mw*t. 
%r— p. I^j ^; Mtj %H 
^rq — p. 3fa^;_$«mj d^j 
$A:-S. 470.-T. 141. 

^ Ps fSfflC. 

sfr— p. Wr.-S. 473. 

s^r — p. ^rrwT^.-s. 474. 

^| — P. $gT. 
3— P. Sflftt. 



343 



Bhagawdgita Word-Index Pt. Ill- A 



577. 
578. 



579. 

580. 
581. 
582. 
583. 



547. I^-~ P. gTO.-S. 475. 573. 

548. fN-HP. sfr^; *H:.-S. 476. 574. 

549. fte^T— P. tl#m. 575. 

550. §?3~P. TO; 3?|:.-S. 478.- 576. 

T. 142. 

551. 5TC-— P. 3OT.-S. 480. 

552. ft— P. fr.-S. 481.-Q. 15. 
-.553. fBflcjyfe^— P. ftm 

554. fl^[— P.ife. 

555. IN— P. !tf:-S. 484.-T. 144. 

556. »W^-P.ltW:.-S.486. 

557. '^PT— P. «Rifc ^TH.-S. 487. 

558. m— "P. «lfeT; .«&*; «$.- 

S. 489.-T. 145. 

559. W§— P. w4^ ; «ib^.-S.490. 584. 

560. w (v.)— p. sstEt. 

561. s(Tc|— P. ^cfT; WT^. 585. 

562. sTOr-P. m „ 586. 

563. wmy$-r p« mvft. 

564. ^T|— P. «nfar$PTj ^^TST- 587. 

^W^TSR, 588. 

565. fflfaty/fa (*srfa) + OT— -P. 589. 

1MkR. - 590. 

566. «fte— j?. ^RITj ^FRR. 591. 

567. ^K— P.^^j^C:.. 

568. t^T— P. ^jr: ; ffR. 592. 

569. '€-— P. «rR?Rfj srrenfrr; *n% 593. 

-S. 494. 594. 

570. fcTCTf— P. SSKTSST. TOT|:.- 595. 

571. ^fcT— P. I%J^ j ifa:, #j W. 596. 

~S. 495. 597. 

572. ?s%5— P. is%g.\ 598. 

344 



3Sf3— P. fBJSI. 

%— P. %^rr^. 

*ftt— P. ^5 ! ; 5*fc 

wm— p'. .^rrcjfc «™^j «n^r. 

-T. 147. 
^TOiy^T — P. «TOI:; «rW^:. 
p— p. p^. p:j pT. -S. 

498. 

?r—P. ff. -S. 499. -T. 148. 

-Q. 17. 

i 

3^5 — p. ^551. 

*m — P. m^vnm. 

ff^t — P. sffRt^. 
sffi^-HP. *W.~S. 501. 

^g (v.)— p. sw^RTtj z*mfk<, 

SOTjr (N.)— P. 5W:.-S. 502. 
?HC— -P. sr:. STCTO[. 5ft:. -S. 

503.-T. 150. 
5R*R— -P. 5RTO; *OTT; «S$. 
^ ( = *IJR )— P. ^fa. 
5RT— P. ^fcT; STRRTTfa. 
!lTO/;^r— p. si^Rg. 

fts^^r— p. mu, ?fsi^j *&.- 

S. 506. 
m*\ — p. stftftt??;. 

-TttTgr T\ 2TT3TRCT. 

5TO — P. ^T^J. 

srntr — p. srTtRT^. 

•TT^r — P. STT^. 

TO— -P. TOR.-S. 511. 

JfRR— P. TO^HS, 512. 



Common Basic Forms 



599. =ntes/^— -P. aTfcrag;. 627. 

600. W(^)— -P. 5^. 628. 

601. fff+nq; (q^)— p. frrrsgfa. 629. 

602. FflCTcf^T%+^-— P. ffaCfcnfo 630. 
603- fa+lf— -P. FfWTffl. 631. 

604. fa^f — P- fan^Sj FWf :-S. 517. 632. 

605. faST P. f^EC; ft^ref; ftST^; 633. 

fasn.-S. 518. 

606. foH— P. fa*R^.-S. 521. 634. 

607. tow — P. toH^. 635. 

608. fo^x/fa^— -P. H^cr:. 636. 

609. f^\/ft+5r?f — favs;:. 637. 

610. faw^— P. ftroftTj fSw&nfa; 638. 

611. foro — P. ft^TO. 639. 

612. fr+3^— P. Wm. 640. 

613. f^--P. ftfarnfo-S. 524. 641. 

614. faftwiyfa+ft^-- faftNTCC, 642. 
615.' fore (Adv.)--P. frrot;. 643. 

616. ftfcr (Adj.)— p.f^T?TW;f^mT: 644. 

-S. 525. 645." 

617. £rW— P. fara> 646. 

618. ft-Hn*— P. ftw. 647. 

619. ft+3f— P. Wt^%j FRtsrcrftr. 648. 

620. Mf^vft+gf— p. fMti&EB. 649. 

621. fatr^fa-t%— P- foffi* -S. 650. 

527. 

622. Effisyfa+^—P. $WSR? 651. 

623. fa+^h- P. .faWC. 652. 

624. f*%— P. fa^r:.- 653. 

625. ft%-~ P. f^l- 654. 

626. frw(*4)— P.ft^jfa^J 655. 

ftf&%; ftff^p;. 656. 

345 



f^^-rer — p,. faro:.-s. 535. 

FT+ftST — P. F1%5R. 

ftn%— P. ftifoa;. 

teT — P. FRIT. 

FW — P. ^r«RTn ; £[«$*. -S. 

536. 
ft*^ (fa^-H^) — P. Fr«K%. . 

f^^f55 P. ft**55T. 

fa^ns (F^F4*To5) — P. FT^fa. 

fafa (Fff +fa) — Frf^??T. 

f^teV^f+f%— P. FffocJ**; 
ftftran.-S. 537. 

FTST — P. FTfT. 

fts3\/£r+i^— -p. ftm:. , 

itfft— P. sftfrt. 
3— P. 3.' 

S— P. 15.-S. 542. 

q^TRf — p. qs^wp^.-- s. 544« 

Ifej— p. *fctf. 

;ft — p. sft 

rJfpKJ"— -P. 72fTW|J{, 

7%m — p. ^m% 

qf^c,— -P. q^im. 
q^ — p. tref^; «r^rrf^r. 
q^-H?. qsrj qspra;. 
qrftea— p. <rftro* j qf^stm. 

q<ff — P. q^TIT:. 

qej;-— p. q^Fcr. 



Bhagavadgltd, Word-Index Pt. III-A 



657. 
658. 
659. 
660. 



661. 

662. 
663. 
664. 
665. 

666. 

667. 
668. 

669. 
670. 
671- 
672. 
673. 
674. 
675. 
676. 
677. 
678. 

679. 
680. 
681. 
682. 



q?r __p. tpraHS. 549-156. 683. <?fWWC (f^)— P. qfo- 

qftq-— p. qfq - , fHg^. 

q^_-p. q^.-S. 550. 684. qft-F3T«T+3TT^[ — P. q|qRRT. 

m— P. TORflt; TO:; «^; TPH; 685. t|%— P. q| frcT**. 

q^;^:;TO; m$t>, TO^. 686. 'I^I-P-^TI- 

-S. 552. -T. 157. 687. q*FT— P. S^ft. 

q^[— .p. tR^^.. q^ S . TW*(;- 688. qfo^— P. T^r^. 

S. 553. 689. q^—Seessr. 

TOTRlH-P. T^Tct, 690. <TWU/^ (T^)— P. W:; 

TTO^-— P. WXWs VW^ 

qfH%sv/q^+%^— P. qftf^. 69 1 . twsrt— P. qms^. 

'tfWW'ft+tfti— P. "for 692. «TT«5*r--P. <TT°3*r ; TF^: ; TT«^- 
qfTfe 9RTH; TF>^T:.-S. 568. 

qf^— p. qft?^. -S. 557. 693. «TT?FK— P. «ira^. 

~T. 158. 694. TT5r— P. TT%.~S. 570. 

qft+^ff— P. qftsRRt. 695. ^TFT — P.- (Mas.) qTWj TI^T.'; 

qftfoa^qft+fi^-- P. qft- q%.~(Neu.)qTTO;; wwt^j 



Rffcrrf— -p. q%icrr. 

q^OTW— - P. <lftpn$. 
qft-m^— P. qf^THT. 

qj^n*r— -p. «rf^rm:. 
qferTor — p. qfwrFT. 

qft-K^— P. qf^8%. 

qfj^^q^ — p, qT^^RT. 

t%i^-— P. qftqiMt. 
qfore-P. qfcpfer. 
qf^RTf^^v/qf^+nT^— -P. qft- 

qft+$$— P. qf^fcF. 

qft+tf+^—P. qfwn^. 

q|?3 T ___p, q^.. q&jfi^. 
qtf_p. qqfo. 



qiq*.~S. 573- 

696. qi<^— P. «n^TR^.-S. 574. 

697. q^W — p. qre^. 

698. tt$ — p. qi4 ; qpfer? qHbj 

699. fRW — P. qre^.\ 

700. qrT«FT — P. «TT*TCTfa. 

70 1 . fq^Tni— P. faaTOf: « toPTSH. ; 

702. ft^— p. te: ; fq^Tj fq^mj 

fap.-S. 576. 
7Q3. <*teT- i - P. qft^T. 

704. 3««r-— P. H^TOU 3"ket:j g^Kj 

3^-S. 577. 

705. g^T— -P. gsflPTj gsn^j S*T: 

-S. 578. 



346 



Common Basic Forms 



706. 


g^-~ P. gsT:.-S. 580.-T. 


733. 




162. 




734. 


707. 


3$ — P. g*^? g*n. 






708. 


g*— P. $t 




735. 


709. 


pn^-p. g^TO. 




736. 


710. 


S^t— p. g^T. 




737. 


711. 


g*Fi— P. g^nr^ ; gw; 


i g^Fft. 


738, 


712. 


gUcR-— P. gKRR:. 




739. 


713. 


g^tsr — p. gi»TOj gw*j 


; g^ ! ; 






SOT; g^lt; <£W-S. 


583. 


740. 
741. 
742. 
743. 
744. 
745. 
746. 


714. 
715. 
716. 
717. 


gf—P. gwiT^r. 
g«^$j — p. g^iftr.-. 

gwj p. gw^. 




718. 
719. 
720. 


gftWg^—P. gf^RTR. 

\^J\%— P. <js«r:. 
lj%— -P. *jfa. 




721. 


-S. 588.-T. 168. 


ft # 


747. 


722. 


T*% — P. S^TFT. 




748. 


723. 


s^— P. s*p§. -s. 


590. 


749. 




-T. 170. 




750. 


724. 


2*R^T — p. sq^T. 




751. 


725. 


2P^fH-P. S^H; StelT**. 


752. 




~S. 592. 






726. 


SS— -P. ^?5f:. 




753. 


727. 


fpig- p. (fftl®^. 




754. 


728. 


fe— -P.qteHj^T:. 




755. 


729. 


$im — P. <ftwj(. 




756. 


730. 


sr^ra — p. ^ra^j tow -s. 


757. 




594. 




758. 


731. 


ge&T^ — p. TOW3> 




759. 


732. 


5f-H5T^ — P. TO5Rf%. 




760. 



sraftffi — p. xptftaft. 

TOJTT.-S. 595.-T. 171. 

JJ5FT p. q^f;, 

TO — P. TO:. 

OTfe-P. TOqfo:. 

5T+ST (V.)— P. 3T^IT5TT%;ST3!T^T^T. 

im (N.)~ P. ITST; TOV 

S. 597. 
qtjpf — p, jjq^f. 
qq^ — p. jjot*:. 
JT^T«nN/sT+ftr+«IT — P. 3?TOW. ' 

srf^qm — p. 3#rqi%qr. 
r-h^— p. praq^r. 
tot— p. totst^. 

q% — p. jj%. 

ST^T+fT (v.)— p. m%^?ft%j 

STfcF*^ — P. JTfcTCWlt. 

3T%+3f—P. irfctffesnfa 

^fcfST— P. irffrgT.— S. 599. 
3}fcf+FTT^[ — P. JTte'ar. 
^fl^N/JTfcW^lT ($P%) — P. 

srffcuM— p. UfaR. 
*rf^5T+fof--p. sftw*. 

ST+If — P. H5«rftf» 

irteWsH-feS — P. srftwj. 
%-¥m — p. m*mi. 

q-^jj- — p # jj-apar. 



347 



Bhagavadglta Word-Index Pt. III-A 



761. sr-HT^T — p, sro%; sroftr. 787. 

JTOTftr. 788, 

762. JT?TS yw$T-~ P. ire:. 789, 

763. JT+T^—P. *m%; IPT?P%5 sntj 790, 

JR^t 791, 

764. s^^W^—P. iPfft^. 792. 

765. sr+(?f ) q^— P. TOTj rp^nftr. 793. 

766. iWTON/ir + (^) <E8[— P. 

TOT% : . 794. 

767. v'fatfm— P. irfirawss. 

768. SWT (N.)— P. spr^^j ipTO- 795, 

S. 605. 796> 

769. *T+( \ ) *!$■— P. S*nrfcT; TOfor. 797. 

770. W^J JT + ( O ^— P. iw- 

771. rr^rr — P. xroT. 

772. wiTf— p. swfar. 

773. *m— P.^jWt. 

774. JTRT"! — P. WT«Wfc 

775 . swt$R--~P. TOf^; smT«ftfa. 

776. *wk— P. m^'i mvz^} jwi% 

— S. 607. 

777. srg^— -P. H3%.-S. 608. 

778. *I+S^ (55^)— p. xrg«& 

779. *r + (^t) w*%~ p. w®%. 

780. IPR— P. JTOR^ 

781. JWT— -P. iRTt^T. 

782. JPiraJ Er+^TT — ERHcTT:. 

783. srgW s+3f— p. ngro. 

784. 5f+£3T---P. JTfSRt. 

785. srcJ'Rs/ W^~-P. sr*5q^, 

786. if552r — P. HOT*. JWr- W,- 

S. 612. 

348 



798. 

799. 

800. 

801. 
802. 



803. 
804. 

805. 
806. 

807. 
808. 



Wft — p. y$P$i JT#foF%. 
JT*fr?W xr-wft— P. xr^tsf:. 

TO<W WT^— P. UTOH*. 

jt+^— -p. TOfcr. 
Wft.(^)— P. sr^fej Jrc&%. 

!Wf^>/xT+^(«rft,)— P. XW- 

xrfairo N /ir + fa + *r^— p. irftr- 

If+f%+5ft — p. s$r5fa%. 
,+ft^-P. *faifer, rig* 
etItTs/ ir+^( *t) P. tot: ; 

xrast. ■ 
mfa — p. mfaj*; spjf^j. -s. 

615. 

snft.-S. 616. • 
JT3?rf*rer J w^ — P- xrsrf&Rra; j 

TO$RIT:.-S. 617. 

ST^T^cT J JT+^— P. %%&. 

SRW— P. *W; m^; ^S:.- 
S« 944. For 3^ as a noun 
see that word itself. 

srerrer— • P. JRTFTO.-S. 618. 
JW?R J HW5[— P. WffiT:. -S. 
619. 

jto— p. xrafcr. 
jrwJ-xt-hei^— p. sraifr. -s. 

620. 
WRfc— P. SRrT^tj sflft*. 



Common Basic Forms 

809. toto— P. mwi- t xrcrfti-S^ 832. ^r— p.'Stat^, 

621. -T. 173. 833. jfaWw^r— p. $m\*, $rni>, 

810. xr+ftr$ — P. utofo. ^t?rt; siTOTft. 

811. s+^— P. Jrafw^R. 834. $Hm.— P. itot^. 

812. sraer^/ jr-tfj— p. ymi; *mn. 835. ^ (jt+^)— p. sfare*. 

813. 3Wci^M+f^— P.JTl^q. 836. ^T ! «mR> > /ir+^— P. ^-RPTFTq;. 
814.' WT— P. STOfaj s^; W" 837. ^Ts/W— P. Rfci*. 

815. V+%\ — P. mW% 1*W^ " 838. W — P. ^H,-, I^Tfr; ^j <E&f . 

816. J^R— p: m^i. -S. 635.-T. 178.-Q. 18. 

817. infer— p. TJm:. ' «r 

818. *TTf — P. *nf. 839. M— P. *rcf. 

819. iTT^5 — P. qraw. 840. ^J^— P. «R5T:. 

820- 3TFT — P. STFiq-; STTOTT^; STFt; 841. *F*T — P. Vt^ ^Rfl^-S. 638. 
JT%.-S. 624. -T. 174. -T. 179. 

821. mf&R,— P. HTf^RTJ. 842. ^— P. q&Tfaj *«&. 

822. m^Rr— P. STraFW. 843. Vf— -P. *$:? *F^.— S. 640. 

823. 3TTW JT+37T^— P. STTHJ. 844. *55— P. WSJ^ 3«*?cTT^j q^j 

824. m^r (rr+^T^) — P.. JTT^t^j msztf^. s^.-S. 641.- 

STFgsrfccT; in^j m^; T. 180. 

3TTO%; ITT^#; XfT 1 ^. -S. 845. sftf— P. sff|:. 

626. 846. If— P. *mt; *rf*T; <*pT^j 

825. STR^ (it+31h^)— P. JTT^. *ffa; Sf^-S.642.-T.181. 

826. mf— hfM*. 847. stsj— P. ^5T;. 

827. m| ( ij 4- afl| or S0—P. inf j 848. TO—P. TOR.-S. 648. 

UT§:. 849. afta-— P. ^sf^.~S. 649. 

828. to— P. faro:;' farau te:j 850. ffi— P. fEftj 5^*^; |1^- 

toRT.'jfW:. -S. 630.-T. **R; I^U 1^ : J 3&; 

175, itrj I^T.-S. 650.-Q. 19. 

829. m%— P. xftftp.. -S. 632. -T. 851. I**— P* I^j f^- 

176. 852. 3$— p.yr- 

830. JftOTOT— P. Jftramw. 853. WStffr— P. WSTfo* 

831. ^r(xr+D— P.^r. 854. teWf* (wt^)— p. %§m. 

349 



Bhagavadgtt& Word-Index Pt. I J I- A 

855. *tTO..>/!P[ (^)— P. $m*$t. 874. *TFF— P. *fTCqr ; *TT*f:j vrwr:; 

856. SSI!*. (Neil.)— P. W§Tj ^5Fr: ; *r%.-S. 669.-T. 189. 

ersFTT; snST^r.— S. 654.- 875. *TWT— P. *TT*TCT. 

T. 184.-Q. 20. 876. Wm.sJ ^ (^)— "P. *TTORT:. 

857. snH (Mas.)— P. mm-- -S. 671. 

S. 654.-T. 184. 877. *TT1 — P. spfTOKT; *TT#. 

858. 5n5n»r--P. m^TO; wwj 878. ^rmT — p. *rm. ^ 

m^FT.-S- 659. 879. *TT^ (N.)— P. *TO!; ¥TTJ. 

859. m§fr— p. srrefr. 880. *nft?W*n^ (v.)— p. ^mm. 

860. ^[(Irregular) or 3i|— P. sn?«rj 881. f^/fa^—- p. ftorr. 

V 8TTf; 8?T^:. 882. tfW*fr— P. tftcl^j tftmft; 

861. ^ (Regular)— p. wtfK; *ta.-S. 674. 

^t^f; stftfa; 5$t. 883.' ififaT~P. *fti^. *ft^;.-S.676. 

^ 884. gsRWg^— • P-^W^ 

885. m—V. 3OTT; Hf%; gf^: 

862. *TO— P. TO; *im-S. 660. N ^ ' * N rV 

' _ _ gsjct; gsfaT; tftaflfc WW. 

863. ifai— ■ P.?rt^m^^R^;^RJ; 

~ ^ ^- ""S. 678. 
^n.—S. 661. 

•886. H. (**?) — P. ^TO.; smrnT: 

864. *PPW£— P. H«RV-S. 662. v %y o. e/ 

1^5 *Wj *W; *S#?f) WTO; 

865. *fsrW*!^— P. ^^^ „- ,. .^w*, 

866. ^T^r — p. *rafa ; ^ ; *rstfof. . ' ' 

Wtf. ¥R^. *raTR. -T. 

887. H.(N.)—P. #• 

867. *W~P. ***; WTR; *f. . 

-S. 663.-T. 187. 888> ^~?' WJ W ^ J *"*' 

H?5- ~S. 679. -T. 191. 

868. wn*ft>~-~?. TOFRnfa.-S. 666. _q 21 

889- ^M — P. HJa ; » 

870. ^P^;^^, g90> ^ p .^ : .^. 

^^* 891. H?*3— P. ^ : - 

871. wfroW^ (if)— P. *rfawranj(j 892 . *j— p. fSnrf^. 

^^ 893. S3--P.*2.\ 

872. *mK— P. *OTR& 894. *ft— P. it^.-S. 685, 
873." STRcT—P. *nx?T. 895. JfftrHP. Srf:. 

350 



Common Basic Forms 



896. 
897. 



899. 

900. 
901. 
902. 
903. 
904. 
905. 

906. 
907. 

908. 
909. 
910. 

911. 

912. 
913. 
914. 

915, 
916. 

917. 
918. 
919. 
920. 
921. 



Sfcpr— P. h&\. 922. 

3TT3RJ — P. ^TxRT; *ftW^. 923. 

#?^r — p. *Ttsf^. 924. 

*ft*T — P. ^t?TTq,; ^ITt; mh- 925. 

S. 687. -T. 192. 
iftl^c— P. *frft. 
*frsFT — P. ^r^.-s. 688. 



sn^-— p. ^t^. 



926. 
927. 
928. 
929. 
930. 
931. 
932. 



^— P.1%:. 

JRH p. Tf^j, 

*RT— P. ^jJRtt, ^T; mi'-, 

*Rt.-S. 693. 933. 

qfa— P. sftTcT:.— S- 694. 934. 

*R— TSJfc-S. 698. 

j^—p, ^wpj. *P% -S. 701. 935. 
-T. 194. 

W^ — P. *FW:j TTOT; TW:. -S. 936. 

703. -T. 195. 937. 

TFftter- P» ^f^oi.-j *wtf¥TT^. 938. 

mr- -P. ?PW:j *F&; *T3 : - 939- 

=RfS^— P. flgwTT'rra;; vgrn.-, 940. 

^§%.-S. 704. 941. 

wftin — P. fHt^P^. 942. 

*Rt— P. I^Tj *«&; *t ?2 F^; 943. 

*F# ; *F^; ^cf; *F*F$. 944. 
?PcF3r J K^— P. *F3S3?:. 

*F?T — P. *F5TJ.-S. 705- 945. 
W% — P. *F^H* 

mm— P. WR.-T. 196. 946. 
*tffr*r — p. *n:ff%:. 

351 



*f^ — P. mffi*.; ?7^cIT^. 
*r4— P. ???%.-S. 708. 
W— P. *rifcr.-S. 709. 
TS3-—P. TO*; ^TC^rTj ^fcTj 

HftftH; Wl; TOT? -S. 

710. -T. 197. 
*rf&n*r— -p. 5Rf%m^. 
tCt-— P. ^R.-S. 712. 

m (Adv.) — P. **T. 
fTT3?5—- P. Tn^ST^j *TTf55T:. 
^ — P. TOT. 
Sfpjq — P. STT^R:; ^T^T^Tt. 

*n*rcr— -p. mm^- } *rre*rr: -s. 

719. -T. 199. 
mm— "P. *TT3^; HT3tTHj *?T#. 

mm— p. ?im^j TOiJ; 

?nteT^. 
mm — p. *umT; mwi; mom. 

-S. 722. -T. 201. 
m^i — P. ?TRcf:. 

sritftf— P. mm-.. 
mk(— P. ht^c. 
qrcr— P. *mrrcra;.— s. 723. 
mwt<w — P. torri^. 
ta—p. t^r.-s. 724. 
ft«TT— P. fa«CT.-S. 725- 

5^s/Sf (l 5 f)— ' P- W®$; 
grfiH; ^r:.-S. 726. 

5^— P. 3^R; 3^; 3%. -S. 
727. -T. 204. 



Bhagawdgita Word- Index Pt. I1I-A 

947. 5Ps«r — P. OTP*.-S. 728. 974. ^lf— P. v&i. 

948. gj^(^)— ■ p. jftt^t. 975. ^— P. $wft. qwr. m% «R^ } 

949. gfr— p. gspfj. gfaj. g?fft T ^. q^%. -s. 743. 

5^ : . 976. aRT— P. 2I^;^r. 3^; arfTT- 

950. 151— P. gggfot- srpj. tor. tot:. *ft ; ?#T; 

951. 5|f— P, ^ff: a%. q|:. -g. 744- -T. 

952. gf—P. 3Srfa; m^> SWfc 208. -Q. 23. 

953 . ^—- P. ^;. ^5T;.-S. 729. 977. mj *RCr-p. ^cT; ; ^TcRU- 3RT- 

954. *#— P. #ar:.-S. 730. *m$ m*ft. 

955. <#*r-P. *#. 978. BRRnW ^— P. ?RWR:. 

956. ^J-r P. ^Tfa.-S. 731. -T. 979. <#— P. *RW: ; «Rfi5m*.-S. 749. 

205. 980. ?T^— 3TcTJ. 

957. ^_p, ^^ # 98L qgt-.p. qq%. q^. 5^. 

958. Wt— -P. OTTT^.-S. 732. 982. TO— P. TO. 

959. SsU/s—P. 'J^Tj W3> -S, 983. TO— P. TOT.-S. 750. 

733. 984. • iTOr-P, TOT^.-S. 751. 

960. ^~P. ^s^j leg:. -T. 206. 985. TO— P. TO- 

-Q- 22. 986. qft— P: *ft. 

961. StaT— -P.^T.-S. 736. 987. 8^— P. ^; ?T§ft; ^; TOT; 

962. ^nfH— P.^rapft. TOR;ifarau*rer ; imn$ 

963. $*— p.iftj. m- ssttj 5jn^ ; anfa : . qrau 

964. fer— p. H\ ?rr:. ?r. Sr^ %wt^. -s. 

965. life— P. tBR.-S. 738. 752. 

966. ift^—p. %^.»S. 739. 988. q£s®T—P. mzmi.-T. 210. 

967. m— p. iftpfc #ri.-j %ra^ ~s. % 989. m—v. mi. 

740. -T. 207. 990. m— P. ^:.-S. 755. 

968. ^V ^-HP. flhprat 991. ^rearj.^— P. aresin. 

969. mVmJ 5|— p. «frtte^j ?ft^T.-. 992. an (v.)— p. ?nftj ^tpcT; vmf®. 

970. ^5ft— P.?ftft^. 993. *n^r-- -p. qv&. 

971. *ffa— -P. jftsru. 994, 3n^__p. arT^T^. 

972. ^^— P. jfftt. 995. 3TTf^— P. ans*. 

*T 996. *rra^ (Adv.)— p. qm, 

973. TO?W ^—P. qsRj. 997. an^, (Adj.)—- P. qmr^. 

352 



Common Basic Forms 



998, 



999. 
1000. 
1001. 

1002. 
1003. 

1004, 
1005. 
1006. 
1007. 

1008. 
1009. 
1010. 

1011. 
1012. 
1013. 



1014. 

1015. 
1016. 
1017.. 
1018. 

1019. 
B.G. 



g^: 5 3%j §%:.-S. 760.- i 20 

T. 211. - 10 21 

5^— -P. I'T.-S. 212. 

3W-P.gqq^ 1Q22 

3^— P. %mh 3^j i^TO; 1023 

gafor 5 353*13, 1024 

g*ray 3$— P. g^,.. 3 ^. i Q25 
3^—P. 3^; 3^ §ot ; 1Q26 

3%.-S. 762. 
3TO53— P. g*WFg:. 
3 tw*— p. |f^r%^. 
3W (n.)—p. gfa. 
3^ (v.)— P. g*r ; 3*TO; 



^t?#.-S. 763. 

33^3^— P." 33^ : j 33^- 
ggsn*T — p, gjgsrpr:. 

3^ — P. cl^j ?^cT.*j ?^j <SRT; 
%%m — p, %r%?[f%3;. 

^S^n/^— P. ^3^1. 

#i:.-S. 764.-T. 213. ~ 
Q. 24. 

3ftf^—- P. €t^T^; ^TTFW; 

^rarcv^— P. %wn^rR. 

^r — P. #TWT:.-S. 769. 

vftfo — p. zrffSrq;. qtftf; *rtfa.\ 

-S. 771.-T. 214. 
*W~ P. *R* 



^ETf— -P. Wt%.-S. 772. 

^— P. ^^Ef:j *srf%; ^ .- 

S. 773.-T. 216. 

vr— P. ^R;^.-S. 775. 

?Sfv/^— P. ^T:.~S. 776. 

^T — P. W£.-S. 778. 

^ — P. ^%j ^for. 
^ — p. ^.. 

1027. TO— P. W*-S. 779. 

1028. TO*r— P. Wflfc 

1029. ^ — P. *w. 

1030. ^s~-p. *5%. 

1031. , *OT — P. KCTO? 

1032. <ngr*ft — P. OTEfR. 

1033. *rfair-p. ^Ffr. 

1034. ^rspgt— p. wfc to. 

1035. ^Tsi^r — p. immQ; umK- f 

xtm*.; xtmr.; -m€i. 

1036. Vm p. ^52^; *T#T.- 

S. 785. 

1037. ^— P. ^T^;^:.-S.787. 

-T.219. 
1038 vm~— p. irm^. 

1039. m— P. w- 

1040. ^5— P. ftjJ. 

1041. 3*3— P. WW[; ^R.-S.789. 

1042. *f— P. WT. 

1043. " .^T— P. WW; *Wfc ^TTf&T; 

^>r.~S. 792.-T. 220. 

1044. 55553 v/55*| — p. sjssp^ srssrr. 



1.23 



353 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. III-A 

1045. 55f- "P. *5S«?T; ?5*ft; 55^: 1068. *g— P. TO^: ; I^TT^ ; «f^. 

arc^r. aiT; ss*ft.~T. 221. 1069. ^—P. steT. 

1046. 55^s/^— P. 55rq-: -S. 795. 1070. 9$—- P. ^rfa. 

1047. $?m — P. 55T*r^. 1071. ?ft — p. *rffc. 

1048. 55m— P. awj.-S. 797- 1072. 3T—P. 3T. 

T. 222. - 1073. *TT$— P. <?% ^Mq-^j *TOfc 

1549. ftw— P. fiftr. -S- 816.-T. 227. 

1050. ^—p. foaft; f^s»ri^r. 1074. *rm— p. siw^j ^t^t. 

1051. $5|— P. &fe«%. 1075. ^—P. TO.-S, 820.- 

1052. *5"T$ — P. 3faFTj. 3*^ ^'.j T. 229- 

«ta*; stains *w*; ^; 1076. *nf^-P. «nft^-s. 821.- 
Sftj.-S. 799.-T. 223. T, 230. 

1053. 3ftT— P. 3tt:-S. 801. 1077. m§— P. *ng: ; ?tfft:. 

sr 1078. «n*— p-.*nflfc 

1054. *m— -P. mrfa.-S. 804.- 1079. WT— P. ^R: 

T. 225. 1080. TOS;— P. WTO; STStfa. 

1055. TO--P. *R«P3C. 1081. 3T§f% — P. qT#5:. 

1056. *m— P. >R*. 1082. *T#r— P. 3Tl^r ; *CT#T.-. 

1057. f?V«mr,.**, m , 1083. fc-wr-P. M^- 

l^jWlfa.' S. 822. 

1058. TO— P. TO*. 1084. fWt— P. ftwfc. 

1059. TO— P. *$••• 1085. farf^— P. ffofa*. 

1060. ^— P- s^j *Rfo; ^f%; ^f; 1086. faST*— P. ^PBKRL.-S. 823. 

tfWff. 1087. teFcTv/^+^n-P' ^^» 

1061. «R— P. 3R.-S. 808. 1088. f^v'^-P. ffcER.- 

1062. W— P. tsfo. S. 827. 

1063. sfeiR /la; (s4) — P . Mwra : ; 1089. fawr — p . ftraTO* . 

^fenrrfa. 1090. fa-R^ — p. ftpna^j Aht- 

1064. *4~ P. 3?4~S. 813. ' «#. 

1065. rt— P. qfoa;. 1091. fow — P. faro^ faWJ.- 

1066. W5T— P* TOJfc SRTTc^; *#.- S. 828. 

S. 814. 1092. f^ir^v/f^+W-— P. f^T ; 3TFrcT:; 

1067. ffH— P. tptft. f^fFfTcf:. 

354 



Common Basic Forms 



1093. fa+ST— P • foSFfoTT^; famm,; 

fa^FT. 

1094. ftofv/fa-KTCC,— P. facffiT:. 

1095. fas^ (to know) — P. fafaprTj 

fag!; faf%; fa?f.*; f^TSTTc^ j ^TtTj 
%<«T;^C; %faP/-S. 837.- 
T. 232. 

1096. fH (to be)— p. fagft. 

1097. fa«n— p. fasrRT**; fasm*.- 

S. 838.-T. 233. 

1098. fa+S — P. ^WW, 

1099. fasg— P. %R.-S. 840. 

1100. ^T+^T — P. fa^ftj Wt3#. 

1101. fa+^— P. fa*isr. 

1102. fa+^— P. fc^faj fawfa. 

1103. fa^^fa+^—P. fa^$.~ 

S. 846. 

1104. fa^r— P. fa?n". 

1105. fSRTsr— -p. faro^ fa*ra.*j 

fa^FT. 

1106. fafa^fa+fa-FR;-- -P. fafa- 

1107. fa+f*r+am;— p. fafaqwr. 

1108. fa+fr+fs; (it)— P. ftfa- 

1109. fafaf^Wfa+faf +1^—P . fafa- 

1110. fa^— -P. fa^fcT; faP^j 

1111. fa+Tft+I^ (*l4)— P. fiRffcfe. 

1112. fotffa v/f^+^+f— P . fcrffcPfc 

1113. PWf^r-P. M^Ri:.-S. 851. 



1114. 

1115. 
1116. 
1117. 



1118. 

1119. 

1120. 
1121. 

1122. 
1123. 
1124. 
1125. 
1126. 

1127. 
1128. 

1129. 
1130. 
1131. 
1132. 
1133. 
1134. 
1135. 
1136. 
1137. 



fa*T?Ks/fa+*F5T — P. ftWRifc 

f*ra%SHS. 853. 
fa*ns3 — P. fa*rFi^r. 
fag— P. fag*, fag?. 

fa^fe — P. fa^fm: ; fa^Jto; 

fa^ra^j faigcft; fa^ftTmt; 

fa#J.~S. 855. 

fag^R s/fa + g^ ( gs^r )— P. 

fagTOj fa*p5T*-. 

fa+l^f (g^>— P« faS^j 

fal^fcTj fa%#. 

fa+g|— P. fam% fa^t^fa. 

fag?— P. fagjK; fags?..- 
S. 859.-T. 237. 

fa+g?r — p. fag^. 

fatffe&T — P. fa^tTO. 
facts — p. fttrz:. 
fa^^Vfa+^r — p. fasurs. 
ftROTr-P. Tmwtt; fa^T^T; 

faTOTg,. 
fafaw — P. fafaW; fafa%;. 
faf^v/fa+i^ (g^r)— - p. faf^q-j 

fa+f^[ — P. fa^M%. 
faftlSv'fa+ftra — P. fafte. 
fa^— P. faspFH-S. 873. 
fa$Cr— P- fasfrj faSTFtT. 
fa**-— p.fa^^T; fa^-S.875. 
fa%(-%T:)--P. fa%(-%TT:). 
fa*T — P. fa^. 



355 



Bhagavadgita Word-Index Pt. III-A 



1138. 

1139. 
1140. 
1141. 
1142. 
1143. 
1144. 
1145. 
1146. 
1147. 
1148. 

1149. 
1150. 
1151. 
1152- 
1153. 

1154. 
1155. 
1156. 
1157. 

1158. 
1159* 
1160. 
1161. 



1162. 



%m— p. tern,; Tmmi.- 1163 

S. 877. 
ferWT^— -P. 'foSWir 

f^nfH— P- font* 
M^\/ft+%^-- p. Mt^. 

f^cT\/ftWT— -P. fam^. 
f^S — P. fawj:; f^roft. 

f*rer4 — p. 'kwt:, 
^myfk-m^— p. ftw, 

f^tfjet— P. tetT$T; te^T. 

f^+w*f-~-P. te*i. 

f^KR— -p. fa^RSttj fa^R^; 

f^arc— p. Wmm. 

foOT— P. foFPPHS. 878. 
faf^j/fcffa'— - P. faftfKrT:. 

%f|cTv/f^+gr— p. -ftto^j 

faftcro.-T.243. 

^f (f^4#f)^p.te*t. 

^Ffe— P. #^.-S. 882. 
if^T— P. #W*j\ 

W s (^)— P. ^i; i#T; #?; 

ifferr — p. fwflRF£. 

%r — p. %rc^~S. 886. 

!<f Vf^ (to know) — P. %rTT. n82. 

%* (N.)— P. fc^RUfc %^: ; ii83. 

%%;%*t*^ : «~S. 887.-T. 1184. 

246. 1185. 

^crs3? x /T% (to know)— p. 1186. 
%%s^. ii87, 

356 



1164. 
1165. 
1166. 
1167. 
1168. 
1169. 
1170. 
1171. 
1172* 

1173. 

1174. 
1175. 

1176. 

1177. 

1178, 
1179. 

1180. 

1181. 



%3TnM% (to know)— p. 
^«T*h- P. ^s. 

"tWRs/ ^r — P- %WFT;. 
I^Ir— P. 1%?:. 

|t.t?3T — p. tftrrer^j lu^. 

• tf^C— P. IR^.-S. 892. 

I^r— P. Iwj.-s. 893. 

5^1% — p. oqwp; o^f^iq;. 
B3TcfTcT Jf%+ 3?^r+f — p. s^t- 

cTT^T. 

sqfcrg; (1%+^if+g;)— p. s^fo- 

3W — P. sw. 

^— P. sqqf^. s^sr^Tj 

s^T^cUft + ^ + !T^— p. 
5^Tf^s/f^ + $TC + STT+fa — P. 

am%m — p. s^r^rmj.-S. 901. 
s^r^f^rarv/f^+^-wt— p. *wt- 

^'m^jfe+m-mr— p. 5^- 

s^ (f%+3?T<H[)— P. 53TTW. 

52?]Hs/^+^— P. S^H**. 

samr— P. 53TT^f:.-S. 906. 

s^ni^f^+sn+f — p. sq-Tfi^. 

«^ (R+^^+3Te)— rP. 3gTO. 



Common Bmic Forms 



1188. ssr— P. ssfjW. 

*r$ — p. ^r^frfcr; m^^-, 

spRv^f— P. JjTSR^; sfft:. - 

nm- 2 P. 5i«v. 

^r— P. m^i WU; WH,; 

sr#r. -S. 909. 
513 — P. «BS:. 
SKT — P. 5RRT:.-S. 910. 
^— P. 5Tf^; St^; 5Tf: ; 

SHp3 — P. ^Tg^. 
rfjff — P.'^:. 

^ p. 5^!.-S. 911. 

3R— P. ^j OTi.-S. 912. 

5^ p. jjfaf^ 

^or — p. m^- 

-S. 915. -T. 249. 
^nftftsji — P. snflnfo*:. 
qfc*-P. <nf. 

TOl— -P. SRTTf:. 
srf^—P. SRft.-S. 917. 
STOr- P. 5W? 
sre>r~P. WTf&r.-S. 918. -T. 

250. 
flRIT— ■ P. sffRTTJ.-S. 919. 
*n*3— P. W&.-S. 920. 
WTf% — P. SITfcfl*. j miP^t. 

mtix — P. mTtm^ 

«flT^— P. ^IT^I^j «0T^^ 

WW; ^WcTT:j ^IT^s. 1236 

357 



1189. 

1190. 
1191. 
1192. 

1193. 
1194. 
1195. 

1196. 
1197. 
1198. 
1199. 
1200. 
1201. 
1202. 

1203. 
1204. 
1205. 
1206. 
1207. 
1208. 

1209. 
1210. 
1211. 
1212. 
1213. 



1214. 
1215. 

1216. 
1217. 
1218. 

1219. 
1220, 
1221. 

1222. 
1223. 

1224. 
1225. 
1226. 
1227. 

1228. 
1229. 
1230. 

1231. 
1232. 
1233. 
1234- 
1235. 



OT*ft.-S. 921. -T. 251. 
5TTf— P. *nfa. . 
%m-~ P. 5ira^.-S. 923. ~T. 

252. 
ftflirf^— -p. ftpa«gt # 

ftrc§— P. fam -S. 926. 

-T. 253. 
fawr— P. f^r : . f§l%r. 

W— P. B5P.-S. 929. 
gft— P. gfo: ; 1^% i=fr. 
-S. 930. -T. 258. 

sf— p. s^=j sfafa; sfrfof^, 
S*t— p. g*n^; g*ro.-s. 932. 
-T. 259. -Q. 29. 

^ — p. {^TOftr. 

3$— P. sg^PTj wiRj ^t:. 
*^—- p. w- 

$pgr[y?J — P. jpo^cf:j $pqq[. 
fear— p. W.. 

#S — P. #5q>-T. 260. - 
Q. 30. 

*Nr— p. sftei^. 
*f$— p. #?**. 

^155 — p. ^t^T:. 
«^I^\/«I^ — P. ^5J^RT:. 
TO— P. SFOT; #«T; «5WP; 

-S. 940. 
T%\/f& — P. f^fcfT:. 



Bhagavadgltd. Word-Index Pt, III-A 



1237. 

1238. 
1239. 
1240. 

1241. 
1242. 
1243. 
1244. 
1245. 
1246. 
1247. 

1248. 

1249. 

1250. 

1251. 
1252. 

1253. 
1254. 
1255. 
1256. 

1257. 

1258. 
1259. 

1260. 



«ft— P. «fm^j 3ft?ffiT^ Sft:. 1261 
-S. 941. 

$r^ (n.)—P. &p. For ^^ 

as an adj. see jtwt. 
^52fv/f — p. stoarer. 
*fa— P. *tara(.-s. 945. 
^— P. gfa. 
•*ptfr — P..^tt%. 
jroy^—p. ^Rt 

Stohp. ^-. 



*c 



1262- 



1263. 
1264. 



1265. 
1266, 
1267. 
1268, 



1269. 
1270. 



SPffV^— P. TOU; *TO:j 

TOP.-S. 948. -T. 261. 
Sll%— P. TO; ^t^j **%. 12 7i 

*R5g:. 1272 

Gf*--P. TOST? W-S.950 . 

-T. 262. 
W— P. m%> 
«at— p. %m-, w>, sm^. -s. 

953. -T. 264. 
gfn*~-p. ^«i|oT -s. 955. 
s^m— -P. i^wTPH. 

STfra— -P. 3f rt:. 

gssr— p. gs&. ^sp%. gsprfa. 

t^cjV ^+5^ (wt)— -p. gsr- 1277. 

TOr— p. ^^. ^^ 12 78. 

*r^ [fRC+sq; («rT)]— P. 1279. 
ssrnw. 1280. 

TOT-HP. ScT^.-S. 957. 

358 



1273. 

1274. 

1275. 
1276. 



^V^ (To be)— P. m>$ 

TO; srftj *Rf 
^(Adj. used as a noun) — 

P.*RP.-S. 958.-T. 265. 

-Q. 31. 
*rer~~P. OTJ.-S. 962. 
TO-— P. TO^RT^} TO^; 

TOfij. ^. -s. 963. -T. 

267. 
S^-HP. *ft#cT; *ft3*TT^. 
tf^T — P. ^[T. 

$s^ — p. sresrqrj TON; SSSft. 

OTRPr— P. *RTTOj SWOT; 
tfgs— P. M®. 

^ (*fflt+3)—P. srerft^ftf. 
tfqr (s^+sir) — p. *re^» 
*rftraq* (s^+ft+snO— -p. 

SfafaSv^+ ft + fatf— P. 

•?Far^v^+KRir-p. *f?t- 
^p«r^ (^+hj^)— p, ?j?r?r^ # 

970. ~Q. 32. 

^^Tf^— ' P« ^^T^T^; 
flWTOfr.-S. 972. 

^rq^r — p. ^q^^-s. 973. 
m— -p. sra. 

*w— p. w?^j g*r*; ^ #. 
S. 974.-T. 270. 



Common Basic Forms 



1281. 


%m — j>. ^m*k wptt^. 


1305. 


1282. 


SW3T— P. SWAT. 


1306. 


1283. 


^*refW^+3Tft+t— -P. writ- 


1307. 




3TT%. 


1308. 


1284. 


^+3#+|~P. STOcfteF. 




1285. 


%W& — P. ^R^. 


1309. 


1286. 


w^+3*fewg; (*Fsf ) — P. *r*?fa~ 


1310. 




i *F3®fc!. 


1311. 


1287. 


CTP3 — p, g?p^:. ^q?cfT^, 




1288. 


W*rifcra>/*P*+ ^r + WT — P. 


1312. 




mQ^H. 


1313. 


1289. 


*TO%3 — P. SH^H,; ^ffl^cTT:. 


1314. 


1290. 


3F<Tc^(N.) — P. S?*q^j SP*T^. 


1315. 


1291. 


*RjM^(V.) — p. wsrl. 




1.292. 


wwmjQH,* &{ (q^) — p. 


1316. 




gPT^q. 


1317. 


1293. 


to^McW^ + 9 + 3tfi— p« 




1294. 


*F^T— P. *FSTT%ST. 


1318. 


1295. 


*r«TI^ J^+ST-H^ (^k.) — P. 


1319. 


1296. 


*r**rf (fl^+sr+lf )— P. ^Npr. 


1320. 

■4 /% r\ •i 


1297. 
1298. 




1321. 
1322. 


1299.- 




1323. 


1300. 


SWTTfaWSR, + ^ ( **| ) — p. 


1324. 




*F*nfarer.-S. 998. 


1325. 


1301. 


?f%— p. ^m%H^ y&m%t> 


1326. 




wftsRfe-s. 1002. 


1327. 


1302. 


^w<W^+^— P. ^^wcn^. 


1328. 


1303. 


^farra^, — p. m*¥t. 


1329. 


1304. 


^-HI^— -p. *frr«r. 





ST^-WT— p. *telfcT. 
#?K— P. SfaT^. 

tm— P. $m*&} *fcwfy wm*- 

-S. 1008.-T. 276. 

SnsrcW^+fa — P. #*<TTJ. 
m\l— P. ^TT^I.-T. 277. 

tffaft— p. misxi tffofr.- 

S. 1014. 

wy^n^—- p. ^f^t«r. 
srw^ — P. ^rzrf. 
*rt (n.) — p. wro. 
^i^s/snj+sfT-wj" (^) — p. 

^+3?t+^ — P. ^mm. 

^RT^r^v/^l+W-H^— P. *WT- 
^ + 3TT + *IT — P. TOTO!^ 

swrfa — P. swtIt. 
s^+an^ — P. wiRtfa. 
mnw — p. *mTWT.\ 

WnftcTv'gn + e?T + *TT — P. 
S^+SfT+f — P. SmT^*, 

sfasJsratHFf— P. *rte. 
wnf (s**+ff ) — P. *wfaf*r. 
'Erg?? — P. sris^. 
^5^1 — P. tfWu» 
sgqf^Wv'^ + sqr + w — P. 



359 



Magavadgitd Word-Index Pt. III-A 



1330. 

1331. 
1332. 
1333. 

1334. 
1335. 



1336. 

1337. 
1338. 
1339. 
1340. 
134i. 

1342, 
1343. 
1344. 
1345. 
1346. 

1347- 
1348. 

1349. 
1350. 
1351. 
1352. 



1356. 



1357. 



1358. 
1359i. 

1360." 



^Tfa W^+W^T+fa— P- 1353. 
m^ — p.srwj;. 

qtf— p. &; mm^ } *$.- 1355 * 
S. 1018. 

$<f: — p. srcfaro;. 

^| — P # i$. ^.. ^g^.. 3^r 

*** **; *rffoj ^k 

S%; *ft*.-S. 1019-T. 
279 r Q-35. 

*&T— P. ^5r.~S. 1024. 

*ri«rT— -p. g#«rr. 

$?■ — P. w- 

SI#T — P. flf^r:. 

^I^fT — P. «^TT.* • 

^W— P. WI^Rr:; *n#f.- 

S. 1035.-T. 282. 
*i|-~P. €ti^. 
TOra~- p. sfto, 
grf^— p. ^ # 
BIT*-— p. ^nc:.-s. 1038. 

. ^ifrWi; STftatft.-S. 1040. 
^srf%—> P. m&ki. 
^rrg — P. mm-, m*; m^gm? 

-S. 1041. 
*rr«r — *n«n.\ 

STO®*— - P. tfTJ?*% 
TOrftRi— P. SFm%TO " 



1361. 
1362. 
1363. 
1364. 
1365. 
1366. 
1367. 
1368. 
1369. 
1370. 
1371. 
1372. 
1373. 
1374. 
1375. 
1376. 
1377. 



^tm (Neu.)— p. tfwtf 

1043. 
mm (Mas.) — p. tfOTTi^ 

te— P. ffop; faSHT^HS. 

1044. 
%f% — p. %g^; fet^; f^t; 

foft.-S. 1045.-T. 283. 

5^— P. S^j §^j i^Tfa; 

S%; l^T; 1%I-S. 1049.- 

T. 284.-Q. 36. 
3^t— P. if^f'; 3^t. 
m—P. WflR.-S. 1053.- 

T, 286. 
51?*.— -P.* §p^j §f^j 333*. 

-S. 1056. 
SHP. ^. 
^FT^ — P . *J$f*R3T?fc 
Q?T— P. . #.~T. 288. 
#— P. #.*.-S. 1060. 
^ — P. S3lfcf; ^lf*T; ^T. 

^— p. <Scft. 
SSJ^—P. €2%-T. 289. 
IfTT— P. *N3t*. 
^rr^r— p. tetany 
%^— p. ^. 
%qT— p:%^RT.-S. 1062. 
%mt — p. tpwr. 

tfta— -P. im:-S. 1065. 
'S^FT— P. #TSFTO. 

#m^— p. toffo. 
*wr— p. ^r«?^. -S. 1066. 



360 



Common Basic Forms 

1378. imm— p. *Jn^. 1406. s*—P. wh*, &&!*-, w^-, 

1379. ?SF?— P. ^^:. OT*;^; #T. ~S. 1076, 

1380. ^^v^*^ — P. *5R*J } ^TT:. -T. 292. 

1381. ^ — P. ^jfo. 1407. TO — P. W*. 

1382. ^fcr— P. *gfoft:.-T. 290. 1408. TOT— P. WT. 

1383. #f-r-P. #p. 1409. SR?W^-- ^TC^. 

1384. ^t— P. f^f; ; ^1. -S. 1067. 1410. TO— ^H^-T. 293. 

1385. W ( fof )•— P. fa¥Icf; %&f^; 1411. ^RH—P. *wra:.-S. 1080. 

f^ST%j ot ; ^TWT. 1412. WtHP.OT*. 

1386. ^ng— P. **ng:. 1413. ^r— P. ^%~S. 1082. 

1387. ^t?f — P. WRH} wr. 1414. ^rfer— P. ^%r. 

1388. wm — p. ^mFi^. -s. 1415. mem — p. ^n«arw:. -s. 

1069. 1084. -T. 294. 

1389. f^TcV^T (fa§)—p. fem^} .5. 

1w: ? TFfcH^j f^Rm. -S. 1416. I— P. %. 

1070. -T. 291. 1417. WS^— P. 5^j %®; ^R. 

1390. T%%~-P.^T^j%T%JjT%^. 1418. ^— P. TO^fo} OTT; fM; 

1391. to— -P.f^c^jf^w^j^ncr:. ^crj s*gftj 1^; 5*3*; 

-S. 1071. %ffcr;-S. 1086. 

1392. $$■— P. $%. 1419. ^— P. 1^. 
1393- f^Rsr— P. fansnr:. 1420. 5*3— P- f^K^. 

1394. ^— P. ^akr-S. 1062. 1421. S^WRv^— P» Sr^wft. 

1395. ST&T— P. ^nSfem;. 1422. 33— -P. 0:. 

1396. «Wt\/^— P. ?^. 1423. fft— P. ^: ; ^:. 

1397. SSCT— P. *2fT.-S. 1074. 1424. irf— P. sH -S. 1088. -T. 

1398. ^f— P. ^T. 295. 

1399. W$y^i — p. ^^. 1425. if^f — P. %$••• 

14 00. **— P. prefer. 1426. w— P. OTT^.-S. 1091. 

1401. <OTV^— 'P.^^Hcf.-j^icTT. 1427. ifeR— -P. ifclfa. 

1402. safo—P. *ift:.-S. 1075. 1428. *T— P. ^Ti%j aft; fl^T. 

1403. FF3-T— P. ST-*& 1429. iTft— P. fife. 

1404. ^r- P. Salt. 1430. ft— P. ft. 

1405. #^—P. mtmm, 1431. ffcf(N.)— P. feR.-S. 1092. 

361 



Bhagavadgitft Word-Index Pt. III-B 



1432. %T— P. %T^,-S. 1094. 

1433. f — P. idfaj lifer. 

1434. Icrv/f—P. p^. 

1435. I — P . StfcT; I#cT; ft 8 ^. 

1436. 533— P. Wnfa.-S. 1097. 

1437. f^(N;>- P. ff^-S. 1098. 

1438. f sjV? \ (v.)— P. pm. 



1439. ffWfg— P.- ffofl:. 

1440. f^~ P. $wrftr ; ^Tf%. 

1441. 1—P.l. 

1442. t§— P. tcW; Is^T; %3Tffe; 

ll?; t^f.'.-S. 1101. 

1443. *t— P. tt. 



Section B — Kdftnfr Recension 



3T 19. 

1. m— P. aw. 20. 

2. «W— P. «W.„ 21. 

3. 3^— P. SRPffT. 

4. «P$p— P. ^cf^j sp^gmfa. 22. 

S. 3. 23. 

5. 9^+^(1*3^) — P. srf^rsg^r. . 

6. STPR^FT— P. «TBRTO:. 24. 

7. srg-Kn* ( ^ )— P. signwift. 25. 

8. ^^(^-P.^^;^- 26. 

9. ^3#*Riy3[«T+^— 8. sigsfto*. 27. 

10. 3Fcf— P. SFcR.-S. 7. -T. 2. 28. 

11. spgsp — p. srtot. 29. 

12. 8FT— P. sr:.-S. 11. 30. 

13. 3lfa-HP. eifr. 31. 

14. erfSrag— P. QTftffi:. 32. 

15. s?f*r+WT — P. etfSrar^. 33. 

16. ^JTWv/erfJr+rr-w^— P. 3?f*r- 

17. aflfa+iFR^— P. ^f%¥TT#. 

18. *#~P. arf. 



34. 
35. 



3Ti*T— P. «Tl?r;^|^:. 
sre+JTJj; (l^)— P. WF&:. 

«!f (TO be)-— P. 3#j 3Tt%j 

o^T^— P. 3?lfR:. 

sn+swj--- p. siraaar. 

Stf-R^T — P, Bfl^. 

sffijRC— p. snarf*. ®rw..~S-28. 
-T. 7. -Q. 2. 

®rr+^— p. «n??#. 
3TT+ft|[ — p. «rifofa§^. 
®rriW sh+i^( qt)— p. «mg:. 
3?t?TRs/ sng— p. «mft«r:. 

OTT-R^T— -P. STTOTT. 

sn%5lj sn-KqT— P. *nfaRR*; 

^— P. *fa. 

W* TO[— P. ^: TOt 



362 



Common Basic Forms 



36. 


^— P. 3FRTJ; 3^ 3TOj \ 


K*; 


59. 


ftfifet— p. fofirat 




W; IRTfa; 9TT^; 


^j 


60. 


f%^— P. ^!. ta;. 




WJ- 




61. 


t%3T — P. f%^T. 


37. 


^5PT — P. $ft&:. 




62. 


^—p. sffraf^. 


38. 


33 — p. ^f. 




63. 


W— P. 35ft%.-S. 52. 


39. 


^1 (^3f ) — P. f^TT%. 




64. 


WlJ $3t— P. ^xfTr. 


40. 


IK— P. 55. 




65. 


fT — p. $ott. 




« 




66. 


%^ — P.%5R. 


41. 


flf-P. fc$. 




67. 


cfy%j — p. qff%£F. 




^ 




68.. 


^— P. f*T:. 


42. 


g^s 7 *r? — p. s^:. 




69. 


%5r— p. Im^.-s. 58. 


43. 


^^q_p, srW^.-s. 37. 






*T 


44. 
45. 
46. 

47. 
4o» 


s^r (s^-t^sr) — P. sssht. 

%q%3 — P. ^w:. 

OTTf (3<*+3jr^) — P. OTira^. 

■Sfe—P. 1*. 

*Sfr-— P. WTs-S. 41. -T. 




70. 

71. 
72. 
73. 
74. 


m*J*m, On^)— P. 13^ ^sj 

JT^(^)— p. ij^. Tpsgifa. 
IT— -P. *fcRT. 
guT— -p. fJTHT^.-S. 62. 
*J§T — P. pRTO*. 


49. 

50. 


^— P. Tr*B:.-~T. 12. 




75. 




51. 


^— P. ^. 






W 


52. 


TO— P« TO- 
q; 




76. 

77. 


^ — p. ^ 

^ — p. ^fa. 


53. 


^PfOT — P. %[R"FRi. 




78. 
79. 


=^55— P. ^^.-S. 65. 
*3 — P. ^^t%. - 


54. 


mq^ — p. %$m. 






31 


55. 


«t — p. <stfr. 




80. 


gprr^ — p. 5FI3:. 


56. 


^_p. ^. ^fa. - s . 


44. 


81. 


^ (^T) — P. 3fT#j iSIR^. 




-T. 13. -Q. 4. 




82. 


gpj^ — p. wmi. 


57. 


«FT%^— P. $T%^. 




83. 


WR— P. OTfr-S. 78. ~T. 22. 


58. 


%m— P. TO: ; ^T?TT53C..~S- 


47. 


84. 


l^sM—P. 1*1^. 




-T. 15. 




' 85. 


3355 P. 3*r*5fc<T. 



363 



BhagavadgM Word-Index Pt. I1I-B 



86. ?fcT^ — p. mu 

87. cmr ft— P. &n % 

88. m— P. <^t. 

89. TO**-rP. ^$- 

90. cT^— P. ^; 3ST; mf^r; ^j 

%; St. 

91. 3— P. I. 

92. sffe— p. gtfe. 

•93. %^f— P. fagt.-S. 81. 

94. ^ttt — p. m\ 

95. snfH—p. ?*n*ft.-S. 82. 

96. ^t— p. ^tt%. 

97. f^o^r — P. TVrrfr.-s. 86. 

98. sir (q^)— P . s^j «RS%. 

99. %~~P.%. 

100. ^ftq.—P^^-r.'j.^rm;. 

. * 

101. Slf— P. mm. . 

1 02. «rifkr^ — P. sn&iSTt . 

103. st— P. 5T.-S. 97.-T. 27.-Q.7. 

104. ^-HP. 5%:. 

105. *tt^ — p. ^fto^. 

106. t%^—-p. f^m. 

107. fan*— p. ftr«R^. 

108. fr??r— P. #rI, 

1 09. i%+i^ (*r4)~P. foc^T; f*rc& 

110. f^+i^~ P. t%i^. 

111. 3— P. g. 

112. H*Wr- P« W« 



113. 
114. 
115. 
116. 
117. 
118. 
119. 
120. 
121. 

l<u<6* 

123. 
124. 
125. 
126. 
127. 
,128. 

130. 
131. 

132. 
133. 
134. 
135. 
136. 
137. 

138. 

139. 
140. 
141. 



<Tf— P. q%. 

q^ — p # tpf, 

qf^— p. tffcr. 

<r~-P. q-^.-S. 108.-T. 31, 

«R3^— P. TO:. 

<tw— P. t^.-S. 110. 
tffcro— p. qffcrc*. 

qfWT«5 — P. qp9T55:. 

qjo^ — p. qp^r. 

TTft^— P. TTt^Wr:. 
q$ — p t qi 4 

3^— P. g^-S. 116. 
3^r — p. p^j ^ : - 

^ — 1>. tjgff^, ^ !p 

S^-^S^)— P. 2^:. 
Hft%— P. xTf^.-S. 117. 
JT+^ — P. TO^cT. 
JWT— "P. W3R-S. 118. 
^M^itfct 4* W (fa$) — P. 

irfcTfto[. 
EfF — P. 3^- 
ST-FFi: (^) — P» 

mw — P. St^s. 

!H1^ — P. SJf^. 

to— p. forer. 

tR^ — p. tfi^f.-T. 35. 

*Fg— P. 5«i& , 
SR? — P. ^FT. 

f 1%— P. 5f^, 



364 



Common Basic Forms 



142. 


srsrccr- P. sf^rw:; srfr&n.-s. 




* 




127. 


170. 


^Tf^T — P. XT%:. 




*r 




o5 


143. 


m—F. WJ..-S. 130. 


171. 


55*r — P. S5*Rf. 


144. 


*& (n.) — p. w. 


172. 


f*5tj — p. f^t^FTH:. 


145. 


*&^j\ (^)— p. ^^r-sT. 


173. 


*$t*tjvft — p. 5fcr:. 


146. 


5TTT — P. *TTW:. 




sr 


147. 


3^ (^) — p. *rq%. *^g>. 


174. 


c^— . p. qfsp5jqq; e 




*f 


175. 


^ p. 3^. ggp^ 


148. 


m (p.p.) — P. *ra: ; wh* 


176. 


35T — p t ^^ t 


149. 


?TT% — HT%:. 


177. 


^ — P. WcT. 


150. 


m^r~ P« *&&• 


178. 


q T — p. EfT, 


151. 


3^Bjf — p. ^^rora;. 


179. 


^ (to be) — p. fasrfr. 


152. 


*m— P- fl^.-S. 136.~T.37. 


180. 


fa% (TO Know) — P. fqSTTcI,; 


153. 


5PfT§W P. EfT^^T. 




%T^.-T. 437 


154. 


vmm — p. *rm^. 


181. 


fkm^r- p, resrrcrr. 


i j j> 


mfi — p. ?^. 


182. 


fore.7 fa+^— P. feRST^. 


156. 


5^— P. g^. 


183. 


^FTT — P. f^nTT. 


157. 


ggs— P. gf*.-S. 143. 


184. 


f^RT — P. f^RT^. 


158. 


*itc— P. =m^.~S. 144. 


185. 


%~P.%:;MY. 


159. 


?TtOT^/g! (ttf )— P. iftfqf^. 


186. 


^fsT— P. ^cftJ.-T. 46. 




sr 


187- 


f^?sVl^W~~P. faWFxf:. 


160. 


vm— -p. *m*.. 


188. 


W+E^ (^)-P. ftg^. -S. 


161. 


^ — p. q-^r. 




161. 


162. 


^— P. ^ ; W; ^j ^. 


189. 


ref^sr — p. f¥^fl:. 


163. 


If— -p. sftp;. 


190. 


f^+l^ (^)— P. Ercn^t. 


164. 


gBi^—P. rR; 5W- !37. 


191. 


f^j — p. FreFFcT. 


165. 


$\n — P. #Tq\~S. 147. 


192. 


fa^— P. KWT; W^.-S. 164. 


166. 


^fh-— p. ^^m: ; visits. 


193. 


^D| — p. fcfG0f|:. 




148.-T. 40. 


194. 


z($ — p.Ct^t^. 


167. 


%*•— P. ^m.~S. 149. 


195. 


Wl(^) — P. 5T§5%. 


168. 


$t«?«T5Tjg^-— p. st«wwr:. 


196. 


^ (^)_ p.^. 


169. 


qtf^TC — P . ^M^T: . *- ■ 


197. 


%feW t^ — p. Msgr^. 



365 



BhagavadgUH Word-Index Pt. III-B 



198. *-*.%. 

199. n^r — P. sftec 

200. *fff— P. 5R?T$r. 

201. to J «a^— P . TO^. 
202- STf-HP. ^fs. 

203. Wm-— P. TO:. 

204. W— P. *l§r:. 

205. ftlcT— P. ftfor. 

206. s*r— P. gw.-s. 173. -T. 

51. -Q. 9. 

207. $rc> — P. $&% 

208. Sr^~ See jtot. 

209. Sf^W ^— P. wmt. 

210. *rsf — P. ssrfo. 

211. ^ (Adj. used as a noun)— 

P. smR. 

212. ^/ «if— P. SVQ. 10- 

213. *m— P. *r#f. 

214. ^t— p. ^r^RT^; tft^m-. 

215. *r*Rf (^ + «w + % )— P. 

216. ^^m^+TO-W (%|)— 

P. ^W^RJT^f 

217. m— P.TO.-S. 179. 

218. <EWRS*? — P. S*m?wCT:. 



219* mffe ($n + w + fa)~~p. 

220. ^T^T [^+3<TTS (ST+^T^)]— 

... L „.. „.,.■% 

221. ^mv^+?f (q^)— -P. ^q- 

222. ^t— P. *$FT: #f j #:j ***.- 

S. 185.-T. 11. 

223. S5— P. ^.-S. 190. 

224. foS— P. teR.-S. 192. 

225. ftrfo— P. ftraft.-S. 193. 

226. ^T— P. W*** 

227. W (^)—P. fasfa. 

228. ft*RrJ**lT (f^3>— P. Ttmi; 

229. ^W*If~~P- ^RTs. 

230. ^^-P. W?«!. 

231. m— P. W#cT. 

232. TO-JSI— P. HtR. 
233* OTi£-~P. ^T^. 

234. Sftr-p. 5*1$. 

235. tf—P. ^k.-S. 202. 

236. p^|-~ p. im. 

237. P~-P.ff^. 

238. If— P. l^rfcT. 



V/~ 



-V 



Y 

V /.is* . 




c? 



LIST OF PUBLICATIONS 

of 

Rao Bahadur P. C. Divanji, m.a,, ll.m. 

(a) Books 









Place and Year 


Name of the Book 


Subject 


Language 


of 

publication 


1. Guide to the Bombay Pre- 


Travels 


English 


Tasgaon, Dist . 


sidency excluding Sindh. 






Satara, 1920. 


2. Charitable and Religious 


Law 


j » 


Jalgaon, Dist. 


Trusts Act. 1920. 






E. Khandesh , 
1923. 


3. Siddhantabindu ( Text 


Advaita Vedanta 


Sanskrit & 


Baroda, 1933. 


with notes, translation, 




English 




introduction etc.; G. 0. 








Series No. 64). 








4. Prasthanabheda (Text with 


Sanskrit religio- 


Sanskrit & 


Jalgaon, Dist. 


notes, translation, intro- 


philosophical 


Gujarat i 


E. Khandesh, 


duction etc.) 


literature gene- 
rally. 




1935. 


5. Vai&ali-ni Vanita. 


Social Drama ba- 


Gujarati 


Ahmedabad, 




sed on historical 




1938. 




& sociological 








facts. 






6. Ras^mikalapa, Part I. 


Collection of m 
paperson Guja- 
rati literature, 
Indian culture 
etc., 


»> 


Bombay, 1940. 


7. Bombay Agricultural 


Law 


English 


N. M. Tripathi 


Debtors' Relief Act, 1939. 






& Co., Bombay, 
1942. 


8. Indian Political Riddle. 


Indian Constitu- 


)S 


New Book Com- 




tion 




pany, Bombay, 
1942. 


9. Critical Word -Index to 


Indian Philoso- 


Sanskrit & 


Bombay, 1945. 


the Bhagayadgita with an 


phy 


English 




introduction. 









List of Publications 
(b) Papers 



Title 



Subject 



Language 



When & how published 



1. Judicial Administra- 
tion in Ancient India. 

2. Law of Evidence in 
Ancient India. 

3. Madhusudana Sara- 
swatl : His Life and 
Works. 

4. Reply to Criticisms. 

5. Krsna-kutuhala 
Nataka. 

6. Date and Place of 
Origin of the Yoga- 
vasistha. 

7. Nagara Apabhramsa 
and Nagari Script. 

8. Influence of the Ve- 
danta Philosophy on 
Gujarati Literature. 

9. Samuccayavada ; Its 
Origin and Develop- 
ment. 

10. Can God be Seen ? 

11. Practical side of the 
Advaita Doctrine. 

12. Problem of Freedom 
in Indian Philosophy. 

13. Yogavasistha and Bha- 
gavadglrii. 

14. Source of Legal Obli- 
gation (Hindu Law). 

15. Further Light on the 
Date of the Yoga- 
vasistha. 

16. Ms.ko.*623Vishrarnli 
at the B. O. R. I., 
Poona. 

17. Problems of Panca- 
dasl, 

18. Yogavasistha on the 
Means of Proof. 



Ancient 

Indian 

Law 



Indology 



Law 
Indology 



English 



Indian Review, 1915. 



1920. 

Annals of the B. O. R. 
Institute, Poona, 1926. ; 

i 
a » » >» xyzo. 
>, 1931. 

Oriental Conference, 
Baroda, and Calcutta Law 
Journal, 1933. 

Annals of the B. O. R. 
Institute, Poona, 1933. 

K. B. Pathak Comm. 
Volume, 1934. 

Indian Philosophical 
Congress, Poona, 1934. 

Indian Philosophical 
Congress, Waltair, 1934. 

Review of Philosophy 
and Religion, 1934. 

Oriental Conference, 
Mysore, 1935. 

Indian Philosophical 
Congress, Delhi, 1936. 

Indian Philosophical 
Congress, Nagpur, 1937. 
Poona Orientalist, 1938. 



New Indian Antiquary, 
1938. 

Annals of the B. O. R. 
Institute, 1938. 

Ross Comm. Volume, 
1938-39. 



. JR. C Diixanji. 



Title 



Subject 



Language 



When & how published 



19. Lankavatarastitra on 
Non-vegetarian Diet. 



20. Text of the Laghuyo- 
gavasistha. 

21. Resurrection of the 
Jain Bha Mars, Patan. 

22. Historical* Value of 
Pauranic Works. 



23. Aspar^a Yoga of Gau- 
dapada and Sankara's 
jnanavada. 

24. Madhusudanananda. 

25. Ancient Indian His- 
tory and Research 
Work. 

26. Ms. No. 8771 at the 
S. P. P. Library, 
Srmagar. 

27. Yogavasistha on the 
Origin of Indian 
Philosophy. 

28. Materials for the His- 
tory of Gujarat of 
the Pre-Valabhi 
Period . 

29. Probable Dates of 
Two Pre-historic 
Tlrthankaras. 

30. Three GujaratiXegal 
Documents of the 
Moghul Period. 

31. Origin of theBhaga- 
vata and Jaina Reli- 
gions. 

32. Codification of Hindu 
Law. 

33. Purusjirtha, Daiva and 
Niyati. 

34. Brahma-Akasa Equa- 
tion. 



Indology 



History 
Indology 

Law 

Philosophy 

in general 

Vedanta 



Indian Philosophical 
Congress, Allahabad, 1938 
and Annals of B. O. R. 
Institute, Poona, 1940. 

New Indian Antiquary, 
1939. 

New Indian Antiquary. 
1939. 

Journal i Gujarat Re- 
search Society, Bhagawan- 
lal Indraji Comm. Vo- 
lume, Bombay, 1939. 
Poona Orientalist, 1940. 



New Indian Antiquary, 
1940. 

Oriental Conference, 
Tirupati, and New Indian 
Antiquary, 1940. 

Bharatiya Vidya, 1940. 



Poona Orientalist, 1941. 



Kane Comm. Volume, 
1941. 



Mahavir Jaina Vidyalaya 
Silver Jubilee Volume, 
1942. 

Journal, Gujarat Research 
Society, 1942. 

Annals, B. O. R. Insti- 
tute, Silver Jubilee Volu- 
me, 1943. 

Journal, Bombay Law 
Reporter, 1943. 

Oriental Conference, 
Benares, 1944. 

Poona Orientalist, 1945. 



List of Publications 

The number of Gujarati papers read before the Gujarati Sahitya 
Parisad and Sahitya Sabhas at several towns in Gujarat or contributed to 
literary journals like the " Samalocak", "Vasant", " Bhagyodaya", 
" Kaumudi", "Sahitya", Forbes Sabha Quarterly etc. is so large that those 
on Gujarati literature and Indian culture alone made up a volume of 
450 pages and printed copies of a number of those on Religion and 
Philosophy and Travels, lying preserved for being reprinted in a book 
from at a convenient time, are likely to make up another similar volume. 







.fltio* 8 






/ 



'\ 






1 ; 



/;- 



t /4 



I CENTRAL ARCHAEOLOGICAL LIBRARY, 
| ^ NEW DELHI 

| Issue Record, 

| Catalogue No. R 8a2G/Dj.v.- 4463 . 



j Author Di va n j i ? F r ahl a d G . 



_J3h&£ a va d£ i ta v iv e cana trjaka- 
Qakoda: Critical word- index to 



lib a lih a- ft, -3 ^-'-^ - t +• n 




Borrower No. 


Date of Issue 


Date o Return 








* 




















j 











UO 



J ...» 
v -'? 
■; « ? 

... * >-t 

m 



-•v*iri